Skip to main content

Full text of "The life of the Lord Jesus Christ: a complete critical examination of the origin, contents, and connection of the Gospels"

See other formats


-CIBRA^IIY 

Theo 

logical 

Se  m  i  n  a"ry  , 

PRINCETON 

1.     N.    J,          '    ,               j 

O'Sr 

Divis.on3S.&.42Q..i 

Sfic/f 

Section, .L  2-7.  >5..;. 

Booh 

Mo.      y..M 

NOtlCE   TO   SUBSCRIBERS. 


Messrs  Clark  beg  respectfully  to  intimate  that  the  remaining 
Three  Volumes  of  Dr  Lange's  <  Life  of  Christ'  will  be  ready 

May.     The  Sixth  Yolume  will  contain  a  copious  Index. 
May  they  ask  that  Subscribers  would  kindly  make  known, 

they  have  opportunity,  amongst  their  Friends,  a  Work  so 
important  for  the  cause  of  truth  as  the  present. 


in 


as 


Edinburgh,  March  1864. 


Shortly  ivill  he  Published, 

GERMAN   RATIONALISM 


ITS  RISE,  PROGRESS.  AND  DECLINE,   DURING  THE 
LSth  and  19th  CENTURIES. 

IN  RELATION  TO 

THEOLOGIANS,  SCHOLARS,  POETS,  PHILOSOPHERS, 
AND  THE  PEOPLE. 

TRANSLATED  FROM  THE  GERMAN  OF 

DR  K.   R.   HAGENBACH. 

In  Demy  8vo. 


THE   REDEEMER: 

TRANSLATED  FROM  THE  FRENCH  OF 

EDMOND  DE  PEESSENSE, 

PASTOIl  OF  THE  FKENCH  EVANGELICAL  CHURCH,  AND  DOCTOR  OF  DIVINITY 
OF  THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  BRESI.AU. 

Crown  8vo. 


THE  LIFE 


THE    LORD    JESUS    CHRIST: 

A  COMPLETE  CRITICAL  EXAMINATION  OF  THE  ORIGIN,   CONTENTS, 
AND  CONNECTION  OF 

THE    GOSPELS. 


TRANSLATED  ^yROM  THE  GERMAN  OF 

J.  P.'LANGE,  D.D., 

PKOFE.SSOR   OF   DIVINITY   IN  THE   UNIVERSITY    OF   150NN. 


EDITED,  WITH  ADDITIONAL  NOTES, 

BY 

THE  REV.  MARCUS  DODS,  A.M. 

IN  SIX  VOLUMES. 
VOL.  11. 


EDINBURGH: 
T.  &  T.  CLARK,  38,  GEORGE  STREET. 

LONDON  :  HAHnLTON  A>fD  CO.       DUBLIN  :  JOHN  ROBERTSON  AND  CO. 
MDCCCLXIV. 


THE  LIFE 


THE  LORD  JESUS  CHRIST 


A   COMPLETE  CRITICAL  EXAMINATION  OF  THE  ORIGIN,   CONTENTS, 
AND  CONNECTION  OF 


THE  GOSPELS, 


TRANSLATED  FROM  THE  GERMAN  OF 

J.  P.  LAME,  D.D., 

PROFESSOR   OV   DIVINITY  IN  THE    UNIVERSITY  OF  BONN. 


VOLUME  11. 


TRANSLATED  BY 

J.   E.   RYLAND,   M.A., 

EDITOR  OF  Foster's  life  ^vnd  correspondence  ;  and  translator  of 

NEANDER's  history  of  the  PLANTING  AND  TRAINING  OF 
THE  CHRISTIAN  CHURCH,  ETC.  ETC. 


EDINBURGH: 

T.  &  T.  CLARK,   38,    GEORGE    STREET. 

LONDON  :    HAMILTON  AND  CO.       DUBLIN  :    JOHN  ROBERTSON  AND  CO. 
MDCCCLXIV. 


MUKRAY  AND  QIBB,  PRINTERS,  EDINBURCH. 


CONTENTS  OF  VOL.  11. 


SECOND  BOOK. 


PART  III.— THE  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF 
CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 


Sect.  1.  Determination  of  the  Dates, 

•     2.  John  the  Baptist,     ..... 

3.  The  Participation  of  Jesus  in  the  Baptism  of  John, 

4.  The  ^lanifestation  of  the  Messiah  to  the  People  of  Israel 

5.  The  God-man,  ..... 
«    6.  The  Tempter,  ..... 

7.  The  Spiritual  Rest  and  Spiritual  Labour  of  Christ  in  the 

Wilderness — the  Temptation, 

8.  The  Plan  of  Jesus,  .... 

9.  The  Miracles  of  Jesus,  .... 

10.  The  Teachings  of  Christ,  especially  the  Parables, 

11.  The  Kingdom  of  God,  .... 


1 
11 
18 
22 
.SI 
38 

47 

70 

96 

172 

187 


PART  IV.— THE  PUBLIC  APPEARANCE  AND  ENTHUSIASTIC 
RECEPTION  OF  CHRIST. 

Sect.  1.  The  Public  Testimony  of  the  Baptist  to  Christ  before  the 

Jewish  Rulers,      .  .  .  .  .  •       268 

2.  The  Testimony  of  John  to  the  Dignity  of  Christ,  uttered  to 

his  Disciples,         ......       278 

3.  The  First  Disciples  of  Jesus,  ...  282 

4.  The  Marriage  at  Caua,         .....       290 


CONTENTS. 


Sect.  5.  The  First  Messianic  Attendance  of  Jesus  on  tliQ  Passover, 
and  the  Purification  of  the  Temple, 

6.  The  Conversation  by  Night  with  Nicodemus, 

7.  The  Last  Public  Testimony  of  the  Baptist  to  Jesus, 
'8.  Conversation  of  Jesus  with  the  Samaritan  Woman 
9.  The  Prophet  in  His  own  City  of  Nazareth, 

*  10.  The  Nobleman  of  Capernaum, 
,11.  The  Residence  of  Jesus  at  Capernaum.  The  Man  with  an 
Unclean  Spirit  in  the  Synagogue.  Peter's  Wife's  Mother 
Peter's  Draught  of  Fishes.  The  Calling  of  the  Apostles, 
12.  The  First  Journey  of  Jesus  from  Capernaum  through  Ga- 
lilee. The  Sermons  on  the  Mount.  The  Healing  cf  the 
Leper,      ....... 


Page 

297 
306 
324 
336 
354 
365 


370 


380 


PAET   III. 


THE  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S 
PUBLIC  I\IINISTRY. 


SECTION  I. 

DETERMINATION  OP  THE  DATES. 

C CORDING  to  the  statements  of  the  EvangeHst 
liuke,  which  appear  to  us  well  accredited,  John  was 
about  half  a  year  older  than  Jesus.  To  this  dif- 
ference in  their  ages,  the  difference  in  the  time  of 
their  first  public  appearance  most  exactly  corresponds.  John 
had  only  for  a  short  period  entered  on  the  exercise  of  his  voca- 
tion, when  Jesus  arrived  at  the  Jordan  to  prepare  Himself  by 
baptism  for  assuming  His  official  functions. 

It  was  not  to  be  expected  that  these  two  champions  of 
Heaven  (Gotteshelden)  would  begin  their  ministry  before  the 
completion  of  their  thirtieth  year.  Reverence  for  their  national 
institutions  would  deter  them  from  committing  such  a  violation 
of  law  and  custom,  which  required  that  mature  age  for  entering 
on  any  public  office.^     But  as  little  could  it  be  supposed  that 

^  See  Num.  iv.  3,  37,  viii.  24  ;  1  Chron.  xxiii.  24;  2  Chron.  xxxi.  17. 
In  these  passages  a  scale  is  noticeable  from  20  years  old  to  25,  and  again 
to  30.  It  has  been  questioned,  whether  from  the  legal  standard  fixed  for 
the  Levites  in  reference  to  the  commencement  and  term  of  their  service, 
any  conclusion  can  be  drawn  relative  to  the  more  irregular  ministry  of  the 
prophets.  Here  a  distinction  must  be  made  between  prophetical  acts  and 
prophetical  authority.  Prophetical  declarations  could  emanate  in  Israel 
from  any  individual,  even  from  children  and  women  ;  but  prophetical 
authority  would  hardly  be  granted  to  one  who  was  leviticaUy  a  minor, 

VOL.  11.  A 


■*5ia 


2   ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

they  would  delay  beyond  this  highest  point  of  their  manly 
development,  past  the  limits  assigned  by  the  law,  to  enter  upon 
their  divine  mission.  As,  on  the  one  hand,  they  were  kept  back 
by  the  law  up  to  a  certain  age,  and  on  the  other,  impelled  by 
the  power  of  the  Spirit  to  lose  no  time  when  they  had  reached 
that  hmit,  we  may  believe  that  they  would  carefully  observe  the 
exact  time  of  entering  on  their  office ;  just  as  the  racer  starts 
for  the  goal  at  the  given  signal,  or  a  volley  is  fired  at  the  exact 
moment.  John  might  perhaps,  during  the  winter  season,  delay 
the  administration  of  baptism,  but  not  the  commencement  of 
his  ministry.^ 

Matthew  does  not  state  the  exact  time  of  John's  first  public 
appearance.  '  In  those  days,'  he  says,  '  came  John  the  Baptist, 
preaching  in  the  wilderness  of  Judea'  (iii.  1).  He  does  not 
mean  those  days  in  which  Jesus  first  took  up  His  abode  at 
Nazareth,  but  that  later  period  in  which,  by  having  resided 
there,  He  was  regarded  as  belonging  to  that  city  (ii.  23).  Thus 
much  we  gather  from  this  statement,  that  when  the  Baptist 
made  his  first  appearance,  Jesus  was  still  residing  at  Nazareth. 
Luke  informs  us  still  more  precisely  that  'in  the  fifteenth  year 
of  Tiberius  Caesar,  Pontius  Pilate  being  governor  of  Judea,  and 
Herod  being  tetrarch  of  Galilee,  and  his  brother  Philip  tetrarch 
of  Ituraa  and  of  the  region  of  Trachonitis,  and  Lysanias  the 
tetrarch  of  Abilene,  Annas  and  Caiaphas  being  the  high  priests, 
the  word  of  God  came  unto  John,  the  son  of  Zacharias,  in  the 
wilderness ;  and  he  came  into  all  the  country  round  about  Jor- 
dan, preaching  the  baptism  of  repentance  for  the  remission  of 
sins'  (iii.  1-3). 

especially  if  he  was  commissioned  to  rebuke  the  priests.  Besides,  John  the 
Baptist  was  in  this  respect,  as  a  Levite,  subject  to  the  Levitical  arrangements. 
But  Christ  was  not  only  the  supreme  Prophet,  but  also  the  real  High  Priest, 
and  would  avoid  most  scrupulously  every  ground  of  offence  which  would 
make  His  office  of  questionable  validity  to  the  Israelites.  But  this  legal 
point  was  in  His  case  connected  with  the  inner  motive,  namely,  to  await  the 
completion  of  His  consciousness. 

1  Though  we  might  give  the  Theocrat  credit  that  for  himself  he  would 
not  hesitate  to  bathe  in  the  Jordan  when  swelled  by  the  wintry  snow-water 
of  Hermon,  since  as  a  Nazarite  he  had  grown  up  in  the  desert  in  the  full 
heroic  energy  of  a  life  of  nature,  yet  the  multitude  would  hardly  be  in- 
duced to  submit  to  baptism  at  that  time  of  the  year,  the  rainy  season.  See 
Wieseler,  Chronol.  Synops.  p.  148. 


DETERMINATION  OF  THE  DATES.  3 

Luke  seems  to  distinguish  the  early  prophetic  ministry  of 
John  in  the  wilderness,  from  his  coming  forward  at  the  Jordan 
as  the  Baptist.^  Even  Matthew  has  in  his  eye  a  period  of  cer- 
tain days,  during  which  the  preaching  of  John  served  as  a 
preparation  for  the  rite  of  baptism  which  he  afterwards  per- 
formed at  the  Jordan.^  Mark  joins  the  two  points  of  time  in 
one ;  for  the  preaching  of  John  was  from  the  first  an  announce- 
ment that  the  people  were  to  submit  to  a  baptism  of  repentance; 
and  John,  as  to  his  manner  of  life  and  position,  was  always  in 
the  wilderness ;  the  region  he  occupied  as  the  sphere  of  the 
preacher  in  the  wilderness,  formed  a  decided  contrast  to  the 
region  of  the  temple.  Moreover,  the  wilderness  of  Judea,  which 
lies  between  Kedron  and  the  Dead  Sea,  and  in  which  John 
first  appeared  as  a  preacher  of  repentance,  is  in  the  direction  of 
the  wilderness  near  Jericho,  through  which  the  Israelites  tra- 
velled from  Jerusalem  to  the  Jordan,  and  not  far  from  it.^  To 
the  inhabitants  of  Jerusalem  the  two  wildernesses  might  more 
easily  seem  to  run  into  one  another,  because  John  probably  had 
his  proper  residence  still  in  the  wilderness,  even  when  he  ad- 
ministered baptism.  At  all  events,  the  greater  number  of  the 
persons  he  baptized  had  to  go  through  the  wildei'ness  in  order  to 
reach  him.  But  a  large  district  is  always  distinguished  by  its 
predominant  character,  and  especially  by  the  strong  impression 
it  makes  by  means  of  some  one  striking  figure.  And  thus  John 
was  everywhere  the  Baptist  in  the  wilderness,,  both  in  a  sym- 
bolical and  a  literal  sense.* 

Now  if  John,  as  we  must  suppose,  from  comparing  his  age 
with  that  of  Jesus,  was  thirty  years  old  in  the  autumn  of  the 

^  See  Neander,  Life  of  Jesus  Christ  (Bohn's  Tr.),  p-  50. 

^  See  chap.  iii.  1-5. 

^  [A  description  of  the  scene  of  John's  baptism  is  given  in  Stanley's 
Sinai  and  Palestine,  p.  310. — Ed.] 

*  But  how,  the  critic  asks,  can  it  be  said  that  Jesus  went  from  the 
wilderness  (where  John  was),  into  the  wilderness  (where  He  Himself  was 
tempted)  ?  This  supposed  contradiction  is  nothing  but  an  illusion  to  which 
inaccurate  persons  are  liable  from  the  very  accuracy  of  the  designations  in 
the  Gospel.  He  who  resides  only  a  few  hours'  distance  from  the  Rhine  says, 
I  am  going  to  the  Rhine,  though  he  settles  only  in  a  place  in  the  vicinity  of 
the  Rhine.  From  that  position,  he  then  goes,  when  he  will,  still  again  to 
the  Rhine.  So  that  one  may  go  from  the  wilderness  into  the  wilderness, — 
a  marvellous  thing,  unless  the  critic  has  some  skill  in  perspective. 


4   ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

year  779,  lie  probably  began  to  preach  about  that  time.  Mean- 
while the  winter  set  in,  and  he  could  not  enter  on  the  admini- 
stration of  baptism  before  the  mild  spring-weather  of  780 ;  by 
that  time  a  movement  had  commenced  among  the  people,  and 
the  season  suitable  for  their  great  lustration  had  arrived.  Jesus 
also,  having  about  this  time  completed  His  thirtieth  year,  pre- 
sented Himself  for  baptism.  After  His  baptism  He  passed 
forty  days  in  the  wilderness;  subsequently,  He  spent  short 
portions  of  time  at  Can  a,  Nazareth,  and  Capernaum,  probably 
occupied  in  the  first  quiet  beginnings  of  His  ministry.  Then 
came  the  spring  of  the  year  781 ;  and  now  He  went  up  to  the 
Passover  at  Jerusalem  for  the  first  time  in  the  capacity  of  a 
prophet,  discharged  His  office  in  the  midst  of  the  people,  and 
effected  the  purification  of  the  temple. 

Two  years  before  the  death  of  Augustus,  about  the  year 
765,  Tiberius  was  raised  to  share  the  imperial  throne;^  but  in 
in  the  year  767  Augustus  died.  As  John  probably  appeared  as 
the  Baptist  at  the  Jordan  in  the  summer  of  780,  after  introduc- 
ing the  rite  in  the  autumn  and  winter  of  779,  we  must  suppose 
that  Luke  has  included  in  his  reckoning  the  previous  regency 
of  Tiberius.  On  this  svipposition,  the  year  779  would  be  the 
fifteenth  year  of  Tiberius.^ 

As   great   numbers  had  been  baptized  before   Christ   pre- 

1  See  Wieseler,  Chronol.  Synopse,  p.  172 ;  Tacit.  Annal.  i.  3 ;  Sueton, 
Tiber.  20,  21. — Kuiuoel,  Commentar.  in  Ev.  Luc.  edit.  ii.  p.  343.  Lucas  ad 
designandum  Tiberii  principatum  non  adhibuit  vocabulum  fiavupxt»  aut  /Sos- 
aChtia,  sed  nomen  '/I'/i/.covici.i  quod  de  quovis  imperio,  de  quavis  diguitate  ac 
potestate  usurpari  solet,  etc.  Nulla  idonea  proferri  potest  ratio,  cur  non 
licuerit  Luca?  initium  principatus  imperii  ab  eo  tempore  derivare,  quo  f actus 
esset  Augusti  collega,  quum  imprimis  in  provinciis,  qualis  Judasa  fuit,  pari 
dignitate  haberetur,  atque  Augustus.  Non  improbabile  est,  Lucam  secutum 
esse  morem  Scripturse.  In  historia  enim  regum  et  in  Jeremia  anni  Nabu- 
chodonosoris  reges  Babyloniae  ab  eo  tempore  numerantur,  quo  pater  filium 
in  societatem  imperii  recepit. 

2  Wieseler  advocates  the  view,  that  Luke  (iii,  1)  speaks  not  of  John's  first 
appearance,  but  of  a  second  stage  of  it,  involving  a  course  of  action  whicli 
led  to  his  imprisonment.  The  mention  of  the  fact,  that  Herod  had  '  shut  up 
John  in  prison'  (ver.  20),  is  in  favour  of  it.  But,  on  the  other  hand,  in  the 
same  connection  the  appearance  of  Christ  is  represented  as  future  (ver.  16), 
vrhich  it  could  only  have  been  previous  to  Christ's  public  ministry.  That 
Luke  should  incidentally  mention,  by  anticipation,  John's  imprisonment, 
occasions  no  difficulty. 


DETERMINATION  OF  THE  1)ATES.  5 

sented  Himself  at  the  Jordan,  we  may  presume  that  He  was  not 
baptized  till  late  in  the  smnmer  of  780.  But  when  He  purified 
the  temple  at  the  Passover,  in  781,  the  Jews  asked  Him  by 
what  sign  He  could  accredit  that  act.  On  His  answering, 
'  Destroy  this  temple,  and  in  three  days  I  will  raise  it  up,'  they 
rejoined,  '  Forty-six  jesivs  was  this  temple  in  building,  and  wilt 
Thou  rear  it  up  in  three  days  ?'  The  building  of  Herod's  temple 
was  still  in  progress,  though  it  was  begun  before  the  Passover  of 
735,  and  as  46  years  had  passed  since  that  time,  the  conversation 
of  Christ  with  the  Jews  occurred  in  the  year  781.^ 

The  ministry  of  John,  who  probably  changed  his  first  station 
on  the  banks  of  the  Jordan  for  one  higher  up,  lasted  most  likely 
to  the  winter  of  the  year  781.  While  he  was  baptizing  in 
GaKlee,  Christ  was  occupied  in  Judea.  At  the  time  of  .John's  im- 
prisonment in  Galilee,  the  supreme  council  at  Jerusalem  began 
to  watch  the  rising  reputation  of  Jesus  with  an  unfriendly  eye,  in 
consequence  of  which  He  left  Judea  and  retired  into  Galilee.^ 

^  See  Wieseler,  p.  166.  [Lichtenstein,  however,  who  is  a  worthy  rival 
of  Wieseler  in  chronological  investigations,  shows  (p.  75,  Lebensgeschichte 
des  Herrn  Jesu  Christi  in  chronologischer  Uebersicht,  Erlaugen  1 856)  that 
the  46th  year  is  780  ;  and  (p.  153)  makes  it  appear  probable  that  Jesus  was 
baptized  towards  the  end  of  December  779  or  beginning  of  January  780. 
So  also  Andrews,  Life  of  our  Lord  upon  the  Earth  in  its  chronol.  relations, 
Lond.  1863.  Tischendorf  (Synops.  Evang.  xix.)  prefers  the  close  of  780.-^ 
Ed.] 

■  According  to  John  iv.  1,  Jesus  probably  returned  to  Galilee  towards  the 
end  of  autumn  in  781,  because  the  Pharisees  had  heard  that  Jesus  made  and 
baptized  more  disciples  than  John,  and  because  an  extraordinary  excitement 
of  popular  feeling  on  His  behalf  in  Judea  had  begun  to  make  Him  an  object 
of  hostile  observation  to  the  Pharisees.  We  must  consider  this  return  of 
Jesus  to  Galilee  as  identical  with  that  mentioned  in  the  synoptic  Gospels 
(Matt.  iv.  12  ;  Mark  i.  14  ;  Luke  iv.  14).  When  the  synoptic  Gospels  allege 
as  a  motive  for  His  return,  that  Jesus  had  heard  of  John's  imprisonment, 
this  motive  is  not  sufficient  by  itself  to  explain  His  conduct,  since  it  was  by 
the  tetrarch  of  Gahlee  that  John  had  been  put  in  confinement.  But  that 
event  reacted  on  the  Sanhedrim  at  Jerusalem.  The  Pharisees  might  be 
stirred  up  to  apprehend  the  ^second  prophet,  since  Herod  had  apprehended 
the  first,  and  since  John,  whom  with  his  voice  of  thunder  they  feared  more 
than  Jesus,  could  no  longer  protect  the  latter  by  his  high  repute.  The  refer- 
ence of  the  passage  in  Luke  iv.  43,  44,  to  one  and  the  same  event,  is  also 
in  favour  of  this  opinion.  The  passage  in  John  iv.  1  does  not  imply,  as 
Wieseler  thinks,  that  the  Baptist  was  at  that  time  still  exercising  his  mini- 
stry. The  comparison  of  the  ministry  of  Jesus  with  that  of  John  does  not 
involve  that  they  were  contemporaneous. 


6   ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

In  the  spring  of  the  next  year,  782,  John  was  still  in  prison, 
and  it  was  then  he  sent  the  well-known  deputation  to  Christ, 
which,  according  to  Matt.  xi.  1,  2,  appears  to  have  been  at  the 
close  of  the  first  journeying  of  Christ  through  Galilee,  and 
therefore  before  His  visit  to  the  feast  of  Purim,  narrated  by  the 
Evangelist  John.  The  beheading  of  John  took  place  not  long 
after,  probably  between  the  feast  of  Purim  and  the  Passover  of 
782.^  Christ  did  not  publicly  attend  the  Passover  of  this  year, 
but  the  following  one,  in  783.  The  first  feast-day  of  this  year, 
which  began  with  eating  the  Passover  the  preceding  night,  was 
a  Friday.^ 

In  addition  to  the  chronological  datum  by  which  Luke  fixes 
the  time  of  John's  ministry,  he  has  given  other  historical  indica- 
tions,^ which  are  contained  in  the  passage  quoted  above.  Of 
these  the  first  is,  that  Pontius  Pilate  was  then  governor  of  Judea  : 
he  filled  that  office  ten  years, — namely,  from  the  end  of  778  or 
the  beginning  of  779  to  the  year  789. 

In  Luke's  description,  Herod  appears  as  tetrarch  of  Galilee. 
This  was  the  Herod  Antipas  who  beheaded  John  the  Baptist. 
He  held  this  dignity  from  the  death  of  his  father,  Herod  the 
Great,  till  some  years  after  the  death  of  Christ,  but  lost  it  in 
the  year  792.  In  the  third  place,  Philip  is  named  as  being  then 
tetrarch  of  Iturgea  and  Trachonitis.  He  reigned  from  the  death 
of  Herod,  at  the  time  of  the  return  of  the  Holy  Family  from 
Egypt,  to  the  year  786.  Though  all  these  specifications  agree 
with  the  history  of  the  times  as  gathered  from  other  sources,  yet 
some  critics  believe  they  have  detected  a  great  error  in  the  ac- 
count of  the  fourth  of  the  Syrian  princes,  namely,  that  Lysanias 
was  tetrarch  of  Abilene.  Fi^om  Josephus  {Antiq.  xv.  4,  §  1)  and 
Dio  Cassius  (xlix.  32)  we  learn  that,  sixty  years  before  the  time 
in  which  the  Lysanias  of  Luke  must  have  lived,  a  Lysanias  of 
Abilene  was  assassinated,  and  that  Cleopatra  obtained  a  part  of 
his  dominions ;  while  Josephus  says  nothing  of  a  Lysanias  who 

1  Compare  Matt.  xiv.  10,  20  with  John  vi.  1-14.  On  the  locality  from 
which  Herod  Antipas  issued  his  orders  for  the  execution  of  the  prisoner  in 
the  castle  of  Machaerus,  see  Wieseler,  p.  250  :  it  was  Julias  or  Livias,  in  that 
region  of  Persea,  situated  not  far  from  Machaerus. 

2  See  Wieseler,  p.  176. 

3  [On  the  significance  of  these  as  indications  of  the  political  condition  of 
the  Jews,  see  some  acute  remarks  by  Lichtenstein,  LebensgeschicJite,  etc. 
Anm.  11  and  12. — Ec] 


DETERMINATION  OF  THE  DATES.  7 

reigned  about  the  time  of  Christ.  In  this  case,  according  to 
the  demands  of  a  noted  critic,  the  silence  of  the  Jewish  historian 
is  to  be  held  decisive  against  the  testimony  of  the  Christian  ;  the 
inference  follows  directly,  that  the  latter  made  an  error  of  60 
years  in  his  account,  or  held  the  current  designation  of  that  pro- 
vince as  the  Abilene  of  Lysanias  to  be  a  sufficient  ground  for 
assuming  that  Abilene  was  then  governed  by  a  Lysanias.^  Those 
who  regard  the  statement,  as  it  stands,  as  incorrect,  and  yet 
think  they  can  escape  the  consequence  that  Luke  was  mistaken, 
effect  their  object  by  reading  the  passage  modified  in  one  way 
or  another.  Dr  Paulus  thinks  that  the  passage  is  to  be  read  in 
connection  with  the  preceding  clause,  thus  :  '  At  that  time  Philip 
was  tetrarch  over  Itura3a  and  Trachonitis,  and  over  the  Abilene 
of  the  tetrarch  Lysanias.'  This  translation  is  obtained  either 
by  omitting  rerpapxavvro^  after  Abilene  (with  Codex  L.)  ;  or  by 
reading  Kal  t?}?  Avaaviov  ' A^Ck'qvrj'i  reTpap')(pvvTo^,  and  con- 
struing rerpapxovvTO'i  with  ^iXlinTov  ;  or,  lastly,  by  a  forced  in- 
terpretation translating  the  text  as  it  stands,  in  the  manner  speci- 
fied. But  not  only  the  arbitrary  liberty  taken  with  the  text  and 
its  obvious  meaning  tells  against  such  an  expedient,  but  likewise 
the  circumstance  that  it  is  not  only  destitute  of  proof,  but  is  in 
the  highest  degree  improbable,  that  Philip,  besides  his  own  terri- 
tory, should  have  obtained  Abilene  from  the  Roman  power.^  It 
is  therefore  much  simpler  to  leave  the  district  of  Abilene  to 
Lysanias,  though  we  know  nothing  further  about  him,  than  to 
make  it  over  to  Philip,  to  whom  the  history  does  not  assign  it — 
indeed,  from  whose  tetrarchy  it  plainly  distinguishes  that  of 
Lysanias.^  Moreover,  positive  considerations  present  themselves, 
as  Wieseler  in  his  often  quoted  work  has  shown,^  which  justify 
Luke's  statement.^  First  of  all,  it  is  worthy  of  notice  that,  ac- 
cording to  Josephus  (^«fz^.  XV.  6,  §  4),  Cleopatra  obtained  only 
a  part  of  the  possessions  of  Lysanias.  Wieseler  infers,  that  most 
probably  the  remainder  was  left  to  the  heirs  of  Lysanias,  from 

^  Strauss,  Lehen  Jesu,  p.  343. 

2  Josephus,  Andq.  xvii.  11,  §  4  ;  De  bello  Jud.  ii.  6,  §  3.  Compare 
Wieseler,  Chron.  Synops.  p.  177. 

2  See  the  passage  from  Josephus  in  Wieseler,  p.  177. 

*  With  a  reference  to  the  treatise  by  Hug,  Gutachten  uher  das  Lehen 
Jesu,  critically  examined  by  Dr  David  Strauss.  Freiburger  Zeitschrift  fur 
Theologie,  Bd.  i.  Heft  2. 

5  Chronol.  Synops.  179. 


8   ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

the  circumstance  that  at  a  later  period  one  Zenodorus  appears 
as  farming  the  inheritance  of  Lysanias  (Antiq.  xv.  10,  §  1). 
Wieseler  concludes  that  he  probably  entered  into  this  engage- 
ment because  the  heirs  of  Lysanias,  being  minors,  were  under 
guardianship.  Then,  lastly,  the  territory  of  Lysanias  is  men- 
tioned by  Josephus  as  a  tetrarchy,  which  in  the  year  790  was 
given,  with  the  tetrarchy  of  Philip,  by  the  Emperor  Caius  Cali- 
gula, to  Agrippa.  From  these  several  indications  the  critic  just 
named  concludes,  that  between  the  years  734-790  there  must 
have  been  a  younger  Lysanias  who  governed  Abilene  as  a 
tetrarch.^  As  the  earlier  Lysanias  is  not  designated  a  tetrarch, 
the  fact  is  of  importance,  that  Pococke  describes  a  coin  which 
names  on  its  superscription  a  tetrarch  Lysanias  ;  and  the  same 
traveller  discovered  an  inscription  in  a  temple  on  the  summit  of 
the  ancient  Abila,  15  English  miles  from  Damascus,  which  also 
speaks  of  the  tetrarch  Lysanias  of  Abilene.  But  the  notices  in 
Josephus  already  mentioned  are  quite  sufficient  to  introduce  the 
historic  testimony  of  Luke. 

To  the  preceding  chronological  data  Luke  adds  the  striking 
statement,  that  '  Annas  was  high  priest,  and  Caiaphas.'  It  has 
been  supposed  that  Annas  is  placed  first  because  he  was  the 
Nasi  or  president  of  the  Sanhedrim,  while  Caiaphas  was  the 
officiating  high  priest  in  the  matter  of  sacrifices.^  But  Caiaphas 
(according  to  John  xviii.)  evidently  appears  as  the  proper  judge 
of  Jesus  ;  but  he  was  His  judge,  not  as  high  priest,  but  as  pre- 
sident of  the  Sanhedrim.'^  Moreover,  the  Eomans,  who  had  less 
to  do  with  the  sacrificing  priest  than  with  the  presidency  of  the 
Sanhedrim,  would  have  thought  it  of  no  consequence  to  remove 
Annas  from  the  high-priesthood,  if  that  measure  had  not,  in 
fact,  mainly  dealt  with  the  presidency  of  the  supreme  ciyil  tri- 
bunal. Luke  seems  to  mark  that  degradation  of  the  high-priest- 
hood ironically,  when  he  speaks  of  a  high  priest  (ap'x^tepeox;) 
Annas,  and  Caiaphas ;  the  one,  that  is  to  say,  had  the  influence, 
the  other  the  office.  In  like  manner  Annas  appears  in  John 
(xviii.  4)  :  not  as  president  of  the  council,  but  as  father-in-law 

^  [Robinson  comes  to  the  same  conclusion  on  similar  grounds — Biblical 
Researches  in  Palestine,  iii.  482-4 ;  and  compare  Ebrard's  Gospel  History 
(Clark,  1863),  p.  143.— Ed.] 

-  See  Wieseler,  Chronol.  Synops.  p.  183. 

^  [Lichtenstein  supposes  he  may  have  been  vice-president. — Ed.] 


DETERMINATION  OF  THE  DATES.  9 

of  Caiaphas,  he  had  the  honour  of  having  Jesus  first  sent  to 
him.  Caiaphas  is  the  high  priest  '  that  same  year.'  At  a  period 
wlien  the  office  of  high  priest  changed  hands  so  often,  he  figured 
as  the  high  priest  of  the  year ;  but  in  the  national  feehng  the 
real,  permanent  high  priest  was  Annas.  It  was  Caiaphas  who 
uttered  the  official  adage,  that  '  it  was  expedient  one  man  should 
die  for  the  people' — an  inconsiderate  expression,  which  evinced 
neither  great  political  wisdom  nor  a  noble  disposition,  but  which 
in  a  higher  sense  might  be  regarded  as  an  unconscious  prophecy 
of  the  atonement.^ 

According  to  the  before-named  chronological  limits  of  the 
ministry  of  J  ohn  the  Baptist,  he  was  probably  engaged  in  it  for 
half  a  year  before  he  had  fully  aroused  the  people  and  called 
them  to  baptism.  After  that,  he  was  about  a  year  and  a  half 
occupied  in  baptizing  them.  Finally,  his  imprisonment  appears 
to  have  lasted  about  half  a  year.  A  doubt  has  been  expressed, 
whether  it  was  possible  for  John,  in  the  short  space  of  time 
allowed  him  by  the  Evangehsts,  to  make  so  great  an  impression 
on  his  nation.  But  if  we  bear  in  mind  that  .the  infinitely  supe- 
rior ministry  of  Christ  was  comprised  in  the  space  of  two  years 
and  a  half,  we  shall  find  it  very  conceivable  that  two  years 
sufficed  John  for  his  vocation.  Indeed,  John  must  already  in 
the  first  half-year  have  agitated  his  nation,  in  order  to  appear  as 
the  Baptist.  But  would  it  require  more  than  half  a  year  to  set 
Israel  in  motion  when  the  message  resounded,  '  The  kingdom  of 
the  Messiah  is  at  hand  !  Come,  purify  yourselves,  in  order  to 
enter  it ! '  The  history  of  the  false  messiahs  shows  that  the 
people  were  easily  set  in  motion  by  an  announcement  of  the 
Messiah's  advent.  But,  apart  from  the  wonderful  effect  of  this 
on  the  theocratic  nation,  we  need  only  look  back  on  the 


1  It  appears  from  John  xviii.  24,  that  there  was  no  change  of  place,  no 
sending  from  palace  to  palace.  The  temple  guards  follow  the  Jewish  na- 
tional instinct :  they  lead  Jesus  first  before  him  who  was  really  the  liigh 
priest  in  the  opinion  of  the  Jews.  He  submits  Jesus  to  a  preliminary 
examination,  and  then  sends  Him  bound,  to  be  disposed  of  by  Caiaphas, 
who  was  the  officiating,  titular  high  priest — the  official  high  priest  in  the 
ojinion  of  the  Romans,  who  by  their  arbitrary  appointments  converted  the 
high-priesthood  into  an  annual  office.  The  a.Trifnu'Kii/  uvrou  lilii/.ivov  (ver. 
24)  may  be  explained  according  to  the  analogy  of  the  passage  Luke  iv.  19, 
dxoaru'hot.t  iu  dcpiau.  Annas,  as  the  proper  deciding  hierarch,  sent  the 
Lord  bound  to  Caiaphas  ;  by  that  His  fate  was  already  decided. 


10  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

middle  ages,  or  into  the  history  of  Methodism,  to  be  convinced 
how  speedily  a  great  preacher  of  repentance,  simply  as  such, 
can  agitate  the  popular  mind.  We  may  here  be  reminded  how 
the  theses  of  Luther  spread  like  wildfire. 

En  peu  cfheure,  Dieu  laheure,  is  a  French  proverb  expressive 
of  the  agency  of  God  generally.  But  this  will  apply  with  pe- 
culiar force  to  the  agency  of  God  in  critical  periods  of  the 
world's  history.-^  We  must  regard  those  minds  as  ill  endowed 
who  have  no  perception  that  God  in  His  kingdom  often  works 
by  voices,  thunder,  and  lightnings  (Rev.  viii.  5).  But,  in 
reference  to  John,  we  might  wonder  that  the  widely  extended 
ministry  of  such  a  man  left  behind  so  slight  an  effect,  if  we  did 
not  also  recollect  that  the  splendour  of  his  career  was  lost  in 
that  of  Jesus,  as  the  morning  star  before  the  sun ;  while  in  the 
school  of  '  John's  disciples'  only  the  long  shadow  of  the  expir- 
ing remains  of  its  Jewish  restrictedness  has  been  thrown  across 
the  world's  history. 

John  described  himself  as  '  the  voice  of  one  crying  in  the 
wilderness.  Make  straight  the  way  of  the  Lord.'  He  exerted  an 
influence  suited  to  his  gifts  and  destiny,  which  were  intended  to 
arouse  and  prepare,  not  to  fulfil  and  satisfy.  '  He  was  a  burn- 
ing and  a  shining  light,'  according  to  the  words  of  Christ. 
Does  such  a  fiery  signal  at  the  outset  of  a  great  history  require 
much  time  ?  Certainly  much  time,  says  the  critic.^  Does  the 
sharp  note  of  an  overture,  wherewith  one  stroke  announces  the 
character  of  the  piece  and  prepares  the  audience  for  it,  require 
much  time  ?  Surely,  thinks  the  questioner,  the  instruments 
take  a  long  time  before  they  are  in  perfect  tune.  The  world's 
history  pronounces  otherwise,  and  herein  agrees  with  art.  It  is 
the  office  of  a  historical  period  to  tune  the  instruments  for  a 
new  epoch;  but  when  this  opens,  new  operations  succeed,  stroke 
upon  stroke  like  lightning  and  thunder.  Clement  of  Alexan- 
dria calls  the  Baptist  the  voice  or  sound  of  the  Logos.  This 
expression  is  ingenious  ;  though  we  must  remark  that  the  Logos 
has  His  own  peculiar  sound,  and  John  his  own  special  mode  of 
thought  (sein  eigenthumlich  Logisches)  proceeding  from  the  life 

1  ['  Usefulness  and  power  are  not  measured  by  length  of  life.  .  .  . 
Youth  has  originated  aU  the  great  movements  of  the  world.' — Young's  Christ 
of  History,  p.  31.~Ed.] 

2  See  Weisse,  die  evang.  Geschichte  i.  253. 


JOHN  THE  BAPTIST.  11 

of  the  Logos.  If  we  adhere  to  Clement's  figurative  language, 
we  may  say  that  John  is  to  be  regarded  as  a  clear  trumpet-tone 
in  which  the  Israelitish  feeling  for  the  Messiah  expressed  itself, 
and  Plis  forthcoming  manifestation  was  announced  ;  or  as  the 
clear  response  which  the  sound  of  the  incarnate  eternal  Word,  in 
His  New  Testament  fulness,  called  forth  in  the  last  and  noblest 
prophet  of  the  Old  Testament  dispensation. 


1.  Abilene,  the  territory  belonging  to  the  town  of  Abila,  was 
a  district  of  Anti-Lebanon,  towards  the  east  of  Hermon  ;  it 
sloped  from  Anti-Lebanon  towards  the  plain  of  Damascus. 

2.  It  is  as  little  possible  to  learn  the  special  tendency  of  the 
Baptist  from  the  tendency  of  the  later  sect  called  '  John's  Dis- 
ciples,' as  to  form  a  judgment  of  a  believer  who  is  awakened  to  a 
new  life  from  the  workings  of  his  old  sinful  nature  in  his  sub- 
sequent history.  The  so-called  John's  Disciples  who  formed 
themselves  into  a  sect  hostile  to  Christianity,  represent  John's 
old  Adam ;  they  form  the  great  historical  shadow  of  the  great 
Prophet — the  cast-off  slough  of  a  religious  genius,  thrown  off 
when  he  put  on  Christ,  and  whose  violent  death  in  Galilee  pre- 
figured the  violent  death  of  Christ  in  Jerusalem. 


SECTION  II.      ' 

JOHN  THE  BAPTIST. 


John  the  Baptist,  in  his  manifestation  and  agency,  was  like 
a  burning  torch ;  his  public  life  was  quite  an  earthquake — the 
whole  man  was  a  sermon ;  he  might  well  call  himself  a  voice — 
'  the  voice  of  one  crying  in  the  wilderness,  Prepare  ye  the  way 
of  the  Lord '  (John  i.  23). 

But  if  we  attempt  to  seize  the  characteristic  features  of  this 
great  phenomenon,  we  shall  be  able  plainly  to  distinguish  the 
Nazarite,  the  prophet,  and  the  religious  reformer  in  a  more  con- 
fined sense,  although  these  characteristics  are  combined  in  him 
in  a  most  living  expressive  unity. 

He  '  grew  and  waxed  strong '    in  the   virgin   solitudes  of 


12  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

nature  (Luke  i.  80).  In  his  excursions  from  the  hill-country  of 
Judea,  he  had  become  acquainted  with  the  sacred  lonehuess  of 
the  adjacent  desert  region/  and  here  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord  had 
spoken  to  his  spirit.^  In  chosen  privation  as  a  free  son  of  the 
wilderness,  he  had  accustomed  himself  to  the  simplest  diet; 
locusts  and  wild  honey  sufficed  him.  He  clothed  himself  in 
raiment  of  camel's  hair,  with  a  leathern  girdle  about  his  loins.^ 
Thus  the  Nazarite  assumed  the  form  of  the  preacher  of  re- 
pentance. But  he  also  knew  the  significance  of  his  Nazarite 
vow ;  he  knew  that  he  had  to  lead  back  Israel  from  the  illusions 
of  their  formalized  temple-worship  into  the  wilderness,  from 
which  they  had  at  first  emerged  as  the  people  of  the  law,  that 
they  might  purify  themselves  in  the  wilderness  for  the  new 
economy  of  the  kingdom  of  God.  The  Nazarite  is  a  preacher 
of  repentance  in  the  deeply  earnest  tone  of  his  soul,  and  there- 
fore in  the  pensive  seriousness  of  his  appearance. 

It  does  not,  however,  in  the  least  follow  from  this  devoted 
man's  mode  of  life  that  he  wished  to  convert  others  into  ascetics 
like  himself.''  He  was  perfectly  aware  of  the  singularity  of  his 
position,  and  knew  how,  with  noble  freedom,  to  appreciate 
other  modes  of  life,  and  especially  higher  spiritual  stages.  But 
that  the  persons  who  became  his  disciples  must  have  accommo- 
dated themselves  to  his  peculiar  habits,  lies  in  the  very  nature  of 
such  a  connection.  They  were  his  assistants  in  administering 
baptism,  and  must  therefore  have  complied  with  the  prerequi- 
sites of  this  employment — of  this  symbolic  preaching  of  repent- 
ance.^ 

But  the  divine  commission  which  constituted  him  a  prophet 
was  the  revelation  that  the  kingdom  of  God  was  at  hand  for  His 
people ;  that  therefore  the  Messiah,  as  the  founder  of  this  king- 

^  See  Robinson's  Researches  [and  Andrews,  p.  128]. 

2  We  are  here  reminded  of  Fox,  the  founder  of  the  sect  of  the  Quakers, 
and  of  other  distinguished  characters  of  world-wide  reputation. 

3  See  Von  Ammou,  die  GescMchte  des  Lebens  Jesii  i.  251.  [Kitto,  Daily 
Bible  lUust.,  32d  Week,  3d  Day.] 

*  When  Strauss  imagines  that  John,  as  "  the  gloomy,  threatening 
preacher  of  repentance,"  would  have  found  it  difficult  to  be  on  terms  of 
friendship  with  Jesus,  he  substitutes  for  the  historical  image  of  John 
in  the  Gospels  one  very  different  from  that  which  really  belongs  tc 
him. 

5  Exod.  xix.  10,  15. 


JOHN  THE  BAPTIST.  13 

dom,  was  forthcoming,  and  that  he  was  destined  to  prepare  the 
way  for  Him.  The  Spirit  of  God  had  also  assured  him,  that  by 
a  divine  sign  the  individual  would  be  manifested  to  him  whom 
he  would  have  to  point  out  as  the  Lord  and  Founder  of  this 
kingdom.  He  had  become  familiar  with  the  idea  and  presenti- 
ment of  this  destination  while  under  his  parents'  roof  ;  but  the 
absolute  conviction  which  made  him  a  prophet  was  imparted  by 
the  Spirit  of  the  Lord,  at  the  close  of  his  youthful  preparation, 
in  the  wilderness.  First  of  all,  he  had  the  certainty  that  the 
Messiah  was  already  living,  though  unknown,  among  the  people : 
then  at  the  decisive  moment,  on  the  banks  of  the  Jordan,  he  re- 
ceived a  divine  disclosure  respecting  His  person.  Such,  there- 
fore, was  the  presentiment,  the  inspiration,  the  function  and 
divine  mission  of  his  life — to  announce  the  advent  of  the 
Messiah,  and  to  make  a  path  for  Him  in  the  souls  of  the  people. 
He  was,  so  to  speak,  the  individualized  and  final  prophetic  pre- 
sentiment of  the  Messiah  among  His  own  people.  And  only 
thus,  as  the  herald  of  Christ,  is  he  an  organically  necessaiy  and 
historically  conceivable  phenomenon.^  But  the  prophet,  from 
his  wide,  clear  survey  of  the  pilgrimages  to  Jerusalem,  had  from 
early  life  been  cognizant  of  the  moral  and  religious  decay  evinced 
in  the  temple-righteousness  of  his  people.  He  saw  through  the 
corruption  of  the  Pharisees  and  scribes  with  all  the  indignation 
of  a  genuine  Israelite.  The  holy  zeal  of  all  the  prophets  was 
concentrated  in  the  lofty  repugnance  of  his  powerful  soul,  and 
made  him  in  a  more  restricted  sense  one  of  those  men  of  zeal 
who  appeared  in  Israel  in  critical  moments,  as  restorers  of  the 
damaged  Theocracy  :  such  were  Phinehas  (Num.  xxv.  7)  and 
Elijah  ;  and  such  was  Jesus  Himself  on  the  occasions  when  He 
purified  the  temple.  In  this  zeal  John  became  an  administra- 
tor of  baptism,  or  the  Baptist.  The  whole  nation  appeared  to 
him,  as  they  really  were,  unworthy  and  incapable  of  entering 
the  holy  kingdom  of  the  New  Covenant,  but  most  of  all  their 

^  That  John,  on  the  contrary,  the  fabrication  of  antagonistic  criticism, 
the  gloomy  monk  who  in  his  poor  enthusiasm  would  fain  be  and  ought  to 
be  a  prophet,  and  yet  is  so  little  of  a  prophet  that  he  has  no  presentiment 
of  the  Messiah  when  He  comes  into  his  immediate  vicinity,  and  much  too 
late  arrives  in  prison  at  the  conjecture  that  Jesus  may  be  the  Messiah — is  a 
historical  monster  and  a  caricature  of  the  biblical  Baptist,  which  we  may 
dispose  of  in  a  note,  in  passing. 


14  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

leaders  and  representatives.  It  was  to  him  a  certain  fact,  that  a 
great  general  declension  had  taken  place  from  the  spirit  of  true 
Judaism,  and  that  even  the  better  sort  needed  first  to  imdergo 
a  great  purification  to  enable  them  to  receive  the  King  of 
Israel ;  and  that,  after  all,  the  winnowing  fan  of  this  King 
would  be  needed  to  separate  the  chaff  from  the  wheat.  The 
leac'ers  of  the  people  appeared  to  him  mostly  as  serpents  and 
vipers,  in  their  thoroughly  hypocritical  natures,  and  the  people 
in  general  polluted  by  the  unclean  beasts  of  their  evil  passions  ; 
— and  thus,  according  to  the  law,  a  great  universal  purification 
was  required.^  The  theocratic  zealot,  therefore,  preached  the 
baptism  of  repentance  for  the  reception  of  the  coming  One. 
With  unparalleled  boldness  he  met  the  Israelitish  community 
with  the  solemn  declaration,  that  the  whole  camp  was  unclean, 
and  that  they  must  first  undergo  a  holy  ablution  before  they 
could  enter  into  the  new  community.  Thus  he,  in  fact,  excom- 
municated the  whole  nation,  and  prescribed  for  it  a  symbolical 
repentance,  as  a  preparation  for  entering  the  social  communion 
of  the  Messiah.  The  application  which  John,  in  his  theocratic 
zeal,  made  of  the  rite  of  holy  ablution  to  his  polluted  nation, 
accounts  for  the  institution  of  his  baptism.  It  was  among  the 
requirements  of  the  law,  that  the  Jewish  proselytes  were  to 
undergo  this  washing  when  they  passed  over  from  the  camp  of 
the  unclean,  the  heathen,  to  the  camp  of  the  clean,  the  Israelites. 
But  John  needed  not  this  inducement  to  practise  baptism.  As 
restorer  of  the  Theocracy,  he  recognised  its  necessity  as  soon  as 
to  his  inspired  theocratic  wrath  the  conviction  was  established, 
that  Israel  had  become  a  camp  of  the  unclean.  On  the  other 
hand,  he  too  well  understood  the  difference  between  symbolical 
and  real  acts,  to  confound  with  his  own  baptism  the  sprinkling 
with  clean  water  which  the  prophets  (Ezek.  xxxvi.  25  ;  Zech.  xiii. 
1)  had  foretold,  and  which  in  a  figurative  manner  denoted  the 
Spirit-baptism  of  Christ  itself.^  But  still  less  could  he  fail  to 
distinguish  that  symbolical  act  of  which  he  was  the  administra- 
tor, from  that  anointing  with  oil  which  in  the  Old  Testament 
represented  the  positive  bestowment  of  the  Messianic  gifts  of 
the  Spirit,  in  distinction  from  the  washing  which  was  the  sign  of 

'  Lev.  xiv.  XV. 

^  As,  for  example,  Strauss,  Leben  Jesu  i.  351 ;  also  Neander,  Life  of  Jesus 
Christ,  p.  50. 


JOHN  THE  BAPTIST.  1  5 

negative  consecration.^  John  was  perfectly  aware  that  the  true 
essential  Baptizer  was  to  come,  who  would  first  baptize  with  the 
oil  of  life,  with  the  Holy  Ghost,  and  with  fire.  It  was  his  own 
mission  to  restore  the  community  as  members  of  the  old  economy, 
in  order  to  present  them  pure  and  set  apart  for  the  transition 
into  the  kingdom  of  heaven.  What  he  required  of  the  people 
was  in  perfect  accordance  with  this  mission.  Each  individual 
was  to  purify  himself  as  an  Israelite,  to  change  his  mind  in 
earnest  repentance,  and  in  consequence  to  put  away  the  evil  of 
his  life,  and  to  practise  the  virtues  belonging  to  his  national 
calling.  Thus  would  he  be  fitted  for  receiving  the  higher  bap- 
tism, that  of  Christ,  the  real  participation  of  His  new,  heavenly 
life. 

The  prophetic  feeling  of  the  Baptist  did  not  deceive  him. 
By  those  warnings  with  which,  like  a  second  Elijah,  he  stood 
forth  in  the  wilderness  of  Judea,  he  succeeded  in  arousing  and 
agitating  the  nation.  The  verdict  of  his  zealous  spirit,  in  which 
he  described  the  theocratic  commonwealth  as  polluted,  and 
announced  a  baptism  of  purification,  was  acquiesced  in  by  the 
people.  They  resorted  to  him  at  the  Jordan  in  crowds.  He 
received  them  with  solemn  reprimands,  and  exhorted  them  to 
conversion,  and  the  practice  of  the  neglected  duties  of  mercy, 
brotherly  love,  honesty,  and  righteousness  (Luke  iii.  11-14). 
But  as  for  those  who  were  borne  along  with  the  tide  of  the 
excited  multitudes,  and  only  came  to  submit  to  the  symbolic 
rite  as  a  new  instrument  of  ceremonial  righteousness,  he  calls 
them  'a  generation  of  vipers'  (Luke  iii.  7).  They  were  induced 
to  flee  from  the  wrath  to  come,  not  by  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord, 
but  compelled  by  a  regard  to  theocratic  forms.  Their  fleeing 
was  therefore  pretended.  They  believed  themselves,  after  all, 
to  be  safe  from  the  coming  wrath  as  children  of  Abraham. 
Therefore  the  prophet  exclaimed,  '  Depend  not  on  your  descent ; 
from  these  stones  God  can  raise  up  children  to  Abraham.'  A 
spirit  who  could  so  mortify  the  Israelitish  pride,  who  expressed 
in  such  strong  terms  the  possibility  of  the  call  of  the  Gentiles 
into  the  kingdom  of  heaven,  was  no  gloomy  ascetic,  no  man  of 

^  The  same  holds  good  of  Christians  of  the  apostolic  age.  How  strictly 
the  Essenes  distinguished  the  washing  from  the  anointing  is  acknowledged. 
Only  within  the  pale  of  modern  criticism  can  the  Old  Testament  washing 
be  confounded  with  the  Old  Testament  anointing. 


16  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

mere  statutes.  His  words  of  rebuke  were  pointed  quite  specially 
at  the  Pharisees  and  Sadducees  (Matt.  iii.  7).  Whether  they 
travelled  in  one  caravan  to  the  Jordan,  is  not  known  ;  nor  does 
it  follow  in  the  least  from  the  language  of  the  Evangelist.  But 
at  all  events,  to  John's  spiritual  vision  they  formed,  according 
to  their  inner  motives,  a  closely  connected  band,  one  caravan  of 
hypocritical  penitents.  These  Pharisees,  indeed,  followed  the 
track  of  the  people  in  their  acknowledgment  of  John.  The 
first  powerful  action  of  the  prophet  forced  them  to  accommodate 
themselves  to  the  popular  feeling.  They  were  also  moved  more 
or  less  by  enthusiastic  hopes  of  the  advent  of  a  Messiah  accord- 
ing to  their  own  mind.  But  as  soon  as  the  Pharisees  stirred  in 
this  direction,  the  Sadducees  were  obliged  to  follow  in  their 
footsteps,  according  to  their  wont,  in  order  to  maintain  before 
the  people  the  appearance  of  orthodoxy.^  But  John  under- 
stood their  real  character ;  and  yet  he  could  not  refuse  to  baptize 
them,  since  he  had  to  treat  them  according  to  their  profession, 
not  according  to  the  thoughts  of  their  heart.  It  was  this  con- 
trariety which  kindled  his  wrath  into  a  glowing  flame,  and  led 
him  to  employ  the  strongest  terms  of  censure.^  He  could  not 
deny  them  the  possibihty  of  reconciliation,  but  still  felt  himself 
compelled  to  announce  the  judgments  which  the  Messiah  would 
inflict  on  the  wicked.  In  threatening  accents  he  declared  that 
the  axe  was  laid  at  the  root  of  the  trees.  With  sadness  he  felt 
and  confessed  that  he  could  baptize  only  with  water  the  people 
as  they  stood  before  him,  a  mingled  throng  of  persons  eager  for 
salvation,  and  of  hypocritical  pretenders.  But  it  gave  him  con- 
solation that  he  could  announce  a  mightier  One,  before  whose 
noble,  kingly  image  his  soul  was  humbled  in  the  dust,  with 
whom  he  dared  not  to  associate  himself,  as  being  no  better  than 
a  menial  or  a  slave,  since  he  had  the  feeling  that  he  was  not 
worthy  of  direct  communion  with  Him.^  'I  baptize  you  with 
water,'  he  said,  '  but  there  cometh  one  after  me  who  shall  baptize 
you  with  the  Holy  (Ihost  and  with  fire.'     Such  was  the  Messiah 

^  Josephus,  Antiq.  xviii.  2. 

2  We  may  pass  by  the  decision  of  Bruno  Bauer  on  these  threatening 
addresses  of  the  Baptist. 

•''  Compare  Matt.  iii.  11  and  the  parallel  passages.  In  these  words  we 
may  find  an  answer  to  the  question,  why  the  Baptist  had  not  personally 
attached  himself  to  the  Lord. 


JOHN  THE  BAPTIST.  1  7 

in  his  sight ;  and  thus  was  he  to  sanctify  the  people  that  they 
might  become  the  people  of  the  New  Covenant.  The  baptism 
of  fire  must  certainly  be  distinguished  in  this  place  from  the 
baptism  of  the  Spirit.^  This  follows  plainly  from  the  image, 
according  to  which  Christ  purifies  the  grain  of  His  threshing- 
floor  with  the  winnowing  fan,  and  then  burns  the  chaff.  But 
the  Messiah,  in  fact,  administers  this  twofold  baptism  in  Plis 
Avhole  career  throughout  the  world's  history.  The  saving  effects 
of  His  administration  through  time  will  be  supplemented  by 
the  judgments  which  result  from  the  rejection  of  His  salvation. 
This  law  strikingly  shows  in  the  destruction  of  Jerusalem,  as 
well  as  in  many  other  fire-baptisms  of  historic  notoriety,  how 
judgment  impends  over  those  circles  in  which  the  baptism  of 
the  Spirit  is  despised ;  and  so  it  wnll  continue  to  the  end  of  the 
world.  It  also  holds  good  in  the  inner  and  outer  life  of  the 
individual  as  he  comes  into  contact  with  Christ — one  of  the  two 
baptisms  will  be  infallibly  his  portion.  A  man,  in  meeting  witlr^ 
the  Spirit  of  Christ,  is  either  inflamed  by  the  gentle  glow  of  this 
Spirit,  which  arouses  and  purifies,  renovates  and  transforms  his 
life  in  all  its  depths ;  or  he  begins  to  burn  with  a  lurid  flame  of 
antichristian  rancour  in  destructive  enmity  against  the  kingdom 
and  word  of  Christ.  But  in  the  more  general  contemplation, 
the  fire-baptism  may  without  hesitation  be  identified  with  the 
Spirit-baptism  of  Christ ;  and  so  much  the  more,  because  no  one 
receives  the  salvation  of  the  Christian  spiritual  life  without  pass- 
ing through  the  fire  of  Christ's  judgment. 

That  John  formed  a  correct  estimate  of  the  supporters  of 
the  Jewish  hierarchy,  is  proved  by  the  attitude  which  they  after- 
wards assumed  against  him.  But  equally  was  his  confidence 
justified,  that  the  Messiah  was  already  living  among  the  people. 
While  many  Pharisees  had  submitted  to  his  baptism  for  the 
sake  of  appearance,  Christ  submitted  in  true  obedience  to  this 
divine  ordinance,  because  He  thoroughly  understood  its  signi- 
ficance for  the  people  and  for  Himself. 

NOTE. 

John's  manner  of  life  was  not  a  completely  isolated  pheno- 
menon.     It   occurred  more  frequently  as  a  link  between   the 

'  Neander,  JJfe  of  Jeans  Christ,  p.  55  [Bohn]. 
VOL.  II.  B 


18  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  TUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

order  of  the  Nazarites  and  that  of  the  prophets  or  the  rabbinical 
vocation,  and  exhibited  what  was  true  in  Essenism,  namely,  an 
abstemious  hermit-hfe,  which  in  its  strictness  as  contrasted  with 
the  general  mode  of  living  was  dedicated  only  to  the  people's 
good.  Such  a  recluse  was  Ban  us,  the  teacher  of  Josephus ;  his 
manner  of  life  resembled  that  of  John.  See  Vita  Josephi,  §  2  ; 
Neander's  Life  of  Christ,  §  34.  Josephus  mentions  John  the 
Baptist  incidentally,  Antiq.  xviii.  5,  §  2  :  his  account  of  John's 
baptism  is  not  at  variance  with  that  of  the  Evangelists.  He 
represents  John  as  requiring  the  people,  in  order  to  gain  the 
divine  favour,  not  merely  to  put  away  from  them  this  or  that 
particular  sin,  but  to  purify  their  souls  by  righteousness,  and  to 
join  with  that  the  consecration  of  the  body  by  baptism.  The 
special  gist  of  John's  baptism,  its  relation  to  the  kingdom  of  the 
Messiah,  Josephus  from  his  stand-point  could  not  understand.^ 


SECTION  III. 

THE  PARTICIPATION  OF  JESUS  IN  THE  BAPTISM  OF  JOHN. 

The  significance  of  John's  baptism,  as  explained  in  the  pre- 
ceding section,  furnishes  the  simplest  solution  of  the  problem  in 
modern  theology,  why  Jesus  submitted  to  that  rite  in  order  to 
fulfil  all  righteousness.'  Antagonist  critics  have  violently  assailed 
the  Apologetics  of  the  Church  with  the  question,  How  could 
Christ  submit  Himself  to  this  baptism  of  repentance  ?  At 
length  they  have  distinctly  proclaimed  the  consequence,  that 
Christ,  in  submitting  to  John's  baptism,  presented  a  confession 
of  His  own  sinfulness.^  The  explanations  of  the  Church  could 
not  be  satisfactory  as  long  as  the  idea  of  the  sacred  ablutions  of 
the  Old  Testament  was  not  clearly  understood. 

1  [The  chapter  on  John  in  Ewald's  Geschichte  Christus'  (pp.  146-160)  is, 
as  might  be  expected,  one  of  the  most  suggestive  in  the  book.  The  whole 
position  of  John  is  sketched  by  the  hand  of  a  master.  His  priestly  birth 
and  upbringing,  his  discovery  of  the  urgent  need  of  dehverance  for  Israel, 
his  praying  in  the  desert  for  the  comiug  of  the  Messiah,  his  apparent  re- 
semblance to  but  real  difPerence  from  Essenes  and  Pharisees,  all  are  depicted 
in  the  most  striking  and  instructive  manner.— Ed.] 

-  Strauss,  Lthen  Jesu  i.  403.     Compare  Bruno  Bauer,  Kritik  i.  207. 


THE  PARTICIPATION  OF  JESUS  IN  THE  BAPTISM  OF  JOHN.        19 

According  to  the  Mosaic  law,  not  only  the  corporeally  un- 
clean in  Israel,  as  for  example  lepers,  but  also  those  who  had 
touched  unclean  animals,  or  in  a  similar  way  had,  according  to 
the  Levitical  typology,  defiled  themselves,  were  excommunicated 
from  the  camp  of  the  typically  pure  congregation.^  Readmis- 
sion  into  the  congregation  could  take  place  only  after  a  given 
period,  as  was  fitting  for  a  case  of  uncleanness.  But  every 
Israelite  whose  object  it  was  to  recover  the  communion  he  had 
lost,  was  obliged  to  undergo  the  appointed  religious  ablution. 

And  not  only  those  who  were  unclean  in  their  own  life,  or 
had  directly  defiled  themselves,  but  those  who  came  in  contact 
with  them,  were  involved  in  that  exclusion,  and  a  similar  ablu- 
tion preceded  their  readmission  into  the  congregation." 

According  to  this  enactment  of  the  law,  Christ  also  was 
obliged  to  submit  to  John's  baptism,  as  soon  as  He  recognised  it 
to  be  a  purification  of  the  people  which  John  administered  as  a 
true  prophet  by  an  intimation  of  the  Spirit  of  God.  For  He 
stood  in  the  closest  contact  with  the  people  who  were  regarded 
by  the  prophet  as  excommunicated.  In  God's  sight  He  was 
pure  ;  but  according  to  the  Levitical  law,  as  restored  by  the 
theocratic  authority  of  the  Baptist,  and  made  by  him  into  a  ser- 
mon of  repentance,  He  was  unclean  through  His  connection 
with  an  unclean  people.  On  the  principles  of  the  Old  Testa- 
ment righteousness,  therefore,  His  baptism  was  required. 

But  the  essential  significance  of  the  baptism  of  Jesus  was 
the  symbol  of  an  actual  relation.  By  baptism,  Jesus  was  pointed 
out  as  the  sacrificial  Lamb  of  the  world,  laden  with  no  other  bur- 
den than  His  historical  life-communion  with  the  world.  Con- 
sidered in  Himself  alone.  He  might  have  had  joy ;  but  His  con- 
nection with  sin-laden  humanity  was  the  great  reproach  of  His 
life,  which  led  to  His  death.  Thus  His  death  became  the  real 
completion  of  the  Israelitish  baptism,  and  the  foundation  of 
baptism  in  its  New  Testament  form  and  significance.  John's 
baptism  in  its  highest  point  was  a  typical  prophecy  of  the  death 
of  Jesus  ;  Christian  baptism,  on  the  other  hand,  is  a  sacramental 
representation  of  the  same  event.'^ 

'  Lev.  xi.  xiv.  2  Lgy.  xv.  5,  10,  11,  19,  etc. 

^  When  Ebrard  {Gospel  History,  194)  denies  the  relation  of  baptism  to 
the  Jewish  ablutions,  this  view  of  the  subject  is  not  confirmed.  On  the 
other  baud,  his  remark,  which  regards  baptism  as  a  rite  going  beyond  simple 


20  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

But  when  Jesus  came  to  be  baptized,  John,  the  theocratic 
champion  lost  his  lofty  bearing.  He  who  had  reprimanded 
the  members  of  the  Sanhedrim  as  '  a  generation  of  vipers,'  ex- 
claimed in  tones  of  alarm  to  the  consecrated  Nazarene,  '  I  have 
need  to  be  baptized  of  Thee,  and  comest  Thou  to  me  1 '  Thus  the 
splendour  of  the  New  Testament  broke  forth  from  the  verge  of 
the  Old.^  But  the  sternness  of  the  Old  Testament  flashed  across 
the  dawn  of  the  New  when  Christ  said,  '  Suffer  it  to  be  so 
now  ;  for  thus  it  becometh  us  to  fulfil  all  righteousness.'  Here 
the  staves  of  the  Old  and  New  Testament  righteousness  form  a 
cross.  John  represents  the  New  Testament  in  the  presence  of 
Jesus ;  Jesus  represents  the  Old  Testament  in  the  presence  of 
John.  The  two  economies  manifest  their  relationship  and  unity 
by  this  junction  of  their  contiguous  links.  We  might  say  that  the 
two  covenants  salute  and  bless  one  another  in  this  holy  rivalry ; 
the  one  glorifies  itself  in  the  other,  and  from  the  glory  of  the 
first  emerges  the  greater  glory  of  the  second. 

But  the  determination  of  Jesus  prevailed,  for  He  came  not 
to  dissolve  the  law,  but  to  fulfil  it ;  and  He  well  knew  that  this 
baptism  expressed  that  consecration  of  death  for  His  people,  which 
was  spread  over  His  life.  But  by  this  wonderful  humility  of 
Jesus,  John  was  prepared  to  receive  the  positive  revelation,  that 
this  was  the  Lamb  of  God  which  taketh  away  the  sins  of  the 
world.  At  that  very  instant  the  feeling  must  have  agitated  him, 
that  Jesus  was  necessitated  only  by  communion  with  His  people 
to  submit  to  the  humiliating  ordinance  of  baptism — that  He  bore 
the  sins  of  His  people. 


1.  Strauss  remarks,  that  according  to  Matt.  iii.  6,  John  ap- 
pears to  have  required  a  confession  of  sins  before  baptism. 
Hence  it  would  follow,  that  Jesus  by  submitting  to  baptism 

ablution,  as  far  as  it  involves  an  immersion  of  the  body,  altogether  confirms 
it,  if  only  it  is  borne  in  mind  that  this  modification  must  be  considered  as 
a  prophetic  elevation  of  the  legal  form  of  sacred  ablution.  According  to 
Ebrard,  the  baptism  of  John  presents  a  sign  '  that  man  altogether  deserves 
death.'  Yet  we  cannot  admit  that  John  baptized  with  this  consciousness, 
without  maintaining  that  there  was  in  his  baptism  an  anticipation  of  the 
Christian.  But  his  baptism  was  certainly  a  typical  sign  of  the  death  of 
Jesus,  and  consequently  also  of  mankind's  desert  of  death. 
^   [Ewald  calls  this  '  the  birth- hour  of  Christianity.' — Ed.] 


THE  PARTICIPATION  OF  JESUS  IN  THE  BAPTISM  OF  JOHN.        21 

favoured  the  supposition  that  He  was  a  sinner.  The  whole  diffi- 
culty is  obviated  by  the  representation  given  above  of  the  import 
of  the  baptism  of  Jesus.  But,  in  addition,  it  is  well  to  observe, 
that  according  to  the  words  of  Matthew,  baptism  and  the  con- 
fession of  sins  were  identical.  But  the  moment  of  immersion 
was  naturally  not  suited  to  allow  the  persons  immersed  to  utter 
a  verbal  confession  of  sins.  If,  therefore,  the  persons  baptized 
were  (i^o/xoXo'yoviJjevoL)  confessing  at  this  moment,  they  were 
so  in  the  act.  But  this  confession  of  sins  was,  as  we  have  seen, 
according  to  its  nature  a  social  and  solidaric  {solidarisches)  act, 
by  which  the  measure  of  the  guilt  or  innocence  of  individuals 
was  not  determined.  In  the  infinite  reciprocal  action  of  social 
defilement  in  which  individuals  in  Israel  stood  before  the  law, 
a  separation  of  the  individual  from  the  whole  body  was  imprac- 
ticable. So,  then,  every  one  confessed  in  his  own  manner,  indi- 
vidualizing and  modifying  his  confession  more  or  less — the  col- 
lective guilt  of  Israel.  Hardly  would  so  many  Pharisees  have 
consented  to  an  individual  confession  before  John.  But  Christ's 
confession  was  this  :  '  So  it  becomes  us  to  fulfil  all  righteous- 
ness.'    Social  righteousness  drew  Him  down  into  the  stream. 

2.  The  ideas  fieravoca  (repentance),  dcf)6a-t<i  dfxapricov  (re- 
mission of  sins),  and  /;  ^aa-Ckela  rcov  ovpavwv  (the  kingdom  of 
heaven),  stand  in  reciprocal  action  to  one  another.  The  one  is 
as  deep  as  the  other,  and  each  has  always  a  significance  differ- 
ently determined  on  the  legal,  the  pharisaical,  the  prophetic,  and 
the  Christian  stand-point.  The  purely  legal  stand-point  is  that 
of  the  typical  rendering  of  satisfaction  and  of  social  atonement, 
in  connection  with  an  unlimited  apprehension  of  the  relations  of 
Being  corresponding  to  this  symbolism.  The  pharisaic  stand- 
point accomplishes  the  social  satisfaction  and  atonement  with  a 
more  decided  dependence  on  outward  works,  without  the  per- 
ception of  a  higher  righteousness.  The  prophetic  stand-point 
deduces  from  the  social  satisfaction  and  atonement  the  full  feel- 
ing of  the  defect  of  realizing  this  symbolism  in  spirit,  and  of  hope 
in  the  Messiah.  John  pronounces  the  whole  Old  Testament 
righteousness  to  be  water-baptism.  The  Christian  stand-point 
exhibits,  in  all  the  points  indicated,  the  fulfilling  of  the  symbol 
in  full  spiritual  reality. 


22  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 


SECTION   IV. 

THE    MANIFESTATION    OF   THE   MESSIAH    TO    THE    PEOPLE    OF 
ISRAEL. 

(Matt.  iv. ;  Mark  i. ;  Luke  iii. ;  John  i.) 

Jesus  complied  with  the  call  of  the  law  when  He  repaired  to 
the  Jordan  to  be  baptized  by  John.^  But  in  the  consciousness 
of  His  own  purity  and  divine  dignity,  He  must  have  deeply  felt 
that  on  this  occasion  He  only  bore  the  burden  of  His  people. 
An  appointment  of  righteousness  like  this,  which  made  Him  the 
associate  of  the  self-accusers  and  penitents  who  presented  them- 
selves before  the  Baptist,  must  have  appeared  to  Him  very  omi- 
nous of  the  grave  character  of  His  future  career.  But  His  heart 
was  already  accustomed  to  sympathize  with  the  sufferings  of 
Humanity.  Even  at  an  earlier  period  the  fact  must  have  become 
clear  to  Him,  that  all  the  burden  of  earth  fell  precisely  on  His 
heart,  since  His  heart  exhibited  the  centre  and  the  depths  of 
Humanity.  But  He  also  had  already  learnt  to  know  the  exalta- 
tion which  always  follows  the  sufferings  inflicted  on  a  child  of 
God.  Hence  He  must  have  come  to  His  baptism  with  great 
expectations,  with  the  hope  of  a  wonderful  declaration  by  His 
Father,  while  He  clearly  perceived  what  was  humiliating  in  His 
baptism,  the  suffering  for  His  people  which  it  implied.  As  at  a 
later  period  He  met  death  with  the  confident  expectation  of  His 
resurrection  and  exaltation  to  glory  with  the  Father,  so  also  He 
came  to  His  baptism,  which  was  a  prefigm-ement  of  His  death, 
with  the  certain  expectation  that  the  Father  would  testify  to  His 
honour  in  the  hour  of  His  ignominy. 

That  Jesus  was  certain  of  the  divine  mission  of  John,  is 
shown  by  the  decisiveness  with  which  He  offered  Him  self  for 
baptism  at  his  hands.  Lately  some  have  wished  to  make  out 
that  He  was  a  disciple  of  John.^    So  He  was,  for  a  single  moment, 

1  [Tradition  gives  us  the  6th  January  as  the  day  of  the  baptism ;  and  for 
a  description  of  the  place  by  Arculf,  see  Bohn's  Early  Travels  in  Palestine, 
p.  8.— Ed.] 

2  [So  Kenan,  Vie  de  JesUs,  p.  107 :  '  Loin  que  le  Baptiste  ait  abdique 
devant  Jesus,  Jesus  pendant  tout  le  temps  qu'il  passa  pres  de  lui,  le  reconnut 
pour  superieur  et  ne  de'veloppa  son  propre  genie  que  timidement.  II  sembla 
en  effet  que,  malgre'  sa  profonde  originalite,  Jesus,  durant  quelques  semaines 
au  moins,  fut  I'imitateur  de  Jean.' — Ed.] 


w 
reco 


MANIFESTATION  OF  THE  MESSIAH  TO  THE  PEOPLE  OF  ISRAEL.    2o 

hen  He  allowed  John  to  immerse  Him  in  the  stream,  and  thus 
)gnised  John's  theocratic  commission. 

But  John  did  not  at  once  fully  apprehend  the  significance  of 
Christ's  person.  This  is  easily  explained.  He  had  to  testify  of 
one  greater  than  himself  with  prophetic  certainty.  Such  a  task 
is  in^  itself  infinitely  difficult,  and  indeed,  without  the  guidance 
of  God's  Spirit,  impossible. 

That  John  and  Jesus  were  acquainted  in  their  youth,  may  be 
inferred  with  great  probability  from  the  relation  in  which  their 
families  stood  to  each  other.    How  many  times  they  might  see  one 
another  at  the  feasts  in  Jerusalem,  perhaps  look  on  one  another 
with  thoughtful  interest !      On  those  occasions  John  might  be 
much  assisted  by  the  utterances  of  Jesus  in  understanding  the  na- 
ture of  the  Theocracy,  and  in  estimating  the  spirit  of  the  existing 
hierarchy  and  their  method  of  guiding  the  religion  of  the  people. 
But  by  such  intercourse  the  consciousness  must  early  have  been 
unfolded  in  both,  that  though  their  lives  and  spheres  of  action  were 
to  be  closely  linked,  yet  they  were  not  destined  to  coincide.    Every 
superior  individuality  has  a  strong  feeling  of  an  especial  sphere 
of  life,  by  which  its  outward  relation  and  conduct  towards  other 
individuals  is  determined ;  and  the  purer  it  is,  so  much  the  more 
decidedly  does  it  follow  this  consciousness  in  reference  to  the 
historic  boundaries  and  position  of  its  life.     There  is  also  in  the 
spiritual  world  a  repulsive  force  as  unerring,  and  even  more  so 
than  the  centrifugal  force  of  the  heavenly  bodies,  which,  in  con- 
nection with  the  ^force  of  attraction,  establishes  the  organism  of 
the  universe.     It  is  too  agreeable  a  view,  taken  from  an  inferior 
sphere  of  life,  to  imagine  that  the  great  champions  of  God, 
John  and  Jesus,  had  their  paths  in  life  ordained  by  God  to  be 
contiguous,  and  that  these,  as  their  strong  natures  unfolded,  so 
coincided,  that  they  maintained  a  close  private  intercourse,  or 
were  associated  in  outward  co-operation.     Inward  fellowship  m 
the  kingdom  of  God  does  not  as  a  matter  of  course  lead  to  an 
outward  companionship.     Of  John  we  are  informed  that  he 
was  '  in  the  wilderness'  (Luke  iii.  2).     He  was  of  a  profoundly 
earnest,  hermit-like,   pensively  pious   character,   the   last   and 
worthy  representative  of  the  Old  Testament.     The  whole  bent 
of  his  mind  attracted  him  into  the  wilderness.  CThe  Old  Testa- 
ment economy  had  its  birth-place  in  the  wilderness,  and  thither 
with  John  it  returned  to  die.)  Probably  a  modest  reverence,  as 


24  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

a  rule,  kept  him  at  a  distance  from  Jesus ;  and  among  other 
things,  he  might  feel  a  sad  and  sombre  estrangement  from  the 
cheerful  gracefulness  with  which  Jesus  entered  on  His  great 
conflict  with  the  world — an  inability  to  value  at  once  the  power 
of  His  refined  agency,  and  fully  to  enter  into  His  New  Testa- 
ment spirit. 

But  the  reverence  he  felt  for  Jesus,  the  youthful  anticipation 
that  in  Him  bloomed  the  hope  of  Israel,  and  even  the  blissful 
presentiment  that  Jesus  was  the  Messiah,  could  not,  after  all, 
qualify  him  to  be  a  public  witness  for  Him.  As  the  prophet  of 
the  Messiah  he  knew  nothing  officially  of  Jesus ;  he  knew  Him 
not,  so  long  as  he  was  not  assured  by  God.  -No  female  influence 
could  ever  induce  him  to  be  precipitate  in  this  matter,  and  do 
violence  to  his  calling ;  not  even  the  judgment  of  those  eminent 
women,  Elisabeth  and  Mary.  Whoever  comprehends  the  signi- 
ficance of  a  prophetic,  divine  certainty,  would  not  desire  that 
John  should  deliver  the  reminiscences  of  his  youth  to  the  people 
in  the  name  of  Jehovah,  and  hastily  alarm  the  land  and  the 
people  Avith  monstrous  hypotheses.  When  Jesus  came  to  him, 
he  might  indicate  to  Him  at  once  his  own  expectations.  The 
impression  which  this  exalted  friend  made  upon  him  had  per- 
haps often  overpowered  him ;  at  all  events,  it  did  so  now.  CHis 
own  official  dignity  fell  from  him  at  the  feet  of  Jesus ;  he 
started  difficulties  as  to  baptizing  Him^  Still  he  had  not  yet 
that  final,  objective  divine  certainty  respecting  the  JSIessianic 
dignity  of  Jesus  which  he  required,  in  order  to  bear  open  testi- 
mony^  to  Him;  and  for  this  reason,  because  he  had  received 
the  assurance  that  God  would  accredit  the  Messiah  to  him  by  an 
infallible  sign.  This  sign  was  gi'anted  him  when  Jesus  came 
up  from  His  baptism.^ 

'  [The  apparent  inconsistency  between  Matt.  iii.  14  and  John  i.  33  has 
tested  the  sagacity  of  interpreters.  Alford  is  of  opinion  that  already  John 
regarded  Jesus  as  the  Messiah,  and  could  not  but  do  so  from  the  nature  of 
their  relationship,  but  that  he  still  required  the  sign  from  God  which  would 
justify  him  in  announcing  Him  to  Israel.  ElUcott,  in  a  characteristically 
cautious  note  {Hist.  Led.  p.  107),  seems  to  ascribe  too  little  to  John's  former 
acquaintance  with,  or  at  least  knowledge  of  our  Lord  ;  and  Ewald  certainly 
does  so  (Geschichte  Christus\  p.  163,  cf.  185)  when  he  supposes  that  John's 
shrinking  was  due  to  what  he  learnt  of  Jesus  when  He  came  to  his  bap- 
tism, by  conversing  with  Him  as  he  conversed  with  all  who  presented  them- 
selves for  baptism.     Eiggenbach  {Vorksungen  iiber  das  Leben  des  Herrn 


MANIFESTATION  OF  THE  MESSIAH  TO  THE  PEOPLE  OF  ISRAEL.    25 

It  must  here  particularly  be  borne  in  mind,  that  the  reporter 
respecting  this  wonderful  transaction,  namely,  John,  did  not 
stand  on  the  height  of  a  decidedly  New  Testament  view.  The 
miracle  must  have  assumed  for  him  an  appearance  which  was 
conformable  to  his  power  of  contemplation.  Therefore  the  mi- 
racle at  the  baptism  of  Jesus  is  narrated  according  to  John's 
phenomenology,  and  not  according  to  the  christological  pheno- 
menology. And  owing  to  this,  it  has  been  possible  for  the 
ancient  and  modern  Ebionites,  Socinians,  and  other  advocates 
of  a  mutilated  Christology,  to  support  their  views  by  the  letter 
of  this  narrative,  and  to  regard  the  anointing  of  Christ  with  the 
Holy  Ghost  sent  down  from  heaven  as  contradictory  to  the  doc- 
trine of  the  eternal  divinity  of  Christ,  and  of  His  miraculous 
conception  by  the  Holy  Spirit.^ 

As  Christologists,  we  must  assert  the  fundamental  position, 
that  there  can  be  no  holier  place  in  the  universe  than  the  heart 
of  Jesus.  For  when  in  our  inner  contemplation  we  contrast 
the  Father  with  the  Son,  the  Father  is  without  time  and  place, 
comprehending  and  filling  all  things.  Hence  it  belongs  to  the 
phenomenology  of  the  Baptist  when  the  representation  presup- 
poses a  place  in  heaven  over  the  heart  of  Christ,  whence  the  Hoi}' 
Spirit  descends  upon  Him. 

Jesus  had  immersed  Himself  by  the  prayer  of  the  heart  in 
the  abyss  of  Deity,  even  while  He  was  being  immersed  in  the 
stream.  Baptism  was  His  solemn  consecration  to  God  and  to  [^ 
death.  By  this  great  public  surrender  to  the  Father,  His  con- 
sciousness as  the  Messiah  was  completed.  His  calling  decided. 
He  was  infinitely  moved  by  the  fulness  of  the  divine  Spirit,  and 
in  the  illumination  of  this  Spirit  the  certainty  of  His  eternal 
unity  in  God,  His  Souship,  and  the  evidence  of  His  calling  and 
course  of  life,  were  completely  disclosed  to  Him.  The  rose  at 
last  requires  only  a  single  sunbeam  to  complete  its  unfolding. 
The  unfolding  of  the  Messianic  consciousness  of  Jesus  was  com- 
pleted at  His  baptism ;  but  equally  so  the  public  certainty  of 

Jesw,  Basel.  1858,  p.  240)  here,  as  frequently  elsewhere,  follows  Lauge. — 
Ed.] 

^  [The  Gnostics  believed  that  Jesus  was  one  jiersou,  Christ  another;  and 
that  these  were  united  for  a  time  at  His  baptism,  but  again  separated  before 
His  crucifixion.  Full  information  on  this  point  is  given  in  tlie  very  learned 
and  careful  work  of  Burton,  An  Inquiry  into  the  Heresies  of  the  Apostolic  Age 
(Oxford  1829),  pp.  186  and  469.— Ed.] 


26  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

His  Messialiship ;  for  this  the  Baptist  had  to  advocate  before 
all  the  people. 

As  Jesus  rose  out  of  the  water  praying,  the  divine  greeting 
from  the  Father,  '  Thou  art  My  beloved  Son,  with  whom  I  am 
well  pleased,'  went  through  His  soul  with  infinite  power,  fer- 
vency, and  splendour.  This  inner  voice  was  the  central  point 
of  the  miracle.  But  it  penetrated  the  Lord  not  merely  in  a 
spiritual  manner^  but  resounded  audibly  through  His  frame :  it 
so  filled  Him  that  all  the  chords  of  His  life,  even  those  of  hear- 
ing, sounded  simultaneously. 

According  to  the  law  of  sympathy,  this  voice  must  have 
echoed  in  the  related  but  weaker  person  of  John  with  thrilling 
power,  '  This  is  My  beloved  Son,  in  whom  1  am  Avell  pleased.' 
He  also  heard  the  call,  because  the  voice  of  God  caused  his 
whole  life  to  vibrate.  Suddenly  he  beheld  a  visible  sign.  He 
saw  the  heavens  open,  and  the  Spirit  descending  in  an  outward 
visible  form  (am/jiariKM  e'lBet),  like  a  dove,  upon  Jesus,  and 
abiding  upon  Him. 

But  we  must  distinguish,  as  we  have  already  intimated,  the 
essential  component  parts  of  this  phenomenon  from  the  form 
which  it  obtained  in  John's  contemplation  of  it.  Three  par- 
ticular signs  compose  the  one  great  sign  whereby  Jesus  was 
pointed  out  to  him  by  God  as  the  Messiah.  The  first  is  the 
-open  heaven ;  the  second,  the  visible  appearance  over  the  head 
of  Jesus ;  the  third  is  the  voice.  We  believe  that  from  the 
christological  stand-point  the  order  must  be  reversed.  The 
voice  was  the  greeting,  and  responsive  greeting  of  eternal  love 
in  the  heart  of  Christ  resounding  in  the  Spirit-woi'kl, — the  cele- 
bration of  the  perfected  revelation  of  the  Father  in  the  Son,  of 
the  divine  feeling  of  Christ  in  His  unity  with  the  Father.  Now 
did  He  begin  as  a  living  fountain  of  the  Spirit  of  God  to  spread 
abroad  the  breath  and  life  of  this  Spirit;  the  Spirit  emanated  from 
Him  as  the  scent  is  shed  forth  from  the  full  blown  rose.  But 
this  first  great  life-stream  of  the  Spirit  in  Him  began  in  a 
solemn  inspiration  which  flashed  and  lightened  through  His 
whole  frame.  At  this  moment  the  first  rays  of  Christ's  glori- 
fication broke  forth.  A  mysterious  splendour,  probably  a  white 
mild  lustre  like  the  flutter  of  a  white  dove  on  the  wing  in  the 
sunbeams,  hovered  above  His  head.  John  on  his  stand-point 
beheld   it   gliding  downwards.     But  probably  an  upward  and 


MANIFESTATION  OF  THE  MESSIAH  TO  THE  PEOPLE  OF  ISRAEL.    27 

downward  movement  of  this  mild  lustre  took  place ;  namely,  a 
balancing  or  adjustment  of  the  life  of  Christ  entering  into  the 
phenomenon,  with  that  world  of  light  which  lies  at  the  basis  of 
the  whole  phenomenal  world,  and  as  a  locality  forms  the  first 
inheritance    of   His  glory.     We  understand  this  balancing  or 
adjustment  thus — Christ  is  the  spiritual  life-principle  of   the 
world,  and  therefore  specially  the  principle  of  the  renovation  of 
the  world  of  men,  and  of  their  sphere  the  habitable  globe.     At 
this  moment  His  human  consciousness  of  God  was  completed. 
His  inner  light-nature  broke  forth  in  the  feeling  of  triumph 
which  pervaded  Him  at  this  instant.      It  was  the  foretokening 
of  His  transfiguration  on  the  Mount  and  at  the  Ascension,  and 
consequently    of  the  transfiguration    of  humanity  in  the  new 
world  by  His  glorification,  as  well  as  the  transfiguration  of  the 
earthly  sphere,  as  that  must  supervene  with  the  glory  of  Chris- 
tian humanity.     But  when  this  ray  of  the  world's  transfigura- 
tion breaks  forth  from  the  life  of  Christ,  the  discord    ceases 
which  existed  between  this  earthly  sphere  and  the  heavenly  light- 
sphere,   which  as   an  ideal   region   forms   its    opposite   in    the 
universe,  making  up  its  life.     Christ  Himself  in  His  corporeal 
nature  had  a  share  in  this  discord,  since  this  nature,  although 
pure  and  complete  as  an  organ  and  image  of  the  divine  Spirit, 
yet  was  incorporated  with  actual  humanity,  and  by  His  whole 
life-communion  with  it  shared  in  the  darkness  and  heaviness  of 
its    corporeity.       As   therefore    the    life-fulness    of   the    Spirit 
streamed  forth  from  the  consciousness  of  Christ,  the  transform- 
ing power  of  this  life  broke  through  the  earthly  obscuration  of 
His  organism,  and  by  this  sacred  emanation  of  His  ethereal  life- 
power,  the  relation  to  that  region  of  light  was  called  forth.     A 
downward  streaming  of  its  light  met  the  upward  shining  of  the 
light-life  of  Christ.     But  after  the  first  festive  meeting  of  these 
lights,  the  relation  was  continued  in  a  more  quiet  form.      The 
assimilation  effected,  of  the  nature  of  Christ  with  the  region  of 
His  glory,  allowed  the  reciprocal  acting  to  retire  again  into  the 
invisible,  till  a  new  enhancement  of  the  same  relation  caused  it 
to  come  forth  at  a  later  period  still  more  powerfully.     This  ad- 
justment  between  heaven  and  Christ   may  also  be  simply  re- 
garded as  an  adjustment  between  heaven  and  earth,  since  Christ 
is  the  principle  of  the  earth's  glorification.      And  whoever  is 
inclined  to  the  Christian  expectation,  that  the  earth  must  one 


'2S  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

day  be  changed  into  a  heavenly  world  of  light  by  the  energy  of 
Christ,  that  a  transformation  of  it  into  the  imperishable  is  ap- 
proaching through  the  palingenesia  which  the  Spirit  of  Christ 
effects — let  him  so  conceive  it,  that  in  that  moment  in  which  the 
heart  of  Christ  enjoyed  the  full  unfolding  of  His  heavenly  con- 
sciousness in  conformity  to  the  intimate  connection  of  the 
spiritual  and  corporeal,  the  bloom  of  this  world's  glorification 
glistened  on  His  head.  But  in  the  glorification  of  the  world 
the  alternation  of  day  and  night  will  hereafter  vanish;  the 
earth  will  be  seen  as  a  star  encircled  by  the  great  family  of 
stars.  In  their  new  light-life  the  sun  will  no  more  quench  the 
radiance  of  the  surrounding  stars,  while  the  earth  will  be  free, 
as  a  co-enlightening  star,  from  the  sun's  overpowering  light.^ 
And  therein  will  also  one  day  appear  the  signs  of  the  Son  of 
man  in  heaven  (Matt.  xxiv.  30)  ;  so  that,  by  means  of  the  great 
transformation  of  the  earth,  the  stars  will  begin  to  be  constantly 
visible  to  the  earth  as  clearly  as  sometimes  on  the  high  mountain 
tops  the  stars  blaze  like  torches  on  the  dark  blue  expanse  of 
heaven.  But  it  is  well  known  that  even  now  there  are  moments 
in  the  day-time  when  single  stars  are  visible.  Such  a  moment 
probably  was  that,  when  Jesus  and  John  from  their  stand-point 
])eheld  the  great  adjustment  between  heaven  and  earth.  In  the 
undulation  of  the  light-world  between  the  head  of  Christ  and 
heaven,  the  depth  of  heaven  was  opened.  They  probably,  there- 
fore, saw  the  stars  come  forth  in  the  dark  blue,  and  as  it  were 
joyously  enwreathe  tlie  earth,  which  now,  as  thus  encircled, 
seemed  the  holiest  spot  in  the  universe.  So  in  this  world- 
historical  single  moment,  that  transformation  of  the  world  which 
it  establishes  and  brings  about  as  a  principle,  was  exhibited  in  a 
passing  but  grand  foretokening  to  the  actor  and  the  witness  of 
the  moment. 

We  have  already  noticed  on  what  account  John  necessarily 
saw  this  transaction  through  an  Old  Testament  medium.  But 
it  attests  the  vivid  anticipation  of  the  New  Testament  life  in  the 
soul  of  this  great  man,  that  he  compared  the  Holy  Spirit  to  the 
image  of  a  gentle  dove"  gliding  down  from  heaven,  as  he  desig- 

^  Rev.  xxi.  23.  See  Goschel,  Unterhaltungen  zur  Scliilderung  Golhescher 
Dicht-  und  Denkweise  iii.  191. 

"  That  we  are  not  to  think  of  an  actual  dove  gliding  down  on  the  head 
of  Christ,  the  theologian  ought  to  know  fioni  the  fact  that  the  Israelites 


MANIFESTATION  OF  THE  MESSIAH  TO  THE  PEOPLE  OF  ISRAEL.    20 

nated  the  Son  of  God  by  the  title  of  the  Lamb.  This  heavenly 
power  of  Christ's  infinitely  gentle  Spirit-life,  which  John  most 
wanted  in  his  own  life,  so  full  of  passionate  zeal,  but  yet  in  the 
spirit  of  humility  knew  how  to  value  in  another.  It  was  exactly 
those  features  of  Christ's  life  in  which  he  was  most  decidedly 
surpassed  that  filled  his  soul  with  the  profoundest  reverence  ; 
he  therefore  designated  Christ  'the  Lamb,' ^  and  the  spirit  of 
His  life  a  '  dove.' 

John  was  now  most  certainly  convinced  of  the  Messiahship 
of  Christ  by  the  testimony  of  God,  and  in  the  blessedness  of 
this  new  great  certainty  he  could  deliberately  say,  in  refer- 
ence to  his  former  way  and  manner  of  contemplating  Him,  '  I 
knew  Him  not.'  It  was  now  that  he  first  knew  Him  as  a  pro- 
phet, so  that  he  could  with  confidence  testify  of  Him  in  Israel. 
But  this  was  decisive  in  a  man  whose  private  life  was  so  perfectly 
identified  ^vath  his  public  calling,  and  who  wished  to  be  only  '  a 
voice'  to  proclaim  the  coming  Messiah.  Filled  with  astonish- 
ment at  the  glory  of  this  revelation  which  had  been  imparted  to 
him,  and  at  the  glory  of  the  personage  in  whom  he  now  realized 
the  hope  of  his  life,  he  could  say  with  the  deepest  emphasis,  '  I 
knew  Him  not.'  The  conscientiousness  and  critical  judgment 
of  the  man  were  great,  like  himself, — the  last  of  the  old  pro- 
phets, who  spoke  not  of  their  own  will  or  opinion,  but  as  they 
were  moved  and  actuated  by  the  Holy  Ghost. 

Thus  was  Jesus  now  made  manifest  to  the  people  of  Israel 
as  the  Son  of  God  and  the  Messiah.  For  John  represented  the 
theocratic  majesty  of  Israel,  the  true  host  of  the  people.  But 
whether  on  this  occasion  the  two  men  of  God  were  surrounded 
by  many  witnesses  or  few,  was  in  this  case  of  no  special  im- 
portance.    At  all  events,  the  bystanders  could  only  share  in 

were  forbidden  to  regard  the  cry  of  birds  as  an  omen.  Lev.  xix.  26.  ['  The 
form  was  real'  (Ellicott)  ;  it  was  not  only  the  manner  of  descent,  but  the 
descending  bodily  form  which  was  like  that  of  a  dove.  It  was  not  a  dove 
which  had  been  before  this  time  living  somewhere  on  earth  (Paulus  thinks 
it  was  a  dove  accidentally  passing  by),  any  more  than  the  human  forms  of 
the  angels  appearing  to  Abraham  were  real  men,  though  they  exercised  the 
functions  of  substantial  bodies.  It  was  a  real  appearance  assumed  (how, 
we  know  not)  for  the  time  being,  like  the  tongues  of  fire  afterwards  chosen 
to  symbohze  a  special  gift  of  the  Holy  Ghost. — Ed.] 

'  [This,  of  course,  does  not  exclude  the  sacrificial  significance  of  the 
name,  as  brought  out  in  the  preceding  section. — Ed.] 


30  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

their  experience  in  proportion  as  tiiey  were  qualified  by  the  sym- 
pathy of  a  life  and  disposition  in  harmony  with  John  and  Christ. 


1.  The  objective  truth  of  the  testimony  which  the  Baptist 
has  left  behind  of  the  mysterious  transaction  at  the  baptism  of 
Jesus,  may  be  inferred  from  the  Old  Testament  colouring  which 
it  must  have  gained  in  his  contemplation  of  it,  the  effect  of  which 
has  led  into  error  minds  that  were  deficient  in  New  Testament 
depth  or  ripeness. 

2.  The  effulgence  (Verkldrung)  will  come  under  considera- 
tion in  the  sequel.  As  to  the  adjustment  (Ausgleichung)  between 
the  earthly  nature  of  Christ  and  His  light-world  (Lichtwelt),  the 
idea  of  such  adjustment  or  equalization  already  exists  in  natural 
philosophy,  though  it  is  applied  with  uncertainty  to  the  myste- 
rious phenomena  of  nature-life.  Thus,  for  instance,  Faraday 
conjectures  that  the  electrical  equilibrium  of  the  earth  is  restored 
by  the  aurora  borealis,  by  its  carrying  the  electricity  from  the 
poles  to  the  equator.  According  to  others,  the  aurora  borealis 
is  a  streaming  of  light  from  the  earth  to  the  sun,  while  the 
zodiacal  light  is  an  opposite  current  which  connects  the  sun  with 
the  earth. 

3.  On  the  significance  of  the  dove  in  the  Hebrew  symbolic, 
see  Strauss,  Lehen  Jem  i.  416.  Von  Ammon  i.  276  :  '  The  dove 
was  universally  considered  by  Jews  and  heathens  to  be  an  em- 
blem of  purity  and  chastity.'  Yet  John  needed  not  to  take  the 
symbol  from  tradition ;  he  was  great  enough  to  form  on  his  own 
authority  a  symbol  of  this  kind,  especially  in  allusion  to  Solo- 
mon's Song  ii.  14. 

4.  The  voice  of  God  cannot  proceed  from  any  particular 
place,  since  God  is  omnipresent.  It  is  a  living  and  definite  ex- 
pression of  God ;  a  special  word  of  God,  which  creates  its  own 
voice  in  the  sphere  wherein  it  sounds,  as  the  general  word  of 
God  has  created  its  sound  and  echo  in  the  universe.  But  this 
voice  has  a  full  reality,  since  it  is  an  expression  and  operation 
of  God.  It  is  consistent  with  this  immediateness  of  the  divine 
voice,  that  God  speaks  in  the  language  of  the  persons  to  Avhom 
His  word  is  addressed.  Every  one  who  can  conceive  the  differ- 
ence between  Judaism  and  Heathenism  ought  to  know  that  the 
Hebrews  never  imagined  the  divine  essence  to  be  confined  In  a 


THE  GOD-MAN.  31 

dwelling-place  above  the  firm  vault  of  heaven.  So  also  the  way 
and  manner  in  which  the  speech  of  God  is  articulated,  and  be- 
comes the  language  of  a  particular  country,  must  be  plain  to 
every  one  who  is  not  disposed  to  regard  the  manifestation  of  God 
in  the  flesh  as  '  monstrous.' 

5.  The  question,  whether  the  manifestation  was  designed 
for  Jesus,  or  only  for  John  (see  Neander,  Life  of  Jesus  Christ, 
p.  70  [Bohn]  ),  loses  sight  too  much  of  the  peculiar  life  of  this 
singular  moment,  in  which  one  of  the  two  prophets  could  receive 
no  revelation  without  its  also  being  imparted  to  the  other.  Jesus 
was  the  centre  of  the  miraculous  transaction  ;  but  John  stood 
most  of  all  in  need  of  this  manifestation  in  order  to  fulfil  his 
calling. 

6.  The  message  which  the  Baptist  sent  from  his  prison  to 
Jesus  must,  according  to  Strauss,  imply  a  contradiction  to  the 
confidence  of  the  Baptist  as  here  described  in  reference  to  the 
person  of  Jesus.  In  the  sequel  we  shall  consider  the  question, 
whether  the  human  weakness  in  the  life  of  the  prophet  can  be 
taken  as  evidence  against  his  utterance  in  the  elevated  hours  of 
his  divine  assurance. 


SECTION  V. 

THE    GOD-MAN. 


Christ,  from  the  beginning  of  His  life  in  His  human  nature, 
was  one  with  God,  and  indeed  in  the  oneness  [Einzigkeit]  of  the 
Son.  His  oneness  in  God  consisted  in  this — that  His  life  formed 
the  pure  realized  centre  of  all  God's  counsels,  the  innermost 
secret  of  all  His  thoughts  and  ways  in  the  world's  history,  and 
that  it  possessed  the  infinitely  pure  and  rich  nobleness  which 
naturally  belonged  to  the  heart  of  the  world.  The  holy  child 
was  the  bud  in  which  the  world  was  to  open  into  a  divine  flower 
— into  a  heaven  of  pure  ideal  relations  which  embraced  the  in- 

^  [For  an  estimate  of  the  author's  Christology,  reference  must  be  made 
to  the  last  volume  of  Dorner  on  the  Person  of  Christ.  And  see  also  his 
own  vindication  of  himself  from  the  charges  of  Krummacher,  in  the  Note 
appended  to  sec.  ix. — Ed.] 


32  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

finite  contents  of  life  in  the  oneness  of  an  absolutely  new  form, 
in  the  delicacy  of  a  perfected  harmony  or  bloom  of  all  life.  But 
.  the  oneness  of  the  Son  of  God  was  in  Him  the  movement  of  an 
infinitely  pure  and  delicate  impulse  of  development,  in  which 
His  nature  from  the  first  preserved  its  identity  with  the  Spirit 
of  God, — the  perfect  harmony  in  the  reciprocal  action  between 
His  corporeal  and  spiritual  nature  and  between  His  soul  and  the 
world.  His  life's  impulse  was  the  impulse  of  eternal  love  break- 
ing forth  from  its  envelopement,  '  God  was  in  Christ  reconciling 
the  world  unto  Himself:'  2  Cor.  v.  19.  The  eternal  self-con- 
sciousness of  God  came  forth  in  the  development  of  the  con- 
sciousness of  Christ  into  the  midst  of  the  world,  and  in  this 
manner  became  a  manifestation  of  His  being. 

This  manifestation  needed  first  of  all  to  be  completed  in  the 
human  consciousness  of  Jesus ;  but  its  completion  coincided  with 
the  complete  development  of  His  inner  Hfe.  The  starting-point 
of  this  unfolding  was  the  refined  living  joy  of  a  perfectly  con- 
•secrated,  well-organized  nature,  kept  down  by  the  adverse  im- 
pression of  a  darkened,  deeply  disordered  world  of  sinners, 
opposing  the  glory  of  such  a  life.  Its  progress  from  the  indis- 
tinct feeling  of  pure  life  to  the  highest  living  certainty  was  a 
wonderful  presage  ;  it  was  the  beautiful  dawn  of  the  new  world, 
the  life-poetry  of  an  unfolding  consciousness,  which  in  its  all- 
comprehensive,  quiet  life  passed  through  all  the  sights  and  feel- 
ino-s  of  the  lono-ino;,  imaginative  youth  of  the  world.  We  have 
been  made  acquainted'  with  one  aspect  of  this  beautiful  dawn  in 
the  history  of  Jesus  when  twelve  years  old.  Through  this 
blessed  longing  the  terrors  of  the  kingdom  of  darkness  must 
have  been  acting  their  part  in  strange  nocturnal  sights  and 
shades  of  horror — such  presentiments  as  Abraham,  the  father  of 
the  faithful,  had  in  glancing  at  the  future  of  his  people  and 
spiritual  descendants  (Gen.  xv.  12).  But  the  objective  world 
of  God  presented  itself  to  this  longing  as  a  pure,  divine  admini- 
stration, which  increased  in  lustre  from  the  darkest  night  {Actlier- 
nacht)  to  the  clearest  noon-day. 

As  long  as  this  richest  individual  development  was  burdened 
with  any  of  the  uncertainty  which  attaches  to  a  period  of  growth, 
Christ  could  not  come  forth  and  manifest  Himself  to  the  people 
of  Israel  as  the  Messiah.  Nor  could  this  development  be  com- 
pleted by  one-sided  human  evidence,  but  only  by  a  wonderful 


THE  GOD-MAN.  33 

transaction  in  which  the  testimony  of  the  Father  in  the  voice 
which  blessed  Him  coincided  with  the  testimony  of  His  inner 
life,  and  the  testimony  of  the  ancient  Theocracy,  which  was  re- 
presented by  the  Baptist,  with  the  voice  of  His  heart,  and  finally 
the  testimony  of  heaven  and  earth  with  that  of  His  previous 
history.  This  singular  harmony  of  His  religious,  theocratic, 
and  physical  spheres  with  the  expression  of  His  inner  life  was 
the  most  special  significance  of  the  miracle  at  His  baptism.  He 
was  now  made  manifest  in  the  world  as  the  God-man  from 
whom  it  had  to  expect  its  salvation. 

His  own  word  unveils  to  us  the  form  of  the  inner  life  of 
Jesus.  He  walked  in  the  presence  of  God,  and  bore  within 
Himself  the  fulness  of  the  Godhead.  The  pure  reality  of  the 
world  identified  Him  with  the  divine  administration  ;  He  knew 
Himself  to  be  surrounded,  conditioned,  penetrated,  and  deter- 
mined by  God's  Spirit.  He  was  therefore  in  heaven  (John  iii. 
13),  in  the  bosom  of  the  Father  (John  i.  18),  and  simply  con- 
ditioned by  the  will  of  the  Father  (John  v.  30).  In  the  looks 
with  which  the  Father  beheld  Him — in  the  design  with  which  He 
upheld  Him — in  the  fatherly  love  which  begat,  saluted,  and  sent 
Him,  He  felt  His  own  oneness.  His  eternity  and  divinity.  In 
this  consciousness  He  regarded  His  own  life  as  a  pure  manifes- 
tation of  the  Father  (John  xiv.  9,  10),  as  a  glorification  of  His 
being  (John  xvii.  4).  It  was  His  life-conviction  that  the  very 
Being  of  God  was  manifested  through  Him  in  the  midst  of  the 
world.  He  thus  expressed  His  divine  consciousness — He  came 
from  the  Father,  and  He  went  to  the  Father.  His  going  to  the 
Father  was  an  eternal  act  of  His  consciousness.  He  was  per- 
fectly conscious  of  the  infinitely  delicate  distinctness  of  His  life. 
His  unique  individuality.  He  felt  the  singularity  of  His  life 
which  placed  Him  in  the  presence  of  God's  love,  as  the  pure 
image  of  the  Father.  He  exhibited  the  determination  of  God 
which  lay  in  His  divine  consciousness,  in  perfect,  free  self-de- 
termination. His  will  might  appear  as  distinct  from  the  vnll  of 
God,  but  only  in  order  to  be  merged  in  it  with  freedom.  In 
His  feelings.  He  could  feel  Himself  forsaken  by  God  in  His 
objective  administration,  but  only  in  order  to  surrender  and 
sacrifice  Himself  to  Him.  In  His  acting.  He  could  feel  Him- 
self excited  by  the  immeasurable  activity  of  the  Father  through- 

VOL.  II.  C 


34  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

out  the  universe  to  work  Himself,  but  only  to  work  the  works 
of  the  Father  in  and  with  Him  (John  v.  17).  It  was  therefore 
His  human  consciousness,  that  He  was  ever  going  again  to  the 
Father  as  the  pure,  perfected  Man. 

In  this  relation  the  divine  consciousness  in  Christ  stands  to 
His  human  consciousness.  The  two  forms  of  this  consciousness, 
therefore,  in  accordance  with  their  nature,  make  up  one  living 
unity.  AVhoever  has  not  found  God,  has  not  found  Himself ; 
and  whoever  has  not  come  to  Himself,  has  not  come  to  God. 
God  becomes  one  with  man,  and  man  with  God,  in  the  life  of 
the  Spirit.  Where  spirit  appears,  there  freedom  appears. 
Spiritual  personality  recognises  its  destiny,  which  is  from  God, 
and  determines  itself  in  the  most  living  free  experience  and  firm 
hold  of  this  destiny.  Those  who  fancy  that  with  the  beginning 
of  the  spiritual  life,  God  vanishes  in  the  power  of  their  self-con- 
sciousness, are  ignorant  of  spirit,  and  not  less  so  are  those  who 
wish  to  see  their  life  vanish  in  God.  The  Spirit  glorifies  man 
in  God,  and  God  in  man.  But  Christ  had  the  Spirit  in  its  in- 
finite fulness ;  and  for  that  reason  God  was  the  eternally 
glorious  object  of  contemplation  to  His  inner  life,  and  He  was 
conscious  of  the  eternal  peerlessness  and  singleness  of  His  life 
in  God.  Thus  His  divine  consciousness  was  one  with  His 
individual  consciousness,  and  in  this  living  unity  the  one  is  pre- 
cisely distinguished  from  the  other  by  the  Spirit.  He  lived  in 
an  eternal,  infinitely  intimate,  reciprocal  action  with  the  Father, 
This  reciprocal  action  was  a  perfect,  ever  pure,  and  beautiful 
rhythm.  In  this  rhythm  of  His  life,  as  it  is  sustained  by  His 
unique  nature  and  destiny.  He  appears  as  the  God-man. 

The  blessedness  and  power  of  this  life  never  allowed  the 
Lord  to  withdraw  from  the  consciousness  of  eternity.  Sin  from 
the  first  must  have  been  detestable  as  gloom  to  His  brightness, 
— as  nihility  to  His  power  of  being, — as  the  dissonant  and  de- 
formed to  the  harmony  of  His  life, — as  estrangement  from  God 
to  His  fulness  of  God.  The  God-man,  according  to  the  power 
of  His  freedom,  could  not  consent  to  sin. 

And  yet  it  lay  in  the  nature  of  His  being,  that  He  must  be 
more  tempted  by  sin  than  any  other  man.  Sin  as  sin  was  re- 
pelled by  the  divine  power  of  His  self-determination  ;  while  sin 
as  the  old  human  life  continually  troubled  and  agitated,  yea, 
tortured  to  death,  the  human  delicacy  of   His  nature.     Who 


THE  GOD-MAN.  35 

could  be  so  sensitive  as  He  to  the  temptations  which  lay  in  the 
sympathy  and  antipathy  of  a  whole  disordered  world,  whose 
head  and  heart  He  was  destined  to  be  ?  Who  could  be  more 
susceptible  in  his  individual  feelings  than  He  to  the  attraction 
of  the  sympathy  of  the  world,  which,  with  an  unceasing  syren- 
song,  wished  to  draw  Him  down  into  the  depths  of  its  old  life '? 
Who  could  experience  as  He  did  the  repulsion  of  the  world's 
antipathy  to  the  transition  from  the  kingdom  of  the  darkened 
life  of  nature  to  the  blessed  kingdom  of  the  Spirit  1  In  Him 
there  was  the  most  delicate  sense  of  honour — the  concentrated 
noble-mindedness  of  all  humanity,  infinitely  sensitive,  confront- 
ing all  the  shocks  of  worldly  contumely — the  most  excitable  and 
tender  life-feeling  confronting  all  the  sharp  pangs  of  death— 
the  highest  capability  of  suffering  belonging  to  the  strongest, 
and  therefore  most  thoughtful  love,  confronting  the  thousand- 
fold forms  of  human  hatred.  In  one  word,  we  may  say  that 
Christ  alone  could  and  must  feel  the  entire  temptation  of  the 
world;  and  He  alone,  who  perfectly  understood  and  experienced 
it  in  the  full  clearness  of  His  pure  feeling  and  spirit,  could  com- 
pletely overcome  it.  Those  that  think  man  becomes  acquainted 
with  temptation  only  in  proportion  as  he  is  defiled  by  it,  lay 
down  a  canon  by  which  man  throughout  eternity  woiild  have, 
like  another  Sisyphus,  to  roll  the  load  of  sinfulness  in  his  vain 
struggles  after  righteousness.  Their  moral  world  is  from  the 
first  only  a  modest  hell  for  those  who  are  silently  condemned. 
But  every  victory  of  an  honest  conscience  over  temptation  re- 1 
fates  their  system.  Christ  has  converted  into  historical  truth^ 
the  possibility  of  the  sinless  development  of  humanity,  which  in 
Adam,  as  ideal,  formed  the  paradise  of  humanity,  and  thus  has 
founded  the  new  heavens  of  the  world's  reconciliation. 

Tiie  power  of  Christ's  life  to  resist  temptation  lay  in  His  ^ 
ideal  nature.  But  by  Hie  historical  nature,  by  His  connection 
with  humanity.  He  was  necessitated  to  encounter  all  the  temp- 
tations of  humanity  ;  and  His  victory  over  temptation  was 
effected  by  realizing  His  ideal  life  in  His  historical  life.  The 
victory  lay  simply  in  this  realization.  For  when  He,  the  Chief 
of  Humanity,  came  armed  on  the  field  of  conflict,  in  order  to 
rescue  it  from  the  corruption  into  which  it  had  fallen,  then  the 
whole  depth  of  this  corruption  must  unfold  itself  and  confront 
Him.     The  demoniac  background  which  supported  this  world  of 


36   ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

confusion  was  forced  to  disclose  itself  simultaneously  when  the 
heavenly  basis  of  the  ideal  human  world  was  laid  in  the  incarna- 
tion of  God.  This  was  a  consequence  of  the  antagonistic  histo- 
rical reciprocal  action  between  the  kingdom  of  light  and  the 
kingdom  of  darkness.  In  opposition  to  the  God-man,  when,  as 
Redeemer  of  the  world,  He  was  manifested  by  His  baptism  in 
the  Jordan,  the  Demon-enemy  of  man,  the  Tempter,  now  made 
his  appearance. 


The  correct  view  of  the  relation  between  the  divine  and 
human  natures  of  Christ  is  still  obscured  by  various  false  assump- 
tions. The  first  of  these  is  the  notion  that  the  divine  life  was  limit- 
ed by  the  human,  and  in  consequence  could  only  partially  (which 
as  divine  is  in  that  case  not  at  all)  enter  into  human  life.  On  the 
contrary,  it  has  been  pointed  out  in  the  first  part  of  our  work,  that 
the  essence  of  human  individuality  is  to  be  looked  for,  not  in  its 
Jiniteness,  but  in  its  dejiniteness.  But  this  definiteness  can  be  no 
hindrance  to  God  in  His  manifestation,  since  it  is  a  result  of  His 
determination.  With  this  false  assumption  another  is  connected, 
that  the  incarnation  of  the  Son  of  God  is  considered  in  itself  a 
humiliation  of  His  being,  while  His  humiliation  only  appears  in 
His  entering  into  a  life-communion  with  historical  humanity. 
The  fiopcfjrj  Qeou  which  is  attributed  to  Christ  in  Philip,  ii.  6,  is 
to  be  regarded  probably  as  the  definiteness  of  the  divine  nature, 
in  which  Christ  has  the  eternal  ideality  of  His  being.^  To  this 
essential  '  form  of  God'  attributed  to  Christ,  the  '  being  equal 
with  God,'  TO  elvat  laa  OeS,  corresponds.  We  can  take  this 
plural  laa  as  altogether  definite,  and  then  it  will  mark  the  various 
forms  through  which  the  Logos  passed  before  He  became  man  ; 
since  first  of  all  He  was  the  principle  of  the  creation  of  the  world, 
then  the  principle  of  humanity,  and  next  of  the  Theocracy,  till 
last  of  all  He  became  the  life-principle  of  Jesus.  The  expres- 
sion, '  He  thought  it  not  robbery  to  be  equal  with  God'  (ovx 
dpirar/fjiov  vy^aaro),  does  not  mean  He  did  not  eagerly  retain 
this  equality  with  God,  but  divested  Himself  of  it ;  rather,  the 
laa  elvau  @€u>  remained  His,  even  when  He  became  man.     But 

1  [*■  Tlie  Godhead  itself,  so  far  as  it  is  exhibited  in  the  brightest  manifes- 
tations of  the  grace  and  majesty  of  God.'  AVitsius,  de  Oratione,  cap.  i. — 
Ed.] 


THE  GOD-MAN.  37 

His  divine  consciousness  was  not  the  consciousness  of  a  possession 
unlawfully  gained  by  force ;  or  more  exactly,  it  was  no  act  of 
outra£je,  as  when  a  robber  or  a  warrior  violently  seizes  his  booty 
The  feehng  of  His  divine  dignity  was  no  ecstasy.  It  was  per- 
fectly matured  human  life ;  and  so  also  divine  in  tranquillity, 
love,  and  condescension.  His  divine  life-feeling  was  the  ripest, 
most  tranquil  enjoyment  of  His  inner  being,  no  spirit-robbery. 
So  httle  was  He  disposed  to  attain  His  glory  by  robbery,  that  He 
rather  robbed  Himself  when  He  assumed  the  form  of  a  servant, 
and  was  made  like  the  sinful  race  of  men,  even  to  the  death  of  the 
cross.  This  self-robbery  can  only  relate  to  the  manifestation  of 
life.  He  robbed  Plimself  when  He  concealed  the  divine  glory  of 
His  consciousness  in  the  sinner's  garb  of  man,  in  the  servant's 
garb  of  the  Jews,  in  the  criminal's  garb  of  the  crucified,  and 
therefore  with  infinite  humility  in  a  threefold  dress  of  the  deepest 
humihation.^ 

Another  false  assumption  confounds  the  identity  which  is 
presented  in  the  spirit-life  with  the  monotony  of  a  physical  unity, 
and  consequently  allows  man  to  vanish  into  God,  or  God  into 
man.     In  both  cases  spirit  is  naturalized,  that  is,  denied. 

As  a  third  assumption,  we  may  specify  the  hypothesis  of  the 
latest  moral  philosophy,  which  makes  Evil  a  necessary  point  of 
transition  in  the  moral  development  of  the  spirit.  Perhaps  this 
assumption  is  taken  from  the  use  of  cow-pox,  which  is  destined 
to  put  a  stop  to  the  ravages  of  small-pox,  and  has  been  trans- 
planted into  the  doctrine  of  spiritual  freedom.  At  all  events,  it 
is  only  at  home  in  the  physical  department  of  life. 

1  [This  interpretation  does  not  seem  to  bring  out  the  opposition  expressed 
by  «AA«  with  as  much  distinctness  as  the  ordinary  view,  which  refers  ^optpvi 
(diov  to  the  pre-incarnate,  and  f/.op<p'/i  lovXov  to  the  incarnate  state  of  Christ. 
Besides  the  commentaries,  some  useful  hints  on  this  important  passage  will 
be  found  in  Pearson  on  the  Creed,  p.  179  (ed.  1835),  and  Moses  Stuart's 
Letters  to  Rev.  W.  E.  Channhuj,  p.  81  (ed.  1829).  The  doctrinal  signifi- 
cance of  the  yAvmt;  is  fully  treated  in  Dorner,  II.  iii.  250-259  ;  and  its  dis- 
cussion is  further  pursued  by  Liebner,  in  the  Jahrb.  fur  D.  Theol.  1858,  p. 
349.  Dorner  and  Hasse  have  also  papers  on  the  subject  in  the  same  year. — 
Ed.] 


38  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

SECTION  VI. 
THE    TEMPTER. 

No  reciprocal  action  is  more  delicate,  mysterious,  and  im- 
portant than  that  of  spiritual  forces  in  the  ethical  department 
of  life.  As  long  as  this  reciprocal  action  is  overlooked — as 
long,  therefore,  as  the  doctrine  of  sympathies  and  antipathies  is 
not  more  developed  than  it  has  hitherto  been,  there  can  be  no 
satisfactory  development  of  the  doctrine  of  good  and  evil  in 
the  world.  Every  spiritual  individual  must  be  regarded  as  a 
spiritual  power,  operating  not  only  by  speaking  and  acting,  but 
by  his  very  existence,  presence,  and  disposition,  and  especially 
by  his  will,  and  thus  influencing  other  individuals  in  the  ele- 
ments of  social  life.  But  the  greater  the  power  of  the  indi- 
vidual, so  much  more  important  will  be  his  agency. 

In  the  human  world  these  silent  forces  of  individual  power 
and  disposition  are  at  work  incessantly  in  every  direction. 
Powerful  effects  proceed  from  powerful  characters,  and  form 
greater  or  smaller  nets  in  which  a  multitude  of  weaker  cha- 
racters are  caught.  There  are  spirits  that  rule  in  the  air  (Eph. 
V.  12). 

The  history  of  battles  will  teach  us  the  mighty  power  of 
sympathetic  relations.  The  panic  which  causes  the  loss  of  a 
battle,  is  entirely  a  sympathetic  fright.  When  a  little  group 
of  gallant  hearts,  who  form  the  flower  of  a  regiment,  flinch  and 
give  way,  the  whole  regiment  may  be  lost,  and  with  that  the 
whole  army.  And  so,  on  the  other  hand,  the  heroic  self-sacri- 
fice of  a  single  man  may  rally  a  whole  wavering  host,  and  even, 
flashing  like  lightning  through  centuries,  may  rekindle  in  a 
nation  the  flame  of  a  holy  enthusiasm.  The  pillars  of  fire  of 
genuine  human  heroism  are  the  noble  lights  of  history,  which 
make  us  feel  at  ease  even  while  sojourning  among  spectres,  and 
horrors,  and  graves. 

But  antipathy  is  not  less  powerful  than  sympathy,  and,  taken 
together,  they  contribute  one  phenomenon,  which  may  be  desig- 
nated psychical  life-communion.  Of  this  phenomenon,  sym- 
pathy forms  the  positive  and  antipathy  the  negative  pole  ;  and 
the  latter  consequently  is,  in  its  kind,  as  powerful  as  the  for- 


THE  TEMPTER.  39 

mer.  It  is  easier  to  sail  against  the  wind  than  to  withstand 
or  break  through  strong  antipathies.  We  call,  and  there  is  no 
echo.  '  My  word,'  said  the  Saviour,  '  hath  no  place  in  you : ' 
John  viii.  37.  We  address  ourselves  to  human  hearts,  and  it  is 
like  running  against  heaps  of  stones.  It  is  a  hard  matter  to  be 
cheerful,  and  keep  up  one's  spirits,  when  soul  does  not  answer  soul. 
Christ  withstood  the  antipathy  of  the  whole  world.  This  con- 
flict especially  was  His  chief  labour  in  Gethsemane  and  on  Gol- 
gotha. He  trod  the  wine-press  alone.  And  since  His  victory, 
the  preponderance  of  His  strong  heart  goes  in  triumph  through 
the  world,  and,  amidst  fearful  reactions  of  the  antipathy  of  the 
old  world-nature,  it  causes,  by  the  thunders  and  lightnings  of 
sympathetic  action,  all  things  to  bow  which  are  in  heaven,  and 
on  earth,  and  under  the  earth. 

It  lies  in  the  nature  of  this  relation,  that  evil  as  well  as  good 
can  enter  into  the  moving  power  of  sympathy,  and  as  the 
checking  power  of  an  antipathy.  Those  who  have  been  over- 
come by  the  power  of  evil,  strengthen  its  operation  by  the  attrac- 
tion of  sympathy;  but  it  confronts  the  good  as  a  magically 
obstructive  and  repressive  antipathy.  Who  has  not  experienced 
the  depressing  influence  of  evil  in  its  silent  and  most  secret 
operations  ?  In  Gothe's  Faust,  Margaret  makes  the  discovery 
that  she  cannot  pray  in  the  presence  of  Mephistopheles.  Every 
material  spark,  however  small,  has  its  effect :  it  glows,  it  gleams, 
it  threatens  to  kindle  a  fire.  But  far  more  powerful  is  the  ope- 
ration of  a  spark  of  evil.  Evil  in  the  heart  of  our  neighbour 
speaks  to  us  through  the  mere  power  of  its  existence  :  if  he 
does  not  express  it  in  words,  it  is  impressed  upon  us  in  some 
most  occult  way,  and  can  make  a  language  for  itself,  intelligible 
to  our  hearts  and  imaginations. 

But  there  are  some  minds  so  very  obtuse,  that  they  are  not 
sensible  of  evil  unless  it  comes  before  them  palpably  in  words 
and  deeds  absolutely  immoral.  They  know  no  alarm  at  the 
demon-like  power  of  evil.  Such  persons  are  in  truth  very  poor 
demonologists. 

Many  others  see  the  boundaries  of  evil  where  crime,  and 
vice,  or  gross  immorality  cease  in  their  immediate  circle  ;  but 
they  have  no  feeling  of  the  power  of  evil  lying  at  a  greater 
depth,  working  in  concealment,  or  acting  at  a  distance.  These 
likewise  are  weak  demonologists. 


40  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

But  there  are  also  other  spirits,  purer,  deeper,  and  of  greater 
moral  sensibility,— souls  liker  Cassandra,  who  feel  the  action  of 
the  curse  breaking  forth  in  the  misdeeds  of  domestic  life ;  or 
like  Thecla,  who  experience  an  internal  horror  when  a  dark 
spirit  goes  through  their  house.  These  souls  are  the  true  moral 
philosophers,  while  technical  moral  philosophy  is  sometimes  in 
the  hands  of  ethically  callous  spirits. 

Lastly,  there  are  heroes  of  world-wide  reputation  with  moral 
feelings  of  the  highest  order ;  souls  that  can  perceive  an  ethi- 
cal agency  of  prodigious  power  where  an  ordinary  man  would 
scarcely  notice  anything ;  souls  that  would  see  a  conflagration 
where  the  latter  would  hardly  detect  the  smell  of  fire.  Such  a 
distinguished  example  of  moral  perception  Christ  proved  Him- 
self to  be,  when  Peter  so  urgently  dissuaded  Him  from  the  dan- 
gerous journey  to  Jerusalem  (Matt.  xvi.  22).  But  these  heroes, 
as  prophets  of  the  ethical  depths  of  the  world,  have,  with  their 
feeHng  and  penetration,  discovered  that  moral  corruption  has 
penetrated  through  the  blood  and  marrow  of  humanity  from 
generation  to  generation.  In  this  fearful  discovery  Moses  and 
Sophocles  meet  one  another.  But  a  thousand  little  moralists 
smile  over  this  theory  of  the  curse,  and  find,  forsooth,  that  such 
a  doctrine  is  against  morality,  though  founded  on  a  thousand 
agonies  and  griefs  of  profound  and  faithful  souls. 

But  this  pretended  morahty  does  not  trouble  the  moral  chiefs 
of  the  world.  In  the  depths  of  their  ethical  life-spirit  they  listen 
to  the  shghtest  footsteps  of  seduction  in  the  house  of  Adam, 
in  Humanity.  They  gauge  the  power  of  the  ethical  antipathies 
which  counteract  their  prayers,  and  vows,  and  godly  deeds.  But 
in  this  sui-vey  they  arrive  at  the  disclosure  of  a  vast  relation,  since 
the  spirit  of  divine  revelation  co-operates  with  their  own  fore- 
boding. They  announce  the  fact,  that  evil  in  the  human  world 
has  not  merely  sprung  up  in  human  hearts ;  there  are  other 
stranger,  stronger  agencies  of  evil  in  this  region  of  the  universe  ; 
there  is  a  devil.^     The  doctrine  of  the  devil  proceeds,  therefore, 

1  Schleiermacher,  in  liis  Glaubenslelire  i.  219,  believes  that  the  doctrine 
of  the  agency  of  the  devil  may  be  deduced  from  a  defective  knowledge  of 
sin,  in  contradiction  of  the  opinion  that  it  owes  its  origin  to  the  profoundest 
knowledge  of  evil.  But  he  has  seldom  reasoned  more  weakly  than  when  he 
begins  to  argue  against  this  doctrine  (p.  209).  The  sophistry  and  worth- 
lessness  of  most  of  his  arguments  directly  appear  when  we  put  them  to  the 


THE  TEMPTER.  41 

from  a  prophetic  and  profound  ethical  knowledge  of  the  world. 
It  might  he  said  that  the  doctrine  of  evil  demons  unfolds  itself 
from  the  demoniacal  depths  of  ethical  foreboding.  But  it  is  un- 
folded with  the  development  of  the  manifestation  of  ethical  life 
in  humanity ;  and  those  points  which  may  be  regarded  as  arti- 
culations in  the  development  of  this  doctrine  coincide  with  critical 
moments  in  the  history  of  the  human  race.  But  those  who  look 
upon  this  doctrine  as  a  representation  derived  from  Parsism,  and 
engrafted  on  the  Hebrew  faith,  have  not  discerned  the  difference, 
wide  asunder  as  the  poles,  between  the  idea  of  an  evil  God  and 
of  a  fallen  created  spirit.  The  evil  God  is  lord  over  the  substance 
of  half  the  world — indeed,  the  proper  materiality  of  the  whole 
world  belongs  to  him,  and  the  good  God  is  scarcely  able  to  over- 
power him.  The  fallen  evil  spirit,  on  the  contrary,  as  he  makes 
his  appearance  in  the  book  of  Job,  is  a  poor  Satan,  who  cannot 
call  an  atom  of  the  material  world  his  own  ;  who  everywhere 
can  only  do  just  so  much  as  power  is  granted  him  for  by  God, 
whose  supremacy  controls  him,  and  who  turns  all  his  projects  to 
everlasting  confusion.  How  can  any  one  confound  the  idea  of 
Ahriman  with  that  of  Satan — the  idea  of  the  wicked  one,  iu 
whom  evil  is  one  with  sin — with  that  idea  in  which  evil  is  the 
punishment  of  sin,  its  annihilation  through  substantial  life  ? 

proof  and  apply  them  to  the  moral  relations  of  men.  For  example,  the  first 
argument  asserts  that  only  such  motives  can  be  given  for  the  fall  of  good 
angels  as  perhaps  pride  and  envy,  -which  presuppose  such  a  faD.  This 
amounts  to  saying  that  the  fall  of  a  pure  spiritual  being  is  altogether  in- 
conceivable. His  second  argumeut  caricatures  the  biblical  doctrine  of  the 
devil :  we  shall  return  to  this  in  the  sequel.  Further,  human  evil  must  be 
identical  with  possession ;  besides,  the  doctrine  of  Satan  must  declare  that 
he  lost  his  understanding  by  the  perversion  of  his  will.  And  '  how  is  it  to 
be  conceived  that  some  angels  have  sinned  and  others  have  not  ? '  If  we 
apply  this  argument  to  human  relations,  we  shall  find  that  it  equally 
amounts  to  nothing.  Is  it  necessary  to  enter  on  the  proof  of  this  ?  The 
exegesis  of  biblical  passages  which  relate  to  the  doctrine  of  the  devil  is  not 
much  better,  in  the  aforesaid  demonstration,  than  the  philosophical  discussion 
of  the  question.  Besides,  the  leading  assumption  is  false,  that  Christ  and 
His  apostles  only  made  use  of  this  representation  because  it  was  in  vogue 
among  the  people.  How  could  the  popular  representation  necessitate  our 
liOrd  to  mark  such  a  great  mysterious  experience  of  His  life  as  that  given 
in  the  history  of  the  temptation,  as  a  temptation  of  Satan '?  [Renan  (Vie 
de  Jesus,  p.  41)  adduces  it  as  an  instance  in  which  Jesus  was  not  more  en- 
lightened than  His  countrymen,  that  '  il  croyait  au  diable,  qu'il  envisageait 
comme  une  sorte  de  ge'nie  du  mal.' — Ed.] 


42  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

Attempts,  indeed,  have  been  made  to  prove  that  the  idea  of 
Satan  involves  contradictions ;  but  the  observations  in  support  of 
this  view  have  been  very  wide  of  the  mark — they  apply  to  the 
conception  of  Ahriman,  not  to  that  of  Satan.  It  is  certainly 
inadmissible  that  evil  can  be  absolutely  identical  with  a  sub- 
stantial Being,  that  such  an  one  can  become  Evil  personified,  or 
that  '  persevering  wickedness  should  be  able  to  exist  with  the 
most  distinguished  insight.'  But  whence  has  the  theologian 
learnt  that  '  the  most  distinguished  insight '  is  attributed  to  the 
devil  in  the  Bible  1  Does  not  true  insight  presuppose  a  har- 
mony with  the  moral  order  of  the  world  ?  Thus  insight  makes 
its  appearance  in  the  Bible.  The  theologian  is  unfortunate  in 
his  appeal  to  it ;  for  all  insight  is  denied  to  the  devil  by  the 
Bible.  He  comes  forward,  indeed,  as  a  gi^eat  genius,  equipped 
with  a  power  of  understanding  refined  to  superlative  craftiness ; 
but  his  demoniacal  cunning  appears  as  moral  stupidity,  and  on 
all  points  in  which  he  manoeuvred  against  humanity  he  is  de- 
cidedly foiled  by  the  action  of  the  divine  insight,  especially  in 
the  history  of  the  fall,  in  the  trial  of  Job,  and  in  the  history  of 
Jesus.  As  soon  as  the  theologian  has  freed  himself  from  con- 
founding Parsism  with  the  pure  biblical  theology,  he  will  find 
that  no  conception  is  more  firmly  established  than  that  of  the 
devil.  We  proceed  from  this  point,  that,  even  before  the  fall 
of  man,  a  fall  had  taken  place  in  a  spiritual  sphere  of  the  world. 
A  host  of  spirits,  belonging  to  the  train  and  retinue  of  a  power- 
ful spirit  of  their  own  kind,  fell  with  him  into  sin,  and  apo- 
statized from  God.  There  is  nothing  contradictory  in  this  fact. 
The  fall  of  men  proves  the  possibility  of  the  fall  of  other  spirits. 
But  the  manner  in  which  great  and  highly  gifted  men  have 
fallen  most  deeply,  and  even  within  the  life  of  humanity  have 
been  able  to  exhibit  the  demoniacal  in  evil,  throws  light  on  the 
supposition,  that  in  that  pre-human  disorder  in  the  spirit-world 
the  greatness  in  the  fall  of  their  chief  bore  some  proportion  to 
the  original  greatness  of  his  nature.  But  though  the  notion  of 
such  a  region  of  pre-human  fallen  spirits  cannot  be  impugned, 
yet  it  may  seem  difficult,  not  to  say  monstrous,  to  admit  an 
agency  of  these  spirits  on  the  human  world.  The  representa- 
tion, that  in  ancient  times  a  familiar  colloquial  intercourse  existed 
between  men  and  devils,  has  always  given  offence.  How  should 
Satan  as  such  be  able  to  come  near  men  ?     Here  is  the  proper 


THE  TEMPTER.  43 

place  for  pointing  out  the  significance  of  the  doctrine  of  the 
great  Hfe-operations  in  the  world,  which  appear  in  the  antagon- 
ism of  sympathies  and  antipathies.  Just  as  the  cosmical  hghts 
from  star  to  star  operate  through  the  wide  creation,  so,  but  to  a 
greater  degree,  do  the  psychical  moods  of  spirits  both  good  and 
bad.  Thus  humanity  in  its  primal  innocence  had  to  encounter 
the  action  of  a  fallen  spirit-sphere,  which  depressed  the  inspira- 
tion of  its  undeveloped  ethical  life-feeling.  The  moment  of  its 
first  trial  happened  at  the  moment  of  such  a  psychical  depressing 
influence  of  Satan.  Thus  the  trial  became  a  temptation  ;  and 
in  the  elements  of  this  temptation  the  natural  allurements  which 
in  every  trial  operated  on  man,  became  a  colloquial  address  of 
the  spirit  of  temptation.  We  saw  above  how  the  influences  of 
pure  spirits  can  become  plastic  in  the  human  soul — how  they 
create  in  its  inward  intuition  an  appearance,  a  language,  a  con- 
versation. The  same  holds  good  of  the  powerful  operations  of 
Satan.  The  more  sensitive,  tender,  and  vigorous  a  man  feels, 
so  much  the  more  every  evil  influence  gains  over  him,  as  soon  as 
he  wavers  in  his  moral  standing,  a  plastic  distinctness  which  it 
had  from  the  first  in  its  inner  nature,  and  becomes  an  appear- 
ance, or  a  discourse,  or,  in  fact,  a  speaking  appearance. 

The  action  of  the  fallen  spirit-world  on  the  first  human 
world  may  be  easily  explained,  even  though  it  be  considered  as 
the  action  of  an  extra-mundane  sphere.  But  if  it  be  supposed 
that  in  Satan's  kingdom  spiritual  traces  appear  of  a  shattered 
earthly  spirit-kingdom  anterior  to  man,  this  hypothesis  gains 
important  confirmation  from  analogous  traditions  of  a  physical 
kind,  which  send  us  back  to  such  a  shattered  pre-human  primi- 
tive world.  We  are  led  by  these  ruins,  in  their  relation  to  the 
doctrine  of  Satan,  to  the  supposition  that  that  sphere  of  colossal 
serpents,  lizards,  and  other  monstrous  amphibia  had  been 
formed  round  the  centre  of  an  ethically  free  giant-spirit  and  his 
associates,  and  that  this  spirit  constituted  the  spiritually  conscious 
centre  of  his  insular  world,  in  the  same  sense  as  man,  in  the 
present  organic  form  of  the  earth,  exists  as  the  life-principle 
comprehending  and  glorifying  all  organisms  in  conscious  spirit- 
life.  According  to  this  construction  of  that  giant-world  in 
which  the  amphibious  type  predominated,  we  understand  wliy 
the  spiritual  chief  of  that  sphere  after  his  fall  is  designated  as 
the  Dragon. 


44  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

According  to  this,  in  demonology  the  complement  of  the 
physical  ruins  would  appear,  quite  naturally,  in  a  parallel  of 
ethical  ruins.  In  this  connection  Satan  may  be  contemplated 
as  the  ethical  giant-fossil  from  the  age  of  the  pre-human 
earth-formation.  The  creation  of  the  human  earth  unfolded 
Itself  out  of  the  judgment  that  preceded  on  the  demon-earth. 
But  though  that  demon-earth  has  been  judged  and  set  aside  by 
the  formation  of  the  human  earth,  yet  as  smothered  Chaos  it 
has  in  various  ways  an  influence  on  the  tone  of  the  present 
world's  history.  From  time  to  time  the  tones  of  that  insular 
antiquity  break  forth.  The  billows  again  roar,  and  mingle  sea 
and  land,  and  miasmata  are  exhaled  from  the  swamps.  In 
particular  juices  of  nature  the  traces  appear  of  the  potencies  of 
that  far-gone  age — poisons,  which  are,  so  to  speak,  the  spirit- 
sounds  of  that  buried  nature,  which  reverberate  in  the  present.^ 
The  amphibia  exhibit  the  animal  type  which  was  predominant 
in  the  kingdom  of  that  fallen  spirit-chief ;  and  the  serpent,  in 
the  forms  under  which  it  has  come  forth  in  the  new  earth-sphere, 
has  become  the  symbol  of  his  nature  and  agency.  It  could  for- 
merly pass  through  the  air  in  various  shapes,  winged  as  a 
dragon  ;  but  under  the  present  economy  it  is  sentenced  to  crawl 
on  its  belly,  and  to  eat  the  dust.  Its  existence,  which  was  pro- 
minent in  the  former  economy,  and  stood  near  the  demon-chief 
of  the  globe,  is  now  degraded  to  the  lowest  dust  compared  with 
that  of  the  higher  animals ;  and  the  regions  in  which  the  spirits 
of  that  condemned  original  population  of  the  earth  have  taken 
their  residence,  are  the  wastes,  the  deserts,  and  stormy  winds, 
by  which  the  effects  of  their  former  power  are  symbolized.  But 
these  fallen  spirits  themselves  have,  by  their  sympathetic  influence 
on  young  humanity,  converted  the  trial  which  it  had  to  stand, 
into  a  dangerous  temptation  which  it  has  not  withstood.  Since 
that  time,  the  continued  action  and  movement  of  their  tones  in 
the  earthly  world  form  the  special  centre  of  gravity  and  de- 
moniacal depth  of  all  evil  on  the   earth.     On   this    account, 

^  See  K.  Snell,  Philosophische  Betraclitungen  der  Natur,  the  Essay  ou 
the  occurrence  and  significance  of  poisons  in  nature,  p.  23,  especially  pp. 
36-48.  '  Prussic  acid  gives  us  a  representation  of  a  state  of  matter  which 
we  must  call  living  death,  and  of  which,  without  it,  we  could  form  no  con- 
ception.    This  state  was  certainly  at  one  time  general  and  predominant  in 


THE  TEMPTER.  45 

according  to  the  view  of  all  God's  moral  heroes  in  lioly  writ, 
the  whole  kingdom  of  sin  appears  as  a  kingdom  of  Satan. 

We  must  not  overlook  the  fact,  that  the  actual  effects  which 
proceed  from  the  region  of  these  demons  are  symbolically  con- 
ceived and  represented  in  a  twofold  way.  First  of  all,  they  are 
made  use  of  with  poetic  liveliness  to  describe  all  evil.  On  the 
one  hand,  evil  is  called  simply  devilish,  because  human  evil  has 
been  called  forth  by  devilish  evil,  though  evil  is  as  human  as  it 
is  devilish,  and  throughout  creaturely,  in  the  dejfinite  mode  of  a 
fallen  creature,  or  rather  the  positively  worthless  and  pernicious 
which  makes  man  a  sinner,  and  the  demon  a  devil.  It  is  also 
called  '  devilish,'  as  being  the  most  concrete  and  powerful  expres- 
sion to  designate  evil.  On  the  other  hand,  the  devilish  is  called 
evil,  as  if  Satan  were  the  ideal  chief  of  evil,  identical  with  evil, 
although  he  is  only  in  a  historical  sense  the  first,  most  powerful 
chief  of  evil.  But  Satan  is  designated  simply  as  the  evil  one, 
because  the  religious  feeling  takes  cognisance  onlv  of  the  de- 
structive  ethical  side  of  his  life,  and  stands  in  no  immediate 
relation  to  his  nature-side.  This  symbolic  in  its  application  to 
the  doctrine  of  Satan  should  be  thoroughly  vinderstood,  lest,  with- 
out intending  it,  we  should  make  an  Ahriman  of  Satan. 

The  kingdom  of  Satan  naturally  stands  in  constant  anta- 
gonism to  the  kingdom  of  God.  It  is  developed  till  the  comple- 
tion of  its  judgment,  confronting  the  kingdom  of  light.  The 
manifestations  of  salvation  and  of  the  divine  life  on  earth  are 
encountered  by  the  outbreaks  and  disclosures  of  the  powers 
of  darkness.  They  come  forward  in  manifold  masks,  adapted 
to  the  circumstances  of  the  times.  But  the  ethical  spirit  of 
humanity  ever  casts  a  penetrating  glance  through  all  disguises, 
and  detects  and  rejects  the  old  enemy  who  is  a  murderer  from 
the  beginning.  The  first  man  learnt,  not  in  his  sin,  but  in  his 
repentance,  that  a  crafty  demoniacal  power  had  ruined  him  by 
its  temptation.  In  the  last  times  of  the  present  course  of  the 
world,  the  true  Church,  in  conflict  with  '  the  beast  out  of  the 
sea,'  and  -with  '  the  beast  out  of  the  earth '  which  '  had  two 
horns  like  a  lamb,'  will  discern  that  it  is  the  dragon  who  speaks 
through  all  the  beasts  (Rev.  xiii.).  Christ  in  the  wilderness, 
after  His  baptism,  had  to  encounter  a  great,  critical  temptation  ; 
He  discerned  the  tempter  behind  the  temptation. 


46  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 


It  must  here  be  stated  in  most  explicit  terms,  that  we  care- 
fully distinguish  between  the  doctrine  of  the  devil  in  itself  and 
the  view  just  given,  according  to  which  the  fall  of  the  devil  is 
regarded  as  the  fall  of  the  moral  central  being  of  the  pre- 
Adamite  earth.  We  are  desirous  not  to  make  this  doctrine 
dependent,  in  its  general  form,  in  the  shghtest  degree  on  our 
hypothesis.  But  it  will  not  escape  the  unprejudiced  reader  how 
very  much  this  hypothesis  is  fitted  to  bring  about  a  harmonious 
religious  view  of  earthly-cosmical  relations.  Jacob  Bohm,  in 
his  visionary  s^^eculation,  seems  to  have  gained  an  image  of  this 
view,  but  his  image  was  necessarily  obscured  and  distorted  by 
the  influence  of  his  gnostic  principles.  Thus  much  he  saw, 
that  in  the  present  form  of  the  world,  a  conflict  of  two  forms  of 
the  world  appeared,  and  that  particularly  '  Man  is  and  signifies 
that  other  host  which  God  created  instead  of  Lucifer's  host 
expelled  from  Lucifer's  place.'  ^  But  in  this  Adam  three  prin- 
ciples were  from  the  first  active — '  the  kingdom  of  hell,  the 
kingdom  of  this  world,  and  the  kingdom  of  paradise,'  although 
originally  his  life  commenced  in  the  paradisaical  principle.  The 
passage.  Gen.  i.  2,  is  explained  by  the  adherents  of  Bohm's 
system  in  the  same  way,  since  it  is  regarded  as  a  description  of 
the  ruined  world  of  Lucifer.  But  that  desolation  and  void 
may  be  regarded  as  the  consecrated  fermentation  of  the  world 
in  process  of  formation,  over  the  dark  depths  of  which  the 
Spirit  of  God  moved  with  creative  energy.  If  we  wished  to  find 
the  contrast  between  the  purely  demoniacal  and  the  Adamic 
earth  in  the  contrast  of  the  insular  and  continental  type,  that 
pre-Adamite  world-history,  with  its  fall  of  the  spirits,  would 
come  in  between  tiie  second  and  third  day's  work  of  creation. 
Gen.  i.  8,  9. 

^  Baur,  die  christliche  Gnosis,  p.  591. 


CHRIST  IN  THE  WILDERNESS.  47 


SECTION   YII. 


THE  SPIRITUAL  REST  AND  SPIRITUAL  LABOUR  OF  CHRIST  IN 
THE  WILDERNESS — THE  TEMPTATION. 

(Matt.  iv. ;  Mark  i. ;  Luke  iv.) 

The  words  of  the  EvangeHst  (Matt.  iv.  1),  '  Then  was  Jesus 
led  up  of  the  Spirit  into  the  wilderness,  to  be  tempted  of  the 
devil,'  have  been  looked  upon  by  modern  criticism  as  a  dark 
hieroglyphic.  But  they  are  explained  by  the  simple  law,  that 
every  ethical  nature,  according  to  the  measure  of  its  power  and 
the  destiny  operating  in  this  power,  must  maintain  on  earth  the 
conflict  with  the  powers  of  darkness,  in  order  to  gain  influence 
for  humanity,  and  to  become  a  decided  reality.  The  facts  of 
experience  correspond  to  this  law,  that  to  everj'  first  inspiration 
of  such  a  power  the  tempter  unawares  stands  opposite,  as  if 
one  power  had  called  forth  the  other  from  the  darkness  of  the 
world  to  the  battle-field.  In  this  manner  the  divine  govern- 
ment of  the  world  fulfils  its  work.  By  the  uncovering  of  evil 
in  the  course  of  events,  over  against  the  manifestations  of  good, 
judgment  is  executed  on  the  absolute  nothingness  and  baseness 
of  evil.  Thus  there  was  a  world-historical,  and  indeed  a  divine 
reason,  why  Christ  should  be  led  by  the  Spirit  into  the  wilder- 
ness to  be  tempted  by  the  devil.  His  spiritual  rest  was  ex- 
changed for  a  great  and  severe  spiritual  task  in  the  wilderness  : 
it  had  for  its  sequel  a  temptation  which  was  consummated  in  a 
mysterious  historical  act.  But  after  the  victory  over  the  temp- 
tation, the  spiritual  festivity  reappeared  with  fresh  and  steady 
splendour. 

In  the  Jordan  the  bright  side  of  sinful  humanity  had  blessed 
the  Lord ;  in  the  wilderness  He  w^as  obliged  to  endure  the 
action  of  its  dark  side, — the  tempting  operation  of  its  curse. 

If  we  are  informed  that  the  Spirit  led  the  Lord  into  the 
wilderness  after  His  God-man  consciousness  had  been  festively 
filled  with  that  divine  joy  of  His  inner  life,  yet  we  at  the  same 
time  receive  the  intimation,  that  the  Lord  could  not  immediately 
enter  with  these  riches  of  His  heart  into  the  congregation  of 
His  people,  who  formed  the  contrast  to  the  wilderness. 


48  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

We  might  indeed  look  on  the  forty  days  which  Jesus  spent 
in  the  wilderness,  first  of  all,  as  the  celebration  of  the  disclosed 
fulness  of  His  inner  glory.  He  needed  to  be  a  long  time  alone 
with  God,  in  order  to  spread  before  Him  the  great  revelation 
which  had  now  been  completed,  to  meditate  upon  it  with  Him, 
and  to  seal  it  in  the  quiet  consecration  of  His  life. 

This  celebration  was  at  all  events  the  beginning,  the  key- 
note, and  aim  of  His  sojourn  in  solitude.  It  was  the  holy 
mysterious  poetry  of  the  completed  unfolding  of  all  Heaven's 
fulness  in  the  heart  of  humanity,  the  beautiful  blooming  time 
of  roses  in  the  soul  of  the  God-man,  the  still  hour  of  the  holv 
spring  night  of  the  New  Covenant  on  which  the  nightingale  of 
the  world  sang  its  first  song  to  its  God.  But  why  call  this 
glorious  celebration  in  solitude,  so  significantly,  the  temptation 
in  the  wilderness  ? 

Christ,  in  the  celebration  of  His  Spirit-life,  could  not  turn 
away  from  humanity.  He  could  not  retain  this  fulness  of  life 
as  booty  for  Himself.  It  belonged  to  the  nature  of  this  inner 
glory  that  He  regarded  it  as  God's  mission  to  the  world — as 
Heaven's  great  benediction — as  the  salvation  of  the  world.  The 
infinite  divine  joy  with  which  His  heart  now  throbbed,  was  at 
the  same  time  unbounded  love  of  man  ;  and  thus  it  became  an 
indescribably  strong  impulse  to  communicate  Himself  to  the 
world,  and  especially  to  the  people  of  Israel.  The  impulse  of 
His  life  was  to  enter  without  delay  into  the  midst  of  the  con- 
gregation of  Israel.  ,And  the  people  called  Him.  They  called 
Him  by  all  the  yearnings  of  their  expectations,  by  all  the 
thoughts  and  images  of  their  ideal  of  the  Messiah.  The  world 
with  all  its  ideals  called  Him.  But  the  ideals  that  called  Him 
were  poisoned  by  the  revelry  and  intoxication  of  humanity. 
The  Messianic  image  of  a  sinful  world — a  clever,  but  in  all. 
points  distorted  caricature — as  the  confused,  dim,  mocking  image 
of  a  chaotically  agitated  and  serpent-like  wily  prince  of  this 
world — contradicted  the  pure  image  of  God  in  the  Messianic 
consciousness  of  Christ.  Therefore,  no  sooner  had  He  after 
His  baptism  turned  Himself  in  Spirit  to  the  world,  with  the 
greeting  of  His  love,  than  He  received  a  counter-greeting  in  a 
loud  siren-song  of  all  the  distorted  intoxicated  world-ideals.  He 
could  not  advance  a  step  among  Plis  people  without  meeting 
the  caricatured  image  of  the  chief  of  men  ;  without  coming 


CHRIST  IN  THK  WILDERNESS.  49 

upon  false  assumptions,  false  words,  interpretations  and  fictions 
of  a  false  chiliasm  perverting  the  history  of  the  world  in  a 
thousand  forms,  and  of  a  fanatical  and  carnal  idealistic  world- 
vertigo. 

The  contrariety  of  Christ's  Messianic  kingdom  to  the 
Messianic  ideal  of  the  Jews  has  often  been  so  explained  as  if 
Christ  wished  to  establish  a  merely  spiritual  kingdom  of  heaven 
— as  if  He  had  not  inserted  in  His  work  the  tendency  to  plant 
the  ideal  life,  and  to  advance  it  to  its  completion  in  the  actual 
appearance,  and  by  His  redemption  really  to  transform  the 
world.  But  this  '  anti-judaical '  spiritualism  falls  itself  into  the 
most  palpable  error,  even  while  intending  to  correct  the  error  of 
the  Jews.  It  contradicts  the  Messianic  image  of  the  prophets, 
who,  agreeably  to  the  nature  of  the  case,  combine  in  one  view 
the  inner  and  outer  kingdom  of  heaven ;  it  equally  contradicts 
the  Christian  doctrine  of  that  transformation  of  the  world  which 
is  to  be  completed  at  the  resurrection  ;  and  lastly,  it  contradicts 
the  most  explicit  declarations  and  promises  of  Christ  Himself, 
who  points  to  His  second  advent  as  the  transformation  of  the 
world.  This  view  also  contradicts  every  well-grounded  theory 
of  the  world.  It  belongs  to  the  dualism  which  splits  the  world 
into  two  halves — so  that  ideas  must  form  spectres  without  cor- 
poreity, and  matters  of  fact  mere  animal  phenomena  without 
spiritual  life.  In  truth,  this  spiritualism  generally  falls  back 
into  that  chiliasm  which  it  professes  to  shun.  For  it  must 
always  grant  or  desire  some  kind  of  transformation  of  the  world, 
and  for  that  purpose  it  requires  both  principles  and  organs. 
But  as  it  has  rejected  that  transformation  by  the  Spirit  and  life 
of  Christ,  it  forms  for  itself  other  principles,  unchristian  and 
antichristian,  which  are  to  make  up  for  or  to  supplement  Chris- 
tian ones,  and  must  seek  in  false  messiahs  for  the  organs  of  the 
world's  transformation.  But  for  this  dualism  Christ  has  given 
no  warrant  whatever  by  His  declaration,  '  My  kingdom  is  not 
of  this  world.'  These  words  rather  express  the  fact,  that  with 
the  appearance  of  His  kingdom,  this  world  vanishes,  and  the 
future  becomes  manifest.  The  very  fact  that  He  speaks  of 
His  kingdom  shows  that  He  has  founded  not  merely  a  school, 
or  a  congregation,  or  a  church,  but  a  morally  organized  com- 
munity, completing  itself  in  ideal  universality.  The  kingdom 
VOL.  II,  i> 


50  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

is  His  kingdom.  But  He  will  surrender  it  into  the  hands  of 
the  Father ;  therefore  Christ  has  never  given  up  the  expectation 
that  His  Messianic  kingdom  will  be  a  kingdom  of  outward 
visibility.  As  the  festival  of  Easter  arises  out  of  Good  Friday, 
so  His  new  world  arises  from  the  depths  of  world-renunciation — 
His  kingdom  of  glory  from  His  kingdom  of  the  cross.  But  the 
expectation  that  it  must  begin  as  an  outward  kingdom,  and 
therefoi'e  outward  in  its  constitution,  without  being  founded  in 
God  and  in  the  life  of  the  Spirit, — as  a  secular  kingdom  brought 
into  existence  by  means  of  craft  and  force,  and  so  an  anticipa- 
tory counterfeit  of  the  true  kingdom,  in  which  every  appearance 
must  proceed  from  the  fulness  of  the  Spirit, — this  expectation 
Christ  could  never  have  cherished  ;  for  it  was  the  very  tempta- 
tion He  combated  in  the  wilderness,  and  truly  a  temptation  of 
Satan. 

The  kingdom  of  darkness  can  never  realize  on  earth  its 
chaotic  tendencies  in  their  naked,  wild  form.  The  destruction 
of  human  life,  to  a  large  world-historical  extent,  can  be  effected 
only  when  the  spirit  of  the  ethical  chaos  succeeds  in  wearing 
the  mask  of  a  transformed  cosmos.  Only  in  delusive  social 
forms,  political  and  hierarchical,  but  especially  Messianic  and 
chiliastic,  can  the  '  nameless  beast '  win  for  itself,  and  maintain 
for  a  while,  a  great  appearance.  The  history  of  evil  on  the  earth 
proves  this.  It  often  appears  in  chiliastic,  often  in  hierarchical 
forms  ;  but  in  the  one  case  the  chihasm  is  headed  by  a  hier- 
archical power,  in  the  other  case  the  hierarchy  is  animated  by 
the  intoxication  of  chiliasm.  The  hierarchy  that  crucified 
Christ  was  in  reality  Jewish  chiliasm  throughout.  In  His  time 
it  was  concentrated  in  the  falsified  ideal  of  the  Messiah.  Its 
special  sympathetic  power  was  its  connection  with  all  carnal, 
extravagant  idealizing  (Idealisterei) — with  all  the  fantastic,  wild 
fanaticisms  in  the  world.  But  its  deepest  principle  was  the 
chief  of  the  demoniacal  chaos,  who  readily  disguised  himself  as 
an  angel  of  light.  When  the  spirit  of  a  people  is  hostilely 
excited  in  an  antichristian  tendency  against  the  spirit  of 
Christ  and  the  spirit  of  the  true  transformation  of  the  world, 
in  this  excitement  it  necessarily  forms  a  sympathetic  union 
with  the  spirit  of  the  world  in  its  ungodly  tendency.  In  this 
sympathy  its  own  tendency  coincides  with  all  the  tendencies  of 
Satanic  power ;  and  as  this  is  the  mightiest  power  of  the  whole 


CHRIST  IN  THE  WILDERNESS.  51 

community,  so  it  becomes  its  animating  principle.  In  truth, 
demoniacal  evil  can  realize  its  ideal  only  iu  forms  of  light  which 
allow  the  inward  mockery  to  be  seen  through  them  ; — only  in 
forms  of  the  Holy  through  which  may  be  seen  the  sneer  of  the 
internal  contradiction; — only  in  a  false  scenery  of  the  trans- 
formed woi'ld,  through  which  the  lightnings  of  the  ancient 
chaos  flash  in  all  directions.  The  Jewish  expectation  of  the 
^Messiah  had  its  ideal  realized  in  the  horrible  scenes  of  the 
Jewish  war. 

This  expectation  met  the  Lord  in  His  way,  as  soon  as  He 
wished  to  turn  to  the  people.  It  was  the  assumption  that  He 
must  found  His  kingdom  on  an  ungodly  carnal  mind,  on  un- 
spirituality  and  internal  corruption,  on  craft  and  force,  which 
always  accompany  fanatical  idealism  among  mankind.  In  His 
pure  sympathy  for  humanity,  He  felt  the  drawing  of  this  intense 
perverted  longing  in  the  world.  But  no  sooner  did  He  feel  this 
influence  than  it  excited  a  powerful  repulsion  in  the  Holy  Spirit 
with  which  He  was  filled.  This  repulsion  drove  Him  into  the 
wilderness.  That  sympathetic  influence  opposed  Him  like  a 
wall.  The  spirit  of  temptation  encountered  Him  all  the  way 
between  Jordan  and  Jerusalem.  Christ,  with  His  Messianic 
consciousness,  sought  a  sure  entrance  among  His  people,  and 
seemed  to  find  none.  How  could  He  escape  being  grievously 
misunderstood  by  the  world,  when  He  appeared  in  it  as  the 
Messiah,  the  Son  of  God?  The  more  He  was  impelled  by  the 
love  of  mankind  to  hold  intercourse  with  His  people,  so  much 
the  more  a  holy  shyness  towards  men  drove  Him  into  the  wilder- 
ness. He  could  not  directly  manifest  to  men  the  Sun  of  God's 
fulness  which  glowed  in  His  heart,  without  dazzling  their  weak 
eyes.  An  immediate  animated  disclosure  of  His  inmost  soul 
would  have  been  for  them  the  final  judgment.  And  how  could 
He  expose  the  glorious  mystery  of  His  soul  to  the  unutterable 
profanation  which  must  ensue,  if  He  was  willing  to  disclose  His 
consciousness  directly  to  the  people  and  trust  Himself  to  the 
world  ?  It  was  the  curse  of  the  world,  that  the  splendour  of 
His  inmost  soul,  unless  it  were  veiled,  must  destroy  the  world. 
He  was  obliged  to  secure  His  sanctuary  in  the  wilderness  from 
the  profanation  of  the  temple-goers,  His  kingly  dignity  from 
the  insults  of  the  rulers.  His  Messiahship  from  the  prevalent 
IMessianic  delusions,  and  His  love  of  men  from  men.     Amidst 


52  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

these  embarrassments,  He  concealed  Himself  in  the  depths  of  the 
desert.  He  lived  among  the  wild  beasts.  They  alarmed  not 
the  Prince  of  men,  and  were  less  dangerous  to  Him  than  men. 
He  wandered  about,  and  could  not  leave  the  wilderness,  because 
the  Spirit  always  drove  Him  back  into  solitude  as  often  as  His 
heart  turned  towards  men ;  and  then  temptation  again  assailed 
Him  with  the  alluring  sympathy  of  the  world.  Thus  He  was 
withdrawn  from  the  world  for  forty  days.  He  had  taken  refuge 
in  concealment,  as  if  in  death,  from  the  siren's  song  of  the 
world's  ideal.  He  tasted  no  food  during  this  period  of  intense 
mental  conflict.  His  sojourn  in  the  wilderness  forms  an  appall- 
ing spectacle,— the  spectacle  of  a  man  prostrated  in  the  deepest 
sorrow,  and  harassed  Avith  the  severest  conflict. 

And  yet,  as  we  have  already  intimated,  it  was  not  exclusively 
this  mental  conflict,  involving  the  interests  of  humanity,  which 
detained  Him  in  the  wilderness.  Strongly  as  the  love  of  man, 
on  the  one  hand,  attracted  Him,  not  less  strongly,  on  the  other 
hand,  was  He  attracted  by  the  love  of  God.  The  attraction  of 
the  one  prepared  for  Him  unspeakable  sorrow,  that  of  the  latter 
inexpressible  joy.  There  is  a  blessedness  which  is  plunged  in 
\  sadness— a  delicate,  trembling  joy,  a  solemn  festival  of  the  soul 
*^  in  which  all  the  joys  of  heaven  meet  and  salute  all  the  sufferings 
of  humanity.  In  this  state  of  feeling  we  find  our  Lord.  He 
turned  Himself  to  the  Father.  In  the  Father's  bosom  He  con- 
cealed His  kingly  sense  of  God— His  holy  horror  at  the  drunken 
idealizino-  of  the  world.  If  His  sorrow  caused  Him  to  fast,  still 
more  was  this  effect  produced  by  the  peace  of  this  super-mun- 
dane retirement,  in  which  He  could  spend  forty  days  as  one 
holy  festival  in  the  presence  of  His  Father.  This  preponderance 
of  the  rest  of  God  over  human  labour  in  His  spirit— this  glorifi- 
cation of  His  sorrow  in  His  blessedness,  of  His  love  of  men  in 
His  love  of  God,  was  just  the  preponderance  of  His  freedom  over 
the  sympathies  of  His  life,  which  resulted  in  His  victory.  This 
peculiar  state  of  mind  serves  to  explain  the  long  fasting  of 
Christ. 

Even  in  the  first  days  of  His  fasting,  criticism  begins  to 
be  voracious  while  it  accompanies  Him  with  its  meagre  reflec- 
tions. Its  doubts  cannot  disturb  us.  Christ's  fasting  was  not 
leo-al,  nor  a  result  of  enactment.  He  might  have  lived,  like 
John,  on  locusts  and  wild  honey  without  essentially  breaking  His 


CHRIST  IN  THE  WILDERNESS.  53 

fast.^  But  we  can  find  no  difficulty  if  we  take  the  fasting  of  Christ 
in  the  strictest  sense.  Often  deep  thinkers,^  contemplative  de- 
votees,^ sorrowing  penitents,''  ecstatic  enthusiasts,  or  persons 
under  morbid  excitement,^  have  fasted  for  an  extraordinary 
length  of  time.  But  Christ  is  also  in  this  respect  the  Prince  of 
men,  who  in  the  highest  heroic  measure  comprehends  the  par- 
ticular possibilities  of  this  class.  In  Him  the  power  of  the 
deepest  contemplation  co-operated  with  the  power  of  the  deepest 
sorrow,  and  these  with  the  highest  inspiration,  in  order  to  sus- 
tain a  disposition  so  free  from  wants  and  so  super-mundane,  and 
which  was  perfected  by  means  of  the  highest  sympathy  which 
His  soul  now  felt  for  the  entire  morbid  state  of  His  generation. 
In  truth.  His  fasting,  according  to  its  deepest  significance,  Avas 
the  specific,  redeeming  counteraction  against  the  malady  of  the 
world,  as  far  as  it  consisted  in  a  mad,  false  idealizing.  To  that 
insane  chiliastic  idolizing  of  the  world  which  would  fain  have 
deluded  and  fettered  Him,  He  opposed  the  counterpoise  of  His 
perfected  sober-mindedness,  of  which  the  outward  form  appeared 
in  His  fasting.  It  should  never  be  forgotten  that  Christianity 
was  born  into  the  world  with  a  j)lenitude  of  the  Spirit,  which 
showed  the  freest  exaltation  above  nature  in  the  fasting  of 
Christ.  And  this  characteristic  it  retains  through  all  time.  In 
this  heroic  sobriety  of  soul  it  overcame  and  rescued  the  Roman- 
Grecian  world  in  tliat  wild  debauchery  which  would  have  been 
its  ruin.  And  thus,  hereafter,  the  Church  by  the  power  of  a 
spirit-like  sobriety  will  overcome  the  jovial  banqueting  of  those 
who  will  be  eating,  and  drinking,  and  amusing  themselves  at 
the  end  of  the  world  (Matt.  xxiv.  38,  39).  But  what  specially 
supported  our  Lord  during  those  days  in  the  energy  of  His  life, 
was  the  creative  vital  power  which  gave  Him  copious  supplies  of 
nourishment  and  vigour,  and  refreshed  His  inmost  soul.      He 

^  Of  John  the  Baptist  Christ  says  (Matt.  xi.  18)  he  came  neither  eating 
nor  drinking,  although  he  lived  on  locusts  and  wild  honey,  the  bread  of  the 
wilderness.  [Meyer,  in  his  thorough,  unflinching  way,  says  the  fasting  here 
'is  to  be  understood  absolutely,''  and  refers  to  the  convincing  passages,  Ex. 
xxxiv.  28,  and  1  Kings  xix.  8. — Ed.] 

2  Spinoza  supported  himself  for  several  days  on  four  sous. 

^  Niklaus  von  der  Fliie. 

*  Saul,  Acts  ix.  9. 

5  See  W.  Hoffman,  das  Lebeu  Jesu,  p.  315.  Many  examples  of  this  sort 
have  occurred  in  modern  times. 


\ 


54  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

lived  by  depending  on  the  mouth  of  God,  while  He  retired  with 
ecstasy  into  His  innermost  principle  of  life.^ 

In  the  great  movements  of  His  exalted  consciousness,  the 
forty  days  might  pass  away  as  a  single  day,  or  an  hour.  It  has 
heen  observed,^  that  in  the  lives  of  Moses  ^  and  Elijah,"  periods 
of  forty  days  occur  as  fast-times  in  critical  junctures ;  and  the 
narrative  of  the  sojourn  of  Jesus  in  the  wilderness  has  brought 
to  mind  the  forty  years'  wandering  of  Israel  in  the  wilderness. 
Some  have  made  this  remark  in  order  to  find  out  traces  of  fic- 
tion in  the  history  ;  others,  in  order  to  comfort  themselves  with 
the  thought,  that  the  num.ber  of  forty  days  is  not  to  be  taken 
too  rigidly.^  But  this  rhythmical  recurrence  of  forty  days  in 
similar  junctures  of  the  Theocracy  rather  points  to  a  more  general 
mysterious  law  of  life.  The  forty  days'  fasting  of  Moses  also 
forms  a  contrast  to  the  preceding  rebellion  of  the  people,  who 
*  eat,  and  drank,  and  rose  up  to  play,'  and  showed  their  pre- 
ference for  a  false  religion.  Elijah  in  like  manner  presented 
a  spiritual  antagonism  to  the  hankering  of  his  people  after  the 
fantastic  pleasure  of  the  worship  of  Baal.  The  common  labour 
of  man  is  comprised  in  the  cycle  of  a  week,  and  his  spiritual 
labour  in  the  cycle  of  a  week  multiplied  into  itself,  in  a  period 
of  about  seven  weeks  of  labour.  The  spiritual  labour  by  which 
Israel,  as  a  people,  were  obliged  to  purify  themselves  for  the 
temperate  enjoyment  of  the  glories  of  Canaan,  required  forty 
years.  But  why  should  not  the  theocratic  history,  the  inner- 
most essence  of  which  is  poetry,  be  carried  on,  like  poetry,  in 
rhythmical  relations  ?  '  In  Christ's  life  also,  this  law  of  life 
must  be  fulfilled,  according  to  which  the  psychical  relations 
stand  in  living  affinity  to  the  earthly  relations  of  time. 

But  when  the  forty  days  were  fulfilled,  then  He  hungered. 
He  became  vividly  conscious  of  His  destitution.  He  hungered 
not  only  after  bread,  but  also  after  man,  and  after  living  inter- 
course with  the  world.  This  was  the  moment  in  which  all  the 
tempting  He  had  withstood  was  concentrated,  and  at  the  same 
time  unfolded,  in  most  distinct  single  temptations ;  the  moment 
in  which  the  tempter,  whose  spiritual  influence  He  had  up  to 

1  Stier,  Words  of  the  Lord  Jesus  i.  37  (Clark's  Tr.). 

*  Strauss,  Leben  Jesu  i.  450. 

3  Exod.  xxxiv.  28.  "  1  Kings  xix.  8. 

*  Neander,  Life  of  Jesus  Christ,  p.  73  (Bohn). 


CHRIST  IN  THE  WILDERKESS.  55 

that  time  experienced,  came  before  Him  in  a  more  defined  form. 
We  are  able  to  distinguish  exactly  these  two  stadia  of  the  temp- 
tation :  the  secret  whispers  of  the  tempting  spirit  during  the 
forty  days,  and  its  final  concentration  in  the  three  assaults  at 
the  close.  Matthew  has  condensed  the  whole  temptation  of 
Christ  into  those  final  assaults.  Mark  has  simply  noticed  the 
temptation  in  its  duration  of  forty  days.  Luke  has  specified 
the  two  constituent  parts  of  the  temptation.  As  soon  as  we 
have  ascertained  the  significance  of  the  whole  transaction,  no 
real  contradictions  can  be  imagined.  But  we  must  now  en- 
deavour to  set  in  a  clear  light  the  distinction  between  the  two 
forms  of  the  temptation. 

During  the  forty  days  Christ  was  tempted  in  this  way,  that 
He  was  met  by  the  Messianic  ideal  of  Israel  in  its  corrupted 
chiliastic  form,  sustained  by  all  the  morbid  fanatical  excitement 
then  existing  in  the  world,  and  by  the  powers  of  darkness.  But 
this  temptation  was  probably  not  an  internal  process,  as  it  is  often 
represented  in  order  to  explain  the  history  of  the  temptation.^ 
Christ  could  not  in  an  idle  manner  brood  over  the  possibilities  of 
sin,  or  imagine  them  in  darkness  by  spreading  out  the  allure- 
ments of  the  false  ideal  of  the  world  before  His  own  spirit. 
On  this  supposition,  one  part  of  His  consciousness  would  have 
been  the  tempter,  and  the  other  the  conqueror.^  Such  a  self- 
tempting  of  the  consciousness  can  hardly  be  imagined,  without 
involving  sin.^  The  totality  of  the  soul's  life  will  not  allow  us  / 
to  separate  the  voluntary  imagination  of  the  tempting  evil  from  ^ 
an  accompanying  movement  of  evil  desire.  And  apart  from 
this  psychological  law,  another  law  of  life  forbids  our  regarding 

'  '  Transient  illusions '  (Fluchtige  Vorspie(/elu7igen)  the  temptations  of 
Jesus,  according  to  this  view,  are  called  by  Fleck  (die  Vertheidigung  des 
Christenthums,  p.  225). 

^  Particularly  according  to  the  representation  of  this  transaction  by 
Weisse  (die  evangelische  Geschichte  ii.  21). 

*  ['  I  could  as  soon  accept  the  worst  statements  of  the  most  degraded 
form  of  Arian  creed,  as  believe  that  this  temptation  arose  from  any  internal 
strugglings  or  solicitations, — I  could  as  soon  admit  the  most  repulsive  tenet 
of  a  dreary  Socinianism,  as  deem  that  it  was  enhanced  by  any  self-en- 
gendered enticements,  or  hold  that  it  was  aught  else  than  the  assault  of  a 
desperate  and  demoniacal  malice  from  without,  that  recognised  in  the 
nature  of  man  a  possibility  of  falling,  and  that  thus  far  consistently, 
though  impiously,  dared  even  in  the  person  of  the  Son  of  man  to  make 
proof  of  its  hitherto  resistless  energies.' — EUicott's  Hist.  Led.  p.  111. — Ed.] 


5(3  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

the  temptation  of  Christ  as  a  fact  of  His  consciousness  isolated 
from  His  people's  life.  It  belongs  to  the  order  and  soundness  of 
the  inner  life  to  indulge  in  no  idle  brooding  anticipations  of  the 
future.  The  soul  can  and  should  anticipate  the  outward  ex- 
perience, but  only  in  proportion  as  it  comes  in  contact  with  the 
spiritual  prognostics  of  the  experience,  as  the  collision  with  ex- 
perience begins  to  fall  upon  its  ear ;  as  therefore  it  is  congruous 
with  a  human  life  which  must  be  always  prepared  and  led 
through  the  inward  to  the  outward,  and  with  its  essential  supe- 
riority to  time.  But  if  beyond  this  necessity  it  indulges  in 
arbitrary  anticipations,  it  gets  out  of  its  historical  rhythm.  This 
arbitrary  exercise  of  the  imagination  would  be  in  itself  sinful, 
even  should  there  be  nothing  sinful  in  the  nature  of  its 
imaginings.  But  Christ  could  not  disturb  the  order  of  His  life 
in  a  morbid  manner.  His  battle  with  the  evil  one  was,  there- 
fore, not  the  result  of  a  fiction.  It  was  a  genuine  historical 
collision  with  him,  though  a  spiritual  one.  The  whole  soul  of 
Christ  stood  firm  in  the  absolute  rejection  of  the  temptation, 
which  was  not  in  the  least  degree  the  offspring  of  His  own 
fancy.  But  not  the  less  was  His  soul  moved  and  agitated  by 
temptation,  in  consequence  of  the  sympathy  which  bound  Him 
closely  to  His  own  people  and  to  mankind.  In  the  element  of 
this  sympathy  He  beheld  all  the  images  of  temptation  standing 
clearly  before  Him — He  heard  all  the  tones  of  its  allurements. 
Christ's  living  impulse  to  manifest  Himself  to  His  people  placed 
Him  incessantly  opposite  to  temptation,  which  was  continually 
meeting  Him  in  new  forms.  The  repulsion  with  which  He  con- 
tinually put  it  away  from  Him  was  His  victory. 

In  consequence  of  this  repulsion,  Christ  must  always  have 
remained  in  the  wilderness,  unless  in  some  particular  moments 
of  His  conflict  the  possibility  had  not  been  developed  and  dis- 
played to  Him  of  entering  among  the  people,  and  thus  fulfilling 
the  mission  of  His  life.  The  struggle  of  Christ  with  temptation 
was  at  the  same  time  to  secure  and  determine  the  complete 
carrying  out  of  His  calling  in  all  its  distinguishing  traits.  And 
since,  on  the  one  hand,  in  the  life  of  His  free  love  the  necessity 
of  manifesting  Himself  to  the  people  moved  Him,  and,  on  the 
other  hand.  He  felt  the  necessity  of  concealing  and  withdrawing 
Himself  from  the  people,  the  plan  of  His  Messianic  ministry  re- 
quired to  be  clearly  and  distinctly  unfolded  under  the  painful 


CHRIST  IN  THE  WILDERNESS.  57 

reciprocal  action  of  this  apparent  contradiction.  At  the  end  of 
His  conflict  He  had  a  fully  developed  solution  of  the  difficult 
problem,  how  He  could  surrender  Himself  as  the  true  Messiah 
to  the  people,  who  were  carried  away  by  a  false  Messianic  image. 
The  completion  of  this  determination  of  His  calling  coincided 
with  the  completion  of  Plis  victory  over  temptation,  and  there- 
fore with  the  completion  of  the  festal  repose  of  His  spirit. 

But  it  would  be  contrary  to  all  general  and  individual  ex- 
perience if  we  were  disposed  to  admit  that  the  temptation  of 
Christ  was  ended  and  completed  in  a  merely  spiritual  and  ideal 
form.  Actual  fact  shows  us  that  the  moral  conflicts  of  man 
cannot  possibly  remain  spiritualist  combats.  The  tempting  op- 
portunity always  meets  the  susceptible  disposition,  and  converts 
the  ideal  conflict  into  a  historical  cne.^  The' solemnity  of  the 
divine  superintendence  demands  it,  and  the  thoughtfulness  of 
life  and  the  truth  of  victory.  How  many  a  flaming  inspiration 
of  idealist  valour  has  become  to  '  rude  reality  a  prey !'  The 
victory  of  Christ  over  the  tempter  would  not  have  been  perfectly 
certain  if  the  latter  had  not  appeared  to  Him  in  historic  reality. 
C  But  how  did  he  appear  to  Christ  1  ^  We  need  not  explain 
at  length  that  Satan  could  not  become  a  man,  and  assume  flesh 
and  blood,  like  the  Son  of  God.  Such  a  supposition  would  ex- 
pose any  one  to  the  charge  of  Manicheism ;  it  would  be  con- 
demned for  its  dualism.  But  if  it  were  imagined  that  Satan 
showed  himself  to  the  Lord  in  a  spectral  appearance,  it  can 
hardly  be  granted  that  Christ  would  let  Himself  be  disposed  of 
by  such  a  spectre  of  hell  on  the  soil  of  tliis  earth's  reality,  and 
be  led  through  the  world  in  all  directions.^  Nothing  is  gained, 
if  it  is  attempted  to  render  the  supposition  easier,  by  suppos- 
ing that  Satan  transformed  himself  into  an  angel  of  light ;  for 
never  could  he  appear  more  detestable  and  repulsive  in  Christ's 
eyes  than  under  this  mask.  It  is  perfectly  unchristological  to 
regard  these  temptations  as  a  series  of  juggling  tricks  by  the 

^  [This  view  seems  to  receive  confirmation  especially  from  our  Lord's 
own  experience  in  His  last  trial,  when  He  had  first  to  endure  the  ideal  and 
spiritual  conflict  alone  in  the  garden,  and  then  the  actual  historical  suifer- 
ings  and  death. — Ed.] 

2  Ebrard,  in  his  Gospel  History,  admits  a  visible  appearance  of  Satan, 
without  any  further  explanation. 

^  See  Ullmann,  The  Sinlessness  of  Jesus,  p.  160  (Clark's  Tr.,  2d  ed.). 


5b  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

arch-sorcerer,  since  it  supposes  that  he  transported  the  Lord 
from  one  scene  of  temptation  to  another.^  Even  the  pious 
popular  feeling  in  the  legends,  which  represent  the  tricks  of 
jugglers  as  failing  in  the  eyes  of  innocent  children  and  virtuous 
maidens,  goes  beyond  this  mode  of  viewing  things,  which  makes 
the  eye  of  Christ  dependent  on  the  illusions  of  the  Prince  of 
Lies.  Indeed,  if  we  wished  to  deal  seriously  with  this  supposed 
illusion,  it  might  be  difficult  to  distinguish  it  from  the  beginning 
of  an  internal  infatuation. 

The  tempter  did  not  approach  the  Lord  with  juggling  tricks, 
but  in  the  dangerous  power  of  historical  circumstances.  The 
kingdom  of  Satan  was  represented  by  the  false  tendency  of  the 
kingdom  of  this  world,  and  this  lastly  by  the  perverted  tendency 
of  the  Jewish  hierarchy.  But  that  the  Jewish  hierarchy  about 
this  time  were  in  quest  of  a  Messiah  according  to  their  ideal, 
may  easily  be  proved. 

That  deputation  which  the  hierarchy  sent  from  Jerusalem 
to  Jordan,  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  from  the  Baptist  an 
explanation  respecting  his  own  character,  must  have  returned 
to  Jerusalem,  according  to  the  dates  furnished  by  the  Evangel- 
ists, about  the  time  when  Christ's  forty  days'  sojourn  had  really 
expired.  From  the  account  of  the  Evangelist  John  (i.  28,  29), 
it  is  quite  evident  that  Jesus  came  back  from  the  solitude  of  the 
wilderness  just  one  day  after  the  return  of  this  deputation  from 
Jordan.  Now,  the  Baptist  had  declared  to  them  in  the  most 
explicit  terms  that  he  himself  was  not  the  Messiah,  but  at  the 
same  time  most  distinctly  announced  that  the  Messiah  was  come 
among  them  without  their  knowing  Him.  From  a  sense  of  his 
theocratic  duty,  he  could  not  content  himself  on  such  a  subject 
with  simple  intimations.  If  he  pointed  out  the  Messiah  to  his 
disciples,  much  more  would  he  mark  Him  out  to  the  rulers  of 
his  people,  whatever  might  be  the  consequences.  If,  then,  the 
deputation  came  to  him  precisely  at  the  time  in  which  he  had 
recognised  the  person  of  the  Messiah,  he  would  regard  it  as  an 
intimation  from  the  Lord  to  direct  the  attention  of  the  deputa- 
tion away  from  himself  to  the  acknowledged  Messiah.  If  he 
could  not  direct  them  to  His  place  of  sojourn  in  the  desert,  yet 
he  could  so  exactly  describe  His  personal  appearance,  that  it 

^  Olshausen,  Commentary  on  the  Neiv  Testament  i.  167  (Clark's  Tr.). 
Krabbe,  Vorlesungen  Uber  das  Lehen  Jesu^  p.  172. 


CHRIST  IN  THE  WILDERNESS.  59 

would  be  easy  for  the  deputation  to  find  Him  on  tlieir  way 
home.  But,  at  all  events,  it  would  be  a  very  false  conception 
of  this  politically  excited  hierarchy,  to  suppose  that  they  would 
take  home  so  quietly  the  announcement  from  the  lips  of  the 
Baptist,  that  the  Messiah  was  in  their  midst,  without  making 
any  further  inquiries  on  the  matter  of  fact.  The  Jewish  hier- 
archy, filled  with  deep  rancour  against  the  Romans,  longed  for 
a  political  Messiah.  As  to  the  existence  of  this  longing,  we 
must  not  be  misled  by  the  hypocrisy  with  which  they  delivered 
up  the  true  Messiah  to  the  Romans,  professing  the  highest 
devotedness  to  the  Emperor ;  it  is  sufficiently  confirmed  by  the 
later  Jewish  history.  These  men  therefore  left  the  Baptist 
under  the  excitement  of  this  longing,  and  pui'sued  the  traces  of 
the  Messiah  ;  and  all  the  more  readily  they  would  pass  near  His 
retreat  on  their  way  home,  if,  according  to  traditional  accounts, 
He  was  sojourning  in  the  wilderness  near  Jericho.  It  might 
not  be  difficult  for  them  to  find  out  the  Man  they  were  so 
anxious  to  see,  since  His  inner  conflicts  were  now  ended,  and 
His  course  of  life  or  entrance  into  the  world  was  now  clearly 
marked  out ;  He  was  therefore  on  the  point  of  leaving  the  wil- 
derness on  His  return  to  the  Baptist.  But  if  they  found  Him, 
they  would  accost  Him  with  all  the  parade  and  impatience  of 
their  Messianic  expectations.  They  would  present  him  with  a 
Messianic  programme  diametrically  opposite  in  all  essential 
points  to  that  which  had  been  formed  in  His  own  mind.^ 

The  same  pure  divine  Prince  of  spirits  who  treated  Peter 
as  a  Satan  when  he  wanted  to  dissuade  from  the  path  that  led 
to  the  cross,  as  ordained  by  His  Father — who  regarded  the 
ripened  thoughts  of  treachery  in  Judas  as  an  inspiration  of 
Satan  (John  xiv.  30) — and,  lastly,  who  beheld  in  His  own  death 
on  the  cross  a  judgment  on  the  prince  of  this  world — must  have 
regarded  this  historical  temptation  on  the  part  of  the  Sanhe- 

'  That  the  view  of  the  history  of  the  temptation  as  a  historical  fact  in  a 
narrower  sense  has  already  existed  in  Rationalist  forms  (see  Strauss,  Lehen 
Jesuy  p.  442),  and  that  it  is  marked  as  antiquated  in  its  unmotived  outward 
form,  cannot  prevent  us  from  presenting  it  in  a  new  form  and  on  a  fresh 
foundation.  We  have  in  this  view  not  the  least  interest  to  settle  the  de- 
monology,  but  we  shall  necessarily  be  led  to  it  by  the  motives  assigned. 
Those  tempting  hierarchs  form  only  the  historic  heads  of  the  whole  transac- 
tion, and  the  organs  of  a  temptation  which  in  its  deepest  ground  and  con- 
nection we  regard  as  altogether  satanic. 


GO  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

drim  as  the  culmination  and  historic  completion  of  that  sympa- 
thetic temptation  .  of  Satan  with  which  He  had  wrestled  in  tlie 
wilderness. 

The  hierarchs,  accustomed  to  a  life  of  luxury,  must  have 
been  astonished  beyond  measure,  when  they  discovered  the  sup- 
posed instrument  of  their  designs,  the  great  Prince  of  the  world, 
in  the  form  of  a  fasting,  hungry  hermit.  The  oriental  pomp,  we 
might  say,  the  poetry  of  courtiers,  may  be  detected  in  the 
words,  '  If  Thou  be  the  Son  of  God,  command  that  these  stones 
be  made  bread.'  As  little  as  John  the  Baptist  could  have 
thought  of  a  literal  transformation  of  stones  when  he  said,  '  God 
is  able  of  these  stones  to  raise  up  children  to  Abraham,'  so  little 
could  the  voice  of  temptation  have  required  here,  in  a  literal 
sense,  that  the  Lord  should  change  stones  into  bread.  Such  a 
requirement  could  have  been  no  temptation  for  Him.  In  the 
soul  of  Christ  least  of  all  could  the  thought  arise,  of  using  His 
miraculous  power  in  so  fantastic  a  manner.  Indeed  we  can 
hardly  impute  such  an  expectation  even  to  the  Jewish  hierarchs. 
It  is  true,  they  expected  a  Messiah  whose  rule  sliould  quickly 
change  the  desert  into  a  blooming  champaign ;  ^  but  in  what 
manner,  was  a  matter  of  indifference  to  them.  If  He  had  exhi- 
bited Himself  decidedly  in  their  sense  as  the  Son  of  God,  the 
wilderness  would  very  soon,  by  His  magical  power  over  spirits, 
have  become  an  Israelitish  camp-scene,  in  which  would  have 
flowed  a  superabundance  of  all  earthly  enjoyments.  But  still 
more  directly  must  He  have  been  able,  in  their  opinion,  to 
change  the  wilderness  into  a  region  of  delight  by  the  magic  art 
of  a  world-transforming  culture.  This,  indeed,  was  the  chief 
element  of  the  temptation,  that  He  should  at  once  begin  the  de- 
sired transformation  of  the  world  for  appeasing  His  own  hunger, 
and  for  the  celebration  of  the  commencing  w^orlclly  pleasure 
with  the  transformation  of  the  wilderness  in  which  they  and  He 
were  then  standing.^  But  this  proposal  was  a  real  temptation 
for  Him,  since  the  actual  transformation  of  the  world  lay  within 
the  scope  of  His  ministry,  and  since  the  infinite  patience  of 
His  spirit  was  required  to  wait  for  that  manifestation  of  the 
glorious  fulness  of  life  which  always  floated  before  Him  as  the 

^  Compare  Isa.  xxxv.  1. 

^  The  fantastic  images  of  abundance  in  which  Jewish  tradition  depicts 
the  transformation  of  the  world  at  its  close  are  well  known. 


delusion.  Christ,  therefore,  in  virtue  of  that  great  sympathy 
with  which  He,  as  Prince  of  men,  felt  the  pulse  of  Humanity, 
heard  in  the  address  of  the  tempter  the  call  of  all  carnal  idealiz- 
ing of  hunger,  want,  and  destitution  in  the  world,  the  lamenta- 
tion of  all  false  mendicity,  the  fawning  petitions  of  all  chiliast 
worldlings,  the  extravagant  requirements  of  all  hypocritical  and 
superficial  philanthropists  :  '  O  command  that  these  stones  be 
made  bread ! '  The  sympathetic  rush  of  all  morbid  human 
longings  after  the  enchanted  land  of  an  unjust  and  measureless 
abundance,  and  a  glory  of  the  flesh  overpowering  the  spirit, 
broke  out  in  this  temptation  against  His  heart,  and  made  Him 
shudder,  since  he  felt  most  deeply  all  the  misery  of  the  world — 
all  the  glow  of  its  hope,  and  all  the  glory  of  its  prospects.  Thus 
He  was  tempted  to  create  an  abundance  with  the  powers  of  His 
divine-human  life,  in  contravention  of  the  divine  order,  and  in 
a  self-willed  magical  manner.  But  before  this  delirious  excite- 
ment He  veiled  His  unique  divine-human  consciousness.  He 
answered  it  with  a  divine  word,  which  had  formerly  supported 
the  confidence  of  pious  human  hearts  during  their  sufferings  in 
the  wilderness :  '  Man  shall  not  live  by  bread  alone,  btit  by 
every  word  that  proceedeth  out  of  the  mouth  of  God.'^  In  the 
name  of  humanity  itself,  of  necessitous  man.  He  rejected  the 
assumption  that  man  cannot  realize  the  ideal  of  his  spirit  unless 

'  Gbthe  has  in  a  masterly  manner  represented  this  temptation  of  Me- 
phistopheles  iu  his  Faust,  Second  Part. 

^  The  expression,  sttI  ■^xvrl  p-/!fx,oi.ri,  is,  according  to  the  words  in  Deut. 
viii.  3,  '  everything  that  proceedeth  out  of  the  mouth  of  the  Lord,'  referable 
to  every  creative  word  from  the  mouth  of  God — every  vital  operation. 


/ 


CHRIST  IN  THE  WILDERNESS.  61 

slow,  late  bloom  and  fruit  of  all  the  activity  of  His  spirit. 
Thousands  suffer  themselves  to  be  misled  by  this  first  speech  of 
the  tempter  to  a  deceptive  false  glorification  of  the  world, 
colouring  and  covering  the  curse  of  the  wilderness.  Thus  oft- 
times,  by  popular  delusion,  by  robbery,  by  the  subversion  of 
social  order,  by  enormous  loans  and  deceptions  of  all  kinds,  the 
deserts  are  made  glad,  and  the  stones  are  turned  into  bread. 
We  detect  traces  of  this  sorcery  in  the  chiliastic  Zion  of  the 
Munster  Anabaptists,  in  Wallenstein's  Camp,  as  well  as  in  many 
other  historical  caricatures  of  the  world's  transformation.  Still  / 
the  tempter  sings  this  old  song,^  and  his  magic  tones  are  just  now  * 
soundinor  asain  throush  the  world  with  a  marvellous  power  of     I 

^.   of  that   o-rpat  .svmnatbv       \ 


/ 


62  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

lie  is  living  in  the  splendour  of  outward  abundance.  He  asserted 
to  the  tempter,  the  dignity  of  the  personality  by  which  man  is 
elevated  above  the  requirement  of  mere  animal  existence.  Man 
lives  not  by  bread  alone  ;  but  the  breath  of  life  from  the  mouth 
of  God  gives  him  his  life  in  the  most  special  sense. 

By  His  victory  over  the  first  temptation  Christ  laid  the 
foundation  for  the  genuine  transformation  of  the  world,  and  for 
the  establishment  of  a  real  abundance  upon  earth  in  the  bless- 
ing of  His  Spirit.  The  two  miraculous  feedings  of  the  people 
in  the  wilderness,  which  He  performed  at  a  later  period,  would 
represent,  as  by  a  wonderful  prelude,  this  transformation  of  the 
earth  into  the  superabundance  of  heaven. 

Now  began  the  second  temptation.  Satan  led  the  Lord  to 
Jerusalem,  placed  Him  on  a  pinnacle,  and  said  to  Him,  '  If 
Thou  be  the  Son  of  God,  cast  Thyself  down  ;  for  it  is  written. 
He  shall  give  His  angels  charge  concerning  thee,  and  in  their 
hands  they  shall  bear  thee  up,  lest  at  any  time  thou  dash  thy 
foot  against  a  stone.' ^  If  Christ  had  really  in  an  outward  sense 
stood  on  a  pinnacle  of  the  temple,^  Satan  would  hardly  have 
made  the  proposal  to  throw  Himself  down  literally.  At  least 
this  suggestion  would  not  have  been  to  Him  a  temptation — a 
psychical  shock.  But  the  actual  temptation  must  have  really 
agitated  Him.  Probably  He  was  transported  in  a  figurative 
sense  to  the  summit  of  the  temple-pinnacle  by  the  ostentatious 
offers  of  the  deputies  of  the  Sanhedrim.  No  doubt  the  most 
flattering  prospects  awaited  His  recognition  by  the  Sanhedrim. 
The  most  solemn  assurances  were  given.  As  the  prophetic  and 
priestly  King,  He  saw  Himself  already  placed  on  the  summit  of 
the  temple.  Thence  He  was  to  make  His  entry  into  Jerusalem 
with  the  recognition  of  the  priests.  But  this  mode  of  manifes- 
tation to  Israel  appeared  to  Him  as  a  fatal  death-leap.  It  is 
true  the  plea  was  urged,  that,  according  to  the  word  of  God, 
there  could  be  no  danger  for  the  Lord's  Anointed ;  He  would 


1  Ps.  xci.  11. 

2  It  Avas  no  impossibility  to  stand  on  the  pinnacle  of  Solomon's  porch, 
and  perhaps  on  other  parts  of  the  temple.  See  De  Wette's  Erklarung  des 
Evangelium  Matt.  p.  40.  [Meyer,  in  a  valuable  note  on  this  expression, 
inclines  to  the  opinion  that  it  points  to  the  ridge  of  the  orost  (iccatXiKTi,  on 
the  south  side  of  the  temple.  For  the  giddy  height  of  this  altitude,  see 
Josephus,  Antiq.  xv.  11,  5. — Ed.] 


CHRIST  IN  THE  WILDERNESS.  63 

be  borne  by  angels,  and  glide  over  all  obstructions.  But  Christ 
foiled  the  tempter  with  the  words,  '  Thou  shalt  not  tempt  the 
Lord  thy  God.'  ^  Thus  He  opposed  a  definite  word  of  Scrip- 
ture, in  its  true  scope,  to  the  false  exposition  of  an  indefinite 
and  obscure  one.  Thou  shalt  not  attempt  to  draw  God  into 
the  way  of  thy  self-will,  thy  pride,  or  thy  enthusiasm.  He  will 
not  allow  Himself  to  be  drawn  by  thee  into  a  sinful  interest ; 
much  rather  would  He  let  thee  fall  and  drop.  If  thou  wilt 
tempt  Him,  the  attempt  will  become  a  dangerous  temptation 
for  thyself.  This  is  the  meaning  of  the  command  which  the 
Lord  held  as  a  shield  before  His  breast,  in  order  to  intercept 
the  second  dart  of  the  tempter.  He  rendered  the  Old  Testa- 
ment precept  more  pointed,  without  altering  the  meaning,  by 
substituting  the  singular  thou  for  the  plural  ye.  He  thus  at 
the  same  time  brought  it  home  to  the  tempter,  that  he  tempted 
God  when  he  tempted  Christ.  It  appeared,  therefore,  to  the 
Lord  a  monstrous,  fatal  venture  to  trust  Himself  to  the  deputies 
of  the  Sanhedrim,  and  to  give  Himself  up  to  the  priesthood  of 
His  people.  Plad  this  been  possible,  only  the  corpse  of  the  true 
]\Iessiah  would  have  fallen  from  the  pinnacle  of  the  temple 
among  the  people  ;  the  hierarchy  would  have  made  of  Him 
a  different  character  altogether  from  what  He  was.  Let  us 
imagine  ourselves  present  at  the  moment  when  Christ  saw  the 
inclination  of  the  fathers  of  His  nation  to  receive  Him  accord- 
ing to  their  notions  of  the  Messiah,  with  all  the  allurements  of 
the  historical  and  Israelitish  good-will  which  such  an  offer  must 
contain, — let  us  recollect  that  all  the  sympathies  which  tradition, 
patriotism,  and  piety  form  in  the  world's  history  must  be  in- 
volved in  His  temptation  to  surrender  the  sanctuary  of  His 
inner  life  to  an  infatuated  foreign  power, — and  we  shall  per- 
ceive that  His  heart  must  have  been  agitated  to  its  inmost 
depths  when  the  storm  of  such  influences  broke  upon  Him. 
How  many  noble  spirits  inflamed  by  patriotic  or  religious  en- 
thusiasm have  fallen  before  the  tempter,  because  they  and  their 
vocation  have  been  held  in  thraldom  by  criminal,  false,  histori- 
cal tendencies,  traditions,  and  authorities !  Jesus  withstood  the 
temptation  in  the  power  of  His  sober-mindedness,  and  of  that 
pure  fidelity  with  which  He  adhered  to  His  Father's  ways.  His 
victory  laid  the  foundation  for  enabling  the  kingly  and  priestly 
1  Deut.  vi.  16. 


64  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

people  of  believers  to  make  Him  known  as  the  Messiah  to  the 
nation  of  Israel,  and  to  all  the  world.  In  His  triumphal  en- 
trance into  Jerusalem  at  the  last  Passover,  He  allowed  the  first 
bloom  of  that  homage  to  break  forth  which  hereafter  is  to  be 
rendered  by  the  whole  world. 

The  deputies  from  Jerusalem,  who,  probably  in  the  manner 
we  have  pointed  out,  had  placed  the  Lord  by  their  theocratic 
phrases  on  a  pinnacle  of  the  temple,  could  easily  stand  by  Him 
on  a  mountain  height  in  the  wilderness  as  they  made  their  last 
attempt  to  persuade  Him.^  But  the  mountain  on  which  they 
placed  Him  was  a  mountain  from  which  they  could  show  Him 
all  the  kingdoms  of  the  world,  and  their  glory  :  therefore  a 
'  mountain  higher  than  all  other  mountains '  (Isa.  ii.  2) — Mount 
Zion,  according  to  its  spiritual  significance,  in  the  last  age  of 
the  world.  The  tempter  displayed  to  Him  the  prospect  of  the 
theocratic  government  of  the  world.  Probably  into  this  dis- 
closure, plots  against  the  Romans  were  introduced, — at  all  events 
unspiritual,  ungodly  plots,  by  which  their  object  was  to  be  at- 
tained. And  Christ  was  urged  to  approve  of  their  hierarchical 
plan  for  the  conquest  of  the  world.  But  to  Him  this  demand 
appeared  as  a  temptation  to  fall  down  before  Satan  and  wor- 
ship Him.  And  so  it  was  in  fact.  If  the  hierarchical  or  politi- 
cal conqueror  of  the  world  avails  himself  of  evil  means  for  his 
supposed  good  ends,  he  acts  in,  reality  as  a  vassal  of  the  prince 
of  darkness,  and  has  bowed  the  knee  to  him.  The  demand  for 
an  outward  bowing  of  the  knee  the  crafty  enemy  would  not  in- 
deed, in  the  presence  of  the  Lord,  have  been  very  ready  to  make. 
But  the  prospect  he  opened  had  an  infinite  power  of  sympathetic 
influence  on  the  heart  of  Jesus.  He  cast  a  glance  in  spirit 
over  His  inheritance — the  world.  Countless  hearts  were  bleed- 
ing, the  noblest  spirits  were  waiting  for  Him,  the  promise  of 
the  Father  guaranteed  Him  this  inheritance.  All  the  motives 
of  compassion,  love,  and  holy  zeal  seemed  to  oblige  Him  to 

^  Tradition  has  pointed  out  the  mountain  Quarantania,  situated  in  the 
wilderness,  near  Jericho,  as  the  mountain  of  the  temptation.  '  In  one  of  its 
many  ravines  Jesus  must  have  kept  His  fast  of  forty  days.'  Winer,  EWB 
ii.  810.  ['This  tradition,  as  well  as  the  name  Quarantania,  appear  not  to  be 
older  than  the  age  of  the  Crusades.'  Robinson  i.  568.  See,  however,  Elli- 
cott  (Hist.  Lee,  p.  109),  who  conjectures  'the  lonely  and  unexplored  chain 
of  desert  mountains,  of  which  Nebo  has  been  thought  to  form  a  part.'  This 
was  formerly  suggested  by  Michaelis. — Ed.] 


CHRIST  IN  THE  WILDERNESS.  65 

hasten  to  leave  no  means  untried,  but  at  any  cost  to  make 
Himself  forthwith  Master  of  the  world.  At  such  a  prospect 
all  His  feelings  for  the  world  must  have  been  aroused  and  in- 
flamed. But  the  maxims  on  which  He  was  to  proceed  in  im- 
mediately beginning  the  conquest  of  the  world,  were  such  as 
He  was  obliged  to  reject.  The  splendour  of  the  end  could  in 
no  wise  excuse  to  Him  the  detestable  means  of  falsehood  and 
unrighteousness.  He  could  not  wish  to  have  the  beautiful 
world  at  the  price  of  homage  to  Satan.  Eveiy  representation 
of  the  kingdom  of  God  in  the  world  founded  on  untruthful- 
ness, false  appearances,  hypocrisy,  and  force,  appeared  to  Him 
fraught  with  most  horrible  ruin  to  the  world,  a  most  destructive 
procedure.  His  wrath  against  the  tempter  now  flamed  high  ; 
and  with  the  words,  '  Get  thee  hence,  Satan,  for  it  is  written, 
Thou  shalt  not  tempt  the  Lord  thy  God,  and  Him  only  shalt 
thou  serve,'^  He  drove  him  from  His  presence. 

By  this  victory,  in  which  Christ  renounced  all  pretensions  to 
the  immediate  conquest  of  the  world.  He  has  gained  the  world  , 
in  God's  sight,  and  in  the  depths  of  His  spirit  and  of  His  fidelity  \| 
to  God  has  already  begun  to  take  possession  of  His  kingdom. 
Since  He  has  not  sought  the  government  of  the  world  by  base 
expedients.  He  has  been  invested  with  it  by  the  Father.  Luke 
observes,  'that  the  devil  departed  from  Him  for  a  season.' 
Though  Jesus  all  through  His  life  was  tempted  in  a  general 
manner,  yet  He  had  two  great  master-temptations  to  withstand  : 
first,  the  temptation  of  all  the  demon-inspired  pleasure  and 
fanaticism  in  the  world,  the  temptation  to  self-delusion  in 
egoistic  morbid  enthusiasm  and  in  intoxicated  arrogance ;  and 
next,  the  temptation  of  all  the  demoniac  dislike  and  dread  in  the 
world,  a  temptation  to  faint-heartedness  and  despair.  The 
second  did  not  immediately  make  its  appearance  when  the  first 
was  over.  But  after  a  certain  breathing-time,  Christ  had  to 
fight  with  Satan's  temptations  to  despair.  The  instruments  of 
this  second  temptation  were  men — the  representatives  of  the 
Jewish  world  of  spirit,  and  this  circumstance  reflects  light  on 
the  instruments  of  the  first  temptation. 

The  attitude  assumed  by   the  hierarchy  against  Jesus  as 
soon  as  He  appeared,  was  so  hostile,  that  we  can  scarcely  attri- 
1  Deut.  vi.  13. 
VOL.  II.  E 


6G  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

bute  it  solely  to  His  rejection  of  the  rabbinical  rules  about 
the  Sabbath.  It  leads  us  to  conjecture,  that  the  determined 
conflict  between  the  spirit  of  Christ  and  the  spirit  of  this 
hierarchy  had  already  begun  in  secret  when  Christ  publicly 
appeared. 

If  Christ  narrated  to  His  disciples  the  history  of  His  temp- 
tation at  the  beginning  of  His  intercourse  with  them,  we  may 
easily  conceive,  that  in  consideration  of  their  weakness.  He 
would  avoid  placing  the  heads  of  the  nation  as  the  instruments 
of  Satan  in  the  foreground  of  His  description.  Besides,  these 
personages  were  properly  the  mere  conveyers  of  a  temptation 
which  in  its  general  form  He  had  encountered  before  their  ap- 
pearance, and  which  seemed  to  Him,  moreover,  in  its  historical 
fulfilment,  as  an  act  of  the  element  of  ungodliness  in  the  world 
generally,  and  in  hell  itself.  Hence  the  symbolic  form  of  the 
narrative  may  be  explained. 

When  Jesus  had  gained  His  great  victory,  '  angels  came 
and  ministered  to  Him.'  These  words  express  primarily  a  spiri- 
tual and  abiding  fact.  By  this  victory  over  the  kingdom  of 
darkness,  Jesus  was  authenticated  as  the  Prince  of  humanity, 
and  humanity,  which  in  Him  had  now  withstood  the  severest 
temptations,  appeared  in  fresh  splendour.  As  a  consequence  of 
His  moral  elevation  and  the  authentication  He  had  received, 
Jesus  was  now  the  Prince  of  pure  spirits,  and  in  Him  humanity 
was  represented  as  a  kingdom  of  spirits  exalted  over  the  world 
of  angels.  This,  Jesus  experienced  in  His  own  mind :  heavenly 
sounds  of  congratulation  greeted  Him  after  the  severe  conflict. 
He  received  impressions  from  the  world  of  spirits,  and  the 
homage  of  angels,  when,  by  His  victory  over  all  sympathy  with 
evil  desires  in  the  world.  He  had  restored  the  full  reciprocation 
with  the  joy  of  the  pure  spirit-world.  And  especially  in  this 
hour  of  joyous  victory  was  He  able  to  come  into  the  most  inti- 
mate spiritual  intercourse  with  angels.  But  His  victory  over 
spirits  became  historically  manifest  by  the  entrance  into  His 
service  of  John  and  Peter,  the  noblest  angels  of  the  New  Testa- 
ment age. 

NOTES. 

1.  The  various  explanations  of  the  history  of  the  temptation 
are  of  very  different  values.     They  prove  the  difficulty  of  the 


CHRIST  IN  THE  WILDERNESS.  67 

subject  by  their  manifold  contrariety ;  but  most  of  them  contain 
some  elements  of  truth,  which  in  a  living  historic  view  of  the 
transaction  appear  combined  in  a  higher  unity.  The  temptation 
especially  appears  in  the  grandest  manner  as  an  operation  of 
Satan,  provided  Satan  does  not  appear  bodily  according  to  the 
popular  representations,  but  his  operation  is  conceived  as  the 
result  of  the  sympathetic  co-operation  of  the  designs  of  the  un- 
godly spirit  of  the  world  with  the  designs  of  the  kingdom  of 
darkness.  We  cannot  admit  that  Satan  could  have  captivated 
the  eye  of  Jesus  by  the  immediate  influence  of  delusive  ap- 
pearances. Meanwhile  we  musi;  not  fail  to  observe,  that  the 
great  idealist  illusions  of  the  spirit  of  the  world  may  be  con- 
sidered as  juggleries  of  darkness,  the  power  of  which  Christ 
must  have  experienced  mediately,  since  they  have  mingled  with 
the  noblest  aspirations  and  forebodings  of  mankind.  Hitherto, 
when  the  temptation  has  been  explained  as  an  internal  occur- 
rence, the  objection  has  arisen,  that  the  essence  of  the  tempta- 
tion was  thus  treated  as  consisting  in  a  free  exercise  of  the 
imagination  of  Christ  on  the  possibilities  of  sin.  But  this  ob- 
jection is  disposed  of,  when  the  internal  temptation  is  recognised 
as  an  attack  of  the  sympathetic  action  of  the  spirit  of  His  nation 
and  of  the  world  on  His  soul,  to  which  it  was  necessary  for  Him 
to  give  a  decisive  repulse.  The  hypothesis  that  Christ  was 
tempted  by  a  single  deputy  of  the  Sanhedrim,  a  Pharisee,  has 
been  in  later  times  most  generally  rejected ;  it  had  been  brought 
into  discredit,  owing  to  its  rationalistic  origin,  and  the  un- 
interesting manner  in  which  it  was  propounded  and  advocated. 
This  does  not  prevent  us  from  accepting  what  is  true  in  it,  for  ex- 
plaining the  history  of  the  temptation.  That  Christ  could  regard 
men  as  satanic  tempters  has  been  shown.  The  principal  thing 
here  (besides  the  ethical  postulate,  that  every  victory  over  temp- 
tation is  complete  only  when  it  becomes  a  historical  fact)  is  the 
chronological  hint,  that  the  return  of  the  deputation  to  the 
Baptist  from  the  Jordan  to  Jerusalem  must  have  coincided 
with  the  return  of  Christ  from  the  wilderness  to  the  Jordan  ; 
further,  the  theocratic  requirement  that  John  owed  to  all  his 
hearers,  and  must  have  given  them,  the  clearest  information 
respecting  the  Messiah  ;  lastly,  the  historical  circumstance,  that 
the  conflict  between  Christ  and  the  hierarchy  at  Jerusalem 
came  on  so  early  in  such  a  decisive  manner.     That  exposition 


68  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

which  would  treat  the  narrative  as  a  parable  ^  has  been  disposed 
I  of  by  the  remark,  that  in  the  construction  of  a  parable  histori- 
\  cal  persons  are  not  made  use  of,  and  least  of  all  does  the  maker 
of  the  parable  introduce  himself  in  the  parable.  Now  we  have 
seen,  that  the  temptation,  with  all  its  simply  defined  historical 
precision,  has  an  universal  world-historical  significance,  and 
hence  it  is  easily  explained  how  it  necessarily  assumed  in  the 
representation  a  parabolic  hue,  as  soon  as  the  Lord,  for  good 
reasons,  caused  the  historical  elements  of  the  temptation 
to  retire  behind  the  symbolic  features  which  expressed  their 
general  meaning.  (On  this  symbolism,  see  Hase,  Lehen  Jesii, 
pp.  102,  103).  That  explanation  which  would  turn  the  whole 
transaction  into  a  dream  (Meyer,  Stud,  und  Krit.  1831,  Part  2), 
or  into  a  vision  (Paulus,  das  Lehen  Jem  i.  142),  we  must  regard 
as  peculiarly  unfortunate.  A  dream  is  not  within  the  province 
of  moral  responsibility;  and  world-historical  battles  and  spiritual 
conflicts  are  not  fought  out  in  the  placid  repose  of  a  dream  (see 
Ullmann).  The  state  of  ecstasy,  too,  must  be  regarded  as  the 
opposite  pole  to  the  state  of  moral  wrestling  in  God's  champions, 
though  it  comes  under  the  same  category  of  true  spiritual  life. 
But  in  the  life  of  Christ  the  idea  of  ecstasy  is  altogether  excluded, 
since  in  Him  the  great  antagonism  between  the  inmost  life  in 
the  spirit  and  common  existence  which  rendered  possible  the 
ecstasy  of  the  prophets,  is  lost  in  the.  harmony  of  perfected  life. 
The  most  meagre  view  of  all  is  indisputably  that  which  regards 
the  transaction  as  made  up  from  a  number  of  Old  Testament 
fragments,  as,  for  example,  Elijah's  forty  days'  fast,  etc.  (Strauss, 
Lehen  Jesu,  p.  446).  At  all  events,  we  do  too  much  honour  to 
such  an  exposition,  which  treats  New  Testament  facts  as  a  piece 
of  mosaic  made  up  of  fragments  from  the  Old  Testament,  as  a 
composition  of  the  merest  outward  similarities,  to  which  also  Jewish 
tradition  must  contribute,  if  we  designate  it  a  mythical  exposition. 
Mythical  exposition  must  throughout  first  point  to  tlie  Christian 
idea — and  then  show  that  from  an  aversion  to  the  incarnation  and 
to  fact,  this  idea  has  turned  into  the  bypath  of  its  spiritualistic 
embodiment  in  the  myth.  These  collectanea  of  Old  Testament 
analogies  to  New  Testament  facts  have,  however,  served  to  draw 
attention  to  the  rhythmical  relations  in  the  theocratic  history." 

'  Schleiermacher  on  Luke,  p.  /i4,  etc. 
^    [A  valuable  criticism  of  the  various  theories  of  tlie  temptation  will  be 


CHRIST  IN  THE  WILDERNESS.  69 

2.  When  the  first  temptation  is  designated  a  temptation  to 
'  the  sin  of  Genius,'  to  convert  the  objects  of  sense  into  nourish- 
ment for  the  spirit  (Weisse,  Die  evangel.  Geschichte  ii.  22),  we 
may  notice  the  change  in  the  modern  spirit  of  the  age,  which 
for  some  time  was  for  regarding  all  the  pleasures  of  sense  with 
fanatical  untruthfulness  as  nourishment  for  the  spirit,  devotion 
and  worship,  but  which  now  has  passed  into  a  decided  dualism, 
which  goes  to  the  length  of  regarding  as  sin  the  ennobling  of 
the  pleasures  of  sense  into  nourishment  for  the  spirit. 

3.  The  chronological  difficulties  which  would  make  the 
history  of  the  temptation  uncertain,  can  be  regarded  only  as 
assumed,  if  it  is  observed,  how  plainly  John  the  Baptist  (accord- 
ing to  John  i.  28,  29),  at  the  time  when  the  deputation  from 
Jerusalem  left  him,  represents  the  divine  attestation  to  Jesus  at 
His  baptism  as  a  fact  that  had  previously  transpired.  The  day 
after  the  departure  of  the  deputation,  Jesus  comes  to  him,  and 
John  exclaims  :  '  Behold  the  Lamb  of  God,'  etc.  This  excla- 
mation is  a  proof  that  Jesus  had  been  pointed  out  as  the 
Messiah  by  that  extraordinary  event.  But  even  when  the  depu- 
tation came  to  John,  the  manifestation  of  Christ  must  have 
taken  place ;  otherwise  he  could  not  have  said  of  the  Messiah 
that  '  He  stood  among  them,'  an  expression  which  presupposes 
the  manifestation  of  the  Messiah  for  Israel.  Now,  since  the 
forty  days'  sojourn  of  Jesus  in  the  wilderness  followed  His 
baptism,  and  this  sojourn  was  closed  just  after  the  return  of  the 
deputation,  the  baptism  must  have  taken  place  about  forty  days 
before  their  arrival  at  the  Jordan.  Negative  criticism,  in  deal- 
ing with  this  chronological  difficulty,  is  just  like  a  man's  standing 

found  in  Meyer  in  loc.  ;  by  whom  and  by  EUicott  (p.  110)  the  literature 
of  the  subject  is  given.  The  condemnations  in  the  latter  are  too  indiscrimi- 
nate. Did  he  forget  that  what  he  calls  '  the  monstrous  opinion  that  the 
tempter  was  human '  was  adopted  by  Bengel  ?  ('  Videtur  tentator  sub 
schemate  scribse  apparuisse').  However,  it  is  to  be  borne  in  mind,  that  in 
the  other  instances  where  Satan  used  human  agency  we  are  made  distinctly 
aware  of  this  by  the  narrative,  whereas  in  the  case  before  us  no  such  inti- 
mation is  given,  and  certainly  a  different  impression  conveyed.  It  is  there- 
fore mere  hypothesis  that  Satan  here  acted  through  hierarchical  or  other 
human  persons  ;  and  some  may  be  disposed  to  reject  the  hypothesis  on  the 
score  of  its  needlessness.  Besides  that  the  supposition  of  intervening  per- 
sons must  be  suspected  of  proceeding  from  and  tending  towards  a  disbelief 
of  the  power  of  Satan  to  act  on  the  soul  of  man  immediately,  as  spirit  on 
spirit.     From  this  suspicion  the  author  clears  himself  above. — Ed.} 


70  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

close  under  a  bridge,  and  complaining  that  he  finds  no  passage 
over,  all  the  while  running  down  the  river,  and  never  thinking 
of  turning  upwards.  '  The  Evangelist  does  not  make  the 
Baptist  speak  as  if  six  weeks  had  intervened  between  the  bap- 
tism of  Jesus  and  the  narrative  lie  now  gives.'  Thus  Strauss, 
Leben  Jesu  i.  428.  This  perfectly  arbitrary  assertion  has,  not 
without  reason,  met  with  ironical  treatment  from  Ebrard. 


SECTION  VIII. 

THE  PLAN  or  JESUS. 


It  was  the  blessed  result  of  the  temptation  which  Jesus 
passed  through  in  the  wilderness,  that  the  whole  course,  as  it 
was  to  be  developed  in  perfect  fidelity  to  God,  was  shaped 
clearly  before  His  eyes,  and  settled  in  the  choice  of  His  heart. 
When  he  wrestled  with  the  tempter,  who  wished  to  take  from 
Him  the  attested  evidence  of  His  divine  mission,  the  whole 
evidence  unrolled  itself,  and  He  grasped  it  as  a  clear  plan  of 
His  career.  The  first  man  passed  beyond  his  former  condition 
of  life  by  transgression  ;  the  second,  by  the  preservation  of  His 
righteousness.  When  He  rejected  the  satanic  plan  in  all  its 
parts,  he  gained  the  most  definite  and  perspicuous  counterpart 
of  it,  the  plan  of  His  future,  of  His  earthly  sojourn. 

May  we  be  allowed  to  describe  this  ideal  conception  of  His 
career,  which  Christ  gained  by  the  temptation,  as  His  own  plan  ? 
The  term  is  at  all  events  easily  misunderstood,  and  at  the  best  is 
feeble  in  relation  to  the  great  thought  which  in  this  case  it  must 
bear ;  and  yet  it  is  not  easy  to  find  a  substitute  for  it.  Christ 
gained  in  the  wilderness  a  distinct  survey  of  His  real  course 
through  life.  But  the  most  powerful,  freest  self-determination 
was  connected  with  this  survey,  which  might,  therefore,  be  re- 
garded as  His  choice.  Pie  had  chosen  His  life's  course  when  He 
returned  from  the  wilderness.  But  this  choice  was  not  merely 
dynamic,  but  a  deliberate  arrangement  of  various  parts — an 
internal  programme — the  ideal  delineation  of  His  pilgrimage. 
If  we  seek  for  the  most  suitable  word  to  designate  this  ideal 


THE  PLAN  OF  JESUS.  71 

draught  of  the  career  of  Jesus,  we  shall  be  led  back  to  the  word 

Not  only  does  reflection  form  plans,  but  enthusiasm.  Plan, 
indeed,  often  stands  in  contrast  to  the  simple,  noble  frankness  of 
disposition  as  a  product  of  calculating  design.  But  the  discipline 
of  the  Spirit  which  refines  the  enthusiasm  that  pours  itself  forth 
irregularly,  and  which  leads  to  clearness  of  perception  respect- 
ing its  functions,  also  compels  to  the  formation  of  a  plan.  Not 
only  civil  concerns,  diplomatic  negotiations,  and  political  in- 
trigues rest  upon  definite  plans,  but  still  more  the  glorious  works 
of  art.  A  perfect  work  of  art  is,  in  its  essential  characteristics, 
prepared  before  its  actual  execution.  Now  it  would  be  decidedly 
at  variance  with  Christ's  life,  if  we  were  to  admit  that  He 
had  reached  this  ideal  formation  of  His  life  in  His  inner  man, 
but  proceeded  to  His  work  with  a  blind  enthusiasm.  The  New 
Testament  age  begins  from  the  first  in  a  decided  consciousness, 
which  is  in  unison  with  the  highest  rapture  of  inspiration.  This 
is  the  specific  nature  of  Christianity,  that,  on  the  one  hand,  its 
enthusiasm  is  not  pathological  or  pythical,  and  that,  on  the 
other,  its  clearness  of  spirit  and  consciousness  is  not  reflection  or 
enlightening  of  the  finite  by  the  finite.  Therefore  provision  was 
made  that  Christ  might  enter  on  His  career  with  perfected  con- 
sciousness and  developed  distinctness. 

We  have  already  seen  that  Christ's  plan  could  not  be  that  of 
a  political  Messiah.  Christ  would  have  contradicted  His  own 
nature  and  calling,  if  He  had  wished  to  erect  the  political  trans- 
formation of  the  world  on  the  rotten  basis  of  the  corruption, 
religious  and  moral,  of  the  ancient  world.  Even  John  the 
Baptist  was  far  above  such  modern,  demagogical  ideas,  to  say 
nothing  of  Christ.  But  if  Christ  had  first  of  all  proceeded  in 
such  a  false  direction,  and  had  been  punished  in  it  by  failure, 
and  thus  thrown  into  the  purely  spiritual  direction,  after  such  a 

^  Two  of  the  most  distinguished  theologians  of  our  time  hold  opposite 
opinions  in  reference  to  the  use  of  this  word  in  the  representation  of  the  life 
of  Jesus.  Ullmann  expresses  himself  against  the  word  (On  the  Suilessnes.'^  oj 
Jesus,  p.  92).  Neander  is  in  favour  of  it  (Life  of  Jesus  Christ,  p.  80  [Bohn's 
ed.]).  But  Neander  does  not  dispute  Ullmann's  view  as  to  its  meaning.  He 
only  claims  for  the  word  plan  a  higher  sense  in  this  connection.  ['  The 
"  plan  "  of  our  Saviour's  ministry  is  a  topic  which  most  of  the  modern  lives 
of  our  Lord  discuss  with  a  very  unbecoming  freedom.' — EUicott,  p.  99. — 
Ed.] 


72  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

check  He  could  not  possibly  have  accomplished  the  pure  ideal 
work  of  the  world's  redemption.  We  may  without  any  hesi- 
tation affirm  that  this  would  have  been  a  fatal  blow  to  the  doc- 
trine, precluding,  that  is,  its  application  to  moral  relations.  For 
a  false  swing  of  the  pendulum,  when  it  is  over,  is  always  followed 
by  a  counter  vibration  which  is  sure  to  produce  a  one-sidedness, 
even  if  it  does  not  rebound  again  into  the  false.  But  a  one- 
sidedness,  such  as  might  prove  an  ornament  to  the  life  of  an 
Augustin,  would  form  a  remediless  defect  in  the  life  of  Jesus.^ 
And  such  a  one-sidedness  there  would  have  been,  if  Christ  had 
wished  to  confine  His  mission  and  agency  for  all  ages  to  the 
spiritual.  The  institution  of  the  holy  sacrament  clearly  proves 
that  Christ  intended  to  take  possession  of  the  whole  phenomenal 
world.  The  sacraments  represent  this  taking  possession  in 
symbolically  significant  beginnings.  They  form  the  germ  of 
the  world's  transformation ;  and  since  they  constitute  what  be- 
longs to  the  essence  of  the  Church,  we  may  regard  the  Church 
as  the  seed-corn  of  Christ's  commonwealth. 

It  was  therefore  Christ's  leading  thought  in  the  predeter- 
mination of  His  career,  that  He  wished  to  lay  the  foundation  of 
a  new  world  deep  in  the  spiritual  life  of  humanity,  by  spiritual 
operations.  Since  He  had  descended  into  the  depths  of  the 
world's  corruption  which  confronted  Him  in  the  temptation, 
even  to  the  point  where  He  could  seize  and  destroy  it  in  its 
foundations.  He  saw  clearly  that  in  all-subduing  love,  in  the 
firmest  confidence,  in,  perfect  humility,  and  with  the  greatest 
boldness  of  spirit.  He  must  go  down  even  to  hell ;  that  He  could 
find  the  world's  deliverance  only  in  the  most  awful  world's  judg- 
ment, and  even  in  the  deepest  death  of  His  own  life.  Thus  was 
He  obliged  to  lay  the  foundation  of  His  work  deep  in  the 
foundations,  or  rather  in  the  abysses,  of  the  spiritual  world.  The 
more  He  thus  measured  the  spiritual  depths  of  His  work,  the 
fainter  must  have  been  the  prospect  of  bringing  it  into  mani- 
festation in  the  days  of  His  earthly  pilgrimage ;  but  the  more 
clearly  must  He  have  seen  before  Him  the  whole  world-histori- 
cal descent  into  liell,  which  Pie,  and  with  Him  the  Church,  had 
to  experience  in  the  world,  and  the  more  must  the  future  un- 
folding of  His  economy  in  the  world  have  appeared  as  the  bright 

^  See  Ullmann  on  the  Sinlessness  of  Jesus.  This  theologian  has  success- 
fully combated  the  view  mentioned  above. 


THE  PLAN  OF  JESUS.  73 

image  of  an  unchangeable  gloiy,  as  an  infinitely  splendid  ascen- 
sion to  heaven.  But  especially  it  appeared  to  the  Lord  abso- 
lutely necessary  to  veil  the  consciousness  of  His  divine  dignity 
and  Messiahship  as  a  great  mystery  from  the  profane  mind  of  His 
nation.  The  Jews  could  not  hear  of  the  Messiah  without  being 
intoxicated  with  political  fanaticism  on  His  account,  or  with 
hierai'chical  fanaticism,  incurring  guilt  towards  Him  even  to 
death.  And  yet  it  was  absolutely  needful  that  men  should  learn 
to  know  Him  as  the  Messiah  in  order  to  find  salvation  in  Him. 
Hence  it  was  Christ's  first  business  to  veil  or  unveil  the  mysterv 
of  Plis  inner  life  with  the  clearest  foresight  of  redeeming  love, 
according  to  the  measure  of  the  spiritual  necessities  of  the  world. 
Thus  in  the  wilderness  He  carefully  veiled  Himself  before  the 
tempter,  in  the  garb  of  a  plain  man,  a  pious  Jew.  He  expressed 
the  glory  of  Plis  inner  life  in  Scripture  passages,  in,  if  we  may 
so  say,  catechetical  words.  And  when  the  Jews  wished  to  make 
Him  a  king,  when  the  demon  of  political  enthusiasm  began  to 
work.  He  withdrew  from  the  excited  multitude  and  retired  apart 
to  pray.  When  the  demoniacs  proclaimed  the  fact  of  His 
Messiahship,  which  they  had  perhaps  become  cognisant  of  by  a 
morbid  relation  of  the  soul  to  His  consciousness.  He  rebuked 
them.  He  trusted  Himself  to  no  one,  for  He  well  knew  what 
was  in  man  (John  ii.  24).  It  is  an  evidence  of  the  heavenly 
fervour  which  His  heart  maintained  under  all  this  caution,  that 
(He  at  once  made  known  His  dignity  to  the  Samaritan  woman ; 
that  almost  immediately  He  told  this  poor  sin-laden  female 
that  He  was  the  Messiah  (John  iv.  2G).  To  her  He  ventured 
to  reveal  His  Messianic  dignity,  for  in  Samaria  there  was  not 
the  danger  connected  with  this  revelation,  which  in  Judea  made 
such  a  revelation  impossible.)  And  herein  the  power  of  His 
self-determination  is  manifest,  which  enabled  Him  to  control  the 
ardour  of  His  soul,  that  He  guarded  His  inner  man  with  so  per- 
fect a  mastery  in  humility  from  the  profanation  of  the  Jews. 
How  long  did  Christ  wait  before  He  raised  the  conviction  of  the 
disciples  themselves  to  full  certainty  that  He  was  the  Messiah  ! 
But  it  is  a  fact  of  appalling  solemnity,  that  He  did  not  impart 
the  secret  of  His  Messianic  glory  to  the  head  of  the  nation,  the 
high  priest,  till  it  had  been  demanded  of  him  as  a  judicial  con- 
fession, and  the  non-recognition  of  His  real  dignity  had  so  far 
prevailed,  that   this  confession  was  the  occasion  of  His  death 


74  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

(Matt.  xxvi.  64).  Not  till  then  was  His  secret  fully  secured 
from  the  boundless  chiliastic  worldliness  which  confronted  Him, 
when  He  divulged  it  in  the  most  solemn  manner  before  the 
Sanhedrim  of  His  nation,  and  not  till  then  was  completed  the 
veiling  of  Christ's  life  from  all  the  profane  spirits  and  thoughts 
in  the  world.  With  the  crown  of  thorns  and  the  reed  sceptre, 
He  came  into  the  midst  of  the  world's  history  in  a  form  in  which 
He  could  be  manifest  only  by  His  Spirit  to  the  best,  the  elect  of 
men.  And  still  the  cloud  of  Christ's  world-historical  ignominy 
ever  veils  the  holy  of  holies  of  His  nature  from  the  eyes  of 
those  who  would  turn  spiritual  glory  into  carnal.  But  though 
Christ,  at  the  beginning  of  His  public  life,  was  firmly  re- 
solved to  vise  the  name  of  Messiah  only  with  the  greatest  caution, 
since  the  Jews  would  have  cherished  a  radically  false  notion  of 
Him,  as  soon  as  they  received  Him  under  this  name ;  yet,  in 
His  divine  truthfulness,  He  could  not  help  designating  His 
unique  nature  by  a  corresponding  expression.  For  this  purpose 
He  found  the  phrase  the  Son  of  Man,  which  is  employed  in  the 
prophecies  of  Daniel  (vii.  13).  Jewish  expectation  had  not  laid 
hold  of  this  expression,  as  of  the  other  Old  Testament  designa- 
tions of  the  Messiah,^  and  yet  it  was  as  characteristic  as  any 
other.  It  gave  prominence  to  exactly  that  side  in  the  nature  of 
Christ  which  was  to  form  the  special  redeeming  counterpoise  to 
the  illusions  of  the  Jews  and  of  the  world.  The  Jews  expected 
in  their  Messiah,  the  Son  of  God.  This  Son  of  God  was,  in- 
deed, to  be  also  a  man,  but  not  in  the  free  universality  of  the 
human,  but  in  the  sense  of  pharisaic  Judaism,  and  in  the  sense 
of  a  super-human  royal  dignity — a  demon-like  Jew  of  extraordi- 
nary power.  To  this  morbid  expectation,  Christ  opposed  His 
humanity  and  humaneness  when  He  called  Himself  the  Son  oj 
man.  He  wished  above  all  things  to  be  known  as  a  true  man — 
as  a  poor  pilgrim  (Matt.  viii.  20) — as  a  man  of  the  meanest  ap- 
pearance who  might  easily  be  misjudged  (Matt.  xii.  32) — as  a 
child  of  man  who,  like  every  other,  was  subject  to  the  eternal 
decrees  of  God  (Matt.  xxvi.  24) ;  yea,  as  one  who  was  looked 
down  upon  contemptuously  by  mankind,  despised  and  rejected  ; 
who  was  to  be  the  most  marked  man  on  the  scale  of  human 

'  Neander  rightly  directs  attention  to  the  fact,  that  this  want  of  fami- 
liarity with  the  meaning  of  the  name  'the  Son  of  man,'  among  the  Jews, 
may  be  inferred  from  John  xii.  34. 


THE  PLAN  OF  JESUS.  75 

misery  (Mark  viii.  31).  Already  as  such  a  human  being,  be- 
longing to  the  human  race,  in  the  reality  of  His  life  and  suffer- 
ings the  Lord  contradicted  the  fantastic,  orientally  exaggerated 
image  of  a  king,  by  which  the  Jew  celebrated  his  ^Messiah  as 
super-humanly  prosperous.  But  also  in  the  sense  of  humaneness, 
of  free  philanthropy,  Christ  wished  to  represent  mankind.  In 
the  forbearance  with  which  He  treated  His  infatuated  adver- 
saries (Luke  ix.  56)  ;  in  the  universality  with  which  He  devoted 
His  saving  love  to  all  the  lost  (Luke  xix.  10) ;  in  the  power, 
lastly,  with  which  He  exercised  His  humaneness  in  the  heroic 
service  of  philanthropy  in  His  redeeming  death  (Matt.  xx.  28), — 
He  presented  the  bright  image  of  divine  humanity  as  the  soul 
of  the  life,  in  opposition  to  the  Jewish  pride  of  ancestry  which 
would  have  subjected  the  human  race  to  Judaism,  divesting  it 
as  far  as  might  be  of  its  proper  humanity.  But  this  expressive 
demonstration  of  His  being  man  leads  to  the  conviction,  that 
Jesus  in  a  peculiar  sense  felt  as  man.  He  was  not  a  singular 
particular  man,  but  the  Man  simply  as  the  Prince  of  men.  But 
He  was  not  only  the  ]\Iax  simply,  but  the  Son  of  man,  since 
He  was  descended  from  humanity  through  the  Virgin.  Hu- 
manity had  been  pregnant  with  Him  in  its  wrestling  after  the 
righteousness  of  God,  in  its  aspirations  it  had  brought  Him 
forth  under  the  operation  of  the  Spirit.  In  the  power  of  this 
descent  He  represented  the  second,  higher  generation  of  human- 
ity ;  He  is  the  second  man,  the  man  of  the  Spirit  who  is  from 
heaven — the  wondrous  flower  which  appears  as  a  bright  flame 
of  heaven  on  the  top  of  the  old,  dark,  decaying  genealogical  tree 
of  earthly  humanity  (John  iii.  13).^  Christ  therefore  expressed 
the  perfected  spirituality  of  His  natural  human  life  when  He 
came  forward  with  this  name.  With  this  He  demands  of  the 
hierarchy  in  Israel,  of  His  own  nation,  and  of  the  whole  world, 
perfect  regeneration  by  His  Spirit  (John  iii.  3).  But  although 
Christ  adopted  the  title.  Son  of  man,  in  order  to  express  and 
carry  out  the  contrariety  between  His  life  and  the  Messianic  ex- 
'  See  my  work,  Uebei-  dtn  r/eschichtlichen  Character,  etc.,  p.  68.  AYeisse, 
(He  evang.  Gesddchte.  Weisse  is  mistaken  in  regarding  the  view  here  given 
as  a  novel  explanation,  as  any  one  may  be  convinced  by  the  preceding 
quotation.  The  author  of  the  first  work  had  already  obtained  this  view 
from  another.  Weisse's  assertion,  that  this  name  is  placed  in  the  Gospel  his- 
tory in  opposition  as  good  as  expressed  to  the  name  of  the  Messiah,  is  cer- 
tainly novel. 


76  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

pectation  of  the  Jews,  aud  all  the  chiliastic  worship  in  the  world 
of  noble  birth  and  genius,  yet  He  did  not  thereby  wish  to  con- 
tradict in  the  least  the  true,  prophetic  Messianic  expectation  in 
Israel.  He  was  perfectly  aware  that  He  was  announced  as  the 
Son  of  man  by  the  prophets,  and  also  that  this  name  denoted 
the  Messiah.  The  words  He  uttered  in  the  Sanhedrim — '  Here- 
after ye  shall  see  the  Son  of  man  sitting  on  the  right  hand  of 
power,  and  coming  in  the  clouds  of  heaven'  (Matt.  xxvi.  64) — 
very  distinctly  allude  to  the  designation  of  the  Messiah  in  the 
prophecies  of  Daniel.  Jesus  had  therefore  consciously  selected 
from  among  the  titles  of  the  Messiah,  exactly  that  which  marked 
Him  as  the  future  Judge  of  the  world.  But  He  chose  it  on  this 
account,  because,  among  the  various  designations  of  the  theo- 
cratic Prince,  it  was  the  title  that  seemed  suited  to  preserve  or 
divulge  His  incognito  among  His  nation,  in  proportion  as  it 
might  be  needful.  But  at  that  juncture,  when  the  hierarchy 
were  on  the  point  of  condemning  the  Messiah,  He  found  it 
necessary  to  bring  forward  very  distinctly  the  Old  Testament 
use  of  this  name  in  reference  to  the  Messiah,  and  by  which  He 
was  accustomed  to  appear  in  their  midst,  in  order  that  they  might 
not  be  able  to  accuse  Him  of  having  led  them  into  a  mistake 
respecting  His  nature  by  using  a  non-theocratic  name.  He  did 
this  in  a  declaration  respecting  the  Son  of  man,  which  made  it 
clear  that  He  was  the  same  wonderful  Son  of  man  of  whom 
Daniel  had  prophesied.  In  the  same  degree,  therefore,  as  this 
name  served  for  the  qoncealment  of  His  nature,  it  also  served  for 
unveiling  it  to  all  susceptible  spirits.  It  has,  in  the  course  of 
the  world's  history,  taken  under  its  protection  the  doctrine  of 
the  incarnation  of  God  against  all  idealist  or  gnostic  attempts 
to  explain  away  the  personality  of  Christ ; — the  doctrine  of  the 
divine  destiny  of  humanity,  against  all  monkish  or  materialistic 
contempt  of  human  life ; — and  lastly,  the  doctrine  of  the  uni- 
versal call  of  humanity  to  salvation,  against  the  perversions  of  the 
doctrine  of  election  ; — with  strong  and  powerful  efficiency.  In 
truth,  this  title  of  Christ  encloses  a  richness  of  meaning  which 
is  continually  unfolding  itself  with  increasing  glory,  and  can 
fully  manifest  its  hidden  splendour  only  when  the  Son  of  man 
shall  summon  the  world  before  Him  in  His  judicial  glory.^ 
(John  V.  27  ;  Matt.  xxv.  31.) 

'   [For  the  title  itself  as  found  in  Daniel,  see  llengstenberg's  Christology 


THE  PLAN  OF  JESUS.  77 

Wlien  therefore  the  Lord  was  certain  that  lie  must  veil 
the  consciousness  of  His  Messianic  glory  before  the  world,  and 
could  only  unfold  it  with  the  greatest  caution, — that  the  gradual 
disclosure  of  this  dignity  is  the  judgment  of  the  world,  and  that 
its  completed  revelation  will  coincide  with  the  final  judgment, 
it  was  at  the  same  time  decided  in  His  soul  that  He  must  abide 
under  the  law  in  Israel  until  the  time  of  His  personal  glorifi- 
cation. He  was,  therefore,  consciously  'made  under  the  law' 
(Gal  iv.  4).  He  was  obedient  to  human  ordinances,  as  ordi- 
nances of  God,  even  unto  death,  the  death  of  the  cross  (Phil, 
ii.  8),  in  order  to  communicate  His  divine-human  life  to  the  life 
of  the  world,  to  implant  it  in  the  world.  In  the  apostle's  words 
just  quoted  the  progressive  stages  of  this  obedience  to  the  lowest 
depths  are  indicated.  In  the  human  jurisdiction  to  which  the 
Lord  was  subjected,  there  appears  a  definite  succession  of  stages 
in  the  historic  exhibition  of  eternal  ideal  right  in  which  He 
moved,  as  a  peculiar  life-element,  one  with  His  own  life.  The 
first  form  of  historic  right  appears  in  the  monotheistic  original 
laws  of  the  patriarchs  (John  vii.  22).  To  these  laws  He  was 
already  bound  by  circumcision.  Its  second  form  appears  in  the 
theocratic  national  law  of  Israel  given  by  Moses.  This  law  also 
He  acknowledged  in  His  life  and  conduct  (John  vii.  23),  and 
intimated  to  the  Jews  that  He  was  placed  under  it  (Mark  x. 
19).  Further,  the  historic  right  took  a  third  form  in  the  teach- 
ings of  the  prophets.  These  also  were  held  sacred  by  the  Lord, 
as  He  plainly  showed  by  submitting  to  John's  baptism,  which 
He  did  in  order  to  fulfil  all  righteousness.  These  three  histori- 
cal forms  of  eternal  right  appeared  to  Him  as  the  pure  linea- 
ments of  ideal  life — as  the  several  outlines  of  revelation,  which 
in  His  life  attained  their  living  realization  ;  and  so  far  He  dis- 
tinguishes them,  taken  together  as  holy  writ,  or  as  the  law  and 
the  prophets,  very  distinctly  from  the  later  historical  stage  of 
order  and  right, — that  is,  from  the  maxims  of  the  scribes,  the 
decisions  of  the  hierarchical  government,  and  the  administra- 
tion of  political  power.  The  three  former  stages  of  right  em- 
brace the  theocratical  forms  of  historical  right ;  the  three  latter, 
its  hierarchical  and  political  forms.  But  although  in  tliese  latter 
forms  of  right  He  perceived  great  and  serious  misrepresentations 

iii.  83  (Clark's  Tr.)  ;  and  for  the  reasons  of  our  Lord's  adoption  of  it,  see 
Dorner  on  the  Person  of  Christ  i.  54  (Tr.). — Ed.], 


78  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

of  eternal  right,  and  even  flagrant  contradictions,  yet  He  valued 
them  as  regulations  of  life,  to  which  He  at  all  times  rendered 
obedience  in  their  limited  sphere.  We  can  therefore  regard 
these  forms  as  the  second  half  of  the  stages  of  historical  right. 
The  ordinances  of  the  elders  form,  then,  the  fourth  historical 
unfolding  of  right:  He  also  declares  their  national  authority 
in  express  terms  (Matt,  xxiii.  2,  3,  23).  The  ecclesiastical 
government  in  Israel  forms  the  fifth  region  of  historical  valid 
right.  To  this  jurisdiction  also  He  submitted  with  free  recog- 
nition as  an  Israelite  (Matt.  v.  22),^  even  to  death  (Matt.  xxvi. 
64).  Lastly,  the  sixth  form  of  historical  right  is  seen  in  the 
political  authorities  that  confronted  the  Lord  as  an  abstract, 
.purely  civil  power.  This  power  also  He  acknowledged  in  its 
sphere,  as  a  power  ordained  by  God  (Matt.  xxii.  21)  over  the 
property  and  lives  of  those  under  it.  He  became  obedient  to 
this  political  right,  even  to  the  death  of  the  cross,  on  the  ac- 
cursed tree  which  the  Romans  had  planted  in  the  land.  Thus, 
from  the  stage  of  ideal  right,  which  He  specified  as  '  from  the 
beginning'  (Matt.  xix.  8),  from  the  first  stage  of  which  the 
right  j^roceeds  through  all  the  stages,  and  which  forms  with 
them  a  cycle  of  seven  stages  of  right,  He  descended  to  the 
lowest  stage,  and  endured  the  extremest  or  most  horrible  destiny 
of  the  lowest  stage — the  cross,  with  entire  resignation  to  the 
will  of  the  Father.  This  obedience  exhibits  the  historical  con- 
summation of  the  Incarnation,  we  might  say,  the  historically 
satisfied  consummation.  But  such  an  obedience  Christ  could 
not  have  rendered,  if  it  had  not  been  from  the  first  His  decided 
resolution.  But  the  sharpness  and  decisiveness  of  His  historical 
fidelity  appear  in  all  these  spheres  of  right  in  the  most  luminous 
indications.  He  withdrew  Himself  from  the  people  who  would 
have  made  Him  a  king  ;  for  He  felt  Himself  to  be  a  subject — 
His  kingdom  was  not  of  this  world :  this  was  His  political 
obedience.  On  the  demand  of  the  Sanhedrim,  He  made  the 
declaration  on  oath  that  He  was  the  Messiah :  thus  He  acted  as 

^  The  words  '  Whosoever  shall  say  to  his  brother^  Baca,  shall  he  in  danger 
of  the  council,^  are  probably  not  merely  figurative.  They  rather  express  the 
sharpest  historical  right.  Whosoever  marks  his  brother  as  a  heretic,  en- 
croaches on  the  province  of  the  Sanhedrim,  who  have  to  decide  legally  on 
points  of  doctrine  ;  he  must  therefore  submit  himself,  with  his  brother,  to 
the  Sanhedrim. 


THE  PLAN  OF  JESUS.  79 

a  member  of  the  Jewish  coaimonwealth.  He  gave  a  reply  to 
the  scribes  by  answering  them  out  of  the  Old  Testament,  and 
allowed  their  gnat-straining  to  pass  as  long  as  it  did  not  con- 
tradict higher  laws.  He  held  the  prophetic  right  sacred,  with  a 
strictness  which,  as  we  have  seen,  went  beyond  that  of  the  Bap- 
tist. But  He  adhered  to  the  Mosaic  right  with  a  decisiveness 
which  even  curbed  the  first  enthusiastic  liberalism  of  the  dis- 
ciples. He  clearly  saw  that  He  must  confine  Himself  and  His 
ministry,  during  His  earthly  pilgrimage,  to  the  lost  sheep  of  the 
house  of  Israel  (Matt.  xv.  24)  ;  and  it  is  a  very  significant  fact, 
that  He  granted  aid  to  the  Cauaanitish  woman  only  on  the 
urgent  intercession  of  His  disciples.  He  could  not  begin  His 
work  among  the  heathen  at  the  risk  of  destroying  His  work  in 
Israel — that  is,  first  of  all,  among  His  own  disciples, — and  there- 
fore He  let  their  intercession  precede  His  aid.  Just  looking  at 
this  completeness  of  the  national  fidelity,  we  might  assert  that 
He  was  the  most  punctilious  Jew,  the  King  of  the  Jews.  But 
He  was  so,  because  He  was  the  Christ.  His  perfected  love 
entered  into  all  the  conditions  of  its  revelation  and  victory,  in 
the  whole  historic  form  of  a  servant,  in  which  alone  it  could 
complete  its  work  with  heavenly  freedom.  The  Lord  in  His 
ministry  paid  particular  attention  to  the  patriarchal  right ;  in 
His  plan  for  the  extension  of  His  kingdom  He  placed  the 
Samaritans  as  theocratic  Monotheists  before  the  Gentiles  (Acts 
i.  8),  and  He  gave  as  a  reason  for  visiting  Zaccheus  the  piibli- 
can,  that  he  also  was  a  son  of  Abraham  (Luke  xix.  9).  Ab- 
stract cosmopolites  and  legal  theorists  have  no  notion  of  free 
love  in  this  scrupulous  attention  to  the  conditions  of  historical 
fidelity. 

But  this  attention  to  conditions  in  the  life  of  Christ  because 
it  was  a  perfectly  conscious  act  of  pure  love,  and  because  it 
was  in  unison  with  His  life  could  appear  only  as  a  result  of 
the  purest  self-limitation  and  of  the  freedom  of  His  spirit. 
He  never  could  render  historic  obedience,  so  as  to  place  Him- 
self in  contradiction  to  eternal  right,  to  the  divine  righteousness, 
which  was  His  very  life.  Rather  could  He  only  so  exhibit  His 
fulfilling  of  the  law,  that,  by  virtue  of  the  ideal  feeling  of  right, 
He  corresponded  to  the  ideal  life-point  in  the  historic  right  it- 
self, to  the  will  of  God  in  Him  ;  and  therefore  He  decidedly 
rejected  every  claim  in  which  the  historic  right  contradicted  the 


80  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

ideal,  or,  which  is  the  same  thing,  in  which  the  lower  right  con- 
tradicted the  higher.  Wherefore  from  the  first  He  could  not 
allow  the  semblance  to  arise,  of  being  in  His  inner  man  an  un- 
willing servant  of  the  existing  public  constitution.  He  wished 
His  own  historical  obedience  to  be  regarded  as  an  act  of  free- 
dom. Thus  He  preserved  divine  freedom  even  in  submission 
to  Pilate  (John  xviii.  36),  and  equally  before  the  disciples 
(Matt.  xxvi.  53)  and  before  the  armed  band  (ver.  55),  and 
especially  by  His  dignified  silence  before  the  Sanhedrim.  With 
such  an  express  preservation  of  His  Messianic  dignity  He  ob- 
served the  Sabbath  (Matt.  xii.  8)  ;  He  paid  the  temple-tax 
(Matt.  xvii.  27) ;  and  appealed  to  the  testimony  of  John  the 
Baptist  (John  v.  33,  34),  to  the  vn-itings  of  Moses  (John  v. 
46),  and,  lastly,  to  His  correspondence  with  the  spiritual  vision 
of  Abraham  (John  viii.  56,  58).  If  especially  we  estimate, 
according  to  their  full  meaning,  the  words  which  He  spoke 
before  the  Sanhedrim  respecting  His  judicial  glory,  they  will 
strike  us  as  an  appeal  from  their  judgment  to  the  tribunal  of 
God,  and  as  a  summons  to  appear  before  His  own  tribunal  at 
His  second  coming  to  judge  the  world. 

These  protestations  of  Jesus  ought  to  secure  the  world  from 
the  false  notion  that  He  was  fettered  by  its  ordinances  according 
to  its  own  want  of  freedom.  But  His  own  life  was  ensured  by 
the  circumstance  that  He  recognised,  in  the  discharge  of  His 
historical  obedience,  the  completion  of  His  destiny  and  the  ful- 
filment of  Scripture  (Matt.  xxvi.  54),  It  was  clear  to  Him  that 
only  in  this  way  of  self-renunciation  could  He  attain  to  the  most 
complete  manifestation  of  Himself  as  bringing  salvation  to  the 
world.  The  entire  unfolding  of  the  fidelity  of  His  heart,  of  the 
holiness  of  His  spirit,  was  possible  only  by  means  of  this  most 
complete  obscuration  of  His  glory.  But  in  this  sense  He  also 
fulfilled  the  law  and  His  owai  destiny.  His  life  gave  a  new 
shape  and  meaning  to  all  the  forms  into  which  its  contents  were 
poured.  By  His  political  obedience  He  shed  a  lustre  on  the 
sphere  of  civil  order,  as  a  sphere  of  the  all-powerful  governing 
righteousness  of  God ;  He  thereby  made  the  civil  obedience 
even  of  the  oppressed  free.  He  caused  the  suffering  of  the 
oppressed  to  appear  as  a  suffering  of  national  retribution  (John 
xix.  11),  and  the  suffering  of  the  innocent  as  a  seed-time  of 
blessing  and  honour.     In  the  sphere  of  political  relations,  He 


THE  PLAN  OF  JESUS.  81 

always  kept  the  domain  of  God  separate  from  that  of  Cassar ; 
and  since  by  this  means  he  set  the  spirit  and  conscience  at 
liberty,  He  sowed  likewise  the  seeds  of  civil  freedom.  Bnt  His 
ecclesiastical  obedience  to  the  Sanhedrim  must  have  put  the 
final  seal  to  His  Messianic  manifestation.  The  Sanhedrim  ren- 
dered His  cause  this  service,  that  it  made  Him  attest  His  Mes- 
siahship  on  oath  before  the  highest  ecclesiastical  judicature  in 
the  world,  and  it  was  chiefly  owing  to  their  opposition  that  the 
whole  riches  of  His  life  were  unfolded.  The  disputations  of 
Jesus  with  the  scribes  laid  the  foundation  for  unveiling  the  New 
Testament  in  the  Old,  and  for  distinguishing  the  New  Testa- 
ment form  of  revelation  from  that  of  the  Old.  His  faithful 
adherence  to  the  prophets  contributed  to  bring  forward  several 
features  and  stages  of  His  life  in  all  their  spiritual  depth  and 
world-historical  importance.  Then,  lastly,  as  to  His  relation  to 
the  law,  He  could  not  fail  to  perceive  that  the  pure  theocratic 
lineaments  of  the  law  were  the  outline  of  a  life  infinitely  rich, 
namely,  of  His  own,  and  that  for  that  reason  they  must  neces- 
sarily be  transferred  into  the  lines  of  eternal  beauty,  of  the 
divine-human  life,  as  soon  as  He  filled  them  up  with  the  contents 
of  His  own  life.  Under  His  breath  all  the  buds  on  the  thorn- 
bush  of  the  Old  Testament  law  must  unfold,  and  the  roses  of 
the  New  Covenant  expand  in  profusion.  The  law  pronounces 
a  curse  on  the  transgressor,  at  the  same  time  it  announces  a 
blessing,  the  blessedness  of  the  righteous.  In  its  negations  it 
describes  all  the  forms  of  the  sinner ;  but  in  its  positivity  and 
unity  it  is  the  sketch  of  the  holy  life  of  the  God-man.  But  in 
this  deep  reference  to  Christ,  the  so-called  moral  law — the  civil 
social  law  of  Moses — did  not  stand  alone  ;  the  ceremonial,  or 
ecclesiastical  social  law,  was  also  included.  It  was  a  shadowy 
representation  of  the  life  and  sufferings  of  Christ,  so  that  every 
form  of  it  acquired  in  the  conduct  of  Christ  a  New  Testament 
significance.  The  pilgrimages  of  Christ  to  attend  the  feasts  of 
the  law  became  the  journeyings  of  free,  beneficent  love  ;  and 
from  the  feast  of  the  Passover  bloomed  forth  the  Holy  Supper. 
But  the  types  of  this  law  were  sufficient  of  themselves  to  reveal 
to  the  Lord  the  grievous  termination  of  His  life.  If  He  had 
not  been  familiarized  with  the  dark  side  of  His  future  by  the 
serious  portents  of  His  sacrificial  death  in  the  history  of  His 
VOL.  II.  r 


82  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

childhood,  by  so  many  a  bitter  experience  of  His  youth,  and  by 
the  predictions  of  the  prophets,  yet  the  fearful  symbolic  lan- 
guage of  the  sacrificial  system  would  have  led  to  the  same 
result.  For  He,  in  whose  spirit  the  Theocracy  was  consum- 
mated, must  certainly  have  known  how  to  interpret  the  spirit 
of  its  signs.  The  same  holds  good  of  the  theocratic  dignities 
which  were  comprehended  in  the  name  of  the  Messiah.  He 
would  not  have  understood  the  official  title  of  His  own  being, 
had  He  not  been  conscious  that  in  the  actual  anointing  of  His 
spirit's  fulness  all  the  theocratic  offices  and  dignities  were  united 
according  to  their  deepest  meaning  in  His  personality,  and  were 
to  be  realized  in  His  vocation.  He  must  have  been  perfectly 
aware  that  His  being,  as  the  complete  revelation  of  the  Father, 
was  itself  prophecy  completed  ;  that  in  His  pure  self-surrender 
to  the  Father,  the  full  meaning  of  the  sacerdotal  office  appeared, 
and  it  became  His  calling  to  give  Himself  for  the  life  of  the 
world ;  that,  finally.  His  Spirit  was  the  true,  eternal  King  of 
humanity,  and  therefore  by  His  Spirit  He  was  to  establish  His 
kingdom  in  the  world.  Thus,  in  the  consciousness  of  His  Mes- 
sianic dignity  the  chief  outhnes  of  His  ministry  were  given. 
But  these  outlines  came  out  more  distinctly  to  His  view  by 
means  of  the  lineaments  of  the  law  and  the  intimations  of  the 
prophets. 

It  was  therefore  evident  to  the  Lord  at  the  commencement 
of  His  public  life,  that  He  came  to  fulfil  the  law  and  the  pro- 
phets ;  that  is,  to  unfold  by  His  life  no  less  than  by  His  teach- 
ing the  whole  ideal  contents  of  those  lineaments  of  the  law  and 
intimations  of  the  prophets,  according  to  the  spirit  from  which 
they  emanated.  But  it  belonged  to  this  fulfilment  that  He  in- 
terpreted the  three  theocratic  forms  of  the  histonc  right  by  the 
ideal  law,  and  that  by  the  same  law  He  adjusted  the  three 
hierarchico-political  forms  of  the  historic  right — that,  generally, 
He  corrected  the  lower  laws  by  the  higher,  and  thus  restored  the 
true  ideal  order  of  ordinances  in  the  exhibition  of  the  supremacy 
and  subordination  of  the  various  rights.  The  development  of 
historic  right,  as  it  is  conducted  by  the  hierarchy  or  by  political 
rulers  (the  civil  power),  appears  oftentimes  as  a  tedious,  gradual 
inversion  of  the  eternal  ordinances  of  right  by  which  the  under- 
most becomes  changed  to  the  uppermost.  The  rights  of  Caesar 
often  supplant  the  rights  of  God  by  being  made  rights  of  con- 


THE  PLAN  OF  JESUS.  83 

science  ;  ecclesiastical  regulations  often  paralyse  the  exposition  of 
Scripture  by  quenching  the  Spirit ;  the  expositor  often  obscures 
the  prophets  and  law  of  God  by  false  glosses.  In  this  manner  a 
slow  and  secret  revolution  is  going  on  in  a  thousand  ways  under 
the  surface  of  the  most  quiet  historic  conformity  to  the  law,  and 
an  unbounded  desolation  is  effected  in  the  domain  of  the  spiritual 
life.  These  insidious  revolutions  in  the  history  of  the  world  are 
sure  to  be  done  away  with  by  reforming  spirits.  Thus  Christ  as 
a  reformer  confronted  the  revolutionary  desolation  which  the 
hierarchy  of  His  nation  especially  had  caused.  Generally,  He 
vindicated  in  the  widest  extent  the  ideal  order  of  the  historical 
relations  of  right.  He  held  the  power  of  the  magistrate  sacred 
as  ordained  by  God,  and  was  subject  to  it  in  its  sphere  ;  but 
He  would  not  be  fettered  by  it  in  the  sphere  of  His  prophetic 
calling.  When  Herod,  His  prince,  wished  to  scare  Him  away 
by  artifice  from  the  scene  of  His  ministry  in  Galilee,  He  an- 
swered his  messengers,  '  Go  ye  and  tell  that  fox,  Behold,  I  cast 
out  devils,  and  do  cures  to-day  and  to-morrow,  and  the  third 
day  I  shall  be  perfected'  (Luke  xiii.  32).  And  when  the  same 
prince  '  hoped  to  have  seen  some  miracle  from  Him,  and  ques- 
tioned Him  in  many  words.  He  answered  him  nothing'  (Luke 
xxiii.  8,  9).  To  Pilate  He  spoke  of  his  sin,  and  stood  in  his 
presence  as  the  King  in  the  kingdom  of  truth.  However,  He 
appears  to  have  acknowledged  his  judicial  right,  chiefly  because 
He  had  been  delivered  to  him  by  the  Sanhedrim  (John  xviii.  34, 
xix.  11).  For,  in  matters  of  Jewish  ecclesiastical  law.  He  re- 
garded the  Sanhedrim  as  the  supreme  court.  But  when  the 
Sanhedrim  or  Pharisaism  wished  to  obstruct  Him  in  His  higher 
dignity,  in  His  prophetic  calling.  He  gave  way  not  a  single  step. 
Collisions  on  this  ground  He  never  shunned  in  the  least :  this  is 
shown  by  the  frequent  cures  He  performed  on  the  Sabbath.  He 
pronounced  a  woe  on  the  scribes  and  Pharisees  because  they 
broke  the  law  of  the  Sabbath  by  their  traditions  (!Matt.  xxiii. ; 
Mark  vii.  13).  But  He  also  showed  how  the  law  of  !Moses 
was  subordinate  to  the  fundamental  monotheistic  law  of  the 
patriarchs ;  and,  lastly,  how  it  was  subordinate  to  the  ideal  ori- 
ginal law  of  humanity  (Matt.  xii.  8 ;  Mark  ii.  27,  iii.  4),  and 
how  even  the  patriarchal  regulations — for  instance,  the  custom  of 
divorce  sanctioned  by  Moses — ought  to  be  determined  according 
to  this  primeval  law,  which  was  at  one  with  the  moral  nature  of 


84  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 


man 


and  the  immediate  expression  of  the  divine  will  (Matt.  xix. 
9).  Indeed,  there  can  be  no  real  contradiction  between  the 
theocratic  rights  as  they  proceed  from  the  patriarchs,  from  Moses 
and  the  prophets,  and  the  eternal  primeval  laws,  but  the  former 
are  to  be  explained  by  the  latter.  But  Christ  could  not  possibly 
have  restored  the  ideal  order  of  right  with  such  exact  and  dis- 
criminating certainty,  had  He  not  been  animated  by  the  spirit  of 
the  law.  In  this  spirit  He  could  unfold,  arrange,  and  fill  up 
the  law,  and  therefore  change  it  into  spirit  and  life.  The  entire 
ideal  contents  of  all  divine  and  human  rights  were  taken  up  into 
His  very  life.  Therefore  not  a  tittle  of  the  law  perished  ;  every 
sino-le  declaration  of  it  was  found  again  in  His  life,  in  the  form 
of  the  Spirit. 

It  was  evident  to  our  Lord  at  the  commencement  of  His 
ministry,  that  in  this  manner  He  must  come  forward  as  a  re- 
former of  the  historical  relations  of  right  in  His  age.  The 
restoration  of  the  ideal  stages  of  right  was  therefore  an  essential 
element  of  His  plan.  But  this  consciousness  must  necessarily 
have  produced  in  Him  the  anticipation  of  His  sufferings,  and 
indeed  of  His  civil  doom.  Had  He  not  been  conversant  with 
the  predictions  of  the  prophets  concerning  the  sufferings  of  the 
Messiah,  and  had  He  come  in  no  other  way  to  this  anticipation, 
yet  He  would  have  reached  it  with  perfect  certainty  from  the 
conflict  between  the  divinely  firm  decisiveness  of  His  heavenly 
ideality  or  holiness,  and  the  petrified  rigidity  of  the  hierarchical 
statutes  and  social  corruptions.  In  the  necessary  consequence 
of  the  system  which  stood  opposed  to  Him,  the  entire  depth  of 
suffering  which  awaited  Him  might  be  unfolded  to  His  view. 
No  sooner  was  His  rejection  on  the  part  of  the  hierarchy  certain, 
than  the  certainty  must  also  have  been  present  to  His  soul,  that 
they  would  deliver  Him  up  to  the  Gentiles.  This  delivering 
up,  of  which  He  had  already  found  an  announcement  in  the 
prophets  (Matt.  yxi.  42),  was  the  central  point  of  His  anticipa- 
tions, and  a  chief  ingredient  in  the  grief  which  always  pressed 
heavy  on  His  soul.  But  then  the  result  of  this  act  of  the  hier- 
archy could  not  be  concealed  from  the  spirit  of  Christ.  He 
foresaw  that  the  Gentiles  would  reject  Him  as  well  as  the  Jews ; 
and  as  He  was  aware  that  the  severest  punishment  of  the  Romans, 
the  strongest  expression  of  the  world's  curse,  consisted  in  cruci- 
fixion. His  spirit  would  always  descry  as  the  last  object  in  the 


THE  PLAN  OF  JESUS.  85 

path  of  His  sufferings,  the  death  of  the  cross.  As  often  as  in 
spirit  He  looked  down  the  precipice  of  the  rejection  which 
awaited  Him,  His  eye  found  no  resting-place  short  of  the  abyss 
of  misery  and  shame  on  the  cross.  In  such  an  anticipation,  the 
particular  features  of  Plis  suffering  would  more  easily  present 
themselves  the  more  closely  they  were  connected  with  the  nature 
of  this  suffering  ;  as,  for  example,  the  spitting  with  excommuni- 
cation, the  scourging  with  the  crucifixion.  But  it  was  simply 
impossible  that  Christ  could  look  down  into  the  whole  abyss  of 
His  sufferings  and  crucifixion,  without  perceiving  with  equal 
clearness  the  opposite  heights  of  His  glorification.  This  glori- 
fication was  assured  to  Him  by  faith  in  the  Father,  in  His 
righteousness  and  faithfulness,  and  by  the  voice  of  the  prophets 
as  well  as  by  the  consciousness  of  being  without  a  parallel,  and 
by  the  inner  power  of  life  and  victory  which  marked  His  per- 
sonal being.  But  as  His  death  was  unparalleled,  so  likewise 
must  His  life  appear  to  Him  :  deep  as  was  the  descent,  so  high 
would  be  the  ascent ;  steep  as  was  the  precipice  of  descent,  so 
would  the  exaltation  be  sudden  and  lofty ;  appalling  to  an  un- 
heard-of degree  as  was  His  judgment,  so  would  His  vindication 
be  wonderful  and  glorious.  Thus  the  mystery  of  His  resurrec- 
tion would  be  disclosed  to  the  Lord  by  this  distinct  foresight  of 
His  humiliation.  Lastly,  in  order  to  mark  His  foresight  most 
exactly  as  christological,  we  must  observe  that  in  His  death  He 
must  have  seen  the  centre  and  beginning  of  the  final  judgment 
of  the  world,  and  therefore  in  His  victory  have  looked  for  the 
principle,  the  real  beginning  of  the  future  resurrection,  and,  of 
course,  the  resurrection  of  individuals. 

But  not  only  was  His  personal  glorification  present  to  His 
soul,  but  also  its  world-historical  unfolding  in  the  glorification 
of  the  Church.  His  Church  must  suffer  with  Him,  and  be 
glorified  with  Him.  And  as  it  was  impossible  to  separate  His 
own  destiny  from  that  of  His  Church,  it  was  equally  impossible 
to  disjoin  the  efficacy  of  His  death  from  the  efficacy  of  His 
resurrection.  Hence  His  death  appeared  to  Him  as  the  begin- 
ning of  the  glorification  of  His  name  and  of  His  work  in  the 
world  (John  iii.  14,  xii.  23).  With  His  death  the  entire  ancient 
period  of  the  world  was  brought  to  its  completion,  especially  its 
law  and  its  prophecy.  He  became  free  from  the  law  on  the 
cross,  since  a  distorted  representation  of  the  law  crucified  Him. 


86  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

Henceforth  the  entire  essence  of  the  law  was  preserved  and 
enshrined  in  the  life  of  His  spirit ;  but  its  whole  form,  as  to  its 
religious  importance,  was  exploded  and  dissipated.  His  death, 
therefore,  was  purely  identical  with  the  abolition  of  the  rights 
of  the  Jewish  hierarchy,  as  well  as  with  the  annihilation  of  the 
ancient  value  of  the  temple  (John  ii.  19).  His  spirit  was  now 
released  from  all  Jewish  legal  restraints  ;  His  new  life  belonged 
to  Him  alone  in  His  free  glory,  but  in  His  love  it  belonged  to 
mankind.  His  Church  also  was  called  to  enter  by  His  death 
into  this  communion  of  His  freedom.  As  Christ's  Church,  it  is 
essentially  free  in  Him  ;  and  when  it  submits  to  legal  restraints, 
it  does  this  in  the  spirit  of  freedom,  in  the  unfolding  of  its  life 
for  the  world,  and  in  its  ardent  desire  to  imbue  the  life  of  the 
world  with  its  own  life.  As  a  royal  and  priestly  Church,  as 
the  bride  equal  in  dignity  of  birth  to  Himself  (Matt.  xxii.  2), 
the  Church,  which  was  to  be  the  reward  of  His  sufferings, 
stood  before  His  soul. 

Christ's  foresight  could  not  indeed  take  the  shape  of  reflec- 
tion or  laborious  deduction.  But  still  the  threads  of  the  essential 
relations  between  the  events  of  His  future  were  the  already 
marked  track  which  must  have  been  lighted  up  before  His  eye, 
when  the  prophetic  spirit  in  Him,  as  by  flashes  of  lightning, 
threw  one  great  illumination  after  another  over  the  field  of  His 
future.  And  it  is  necessary  that  we  should  most  clearly  per- 
ceive these  essential  relations,  if  we  would  properly  estimate  the 
full  distinctness,  the  bbld  relief,  of  so  many  separate  features  in 
the  future  as  foreseen  by  Christ.  If,  for  example,  we  have 
recognised  the  cross  as  the  lowest  depth  in  the  region  of  the 
ancient  curse  of  the  world,  we  conceive  that  the  Lord  with  His 
deepest  humiliation  was  already  assured  of  His  death  on  the 
cross.  But  His  foresight  was  matched  by  His  resolution  to 
persist  firmly  and  intrepidly  in  the  path  of  His  Father's  guid- 
ance— to  reject  all  the  enticements  to  bypaths  as  satanic  voices 
— in  all  the  sufferings  which  He  was  destined  to  meet  on  this 
path,  to  look  only  to  the  Father's  regulative  will,  and  in  the 
judgment  which  this  will  ordained  for  the  guilt  of  the  world, 
to  welcome  the  atonement,  and  with  perfect  acquiescence  in  this 
judgment,  to  complete  the  atonement  for  the  world. 

But  if  Christ  was  so  familiar  in  His  spirit  with  the  fearful 
path  of  death  on  which  He  was  to  accomplish  His  work,~and 


THE  PLAN  OF  JESUS.  87 

with  the  glory  which  awaited  Him  on  that  path, — the  question 
arises,  How,  with  a  clear  foresight  of  the  future,  could  He  lead 
a  genuine  human  life  devoted  to  the  present  *?  In  our  times 
there  has  been  a  disposition  to  find  manifold  contradictions  be- 
tween the  separate  elements  of  such  a  foresight,  and  opposite 
moods  or  states  of  feeling  in  the  life  of  Jesus.  It  has  been 
asked,  for  instance,  if  Jesus  was  certain  of  His  glorification, 
how  could  He  be  so  deeply  agonized  in  Gethsemane  1  or,  if  this 
suffering  of  death  still  stood  before  Him,  how  could  He  triumph 
beforehand  in  His  high-priestly  prayer?  How  could  He  weep 
at  the  grave  of  Lazarus,  when  He  was  on  the  point  of  raising 
him  from  the  dead  ?  All  these  questions  seem  to  proceed  from 
a  mode  of  viewing  things,  which  is  more  conversant  with  the 
nature  of  petrifactions  than  with  the  nature  of  the  human  soul. 
The  human  heart,  placed  between  the  infinite  and  the  finite, 
and  forming  the  centre  of  these  two  departments  of  life,  has  a 
wonderful  facility  in  evil  as  well  as  in  good  of  varying  its  moods 
in  quick  succession — now  in  '  heavenly  ecstasy,'  and  anon  '  ex- 
ceeding sorrowful  unto  death  ; '  and  more  or  less  to  lose  sight 
of  the  greatest  good  fortune  near  at  hand  in  the  misfortune  of 
the  present  moment,  or  of  the  heaviest  impending  calamity  in 
the  enjoyment  of  the  passing  hour.  Is  not  all  the  cheerfulness 
of  human  life  confronted  by  the  certainty  of  death  ?  Do  not 
all  the  tears  of  the  pious  flow  under  the  anticipation  that  a 
harvest  of  joy  is  awaiting  them?  In  relation  to  this  subject, 
modern  criticism  has  framed  a  category  of  impossibilities,  which 
we  must  regard  as  a  perpetual  petrifying  of  the  human  heart, 
begun  under  the  operation  of  a  philosophic  abstraction  which 
looks  with  contempt  on  concrete  life.  But  the  more  competent 
we  are  to  estimate  the  giant-harp  of  human  emotion  and  the 
quick  alternation  of  its  tones,  the  more  able  shall  we  be  to 
understand  that  region  in  which  the  human  soul  appears  in 
heroic  proportions,  and  where  the  fiercest  battle  of  life  is  fought 
out  in  the  most  varied  situations,  under  the  liveliest  play  of  the 
strongest  emotions.  In  this  freshness  and  power  of  human 
nature,  Jesus  was  also  the  Prince  of  His  race.  It  belonged  to 
the  healthy  state  of  His  human  life,  that  with  a  genuine  human 
bearing  and  disposition  He  could  reveal  heaven,  and  conquer 
hell,  and  experience  in  His  own  mental  moods  the  whole  con- 
trast of  descent  to  hell  and  ascension  to  heaven.     This  healthy 


88   ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

state  of  His  life  may  be  compared  to  a  finished  musical  perform- 
ance. The  life  of  Jesus  is,  first  of  all,  to  be  regarded  in  its 
rhythm  as  a  complete  life.  He  moves  in  the  measure  of  the 
most  correct  succession  of  His  internal  states  of  feeling;  He  does 
not  with  His  states  of  feeling  lag  behind  the  time  or  measure 
of  reality,  and  as  little  does  He  impatiently  hasten  before  it. 
Hence  His  future  lies  before  Him  in  correct  perspective.  He 
cannot  possibly  derange  the  order  of  His  life's  course.  He 
could  not,  on  the  one  hand,  as  a  dreamer  in  a  literal  sense, 
anticipate'  the  particular  circumstances  of  His  future  experi- 
ence ;  nor,  on  the  other  hand,  could  He  ever  live  a  day  without 
observing  the  strict  relation  of  every  step  to  His  final  aim. 
From  this  fundamental  law  of  His  life's  course  resulted  the 
rhythmical,  that  is,  measured  recurrence  in  the  presentiment  of 
His  death  as  well  as  in  the  presentiment  of  His  glory.  This 
rhythm  of  His  life  was  connected  with  its  dynamic  perfection. 
Christ  spent  every  instant  as  a  moment  of  eternity.  He  gave 
to  every  experience  its  correct  intonation.  He  often  allowed 
extraordinary  phenomena,  such  as  the  storm  on  the  lake,  to  pass 
over  His  soul  like  mere  shadows,  while  an  incident  apparently 
insignificant,  such  as  that  of  the  Greeks  wishing  to  see  Him 
(John  xii.  20),  agitated  Him  violently.  But  He  so  correctly 
estimated  impressions,  that  His  counteraction  of  them  was  per- 
fectly proportional.  This  delicately  adjusted  dynamic  gives  His 
life  the  expressiveness  of  a  vitality  and  power  combining  hea- 
venly tenderness  and  •strength  :  the  gentlest  tones,  the  slightest 
breathings,  alternate  with  such  as  are  the  sharpest,  strongest, 
and  most  startling.  Hence  Christ  estimated  every  event  ac- 
cording to  its  just  importance  :  the  signs  of  His  future  must 
have  met  Him  in  all  His  experiences  with  constantly  increasing 
distinctness  ;  for  every  single  moment  has  the  significance  of 
a  symbol  for  all  the  moments  with  which  it  forms  a  wdiole. 
Thus  to  Christ's  eye  the  dark  night  of  His  betrayal  began  to 
cast  its  shadows  from  the  first  embezzlement  which  Judas  com- 
mitted on  the  common  stock.  When  Peter  protested  against 
His  crucifixion.  He  probably  saw  at  that  hour  a  clear  prognostic 
that  this  disciple  would  afterwards  deny  Him.  And  since  every 
important  fact  had  in  the  spiritual  hearing  of  Christ  the  tone  of 
its  precise  significance,  so  the  hosannahs  of  the  feast  of  Palms 
could  as  little  efface  from  His  expectations  the  approaching 


THE  PLAN  OF  JESUS.  89 

crucifixion,  as  the  cry,  'Crucify  Him!'  could  efface  the  resur- 
rection. If  it  be  asked,  how  was  it  possible  for  the  life  of 
Jesus  to  represent  itself  in  these  refined,  ideal,  dynamic  rela- 
tions, we  must  seek  the  solution  in  its  melodious  beauty.  The 
life  of  our  Lord  had  in  all  its  parts  a  complete  lyric  elevation 
and  musical  euphony,  since  He  apprehended  every  fact  of  ex- 
perience in  God,  and  set  forth  every  fact  of  activity  with  divine 
freedom.  His  consciousness  stript  from  every  experience  the 
fact  of  evil,  as  that  which  was  opposed  to  God  and  must  come 
to  nought,  and  sent  it  back  to  hell,  in  order  to  receive  the  fact 
itself  as  a  consecrated  ordinance  from  the  hand  of  God.  Even 
His  last  agony  and  judgment  appeared  to  Him  as  a  cup  in  the 
Father's  hand,  as  a  holy  cup  of  the  purest  gold,  which,  in 
spite  of  the  intense  bitterness  of  its  contents,  He  was  ready  to 
empty  for  the  health  of  the  world.  His  life,  therefore,  was 
sustained  in  all  its  utterances  by  the  beautiful  euphony  of  a 
bass,  in  which  the  pure  human  heart  constantly  rested  in  God's 
fulness  ;  and  the  eternal  glory  of  God  revealed  itself  in  the 
sensibility  and  distinctness  of  man  perfected  in  beauty.  This 
melody  of  the  life  of  Jesus  allowed  no  disturbance  to  spring  up 
in  His  inner  man  respecting  His  future  ;  but,  in  consequence 
of  the  opulence  of  His  soul's  life,  it  must  needs  unfold  itself  in 
the  most  exquisite  harmony.  It  was  in  the  nature  of  the  case, 
that  tlie  soul  of  Christ  could  not  be  governed  or  wholly  filled 
by  any  natural  mood  {Naturstimmung)  of  human  life  or  by  any 
single  exclusive  affection.  With  one  pure  feeling  which  moved 
Him,  every  other  was  in  unison,  as  is  conformable  to  life  in  the 
spirit.  And  when  one  feeling  expressed  itself  as  the  predomi- 
nant tone  in  the  highest  degree,  the  other  opposite  one  came 
forth  in  the  purest  harmonic  relation.  The  two  deepest  feelings 
of  His  soul,  relative  to  His  future,  were  the  presentiment  of 
His  condemnation  and  the  presentiment  of  His  glory.  These 
two  secrets,  the  one  most  mournful,  the  other  most  blessed,  were 
moving  jointly  and  incessantly  in  His  heart.  In  the  captivat- 
ing form  of  a  blessed  sadness,  or  of  a  veiled  heavenly  cheerful- 
ness, which  we  may  regard  as  the  usual  mental  frame  of  Jesus, 
we  see  the  gently  moving  counterpoise  of  those  fundamental 
feelings.  The  weights  often  oscillated  according  to  the  im- 
pressions which  Christ  received ;  sometimes  one  scale  sank, 
sometimes  the  other.     But  never  did  the  one  feeling  completely 


90  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

vanish  before  the  other.  In  Gethsemane  Christ  appears  dis- 
solved in  anguish  and  sorrow,  especially  in  shuddering  horror 
at  the  wickedness  of  the  world ;  and  with  what  touching  pathos 
He  here  craves  for  human  sympathy  !  and  with  what  sublimity 
He  raises  Himself  up  !  The  prayer  of  His  deepest  agony  on 
the  cross,  in  which  He  divulges  the  crushing  sense  of  being 
forsaken  by  God,  is  at  the  same  time  the  expression  of  the 
highest  confidence.  And  as  in  this  manner  the  related  tones  of 
opposite  moods  are  ever  sounding  together,  we  understand  how 
it  was  that  ofttimes  the  occasions  of  the  Lord's  greatest  joy 
were  exchanged  at  once  for  the  deepest  sadness,  as,  for  example, 
the  jubilation  on  His  entrance  into  Jerusalem  ;  Avhile  inversely 
His  bitterest  experiences  could  indirectly  call  forth  the  most 
glorious  outbursts  of  joy,  as  was  shown  in  the  wonderful  eleva- 
tion of  His  soul  after  the  traitor  had  left  the  company  of  the 
disciples.  Thus  Jesus  overcame  what  was  dangerous  in  every 
single  affection  by  the  free,  harmonious,  collective  feeling  of 
His  life.  But  the  perfection  of  this  harmony  was  shown  by 
His  walking  in  the  Spirit,  and  therefore  the  riches  of  His  life 
always  harmonized  as  a  united  whole  in  His  spiritual  life.  By 
this  power  of  His  inner  life.  He  resolved  His  prospects  into  His 
presentiments.  His  presentiments  into  His  fundamental  disposi- 
tions, and  these  again  into  the  spirit  of  His  life.  The  same 
may  also  be  affirmed  of  His  plan.  Notwithstanding  the  clear- 
ness of  its  leading  outlines,  and  the  continual  unfolding  of  its 
several  portions,  this  plan  still  necessarily  maintained  the  free, 
flexible  form  of  the  spiritual  life  in  which  Christ  Himself  moved. 
The  words  of  Christ  distinctly  indicate  that  its  separate  lines 
always  met  in  the  primary  thought,  that  He  was  going  to  the 
Father.  From  this  primary  thought  the  separate  parts  of  His 
plan  would  always  enter  into  new  combinations,  just  according 
to  the  train  of  circumstances  through  which  Christ  passed. 
What  He  saw  the  Father  do,  that  He  also  did.  He  therefore 
always  met  the  objective  universe,  in  which  He  beheld  the 
Father's  work,  with  a  self-determination  in  which  His  own 
work  combined  with  that  of  the  Father  in  an  act  which  should 
issue  in  the  transformation  of  the  world. 

Thus,  then,  the  life-plan  of  Jesus,  as  it  was  completed  dur- 
ing the  temptation  in  the  wilderness,  consisted  in  a  self-deter- 
mination, developed  according  to  its  fundamental   principles, 


THE  PLAN  OF  JESUS.  91 

always  unfolding  according  to  its  individual  traits,  and  renew- 
ing itself  in  the  Spirit, — a  self-determination  according  to  which 
He  wished  to  combine  His  Messianic  life  with  the  life  of  the 
world.  But  as  He  combined  His  whole  being  and  its  world- 
historical  name  in  general  with  the  world  by  a  definite  unfold- 
ing of  His  life,  so  this  especially  holds  good  of  the  separate 
blessings  of  His  life.  He  combined,  that  is  to  say,  the  power 
of  His  life,  salvation,  with  the  faith  of  the  world  in  the  form 
of  His  miracles.  But  the  light  of  His  life — the  truth — He 
presented  to  the  world  under  the  guise  of  parables.  Lastly,  He 
made  the  blessedness  of  His  life  become  the  inheritance  of  the 
world  by  founding  the  kingdom  of  God.  These  fundamental 
forms  of  the  revelation  of  His  life  w^e  have  now  to  contemplate. 

NOTES. 

1.  On  the  unveiling  of  the  Old  Testament  economy  as 
accomplished  by  Christ,  see  Harnack,  Jesus  der  Christ,  p.  5. 
'  We  must  conceive  of  this  "  old  to  be  fulfilled,"  to  which  Christ 
refers,  as  an  undivided  whole,  since  He  damaged  it  in  no  por- 
tion, He  neither  took  away  nor  weakened  any  essential  part. 
Hence  an  unprejudiced  exegetical  survey  sees  no  reason  for 
dividing  the  ideas  of  o  v6iJio<i  and  oi  Trpo^rjraL  in  a  connection 
where  their  fulfilment  is  spoken  of,  but  applies  it  to  their  full 
contents.  Nor  can  we  understand  by  what  right  each  single 
chief  division  is  to  be  taken  for  anything  else  than  the  whole 
law,  and  for  the  whole  prophetic  agency,  when  that  designa- 
tion (as  is  almost  universally  allowed)  embraces  the  entire  Old 
Testament,  according  to  the  constant  phraseology  of  the  New 
Testament.'— P.  11. 

2.  In  the  teaching  of  Christ  a  doctrine  of  right  (a  law)  is 
contained,  which  comprises  much  sharper  and  more  developed 
distinctions  than  is  commonly  admitted.  The  sphere  that  rules 
all  positive  spheres  of  right  is  that  of  ideal  right,  which  is 
similar  to  the  eternal  in  man,  or  to  the  essence  of  the  Son  of 
man. — This  right  has  been  transplanted  into  the  world  in  the 
form  of  the  Gospel.  The  three  spheres  in  which  positive  right 
has  its  sources,  or  in  which  ideal  right  becomes  positive,  are  the 
circles  of  the  Patriarchal,  the  Mosaic,  and  the  Prophetic  Right. 
The  patriarchal  right  has  become  fixed  by  tradition  under  the 
form  of  the  Noachic  ordinances,  to  which  some  other  precepts 


92  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

belong.  It  is  the  right  which  forms  the  world-historical  basis 
of  monotheistic  culture.  Circumcision  is  the  symbol  of  this 
sphere;  it  marks  the  religious  civilisation  of  the  individual. 
The  essential  in  which  the  symbol  is  fulfilled  is  regeneration, 
especially  the  general  culture.  This  stage  of  right  is  per- 
petuated in  the  general  morality  of  the  cultivated  world.  The 
Mosaic  right  is  the  basis  of  monotheistic  educated  society,  of 
which  the  characteristic  is,  that  every  individual  is  estimated 
as  a  person.  So  especially  is  the  Sabbath  made  for  man — for 
his  personality.  In  particular,  it  protects  dependent  persons 
in  their  eternal  rights.  The  essential  of  the  Mosaic  right  re- 
appears in  Christian  state-life.  Lastly,  prophetic  right  is  the 
development  of  positive  right  according  to  its  spiritual  nature, 
in  its  spiritual  infinity ;  the  unfolding  of  the  ideal  law  in  the 
positive.  This  sphere  has  to  exhibit  the  law  in  life.  It  is  full 
of  blessing  and  danger.  The  false  prophet  must  be  distin- 
guished from  the  true.  But  he  is  judged  according  to  his  rela- 
tion to  the  essential  principles  of  the  theocratic  society,  according 
to  the  positive  divine  law.  This  province  of  right  is  perpetuated 
in  the  free  Church,  and  in  science,  art,  and  literature  generally. 
The  three  following  circles  of  right,  which  are  exhibited  in  the 
maxims  of  the  scribes,  in  the  Sanhedrim,  and  in  political  power, 
are  the  circles  of  the  interpretation,  the  application,  and  the 
administration  of  right.  The  concrete,  christianly  grounded, 
and  educated  state  embraces  these  circles,  as  well  as  the  theo- 
cratic, in  living  unity.  They  appear  singly  in  the  region  of 
the  Academic  Faculties,  which  express  themselves  by  systems 
and  opinions  ;  in  the  region  of  Jurisprudence,  according  to 
right  as  it  has  been  laid  down ;  and  in  the  region  of  Govern- 
ment, which  carries  into  effect  what  has  been  determined  by 
law.  The  theocratic  idea  of  the  state  has  its  highest  point  in 
the  right  of  the  sovereign  to  show  mercy ;  on  the  other  hand, 
its  lowest  point  is  seen  in  the  police  :  this  restores  the  theocratic 
power  in  reference  to  the  abandoned  class. 

3.  The  difficulties  which  Strauss  has  mustered  against  the 
idea  of  the  Messianic  plan  {Lehen  Jesu,  §  65-69)  are  summarily 
disposed  of  by  the  representation  before  us  of  the  plan  of  Jesus. 
Thus,  for  example,  the  passage  in  Matt.  xix.  28  is  said  to 
prove  that  Jesus  designedly  nourished  expectations  of  a  worldly 
Messiah  in  His  disciples,  because  the  promise,  that  in  the  Palin- 


THE  PLAN  OF  JESUS.  93 

genesia  they  should  be  judges  of  the  twelve  tribes  of  Israel, 
could  not  merely  denote  in  a  figurative  sense  their  participation 
of  glory  in  that  state.  If  the  author,  by  the  christological  idea 
of  the  transformation  of  the  world,  had  got  beyond  the  dualism 
between  the  abstract  present  and  the  abstract  future  world,  he 
would  likewise  have  got  beyond  this  difficulty.  But  this  idea 
appears  to  him,  in  its  concrete  fulness,  only  as  a  '  monstrous 
representation,'  p.  521.  When  it  is  further  said  (p.  529),  that 
the  views  of  Jesus  respecting  'the  abrogation  of  the  Mosaic 
law '  are  '  so  different  from  those  of  Paul,  that  what  the  former 
regarded  as  not  ceasing  till  His  glorious  advent  or  second  com- 
ing to  renew  the  earth,  the  latter  believed  he  might  abrogate  in 
consequence  of  the  first  advent  of  the  Messiah  on  the  old  earth,' 
we  must  here  especially  distinguish  between  abrogating  or  tak- 
ing away  {Ahschaffung)  and  raising — a  lifting  to  a  higher  posi- 
tion (Aufhehung)  ;  secondly,  between  a  religious  and  a  national 
raising  (Aufhehung)  ;  thirdly,  between  the  centre  and  the  peri- 
phery of  the  coming  seon  (clIodv  fieWcov),  if  we  are  to  take  a 
correct  view  of  the  subject.  Christ  Himself  resolved  to  know 
nothing  of  an  abrogation  (Ahschaffung),  but  only  of  a  raising 
or  elevation  (Aufhehung)  of  it — a  realization  of  the  typical  law 
in  the  life  of  the  spirit.  Paul  also,  in  this  sense,  found  the 
Old  Testament  again  in  the  New,  and  he,  as  little  as  Christ, 
abrogated  the  outward  law,  whose  religious  validity  he  im- 
pugned, in  its  national  perpetuity.  Lastly,  as  regards  the  new 
aeon,  Christ  represented  Himself  as  its  principle  and  centre,  and 
could  not  therefore  attribute  a  religious  validity  to  the  law 
Avithin  the  New  Testament  circle  of  His  agency,  that  is,  for  the 
unfolding  of  this  aon.  The  complete  raising  (Aufhehung)  of 
the  ancient  legal  conditions  cannot  take  place  till  the  future 
seon  has  gained  its  full  periphery,  which  will  be  at  the  second 
coming  of  Christ.  Consequently  the  passage  in  Matt.  v.  18 
may  decidedly  be  understood  to  mean  that  the  law  would  con- 
tinue to  exist  in  all  its  types,  even  to  an  iota  (though  in  many 
modifications  of  form),  till  it  should  attain  in  the  new  world  a 
complete  living  reality  ;  or  the  law  would  eternally  remain,  and 
indeed,  as  far  as  it  has  not  yet  become  life,  will  it  remain  as 
law,  so  that  it  cannot  vanish  entirely  in  the  legal  form  till  the 
perfecting  of  the  life.  It  is  clear,  therefore,  that  no  religious 
validity  of  the  law  before  the  second  advent  of  Christ,  and  no 


94  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

special  abrogation  of  it  after  that  event,  was  appointed.  Eather 
must  every  '  jot  and  tittle '  of  the  law  be  eternally  realized,  ac- 
cording to  its  original  ideality.  The  relation  of  Jesus  to  the 
heathen  must  be  explained  by  distinguishing  between  the  eco- 
nomy of  His  earthly  ministry  and  the  economy  of  His  Spirit. 
The  difference  in  His  treatment  of  the  Gentile  centurion  (Matt, 
viii.  5)  and  of  the  Canaanitish  woman  (Matt.  xv.  24)  is  suffi- 
ciently established.  That  centurion  was  (according  to  Luke 
vii.  3)  a  friend  of  the  synagogue,  and  probably  a  proselyte  of 
the  gate.  In  his  case,  therefore,  the  spiritual  conditions  were 
present  for  the  communication  of  miraculous  aid.  But  in  the 
Canaanitish  woman  these  conditions  were  very  questionable.  At 
all  events,  it  was  requisite  that  the  organ  of  theocratic  faith 
should  be  fully  unfolded  in  her,  before  Christ  vouchsafed  her 
a  miraculous  word.  Besides,  we  must  not  overlook  that  inter- 
cession was  made  by  the  Jews  when  they  saw  the  economical 
reluctance  of  Jesus.  The  history  of  the  ministry  of  Jesus  in 
Samaria  will  come  later  under  consideration. 

4.  Strauss  cites  (vol.  ii.  p.  291)  the  well-known  passages 
in  which  prophecies  of  the  sufferings  of  the  Messiah  are  found, 
and  then  goes  on  to  affirm,  that  in  these  passages  nothing  what- 
ever is  said  of  Christ's  sufferings,  and  closes  with  the  assertion, 
'  If  Jesus  in  a  supernatural  manner,  by  virtue  of  His  higher 
nature,  had  found  in  these  passages  a  pre-intimation  of  par- 
ticular traits  of  His  sufferings, — since  such  a  reference  is  not  the 
true  sense  of  those  passages, — the  spirit  in  Jesus  would  not  have 
been  the  spirit  of  truth,  but  a  lying  spirit.'  Exactly  in  the 
same  way  he  deals  with  the  predictions  of  the  resurrection,  and 
in  p.  323  repeats  his  unfortunate  assertion,  '  If  a  supernatural 
principle  in  Jesus,  a  prophetic  spirit,  had  caused  Him  to  find 
in  these  passages  a  pre-intimation  of  His  resurrection, — since 
in  none  of  them  could  such  a  reference  really  exist, — the  spirit 
in  Him  could  not  be  the  spirit  of  truth,  but  must  have  been 
a  lying  spirit.'  These  assertions  need  no  refutation  ;  we  only 
adduce  them  as  historical  notices.  Just  so,  the  tendency  of  the 
critic  to  decide  the  question  according  to  the  popular  repre- 
sentations which  existed  probably  in  the  time  of  Christ,  in  re- 
ference to  the  sufferings  of  the  Messiah,  whether  the  Messiah 
announced  His  own  death  beforehand  or  not.  '  If  in  the  life- 
time of  Jesus  it  was  a  Jewish  representation  that  the  Messiah 


THE  PLAN  OF  JESUS.  95 

must  die  a  violent  death,  there  is  every  probability  that  Jesus 
would  receive  this  representation  into  His  own  convictions,  and 
communicate  it  to  His  disciples,  etc ;  on  the  other  hand,  if  that 
representation  had  not  been  current  among  His  countrymen 
before  His  death,  it  would  still  be  possible,'  etc.  Lastly,  we 
here  class  the  question,  whence  did  Jesus,  if  He  foresaw  His 
own  death,  know  for  certain  whether  Herod  would  not  antici- 
pate the  priests'  party,  or  who  could  assure  Him  that  the  hier- 
archy would  not  succeed  in  one  of  their  tumultuary  attempts  at 
murder,  and  that,  without  being  delivered  to  the  Romans,  He 
would  lose  His  life  in  some  other  way  than  by  the  Roman 
punishment  of  crucifixion  ?  We  need  not  rise  to  the  height  on 
which  Jesus  stands  in  order  to  learn  how  to  estimate  the  true 
nature  of  such  questions.  Who,  for  example,  gave  Napoleon 
the  assurance  that  he  would  not  die  of  the  plague,  when  he 
went  to  Egypt  with  a  presentiment  of  his  future  greatness  ? 
What  assurance  had  Julius  Csesar  in  the  storm  at  sea,  that  he 
could  utter  such  bold  words  of  confidence,  that  he  would  not 
perish  in  the  waves  ?  There  were  at  that  time  no  means  of 
insuring  against  the  murderous  disposition  of  a  Herod  and  the 
stoning  by  Jewish  fanatics ;  and  thus  it  always  remains  a  mys- 
tery in  what  way  great  men  have  been  assured. 

5.  As  to  the  question  on  the  relation  between  the  obscurer 
predictions  of  the  death  of  Jesus  in  John  and  the  more  explicit 
ones  in  the  synoptic  Gospels,  as  Hasert  has  treated  it  in  his 
work,  Ueher  der  Vorliersagungen  Jesu  von  seinem  Tode  und  seiner 
Auferstehung  (^On  the  predictions  by  Jesus  of  His  death  and  re- 
surrection), the  previous  question  is  of  importance,  to  what  times 
those  single  predictions  belong.  As  these  chronological  data 
must  first  be  distinctly  explained  in  the  sequel,  we  must  return 
to  this  question  respecting  the  said  predictions.  The  gradual 
development  of  the  foreseeing  as  well  as  of  the  predicting  is  in- 
dicated by  the  relation  between  Mark  viii.  31  and  x.  33,  34,  or 
Luke  ix.  22  and  xviii.  32.^ 

'  [The  literature  of  this,  as  indeed  of  all  the  topics  connected  with  the 
life  of  Christ,  is  given  by  Hase  in  his  Lehen  Jesu.  Renan  throughout  repre- 
sents Jesus  as  rather  passively  moulded  by  His  age  than  determining  Ilis 
own  character  and  life  ;  and  regarding  His  idea  of  His  work,  he  says, 
p.  121 :  '  Beaucoup  de  vague  restait  sans  doute  dans  sa  pense'e,  et  un 
noble  sentiment,  bien  plus  qu'un  dessein  arrete,  le  poussait  a  Y  ceuvre  sub- 


9(3  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

SECTION   IX. 

THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS. 

We  have  seen  that  Christ  had  decided  on  a  mission  in  the 
world  which  was  designed  to  form  a  great  means  of  communi- 
cation ( Vermittelung)  between  the  mystery  of  His  glorious  spi- 
ritual life,  and  the  darkened,  sickly,  disharmonized  world,  which 
was  not  in  a  state  to  bear  an  unconditional  unfolding  of  His 
glory.  As  one  special  form  of  this  intervention  for  the  purpose 
of  incorporating  the  power  of  Christ  with  the  world,  we  have, 
last  of  all,  pointed  out  Miracles.  By  this  reference  of  miracle 
to  the  means  of  communication,  so  as  to  place  it  imder  the  same 
point  of  view  as  the  evangelical  parables  and  the  founding  of 
the  New  Testament  kingdom  of  God,  it  is  distinctly  indicated 
that  we  apprehend  miracles,  first  of  all,  on  a  side  yvliich  forms  a 
decided  opposite  to  that  in  which  it  gives  so  much  trouble  to  the 
critics  who  represent  '  the  culture  of  our  age.'  The  miracles  of 
Jesus  appear,  indeed,  as  very  great  events,  extraordinary,  un- 
heard-of, and  almost  incredible,  if  we  compare  them  with  the 
course  of  the  old  dispensation  of  the  world  {alten  Weltdon)  ;  and 
this  is  the  common  view.  But  if  we  measure  them  according 
to  their  number,  appearance,  and  importance,  by  the  infinite 
fulness  of  the  power  of  Christ's  life,  a  saving  power  which  re- 
stores the  whole  sinful  world  even  to  the  resurrection,  we  must 
regard  them  as  indeed  small  beginnings  of  the  revelation  of 
this  living  power,  in  which  it  comes  forth  as  secretly,  modestly, 
and  noiselessly  as  His  doctrine  in  His  parables ;  and  we  learn 
the  meaning  of  Christ's  saying,  by  which  he  led  His  disciples  to 
estimate  this  misunderstood  phase  of  His  miracles,  '  Ye  shall  do 
greater  works  than  these'  (John  xiv.  12).  But  Christ's  miracles 
served  in  manifold  ways  to  reveal  His  life-power  to  the  world  in 
subdued  forms  of  operation.  When  Christ  in  these  separate 
acts  displays  His  agency.  He  lets  Himself  down  to  the  sensuous 
level  of  the  world,  which  only  by  these  examples  of  His  deepest 

lime  qui  s'est  realisee  par  lui,  bien  que  d'uue  manicre  fort  differente  de 
celle  qu'il  imaginait.'  Some  valuable  remarks  on  the  apologetic  signifi- 
cance of  the  plan  of  Jesus  are  made  by  Young  in  '  The  Christ  of  History,' 
pp.  44  £f.,  and  by  Bushnell,  Nature  and  the  Supernatural,  p.  207. — Ed.] 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  97 

universal  agency  can  gain  a  perception  of  that  agency  itself. 
He  places  Himself  first  of  all  on  a  line  with  the  wonder-workers, 
the  exorcists  of  His  time,  while  He  has  begun  the  great  work  of 
saving  the  world,  and  of  expelling  the  evil  spirits  from  the  whole 
world.  By  healing  the  feet  of  a  paralytic.  He  had  to  prove  that 
He  had  previously  healed  his  heart  by  the  forgiveness  of  his  sins. 
By  His  wonderful,  single  operations,  which  powerfully  affected 
the  souls  of  men.  He  gradually  aroused  the  perception  of  the 
susceptible  for  contemplating  the  great,  eternal  mu*acle  which 
appeared  in  His  own  life.  But  for  profane  minds  the  Saviour  of 
the  world  retired  behind  the  wonder-worker.  Often  has  it  been 
attempted  to  find  in  the  miracles  of  Jesus  an  ostentatious  dis- 
play of  Christianity.  But  a  time  must  come  when  men  will 
learn  to  regard  them  as  acts  of  the  humility  of  Christ.  Still, 
much  of  the  wonderful  that  is  from  beneath  must  be  set  aside, 
before  the  wonderful  from  above  is  entirely  acknowledged  as 
the  first  interposition  of  Christ's  eternal  life-power  for  the  world. 
For  this  power  is  holy  even  as  the  spiritual  light  of  Christ,  as 
His  title  of  Messiah,  and  as  His  blessedness  in  the  vision  of  God; 
therefore,  it  veils  itself  to  the  captious,  while  it  unveils  itself 
to  the  susceptible,  and  even  that  measure  of  it  which  has  become 
manifest  in  miracle,  appears  to  them  as  too  much.  But  we  must 
not  misapprehend  either  the  one  side  or  the  other  of  the  miracles 
in  which  this  power  finds  its  medium  of  communication  to  men. 
We  might  speak  of  these  extraordinary  operations  of  Christ's 
life  without  employing  the  word  miracle  to  designate  them,  and 
in  doing  so,  clear  the  way  to  some  extent  for  those  who  always 
imagine  that  the  facts  of  the  kingdom  of  God  are  dependent  on 
the  designations  affixed  to  them,  or  on  the  later  definitions  of 
these  designations.  If,  for  example,  we  should  call  them,  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  phraseology  of  the  Gospels,  spiritual  prim- 
ordial powers  (8vvdjjieL<;)  or  religious  primordial  phenomena 
{repaia  or  a-rjixela),  we  should  have  the  advantage  of  repre- 
senting them  with  these  names  in  their  relation  to  their  living 
origin,  the  originator  of  the  new  dispensation  {Aeon),  and  so 
have  designated  them  as  the  natural,  necessary,  and  perfectly 
rational  expressions  of  a  new  power.  But  these  facts  are  still,  as 
to  their  specific  nature,  rightly  designated  by  the  word  miracle 
(  Wunder) ;  namely,  when  the  miracle  is  regarded  as  a  perfectly 

VOL.  II.  G 


98  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

novel  appearance,  whicli  as  such  calls  forth  a  perfectly  novel 
intuition  and  state  of  feeling  in  the  beholders — the  highest 
astonishment  and  wonder.  Now  if  we  have  to  seek  for  a 
developed  idea  of  miracle,  it  must  be  almost  superfluous  to  re- 
mark, that  the  Protestant  scientific  contemplation  of  the  extraor- 
dinary facts  in  the  Gospel  history,  to  which  the  term  miracle  is 
applied,  cannot  be  restricted  to  the  definitions  of  the  Church 
dogmatics.  It  is  confessed  that  in  the  course  of  time  these 
definitions  have  become  more  and  more  unwieldy.  But  while 
the  free  examination  must  be  conducted  independently  of  the 
maxims  of  dogmatic  science,  it  must  equally  be  set  free  from 
the  authority  of  narrow,  worn-out  assumptions  of  natural 
science,  as  they  have  been  commonly  employed  by  '  critical ' 
theologians  against  miracles.  It  is  false  when  dogmatic  theo- 
logy speaks  of  an  absolute  removal  of  the  laws  of  nature,  of  a 
sheer  suspension  of  them  by  miracle;^  but  is  equally  false 
when  the  philosophic  culture  of  the  age  pretends  to  a  know- 
ledge of  absolute  laws,  which  must  make  a  miracle  simply  im- 
possible.^ Such  laws  of  nature  are  to  be  called  physical  gods,  or 
rather  divinities;  they  are  perfect  contradictions  throughout. 
A  law  is  from  the  first  conditioned  by  the  sphere  in  which  it 
operates. "  Now,  since  nature  is  an  infinitely  delicate  complex  of 
the  most  different  spheres,  it  is  exceedingly  difficult  to  recognise 
and  correctly  define  a  law  of  nature  as  conditioned  by  its  sphere. 
How  different,  for  instance,  the  law  of  natui'e  relative  to  propa- 
gation in  the  class  of  mammals  and  in  that  of  reptiles !  How 
very  differently  does  the  law  of  gravitation  ^ct  in  the  region  of 
the  double  stars  and  in  the  region  of  the  earth!  But  as  the 
law  is  conditioned  in  its  outward  appearance  by  its  sphere,  by 
its  relation  to  space,  so  also  it  is  conditioned  by  the  course  of 
time  to  which  it  belongs  by  its  aeon.       Therefore,  in  reality,  it 

^  Buddeus  terms  miracles  '  operationes,  quibus  naturae  leges,  ad  ordinem 
et  conservationem  totius  hujus  uuiversi  spectantes,  re  vera  suspenduutxir.' 
See  Hahn,  Lehrh.  d.  chr.  Gl.  p.  24. 

2  '  According  to  Spinoza,  God  and  nature  are  not  two  but  one ;  the  laws 
of  the  latter  are  the  will  of  the  former  in  its  constant  realization.  There- 
fore, could  anything  happen  in  nature  which  contradicted  its  universal  laws 
(as  staying  the  course  of  the  sun,  walking  on  the  sea,  etc.),  this  would  con- 
tradict the  nature  of  God  Himself  ;  and  to  maintain  that  God  does  anything 
against  the  laws  of  nature,  is  the  same  as  maintaining  that  God  acts  con- 
trary to  His  own  nature.' — Strauss,  die  Christl.  Glauhemklire  i.  229. 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  99 

is  always  conditioned  by  the  sj)irit  and  mind  of  the  Lawgiver. 
Consequently  we  cannot  fail  to  perceive  that  the  laws  of  nature 
are  conditioned  by  the  omnipotent  Spirit  of  the  Creator.  The 
Creator  is  the  Interpreter  of  the  law  of  nature.  But  surely 
it  cannot  be  denied  that  the  Creator  has  spoken  by  the  laws  of 
nature,  and  He  cannot  contradict  Himself.  With  this  remark, 
the  opponents  of  miracle  think  they  have  said  something  that 
should  settle  the  question.  Certainly  there  can  be  nothing  more 
conformable  to  law  than  the  course  of  nature,  since  the  eternal 
clearness  and  consistency  of  the  divine  will  are  expressed  in  it, 
since  it  is  an  expression  of  the  Spirit,  and  not  the  Spirit  itself. 
The  life  of  nature  is  in  fact  its  conformity  to  law.  If  it  were 
not  conformable  to  law,  not  faithful  to  its  regulations,  not  inex- 
orably decided  in  its  course,  it  could  not  continue  in  existence,  it 
could  not  present  the  sublime  counterpart  of  the  Spirit.  Its 
conformity  to  law  is  the  mirror  of  the  divine  freedom.  But  the 
Spirit  of  God  would  have  for  ever  bound  Himself,  and  been  ex- 
cluded from  His  own  creation,  if  He  had  not  from  the  first  con- 
ditioned its  conformity  to  law  with  infinite  nicety.  He  Himself 
Avould  not  be  God  if  nature  were  absolute  in  its  laws — if  it  were 
God.  Nature  too  would  be  shifted  from  her  own  proper  ground 
if  that  great  miracle,  the  act  of  creation,  which  bears  her  phe- 
nomena so  conformable  to  law,  could  not  break  forth  in  her 
midst,  and  manifest  the  peculiar  nature  of  her  being  in  a 
miraculous  efflorescence. 

Nature  may  be  contemplated  in  a  twofold  sequence  :  its 
phenomena  may  be  traced  from  above  downwards,  or  from  below 
upwards.  If  we  take  the  first  path,  we  shall  continually  advance 
from  the  regions  of  more  indefinite  laws,  of  fluctuating  freedom- 
like life,  into  the  regions  of  rigid  conformity  to  law,  since  we 
shall  be  penetrating  further  into  the  region  of  the  primal  and 
most  general  features  of  nature.  The  migrating  bird  may  be 
on  some  occasions  deceived  by  its  instinct ;  but  the  lightning  is 
thoroughly  certain  of  its  path,  and  belongs  proportionably  to  a 
much  lower  region  of  life.  But  the  further  we  advance  into 
these  low  tracts  of  the  most  rigid  conformity  to  law,  the  wider 
also  do  the  circles  of  law  extend,  or  so  much  the  more  do  they 
bind  themselves  to  fixed  conditions,  or  conceal  themselves  in  the 
delicate  exuberance  of  variable  life.  Fire,  for  instance,  is  in- 
exorable in  its  conformity  to  law ;  for  that  reason  it  generally  lies 


100  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 


imprisoned  in  steel  and  stone.  But  no  sooner  do  we  follow  the 
proper  tendency  of  life  in  nature,  and  turn  to  it  from  below  up- 
wards, than  it  assumes  a  quite  different  form.  It  appears  to  us 
indeed  as  one  of  its  fundamental  laws,  that  in  all  its  conformity 
to  law  it  still  continues  to  be  nature  (Natura),  that  it  is  always 
bringing  forth,  raising,  and  potentiating  itself;^  and  thus  from 
stage  to  stage  it  elevates  its  own  laws,  forms,  and  phenomena,  and 
converts  them  into  new  ones,  and  struggles  towards  glorification 
in  the  spirit.  It  is  therefore  clear  that  nature  in  this  direction 
has  throughout  a  supernatural  tendency.  She  meets  on  her  proud 
way,  as  a  wonder-worker  striving  upwards,  the  wonder-struck 
theologian,  who  is  as  far  from  free  as  herself,  and  performs  a 
miracle  entirely  the  reverse ;  for  he  sets  aside  the  laws  of  the 
spiritual  sphere  to  seal  up  the  laws  of  nature  by  his  own  gross 
assumption,  since  he  would  make  nature  the  consecrated  vehicle 
of  the  spirit,  naturalistic.  But  nature  is  also  conformable  to 
law,  and  incessant  in  the  boldness  with  which  she  hastens  towards 
the  free  spirit ;  she  persists  in  her  wonder-working  direction. 
This  rests  on  the  simple  law,  that  every  power  according  to  its 
kind  can  work  itself  out  in  nature ;  that  therefore  a  higher  power 
can  break  through  the  sphere  of  a  lower  power,  set  aside  its  laws, 
consume  its  material,  and  transform  life  in  it.  Thus,  for  ex- 
ample, the  lion  rushes  as  a  supernatural  principle  on  the  gazelle. 
It  appears,  mayhap,  an  event  contrary  to  nature  that  so  delicate 
a  form  of  nature  should  be  destroyed  and  annihilated  in  its  noble 
conformity  to  law,  whenever  the  right  of  this  higher  power,  the 
lion,  is  lost  sight  of.  The  lion  devours  the  gazelle,  but  in  his 
deed,  in  his  blood  and  life,  the  unnatural  act  becomes  a  new 
nature. 

Had  the  believers  in  miracles  not  allowed  themselves  to  be 
so  prejudiced  against  nature  by  the  appeal  made  against  them 
to  the  laws  of  nature,  they  must  have  found  the  idea  of  miracle 
and  its  future  as  plainly  indicated  in  nature  as  the  idea  and 
future  of  man.  A  grain  of  corn  contains  a  visible  and  distinct 
likeness  of  a  miracle.  The  grain  of  corn,  in  its  innermost  being, 
in  its  germinant  power,  is  a  principle  of  life.  This  principle  of 
life  is  brought  into  operation  through  nature.  But  no  sooner 
does  it  begin  to  germinate,  than  it  operates  as  a  supernatural 
power  in  relation  to  the  substance  of  the  grain  of  corn.  This  its 
^  [See  a  passage  in  Coleridge's  Aids  to  Rejkction,  p.  199,  7tli  Ed. — Tr.] 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  101 

supernatural  property  begins  gradually  to  operate  against  nature  ; 
it  destroys  and  consumes  the  natural  material  wliicli  surrounds 
it,  but  it  removes  this  old  nature-life  in  order  to  exhibit  it  made 
young  again  in  a  new  life.  Here  all  the  elements  of  the  idea  of 
miracle  are  present  in  a  symbolic  form.  Miracle  is  indeed  the  M'ell 
adjusted  irruption  of  a  spiritual  life-principle  into  a  subordinate 
life-sphere,  an  irruption  which  in  its  issuing  forth  as  a  principle 
appears  supernatural,  in  its  decidedness  of  action  is  antinatural, 
and  in  its  final  issue  completes  itself  in  natural  development. 

The  image  of  miracle  borrowed  from  the  grain  of  corn  is 
in  one  respect  imperfect :  the  seed  moves  in  the  circle  of  a 
sphere  which  always  remains  the  same,  though  at  the  same  time 
gently  rising,  while  the  idea  of  miracles  can  be  made  quite  clear 
only  by  a  succession  of  life-spheres.  We  must  have  heard  the 
spiritual  music  of  the  life-spheres,  if  we  would  speak  of  the  idea 
of  law,  of  freedom,  and  of  miracle ;  for  all  these  ideas  are  re- 
ferable to  spherical  relations.  But  as  in  the  religious  depart- 
ment, it  is  said  of  the  righteous  man  that  for  him  there  is  no  law  ; 
so  in  the  general  department  of  life,  the  same  may  be  said  of  the 
higher  life-principles  in  relation  to  the  lower  life-spheres.  So  the 
first  crystallization  is  a  miracle,  since  it  very  decidedly  conditions, 
or  in  a  conditional  manner  dispenses  with,  the  law  of  gravitation, 
which  in  a  lower  element-sphere,  that  of  water,  prevails  uncon- 
ditioned. The  form  or  law  of  unconditioned  gravity  is  the  glob- 
ular ;  but  crystallization  makes  sport  of  this  first  iron  rule  of 
gravitation  in  a  thousand  ways,  when  it  forms  its  delicately  con- 
structed mathematical  figures.  The  first  plant  was  a  miracle 
which  decidedly  changed  the  world  in  which  it  grew.  And  so  it 
has  been  correctly  said  of  the  animal,  that  it  is  a  miracle  for  the 
vegetable  world.  Lastly,  in  Man  the  whole  of  subordinate  nature" 
is  raised  and  changed  into  a  specifically  higher  life-form.  He 
himself,  therefore,  in  this  relation  to  the  nature  that  is  subordinate 
to  him,  is  an  eternally  speaking  image  of  miracle.  In  him  nature 
has  attained  her  final  aim  ;  she  has  come  in  contact  with  spirit, 
and  in  her  movements  is  elevated,  consumed,  and  transformed 
by  his  free  moral  life  in  conformity  with  her  original  destiny. 

But  now  the  question  arises,  whether  we  have  reached  the 
top  of  the  scale  of  life,  when  we  have  reached  man  simply,  man 
who  is  of  the  earth.  If  there  is  within  humanity  only  one  life- 
sphere,   only  one  elaboration   of  one  life-principle,  there  may 


102  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

indeed  be  always  phenomena  resembling  the  miraculous  which 
depend  on  the  difference  of  powers ;  but  this  does  not  establish 
the  existence  of  such  a  region  of  miracles  as  the  Theocracy 
and  especially  Christianity  delineates,  since  the  deciding  new 
principle  is  wanting  which  must  form  and  support  it.  But  if 
there  is  really  a  succession  of  stages  within  humanity — if  here 
again  a  sphere  of  specifically  higher  human  life  towers  above 
the  low^er  sphere,  we  must  here  also  expect  Avhat  meets  our  eye 
on  all  the  other  stages  of  life,  namely,  that  the  new  superior 
principle  breaks  through  the  old  sphere  with  Avonderful  effect,  in 
order  to  draw  it  up  into  its  higher  life.  But  Christianity  an- 
nounces this  new  higher  life-stage  not  only  as  doctrine,  but  as 
fact,  and  in  the  idea  it  finds  the  completest  confirmation  of  its 
own.  The  special  characteristic  of  the  first  human  life  in  its 
historical  appearance,  as  it  was  modified  by  the  fall,  was  the 
Adamic  discord  between  the  spirit  and  the  flesh,  and  the  pre- 
dominance of  the  latter  over  the  former.  The  special  character- 
istic of  the  second  human  life  in  its  historical  power,  that  is,  in 
Christ,  is  the  identity  of  the  spirit  and  the  flesh,  and  the  glori- 
fication of  the  flesh  under  the  supremacy  of  the  spirit.  The 
human  spirit  itself  requires  this  manifestation  of  the  ideal  hu- 
man life  in  a  distinct  and  decided  piinciple  (P/incip).  But  it 
also  requires  the  actings  of  this  principle — its  breaking  through 
the  sphere  of  the  first  human  life,  therefore  its  miracles.  In 
these  facts  must  the  new  life-principle  verify  itself  as  the  crea- 
tive organizing  power  bf  a  new  higher  world. 

When  persons  are  accustomed  to  regard  nature  as  only  one 
sphere,  and  to  allow  the  world  of  men  to  coincide  with  this  one 
circle  of  nature,  it  excites  the  conception  of  a  boundless  Mon- 
golian steppe,  in  which  nothing  more  extraordinary  can  occur 
thain  the  ever  appearing  and  ever  vanishing  of  the  same  sights 
and  the  same  faces.  But  the  more  familiar  we  become  with 
the  succession  of  spheres  in  nature,  and  with  the  heavenly  ladder 
of  seons  in  the  history  of  the  world,  the  more  we  shall  find  in 
the  great  central  miracle — the  life  of  Christ — the  necessity 
established  of  the  several  miracles  which  form  its  historical 
periphery.  And  the  more  we  can  estimate  the  contrast  between 
the  heavenly  spiritual  glory  of  the  life  of  Christ,  and  the  shat- 
tered, old  human  world,  in  all  its  magnitude,  the  more  we  shall 
expect  these  miracles  of  Christ  to  stand  forth  in  bold  relief. 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  103 

Thus,  then,  the  doctrine  of  the  miracles  of  Christ  is  most  inti- 
mately connected  with  the  doctrine  of  His  Person}  Where  the 
former  appears  mutilated,  we  may  justly  infer  a  mutilation  of 
the  latter,  and  the  reverse.  The  truth  of  this  assertion  may  be 
proved  from  the  fact,  that  the  various  discrepancies  in  the  doctrine 
of  miracles  can  very  easily  be  traced  back  to  corresponding  dis- 
crepancies in  the  doctrine  of  the  person  of  Christ.  Whoever  de- 
cidedly rejects  the  uniqueness  of  the  person  of  Christ,  will  not  be 
able  to  recognise  the  uniqueness  of  His  works.  The  difficulty 
which  'modern  culture'  has  with  the  miracles  of  Jesus,  is  connected 
with  a  decline  in  the  knowledge  of  the  Son  of  the  Virgin.  When 
the  root  of  the  life  of  Christ  is  no  longer  estimated  in  its  wonder- 
ful singularity,  how  can  the  golden  fruit  of  miracles  be  sought 
for  on  the  top  of  the  tree  ?  In  fact,  every  one-sidedness  in  Chris- 
tology  is  reflected  by  a  one-sidedness  in  the  theory  of  miracles. 
The  older  orthodox  doctrine  of  Christ  did  not  at  all  times  esti- 
mate the  full  value  of  His  humanity.  It  often  represented  His 
becoming  a  man  as  a  humiliation,  and  at  the  same  time  lost  sight 
of  the  individuality  of  His  being.  Christ's  humanity  often  ap- 
peared as  an  organic  form,  or  the  more  concrete  human  approach 
to  His  divinity.  One  consequence  of  this  view  was,  that  the 
miracles  were  regarded  simply  as  works  of  divine  Omnipotence. 
On  this  supposition  faith  in  miracles  was,  in  appearance,  infinitely 
easy.  The  explanation  was  always  at  hand — Christ  can  do  all 
things  because  He  is  God.  But  not  to  say  that  with  this  view 
the  presence  of  God  in  nature  was  regarded  as  the  sway  of  an 
absolute  will  within  the  circle  of  the  most  exact  conformity  to 
law,  it  was  at  the  same  time  forgotten  that  Christ  as  the  Son 
was  aware  that  His  own  agency  was  throughout  conditioned 
by  that  of  the  Father  (John  v.  19)  ;  moreover,  that  He  com- 
municated to  His  own  disciples  the  power  of  working  miracles. 
According  to  this  view,  Christ  w^as  not  perfectly  incorporated 
Avith  humanity ;  and  the  same  might  be  affirmed  of  His  miracles, 
which  would  thus  form  only  a  conservatory  of  the  choicest  plants, 
transplanted  from  heaven,  and  delighting  us  as  images  of  heaven, 
but  never  naturalized  on  earth.  They  would  only  attest  the  one 
thought  that  God  is  omnipotent,  and  willing  to  aid  us  with  His 
omnipotence. 

While   a   one-sided   supranaturalism,  therefore,  makes   an 
1  [See  Note  8.] 


104  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

exotic  conservatory  of  the  miracles  of  Jesus,  tlie  rationalist 
doctrine  of  Christ  metamorphoses  them  into  a  bramble-bush. 
When  Jesus  is  regarded  simply  as  the  son  of  Joseph,  who,  at 
the  most,  manifested  the  power  of  God  in  a  peculiar  manner, 
and  fulfilled  a  mission  from  God,  such  a  personality  is  not  strong 
enough  to  concentrate  the  miracles  of  the  Gospel  history  into  an 
overpowering  unity,  and  to  make  them  proceed  from  Himself  as 
the  natural  manifestations  of  the  power  of  His  wonderful  life. 
But  there  they  stand ;  and  they  must  spring  forth  from  the  soil 
of  the  Gospel  history  as  best  they  can  :  from  the  extraordinary- 
power  of  Christ ;  from  the  ordination  of  Providence ;  or  even 
from  the  favour  of  chance,  from  the  elements  of  medical  science, 
from  magnetism,  from  popular  credulity,  from  the  embellish- 
ments of  fiction,  and  lastly,  even  from  the  inaccuracies  of  the 
New  Testament  language.  It  is  natural  that  such  a  wonderful 
soil  should  bear  a  thicket  of  miracles  into  which  the  rationalist 
shepherd  is  unwilling  to  lead  his  flock,  since  he  is  afraid  they 
should  lose  their  wool  in  the  bushes,  and  which  therefore  he 
passes  by  himself  as  best  he  can.  The  Spiritualist,  alarmed  and 
troubled  at  the  sight  of  this  thicket,  warns  us  with  the  looks  of 
honest  Eckhart,  not  to  lose  our  way  in  the  dangerous  wood,  but 
rather  to  adopt  a  logic  which  sets  the  outward  and  the  inward, 
the  letter  and  the  spirit,  in  eternal  contrariety. 

But  if  there  is  a  distinct  recognition  of  the  great  miracle, 
namely,  the  uniqueness  of  the  life  of  Christ,  His  separate 
miracles  assume  altogether  a  different  aspect.  They  then  form 
so  many  branches  of  a  lofty,  vigorous  tree,  and  appear  quite 
simply  as  manifestations  of  His  nature,  as  His  works.  When 
we  look  at  the  height  of  the  tree,  and  keep  in  our  eye  the 
strength  of  its  trunk,  its  branches  appear  to  us,  not  as  the  pon- 
derous crown  of  an  oak,  but  rather  as  the  cheerful,  graceful 
summit  of  a  palm-tree  ;  they  seem  to  us  as  towering,  slender, 
waving  branches  sporting  in  the  wind.  Should  not  the  tree  of 
life  of  the  new  a3on  be  able  to  bear  this  crown  without  break- 
ing down,  and  put  forth  the  flowers  which  adorn  it  from  its  own 
internal  vital  power  ?  Let  it  not  be  forgotten  how  high  the  tree 
rises  towards  heaven,  how  deep  and  wide  its  roots  spread  through 
the  life  of  all  humanity !  When  a  young  alpine  stream,  under 
the  impulse  of  its  great  destiny,  hastens  down  into  the  wide 
world,  it  shows  signs  in  the  region  of  its  origin  ;  waterfalls  and 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  105 

passages  forced  through  rocks  testify  of  the  original  freshness 
of  its  power.  But  when  Christianity  rushes  down  from  the 
heavenly  heights  of  the  God-man  into  the  loi\'-lying  tracts  of  a 
human  world,  nature-enthralled  and  sunk  in  misery,  and  in  its 
first  irruption  carries  away  with  it  the  great  stone  of  the 
sepulchre,  here,  as  in  the  alpine  scenery,  the  second  miracle  is 
not  greater  than  the  first ;  rather  is  it  purely  natural  in  relation 
to  the  first.  If  the  understanding  is  here  disposed  to  take 
offence,  the  question  must  be  asked,  whether  it  regards  the  sepa- 
rate miracles  as  too  little  or  too  great  in  relation  to  the  central 
miracle.  Many  persons  who  have  seen  the  falls  of  the  Rhine 
have  said  that  they  found  them  small  in  relation  to  their  pre- 
vious conception.  These  persons,  at  all  events,  ascribe  some- 
thing, though  erroneously,  to  the  reality ;  while  there  are  others 
who  cannot  imagine  the  half,  at  all  events  the  full  reality. 
Everything  here  depends  on  the  estimate  formed  of  the  power 
which  calls  a  phenomenon  into  life.  The  greater  the  power 
is  thought  to  be,  the  easier  is  the  conception  of  the  appearance 
found  to  be ;  but  the  more  highly  the  appearance  is  estimated, 
the  less  adequate  is  the  power.  We  have  turned  in  our  contem- 
plation to  the  pow^er.  In  the  centre  of  the  world's  history,  the 
principle  of  principles,  the  light  of  lights,  the  life  of  the  living, 
and  therefore  also  the  power  of  powers,  has  appeared  to  us  ;  the 
one  miracle,  which  causes  many  miracles  to  appear  as  the  natural 
utterances  of  a  new  and  higher  life-power.^ 

The  miracle  of  the  life  of  Jesus  is  one  with  the  miracle  of 
the  actual  vision  (Selbstanschmiung)  of  God.  Whoever  would 
explain  this  miracle  to  us,  must  be  able  to  give  us  the  assurance 
that  he  is  of  a  pure  heart,  or  that  he  sees  God,  or  that  he  sur- 
veys the  whole  world  in  all  its  manifoldness  as  an  ideal  unity. 
The  saint  who  beholds  God,  sees,  in  the  very  act  of  beholding, 
the  nature  of  His  essence  ;  to  him  the  opposition  of  nature  and 
miracle  has  become  clear  in  their  perfected  harmony  in  God 

1  Neander,  p.  138.  ['  Since  Jesus  was  verily  an  incarnation  of  the 
Godhead,  miraculous  works  in  His  life  were  only  becoming  and  natural.' — 
Young's  Christ  of  History,  p.  267.  Similarly,  and  quite  logically,  almost  all 
modern  defenders  of  the  miracles.  This  argument  is  but  the  more  accurate 
statement  and  amplification  of  one  of  Augustine's  suggestive  utterances  : 
'  Mirum  non  esse  debet  a  Deo  factum  miraculum ;  .  •  •  magis  gaudere 
quam  mirari  debemur.' — In  Joa7i.  Tract,  xvii.  1. — Ed.] 


106  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY, 

Himself.  But  Avhoever  has  not  attained  to  this  elevation,  must 
necessarily  regard  the  nature  of  God  predominantly  as  a  miracle, 
and  accordingly  must  recognise  its  miraculous  operations  as  the 
natural  expressions  of  its  essence.  The  same  holds  good  of  the 
works  of  Christ,  in  whom  the  self-revelation  of  God  has  appeared 
to  us.  Christ  is  the  miraculous  in  the  centre  of  nature  :  out  of 
its  relation  to  Him,  even  nature  is  miraculous ;  but  in  relation  to 
Him,  even  miracle  is  natural.  The  Christian  Gospel  miracle 
must  always  find  its  '  natural'  explanation  in  the  miracle  of  the 
life  of  Christ.  Christ  Himself  exhibits  the  completed  mediation 
between  the  unconditioned  omnipotence  of  God  and  finite  con- 
ditioned nature — therefore  the  mediation  of  miracles. 

The  possibility  of  miracles  is  correctly  proved  in  a  twofold 
way :  either  by  an  appeal  to  the  divine  omnipotence,  or  to  the 
idea  of  an  accelerated  natural  process.  On  the  one  hand,  it  is 
argued,  With  God  nothing  is  impossible ;  on  the  other,  God 
changes  every  year  water  into  wine,  only  by  a  slower  process 
than  at  Cana.  When,  therefore,  miracle  is  described  as  an  act 
of  God's  omnipotence,  we  have  named  its  deepest  ground,  its 
possibility;  but  its  actual  occurrence  is  not  thereby  explained. 
It  is  not  even  explained  by  representing  that  the  will  of  the  per- 
former of  the  miracle  has  become  one  with  the  will  of  God. 
For  our  will  may  become  one  with  the  will  of  God  even  in  the 
most  profound  resignation.  But  in  the  performance  of  a  miracle, 
not  only  does  man  become  one  with  God  in  the  depths  of  the 
divine  will  in  general,  but  God  also  becomes  one  with  man  in 
the  special  act  in  which  man  performs  the  miraculous  with 
supernatural  power  derived  from  God.  When  therefore  we 
are  confronted  by  Omnipotence,  by  the  will  of  the  Almighty, 
and  consequently  are  deeply  moved  by  the  infinite  great  proba- 
bility of  the  miracle,  the  question  still  returns,  Will  God  perform 
a  miracle  which  positively  encroaches  on  miraculous  nature? 
On  the  other  hand,  a  miracle  can  as  little  be  regarded  as  a  mere 
extraordinary  operation  of  the  performer  upon  nature,  when  we 
speak  of  an  acceleration  of  nature.  There  can  be  no  question, 
indeed,  that  as,  on  the  one  hand,  a  miracle  is  rooted  in  the  omni- 
potence of  God,  so,  on  the  other  hand,  it  celebrates  its  appear- 
ance in  the  accelerated  process  of  nature.  If  therefore  we  turn  to 
this  conception  of  the  accelerated  process  of  nature,  y^e  certainly 
find  that  nature  in  its  processes  performs  pure  mu*acles — that  it 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  107 

changes  water  into  wine,  wine  into  blood,  blood  into  milk;  and  this 
fact  shows  us  how  plainly  the  miracles  of  the  kingdom  of  God 
are  reflected  in  similar  national  phenomena.  These  thousandfold 
similarities  give  us,  therefore,  again  a  lively  impression  of  the 
near  possibility  of  miracles.  We  think  that  such  a  process  of 
nature  needs  only  to  be  in  some  degree  accelerated,  and  a 
miracle  will  be  the  result.^  But  if  it  should  come  to  this  phe- 
nomenon of  an  accelerated  process  of  nature,  we  must  have  at 
any  rate  the  principle  of  the  process,  its  germ.  All  processes 
of  nature  arise  from  principles,  which  in  their  ultimate  grounds 
must  be  regarded  as  the  thoughts  and  operations  of  God.  If 
now  every  common  process  of  nature  presupposes  a  principle, 
much  more  must  such  a  one  exist  for  an  accelerated  process : 
for  a  miracle  of  healing,  a  decisive  healing  power;  for  the 
change  of  water  into  wine,  the  factor  of  the  formation  of  wine, 
*the  vine  with  its  branches.'^  Accordingly  the  idea  of  an 
accelerated  process  of  nature,  strictly  considered,  exhibits  only 
the  course  of  a  miracle  when  it  is  already  decided  in  principle, 
just  as  the  appeal  to  the  omnipotence  of  God  exhibits  only  the 
general  power  of  the  miracle,  without  deciding  that  the  miracle 
shall  actually  take  place. 

We  are  now,  therefore,  placed  between  two  possibilities  of 
miracle,  and  yet  not  justified  in  exhibiting  these  combined  as 
giving  us  the  actual  occurrence  of  the  miracle.  Between  these 
possibilities,  rather,  the  question  still  arises  respecting  the  living 
centre  which  exhibits  the  miraculous  power  of  God  in  the  actual 
miraculous  fact,  so  that  it  can  pass  imperceptibly  into  the  accele- 
rated processes  of  nature. 

This  centre  we  found  in  the  life  of  Jesus.  The  miraculous 
reality  of  His  life  must,  in  accordance  with  its  nature,  express 
itself  in  miraculous  operations.  In  Him  the  mediation  between 
God  and  nature  has  appeared  complete  and  effulgent ;  therefore 
He  exhibits  omnipotence  operating  in  the  midst  of  nature  without 

1  See  Hase,  Leben  Jesu,  p.  109  ;  Olshausen,  Commentary  on  the  Gospels, 
iii.  368.  The  latter  appeals  to  the  expression  of  Augustine — Ipse  fecit 
vinum  in  uuptiis,  qui  omni  anno  hoc  facit  in  vitibus.  Illud  autem  non 
miramur,  quia  omni  anno  fit ;  assiduitate  amisit  admirationem. 

^  Strauss  has  justly  required  for  the  change  of  the  water  into  wine  at 
Cana,  the  factor  of  the  vine  ;  but  when  he  supposes  that  this  vine  must  be 
a  vegetable  one,  his  thoughts  wander  among  the  vineyards  of  the  nature- 
seon,  while  here  we  have  to  consider  the  action  of  the  vine  in  the  spirit-seon. 


108  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

violating  nature  in  its  essence,  and  exhibits  what  is  conformable  to 
nature  in  the  divine  life,  without  obscuring  the  divine  freedom.^ 

This  indissoluble  union  between  the  miraculous  One  and 
His  miracles  must  be  verified  in  a  twofold  way  :  first,  because 
we  see  in  Christ,  as  well  as  in  His  wonder-working,  all  the  ele- 
ments that  .make  up  the  conception  of  a  miracle  realized  in  the 
most  powerful  form;  and  also,  because  in  all  His  miraculous 
works  we  plainly  find  again  the  christological  characteristic, 
their  relation  to  the  life  of  Christ. 

Miracle  has  above  appeared  to  us  as  the  decided  irruption  of 
a  mediated  (yermittelten)  principle  of  a  higher  life-sphere  into 
the  old  form  of  a  lower  one,  with  the  tendency  to  take  up  this 
lower  sphere  into  the  higher.  Now,  if  we  fix  our  eye  on  Christ 
as  a  principle,  He  appears  to  us  in  this  relation  as  the  kingly 

'  J.  Miiller,  in  his  programm  De  miraculoriim  Jesu  Cliristi  nahtra  et 
necessitate,  p.  8,  etc.,  impugns  the  views  of  the  older  theologians  of  the 
Evangelical  Church,  according  to  which  the  miracles  of  Christ  were  deduced 
from  His  divine  nature.  He  justly  draws  attention  to  the  passages  in  which 
our  Lord  appeals  to  the  Father  in  His  performance  of  miracles  in  order  to 
impugn  the  exj^lanation  of  miracles  from  a  one-sided  activity  of  the  omni- 
potence of  God  in  Christ.  But  when  he  remarks,  '  neque  ad  rem  quidquam 
interest  horum  scriptorum  nonnuUos  humanse  proxime  Christi  natura; 
miracula  assignare  ;  per  communicationem  idiomatum  enim  hujus  divinse 
virtutis  participem  factam  illam  esse  volunt;'  and  further,  'quod  autem 
miracula  factitavit,  id  ei  certo  tempore  concessum  est  singulari  dei  dono,  quo 
ad  provinciam  Messianam  administrandam  instructus  est,' — he  strikes  into 
another  direction  which  has  been  successfully  pursued  by  Nitzsch,  Twesten, 
Neander,  Ullmann,  and  others,  for  the  solution  of  the  problem  of  miracles. 
See  Nitzsch,  System  of  Christian  Doctrine,  p.  83  (Clark)  ;  Twesten,  Dog- 
matik,  vol.  i.  p.  380 ;  Neander  and  Ullmann,  in  the  passages  quoted  above. 
Also,  might  there  not  be  a  propriety  in  receiving  with  Christ  a  singulare  Dei 
donum?  When  the  author  further  shows  that  God  stands  in  presence  of 
nature  in  absolute  majesty  and  freedom,  he  has  admirably  described  the 
principle  of  miracles ;  and  it  requires  only  to  give  prominence  to  the  incar- 
nation of  this  God,  in  order  to  give  to  the  principle  described  its  concrete 
form.  [Scripture  gives  us  to  understand  that  the  Spirit  is  the  Agent  of  all 
divine  operations.  When,  therefore,  it  is  pressed,  as  in  the  present  day  it 
is  too  frequently  and  exclusively  pressed,  that  the  miracles  were  wrought  by 
the  Spirit,  it  should  be  kept  distinctly  in  view  that  this  Spirit  is  the  Spirit 
of  Christ  Himself,  the  Spirit  proceeding  from  the  Father  and  from  the  Son. 
Correct  views  of  the  immediate  ^wwer  by  which  the  miracles  of  Christ  were 
wrought,  introduce  into  the  apologetic  argument  from  mii-acles  a  modifica- 
tion which  wiU  be  felt  by  any  one  who  undertakes  the  argument.  Very 
instructive  on  this  point  is  Owen,  On  the  Spirit,  ii.  3,  4. — Ed.] 


THE  JIIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  109 

principle  of  all  universal  principles.  Every  subordinate  prin- 
ciple is,  no  doubt,  an  original  power,  a  product  of  God's  crea- 
tive operation,  a  marvellous  witness  of  God's  nearness ;  but 
Christ  as  a  principle  is  one  with  God's  manifestation  in  the 
world,  with  His  highest  operation,  the  principle  of  the  creation 
of  a  new  world.  But  this  principle  is  in  the  highest  degree 
conformable  to  nature,  for  it  is  mediated  with  infinite  abun- 
dance. Every  lesser  principle  is  mediated  by  some  correspond- 
ing course  of  nature  ;  but  the  life  of  Christ  is  mediated  by  the 
M'liole  antecedent  course  of  the  world.  This  mediated  method 
of  Christ  is  His  nature.  Therefore,  since  the  nature  of  Christ 
was  more  mediated  or  prepared  for  than  any  other  being,  we 
can  discover  in  His  life  the  genuine  stamp  of  all  naturalness,  the 
highest  fulfilHng  of  all  nature-life.  But  by  nature,  according 
to  its  power  and  destiny,  is  simply  the  glory  or  the  power  of  the 
divine  Spirit  over  all  nature-life.  His  life  is  therefore  so  far 
supernatural  in  its  essence  and  its  operations.  It  is  essentially  His 
destiny  to  operate  supernaturally  or  metaphysically,  to  free  the 
creature  from  vanity,  to  transform  its  life  of  bondage  by  the  life 
of  the  Spirit.  For  this  reason,  in  that  antinaturalness  by  which 
the  higher  nature  takes  up  the  lower  nature.  He  breaks  through 
the  limits  of  the  old  course  of  nature  and  the  world,  first  of  all 
with  the  miracle  of  His  peculiar  birth,  and  afterwards  by  the 
copious  operations  of  His  redeeming  power.  His  life  puts  to 
death  the  life  or  the  nature  of  the  old  Adam  throughout  the 
world,  and  especially  in  this  sense  are  His  operations  antinatural. 
These  operations  have  seized  human  and  earthly  life  in  its 
depths,  and  in  these  depths  are  working  out  a  great  regenera- 
tion, which  is  to  break  forth  resplendent  from  the  ashes  of  the 
old  world.  It  was  in  the  nature  of  the  case  for  these  operations 
to  disclose  themselves  in  direct,  immediate  forms  ;  in  signs  sym- 
bolical of  Christ's  general  agency  ;  in  miracles  which  appeared 
antinatural  to  men,  in  proportion  as  the  old  form  of  the  world 
was  held  to  be  the  only  normal  one,  and  of  eternal  validity. 
But  as  the  life  of  Christ,  notwithstanding  its  spirituality,  or 
rather  in  this  very  spirituality,  appears  as  a  perfected,  beautiful 
new  nature,  so  it  is  also  with  His  miraculous  operations.  They 
all  issue  and  complete  themselves  in  quick  natural  processes, 
the  results  of  which  appear  in  new,  delightful  forms  of  life. 
Thus  His  breaking  through  the  old  world,  by  which  He  ad- 


110  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

vances  to  the  last  judgment  and  tlie  end  of  the  world,  will  have 
for  its  consequences  a  new  world. 

All  these  constituents  of  the  conception  of  miracle  must  be 
more  or  less  prominent  in  the  single  miraculous  works  of  Christ. 
First  of  all,  the  constituent  of  ynediation.  The  need  of  a  miracle 
is  a  constituent  corresponding  to  the  principle  for  performing 
miracles,  and  is  the  occasion  when  Christ  receives  an  intimation 
from  the  Father  to  work  in  unity  with  Him  creatively,  that  is, 
to  perform  a  miracle.  Indeed,  the  constituent  for  effecting  the 
great  saving  miracle  of  the  world's  salvation  is  ever  present  to 
the  Lord.  But  the  occasions  for  allowing  the  fruits  of  this  re- 
demption to  make  their  appearance  in  special  operations,  and 
for  the  signs  of  the  transforming  power  of  this  redemption,  the 
omens  of  the  future  glorification  of  the  world,  to  shine  forth,  are 
more  rare  (Luke  iv.  25-27  ;  John  xi.  4).  There  are  single 
moments  in  which  a  definite  form  of  the  world's  misery  and  the 
world's  Redeemer  in  His  historical  pilgrimage  meet,  we  might 
say,  one  another  on  so  narrow  a  bridge,  and  so  exactly  face  to 
face,  that  they  must  fight  with  one  another,  or  rather  the  misery 
must  collapse  and  vanish  before  the  Redeemer. 

These  constituent  elements  are  therefore  mediated  equally 
with  the  life  itself.  The  most  general  mediating  is  the  faith  of 
those  who  need  relief.  This  faith  is  the  peculiar  organ  of  sus- 
ceptibility for  the  miraculous  power  of  Christ — the  divine  token, 
in  fact,  by  which  the  occasion  of  working  a  miracle  is  indicated 
to  Him.  But  if  any  one  is  disposed  to  make  this  susceptibility 
the  special  factor  of  the  relief  granted,  and  thus  to  account  for 
the  miracle  by  the  faith  of  miracles,  in  such  a  case  he  would 
ascribe  to  the  sufferer  a  greater  faith  and  a  greater  power  than 
to  Christ  Himself.  But  faith  as  such  is  generally  no  more  than 
a  susceptibility,  which  is  distinguished  from  fanaticism  by  its 
knowing  with  certainty  that  it  is  met  by  a  positive  operation  of 
God.  If,  therefore,  it  is  altogether  erroneous  to  make  faith  in 
its  isolated  position  a  worker  of  miracles  without  the  co-operat- 
ing power  of  God,  it  is  also  perfectly  monstrous  to  pretend  that 
there  are  believers  who  beget  this  miraculous  help  out  of  them- 
selves, when  they  stand  supplicating  before  the  Lord,  when  He 
answers  their  confidence,  and  receives  thanks  for  the  help  given. 
Even  Christ  Himself  worked  not  in  an  isolated  position,  though 
He  had  within  Himself  a  positive  miraculous  power,  but  in 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  Ill 

conjunction  with  the  Father  (John  x.  41)  directing  a  look  of 
confidence  towards  Him.  But  this  mediating  of  miracles  ap- 
pears to  us  to  vanish  when  we  look  at  the  miracles  of  Christ 
performed  at  a  distance  ;  likewise  in  His  healing  of  demoniacs ; 
but,  lastly  and  chiefly,  in  His  miraculous  operations  on  nature. 
But  even  here  we  see  traces  of  mediation  gradually  emerging 
from  the  darkness,  as  we  direct  our  eye  to  the  inner  relations  of 
the  world,  and  estimate  them  higher  than  is  commonly  done  in 
relation  to  the  outward  phenomena.  When  Christ  healed  the 
possessed  child  of  the  Caiiaanitish  woman,  the  channel  through 
which  the  operation  reached  the  child  is  plainly  traceable  :  it 
was  one  of  the  disposition,  sunk  deep  in  the  heart  of  the  suppli- 
catincij  mother.  Her  agitated  soul  with  one  hand  laid  hold  of 
the  Lord,  and  with  the  other  of  her  child,  and  thus  formed  a 
living  affinity — an  electrical  conductor  by  which  the  lightning 
of  healing  flashed  from  the  heart  of  Christ  into  the  heart  of  her 
child.  In  the  world  of  clairvoyance  delicate  streams  of  fire  and 
tracks  of  light  have  been  seen,  which  were  formed  between  sepa- 
rated human  souls,  so  that  they  thought  of  one  another  vividly, 
and  have  been  occupied  with  one  another :  these  are  spiritual 
bridges  which  love,  anxiety,  remembrance,  and  especially  inter- 
cessory prayer,  have  thrown  across  spaces  of  outward  separation, 
and  traverse.  These  communications  correspond  entirely  with 
a  delicate  estimate  of  the  dynamical  relations  of  the  world. 

But  not  to  insist  on  these,  we  cannot,  at  all  events,  doubt  of 
the  living  movement  of  the  mightiest  powers  between  hearts 
which  stand  in  the  most  intimate  and  vital  relation  to  one  an- 
other. But  this  movement  suffices  us  as  a  spiritual  pathway  for 
the  healing  powers  of  the  Lord  when  they  have  to  act  at  a  dis- 
tance. Thus  the  nobleman  at  Capernaum  became  a  conductor 
of  Christ's  healing  power  for  his  son  ;  and  the  Gentile  centurion, 
with  his  strong  faith,  was  a  mediating  organ  for  his  servant. 
But  when  our  Lord  had  to  deal  Avith  demoniacs,  this  mediation 
lay  in  a  power  which,  in  diseased  persons  of  this  class,  is  gene- 
rally active  with  a  morbid  development,  and  a  more  intense 
enei'gy — a  power  of  psychical  foreboding.  Of  the  nature  of 
demoniacal  suffering  we  do  not  here  speak.  But  it  is  a  fact 
which  occurs  among  the  nervous  and  insane  of  our  own  time, 
as  well  as  in  the  case  of  the  demoniacs  in  the  Gospel  history, 
that  in  their  intensified  power  of  foreboding,  they  are  capable  of 


112  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

divining  the  dispositions  and  intentions  which  the  persons  imme- 
diately about  them  entertain.  They  are  in  a  morbid  state  of 
psychical  agitation,  and  in  a  closer  affinity  than  healthy  persons 
to  the  psychical  movements  of  the  bystanders.  Especially  have 
they  an  extraoi'dinary  sensitiveness  for  states  of  mind  which  are 
in  contrast  to  their  own.  As  clairvoyantes  can  be  disturbed  by 
the  nearness  of  impure  characters,  so  demoniacs  and  insane  per- 
sons often  become  excited  by  the  approach  of  saintly  characters. 
They  feel  the  operation  of  a  power  which  even  at  a  distance 
comes  into  collision  with  their  state,  and  presses  punitively  on 
the  secret  consciousness  of  the  psychical  terror  with  which  com- 
monly their  state  of  mental  bondage  is  connected.  Thus  the 
demoniac  whom  Jesus  met  with  in  the  synagogue  at  Capernaum 
could  not  endure  His  presence  (Mark  i.  23),  but  cried  out  against 
Him.  That  the  demoniacs  were  the  first  who  proclaimed  Him  as 
the  Messiah,  may  be  accounted  for  from  the  activity  and  percep- 
tive vigour  of  their  intensified  power  of  foreboding ;  not  simply 
because  this  power  of  foreboding  brought  them  into  a  peculiar 
relation  with  the  consciousness  of  Christ,  but  because  it  also 
formed  the  same  relation  between  them  and  the  secret  thoughts 
of  their  times.  That  Jesus  was  the  Messiah,  was  the  public 
secret  of  His  time,  from  the  beginning  of  His  ministry.  John's 
annunciation  of  Him  had  already  taken  place ;  His  disciples  in- 
dulged distinct  hopes  of  the  manifestation  of  His  Messianic 
glory,  and  the  people  were  agitated  by  the  fluctuations  of  fore- 
boding that  He  was  the  promised  One.  But  the  dark  antipathy 
of  the  hierarchy  hung  like  a  threatening  thunder-cloud  over 
against  this  dawn  in  men's  minds.  No  one  ventured  to  commit 
himself  by  the  public  and  decided  recognition  of  Christ.  The 
insane  naturally  took  the  lead ;  they  proclaimed  aloud  the  ob- 
scure mystery  which  they  found  in  the  breasts  of  their  contem- 
poraries. Fools  and  children  speak  the  truth  ;  so  here  the  accla- 
mations of  the  children  soon  followed  the  cries  of  the  demoniacs. 
In  addition  to  them,  Christ  was  proclaimed  by  poor  mendicants, 
who  had  nothing  to  lose  ;  and  by  the  people  in  a  mass,  who  in 
masses  always  feel  strongly.  When,  therefore,  the  demoniacs 
had  an  excited  feeling  and  foreboding  of  the  dignity  of  Christ, — 
when  by  their .  recklessness  they  anticipated  the  people  in  the 
publication  of  His  name,  a  mediation  was  thus  formed  for  the 
miraculous  aid  of  Christ.     As  borderers  on  the  kingdom  of 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  113 

spirits,  they  were  raised  above  the  ban  of  the  Sanhedrim  by  the 
pecuHar  sacredness  of  their  calamitous  state ;  and  as  confessors 
of  Jesus,  they  were  pecuHarly  the  objects  of  His  compassion. 

But  no  such  mediation  of  the  miracles  of  Christ  appears  at 
first  sight  to  be  given  in  the  case  of  the  dead  whom  He  restored 
to  life ;  yet,  on  carefully  considering  the  circumstances,  we 
shall  find  that  there  is  a  mediation,  or  rather  a  double  one.  The 
three  dead  persons  whom  Christ  restored,  even  when  dead  were 
held  by  strong  bonds  in  the  vicinity  of  life ; — the  daughter  of 
Jaii'us,  by  the  loud  mourning  of  the  parental  house  ;  the  young 
man  at  Nain,  by  the  inconsolable  grief  of  his  mother ;  and 
lastly,  Lazarus,  not  merely  by  the  ceaseless  yearning  with  which 
his  sisters  waited  for  the  Lord,  but  also  by  the  unsatisfied  expec- 
tation with  which  he  himself  had  sunk  into  the  grave.  Even 
though  dead,  therefore,  these  three  still  experienced  the  strong 
attraction  towards  life  on  this  side  the  grave.  But  as  spirits,  they 
understood  the  voice  of  the  Prince  of  spirits.  The  modes  of 
mediating  the  miracles  of  Christ  in  His  operations  on  external 
nature  are  hardest  to  discover.  Here  also  the  connecting  links 
have  been  lost  for  the  most  part,  because  suflScient  account  has 
not  been  taken  of  the  co-operation  of  hearts.  This  applies  espe- 
cially to  the  miracles  of  food  and  drink  which  Jesus  wrought. 
How  very  much  has  it  been  the  practice  to  pass  over,  in  these 
miracles,  the  mental  states  of  the  persons  for  whom  they  were 
wrought !  In  many  a  dissertation  on  the  miracle  at  Cana,  the 
exclamation,  '  They  have  no  wine  !  no  wine ! '  meets  us  at 
every  tm*n  ;  and  some  theological  treatises  upon  it  handle  the 
whole  question  after  so  grossly  material  a  fashion,  so  utterly 
without  a  surmise  of  the  significance  of  the  spiritual  transac- 
tion in  this  history,  that  one  would  think  they  were  composed  in 
a  tavern,  or  meant  to  lay  the  scene  of  the  narrative  in  a  public- 
house  !  But  how  could  these  miracles  have  a  New  Testament 
power  and  significance,  if  they  were  not  performed  in  the  ele- 
ment of  eipotional  life  (Gemilthsleben)  and  of  the  sphere  of 
faith  ■?  We  do  not  intend  to  enlarge  on  this  remark  here,  but 
reserve  the  development  for  the  sequel.  In  the  stilling  of  the 
storm  on  the  Lake  of  Gennesaret,  the  mediating  consisted  in 
this,  that  first  of  all  the  hearts  of  the  disciples,  as  the  firstlings 
of  the  new  humanity,  were  laid  at  rest  before  the  winds  and 
VOL.  II.  n 


114  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

waves  were  stilled.  The  cursing  of  the  fig-tree  was  mediated 
by  that  presentiment  of  the  judgment  awaiting  Jerusalem  and 
the  end  of  the  world,  which  so  deeply  moved  Christ  in  His  last 
days. 

It  will  be  understood  that  the  supernatural,  which  is  opera- 
tive in  all  Christ's  miracles,  must  be  always  and  immediately 
looked  for  in  His  divine  hfe-power.  This  life-power,  in  the  case 
where  Christ  performed  a  miracle,  is  identical  with  the  omnipo- 
tence of  God ;  for  He  performed  such  an  act  only  according 
to  the  will  of  the  Father,  and  in  unity  with  Him.  It  was  the 
overpowering  agency  of  the  sovereign  principle  which  was  placed 
in  the  centre  of  the  world,  in  order  to  destroy  its  corruption  and 
effect  its  glorification.  But  the  expressions  of  the  power  of 
Christ,  as  they  differ  in  different  miracles,  sO  also  the  forms  they 
assume  are  different.  To  the  leprous  Christ  presented  Himself 
as  positive  purity,  the  absolute  power  of  all  purification  ;  to  the 
■deaf,  as  the  ear-forming  word  ;  and  to  the  dead,  as  the  positive 
life-giving  life.  And  as  Christ  in  such  agency  becomes  one 
with  the  Father,  so  is  the  disposition  in  which  He  accomplishes 
His  miracle  one  with  Him.  His  word  is  the  fructifying  prin- 
ciple with  which  the  receptive  faith  takes  in  the  victorious  life- 
power  which  is  destined  to  effect  the  miracle  in  its  own  life- 
circle.  The  believers  in  miraculous  power  therefore  received, 
in  the  moment  of  the  performance  of  the  miracle,  by  a  sympa- 
thetic elevation  of  their  disposition,  a  share  in  the  noble-minded- 
ness of  Christ,  and  in  this  moment  of  their  highest  nearness  to 
heaven  the  miracle  became  incorporated  with  their  life. 

But  in  all  cases  an  old  naturalness,  either  a  dark  form  or  a 
fettering  limitation,  or  an  evil  of  the  old  world  which  has  be- 
come nature,  is  broken  through  and  taken  away  by  the  miracu- 
lous agency  of  Christ.  At  one  time,  it  is  the  roaring  storm  ;  at 
another  time,  it  is  water  in  the  coloui'less  form  which  it  takes 
as  a  defect  in  contrast  with  the  wine ;  and  at  a  third  time,  it  is 
the  grave.  This  character  of  destruction  is  most  prominent  in 
the  cursing  of  the  fig-tree. 

But,  lastly,  we  also  see  that  all  the  miracles  of  Jesus  bear ' 
the  impress  of  true  miracle,  because  they  enter  nature  with 
creative,  liberating,  formative  power,  and  complete  themselves 
as  natural  processes.  The  men  whom  Christ  heals  or  restores 
to  life  come  forward  a^ain,  as  forms  restored  to  this  world,  in 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  115 

all  their  native  freshness.  To  the  daughter  of  Jairus  food  is 
given  to  eat  (Mark  v.  43).  Lazarus  soon  after  his  resurrec- 
tion is  found  among  the  guests  at  a  feast.  Our  Lord  causes 
this  subsidence  of  miracle  into  natural  life  to  appear  even  in 
effecting  His  own  miracles.  The  blind  man  whom  Christ  cured 
at  Bethsaida  (Mark  viii.  22),  after  Christ's  first  operation,  ex- 
claimed, '  I  see  men  as  trees  walking ! '  Visible  objects  still 
appeared  before  his  eyes  in  indistinct  outline,  nor  did  he  per- 
fectly recover  his  sight  till  Christ  had  touched  his  eyes  a  second 
time.  The  Lord  seems  carefully  to  have  given  prominence  to 
this  natural  side  of  the  cures  He  effected,  and  to  have  drawn, 
so  to  speak,  a  veil  round  the  strictly  miraculous  operation  by 
availing  Himself  more  or  less  of  natural  operations.  Even  the 
word  by  which  He  usually  effected  His  work,  is  not  in  itself 
alone  to  be  regarded  as  a  mere  unsensuous  expression  of  the 
spirit.  As  in  its  meaning  it  is  a  divine  thought,  so  outwardly 
it  is  a  thunderbolt  of  the  soul's  life — a  powerful  psychical  act, 
inflaming  the  hearts  and  agitating  the  organs  of  the  suscep- 
tible. Such  a  word  of  Christ  is,  in  miniature,  an  image  of  the 
creative  universal  agency  of  God  by  which  He  created  the 
world — that  infinite  expression  of  God,  which  inwardly  was 
altogether  His  sunbright  thought  and  will,  and  outwardly  a 
mysterious,  darkly  brooding,  immeasurably  rich  fulness  of  life 
— that  creative  basis  of  the  world  which  now  appeared  in  Him 
in  individual  personality.  But  the  nature-side  of  His  miracu- 
lous agency  was  more  striking  when  He  touched  the  sufferers 
or  laid  hold  of  them  by  the  hand.  Such  contact  must  have 
been,  in  the  case  of  the  leprous  especially,  a  revolting  operation 
(Matt.  viii.  3).  With  such  an  one  Christ  placed  Himself  in 
the  relation  of  defilement.  He  exposed  Himself  thereby  to  the 
danger,  according  to  the  Levitical  law,  of  being  excluded  from 
the  congregation  as  an  unclean  person  ;  He  even  hazarded  His 
life  for  the  sake  of  curing  the  leprous  when  He  touched  them. 
This  moral  operation  itself,  in  its  living  power  to  touch  the  soul, 
was  for  the  diseased  like  a  flash  of  lightning  from  heaven. 
But  it  is  remarkable,  that  Jesus  never  went  beyond  touching. 
Though,  according  to  the  account  in  Mark's  Gospel  (vi.  13), 
the  disciples  of  Jesus  often  anointed  the  sick  with  oil,  and  thus 
restored  them  to  health,  yet  we  are  not  warranted  by  this  cir- 
cumstance to  conclude  that  Jesus  Himself  used  such  means. 


116  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

The  disciples,  with  their  weaker  miraculous  power,  appear  to 
have  depended  on  a  more  natural  act  of  healing ;  as,  according 
to  the  direction  of  James,  the  elders  of  the  Church  were  obliged 
to  do  at  a  later  period.  In  fact,  besides  touching,  imposition  of 
the  hands,  or  laying  hold  of  the  hand  of  the  diseased,  in  which 
the  complete  miraculous  power  of  His  holy  hand  was  mani- 
fested, Christ  only  employed  one  physical  means  repeatedly, 
one  distinctly  individual,  a  natural  bodily  means — His  spittle. 
The  ancients  attribute  to  the  saliva  a  sure  healing  power,  espe- 
cially for  many  disorders  of  the  eyes  :  an  opinion  which  is  still 
held  in  our  own  times.-^  But  Christ  appears  to  make  this  means 
the  vehicle  of  a  higher  power.  If  the  personality  of  Christ  is 
regarded  according  to  its  peculiar  significance  as  the  life-giv- 
ing life,  as  positive  healthfulness,  we  may  venture  to  expect 
that  every  bodily  substance  or  quality  which  has  proved  itself 
elsewhere  in  any  degree  curative,  will  be  found  again  in  His 
life  in  the  highest  potency,  and,  as  an  expression  of  that  life,  will 
exhibit  the  highest  heahng  efficiency.  But  Jesus  applied  the 
same  means  in  different  ways.  He  healed  (according  to  Mark 
vii.  33)  a  deaf  and  dumb  man  by  putting  His  fingers  in  his 
ears,  and  then,  after  spitting  on  His  finger,  touching  his 
tongue.^  In  the  case  of  the  blind  man  at  Bethsaida,  the  spittle 
seems  to  have  been  directly  applied  to  the  eyes  of  the  blind,  and 
followed  by  the  imposition  of  hands  (viii.  22).  When  He  cured 
the  man  born  blind  at  Jerusalem  (John  ix,).  He  spat  on  the 
ground  and  made  a  paste,  with  which  He  anointed  the  eyes  of 
the  blind,  and  ordered  him  to  go  and  wash  in  the  pool  of 
Siloam.  We  have  here  again  an  advanced  apphcation  of  the 
spittle :  the  paste  which  He  spread  on  the  eyes  of  the  blind, 
as  something  more  than  a  momentary  application,  and  the  time 
spent  in  going  to  the  pool  at  Siloam,  during  which  it  remained, 
constituted  this  advanced  use  of  it.  The  washing  in  the  pool 
of  Siloam,  which  the  afflicted  man  had  to  perform,  seems  to 
have  been  only  a  symbolical  act  in  which,  with  his  faith,  his 
cure  was  to  be  completed.     At  all  events,  it  was  otherwise  with 

'  See  Fleck,  die  Vertheidigung  des  Christenthums,  p.  150 ;  Tacitus,  Hist. 
iv.  81 ;  Suetonius,  Vesp.  vii. 

2  The  ears  appear  to  have  been  touched  with  one  hand  and  the  tongue 
with  the  other  simultaneously  ;  and  this  operation  seems  to  mark  a  peculiar 
influence. 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  117 

the  spittle.  The  repetition  of  its  appHcation  plainly  shows  that 
it  was  used  as  a  means ;  and  although  its  apphcation  does  not 
do  away  with  the  miraculous  character  of  the  cures  in  which 
Jesus  made  use  of  it,  yet  it  shows  how  He  was  inclined  to  con- 
ceal, in  a  degree,  His  miraculous  acts, — to  soften  the  sublime 
abruptness  of  their  direct  operation  by  a  connection  with  some 
form,  more  or  less  known,  of  the  extraordinary  art  of  healing.^ 
It  was  a  little  thing,  an  act  of  condescension,  for  Him  to  per- 
form these  single  miracles  ;  while  the  people  were  astonished  at 
them  as  the  highest  expressions  of  His  life.  This  induced  Him 
to  make  His  healing  operations  approach  a  natural  form,  and  to 
clothe  them  in  poor,  flat,  and  strange  forms,  in  order  to  bring 
the  exalted  power  that  revealed  itself  in  Him  into  communica- 
tion with  the  life  of  the  world.  Yet  He  could  not  have  given 
His  miracles  this  form,  if  He  had  found  in  it  no  healing 
power  whatever.  For  this  very  reason,  this  form  of  Christ's 
miraculous  cures,  the  application  of  His  spittle,  was  peculiarly 
suited  to  make  what  was  miraculous  in  His  operations  appear 
as  natural,  and  what  was  natural  in  His  life  appear  as  miracu- 
lous.^ This  nature-side  of  His  miraculous  power  meets  us  most 
strikingly  in  the  history  of  the  woman  suffering  from  the  issue 
of  blood,  who  was  healed  by  the  believing  touch  of  His  garment. 
The  Lord  had  not  conversed  with  her  ;  yet  He  was  aware  that 
He  had  been  touched,  and  that  by  this  contact  a  cure  had  been 
effected,  for  He  declared  that  '  vu'tue  had  gone  out '  of  Him 
(Luke  viii.  46).  Does  not  the  healing  power  of  Christ  here 
appear  almost  in  a  pathological  form  as  a  suffering  ?  Offence 
has  been  taken  at  this  narrative.  And  yet  it  only  manifests 
the  most  delicate  feeling  for  life  in  a  personality  most  rich  in 

1  [Ewald  (Christus,  p.  2^4,  4th  ed.)  notices  in  this  connection  how  our 
Lord  sometimes  inquired  into  the  symptoms  of  the  bodily  disease.  All 
these  forms  of  '  mediation '  prove  to  his  mind  '  that  His  human  acting  was 
bound  to  the  universal  laws  of  the  divine  order,  and  that  this  He  would  in 
no  wise  arrogantly  violate.'— Ed.] 

2  Considering  the  means  of  cure  objectively,  we  must  at  all  events  dis- 
tinguish between  the  animal  healing  power  residing  in  the  saliva  and  the 
psychical  healing  power  communicated  through  the  intention  of  the  worker 
of  the  miracle,  perhaps  through  His  Tjreath.  If  the  ancients,  embracing 
both  these  elements  in  their  concrete  unity,  contemplated  the  miraculous 
element  as  the  decisive  one,  it  does  not  follow  that  they  denied  the  natural 
one. 


118  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

life.  The  same  Master  of  psychical  life,  who  had  a  perfectly 
developed  sense  for  every  sympathy  and  antipathy  that  ap- 
proached Him,  could  not  help  perceiving  the  agitation  or  hur- 
ried respiration  of  a  sufferer  who  touched  Him  under  the  highest 
excitement  of  pain,  and  at  the  same  time  of  confidence,  as  one 
needing  aid ;  and  when  He  blessed  in  His  spirit  the  sufferer 
without  knowing  her  as  an  individual,  the  contact  and  the 
miraculous  aid  perfectly  coincided.  It  is  not  said  that  He  did 
not  freely  part  with  this  healing  power,  that  He  had  been 
robbed  of  it ;  for  as  soon  as  the  Lord  felt  Himself  touched 
by  a  suffering.  He  freely  entered  into  it  with  His  sympathy.^ 
But  when  He  wished  to  cause  the  woman  who  had  been  cured 
to  come  forward  openly  on  her  own  account.  He  rightly  declared 
that  virtue  had  gone  out  of  Him.  It  was  needful  to  make  the 
matter  public:  hitherto  the  cure  had  been  as  it  were  a  stolen  one, 
and  the  woman  remained  at  least  suffering  from  false  shame. 
At  all  events,  Christ's  language  informs  us  that  the  virtue 
which  proceeded  from  Him,  was  to  be  regarded  as  a  virtue  con- 
nected with  the  nature  of  His  life.  Hence  by  this  passage  we 
are  led  to  consider  a  question  which  in  modern  times  has  been 
often  agitated,  namely.  How  far  the  miraculous  cures  performed 
by  Christ  are  akin  to  the  cures  effected  by  animal  -magnetism. 
Some  have  attached  great  importance  to  this  affinity;  others 
have  been  apprehensive  lest  by  this  similarity  the  agency  of 
Jesus  should  be  brought  too  near  the  profane ;  others,  again, 
have  admitted  a  greater  or  less  analogy  between  the  two  methods 
of  healing.  Thus  much  is  certain  :  if  in  general  the  power  of 
magnetism  belongs  to  the  flesh  and  blood  of  human  nature, 
then  Christ  also  has  appropriated  this  power.  But  if,  on  the 
other  hand,  all  flesh  and  blood  has  attained  in  Christ's  person 
its  complete  spiritualization,  this  also  is  true  especially  of  mag- 
netism, and  of  the  application  of  its  power.  If  we  have  first 
learned  to  estimate  the  ascending  lines  of  powers  (over  against 

1  This  narrative  gives  no  support  to  the  supposition  of  '  involuntary 
heahngs.'  The  passages  which  Strauss  has  adduced  (Matt.  xiv.  36  ;  Mark 
iii.  10,  vi.  56  ;  Luke  vi.  19),  with  the  remark  that  Jesus  in  these  instances 
did  not  expend  self-active  powers,  but  must  have  involuntarily  allowed 
them  to  have  been  carried  off,  expressly  assert  the  contrary :  '  They  be- 
sought Him  that  they  might  touch  if  it  were  but  the  border  of  His  gar- 
ment ;  and  as  many  as  touched  Him  were  made  whole  '  (Mark  vi.  56). 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  119 

the  descending  line  of  ideas)  in  the  world,  and  found  that  these 
same  powers  reappear  in  all  the  stages  of  life,  but  in  ever  new 
transformations  and  higher  potencies,  then  also  the  relation  of 
Christ's  healing  power  to  magnetism  must  gradually  be  made 
clear.  The  very  term  Animal  Magnetism  expresses  that  grada- 
tion ;  it  marks  especially  the  power  of  the  magnet,  as  it  reap- 
pears in  a  more  elevated  form  in  the  animal  kingdom.  If  we 
follow  the  hint  which  lies  in  these  terms,  we  shall  be  led  to  the 
contemplation  of  a  scale  of  magnetic  power,  of  which  the  lowest 
degree  lies  deep  in  the  elements,  and  the  highest  must  be  re- 
vealed in  the  power  of  Christ's  nature.  The  light  of  the  at- 
mosphere seems  to  reappear  in  the  earthly  elements  as  electricity. 
Electricity  is  no  doubt  an  elevated  power  in  the  magnet.  Then 
magnetism  comes  forward  in  the  animal  sphere  as  a  power 
working  soul-like,  of  which  the  operations  border  on  magic. 
Now,  when  this  power  appears  elevated  again  in  the  human 
region  as  a  peculiar  talent  in  the  life  of  certain  individuals,  this 
is  no  longer  mere  animal  magnetism,  but  is  exalted  into  the 
human.  But  this  power  experiences  a  new  consecration  in  the 
free  spiritual  activity  of  a  devout  worker  of  miracles,  or  of  a 
prophet  who  acts  under  a  sense  of  the  eternal.  Lastly,  if  it 
comes  again  to  view  in  Christ,  it  must  appear  in  His  life  accord- 
ing to  its  nature,  not  only  with  the  greatest  fulness,  but  in  per- 
fect unity  with  the  operations  of  the  Divine  Spirit.  It  also 
appears  here  altogetlier  as  nature,  but  as  completely  ideal,  as  a 
pure  agency,  as  a  perfect  vehicle  of  the  Spirit.  Thus,  then,  in 
Christ  the  powers  of  all  the  stages  of  nature  are  elevated  and 
glorified.  He  is  not  only  in  a  metaphorical,  but  also  in  a  dy- 
namic sense,  the  light  of  the  world ;  the  lightning  which  here- 
after at  His  appearing  will  shine  from  the  east  even  to  the  west ; 
the  unity  of  those  four  divergent  forms  of  life  or  animal  images 
which  symbolically  represent  the  great  model-forms  of  life  ;  the 
Man  in  whom  humanity  is  concentrated,  and  therefore  in  whom 
every  human  endowment  appears  in  its  fairest  bloom  ;  the  pro- 
phet who  stands  and  acts  in  the  fulness  of  the  powers  of  God ; 
finally.  He  Himself,  the  God-man,  who  performs  a  miracle  as 
little  as  any  other  man  when  God  has  not  indicated  it,  but 
also  then  with  the  complete  certainty  with  which  God  Himself 
works  it.  Thus,  then,  the  healing  power  with  which  Christ 
accomplishes  His  work  is  a  power  related  to,  and  brought  into 


120  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

combination  with,  the  iiinermost  life  of  nature  in  all  its  stages, 
and  therefore  verifies  itself  in  its  operations  as  the  healing 
power  of  the  diseased  human  world ;  and  its  prqduct  is  a  new 
nature. 

Thus,  as  on  the  one  hand  the  genuine  miracle  is  to  be  re- 
cognised in  all  the  works  of  Christ  as  well  as  in  His  life,  so 
on  the  other  hand  the  christological  stamp  is  found  in  all  His 
miracles,  and  again  especially  in  the  miraculous  momenta  of  His 
life  itself. 

The  miraculous  momenta  in  the  life  of  Jesus  present  them- 
selves as  a  pure  linked  succession  of  stages  in  the  unfolding  of 
His  christological  glory.  In  His  wonderful  birth  of  the  Virgin, 
first  of  all,  life  existed  as  a  positive  life-power,  as  pure  power ; 
that  is  to  say,  an  individuality  which  in  its  flesh  and  blood  ex- 
hibits the  completed  harmony  with  the  universe,  which  is  born 
of  the  Spirit  and  is  one  with  the  Spirit,  and,  as  the  power  of  the 
Spirit,  has  power  over  life.  His  self -comprehension  in  human 
development  begins  this  life  of  power,  and  reaches  at  length  the 
climax  of  perfect  spirit-consciousness  with  the  baptism  in  the 
Jordan.  Here  His  individual  unfolding  in  spirit  was  completed. 
But,  after  that,  the  capability  of  this  life  unfolds  itself  in  the 
soul-life  of  Christ,  and  the  bloom  of  this  festivity  of  the  soul 
bursts  forth  at  the  transfiguration.  Lastly,  by  the  fact  of  the 
resurrection  the  corporeity  of  Christ  was  borne  aloft  out  of  the 
region  of  the  old  nature  and  the  realm  of  death  into  the  im- 
perishable ;  the  body  was  borne  aloft  in  the  power  of  the  Spirit, 
and  made  thoroughly  spiritual  and  spirit-like,  while  its  life-power 
and  vitality  is  not  only  maintained,  but  perfected  in  its  spiritual- 
ization.  The  ascension  is,  in  the  first  place,  not  so  much  a  new 
miracle,  as  the  full  verification  of  the  miracle  of  the  resurrection, 
the  highest  evidence  of  glorification  or  of  completed  spiritualiza- 
tion  to  which  the  life  of  Christ  has  been  elevated.  It  becomes 
a  new  miracle  as  it  introduces  and  represents  the  session  of 
Christ  at  the  right  hand  of  God.  But  this  again  manifests  itself 
in  three  momenta,  which  run  parallel  with  the  momenta  of  the 
individual  glorification  of  Christ  while  they  exhibit  His  universal 
glory.  With  the  outpouring  of  the  Holy  Spirit,  Christ  gains  a 
universal  consciousness  in  His  Church.  This,  universal  power 
of  the  Spirit  over  the  earth  will  one  day  bring  its  constantly 
regenerating  operation  in  the  souls  of  men  into  festive  manifes- 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  121 

tation,  when  the  Church  of  Christ  attains  to  the  full  spiritual 
beauty  of  His  kingdom.  After  that,  His  individual  resurrection 
will  unfold  itself  finally  in  the  glorification  of  the  world  which 
ensues  on  the  world's  judgment  at  the  general  resurrection. 
The  first  moment  (moment)  of  this  universal  unfolding  of  the 
glory  of  Christ  consists,  therefore,  in  the  revelation  of  His 
dominion  over  the  spiritual  life  of  humanity;  in  the  second 
appears  His  dominion  over  the  souls  of  men,  the  completion  of 
the  victory  of  Christ's  sympathy  over  the  sympathy  of  evil, 
which  is  evinced  in  a  great  Christian  inspiration  of  humanity  ; 
the  third  moment  reveals  His  power  over  all  flesh. 

It  is  undeniable  that  all  the  momenta  of  miracles  in  which 
the  life  of  Christ  is  unfolded  are  throvighout  christological ;  that 
is,  they  perfectly  correspond  to  the  conception  of  the  life  of 
Christ  and  its  significance  for  the  world.^  When,  therefore,  we 
have  represented  the  miraculous  acts  of  Christ  as  the  natural 
emanations  of  His  miraculous  nature,  it  is  evident  that  they  must 
disclose  the  same  christological  nature.  And  so  we  find  it.  In 
fact,  they  generally  present  the  most  distinct  correspondences  to 
the  separate  christological  stages  in  the  development  of  Christ's 
life.  It  is  our  business  to  point  out  these  correspondences,  and 
to  render  as  conspicuous  as  possible  the  general  ideas  which  lie 
at  the  basis  of  the  miracles  of  Jesus. 

If  now,  with  this  view,  we  refer  the  different  kinds  of  Christ's 
miracles  to  the  different  stages  of  His  life's  development,  it  can- 
not be  supposed  that  Christ  performed  a  peculiar  class  of  miracles 
only  in  a  particular  form  of  the  development  of  His  power ; 
rather  it  is  implied  that  in  every  miracle  the  whole  life  of  Christ 
was  active  when  we  designate  them  all  generally  as  christolo- 
gical. But  the  matter  in  question  here  is,  that  we  contemplate 
the  general  christological  nature  of  the  miracles  of  Jesus  in  the 
sharp  distinctness  of  their  type,  and  that  w'e  therefore  contem- 

1  [This  is  the  idea  of  Westcott's  suggestive  little  book,  Characteristics 
of  the  Gospel  Miracles.  '  The  miracles  of  the  Gospel  are  not  isolated  facts ; 
they  are  7iot  vain  repetitions.  In  meaning,  as  w«ll  as  in  time,  they  lie  be- 
tween the  incarnation  and  the  ascension.  .  .  .  Each  (kind  of  miracle)  is 
needful  for  the  complete  representation  of  the  Hfe  of  Christ,'  etc.,  pp.  6-9. 
The  book  is  full  of  most  valuable  aids  towards  grasping  the  miracles  as  a 
whole,  and  is  pervaded  by  the  sober  and  reverent  spirit  which  characterizes 
all  the  productions  of  this  useful  writer. — Ed.] 


122  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

plate  them  as  phenomena  belonging  to  the  progressive  develop- 
ment of  His  life  and  work. 

It  is  a  radical  evil  of  the  old  seon,  that  nature  has  circum- 
vented the  spirit  of  man  through  his  guilt,  has  gained  the  upper 
hand,  and  stands  over  him  like  a  menacing  giant.  According 
to  the  ideal  relations  of  the  world,  it  ought  to  be  otherwise.  In 
a  life  of  innocence,  the  spirit  would  prove  its  harmony  with 
nature  and  its  power  over  it.  Instinct,  like  a  prophet,  announces 
this  mastery  of  the  spirit  over  nature,  as  it  appears  with  a  beau- 
tiful living  constancy  in  animal  life.  But  for  a  long  time  fallen 
man  appears  to  give  the  lie  to  these  prophecies.  The  dog  falls 
into  the  water  and  swims ;  but  a  man  falls  in  and  is  drowned. 
But  he  is  drowned,  not  by  his  bodily  weight,  not  by  the  natural 
relation  of  his  body  to  the  water,  but  by  the  consternation  which 
misleads  him  to  sink  into  destruction  by  a  morbid  excitement, 
instead  of  balancing  himself  on  the  waves  in  victorious  self- 
possession. 

When,  therefore,  Christ  walks  on  the  stormy  sea,  the  quint- 
essence of  the  miracle  consists  in  the  perfect  divine  equanimity 
of  His  spirit.  He  is,  first  of  all,  quite  free  from  that  corrupt  act 
of  swimming  practised  by  the  natural  man.  But  His  pure  vital 
courage  in  the  water  is  connected  with  the  vital  feeling  of  His 
organism,  which  is  the  crown  of  all  human  organisms.  The  re- 
lation of  bodies  to  the  water  is  infinitely  various.  There  are 
some  swimmers  that  sink  deep,  and  others  that  hold  themselves 
high. 

The  Prince  by  birth  of  land  and  sea  walks  through  the  waves 
with  His  whole  figure  erect  above  them.  But  when  man  once 
comes  into  harmonious  reciprocal  action  with  an  excited  ele- 
ment, his  movement  in  it  becomes  rhythmical.  And  so  a  jubi- 
lant feeling  must  have  unfolded  itself  in  Christ's  heart  on 
the  exulting  waters  ;  and  with  this  feeling  those  hidden  powers 
of  life  must  have  been  disengaged  and  become  active,  which 
also  are  said  to  appear  in  the  life  of  the  magnetically  excited, 
so  that  such  persons  cannot  sink  in  water,  but  are  borne  up  by 
it.^     But  Christ's  walking  on  the  water,  in  the  co-working  of 

^  '  As  often  as  they  wished  to  bring  her  (the  seeress  of  Prevorst)  in 
magnetic  circumstances  to  a  bath,  a  most  wonderful  phenomenon  appeared, 
— all  her  limbs,  with  her  chest  and  abdomen,  were  seized  with  a  peculiar 
jerking  motion,  with  perfect  elasticity,  which  always  raised  her  out  of  the 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  _    123 

this  perfect  consciousness  of  God  and  His  imperturbable  repose 
— of  this  elevation  of  soul  in  the  feeling  of  harmony  with  the 
agitated  element — and  of  this  rhythmically  borne  and  noblest 
corporeity, — exhibits  the  unity  of  the  new  human  life  in  the 
spirit  as  it  attains  dominion  over  nature.  In  this  miracle  the 
Man  of  the  spirit,  in  His  world-historical  importance,  is  borne 
out  of  the  water  of  nature-life.  It  is  a  symbolical  fact  which 
has  gained  a  natural  position  in  an  extraordinary  rich  history 
of  New  Testament  operations.  The  more  man  regains  the  full 
consciousness  of  the  sovereignty  of  his  spirit  over  nature,  the 
more  he  regains  power  over  the  natural  feelings  of  his  life, — 
the  more  does  the  dread  of  nature  vanish  from  his  path,  and  he 
resumes  the  full  dominion  over  its  forces. 

But  this  discrepancy  with  nature  into  which  man  has  fallen 
by  his  guilt,  is  further  manifest  in  distinct  evils  with  which  man 
is  afflicted,  particularly  in  his  infirmities  and  sicknesses.  These 
evils  are  characteristic  marks  of  the  deep  corruption  of  the  old 
aeon  ;  they  are  united  most  intimately  with  sin.  It  would  in- 
deed be  hyper-Jewish  if  we  were  disposed  to  lay  as  a  burden  on 
the  individual,  his  peculiar  infirmity  as  his  desert.  Such  a  view 
can  be  regarded  only  as  a  popular  superstition.  It  is  an  insult 
to  the  spirit  of  the  Hebrew  religion  to  charge  it  with  maintaining 
it.  And  if  any  one  would  ascribe  it  to  Christ,  it  would  be  in 
opposition  to  His  most  explicit  declarations.^     Yet,  on  the  other 

water.' — Extract  from  the  '  Seherin  von  Prevorst.''  See  Tholuck's  Glauh- 
lourdigkeit  der  evang.  GescMchte^  p.  100. 

^  Strauss  (ii.  75)  finds,  first  of  all,  in  the  expressions  of  Jesus  (Matt. 
ix.  1)  a  reference  to  the  'Jewish'  view,  that  evil,  and  especially  the  sick- 
ness of  the  individual,  is  the  punishment  of  his  sin.  His  subsequent  remark 
is  at  variance  with  this,  that  Jesus  expressly  declared  of  the  case  proposed 
to  Him  (John  ix.  1,  etc.),  that  '  this  special  evil  was  not  owing  to  the  cri- 
minality of  the  individual,  but  was  founded  on  higher  divine  designs.' 
Thus  the  'higher  educated'  author  of  the  fourth  Gospel  seems  to  have 
allowed  Jesus  to  reject  the  former  view ;  yet,  on  the  other  hand,  according 
to  John  V.  14,  '  infirmity  as  a  punishment  of  sin '  is  announced  to  the  man 
cured  at  the  pool  of  Bethesda.  But  this  must  relate  to  'sinning  generally,'  so 
that  the  meaning  of  Jesus  was,  that  if  that  man  only  sinned  again  generally, 
he  would  again  be  afiiicted  with  disease.  The  passage  in  Luke  xiii.  1  ought 
to  confirm  the  view  of  the  connection  between  sin  and  misfortune  in  every 
individual  (whence  it  would  follow,  that  the  eighteen  men  on  whom  the 
tower  of  Siloam  fell,  according  to  the  Lord's  views,  were  all  equally  guilty). 
Along  with  this  '  vulgar  Hebrew '  view  of  sickness  and  evil,  Jesus  .must  have 
been  burdened  with  the  opposite  Essene-ebionitish  'view,'  according  to 


124  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

hand,  we  must  also  mark  it  as  hyper-lieathenish,  if  the  general 
connection  of  all  sin  with  all  evil,  and  the  general  appointment 
of  all  evils  to  be  the  punishment  of  all  sins,  and  if,  lastly,  the 
spectacle  that  a  thousand  times  individuals  pay  for  their  indivi- 
dual transgressions,  should  be  denied.  Only  materialism  in 
morals  can  wish  to  dissever  the  bond  of  connection  between  sin 
and  punitive  evil.  Now,  among  the  people  of  Israel  the  feehng 
of  this  connection  was  developed  in  a  very  high  degree,  and 
partially  to  a  morbid  excess.  They  had  experienced  God's  chas- 
tisements under  the  discipline  of  the  law,  and  often  had  bowed 
under  His  strokes  with  slavish  dread.  The  miserable  mental 
state  of  the  unfortunate  was  aggravated  by  the  harshness  with 
which  they  were  condemned  by  their  more  fortunate  pharisai- 
cally-minded brethren.  And  at  the  time  of  Christ's  advent 
almost  all  the  fruits  on  the  tree  of  human  misery  in  Israel 
appeared  to  be  ripened.  The  chronic  diseases  which  are  indi- 
genous in  Palestine,  and  countries  of  a  similar  climate,  such  as 
blindness,  leprosy,  paralysis,  and  nervous  disorders,  were  very 
widely  spread.  Christ  found  Himself  in  the  fulness  of  the 
Spirit  placed  in  the  presence  of  this  misery.  He  met  with  many 
sufferers,  who  were  at  once  in  need  of  salvation  and  of  bodily 
healing.  By  means  of  the  latter,  the  sense  of  the  former  was 
ripened  ;  and,  in  their  desire  for  salvation,  the  state  of  mind  was 
produced  which  fitted  them  for  receiving  bodily  relief,  that  is, . 
faith  in  the  possibility  of  miraculous  aid.  In  the  fulness  of  the 
Spirit  and  of  the  peace  of  God  lay  the  power  of  Christ  to  for- 
give the  sins  of  those  who  felt  their  need  of  salvation,  and,  by 
the  assurance  of  the  grace  of  God,  to  animate  their  hearts  with 
the  glow  of  a  new  life.  With  an  impulse  of  that  positive  con- 
fidence in  God  which  He  possessed.  He  could  transport,  by  His 
consolations,  to  a  heaven  of  divine  joy  those  souls  that  felt  them- 
selves cast  down  to  the  gates  of  hell.  How  could  Christ  have 
cherished  in  His  spirit  this  power  to  forgive  sins  in  an  abstract 
form ;  that  is,  only  a  power  over  the  spirits  of  men,  and  not  at 
the  same  time  a  power  over  their  souls  and  bodily  organisms  ? 
It  was  in  accordance  with  His  concrete  victorious  power  over 
evil,  that  when  it  met  Him  in  individual  cases,  He  steadily  re- 

which  the  righteous  in  this  seon  are  the  suffering,  the  poor,  and  the  sick. 
Such  are  the  contradictions  which  are  here  cast  as  reflections  on  the  clear 
mirror  of  the  ethical  consciousness  of  Jesus. 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  125 

garded  it  from  the  root  to  the  summit.  Bat  so  also  would  the 
diseased,  who,  under  Israelitish  discipline,  were  trained  to  exer- 
cise faith  in  His  aid,  expect  from  Him,  according  to  their  entire 
view  of  the  world,  concrete  aid  both  spiritual  and  bodily/  Ac- 
cording to  the  prophetic  promises,  the  Israelite  expected  in  his 
Messiah  a  Savioui'  who  would  work  miracles  ;  therefore  the  Jew 
who  was  anxious  for  salvation  could  not  have  received  and  re- 
tained so  firmly  the  consolation  of  the  forgiveness  of  sins  from 
the  lips  of  Jesus,  if  it  had  not  been  confirmed  to  him  by  bodily 
aid.  It  is  difficult  for  the  penitent  sinner  to  retain  absolution  in 
pure  spirituality.*  The  Christian  finds  the  seal  of  his  reconcilia- 
tion in  the  renewed  peace  of  his  society  (Sozietdt),  especially  in 
the  sacrament,  by  which  he  becomes  one  with  the  Church  and 
with  the  Lord  of  the  Church.  The  temporary  sacrament  with 
which  the  contrite  Israelite  received  his  absolution  from  the  lips 
of  Jesus,  was  the  miracle.  Although  this  connection  between 
the  outward  and  inward  healing  was  not  in  all  cases  equally 
apparent  and  marked,  yet  even  in  those  wherein  it  was  faintest 
it  existed  in  some  measure,  so  that  those  who  needed  bodily  aid 
did  homage  to  the  Lord  as  the  Messiah  ;  and  Weisse  has  justly 
remarked,  that  faith  in  the  forgiveness  of  sins,  and  the  effect  of 
it,  is  to  be  regarded  as  a  prominent  feature  of  the  ciires  per- 
formed by  Christ. 

The  case  of  the  paralytic  at  Capernaum  (Matt.  ix.  1)  ap- 
pears to  us  the  most  striking  example  of  this  agency  of  Christ. 
First  of  all,  he  received  from  Christ  the  assurance  of  the  for- 
giveness of  his  sins.  But  the  pharisaical  spirits  wished  to 
despoil  him  of  this  inestimable  gift  by  pronouncing  the  absolu- 
tion to  be  blasphemy;  upon  which  our  Lord  ratified  it  with  a 
heavenly  sacrament  which  they  could  not  gainsay,  by  saying 
to  the  sick  man,  '  Arise,  take  up  thy  bed,  and  go  unto  thine 
house!' 

The  words  of  Jesus,  therefore,  penetrated  as  a  ray  of  vital 

'  [So  Ewald,  while  he  maintains  that  Jesus  satisfied  all  the  deepest, 
godliest  longing  in  Israel,  says  (p.  219  of  his  Geschichte  Christus),  '  The 
kingdom  of  the  perfect,  true  religion  must  break  the  power  and  the  destruc- 
tive consequences  of  sin  ;  but  aU  human  ills  are  so  connected  with  sin,  that 
even  those  which  are  bodily  only  through  it  become  thoroughly  dangerous 
and  radically  obstinate,  and  therefore  even  those  are  the  proper  objects  of 
the  deeds  of  might  of  the  genuine  King.' — Ed.] 


126  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

power  the  hearts  of  those  who  behoved  in  His  miracles,  operat- 
ing with  creative  energy,  and  imparting  a  healthy  vitality  to 
every  part  of  the  frame.  There  is  a  class  of  diseases  which  may 
be  regarded  as  an  exhaustion  of  the  fulness  and  freshness  of 
the  organism,  namely,  hereditary  bodily  infirmities.  Now  it 
lies  in  the  nature  of  the  case,  that  such  infirmities  must  soonest 
give  way  to  Christ's  vital  ray  which  penetrates  the  life-root  of 
the  infirm  through  their  organism.  The  cure  of  a  man  born 
blind  may  appear  more  difficult  within  the  range  of  common 
experience  than  the  cure  of  one  who  has  become  blind,  but  in 
relation  to  the  conception  of  miracle  it  may  be  considered  as 
the  easier.  The  sun  with  its  fresh  rays  can  most  easily  stimulate 
the  stunted  growth  of  a  plant.  The  solar  ray,  which  somehow 
was  wanting  to  the  bodily  stunted  in  the  very  beginnings  of 
their  life,  now  darts  suddenly  into  the  root  of  their-  life,  and 
completes  their  first  birth  with  the  beginning  of  the  second. 
Also  the  lame  and  deformed  appear  to  stand  in  a  nearer  relation 
to  the  psychico-electrical  powerful  agency,  to  the  lightning  flash 
of  the  miraculous  word  of  Jesus.^ 

Fevers  form  another  kind  of  suffering.'^  Their  cure  shows 
how  positive  repose  and  heavenly  tranquillity  can  be  communi- 
cated with  healing  power  to  the  sick ;  or  how  the  fiery  conflict 
of  fever  against  evil  can  be  instantaneously  rendered  victorious 
by  the  warm  stream  of  life  which  proceeds  from  Christ. 

The  healing  of  lepers  belongs  to  the  most  important^  cures 
effected  by  Jesus.  The  leprosy  seemed  to  seize  inexorably  on 
the  whole  living  substance  of  the  sufferer,  and  to  have  doomed 
him  to  death.  But  this  fearful  disease,  which  in  general  was  so 
fatal,  was  sometimes  capricious.  It  would  strike  out  on  the 
surface  of  the  body,  and  pass  off  in  a  white  eruption  on  the 
skin.  This  natural  process  of  cure  corresponded  entirely  to 
Christ's  method  of  cure ;  His  healing  operations  proceeded  from 
within  outwards. 

^  Cures  of  the  blind  are  mentioned  or  narrated  in  Matt.  ix.  27,  xii.  22, 
XV.  30,  XX.  30,  xxi.  14; — of  the  paralytic,  to  whom  as  a  particular  class 
the  lame  and  the  maimed  belong.  Matt.  iv.  24,  viii.  6,  ix.  2,  xi.  5,  xii,  16, 
XV.  30;  Luke  vi.  6,  xiii.  11 ;  John  v.  1 ;- — the  healing  of  the  woman  with  the 
issue  of  blood.  Matt.  ix.  20 ; — the  cure  of  a  man  with  the  dropsy  is  nar- 
rated Luke  xiv.  2.    Many  cures  are  repeated  in  the  parallel  passages. 

^  See  Matt.  viii.  14  ;  John  iv.  52. 

^  Matt.  viii.  2  ;  Luke  xvii.  12. 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  127 

The  demoniacs  of  the  New  Testament  history  are,  on  the 
one  hand,  classed  by  the  Evangelists  with  the  other  sick ;  but  on 
the  other  hand,  they  are  distinguished  as  a  peculiar  class  from 
the  common  sick.  That  first  of  all  they  were  considered  and 
treated  as  sick  persons,  is  evident.  They  appear  as  such,  ac- 
cording to  the  symptoms  of  their  malady  as  nervous,  epileptic, 
insane,  raving,  and  the  like.  Matthew  speaks  of  the  sick  who 
were  affected  with  various  distempers  and  plagues,  and  then 
divides  these  into  three  classes:  'those  possessed  with  devils,  and 
those  which  were  lunatic,  and  those  that  had  the  palsy'  (Matt. 
iv.  24).  But  they  are  distinguished  again  from  the  common 
sick.  Mark  says,  '  Jesus  healed  many  that  were  sick  of  divers 
diseases,  and  cast  out  many  devils'  (i.  34).  By  these  distinc- 
tions with  which,  on  the  one  hand,  the  Evangelists  represent 
the  demoniacs  as  sick,  but  on  the  other,  as  afflicted  by  a  demon, 
their  conception  of  the  mysterious  phenomenon  goes  beyond  the 
opposition  between  the  supernaturalist  and  the  rationalist  views. 
According  to  the  first,  it  is  asserted,  these  sufferers  were  pos- 
sessed by  demons,  therefore  they  were  not  naturally  sick.  Then 
on  the  other  side  it  is  said,  they  were  naturally  sick,  therefore 
not  possessed  by  demons.  The  arguing  on  both  sides  may  be 
thus  represented :  One  party  maintains,  the  wind  blows  into 
the  chamber,  therefore  the  window  is  not  open ;  the  other  asserts, 
on  the  contrary,  the  window  stands  open,  therefore  the  wind 
does  not  blow  into  the  chamber. 

Here  we  must  revert  to  the  doctrine  we  have  stated  above, 
of  the  infinitely  delicate  operation  of  ethical  powers.  As  it  is 
applicable  to  the  doctrine  of  angels  and  of  devils,  so  also  to  that 
of  demons.  The  popular  view  of  the  material,  plastic  lodgment 
of  one  demon  or  more  in  the  body  of  a  possessed  person  is 
sensuously  coarse ;  but  hardly  so  much  so  as  the  opposite  suppo- 
sition, that  a  man  is  afflicted  with  a  natural  nervous  disorder, 
and  on  that  account  does  not  lie  under  demoniacal  influences. 
There  are  hereditary  nervous  disorders,  mysterious  obstructions 
of  the  psychical  life  ;  strange  dissonances  and  disturbances  enter 
into  the  course  of  life  which  have  this  common  quality,  that  they 
more  or  less  affect  the  freedom  of  man's  ethical  life.  If  he  could 
be  healthy  in  this  want  of  freedom,  he  would  go  back  to  the 
pure  instinct  of  animal  life.  But  such  a  normal  human-animal 
life  would  be,  in  its  very  naturalness,  a  frightful  monstrosity. 


128  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

Sure  enough,  man  without  freedom  must  become  in  his  untuned, 
irritable  nerve-life,  more  or  less  a  foot-ball  of  ethical  influences, 
as  necessarily  as  an  ^olian  harp  placed  in  a  current  of  air  must 
receive  and  return  every  wandering  gust  of  wind.  But  the 
irritability  of  such  a  morbid  nerve-life,  according  to  the  nature 
of  this  life,  must  be  simply  boundless.  Fortunately,  under  the 
category  of  those  who  were  afflicted  with  divers  diseases,  the 
lunatics  are  found  between  the  possessed  and  the  paralytic. 
The  nature  of  this  complaint  may  give  us  the  key  for  the  solu- 
tion of  the  whole  problem  respecting  the  demoniacs.  The  lunatic 
is  so  excitable  in  his  nerve-life,  that  even  the  influence  of  the 
returning  moon  irritates  him  and  aggravates  his  malady.  He  is, 
in  short,  possessed  by  the  moon,  inasmuch  as  he  is  possessed  by 
its  influence.  We  will  not  here  inquire  what  power  the  spirit 
of  the  earth  (Erdgeist)  exerts  over  the  healthy  man  in  his  sleep, 
but  so  much  is  a  fact  of  very  ancient  experience,  that  the  moon 
exerts  an  irritating  influence  on  a  certain  class  of  nervous  suf- 
ferers. With  this  remark  the  whole  question  is  in  fact  already 
decided.  If  the  moon  can  exert  so  strong  an  influence  on  these 
morbidly  excitable  chords,  which  in  the  normal  man  are  designed 
to  return  the  pure  impression  of  all  heaven,  we  must  much  more 
expect  that  they  will  be  exposed  to  the  strongest  influences  and 
invasions  of  psychical  moods,  powers,  and  intentions.  The  sick 
youth  whom  the  Lord  cured  at  the  foot  of  the  Mount  of  Trans- 
figuration was  at  once  epileptic,  demoniac,  and  lunatic ;  there- 
fore, a  person  disordered  in  his  nerves,  disturbed  by  the  influence 
of  the  moon  as  well  as  by  that  of  demons. 

Yet  it  is  a  consideration  of  great  weight,  that  the  excitability 
of  these  nervous  patients  was  a  consequence  of  a  deeply  seated 
discordance,  and  therefore  was  a  morbid,  gloomy  excitability. 
Hence  an  elective  affinity  was  formed  between  this  susceptibility 
and  the  impure  influences  of  impure  spirits.  The  prophets,  as 
the  elect  of  God,  were  in  the  highest  degree  susceptible  for  the 
revelations  of  the  world  of  light ;  the  demoniacs,  on  the  other 
hand,  presented  an  inverted  prophetic  order,  which  attained  its 
disastrous  maturity  in  the  days  of  the  deepest  degeneracy  of  the 
Jewish  nation,  when  their  psychical  susceptibility  for  evil  in- 
fluences was  complete.  And,  accordingly,  they  were  pervaded 
and  domineered  over  by  unclean  spirits,  by  the  psychically 
powerful  influences  of  an  evil  nature — by  demons ;  but,  accord- 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  129 

ing  to  their  declaration  and  the  popular  notion,  they  were  pos- 
sessed by  them.  This  condition,  therefore,  has  three  factors, 
which  must  be  estimated  conjointly :  first  of  all,  the  natural 
substratum  of  possession,  the  morbid  state  of  the  nerves ;  then 
the  aggregate  power  of  the  influences  to  which  the  patient  is 
subjected ;  lastly,  and  thirdly,  his  notion  of  his  own  sufferings, 
which  was  closely  connected  with  the  general  popular  notion  of 
such  sufferings.  That  natural  foundation  of  possession,  the 
morbid  state  of  the  nerves  in  demoniacs,  has  many  forms  and 
stages.  We  find,  for  example,  one  demoniac  like  a  seer,  pro- 
claiming the  Messiah,  while  another  is  unable  to  utter  a  word. 
Sometimes  this  disorder  appears  as  a  stupid  frenzy,  impelhng  to 
self-destruction  ;  the  demoniac  throws  himself  now  into  the  fire, 
now  into  the  water:  at  another  time  it  i§  a  spectral  illusion ; 
the  demoniac  is  so  excited,  that  he  believes  himself  identified 
with  a  legion  of  evil  spirits.  But  as  the  irritability  was  consti- 
tuted, the  influences  corresponded  to  it.  The  Gadarene  might, 
therefore,  be  really  forced  in  his  irritability  to  exhibit  a  thousand- 
fold different  operations  of  evil.  These  influences,  according  to 
their  nature,  might  proceed  from  spirits  of  all  kinds,  as  far  as 
they  could  exercise  an  overwhelming  influence  on  his  psychical 
life  by  a  powerful  psychical  influence,  by  violent  approximation, 
by  vigorous  attack,  by  a  peculiar  affinity  between  their  power 
and  the  susceptibility  of  the  sufferer.  The  demoniac  influences 
might  therefore  proceed  from  devilish  spirits,  from  deceased 
men,  or  even  from  living,  powerful  and  sinister  characters ;  for 
in  this  case  everything  depends  on  the  power  and  nature  of 
the  influences.  Further,  they  might  differ  in  their  degree : 
disturbances,  superficial,  transitory  and  constant,  weak  ancl 
strong,  distant  and  near,  or  in  absolute  contact.  If  there  are 
fallen  devilish  spirits,  as  we  have  found  to  be  natural,  we  are  led 
to  expect  that  the  lower  class  among  them  busy  themselves  in 
producing  disturbed  phenomena  in  the  region  of  human  misery. 
If,  moreover,  earthly  and  worldly-minded  deceased  persons  strive 
to  return  to  a  life  on  earth,  it  is  by  no  means  inconceivable  that 
they  should  seek  to  put  themselves  again  in  connection  with  the 
world  they  have  lost  through  the  organisms  of  those  who  are  not 
free.  The  Jews  generally  recoiled  with  horror  from  Sheol. 
This  aversion  to  the  kingdom  of  the  dead  was  especially  rife  in 
VOL.  II.  I 


130  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

the  time  of  Christ,  when  the  chiHast  extravagance  was  at  its 
height.  The  degeneracy  of  the  times  might  show  itself  also  in 
this  particularly,  that  the  boundary  line  between  this  side  the 
grave  and  the  other  had  vanished  in  a  most  fearful  manner, 
since  the  living  were  in  part  fallen  to  the  kingdom  of  the  shades, 
while  the  demons  swarmed  in  unsatisfied  craving  for  life  about 
the  hearths  of  the  living,  so  that  a  kind  of  marsh-land  was 
formed  between  this  world  and  the  next,  in  which  the  deformed 
of  both  regions  mingled  together.  The  demons,  indeed,  in 
their  influence  on  the  sufferers,  could  traverse  from  the  most 
remote  distance  to  the  closest  proximity.  But  it  is  difficult  to 
determine  to  what  degree  the  oppression  of  the  sufferers  by  the 
demons  might  rise.  Yet  we  cannot  get  rid  of  all  spirits  from 
the  other  world,  withput  losing  the  notion  of  possession.  And 
characters  of  an  evil  tendenc}'  belonging  to  this  world  might 
operate  injuriously  on  the  life  of  men  psychically  diseased.  But 
these  evils  were  carried  to  their  height  by  the  popular  supersti- 
tion. The  doctrine  of  possession  was  completed  in  the  popular 
dread.  The  consequence  was,  that  those  who  personally  experi- 
enced demoniacal  influences  soon  surrendered  themselves  with 
dismay  to  their  power,  and  then  exhibited  it  plastically  with  all 
the  energy  of  a  spectre-haunted  soul.  If  insanity  is  contem- 
plated in  its  simplest  form,  it  shows  here  the  characteristic  that 
the  insane  person  makes  his  fixed  idea  the  demon  of  his  con- 
sciousness, and  speaks  out,  not  from  his  rational  consciousness, 
but  from  this  demoniacal  one.  There  is  no  difficulty,  therefore, 
in  conceiving  that  demoniacs  in  general  speak  from  the  con- 
sciousness of  the  spirits  that  torment  them.  But  from  such  a 
phenomenon,  it  by  no  means  follows  that  the  foreign  spirit  in 
them  has  lodged  itself  between  their  own  consciousness  and 
their  body,  and  thus  as  a  stranger  speaks  out  of  a  strange  house. 
Rather,  we  only  see  that  the  demoniac  has  slavishly  surrendered 
himself  to  the  influence  that  torments  him.  As  the  prophet,  in 
the  most  elevated,  luminous,  and  free  ecstasy,  announces  the 
word  of  the  Lord,  without  distinguishing  it  from  his  own — pro- 
bably, not  because  his  own  consciousness  has  vanished,  but  be- 
cause it  is  identical  with  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord,  and  acts  in 
subserviency  to  it — so  also  is  it  with  the  demoniac,  in  his  en- 
slaved and  gloomy  ecstasy.  He  himself  speaks,  though  he  has 
made  over  his  Ego  and  his  consciousness  to  the  spirits  who 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  131 

rule  him.  Plis  consciousness  has  identified  itself  with  the  de- 
moniacal influence  which  he  has  imbibed  from  them,  and  exhi- 
bits it  plastically  and  imitativelj  in  a  constrained  visionary  mood. 
Only  from  this  state  of  things  can  the  dark  but  powerful  feel- 
ing of  deranged  life  be  explained,  as  is  shown  by  the  violent 
excitement  of  the  demoniacs  in  the  presence  of  Christ.  If  the 
consciousness  of  a  demon  itself  had  been  fully  active  in  the 
organism  of  the  demoniac  of  which  it  had  taken  possession,  such 
symptoms  could  not  have  been  exhibited;  and  as  little  could 
they  have  been  shown  if  the  patient  had  not  really  had  the 
feeling,  as  if  a  strange  spirit  stood  before  the  Lord. 

It  is  very  evident  from  the  nature  of  this  condition,  that  it 
must  be  distinguished  altogether  from  those  cases  in  which  a 
man  gives  himself  up  to  evil  in  conscious  and  specific  acts  of 
his  own  inner  life.  The  Gospel  history  marks  the  distinction 
in  the  most  decisive  manner,  since,  as  we  have  seen,  it  treats  the 
demoniacs  as  sick  persons,  and  even  as  irresponsible,  which  is 
plainly  shown,  among  many  other  things,  by  the  representation 
of  their  irregularities  as  acts  which  the  demons  performed  with 
them.  The  early  Church  also  made  a  marked  distinction  be- 
tween reckless  sinners  and  possessed  persons  :  the  former  they 
excommunicated,  for  the  latter  they  employed  exorcisms.  The 
mingling  of  these  ethical  characters,  as  it  appears  in  the,  most 
offensive  excess,  when  exorcism  was  connected  with  baptism, 
and  as  it  still  often  occurs  in  theological  treatises  on  the  condi- 
tion of  demoniacs,  serves  most  decidedly  to  obscure  our  discern- 
ment of  the  ethical  deterioration  of  man  into  the  devilish  as  well 
as  of  demoniacal  possession.  Olshausen  has  felt  the  existence 
of  the  distinction,  but  has  not  clearly  carried  it  out  {Comment. 
i.  269,  Ed.  Clark).  '  The  condition  of  demoniacs  must  always 
presuppose  a  certain  degree  of  moral  culpability ;  yet  so  that 
the  sin  committed  by  them  does  not  take  the  form  of  absolute 
wickedness  (that  is,  a  voluntary  consent  to  the  infused  evil 
thoughts),  but  appears  more  as  predominant  sensuality  (espe- 
cially unchastity),  which  was  always  indulged  with  a  resistance 
of  the  better  self.'  Nothing  can  be  made  of  these  distinctions. 
Of  the  practical  offences  of  the  demoniacs  we  know  nothing, 
and  are  not  in  the  least  justified  in  charging,  for  example,  the 
daughter  of  the  Canaanitish  woman  with  sins  of  that  class. 
Although  it  cannot  be  denied  that  the  condition  of  demoniacs 


132  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

might  originate  in  individuals  from  personal  offences,  from 
irregularities  which  opened  the  door  for  the  demon  into  the 
psychical  life ;  yet  these  sick  persons,  taken  at  an  average,  form 
a  poor  little  group,  which  in  part  even  from  childhood  found 
themselves  under  a  psychical  ban.  And  so  it  was  with  the 
demons  by  whom  they  were  tormented.  They  were  regarded 
by  the  Jews  as  inferior  devils,  or  impure  spirits  that  had  been 
forfeited  to  Beelzebub,  since  they  cherished  the  notion  that  they 
might  be  expelled  by  the  help  of  Beelzebub.  The  most  different 
states  and  characters  are  also  confounded,  when  the  spheres  of 
demoniacal  suffering  and  of  demoniacal  acting  are  not  kept  dis- 
tinct. But  in  order  to  hold  fast  this  distinction,  we  must  take 
care  to  observe  that  many  symbolical  expressions  are  found  in 
the  Gospel  history,  which  are  borrowed  from  the  sphere  of 
demoniacal  suffering,  to  designate  purely  ethical  relations.  To 
this  class  apparently  belongs  the  language  which  John  uses  of 
Judas,  after  he  had  received  the  sop  from  Jesus  at  the  Passover, 
that  ' Satan  entered  into  Jiim^  (John  xiii.  27).  We  might  also  be 
disposed  to  adduce  here  the  account  given  of  Mary  Magdalene, 
that  the  Lord  cast  seven  devils  out  of  her  (Mark  xvi.  9),  since 
it  is  not  probable  that  we  are  to  reckon  literally  seven  distinct 
demoniacal  possessions  or  psychical  enthralments,  and  from  such 
a  reckoning  draw  a  precise  and  definite  conclusion.  Add  to  this, 
the  number  seven  denotes  in  a  significant  manner,  not  only  the 
extreme  generally,  but  also  the  extreme  of  self-activity.^  The 
seven  unclean  spirits  remind  us,  by  contrast,  of  the  seven  spirits 
of  God.  And  as  these  spirits  denote  the  one  Holy  Spirit  in  His 
fulness  and  agency,  so  the  seven  devils  may  denote  the  impure 
spirit  of  the  world  in  its  collective  power  and  activity.  And  as 
Christ,  by  having  the  consecration  of  the  seven  spirits,  is  dis- 
tinguished as  moving  freely  in  the  life  of  the  Holy  Spirit,  so  the 
possession  of  seven  demons  might  distinguish  the  ethically  cul- 
pable, and  therefore  metaphorical,  possession  of  an  erring  soul 
that  was  completely  under  the  power  of  the  spirit  of  the  world. 
According  to  the  Evangelist  Luke  (viii.  2),  the  Lord  was  ac- 
companied in  His  journeys  by  '  certain  women,  which  had  been 
healed  of  evil  spirits  and  infirmities,  Mary  Magdalene,  out  of 
whom  went  seven  devils  (Saifiovia  kirra),  and  Joanna  the  wife 
of  Chuza,  Herod's  steward,  and  Susanna,  and  many  others, 
^  Compare  Matt,  xviii.  2 1 . 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  133 

which  ministered  to  Him  of  their  substance.'  If  into  such  a 
group  of  females,  containing  one,  or  several,  whom  Jesus  had 
freed  from  demoniacal  suffering,  a  convert  entered  whom  Jesus 
had  rescued  from  the  heavy  curse  of  sin,  it  is  very  probable  that, 
in  accordance  with  the  prevalent  Jewish  notions,  she  would  ex- 
press her  gratitude  by  saying  that  He  had  cast  seven  devils  out 
of  her.^  This  explanation  is  confirmed  by  Christ's  parabolic 
discourse,  in  which  He  represents  to  the  Jews  the  condition  in 
which  they  were  as  most  perilous,  by  the  phenomena  of  demo- 
niacal suffering  (Matt.  xii.  43,  compared  with  Luke  xi.  24). 
'  When  the  unclean  spirit  is  gone  out  of  a  man,  he  walketh 
through  dry  places,  seeking  rest  and  finding  none.  Then  he 
saith,  I  will  return  into  my  house  from  whence  I  came  out ;  and 
when  he  is  come,  he  findeth  it  empty,  swept,  and  garnished. 
Then  goeth  he,  and  taketh  with  himself  seven  other  spirits  more 
wicked  than  himself,  and  they  enter  in  and  dwell  there ;  and  the 
last  state  of  that  man  is  worse  than  the  first.  Even  so  shall  it  be 
also  unto  this  wicked  generation.' 

This  discourse,  if  we  look  at  the  connection,  seems  to  be 
neither  wholly  figurative,  nor  w^holly  literal.  Jesus  had  just 
before  cast  out  a  demon  from  a  sick  man  (Matt.  xii.  22).  But 
when  the  Pharisees  reproached  Him  as  casting  out  devils  by 
Beelzebub,  that  demon  seemed  to  come  back  with  seven  others 
and  insolently  to  confront  Him,  as  if  in  mockery  of  His  former 
^•ictory.  Jesus  found  in  this  an  image  of  His  whole  ministry  in 
Israel.  Everywhere  He  expelled  the  single  demon  of  psychical 
suffering  from  among  the  people ;  but  everywhere  it  returned 
again  with  the  seven  demons  of  blaspheming  unbelief.^     The 

1  Hence  tradition  has  more  weighty  reason  for  regarding  this  Mary  as 
the  great  sinner  (Luke  vii.  36-50),  than  the  circumstance  that  the  woman 
who  anointed  the  Lord  at  Bethany  is  also  called  Mary.  According  to  Winer, 
the  designation  of  '  the  woman  who  was  a  sinner '  as  Mary  Magdalene 
arose  from  confounding  the  history  in  Luke  vii.  36  with  John  xii.  1. 

-  That  the  Lord,  by  the  words  (Luke  xi.  23),  '  He  that  is  not  with  Me 
is  against  Me,'  etc.,  designed  to  point  out  the  cures  of  the  common  Jewish 
exorcists  as  merely  apparent,  which  rather  injured  than  promoted  the  king- 
dom of  God,  as  Neander  thinks,  is  not  supported  by  the  connection.  For 
Christ  had  no  conflict  with  the  exorcists,  but  with  the  blasphemers  who 
stood  before  Him.  These  came  against  Him  as  His  enemies,  as  sevenfold 
possessed,  who  wished  to  annihilate  His  work.  The  Lord  also  could  not 
well  dispute  the  genuineness  of  the  cures  performed  by  the  Jewish  exorcists, 


134  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

demon  appears  here  with  the  number  seven,  and  therefore  as 
the  demon  of  free  conscious  culpability,  of  the  vilest  depravity. 
It  is  highly  significant,  and  quite  in  accordance  with  the  Gospel 
history,  to  represent  those  direful  demoniacal  sufferings  as  seven- 
fold less  than  the  wretchedness  of  demoniacal  criminality. 

From  this  metaphorical  mode  of  speaking,  with  which  Christ 
treated  of  demoniacal  relations,  it  does  not  follow,  that  He 
adopted  by  way  of  accommodation  the  general  opinions  of  His 
time  respecting  the  true  demoniacal  nature  of  the  sufferings  of 
the  possessed.  That  He  shared  in  these  opinions.  His  whole 
treatment  and  estimate  of  these  phenomena  testifies,  which  al- 
ways remained  the  same  in  the  private  conversations  He  held 
with  His  disciples  respecting  them  (Matt.  xvii.  21).  Strauss 
therefore  is  quite  justified  in  ascribing  these  opinions  to  the  Lord 
(ii.  7).  But  from  this  we  are  not  justified  in  affirming,  that 
Jesus  shared  in  the  sensuous  representations  of  the  people  re- 
specting the  corporeal  nature  of  these  demoniacal  possessions,  as 
the  same  writer  also  maintains.  The  very  connection  of  the 
phenomena  of  demoniac  suffering  with  those  of  demoniac  action, 
as  the  Lord  understood  it,  proves  that  in  the  possessions  He  had 
recognised  the  psychical  element,  the  relation  between  suffer- 
ing and  ethical  self-activity.  We  may  draw,  however,  the  same 
conclusion  in  a  special  manner  from  His  mode  of  healing. 

As  far  as  we  can  trace  and  judge  of  the  moral  state  in  the 
obscure  circumstances  of  the  possessed,  the  chief  feature  that 
strikes  us  is  the  moral  despondency,  the  abject  flinching  and 
trembling  before  the  assailing  hostile  power,  whether  this  arose 
from  the  demoniac  fixed  ideas  of  the  sufferers,  or  from  individual 
demoniacal  influences.  This  abject  bearing  cannot  avoid  show- 
ing itself  in  some  way  or  other,  so  as  to  afford  a  glimpse  of  the 
moral  state  of  the  soul,  even  in  cases  where  the  demoniac  is  born 
in  the  soul-slavery  of  a  disordered  state  of  the  nerves.  At  all 
events,  it  appears  as  the  first  step  in  healing  the  demoniacs,  that 
Jesus  crushed  at  a  blow  this  despondency  of  the  demonized  con- 
sciousness. He  crushed  it,  namely,  by  the  manner  in  which  He 
addressed  the  demon.  He  set  spiritual  power  against  spiritual 
power,  the  stronger  against  the  weaker.  With  a  lion's  spring 
He  made  Himself  master  of  His  prey.  With  one  divine,  deter- 
as  far  as  they  were  viewed  in  their  psychical  limitation,  at  the  very  instant, 
when  He  appealed  to  them. 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  135 

mined  wrench,  He  released  the  captive  soul  from  its  thrall.  But 
this,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  case,  could  only  take  place 
by  the  impartation  of  His  own  power  to  it.  His  powder  was 
shed  upon  the  sufferers  when  He  threatened  the  demons  by  His 
crushing  rebuke.  The  style  in  which  Christ  addressed  men 
had  always  a  tone  of  kingly  decision  ;  it  was  the  expression  of 
heavenly  power  and  certainty.  By  the  forcible  impression  which 
these  brief  winged  words  of  command  uttered  by  the  Lord  made 
on  the  souls  of  men,  they  have  fixed  themselves  in  the  Gospel 
tradition  with  unchangeable  freshness.  But  it  is  obvious  that 
Christ,  in  this  method  of  throwing  fire  with  His  words  into  the 
soul,  made  a  specific  difference  between  the  sorrowful  and  the 
despairing.  The  sorrowful  He  consoled  with  all  the  miraculous 
tone  of  a  heavenly  sympathy  :  the  burdened  sinner,  for  example. 
He  consoled  with  the  words,  '  My  son  !  thy  sins  are  forgiven 
thee!'  the  woman  suffering  from  the  issue  of  blood  with,  'Be 
of  good  cheer.  My  daughter  ! '  Mary  Magdalene  with  the  excla- 
mation, '  Mary  ! '  and  others  in  different  ways.  And  here  it 
must  be  remarked,  that  the  modern  philanthropic  but  enervated 
treatment  of  souls  has  made  a  great  mistake,  in  placing  the  de- 
spairing in  the  same  category  with  the  sorrowful,  and  attempting 
to  revive  them  by  consolations.  They  require  a  very  different 
treatment :  they  must  be  roused  to  regain  their  self-possession 
by  words  of  severity ;  they  need  the  influences  and  quickening 
utterances  of  glowing,  impassioned  power.  The  thunder  and 
lightning  of  a  saintly  soul,  which  can  rebuke  them  as  with  the 
flames  of  divine  wrath,  restores  to  them  that  power  which  feebler 
addresses  could  never  give.  Indeed,  only  the  pure  spirit  of 
Christ  can  properly  discharge  this  office  of  rebuke.^  Christ  was 
the  Master  also  in  this  art  of  curing  souls.  Not  only  did  He  in 
this  manner  restore  demoniacs,  but  all  who  either  temporarily 
or  constantly  were  unmanned  by  dejection.  Thus  He  rebukes 
the  disciples  when  they  lost  their  self-command  in  the  storm  ; 
He  rebuked  the  fever  of  Peter's  wife's  mother  (Luke  iv.  39) ; 
and  exclaimed  in  the  synagogue  to  the  woman  bowed  down  by 
a  sph-it  of  infirmity,  '  Woman  !  thou  art  loosed  from  thine  in- 
firmity' (Luke  xiii.  12), — He  dispersed  immediately  her  despond- 
ency, the  spirit  of  her  weakness,  by  His  word,  and  then,  by  lay- 

1  [See  Isaac  Taylor's  Saturday  Evening,  Essay  xv.  The  Power  of  Rebuke. 
— Tk.] 


136  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

ing  His  hands  on  her,  healed  her  hodily  infirmity.  This  last 
example  leads  us  to  consider  the  manner  in  which  Jesus  especially 
treated  demoniacs.  How  glorious  the  royal  Prince  of  spirits 
appears  among  them  with  these  master-words  of  rebuking  love ! 
'  He  cast  out  the  spirits  with  a  word,'  says  Matthew  (viii.  16). 
'He  straitly  charged  them'  says  Mark,  'that  they  should  not 
make  Him  known'  (iii.  12).  To  the  possessed  in  the  synagogue 
at  Capernaum  He  cried  out,  '  Hold  thy  peace  and  come  out  of 
him.'  Probably  the  command,  'Come  out  !'  was  re-echoed  in 
the  soul,  as  the  Lord  in  such  cases  injected  it  as  a  divine  power 
into  the  consciousness  of  the  sick  man;  and  the  first  act  of  his 
reawakened  freedom  consisted  precisely  in  this,  that  he  repeated 
the  word  in  his  own  soul,  '  Come  out !'  In  this  state  of  captivity 
the  possessed  was  one  with  the  demon,  and  spoke  out  of  the 
consciousness  of  the  demon ;  therefore  the  Lord  also  addressed 
the  demon  that  was  in  him.  But  in  the  moment  of  his  release 
he  became  one  with  the  Lord,  and  the  word  which  the  Lord 
thundered  against  the  demon  he  himself  addressed  to  him.  If 
we  rely  on  the  exactness  of  the  order  of  the  particulars  in  the 
account  of  Mark  (v.  7)  and  of  Luke  (viii,  29),  the  memorable 
case  here  occurred,  that  the  demoniac  was  not  at  once  healed 
after  the  Lord  had  spoken  the  decisive  word.  Christ  had  said 
to  him,  '  Come  out  of  the  man,  thou  unclean  spirit !'  The  de- 
moniac consciousness  in  this  man  was  now  indeed  shaken  to  its 
foundations  ;  but  as  he  felt  himself  possessed  by  a  legion  of  evil 
spirits,  the  demoniacal  within  him  was  not  quite  reached  by  the 
address  in  the  singular.  Christ  saw  at  once  how  the  cure  was 
to  be  completed.  He  asked  him  for  his  name.  '  What  is  thy 
name  ?'  He  answered,  '  My  name  is  Legion,  for  we  are  many.' 
But  from  this  insolent  raving  of  his  demoniac  consciousness  the 
contradiction  already  glanced  forth :  the  prostration  of  spirit 
which  had  shown  itself  in  the  very  circumstance  of  his  running 
to  meet  the  Lord.  The  demons  now  asked  permission  to  go  into 
a  herd  of  swine,  of  which  we  shall  speak  hereafter.  Matthew's 
word,  '  Go  !'  seems  to  have  been  here  the  authentic  and  decisive 
word  of  the  Lord,  which  echoed  in  the  soul  of  the  possessed, 
'  Go  ! '  The  rebuke  with  which  Christ  met  the  crowd,  who  were 
waiting  for  Him  at  the  foot  of  the  Mount  of  Transfiguration,  is 
A'ery  characteristic.  .  Here  was  a  spiritual  battle  to  be  won  again, 
which  His  disciples  had  lost  from  a  want  of  a  more  rigorous 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  137 

self-discipline  in  prayer  and  fasting.  The  spirit  of  despondency 
which  had  mastered  the  whole  circle  by  the  unexpected  failure, 
was  to  be  expelled.  The  Lord  was  sensible  of  this  psychical 
obstruction,  and  removed  it  by  a  powerful  rebuke.  He  then 
made  a  path  for  the  communication  of  His  miraculous  power  by 
strengthening  the  heart  of  the  father  of  the  unfortunate  youth. 
Then  followed  the  healing  word  of  power.  In  the  crisis  of  such 
a  cure,  the  most  violent  change  came  over  the  sufferer  in  an  in- 
stant. His  consciousness  sprang  up,  so  to  speak,  from  the  abyss 
to  the  heights  of  heaven.  It  was  natural  for  the  cure  to  end  in 
a  final  dreadful  paroxysm.  The  sick  man  at  Capernaum  cried 
out  aloud  when  the  divine  voice  of  deliverance  pealed  like  thunder 
through  his  soul.  In  the  instance  before  us,  the  sufferer  became 
fearfully  agitated  and  fell  to  the  earth  as  dead  ;  a  second  miracle 
was  needed,  which  Christ  performed  when  He  took  him  by  the 
hand  and  lifted  him  up. 

It  is  scarcely  necessary  to  call  attention  to  the  fact,  that  all 
these  narratives  of  miraculous  cures  bear  a  decided  impress  of 
individuality  and  the  noblest  stamp  of  internal  truth. 

But  in  what  degree  these  cures  were  complete,  we  see  from 
the  language  of  the  restored  Gadarene.  When  his  countrymen 
desired  Jesus  to  depart  out  of  their  coasts,  he  requested  that  he 
might  be  allowed  to  accompany  Him.  Though  a  legion  of  evil 
spirits  had  before  haunted  him,  his  consciousness  was  now  firmly 
fixed  in  free  devoted  surrender  to  the  one  Spirit  of  light,  whose 
power  had  rescued  him  and  become  master  of  his  soul. 

The  whole  category  of  the  Lord's  miraculous  cures  serves  to 
exhibit  the  dominion  of  His  Spirit  over  the  flesh,  since  their  effect 
was  to  re-establish  the  dominion  of  the  human  spirit  over  morbid 
corporeity,  and  its  victory  over  the  influences  of  the  powers  of 
evil.  The  liberation  of  human  spirits,  and  their  restoration  to 
health  by  the  blessing  of  the  Spirit,  as  it  goes  on  to  the  end  of  the 
world,  and  has  its  basis  in  the  power  of  Christ's  Spirit  and  in  His 
victory,  exhibited  its  first  blossoms  in  the  miraculous  cures.  But 
we  now  enter  on  a  new  circle  of  miracles.  We  see  the  first  signs 
of  the  spiritual  glory  of  Christ,  which  is  to  transform  the  earthly 
sphere  of  this  lower  world.  To  this  class  belong,  as  the  clearest 
and  most  distinct  signs,  the  great  miracles  which  Christ  per- 
formed on  the  mental  states  of  men.  As  such,  we  consider 
most  decidedly  the  miracle  at  Cana  and  those  of  feeding  the 


138  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

multitudes.  The  key  to  these  truly  heavenly  facts  is  wanting 
when  the  mental  state  of  the  guests  of  Jesus  is  left  unnoticed, 
and  as  much  attention  is  lavished  on  the  elements,  as  if  we  had 
merely  to  do  with  bread-baskets  and  wine-jars.  When  Jesus 
made  provision  for  a  circle  of  friends,  or  for  thousands  of  His 
adherents,  the  question  is  of  the  highest  importance,  what  in- 
fluence He  exerted  on  their  souls.  Now  we  know  He  was 
never  disposed  to  gain  adherents  by  violent  or  over-persuasive 
urgency.  The  Son  makes  those  free  whom  His  Spirit  takes 
captive.  He  could  only  by  slow  degrees  establish  the  heavenly 
kingdom  of  Christian  dispositions,  because  He  mingled  His  life 
with  the  life  of  the  world  through  the  medium  of  the  holiest 
tenderness,  or  through  the  tenderest  holiness.  But  a  heavenly 
kingdom  of  states  of  feeling  He  could  at  once  call  forth, 
by  virtue  of  that  captivating  spiritual  power  with  which  His 
personality  operated  on  susceptible  souls.  Such  souls,  by  the 
power  of  His  divine  spirit  which  inspired  them,  and  by  the  glow 
of  sympathy  v/hich  ravished  them  when  once  touched.  He  could 
raise  for  some  moments  to  heaven,  and  transport  into  a  com- 
mon frame  of  divine  joy,  peace,  and  love,  in  which  life  appeared 
as  new,  and  the  world  as  transformed.  Such  foretastes  of  heaven 
make  their  appearance  throughout  the  whole  Gospel  history. 
But  the  difference  must  be  lost  sight  of  between  transient  moods 
and  permanent  dispositions,  between  occasional  flights  of  excited 
feeling  and  the  constant  soaring  of  the  spirit,  when  it  is  thought 
strange  that  many  of  those  whom  Christ  had  borne  uj)wards  in 
a  favourable  hour,  should  relapse  into  common  or  even  evil  ten- 
dencies,— that  the  majority,  or  even  all,  at  times  should  fall 
away.  And  it  would  argue  ignorance  of  the  spirit  of  Christ,  if 
we  were  to  expect  that  He  would  not  venture  so  boldly  to  call 
forth  the  flowers  of  the  new  life,  because  He  knew  that  these 
flowers  would  for  a  long  while  have  no  fruits.  But  we  find 
sufficient  indications  of  the  miraculous  elevation  of  men's  souls 
in  events  of  this  kind,  and  of  the  connection  of  these  miraculous 
transactions  with  these  m.iraculous  states  of  mind.  On  the  oc- 
casion of  the  marriage  at  Cana,  for  the  first  time  in  the  history 
of  the  world  a  Christian  assemblage  for  festive  purpose  took 
place  in  the  presence  of  Christ.  The  mother  of  Jesus  is  full  of 
great  and  anxious,  and  yet  joyful  forebodings;  she  communicates 
her  state  of  mind  to  the  servants  of  the  family,  who  are  imbued 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  139 

with  the  greatest  confidence  in  the  words  of  Jesus.     They  fill 
the  water-pots — they  bring  the  beverage  at  His  bidding  with 
perfect  readiness.     Meanwhile  the  company  are  so  occupied  with 
their  conviviality,  that  they  know  not  what  has  transpired  outside. 
But  the  wine  they  are  now  drinking  at  the  height  of  the  feast 
is  pronounced  even  by  the  governor  of  the  feast  to  be  as  good 
as,  or  better  than,  what  had  been  drunk  before.     In  the  element 
of  a  singular  state  of  mind,  in  which  the  wedding  guests  had 
become  one  as  branches  with  the  true  vine,  with  Christ  as  the 
principle   of   the   world's   transformation,    the    water   becomes 
changed  for  them  into  wine.     We  have  here  to  do  with  the 
operations  of  a  higher  ethical  ecstasy — with  the  operations  of  a 
very  beautiful  but  extraordinary  state  of  mind,  in  which  the 
festive  Jews  find  themselves  transported,  by  the  power  of  Christ's 
Spirit,  from  the  beginnings  of  the  world  to  the  heights  of  the 
transformed  world.     The  drink  which  they  quaff  in  this  state 
of  mind,  being  blessed  to  them  by  the  presence  of  Christ,  is  to 
their  taste  the  choicest  wine.     Thus  they  enjoy  it  not  in  mere 
spiritualistic  fancy,  but  with  the  most  real  gust.^     But  how  it 
^  We  can  represent  to  ourselves  Christ's  agency  which  changed  water 
into  wine  in  successive  stages.     From  the  history  of  Somnambulism,  it  is 
known  that  in  the  high  degrees  of  the  magnetic  rapport^  all  the  sensations 
and  tastes  of  the  magnetizer  are  repeated  in  the  person  who  is  psychically 
affected  by  him.     Now  at  Cana  there  was  no  circle  of  magnetized  persons 
assembled  round  the  Lord,  but  a  circle  of  souls  whom  His  presence  had  raised 
to  ecstasy  in  their  festivity.     What  therefore  in  the  department  of  mag- 
netism may  appear  as  a  fact,  might  here  recur  with  intensified  power,  and  in 
a  more  vitaUzed  form  (as,  for  example,  the  constrained  morbid  clairvoyance  of 
the  somnambulist  in  the  free  healtliy  clairvoyance  of  the  prophet).     When 
therefore  Christ  calls  forth  in  Himself  the  intuition  (Anschauunc/)  of  wine 
with  fresh  creative  power,  when  Christ  drinks  good  wine,  the  others  drink 
it  also  by  means  of  the  psychical  connection.     But  the  company  that  sur- 
rounds the  Lord  is  not  a  mere  circle  of  passive,  receptive  beings.     His  com- 
panions are  by  faith  brought  into  active  harmony  with  Him.     As  the 
branches  do  not  merely  receive  the  sap  which  the  vine  conveys  to  them,  but 
form  the  wine  out  of  it  and  with  it,  so  these  festive  guests,  at  the  moment  of 
their  union  with  the  Lord,  infused  all  their  plastic  life-power  in  order  to 
complete  the  change.     This  is  the  first  stage  of  the  immediate  operation  of 
Christ.     But  the  second  goes  into  the  elements  of  the  beverage  which  they 
enjoy.    And  here  we  would  call  to  mind  the  taste  of  magnetized  water,  only 
to  indicate  again  how,  in  a  higher  life-circle,  the  same  phenomenon  may  be 
repeated  in  a  higher  key.     '  The  taste  of  magnetized  water,'  says  Fr.  Fischer 
(Der  Sonambulismus,  p.  235),  '  is  said  to  be  exceedingly  various  ;  sometimes 
bitter,  sometimes  sweetish,  sometimes  sourish  like  Seltzer  water,  sometimes 


140  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

was  with  the  supply  of  wine  outside  of  the  highly  vitahzed  sphere 
of  the  feast,  would  be  a  question  of  the  same  kind  as  what  trans- 
formation (Verklarung)  remained  in  the  consecrated  bread  out- 
side the  holy  sphere  of  the  actual  celebration  of  the  Supper. 
Also  the  miracle  of  feeding  a  multitude,  which,  without  pre- 
judging, we  here  consider  as  having  occurred  twice,  was  evidently 
effected  by  a  state  of  mind  allied  to  His  own  in  the  guests  of 
Jesus.  The  confidence  with  which  He  announced  that  He  was 
about  to  feed  the  thousands,  and  even  the  thought  of  this  feed- 
ing, was  so  new  a  revelation  of  the  kingdom  of  love  and  confi- 
dence, that  the  souls  of  those  who  had  once  followed  Him  as 
His  adherents  into  the  wilderness,  were  elevated  by  this  event 
far  above  their  ordinary  state  of  feeling.  They  sat  down  at  His 
word,  and  their  doing  so  indicated  an  exceedingly  high  and 
powerful  elevation  of  their  feelings.  But  it  is  an  acknowledged 
fact,  that  impassioned  expectation  and  joy  can  be  propagated 
electrically  and  with  augmented  force  among  thousands.  After 
the  first  miracle  of  feeding,  those  who  had  partaken  of  the 
food  wished  to  make  the  Lord  king, — a  proof  that  they  had 
celebrated  a  feast  in  the  highest  pitch  of  theocratic  enthusiasm. 
In  those  moments  the  heavenly  power  of  Christ  could  feed  its 
thousands  miraculously.  His  word  alone  had  already  strength- 
ened them  afresh,  to  say  nothing  of  the  word  in  connection  with 
the  natural  means.  Thus  the  feeding  so  as  to  satisfy  them  is 
explained, — but  not  the  overplus,  the  baskets-full  of  fragments. 
On  this  point  it  makes  a  great  difference,  whether  we  are  in- 
clined to  see  an  Old  Testament  feast  of  loving  omnipotence,  or 
a  New  Testament  one  of  omnipotent  love.  This  remark  requires 
further  explanation.  That  among  the  guests  of  Jesus  many 
were  destitute  of 'food,  is  certain,  and  the  whole  multitude  were 
in  danger  of  suffering  the  pains  of  hunger.  But  it  appears  in- 
credible, if  we  take  into  account  the  Jewish  method  of  travelling 
and  making  pilgrimages,  that  many  of  these  pilgrims  should  not 
have  carried  with  them  a  supply  of  provisions,  greater  or  less. 
On  these  supplies,  indeed,  the  Lord  would  not  wish  first  of  all 
to  reckon.  The  miracle  of  feeding  and  of  satisfying  which  He 
undertook,  was  quite  independent  of  such  supplies.     But  it  could 

strong  and  vinous,  sometimes  burning,  sometimes  tart  like  sulphur  and  ink, 
sometimes  saltish.  But  it  shows  a  certain  constancy  in  one  and  the  same 
niagnetizer.' 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  141 

as  little  on  that  account  be  His  concern  to  fill  a  multitude  of 
baskets  with  fragments,  over  and  above  what  was  eaten.  Now 
if  such  provisions  are  presupposed,  we  may  be  inclined  to  take 
the  following  view  of  the  transaction.  Christ  feeds  the  thou- 
sands exclusively  with  the  substance  of  His  own  bread.  But 
those  among  these  thousands  who  really  had  provisions,  would 
hold  them  absolutely  in  reserve  for  themselves.  Their  hearts 
therefore  remained  closed,  their  private  property  remained  like 
a  fixture  by  their  side  ;  while  Christ  gives  up  everything,  and  the 
poor  among  them  take  their  share  of  the  distributed  bread.  Even 
in  collecting  the  fragments,  their  gifts  in  bread  do  not  add  to  the 
amount.  Evidently,  on  such  a  supposition,  the  power  of  Christ 
is  glorified  at  the  cost  of  the  operation  of  His  love  ;  and  the  dark 
miracle  of  the  unheard-of,  selfish  I'eserve  of  the  multitude  hanging 
on  the  lips  of  Jesus,  confronts  the  direct,  exalted  miracle  of  bene- 
volent omnipotence.  But  if  we  are  desirous  of  commemorating 
the  founding  of  a  New  Testament  feast,  a  heavenly  bloom  of 
social  life,  in  the  miraculous  feeding,  we  must  above  all  things 
feel  how  the  hearts  of  the  guests  of  Jesus  thawed  under  His 
festive  invitation  and  thanksgiving — how  they  w^ere  rendered 
great,  warm,  free,  and  brotherly,  so  that  no  one  would  keep  his 
bread  for  himself,  while  he  enjoyed  likewise  that  of  his  brother. 
Thus  we  gain  two  splendid  miracles  of  omnipotent  love,  which 
in  the  warmth  of  the  moment  form  one — Christ  feeds  thousands 
with  His  little  stock  by  an  operation  of  heavenly  power.^  But 
this  feeding,  as  an  operation  of  love,  opens  their  hearts,  and  forms 
a  pre-celebration  of  the  final  transformation  of  the  world  in  the 
blessedness  of  Christian  brotherly  love — a  pre-celebration  of  the 
Christian  voluntary  community  of  goods  ;  and  thus  the  second 
miracle  takes  place,  the  miracle  of  superabundance  among  the 
thousands  of  the  poor  people  in  the  wilderness. 

^  It  will  be  evident  that  the  explanation  of  the  miracle  here  given,  refers 
to  the  natural  explanation  which  Dr  Paulus  has  given  (Leben  Jestt  ii.  1G2). 
But  those  who  rightly  apprehend  our  explanation,  cannot  fail  to  perceive 
the  difference  between  it  and  the  natural  explanation.  "We  regard  the 
miracle  of  feeding  and  satisfying  in  its  whole  integrity  as  an  operation  of 
the  power  of  Christ,  which  converts  the  existing  means  of  feeding  into  the 
medium  of  a  divine  living  power.  In  that  case,  the  secondary  miracle  of  the 
overplus  is  kept  in  view,  and  explained  as  above.  We  shall  notice  in  the 
sequel  the  expressions  in  the  Gospels  which,  according  to  Strauss  {Ltben 
Jesu  ii.  197),  militate  against  this  view. 


142  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

It  has  been  justly  observed,  that  in  these  miracles  we  may 
descry  a  foreshadowing  of  the  Holy  Supper.  Certainly  the 
guests  of  Jesus  were  communicants  as  to  the  state  of  their 
feelings,  though  not  in  developed  and  ripened  Christian  insight. 
In  the  communion,  wine  is  always  poured  out  for  those  who 
partake  of  it,  which  has  the  power  and  significance  of  His  blood, 
and  bread  is  broken,  which  is  received  and  experienced  as  the 
life  and  action  of  His  body.  But  in  the  consecrated  circle  of 
the  communion  a  thousand  mysterious  experiences  occur,  ex- 
periences of  strengthening  and  refreshment,  and  even  of  exalta- 
tion to  heaven,  which  are  intimately  allied  to  those  miracles  of 
the  Lord  which  affected  men's  states  of  mind,  and  allied  not 
merely  in  reference  to  their  special  origin,  the  living  power  of 
Christ's  heart,  but  also  in  reference  to  their  final  aim,  the 
transformation  of  the  world.  Those  miracles,  as  well  as  the 
permanent  blessings  of  Christ  in  the  Holy  Supper,  may  be  re- 
garded as  foreshadowings  of  the  coming  transformation  of  the 
world. 

Attempts  have  been  made  to  throw  suspicions  on  the  miracle 
at  Cana  by  designating  it  '  a  miracle  of  luxury.'  Criticism 
resolves  to  do  anything  for  the  sake  of  gaining  its  object,  even 
to  put  on  pietist  airs.  But  the  spirit  of  Christ  is  perfectly  self- 
consistent  when  it  treats  the  higher  modes  of  want — as,  for 
example,  the  worrying  perplexity  of  a  new-married  couple, 
whose  wedding  is  likely  to  end  in  ridicule  and  vexation  for 
lack  of  wine — with  the  same  sympathy  as  the  lower  modes. 
The  anointing  which  Mary  performed  at  Bethany  in  honour 
of  the  Lord,  of  whose  departure  she  had  a  presentiment,  also 
appeared  a  work  of  luxury;  but  the  Lord  protected  His  female 
disciple  against  the  attacks  of  those  disciples  who  thought  that 
the  cost  of  the  ointment  should  rather  be  given  to  the  poor. 
Christianity  will  never  allow  itself  to  be  changed  into  a  mere 
hospital  or  alms-house,  but  in  its  spirit  and  aim  always  tends  to 
the  pure  luxury  of  freeing  and  transforming  the  life,  apart  from 
the  beautiful  festive  ideal  manifestation  of  the  spirit.  A  sickly 
spiritualism  can  accommodate  itself  only  to  the  coarse  natural 
constitution  of  the  present  phenomenal  world ;  the  entire  new 
world,  on  the  other  hand,  which  is  to  bloom  forth  from  the 
living  power  of  Christianity,  and  more  especially  the  resurrec- 
tion of  the  dead,  appears  to  it  as  an  extravagant  luxury  of  Chris- 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  143 

tian  hope.  But  the  Christian  spirit  cannot  despair  of  the 
eternal  unity  between  the  idea  and  the  h'fe,  and  therefore  expects 
tliat  all  Christian  principles  will  one  day  celebrate  their  appear- 
ance in  the  reality,  in  the  full  splendour  of  the  idea ;  and  it 
descries  the  foreshadowings  of  this  future  transformation  in  the 
'  miracles  of  luxury,'  as  they  meet  it,  not  merely  in  the  marriage 
feast  at  Cana,  or  in  the  miraculous  feeding  of  the  multitude, 
but  also  in  that  quelling  of  the  storm  which  Jesus  effected,  and 
in  the  miraculous  draught  of  fishes  which  Pie  caused. 

In  the  history  of  the  kingdom  of  God  there  is  one  class  of 
miracles  which  may  be  called  miracles  of  theocratic  parallelism, 
— those,  namely,  in  which  the  inner  relation  between  the  life  of 
the  earth  and  the  life  of  humanity  is  exhibited  in  the  most  strik- 
ing manner.  Those  persons  who  have  not  perceived,  or  who 
deny,  this  parallelism  in  the  development  of  the  corporeal  and 
spiritual  side  of  the  current  aeon,  and  the  coincidence  of  the 
great  phases  of  development  both  inward  and  outward,  should 
not  venture  to  say  anything  about  the  supremacy  of  the  idea,  and 
about  the  ideality  of  the  world.  The  Theocracy  corrects  their 
dualism.  The  majority  of  the  miracles  in  the  Old  Testament 
history  belong  to  this  class  of  parallel  miracles.  A  great  phase 
in  the  history  of  the  earth  or  the  universe  coincides  with  a  great 
phase  in  the  history  of  the  kingdom  of  God ;  and  indeed  the 
former  is  subservient  to  the  latter,  just  as  reasonably  as  the 
earth  is  subservient  to  man,  or  as  the  history  of  the  universe  is 
subservient  to  the  history  of  spiritual  life.  Thus,  for  example, 
the  plagues  of  Egypt  coincide  with  the  event  of  the  redemption 
of  Israel  from  Egyptian  bondage ;  and  the  moment  in  which 
Israel,  pursued  by  Pharaoh,  reached  the  shores  of  the  Red  Sea, 
was  the  same  in  which  a  singular  natural  phenomenon  dried 
the  bed  of  the  sea.  The  theocratic  spirit  justly  explains  the 
coincidence  of  these  events  as  proceeding  from  God's  ordina- 
tion ;  it  marks  it  in  true  dignity  of  spirit  as  an  operation,  a  fruit 
and  consequence  of  its  faith.  But  like  the  prophetic  spirit, 
before  the  moment  of  the  miracle  arrived  in  which  '  the  stars 
in  their  courses  fought'  for  Israel,  it  had  an  inspired  presenti- 
ment of  it,  and  therefore  announced  it  beforehand.  It  need 
not  in  the  least  perplex  us  when  those  miracles  of  parallelism 
come  forward  in  giant  forms.  Nature  always  confronts  man 
as  a  giant  power,  and  yet  bends  before  his  spirit  and  becomes 


144  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

subservient  to  him  with  all  her  powers.  It  is  a  tacit,  eternal 
miracle,  that  man,  this  naked,  defenceless  creature,  bound  to 
the  earth,  shivering  in  the  blast,  trembling  in  the  water,  dissolv- 
ing in  the  heat,  standing  defenceless  amidst  a  thousand  armed 
warlike  hosts  of  the  brute  creation, — this  child  that  '  plays  on 
the  hole  of  the  asp,  and  puts  his  hand  on  the  cockatrice's  den ' 
(Isa.  xi.  8), — this  Daniel  in  the  lions'  den, — that  he  in  the 
power  of  the  spirit  gains  even  a  more  decided  ascendancy  over 
nature,  even  releases  it  from  its  own  captivity,  since  he  brings 
its  essence  to  light,  and  compels  its  action  into  the  service  of  the 
spirit.  This  silent  miracle  has  its  great  festive  hours — world- 
historical  Sundays — on  which  the  giant  spirit  of  Nature  comes 
in  a  critical  moment  to  the  aid  of  the  embarrassed  divine  man 
as  an  elephant  to  its  master's  child, — when  the  course  of  Nature 
unfolds  the  consecrated,  holy  tendency  of  its  movements,  its 
silent  concurrence  with  the  course  of  the  kingdom  of  God,  in 
clear,  grand  signs.  It  is  the  triumph  of  Revelation  that  it  has 
explained  these  signs,  and  wath  their  explanation  has  declared 
the  unity  of  the  course  of  the  world  in  its  successive  ieons  in  the 
life  of  Nature  and  of  man.  These  parallel  miracles  also  re- 
appear more  strikingly  in  the  history  of  the  apostles  ;  the  young 
Church  needed  the  service  of  the  giantess,  Nature,  who  recog- 
nised in  the  former  the  beginning  and  pledge  of  her  own  glori- 
fication. In  the  history  of  the  life  of  Jesus  the  parallel  miracles 
are  less  conspicuous,  because  in  Him  perfected  life  was  mani- 
fested, and  therefore  the  glorification  of  Nature  by  the  Spirit ; 
the  elevation  of  the  parallelism  between  the  life  of  Nature  and 
the  life  of  the  Spirit  into  a  living  Tinity.  Besides  the  wonderful 
events  at  the  death  and  resurrection  of  Jesus,  which  we  shall 
notice  in  the  sequel,  we  may  regard  the  stilling  of  the  storm  on 
the  Sea  of  Galilee  as  a  miracle  in  which  that  parallelism  appears 
and  finds  its  solution.  We  cannot  estimate  too  highly  the  world- 
historical  importance  of  that  hour,  when  the  whole  New  Testa- 
ment Church  in  its  embryo  life,  the  entire  living  power  and 
spiritual  quintessence  of  the  Old  Testament  theocracy,  after 
being  rescued  from  a  thousand  perils  by  great  miracles — in  which 
therefore  the  hopes  of  humanity  were  enclosed  in  a  paltry  fishing- 
boat  on  the  Galilean  sea — were  in  the  greatest  danger  of  being 
swallowed  up  by  the  waves.  Here  also  Nature  seems  to  have 
presented  her  dark  side — she  seemed  to  rave  like  a  demon  savage. 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  145 

and  to  aim  at  swallowing  up  the  noblest  life — life  absolute. 
But  Christ  did  not  take  the  storm  on  this  side  :  the  awful  agita- 
tion alarmed  Plim  not ;  it  rocked  Him  to  sleep.  And  when  the 
alarm  awoke  Him,  He  found  it  necessary,  first  of  all,  to  rebuke 
the  storm  in  the  hearts  of  His  disciples.^  Storm  against  storm : 
He  rebuked  them  till  they  were  ashamed ;  deeply  calmed  in 
spirit,  they  looked  on  the  storm  with  new  eyes.  With  this 
alteration  in  the  state  of  their  minds,  the  storm  must  at  once 
have  seemed  to  them  greatly  to  abate  its  fury.  Then  He  re- 
buked the  wind  and  the  sea.  But  the  wind  and  the  waves  are 
not  hostile  spiritual  powers  in  His  presence ;  so  that  what  He 
uttered  was  not  so  much  an  address  as  a  prophetic  annunciation, 
and  a  mysterious  symbolic  act.  The  proximate  cause  of  the 
stilling  of  the  wind  and  waves  lay  in  the  atmosphere  ;  and  so  far 
was  the  miracle  a  parallel  one,  and  the  rebuking  word  of  Jesus 
prophetic.  But  the  ultimate  cause  of  the  extraordinary  hushing 
of  the  elements  lay  in  the  life  and  feelings  of  the  God-man.  To 
Him  it  was  certain  that  the  apparently  monstrous  independence 
thus  confronting  the  human  spirit  exhibited  only  an  apparent 
outbreak,  in  which  the  actual  outbreak  of  man  was  reflected  and 
punished  ;  that  therefore  this  independence  of  Nature  must  be 
abolished  in  His  spirit-life,  and  must  be  abolished  for  the  world. 
This  abolition  He  carried  into  effect  by  a  symbolical  act,  the 
essence  of  which  is  a  mystery  of  His  deepest  life.  From  the 
depths  of  His  di^^ne  consciousness,  of  His  eternity.  He  caused 
the  fact  to  come  forth  in  a  miracle,  that  the  spirit  of  solemn 
repose  in  His  life  put  an  end  to  the  morbid  agitations  of  Nature. 
He  represented  in  a  symbolical  act  this  quiet  operation  of  the 
Christian  life  of  humanity,  the  ripe  product  of  which  is  to  be 
unfolded  in  the  sabbatical  peace  of  the  new  world.^     The  mira- 

'  The  Evangelist  Jfatthew  seems  to  us  to  have  reported  the  event  in  the 
correct  succession  of  its  several  parts,  since  he  places  the  rebuking  of  the 
disciples  before  the  stilling  of  the  storm .  Mark  and  Luke  adopt  the  reverse 
order. 

^  Strauss  finds  in  the  scene  of  Jesus  sleeping  in  the  storm  so  remarkable 
a  picture,  that  he  thinks,  '  If  it  be  so,  that  what  in  one  instance  perhaps 
really  happened,  in  nine  instances  must  be  formed  from  legends,  we  must 
be  prepared  more  rationally  for  the  possibility,  that  we  have  here  one 
of  these  nine  instead  of  that  one  instance.'  AVe  should  not  venture 
nine  to  one  in  order  to  gain  a  mere  '  possibility'  of  winning.     And  yet  the 

VOL.  II.  K 


146  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

culous  draughts  of  fish  which  the  disciples  made  twice  by  the 
direction  of  the  Lord  (Luke  v.  11  and  John  xxi.  1-11),  pre- 
suppose in  them  neither  an  omniscience  on  the  part  of  Christ, 
nor  a  universal  sciolism  (allwisserei)  disturbing  the  divine  unity 
of  His  life.  The  means  of  putting  into  exercise  the  extraordi- 
nary knowledge  which  He  displayed  on  these  occasions,  lay  in 
the  hearts  of  the  men  who  were  attached  to  Him.  Would  He 
not  notice  from  a  distance  the  deep,  bitter  dejection  which  dark- 
ened their  souls  on  account  of  the  total  failure  of  their  night's 
toil  ?  Nothing  in  the  world  could  more  deeply  interest  Him 
than  the  state  of  those  souls  in  which  He  was  desirous  of  im- 
planting His  own  heavenly  life.  But  when,  full  of  sympathy, 
He  saw  (as  it  were)  through  their  eyes,  and  sought  after  the 
fish,  he  was  certainly  a  sagacious  fisherman  who  could  detect  the 
traces  of  the  fishes  in  the  play  of  shadows  on  the  watery  mirror, 
or  by  similar  signs,  if  we  are  not  disposed  to  admit  that  He  be- 
came aware  of  their  existence  by  the  electrical  action  of  an 
immense  living  shoal  crowded  together.  A  modern  poet  ex- 
presses the  thought,  that  if  man  ever  corresponded  to  his  idea, 
the  birds  of  heaven  would  fly  to  him  in  flocks.  Did  the  poet 
fetch  this  thought  from  the  Gospels,  and  only  believe  that  he 
must  change  the  fishes  to  birds  ?  That  fishes  are  less  intelligent 
than  birds,  does  not  incapacitate  them  for  experiencing  influences 
which  are  beyond  our  calculation  ;  rather,  indeed,  for  that  very 
reason  they  are  taken  more  readily  by  the  slightest  impression, 
especially  as  their  life  has  less  of  individuality.  So  there  are, 
for  example,  kinds  which  are  enticed  and  taken  at  night  by  the 
shining  of  a  light.  The  myth  of  the  effect  of  the  harp  of  Arion 
on  the  dolphin  points,  at  all  events,  to  some  actual  fact, — to  an 
extraordinary  movement  of  fish  which  was  occasioned  by  the 
magic  of  human  influence.  Yet  we  are  not  going  to  start  the 
question,  whether  perhaps,  in  both  the  instances  to  which  we 
refer,  the  fish  had  made  an  irregular  movement  towards  the 
shore  on  which  Christ  was  standing.  At  all  events,  the  Lord 
was  certain  of  His  word  when  He  staked  His  whole  authority 
with  these  men  on  the  one  draught  which  they  were  to  make  ; 

game  is  a  scanty  one  ;  the  evangelical  view  can  be  played  without  impru- 
dence ;  a  thousand  to  one  may  be  hazarded  for  the  conviction,  that  here 
that  which  is  full  of  meaning  (das  SimwoUe)  is  not  legendary  but  i-eality  ; 
for  Christ  is  unique  among  millions. 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  147 

and  the  less  clearly  we  can  understand  whence  He  obtained  this 
certainty,  the  more  sublime  do  the  life-depths  appear  of  the  man, 
as  He  must  be,  the  God-man,  '  under  whose  feet  (according  to 
Ps.  viii.)  were  placed  tlie  fishes  of  the  sea.' 

Among  the  facts  recorded  in  the  Gospels  which  especially 
harmonize  with  the  transformation  of  the  world  by  Christ,  must 
be  reckoned  the  capture  of  the  fish  which  Peter  had  to  make  in 
order  to  satisfy  the  persons  who  demanded  the  temple-tax  of  Jesus 
and  himself.^  The  account  of  this  miracle  has  been  considered 
the  most  perplexing  in  the  whole  Gospel  history.  Some  have 
imagined  that  they  have  detected  the  narrator  in  a  palpable  con- 
tradiction, when  they  have  asked  how  the  fish  could  bite  the 
hook  with  a  stater  in  its  mouth.  Criticism,  in  raptures  at  this 
discovery,  has  bitten  more  daringly  than  usual  the  hook  of  this 
narrative  ;  no  temple-tax  in  its  mouth  has  made  it  too  difficult. 
Though,  according  to  the  structure  of  a  fish's  mouth,  the  diffi- 
culty in  question  is  not  so  very  great,  yet  it  is  not  said  that  Peter 
would  find  the  stater  exactly  between  the  teeth  in  the  mouth  of 
the  fish.  The  opening  of  the  mouth  may  here  be  supposed  to 
signify  the  means  of  getting  down  to  the  lower  part  of  the 
throat.  For  a  fish  to  have  a  piece  of  money  in  its  mouth  is  by  no 
means  wonderful ;  for  "  there  are  accounts  elsewhere  of  finding 
fishes  that  had  coins  and  other  valuables  in  their  body."^  Nor 
would  it  be  wonderful  if  Peter  had  accidentally  taken  such  a 
fish  with  a  stater  in  its  body.  The  wonder  (or  miracle)  lies  in 
this,  that  Jesus  distinctly  assured  Peter  beforehand  of  such  a 
fortunate  capture.  We  need  not  call  to  mind  the  powerful 
action  of  metals  as  experienced  by  clairvoyants,  in  order  to  render 
this  miracle  in  some  measiu'e  conceivable  with  all  its  obscurity ; 
and  in  order  to  conjecture  how  Jesus  knew  this  epicure  of  a  fish 
that  gulped  down  gold,  and  was  so  ready  to  take  the  bait.    When 

1  According  to  Ex.  xxx.  13,  every  Israelite  was  to  give  a  half -shekel  for 
the  support  of  the  tabernacle.  According  to  Winer,  this  half-shekel  ori- 
ginally (according  to  the  standard  of  the  sanctuary)  was  not  quite  four 
groschen.  Josephus  in  his  time  valued  the  whole  shekel  at  four  drachms 
(above  21  groschen).  The  half-shekel  is  demanded  in  the  Gospel  as  a 
double  drachm  ;  and  two  persons  would  therefore  have  to  pay  four  drachms, 
or  one  stater.  [About  three  shillings  and  threepence  of  English  money, 
according  to  Smith's  Diet,  of  Antiq. ;  but,  according  to  Jahn,  two  shillings 
and  sevenpence.] 

2  Strauss,  Lehen  Jesu  ii.  182. 


148  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

Jesus  found  Himself  reduced  to  the  sheerest  necessity,  and  when 
a  stater  was  needed  to  fulfil  an  obligation,  He  learned  in  the 
mirror  of  God's  Spirit  where  it  was  to  be  found.  He  needed 
only  to  feel  in  the  depths  of  the  sea  in  order  to  obtain  the  re- 
quisite piece  of  money.  But  here  also  too  much  attention  has 
been  paid  to  the  outside  of  the  miracle,  and  so  an  obscurity  has 
been  cast  on  the  motive.  The  Lord  was  reminded  by  the  officers 
of  the  temple,  through  Peter,  of  the  temple-tax.  This  demand 
seemed  likely  to  produce  a  collision,  as  we  may  infer  from  the 
conversation  of  Jesus  with  Peter.  According  to  His  essential 
relation  to  the  temple.  He  was  identical  with  the  spiritual  mean- 
ing of  it ;  the  temple  was  only  a  faint  outline  of  that  habitation 
of  God  which  His  life  exhibited.  Or,  according  to  the  Israelitish 
law,  the  temple  was  God's  fortress,  the  palace  of  His  Father, 
and  He  was  the  child  of  the  palace.  But  as  His  Father's  child. 
He  was,  of  course,  free  from  the  tribute  which  the  liege-subjects 
had  to  pay  to  His  residence.  If,  then,  Christ  paid  the  temple- 
tax,  He  would  not  only  deny  the  consciousness  of  His  right  re- 
lation to  the  temple,  but  He  might  confirm  these  Israelites  in 
the  false  assumption  that  He  owed  tribute  to  the  temple  like  a 
Jew  who  needed  the  Levitical  sacrifice  and  atonement.  Yet,  if 
He  did  not  pay  the  tribute,  He  might  seem  to  the  officers  as  if 
He  slighted  the  law  ;  thus  they  might  either  be  set  against  Him 
or  against  the  law,  to  their  own  injury.  Therefore  they  would 
be  offended  not  only  by  the  non-payment  of  the  tax,  but  even 
if  Jesus  had  paid  it  without  hesitation.  Neither  on  this  occa- 
sion was  a  loan  or  a  borrowing  of  friends  to  be  thought  of .^  It 
is  said,  '  Lest  we  should  offend  them,  go  thou  to  the  sea,'  and 
then  further  directions  are  given  ;  as  if  it  had  been  said.  Let  us 

'  It  can  hardly  be  imagined  that  in  the  whole  circle  of  the  friends  of 
Jesus  at  Capernaum  so  small  a  sum  could  be  wanting ;  and  if  it  were  there, 
it  would  no  doubt  be  at  His  service  without  the  necessity  of  borrowing.  It 
is  below  the  dignity  of  New  Testament  life  when  one  expositor  protests  that 
it  would  be  unbecoming  our  Lord  to  borrow  the  amount  from  His  friends, 
and  when  another  thinks  that  there  is  no  difficulty  in  admitting  such  a 
thing.  It  is  the  pame  poverty-struck  region  which  a  third  has  before  his 
eyes,  who  supposes  that  Christ  took  possession  of  the  twelve  baskets  of  frag- 
ments as  His  own  private  property.  What  a  picture  !  On  the  one  side,  the 
disciples  go  off  with  twelve  full  bread-baskets,  and  the  Master  at  their  head  ; 
and,  on  the  other  side,  the  satisfied  people  depart  without  carrying  away  a 
fragment  of  the  miraculous  meal. 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  149 

adopt  this  expedient.  Now  the  stater,  in  a  literal  sense,  was 
neither  more  nor  less  than  a  stater  though  found  in  the  jaws  of 
a  fish.  The  moral  effect  of  the  payment  would  be  just  the  same. 
But  even  this  Jesus  seemed  desirous  of  avoiding.  This  inner 
motive  of  the  history  is  as  it  were  its  soul,  and  must  determine 
its  interpretation.  Jesus  wished,  then,  to  discharge  the  temple- 
tax  ill  a  shape  which  allowed  its  payment  to  appear  as  a  purely 
voluntary  act.  This  He  attained  by  presenting  a  natural  object 
to  the  tax-gatherers,  which  with  wonderful  certainty  He  had 
caused  to  be  taken  fresh  from  the  sea.  According  to  this  view, 
the  expression,  '  As  soon  as  thou  openest  the  mouth  of  the  fish, 
thou  slialt  find  a  stater,'  may  be  poetical,  and  mean,  '  As  soon  as 
thou  hast  taken  the  fish  off  the  hook,  thou  shalt  obtain  for  it  the 
amount  which  they  expect  for  Me  and  thee.'  This  interpreta- 
tion would  be  quite  impossible  if  it  were  said,  'Thou  shalt  find 
a  stater  in  its  mouth.'  These,  however,  are  not  the  words.  But 
though  this  interpretation  is  possible,  it  is  very  forced,  since  the 
expression  of  opening  the  fish's  mouth  is  a  singular  one,  if  it  only 
means  taking  it  off  the  hook.  Moreover,  it  is  said,  '  When  thou 
hast  opened  its  mouth,  thou  shalt  find  a  stater.'  At  all  events, 
thus  much  is  clear,  that  Jesns  could  not  have  intended  that 
Peter  was  to  catch  as  many  fish  as  would  fetch  a  stater  in  the 
market,  and  then  give  the  amount  to  the  tax-gatherers.^  The 
disciple,  with  the  first  fish  he  caught,  was  to  have  the  value  of 
a  stater ;  it  might  consist  in  catching  a  very  large  fish,  or  a  rare 
and  valuable  one,  or,  lastly,  one  with  a  coin  in  its  mouth.  In 
either  case  the  miracle  remains  the  same.  It  was  precisely  the 
design  of  Jesus  to  exhibit  His  free  power  by  the  miraculous 
form  of  the  deed.  It  was  needful,  therefore,  for  this  form  to 
appear  to  the  tax-gatherers  as  a  miracle,  which  it  would  if  Peter 
informed  them  in  what  an  extraordinary  manner  he  obtained  the 
stater.  But  the  transaction  would  be  more  striking  and  free  if 
he  gave  them  a  fish  that  was  worth  a  stater,  and  informed  them 
that  he  had  drawn  it  out  of  the  sea  for  them  at  the  Lord's  com- 
mand. The  serene  energy  and  the  miraculous  insight  with 
which  Jesus  instantly  unravelled  a  complication  of  legal  and 

1  As  Dr  Paulus  explains  the  passage  (JLehen  Jesu  I.  ii.  17),  the  ex- 
position of  the  words,  '  As  soon  as  thou  openest  the  mouth  of  the  fish,  thou 
shalt  find  a  stater,'  as  he  has  given  it,  might  be  accepted  without  denying 
the  miracle. 


150  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  JIINISTRY. 

moral  difficulties — the  majesty  with  which  He  laid  His  hand  on 
the  great  treasury  of  Nature,  that  in  voluntary  love  He  might 
pay  a  tax — make  this  '  fabulous  specimen  of  stories  about  the  sea' 
appear  as  the  brightest,  most  delightful  gleam  of  a  world  of  love, 
of  the  most  peaceful  and  calm  adjustments,  and  of  the  richest 
blessings, — of  a  world  such  as  Christ  found  by  His  Spirit,  and 
as  it  is  destined  to  appear  in  the  transformation  of  the  earth. 

But  as  the  first  glorification  of  Christ  was  connected  with 
the  prospect  of  His  crucifixion,  so  the  first  glorification  of  the 
earth  must  precede  the  judgment  of  the  world.  We  there- 
fore now  inquire  after  that  miraculous  sign  by  which  the  judi- 
cial power  of  Christ's  Spirit  was  directly  made  known.  But 
though  for  all  the  other  constituents  of  His  universal  agency 
we  find  a  multitude  of  signs,  yet  for  this  great  and  awful  con- 
stituent only  one  is  given — the  cursir.g  of  the  Jig-tree.  We  need 
not  say  a  word  to  show  that  it  could  never  enter  the  Lord's 
thoughts  to  punish  a  fig-tree,  or  to  vent  His  displeasure  upon  it. 
The  Evangelists,  also,  were  so  far  from  entertaining  such  a 
thought,  that  it  could  as  little  occur  to  them  to  guard  their  ac- 
count against  the  misrepresentations  of  a  criticism  w-hich  would 
rather  find  here  the  anger  of  an  undisciplined  child  than  the 
symbolical  significant  act  of  the  Saviour  of  the  world.  That 
the  act  must  have  had  a  symbolical  meaning,  cannot  fail  to  strike 
us.  W.  Hoffman  justly  remarks,  '  Let  us  read  in  Matthew 
and  Mark  what  subject  chiefly  occupied  Jesus  at  that  time — 
what  He  said  in  the  temple  on  the  very  day  of  the  miracle  :  it 
was  an  announcement  of  the  final  destruction  of  the  Jews,  who 
had  remained  an  unfruitful  tree.  Whether  or  not  Jesus  had 
already  spoken  of  it  on  the  way,  the  cursing  in  any  case  remains 
a  symbolic  act.  It  signified  that,  as  certainly  as  the  green,  leafy 
tree  withered  at  the  word  of  the  Lord,  so  certainly  would  all  the 
divine  threatenings  against  Israel  be  fulfilled,  though  it  appeared 
at  that  time  to  stand  in  such  luxuriant  growth.'^  In  those  days 
Jesus  foretold  unheard-of   judgments — how  they  would  come 

1  ['  Not  in  the  display  of  arbitrary  power,  for  He  had  silenced  the  solici- 
tations of  the  tempter ;  not  in  the  pressure  of  personal  need,  for  this  was 
forgotten  at  the  well-side  of  Samaria  ;  but  in  terrible  justice  He  spoke 
the  words  of  condemnation.  As  He  entered  into  Jerusalem,  parable  and 
miracle  were  combined  in  one  work  of  judgment.'  Westcott,  Miracles^  p. 
24.— Ed.] 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  151 

on  Jerusalem,  on  the  land  of  Judea,  and  indeed  on  the  whole 
earth — how  they  would  come  in  His  name,  in  retribution  of  their 
wanton  rejection  of  Him,  but  also  as  a  necessary  purification  of 
the  world  before  the  event  of  the  resurrection.  As  the  Prophet 
of  judgment.  He  walked  with  profound  sorrow  among  His 
disciples,  filled  with  the  thoughts  of  the  coming  judgments, 
while  they  could  not  give  up  the  expectation  of  a  transforma- 
tion of  the  world  without  the  preliminary  terrors  and  sentences 
of  judgment.  They  needed,  therefore,  a  sign.  Elijah  might 
have  devoted  for  the  purpose  part  of  the  city  of  Jerusalem  ; 
Christ  selected  a  tree.  Criticism  in  vain  assumes  here  the  air  of 
a  forester  or  a  gardener,  and  declaims  about  the  injury  done  to 
the  tree.  With  equal  right  the  Lord  might  be  made  account- 
able for  the  destruction  of  Jerusalem.  No  curse  is  fulfilled 
without  the  co-operation  of  the  sovereign  God  with  the  fore- 
telling prophet.  The  Lord  was  hungry,  and  the  tree  seemed  to 
invite  Him  by  its  abundant  foliage.  He  went  up  to  it,  if  per- 
chance He  might  find  some  fruit,  if  only  a  single  fig,  upon  it ; 
but  in  vain  :  there  was  nothing  but  leaves.  For  it  was  not  a 
good  year  for  figs}  Then  Jesus  uttered  the  words,  '  Let  no 
fruit  grow  on  thee  henceforth  for  ever.'  The  next  day  the  tree 
was  found  withered.  This  miracle  was  a  prognostic  of  that 
melancholy  drought  through  the  land  which  began  some  ten 
years  after,  during  which  the  palm-trees  disappeared,  the  fig-trees 
withered,  and  the  springs  were  dried  up.  But  how  did  Christ 
effect  this  miracle  ?  When,  at  a  later  period,  Peter's  rebuke 
fell  on  Ananias  like  a  flash  of  lightning,  the  explanation  is 
obvious — that  it  struck  the  conscience  of  Ananias  with  deadly 
energy.  But  by  what  medium  could  this  word  of  Christ  pass 
through  the  tree  and  blast  it  in  all  its  parts  ?     In  order  to  form 

^  '  Of  figs,  which  were  an  important  article  of  food,  three  kinds  were 
known  in  the  East :  (i.)  the  early  fig,  which  was  ripe  at  the  end  of  June 
(perhaps  still  earlier  about  Jerusalem);  (ii.)  the  summer-fig  (Kermoos), 
which  ripens  in  August ;  (iii.)  the  winter-fig,  a  late  Kermoos,  which  ripens 
after  the  tree  has  shed  its  leaves,  and  in  mild  weather  hangs  till  the  spring.' 
— Winer,  it.  W.B.  Mark's  expression,  ov  yxp  v^u  xxipo;  avx.uv,  may  mean 
either,  it  was  not  the  time  of  the  year  for  figs,  or,  it  was  not  a  favourable 
year  for  figs.  Taken  in  the  former  sense,  it  perhaps  intimated  not — there 
was  no  reason  to  expect  figs  on  the  tree,  but — it  was  hardly  to  be  expected. 
At  all  events,  the  second  construction  gives  a  better  sense.  Symbolically, 
all  bad  trees  were  punished  in  this  one  bad  tree,  and  even  the  bad  season. 


152  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

a  correct  view  on  this  point,  we  must  bring  before  our  minds  the 
general  judgment  in  all  its  significance.  In  the  general  judg- 
ment the  seonian  administration  of  the  Father  coincides  with 
the  result  of  the  seonian  agency  of  the  Son ;  in  other  words, 
the  ripeness  of  the  present  world  for  judgment,  the  ripeness  of 
the  earth  for  tlie  harvest,  coincides  with  the  ripeness  of  the 
Church.  For  this  reason  the  Father  retains  in  His  own  power 
the  time  and  hour  of  the  end  of  the  world  ;  and  as  He  is  now 
controlling  the  cosmical  side  of  the  end  of  the  world  as  He  judged 
Judea,  especially  in  its  relation  to  the  history  of  the  world,  so 
here  also  He  brought  to  view  the  first  phenomenon  of  the  inci- 
pient withering  of  the  glory  of  Judea.  God  Himself,  therefore, 
caused  the  tree  to  wither ;  but  this  was  done  with  a  reference 
to  the  judgment  of  Christ,  His  life  and  His  language.  The 
Father  and  the  Son,  therefore,  performed  this  symbolical  act  in 
the  most  living  unity.  The  word  of  Christ  killed  the  tree,  since, 
having  been  uttered  by  the  operation  of  God,  it  appealed  to 
God's  operation,  and  accordingly  with  that  penetrated  destruc- 
tively through  the  nature-sphere  of  the  tree.  It  was  a  word 
from  the  eternal  depths  of  Christ's  life,  in  which  the  Son  felt 
Himself  altogether  one  with  the  Father.  That  lightning  which 
will  one  day  blaze  from  the  east  to  the  west,  and  set  on  fire  all 
the  old  world,  here  blasted  a  perversely  pretentious,  barren  tree, 
and  in  its  withering  formed  a  prognostic  of  the  finab  judgment. 
But  to  the  disciples — who  in  the  future  could  meet  with  no 
greater  destruction  tlran  the  outward,  secularized  Mount  Zion, 
the  barren  pretentious  Judaism — it  gave  the  promise,  that  at 
their  word  of  faith  '  this  mountain  '  (at  all  events,  a  mountain  to 
which  He  pointed)  '  should  be  removed,  and  cast  into  the  sea.' 
The  Lord,  by  a  symbolical  prognostic  on  a  small  scale,  brought 
before  their  eyes  that  great  judgment  which  was  impending 
over  Israel,  when  its  national  glory  would  be  broken  up  and 
scattered  among  the  nations  (like  the  mountain  cast  into  the  sea). 
The  disciples  were  thus  taught  that  God  met  their  faith  in  His 
judicial  glory,  and  by  His  wonderful  judgments  would  prepare 
the  way  for  them  as  His  own  people  to  the  glory  that  would  be 
completed  at  the  resurrection.  Besides  this  miracle  of  the  fig- 
tree,  the  darkening  of  the  sun  at  the  crucifixion,  and  the  earth- 
quake at  the  death  of  Christ,  served  to  reveal  the  nature-side  of 
the  future  judgment  in  awful  omens.     It  was  perfectly  in  keep- 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  153 

ing  with  the  relation  of  Christ  to  the  sphere  of  nature  in  the  old 
world,  that  this  sphere  should  be  conv^ulsed  and  darkened  by 
the  first  presentiment  of  its  future  transformation  at  the  hour 
when  He  sank  in  death.  As  all  the  operations  of  Christ  first 
appeared  in  distinct  single  miracles,  and  then  expanded  their  life 
in  great  and  deep  mediations,  and  finally  were  consummated  in 
world-historical  miracles,  so  was  it  with  these  miraculous  signs 
which  announced  the  last  judgment.  Their  mediation  lies  in  an 
operation  of  the  Spirit  of  Righteousness  upon  the  earth,  during 
which  more  critical  phenomena  of  the  last  world's  curse  are  con- 
tinually appearing  ;  we  might  say,  during  which  the  combustible- 
ness  of  the  earth,  and  the  fermentation  in  the  depths  of  its  life, 
are  evermore  unfolding  their  adaptation  for  a  metamorphosis. 

But  here  we  are  contemplating  the  judgment  of  the  world 
only  as  an  introduction  to  the  resurrection,  with  which  it  is 
closely  connected,  just  as  the  individual  resurrection  of  Christ 
was  introduced  by  His  death,  in  which  He  had  experienced  the 
judgment  of  the  world  in  Himself.  The  final  aim  of  Christ's 
work  is  the  resurrection — the  introduction  of  the  whole  Church 
of  God  into  an  incorruptible  and  manifested  life,  penetrated 
from  eternity  by  the  Spirit  (1  Cor.  xv.).  That  resurrection 
finds  its  deepest  ground,  the  principle  which  makes  it  an  organic 
certainty,  in  the  individual  resun*ection  of  Christ.  This  resur- 
rection of  the  Lord  is  unceasingly  perpetuated  in  the  Church 
as  a  living  energy.  The  life  of  Christ  operates  according 
to  its  nature  in  the  world,  awakening,  invigorating,  healing, 
and  restoring,  since  it  is  essentially  eternal  life,  or  positive 
vivifying  life.  It  is  therefore  not  to  be  thought  something 
merely  figurative,  and  to  refer  simply  to  spiritual  awaken- 
ings, when  the  resurrection  of  Christ  is  regarded  as  an 
awakening  of  humanity  victoriously  continued  and  pervading 
the  history  of  the  world.  In  the  same  real  comprehensive 
manner  in  which  He  combats  sin.  He  combats  death  ;  and  with 
the  same  superiority  which  He  displays  in  conquering  sin.  He 
completes  His  victory  over  death.  He  vivifies  life,  since  He 
restores  to  it  its  intensive  value ;  He  conserves  life,  since  He 
weakens  the  powers  of  death ;  He  lengthens  life,  since  He  draws 
it  always  nearer  the  tree  of  life — nearer  to  a  state  conformable 
to  the  Spirit  and  to  nature  ;  He  renews  life,  since  He  imparts  to 
the  inner  man  the  power  of  the  resurrection.     Now,  where  do 


154  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY, 

we  find  the  first  blossoms  of  this  immeasurable  agency  of  Christ  ? 
We  find  them  in  the  three  miracles  which  He  performed,  of  re- 
storing the  dead  to  life. 

The  restoring  of  the  dead  to  life  is  in  itself  so  difficult  a 
miracle,  that  we  cannot  receive  the  instances  of  it  unhesitatingly 
unless  we  are  previously  satisfied  about  the  resurrection  of 
Christ.  If  we  are  certain  of  Christ's  resurrection,  we  have 
gained  the  superior  principle,  of  which  these  miracles  are  to  be 
regarded  as  easy  developments. 

In  the  miracle  of  restoring  the  dead  to  life  we  must  hold  fast 
as  the  principal  point,  that  Christ,  as  the  Prince  of  life,  rules 
dynamically  over  the  kingdom  of  the  dead — that  His  voice  can 
reach  and  penetrate  the  departing  spirit  in  the  slumber  of  its 
transition  to  another  world,  in  the  obscure  depth  of  life  through 
Avhich  it  falls  into  the  bosom  of  God.  We  experience  every  day 
the  enigma,  the  apparent  contradiction,  that  a  person  asleep,  and 
so  far  not  a  hearer,  can  hear  a  person  calling,  and  we  know  that 
he  hears  quickest  when  his  own  name  is  called.  Sharper  voices 
and  sounds  of  alarm  can  even  exert  an  awakening  power  on 
those  who  are  soundly  asleep  or  quite  stupified.  But  no  human 
lamentation  awakens  the  dead.  But  how  intensely  powerful, 
how  deeply  penetrating  and  all-pervading,  Christ's  awakening 
voice  must  be,  measured  by  the  uniqueness  of  His  person,  by 
the  decidedness  of  His  will,  by  the  certainty  of  His  trust  in  God, 
and  by  the  relationship  of  His  life  to  the  innermost  life  of  the 
deceased  !  But  where  do  we  find  the  organic  medium  through 
which  Christ's  voice  reaches  the  spirit  of  the  dead  ?  Thus  much 
is  clear,  that  the  body  of  the  deceased  in  its  first  state  is  very 
different  from  a  mummy  or  mouldering  corpse.  There  is,  so  to 
speak,  a  fresh-paved  way  between  the  corpse  and  the  spirit  that 
has  forsaken  it.  Science  also  has  already  arrived  at  the  con- 
jecture, that  the  last  tones  of  life  in  the  corpse  die  away  much 
more  slowly  than  has  been  commonly  represented.  The  corpse 
is  still  full  of  the  remembrance  of  life ;  hence  also,  in  general, 
the  features  of  the  deceased  re-appear  in  plastic  beauty,  the  re- 
flection, so  to  speak,  of  that  healthfulness  which  strove  against 
the  crisis  of  disease,  and  gained  the  victory  at  the  cost  of  sacri- 
ficing the  life,  a  prognostic  of  the  future  life.  But  when  so 
obscure  a  track  seems  to  show  itself  on  which  Christ  reaches  the 
dead  with  His  voice,  the  question  arises,  How  can  the  departed 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  155 

return  into  the  dead  organism  ?  But  the  power  with  which  the 
spirit  returns,  with  which  it  flies  back  into  the  organism  in  its 
unity  with  tlie  power  of  Christ's  word  that  called  it,  is  to  be  re- 
garded as  the  ray  of  life  which  again  restores  the  organism.  We 
must  also  here  recollect  that  Christ  did  not  resuscitate  many  dead 
persons  without  distinction  in  this  miraculous  manner,  but  only 
the  individuals  whose  resuscitation  was  indicated  to  Him  by  the 
Father.  Those  who  have  supposed  that  Christ  could  not  resusci- 
tate the  dead  without  regarding  them  as  means  for  other  objects, 
and  encroaching  on  their  already  decided  destiny,  seem  to  have 
proceeded  on  the  assumption  that  He  performed  His  miracles 
without  reference  to  the  will  of  His  Father.  In  this  case  the  same 
remark  might  be  made  respecting  His  miraculous  cures  of  the 
sick.  But  it  was  included  in  the  destiny  of  the  sick,  that  they 
were  to  be  cured  by  Him  (John  ix.  3)  ;  so  also  it  belonged  to  the 
destiny  of  the  dead,  that  He  was  to  resuscitate  them  (John  xi. 
4).  In  the  successive  steps  by  which  these  resuscitations  of  the 
dead  follow^  one  another,  the  power  of  Christ  appears  progres- 
sively more  exalted.^  First  of  all.  He  restores  the  maiden  on 
her  death-bed ;  then  the  young  man  on  the  bier  ;  and  lastly, 
Lazarus  in  the  sepulchre. 

But  we  see  how  in  all  these  cases  the  Lord  first  of  all  com- 
bats the  lamentations  for  the  dead  made  by  those  who  were 
around  them, — how  He  quells  the  psychical  desponding  mood 
which  surrounded  the  dead  as  if  to  ward  off  the  approach  of 
life,  and  then  makes  His  way  clear  to  the  spirit  of  the  deceased. 
'Fear  not!  only  believe!'  He  says  to  Jairus,  the  ruler  of  the 
synagogue.  Then  He  makes  a  selection  of  those  persons  who 
were  to  be  present  at  the  resuscitation,  namely,  the  disciples 
Peter,  James,  and  John,  and  the  parents  of  the  child.  Then 
He  enters  the  house  of  mourning,  and  says  to  the  people  who 
were  lamenting  the  dead,  '  Why  make  ye  this  ado,  and  weep "? 
the  damsel  is  not  dead,  but  sleepeth  (Mark  v.  39).  And  they 
laughed  Him  to  scorn.'  But  He  put  them  all  out ;  and  thus  by 
alarming  the  living,  made  the  field  free  from  the  alarm  of  death. 
The  call,  'Damsel,  arise!'  impressed  itself  so  suddenly  in  its 
original  form,  TaXiOa  Kovf^c,  on  the  disciples,  thai  Mark,  who  had 
a  keen  sense  of  the  exciting,  could  not  help  inserting  it  in  his 

'  [Ewald  sees  something  of  the  same  progress  in  all  Christ's  works. — 
Christus,  226.— Ed.] 


156  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  JIINISTRY. 

Gospel.  At  the  resuscitation  of  tlie  young  man  at  Nain,  this 
preliminary  combat  of  the  life-restorer  was  shown  by  two  signs. 
'Weep  not!'  He  said  to  the  mourning  mother,  and  thus  not 
merely  consoled,  but  raised  her  into  the  bright  circle  of  His  own 
state  of  mind.  Then  He  came  nearer  and  laid  hold  of  the  bier,^ 
and  the  bearers  stood  still  (Luke  vii.  14).  This  demonstration, 
of  which  the  energy  is  reflected  in  the  narrative,  stopped  the  ad- 
vancing procession  of  the  mourners  ;  and  then  followed  the  joyful 
resuscitation.  At  the  resurrection  of  Lazarus,  Jesus  sought  first 
of  all  to  raise  the  dejected  heart  of  Martha.  But  when  Mary 
and  the  Jews  (the  friends  of  the  family)  met  Him  weeping, 
'  He  groaned  in  spirit,  and  was  troubled.'"  With  mighty  indig- 
nation He  set  Himself  against  the  waves  of  despondency  which 
beat  upon  her  breast ;  and  without  delay  betook  Himself  to  the 
grave.  Once  more  there  was  a  strong  internal  movement  of 
His  soul  to  repel  a  fresh  attack  of  despondency.  All  the  words 
which  He  uttered  afterwards  had  the  same  design,  to  prostrate 
death  first  in  the  hearts  of  the  bystanders.  This  striving  serves 
to  explain  the  form  of  the  prayer  which  Jesus  offered  at  the 
grave,  and  which  some  have  thought  strange  and  repulsive,  be- 
cause they  have  not  taken  notice  of  the  internal  conflict  which 
of  necessity  preceded  the  act  of  resuscitation,  and  occasioned  the 
Lord's  uttering  aloud  His  address  to  the  Father.  The  moment 
is  diflicult,  serious,  and  decisive.  Jesus  cries  with  a  loud 
voice,  '  Lazarus,  come  forth  !'  The  Evangelist,  with  the  most 
vivid  remembrance  bf  the  scene,  selects  the  strongest  terms, 
in  order  to  exhibit  the  striking  effect  of  that  awakening  call  of 
Christ. 

Although  the  Lord  recalled  the  dead  whom  He  resuscitated 
to  the  present  life  without  transporting  them  to  an  imperishable 
life,  yet  these  restorations  constitute  the  miracles  by  which  He 
most  decidedly  displayed  His  majesty.  Li  significance  they  are 
of  the  same  order  as  His  own  resurrection,  and  with  the  future 
resurrection  of  the  dead.  They  reveal  the  power  of  the  Prince 
of  life  to  abolish  death,  that  is,  to  bear  aloft  all  individual  life 

^  "H-tpctro  rvig  aopov  :  He  seized,  took  possession  of  the  bier. 

^  From  the  close  connection  in  -whicli  Christ's  state  of  mind  appeared 
to  be  with  that  of  the  mourners,  the  meaning  of  these  words  (John  xi.  33) 
can  be  more  precisely  explained,  than  would  be  possible  without  a  reference 
to  tliis  connection. 


THE  5IIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  157 

according  to  its  innermost  nature  and  destiny  from  the  depths 
of  nature-life  into  His  own  ideality,  and  to  exhibit  it  in  that. 
For  as  far  as  the  tide  of  death  breaks  over  individuality  with 
the  appearance  of  destruction,  death  seems  to  pollute  man  in  his 
sacred  individuality.  Wherefore  it  is  said,  '  Thou  wilt  not  suffer 
Thy  Holy  One  to  see  corruption,'  and  the  resurrection  of  Chris- 
tians is  one  with  His  own  glorification.  In  the  miracles  of  rais- 
ing the  dead,  Christ  unfolds  the  boundlessness  of  His  mifht  over 
individuals,  and  of  individuals  over  the  change  to  dust ;  they  are 
the  crown  of  His  miracles. 

Besides  the  miraculous  acts  of  Jesus  reported  by  the  Evange- 
lists, He  appears  generally,^  and  especially  at  Capernaum,^  to  have 
performed  many  other  wonderful  works.  But  yet  He  was  very 
far  from  allowing  His  miracles  to  appear  with  the  profusion  of 
everyday  events.  He  decidedly  set  Himself  against  the  craving 
for  miracles.  The  opinion  so  commonly  entertained,  about  the 
fondness  of  that  age  for  miracles,  has  little  to  support  it.  Had 
it  been  prevalent  in  Israel,  the  people  would  hardly  have  reve- 
renced as  a  great  prophet,^  a  man  without  the  gift  of  miracles, 
John  the  Baptist.  But  as  to  their  conduct  towards  Jesus,  the 
case  was  different.  As  soon  as  the  Jews  believed  that  they  had 
discovered  in  Him  Messianic  features,  as  soon  as  He  gave  any 
sign  whatever,  the  craving  for  miracles  which  had  faintly  gHm- 
raered  in  their  breasts  burst  forth  into  a  flame,  and  they  were 
ever  longing  for  new  and  greater  signs.  The  modern  shyness 
for  miracles  has  sought  with  great  eagerness  after  those  expres- 
sions of  Jesus  in  which  He  checked  the  craving  for  miracles,  in 
order  to  prove  from  them  that  He  wrought  no  miracles,  or  at 
least  that  He  regarded  them  as  of  little  importance.  But  such 
a  forced  interpretation  of  the  words  of  Jesus  may  be  safely  left 
to  the  impression  it  gives  of  its  utter  worthlessness.  It  is  very 
clear  from  the  Gospel  history,  that  the  Lord  shaped  His  con- 
duct in  the  spirit  with  a  constant  reference  to  the  belief  in 
miracles  prevailing  in  His  time,  that  is.  He  treated  every  par- 
ticular case  according  to  its  peculiar  character.  But  in  this  un- 
restricted diversity  of  treatment,  three  methods  are  distinctly 
prominent  in  His  conduct.  In  those  cases  in  which  He  could 
reckon  on  unlimited  confidence  in  the  persons  who  needed  His 

^  John  xxi.  25.  -  Luke  iv.  23. 

'  Neander,  Life  of  Christ,  p.  140  [Bohn]. 


158  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

help,  He  rendered  aid  without  any  hesitation ;  indeed.  He  often 
brought  them  aid  quite  unexpectedly.  But  when  He  found  that 
they  were  in  danger  of  apprehending  the  miracle  superstitiously, 
of  losing  sight  of  His  own  personality  in  the  astonishment  ex- 
cited by  the  fact,  or  of  seeking  the  miracle  only  as  a  common 
outward  help,  then  He  kept  Himself  aloof,  and  blamed  them. 
'  Except  ye  see  signs  and  wonders,  ye  will  not  believe'  (John 
iv.  48).  But  if  this  tendency  to  bring  His  miracles  into  the  ser- 
vice of  selfishness  was  decidedly  apparent,  He  entirely  refused 
to  gratify  such  expectations.  He  would  not  allow  Himself  to 
be  taken  for  a  bread-king  (John  vi.  26),  nor  a  court  performer 
of  miracles  (Luke  xxiii.  8)  ;  and  as  little  would  He  satisfy  the 
chiliastic  Pharisees  when  they  demanded  of  Him  a  miraculous 
sign  in  accordance  with  their  views  of  the  world.  It  was  in 
the  spirit  of  diametric  opposition  between  His  christological 
world  and  theirs,  when  to  meet  their  desire,  that  He  would  ac- 
credit His  mission  by  a  chiliastic  sign  of  the  Messiah  suited  to 
their  notions.  He  made  a  reference  to  the  sign  of  His  death  (John 
ii.  18,  19).  The  sign  with  which  His  Messianic  kingdom  was 
to  come  into  the  world,  was  His  cross  ;  while  they  were  under 
the  delusion,  that  the  Messiah  must  immediately  begin  His  uni- 
versal sovereignty  under  a  cosmical  sign.^  He  always  pointed 
to  this  sign  of  His  death  whenever  they  demanded  from  Him  the 
cosmical  sign  of  the  new  seon.^  He  declared  that  only  one  sign 
should  be  given  them,  the  sign  of  the  prophet  Jonah.  From 
this  declaration  it  cannot  follow  in  tlie  least,  that  He  had  done 
no  miracle,  or  that  His  adversaries  had  never  been  present  at 
such  an  act ;  for  the  question  about  which  He  was  treating  was 
the  sign  which,  according  to  the  Jewish  chiliastic  preconceptions, 
must  at  once  satisfy  the  nation  that  the  Messiah  was  come.  The 
Evangelist  Mark  explains  this  declaration  of  Christ  as  equiva- 
lent to  :  there  shall  no  sign  at  all  be  given  them.  On  the  other 
hand,  in  Luke,  Jonah  himself,  with  his  preaching,  is  regarded  as 
the  true  sign  for  the  Ninevites.  But  Matthew  gives  the  thought 
in  full.  '  For  as  Jonah  was  three  days  and  three  nights  in  the 
whale's  belly,  so  shall  the  Son  of  man  be  three  days  and  three 

^  The  greatness  and  importance  of  this  contrast  leads  to  the  correct  in- 
terpretation of  John  ii.  18,  19,  that  is,  it  confirms  John's  exposition. 

2  Compare  Matt.  xii.  38-42  ;  Luke  xi.  29-31  ;  Matt.  xvi.  1-4  ;  Mark 
viii.  12. 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  159 

nights  in  the  heart  of  the  earth'  (Matt.  xii.  40).  The  three 
EvangeHsts  have  preserved  the  different  sides  of  the  interpreta- 
tion of  a  mysterious  saying.  Mark  gives  prominence  to  the 
negative  in  the  language  of  Jesus  :  He  would  grant  no  sign  to 
His  adversaries  in  the  sense  they  attached  to  it.  Luke  specifies 
the  reason :  they  ignored  the  great  sign  from  heaven  that  was 
continually  exhibited  before  their  eyes  in  His  life ;  although  the 
heathen  Ninevites  were  awakened  to  repentance  by  Jonah,  a 
poor  foreigner ;  and  although  an  Arabian  queen  was  attracted 
from  a  distance  to  Jerusalem  by  the  wisdom  of  Solomon.  But 
Matthew  has  preserved  the  words  which  occasioned  our  Lord  to 
speak  precisely  of  the  sign  of  Jonah.  Jonali  was  three  days 
and  three  nights  in  the  belly  of  the  fish,  apparently  beyond  re- 
call, and  lost  to  Nineveh  and  the  world :  so  also  shall  it  be  with 
the  Son  of  man.  The  Jews  required  a  sign  from  heaven,  but  a 
sign  from  quite  an  opposite  quarter  was  to  be  given  them  :  one 
rising  from  the  depths  of  the  earth,  from  suffering  and  death, 
from  reproach  and  neglect;  first  of  all  in  the  history  of  Jesus  Him- 
self, then  in  the  world-historical  course  of  His  Church.  This  is 
the  sign  of  the  Christian  aeon,  the  crucifixion  of  Christ,  as  through 
the  resurrection  it  has  been  proclaimed  to  the  world.  But  this 
sign  is  to  be  a  critical  one  for  the  world — to  many,  a  sign  of 
death,  and  to  many,  a  sign  of  life  and  redemption.  The  cruci- 
fixion of  Christ  in  connection  with  His  resurrection  has  become 
the  great  sign  of  the  new  Christian  seon ;  a  sign  before  which 
all  single  miracles  appear  inconsiderable,  like  the  hillocks  at  the 
foot  of  a  lofty  mountain.  As  soon  as  we  are  certain  of  the  fact 
of  Christ's  resurrection,  we  find  in  all  miracles  only  a  gentle  pre- 
lude to  this  great  hymn  of  ideal  reality.  Hence  it  is  evident  that 
we  who  find  ourselves  under  the  living  operation  of  the  resur- 
rection, in  the  midst  of  the  life-stream  proceeding  from  it,  in  the 
natural  unfolding  and  expansion  of  the  greatest  of  all  miracles, 
cannot  possibly  expect  to  witness  such  miracles  in  detail  as  Christ 
performed  before  His  resurrection.  Since  the  Spirit  of  Christ 
is  in  the  most  vigorous  action,  making  all  the  blind  to  see,  and 
removing  bodily  blindness  in  its  root,  He  can  no  longer  expend 
His  power  in  performing  a  few  single  miracles  of  this  kind.  And 
so  it  is  with  the  other  miracles  of  Christ.  In  the  miracle  of  the 
reconciliation  of  the  world,  which  He  accomplishes.  He  lays  the 
foundation  for  its  resurrection.     From  what  has  been  said,  it  is 


160  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  RUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

also  evident  that  everywhere  on  the  border  territory  where  Chris- 
tianity comes  into  sharp  conflict  with  the  pre-Christian  earthly  life, 
events  resembling  miracles,  or  actually  miraculous,  may  make 
their  appearance.  Thus  the  disciples  received  from  the  Lord  the 
gift  of  performing  miracles;  this  gift  consisted  in  a  preponderance 
of  the  Christian  spirit,  especially  of  the  confidence  of  faith,  which 
raised  them  above  the  despondency  and  bondage  to  nature  be- 
longing to  their  times.  By  His  blessing  their  faith,  He  placed 
them  in  such  a  relation  to  His  own  miraculous  power,  that  they 
could  cast  out  demons  in  His  name  (Matt.  x.  1 ;  Luke  x.  17). 
By  their  miraculous  deeds,  they  extended  the  circle  of  the  first 
direct  operation  of  Christ  upon  the  world.  Also,  in  the  vast 
extension  of  Christianity  in  the  middle  ages,  not  merely  extra- 
ordinary, but  even  miraculous  operations  of  Christian  power, 
made  their  appearance,  though  not  invested  with  the  glory  of  the 
original  Christian  spiritual  life.  And  so  also  the  miracles  of 
Christ  must  return,  when  the  passage  of  the  new  Christian  seon 
through  the  old  is  completed  with  the  final  outburst  of  the 
spirit  at  the  end  of  the  days.  Then  too  Christ  will  give  His 
adversaries  the  Messianic  sign  from  heaven  which  they  formerly 
demanded ;  but  at  the  sight  of  it,  all  the  tribes  of  the  earth  shall 
mourn.  But  in  proportion  as  the  great  miracle  of  the  new  world 
unfolds  itself  as  the  effect  of  Christ's  life,  it  must  become  mani- 
fest, that  His  single  miracles,  not  only  as  immediate  evangelical 
facts,  but  as  the  subjects  of  evangelical  announcement,  were 
only  single,  gentle  modes  of  bringing  His  divine  power  into 
communication  with  the  life  of  the  world. 

NOTES. 

1.  A  distinct  progression  in  the  dogmatic  development  of  the 
conception  of  miracle  may  be  observed,  which  appears  accom- 
panied by  an  increasing  obscuration  of  it.  The  biblical  desig- 
nations, ar]/j,ela,  Buvd/juei'^,  repara,  and  epya,  jointly  rest  on  the 
most  living,  most  immediate  contemplation,  and  the  most  correct 
estimate  of  the  facts.  Miracles  as  aTj/jbela  point  to  the  one  fun- 
damental power  of  the  principle  from  which  they  proceed,  and 
they  are  referable  to  it,  because  they  are  mediated  by  a  higher 
nature — a  higher  spirit-life — a  divine  revelation  of  which  they 
testify.  But  since  they  extend  themselves  as  hwdfiei^,  as  so 
many  rays  of  the  original  Bvva/xt<;  from  which  they  are  pro- 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  IGl 

duced,  they  appear  as  overpowering,  supernatural  principles, 
which,  in  conformity  to  their  power,  display  themselves  in  their 
irruption  through  a  lower  sphere  of  nature.  But  this  irruption 
is  effected  by  breaking  through  the  wonted  limits,  circles,  and 
presuppositions  of  the  old  nature-life  as  repara,  as  agitating, 
unheard-of  events.  But  by  their  course,  their  operation  and 
results,  they  prove  themselves  to  be  the  noblest  works  of  the 
Spirit,  or  of  pure  love.  Every  miracle  has  all  these  sides  and 
designations ;  but,  according  to  the  varieties  of  susceptibility, 
some  persons  see  more  of  one  side,  and  some  of  another.  The 
heathenish,  superstitious  mind  stops  short  at  the  Tepa<; ;  the 
strangeness  of  the  miracle  frightens  him,  and  when  he  begins 
to  doubt,  the  relative  anti-naturalism  irritates  him.  The  believ- 
ing Israelitish  mind  sees  in  a  miracle  the  arj/xelov,  the  mediated 
sign  of  the  forthcoming  kingdom  of  God.  The  firmly  estab- 
lished Christian  mind  beholds  in  these  miracles  the  powers  that 
unfold  themselves  from  the  divine  power  of  Christ,  Bvvd/jiei<;,  as 
they  begin  overpoweringly  in  their  first  vigorous  operations  to 
form  a  new  world  in  the  old ;  the  perfected  Christian  mind 
(like  John)  sees  in  them  simply  the  works  of  Christ,  the  epya, 
as  they  appear  to  him  perfectly  natural,  and  the  life-manifesta- 
tions of  Christ's  glory,  transforming  nature.  In  Augustin's 
times,  the  opinion  that  miracles  were  contrary  to  nature  already 
existed,  but  was  impugned  by  Augustin.  To  him  all  things 
were  a  miracle  as  far  as  they  proceeded  from  God's  omni- 
potence, and  all  things  were  nature  as  far  as  they  were  con- 
stituted by  the  will  of  God,  who  created  nature.  But  he  dis- 
tinguishes in  life  itself  between  miracle  and  nature,  since  he 
contrasts  the  extraordinary  with  ordinary  nature.  '  Omnia 
portenta  contra  naturam  dicimus  esse,  sed  non  sunt.  Quomodo 
est  enim  contra  naturam  quod  Dei  fit  voluntate,  quum  voluntas 
tanti  utique  conditoris  conditse  rei  cujusque  natura  sit.  Por- 
tentura  ergo  fit  non  contra  naturam,  sed  contra  quam  est  nota 
natura — quamvis  et  ipsa  quae  in  rerum  natura  omnibus  nota 
sunt,  non  minus  mira  sint  essentque  stupenda  considerantibus 
cunctis,  si  solerent  homines  mirari  nisi  rara.' — Be  Civit.  Dei 
xxi.  8.  Augustin  has  at  the  same  time  a  distinct  feeling  of  the 
mediation  by  which  miracle  is  effected,  namely,  tlie  resurrection 
and  ascension  of  Christ.      '  Legebantur  enim  praeconia  prsece- 

VOL.  II.  L 


162  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

dentia  proplietarum,  concurrebant  ostenta  virtutum,  et  persua- 
debatur  Veritas  nova  consuetudini,  noii  contraria  rationi,  douec 
orbis  terras,  qui  persequebatur  furore,  sequeretur  fide.' — De 
Civit.  Dei  xxii.  7.  The  schoohnen  elevated  the  conception  of 
miracle,  since  they  distinguish  between  mirahilia  and  miracula. 
By  a  miracle,  properly  so  called,  Thomas  Aquinas  understood 
what  goes  beyond  the  order  of  all  created  nature,  in  which  sense 
God  alone  performs  a  miracle.  In  this  definition  the  superna- 
tural in  miracle  is  brought  to  its  strongest  expression,  but  yet 
the  conception  is  not  overstrained  ;  it  only  wants  the  satisfying 
mediation.  Aquinas  gives,  indeed,  a  kind  of  mediation,  by  con- 
necting the  contemplation  of  mirahilia  with  the  definition  of 
miracula.  '  Non  sufiicit  ad  rationem  miraculi,  si  aliquid  fiat 
prgeter  ordinem  alicujus  naturae  particularis,  sic  enim  aliquis  mi- 
raculum  faceret  lapidem  sursum  projiciendo  ;  ex  hoc  autem  ali- 
quid dicitur  miraculum,  quod  fit  preeter  ordinem  totius  naturae 
creatse  quo  sensu  solus  deus  facit  miracula.  Nobis  non  est 
omnis  virtus  naturae  creatae  nota,  cum  ergo  fit  aliquid  praeter 
ordinem  naturae  creatae  nobis  notse  per  virtutem  creatam  nobis 
ignotam,  est  quidem  miraculum  quoad  nos,  sed  non  simpliciter' 
(Summa  Theol.  lib.  i.  qu.  110,  art.  4).  On  these  definitions, 
through  which  the  ideal  contemplation  of  the  object,  though 
obscure,  is  sufficiently  discernible,  the  Lutheran  theologians 
especially  proceeded  at  a  later  period,  when  they  raised  the  rela- 
tive anti-naturalism  of  a  miracle  to  absolute  anti-naturalism,  and 
then  made  this  overstrained  moment  the  only  definition  of  the 
conception  of  a  miracle.  Besides  the  definition  quoted  from 
Buddeus,  that  from  Quenstedt  may  prove  this  :  '  Miracula  vera 
et  proprie  dicta  sunt,  quse  contra  vim  rebus  naturalibus  a  deo 
inditam,  cursumque  naturalem,  sive  per  extraordinariam  dei 
potentiam  efficiuntur'  {Sy sterna  Theol.  p.  471.  Compare  Hase, 
p.  202  ;  Hahn,  Lehrhuch  des  ckr.  Glauhens,  p.  23).  To  this 
view  the  philosophy  of  Leibnitz  forms  a  counterpoise,  since  it 
defines  a  miracle  as  '  aliquid  eursui  naturse  ordinario  non  autem 
essentige  illius  entis,  in  quo  contingit  (quoniam  absolute  impossi- 
bilia  fieri  nequeunt)  contrarium '  {^Dissert,  prcelim.  ad  Theodic. 
etc.  §  2,  3.  Compare  Rixner,  Handhuch  der  Geschichte  der  PJii- 
losophie  III.  179).  In  modern  times,  some  Chiu'ch  theologians 
have  attempted  to  maintain  the  conception  of  miracle  by  drop- 
ping the  strictly  miraculum  and  retaining  only  the  mirabile. 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  163 

Among  these,  J.  Miiller  especially  reckons  Sclileiermaclier. 
Certainly  Sclileiermaclier,  in  his  Glaubenslehre,  §  47,  has  made 
the  assertion,  that  every  absolute  miracle  must  disturb  the  whole 
framework  of  nature ;  on  the  other  hand,  he  also  remarks,  that 
'  since  our  knowledge  of  created  nature  is  contained  in  its  ^jfro- 
gressive  ^nanifestation,  we  have  the  less  right  to  hold  anything 
whatever  to  be  impossible.'  The  tortuous  and  obscure  expres- 
sions of  Schleiermacher  on  this  subject  proceed  from  this — that, 
on  the  one  hand,  he  recognised  Christ  as  '  the  summit  of  mira- 
culous agency,'  while,  on  the  other  hand,  the  Spinozist  or 
naturalistic  conception  of  the  monotonous,  rigid  sphere  of  nature 
confronted  him.  What  Schleiermacher  has  advanced  with 
special  cogency,  is  the  entrance  of  miracle  into  nature — its  ap- 
pearance in  a  natural  course  ;  and  this  is  a  decided  gain,  for  by 
it  the  last  element  of  the  conception  of  miracle  is  firmly  fixed. 
And  if  we  look  back,  we  find  in  its  history  the  actual  unfolding 
of  all  its  component  parts,  though  charged  with  one-sidedness 
and  extravagance  in  the  views  taken  of  it.  Augustin  advocates 
the  mediation  of  miracle  ;  Aquinas  its  supernaturalness  ;  Quen- 
stedt  its  anti-naturalness  ;  and,  lastly,  Schleiermacher  its  new 
nature.  Weisse  (i.  369)  makes  a  distinction  between  loonders  and 
miracles,  and  understands  by  the  former,  exertions  of  Christ's 
power  which  '  may  be  referred  to  the  conception  of  a  peculiar 
organic  endowment,'  and  by  the  latter,  such  acts  of  which  the 
conception  would  be  '  the  purely  negative  of  going  beyond  the 
common  course  of  nature,  of  breaking  through  the  laws  of  this 
course  of  nature.'  These  miracles — for  example,  those  of  feed- 
ing the  multitudes — must  have  arisen  from  a  mere  misunder- 
standing of  the  parabolic  discourses  of  the  Lord.  This  view 
rests  on  the  ignoring  of  the  new  a3on,  which  we  have  already 
sufficiently  characterized.^ 

2,  Gothe  has  contemplated  and  exhibited  with  the  greatest 
admiration  the  ascending  scale  which  is  presented  in  the  life  of 

^  [Upwards  of  forty  definitions  of  miracle  by  the  Ligbest  authorities 
are  collected  in  the  Appendix  to  Alexander's  Christ  and  Christiunitij.  More 
recently  the  subject  has  been  taken  up  by  Baden  Powell  {Essays  and  Re- 
views) ;  and  in  answer  to  him,  from  different  points  of  view,  by  Mansel, 
Heurtley,  Lee,  and  Davies.  On  the  interruption  of  the  regular  course  of 
nature  by  a  power  extraneous  to  it,  see  Mill's  MyUiical  InterpreUdiun^  p.  81, 
and  Bushnell's  Nature  and  the  Supernatural.— Ed.} 


164  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

nature,  though  he  wished  also  to  recognise  the  scientific  desig- 
nation of  nature  in  an  ascending  movement ;  as  the  passage 
quoted  by  Tholuck  from  Gothe's  Doctrine  of  Colours  expresses 
it :  'As  on  the  one  hand  experience  is  boundless,  since  it  can 
always  discover  something  new,  so  are  the  maxims  throughout, 
since  they  cannot  stiffen  nor  lose  the  capability  of  expanding 
and  embracing  a  plurality,  and  even  of  consuming  and  losing 
themselves  in  a  higher  view.' 

3.  As  the  attenuation  of  the  conception  of  miracle  is  con- 
nected on  the  one  hand  with  the  attenuation  of  the  doctrine  of 
the  person  of  Christ,  so  is  it  on  the  other  hand  with  the  attenua- 
tion of  the  eschatology.  Those  who,  from  their  narrow  dog- 
matic system,  which  has  been  contracted  under  the  influence  of 
philosophy,  have  rejected  the  seonian  yonder  world  of  space  and 
time,  the  heavens  and  the  new  world — to  whom,  therefore,  the 
idea  of  the  future  transformation  of  the  world  is  wanting — have 
with  it  lost  the  general  Christian  view  of  the  universe  which 
alone  is  suited  to  prepare  the  way  for  the  conception  of  miracle. 

4.  The  human  hand  is  the  twofold  organ  of  those  activities 
of  the  spirit  which  are  exercised  and  developed  in  the  sphere  of 
ordinary  life,  and  of  its  dynamico-mysterious  activities.  It  acts 
as  an  organ  of  the  psychico-somatic  operations  of  this  kind  in 
the  function  of  the  magnetizer ;  as  an  organ  of  pneumatico- 
psychical  operations  in  ordination ;  lastly,  as  an  organ  of  the 
pneumatico-psychical-somatic  operations  in  the  whole  energy  of 
the  life  of  the  God-man  in  Christian  miracles.  The  physical 
basis  of  these  operations  has  in  all  probability  become  known 
by  a  new  discovery.  In  a  work  entitled,  Ueber  die  Pacinischen 
KorpercJien  an  den  Nerven  des  Menschen  und  der  Sdugethiere 
von  J.  Henle  und  A.  KoUiker,  Zurich,  bei  Meyer  und  Zeller, 
1844  (On  the  Pacinian  Corpuscles  in  the  Nerves  of  Man  and 
the  Mammalia,  by  J.  Henle  and  A.  KoUiker),  the  important 
discovery  made  by  Pacini,  a  physician  of  Pistola,  almost  con- 
temporaneously with  others,  is  described  and  scientifically  exa- 
mined. Pacini  discovered  first  of  all,  in  the  sensible  nerves  of 
the  hand,  small  elliptical  whitish  corpuscles;  also  in  the  nerves 
of  the  soles  of  the  feet.  He  began  to  prosecute  the  discovery 
in  the  animal  kingdom  ;  but  found  none  in  the  dromedary,  and 
few  in  the  ox.  So  far  as  the  discovery  has  been  followed  out 
by  the  editors  of  the  above-mentioned  work,  these  corpuscles  are 


•      THE  xMIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  1G5 

found  (besides  in  men)  in  all  the  domestic  mammalia  hitherto  exa- 
mined; they  are  wanting  in  all  birds,  amphibia,  and  fishes.  In 
particular  cases  some  of  these  corpuscles  are  found  in  men,  scat- 
tered in  the  nerves  of  the  arms  and  legs,  and  in  the  region  of  the 
abdomen.  They  are  found  in  the  greatest  number  and  with  the 
most  reo-ular  recurrence  in  the  human  extremities,  and  in  cats 
in  the  diaphragm.  In  the  human  extremities,  according  to  the 
drawing,  they  adorn  the  ramifications  of  the  nerves  of  the  skin, 
as  fruit  the  branches  of  a  tree.  This  is  not  the  place  for  a  more 
minute  description  of  the  corpuscles.  From  their  general 
appearance,  Pacini  has  been  induced  to  compare  them  to  the 
electrical  organs  of  the  torpedo,  and  to  describe  them  as  animal 
magneto-motors,  and  to  refer  them  as  organs  to  the  plienomena 
of  animal  magnetism.  The  authors  of  the  work  above  quoted 
make  the  following  remark  on  Pacini's  discoveries:  '  It  must  not 
surprise  us  if  the  adherents  of  animal  magnetism,  who  are  not 
altogether  extinct  with  us,  seize  hold  of  these  statements  with 
eagerness  and  turn  them  to  account.  Only  let  us  beg  them  to  ex- 
tend their  manipulations  to  the  epigastric  region  of  cats,  which, 
by  reason  of  their  ample  magnetic  apparatus,  promise  very  in- 
teresting facts.'  But  we  need  only  to  recollect  the  difference 
•  between  the  flesh  of  cats  and  human  flesh  to  perceive  that  this 
remark  is  only  a  joke.  This  distinction  has  indeed  been  firmly 
maintained  in  the  mediaeval  fantastic  relation  between  cats 
and  witches,  and  the  new  discovery  may  perhaps  contribute  to 
its  explanation.  It  is  perfectly  natural  that  the  magnetism  of 
the  cat  should  be  there  for  the  sphere  of  the  feline  vocation, 
and  perhaps  serves  for  the  purpose  of  its  holding  the  magic- 
bound  mouse  outside  its  hole  and  playing  with  it.  How  far 
below  the  cat  is  the  torpedo,  since  with  its  electricity  it  imme- 
diately strikes  and  benumbs  its  victim  !  This  is  indeed  the 
rudest  first  trace  of  animal  magnetism.  The  magnetizer,  on 
the  contrary,  stands  in  the  dignity  of  humanity  incalculably 
higher  than  the  cat  in  the  application  of  his  power,  though 
even  in  his  case  the  operation  on  the  susceptible  is  obscure 
and  magical,  and  the  connection  of  the  magnetized  with  him 
remains  more  or  less  a  case  of  natural  attraction  (Gebundenheit). 
Magnetic  connections  of  this  kind  are  indeed,  under  the  more 
general  form,  present  in  life  in  a  thousand  different  modes,  and 
may  form  themselves,  especially  in   particular  circumstances. 


166  AKNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF 


CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 


But  when  the  same  power  appears  again  in  the  prophetic 
region,  it  is  transformed  by  the  consecration  of  the  ethical 
spirit,  and  operates  only  as  a  heavenly  power,  not  disposing  to 
sleep,  but  awakening, — not  bewitching,  but  setting  at  liberty. 
The  elementary  flash,  which  even  in  the  life's  manifestation  of 
the  torpedo  leads  to  death,  is  here  changed  throughout  into  a 
vivifying  operation  of  life.  The  authors  of  the  above-mentioned 
works  find  themselves  induced  to  regard  these  corpuscles  '  as 
a  kind  of  electrical  organs.'  But  it  is  obvious  in  such  a  case, 
that  the  human  electrical  organs,  in  their  nature  and  operation, 
must  contain  and  exhibit  the  specifically  human  in  its  whole  ex- 
tent. It  is  in  this  respect  to  be  carefully  noted,  that  these  cor- 
puscles are  not  found  in  all  individuals  in  equal  number  and 
strength.  This  diversity  in  their  allotment  may  indeed  be  con- 
sidered as  the  foundation  of  the  most  different  endowments. 
As  to  what  concerns  furnishing  the  sole  of  the  human  foot  with 
these  electrical  organs,  we  are  reminded  by  them  not  merely  of 
the  rhythmical  structure  of  the  human  body,  especially  the  feet, 
and  the  ecstatic  dances  as  they  occur  among  enthusiasts,  of  the 
not  sinking  of  somnambulists  in  water,  or  of  their  ability  to  use 
the  soles  of  their  feet  as  organs  of  perception,  but  also  of  the 
ancient  miraculous  art  of  healing  by  means  of  the  soles  of  the 
feet.  Tacitus,  after  mentioning  the  fact  that  the  Emperor 
Vespasian  was  applied  to  by  a  blind  man  in  Alexandria  to  cure 
him  by  means  of  his  spittle,  reports  that  another  sick  person 
(prompted  like  the  former  by  the  god  Serapis)  requested  that 
he  might  cure  his  diseased  hand  by  contact  with  the  sole  of  his 
foot;  and  so  it  really  came  to  pass.  It  is  unquestionably  of 
great  significance  that  these  corpuscles,  which  have  been  com- 
pared to  the  Voltaic  pile,  have  been  discovered  exactly  in  those 
parts  of  the  human  organism  which,  from  a  remote  age,  have 
been  regarded  as  the  life-points  of  a  mysterious  magical  power. 
5.  In  reference  to  the  Demonology  of  the  ancients,  w^e  have 
to  make  the  following  remarks.  The  conception  of  Saificov  or 
of  Baifiovtov  (a  word  in  which  the  impersonal,  substituted  for 
the  demon,  the  demoniacal  influence  is  indicated)  embraces 
generally  the  representation  of  spirits  belonging  to  the  other 
world,  as  far  as  they  make  themselves  known  in  this  world  by 
operations,  fatalities,  appearances,  and  living  forms  (while  alto- 
gether opposite,  tlie  genius  seems  to  denote  the  light-image  of 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  167 

the  other  world,  the  ideal,  life-image  reflecting  itself  in  the  style 
of  the  other  world,  of  an  appearance  of  this  world,  of  a  man  or 
a  place).  Also,  the  peculiar  innermost  nature  of  man  can  conse- 
quently come  forward  demoniacally  when  it  exhibits  itself  in  a 
dark  power  which  breaks  through  its  everyday  life-form,  so  that 
the  man  himself  in  these  moments  stands  there  as  a  stranger. 
But  when  the  ideal  of  his  life  comes  so  powerfully  into  visible 
manifestation,  in  this  case  the  conception  of  demon  and  genius 
coincide  ;  although  here  the  genius  maintains  a  peculiar  relation 
to  the  Spirit  of  God  sending  or  placing  him  ;  the  demon,  on  the 
contrary,  holds  a  special  relation  to  the  breaking  of  the  inner- 
most life  through  the  form  of  the  common  life.  Now  it  is 
not  altogether  a  correct  assertion,  that  the  Greeks  reckoned 
among  the  demons  generally  only  departed  human  spirits, 
manes,  lemures,  and  the  like.  The  Greeks  had  also  a  super- 
human dark  kingdom  of  demons.  Gothe  has  brought  this 
forward  in  the  second  part  of  his  Faust,  and  at  the  same  time 
given  the  reason  why  the  Grecian  spirit  placed  these  dark 
spirits,  the  Lamia3  and  Gorgons,  in  the  background  of  its 
mythology — 'Phoebus,  beauty's  friend,  drives  away  into  holes 
these  births  of  night,  or  restrains  them.'  As  this  is  the  manner 
of  the  sunny  day,  so  it  was  also  of  the  Grecian  sense  of  the 
Beautiful.  Yet  certainly  the  Greeks,  '  especially  when  they 
spoke  of  possessions,  connected  the  notion  of  departed  human 
souls  with  the  words  Sal/Jicov  and  Bai/jLopiov'  (See  Riegler, 
Lehen  Jesus  Christus  i.  836).  As  with  the  Greeks  departed 
souls  predominated  among  the  demons,  though  superhuman 
demons  were  not  wanting ;  so  with  the  Jews  the  fallen  angels 
predominated  among  the  demons,  though  there  was  an  inter- 
mixture of  departed  souls.  That  merely  the  souls  of  the  giants, 
which  probably  from  the  narrative  in  Gen.  vi.  have  been  con- 
sidered as  the  children  of  fallen  angels,  and  the  great  trans- 
gressors before  and  immediately  after  the  flood,  were  in  this 
manner  numbered  with  the  angel-demons  (see  Strauss,  Lehen 
Jesu  ii.  12),  cannot  be  admitted,  since  among  the  Jews  the 
doctrine  of  the  kingdom  of  the  dead  (Isa.  xiv.  9),  the  injunc- 
tion not  to  interrogate  the  dead  (Deut.  xviii.  11),  and  the 
assumption  of  the  possibility  of  their  return,  were  expressed 
without  that  limitation  (1  Sam.  xxviii.  8  ;  Isa.  xxix.  4 ;  Matt, 
xiv.  2).     That  Josephus  in  his  views  attached  himself  to  what 


168  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

predominated  in  the  Grecian  view,  since  he  speaks  of  (JDe  hello 
Jud.  vii.  6,  3)  the  demons  as  the  spirits  of  wicked  men,  proves, 
at  all  events,  that  this  theory  did  not  in  the  least  contradict 
the  Jewish  consciousness.  The  opinion  that  they  were  the 
souls  of  deceased  men,  has  also  been  expressed  by  the  earliest 
fathers  who  have  treated  of  the  subject  of  demons,  namely,  Justin 
Martyr  and  Athenagoras.  '  Tertullian  appears  to  have  been  the 
first  who  took  a  different  view,  since  he  maintained  that  fallen 
spirits  or  devils  falsely  pretended  in  possessed  persons  that  they 
were  the  souls  of  men  deceased.'  Since  among  the  Greeks  it  was 
the  popular  opinion  that  '  the  souls  of  those  who  died  a  violent 
death  were  demons,'  so  Chrysostom  endeavoured,  especially  in 
order  to  redeem  the  honour  of  the  martyrs,  to  destroy  the  old 
popular  representation.  (See  Riegler,  i.  850.)  The  New  Testa- 
ment does  not  express  itself  more  precisely  respecting  the  nature 
of  demons.  That  they  are  considered  as  belonging  to  the  house- 
hold of  Satan  (Matt.  xii.  25),  does  not  in  the  least  decide  that  it 
does  not  include  the  souls  of  deceased  wicked  men  among  the 
demons.  At  all  events,  according  to  John  viii.  44,  the  children 
of  the  devil  belong  as  such  to  his  household  although  they 
were  found  among  living  men.  If  we  carefully  examine  the 
Old  Testament  view,  as  it  precedes  the  New  Testament  and  that 
of  the  early  Church  as  connected  with  it,  it  is  in  the  highest 
degree  improbable  that  the  Evangelists  could  mean  by  demons, 
exclusively  either  evil  angels,  or  wicked  deceased  men. 

6.  When  the  cures  of  demoniacs  as  effected  by  Christ  are 
termed  '  conjvirations,'  the  difference  has  not  been  observed  be- 
tween the  agency  of  a  master-mind  who  effects  the  expulsion 
of  demons  by  the  energy  of  his  nature  with  fresh  and  free  words 
of  life,  and  the  agency  of  a  contracted  exorcist  who  is  bound  to 
a  traditionary  hypothesis,  to  the  expectation  of  the  co-operation 
of  higher  spirits,  and  to  an  unbending  formula.  Between  con- 
juration and  the  Christian  casting  out  of  devils  there  is  a  similar 
difference,  wide  as  the  poles  asunder,  as  between  a  common 
anecdote  and  the  facts  of  the  Gospel  history. 

7.  Strauss  (ii.  181)  collects  the  outward  similarities  in  the 
miracles  of  the  sea  that  are  so  characteristically  different,  called 
by  him  sea-anecdotes.  '  After  they  are  set  in  order,  each  one  is 
connected  with  the  following  by  a  common  feature.  The  nar- 
rative of  the  calling  of  the  fishers  of  men  (Matt.  iv.  18)  opens 


THE  MIRACLES  OF  JESUS.  169 

the  series  ;  with  this  the  narrative  of  Peter's  draught  of  fishes 
has  in  common  the  saying  respecting  fishers  of  men,  but  the 
fact  of  the  draught  of  fishes  is  pecuUar  to  it.  This  latter  recurs 
in  John  xxi.,  where,  in  addition,  there  is  the  standing  of  Jesus 
on  the  shore,  and  the  swimming  to  it  of  Peter.  This  standing 
and  swimming  appear  parallel  to  the  walking  on  the  sea  (Matt. 
xiv.  22,  etc.).'  The  author  has  forborne  to  complete  his  explana- 
tion of  the  significance  of  these  similarities,  as  the  connection  of 
his  work  required.  A  gigantic  sea-myth  seems  to  have  floated 
before  him — a  real  sea-serpent — which  perhaps  was  not  deli- 
neated, because  the  Galilean  sea  seemed  too  small  for  such  a 
mythic  monster  of  the  ocean. 

8.^  Mainly  with  reference  to  DrF.  Krumraacher's  review  in 
his  '  Palm-bldttern  (March  1845)  has  it  become  im.peratively 
necessary  to  discuss  the  question,  whether,  according  to  the  rigid 
supernaturalism  of  the  present  day,  Christ's  human  nature  must 
be  regarded  as  amalgamated  with  and  lost  in  His  divine  nature, 
or  whether  the  modern  free-believing  theology  has  a  right  to 
assert  the  distinction  of  the  two  natures  in  Christ,  and  is  justified 
in  indicating  the  human  element  as  co-operating  with  the  divine 
in  His  miracles.  Krummacher  seems  from  the  first  to  proceed 
entirely  on  the  monophysite  theory,  though  quite  unconsciously 
and  without  any  heterodox  design.  When  I  speak  of  the  accom- 
paniment of  a  magnetic  fluid  (more  correctly,  a  super-magnetic 
power),  a  spiritual-corporeal  affinity  (Rappoi't),  and  of  a  plastic 
human  spirit  in  the  miraculous  works  of  Jesus,  Krummacher 
asserts  that  the  immediate  and  creatively  interfering  power  of 
God  must  be  entirely  passed  by.  It  would  be  as  logically  in- 
ferred that,  by  admitting  that  the  Son  of  God  is  come  in  the 
flesh,  the  divinity  of  Christ  is  denied.  Dare  we  and  should  we 
speak  of  the  reality  of  His  flesh  and  blood,  yea,  of  eating  His 
flesh  and  blood  ?  It  is  at  least  our  right,  and  indeed,  even  more, 
our  duty,  to  keep  in  view  the  distinctive  qualities  of  His  human 
nature  in  their  union  with  the  great  self-determinations  of  His 
divine  creative  power  as  they  appear  in  the  miracles.  Or  must 
the  article  of  our  faith,  that  the  Word  became  flesh,  remain  for  all 
time  unopened,  undeveloped  ?  Must  the  human  with  the  divine 
form  a  contradiction  even  in  the  life  of  Christ  the  God-man  ? 

'  [This  note  forms  the  larger  portion  of  the  preface  to  the  third  volume 
of  the  original. — Ed.] 


170  ANXOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST-S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

Krummaclier  is  disposed  indeed  to  gather  from  my  repre- 
sentation of  the  gradual  unfolding  of  Christ's  human  nature, 
that  I  do  not  acknowledge  His  eternal  divinity.  The  way  and 
manner  in  which  he  arrives  at  this  result  I  will  here  expose,  in 
order  to  give  a  sample  of  his  critical  report  on  my  theology,  and 
with  that  I  shall  here  close  the  discussion.  I  believe  that  in  my 
work  I  liave  shown  that  the  incarnation  of  God  which  was  his- 
torically fulfilled  in  Cln-ist  Jesus  was  an  eternal  one,  of  which 
the  future  completion  in  Christ  was  revealed  and  objectively 
presented  to  the  Old  Testament  seers  in  the  Angel  of  the  Pre- 
sence. From  this  Krummacher  draws  the  conclusion  (p.  155)  : 
'  Lange's  Christ  existed  before  the  foundation  of  the  world  only 
as  an  idea  in  God,  not  as  a  person  with  God.'  And  further  on 
he  identifies  this  Christ  with  the  Son  of  God,  that  he  may  then 
say,  '  He  knows  nothing  of  the  Son  of  God  begotten  before  all 
time,  as  the  personal  image  of  God.'  Krummacher  is  very  con- 
fident in  this  assertion,  for  he  goes  on  to  say,  '  The  expression  of 
our  Lord  Himself,  "  Before  Abraham  was,  I  am,"  is  tlien  to  be 
explained  in  the  following  manner :  ''  I  was  before  I  was  an  I 
(em  Icli)  already  regarded  as  the  Son  of  man  in  God,  as  be- 
coming the  Son  of  God  in  the  ardent  longing  of  men."  '  In 
passing,  I  must  here  beg  the  reviewer  to  be  on  his  guard  against 
the  thoughtless  use  of  marks  of  quotation.  Every  reader  who 
is  familiar  with  their  use  would  believe  that  the  reviewer,  with 
the  words  '  I  was  before  I  was  an  I,'  etc.,  had  quoted  an  assertion 
of  mine  ;  but  he  would  be  quite  mistaken.  I  beg  the  courteous 
reader  to  read  my  explanation  of  the  passage  quoted  by  Krum- 
macher, John  viii.  58 — an  explanation  which  had  been  in  print 
long  before  I  had  seen  the  exposition  thrust  upon  me  by  the 
reviewer — and  then  judge  how  far  he  proves  himself  to  be  a 
trustworthy  reporter  of  the  meaning  of  my  Christology.  In  my 
Dogmatics  I  teach  most  decidedly  the  essential  Trinity  in  oppo- 
sition to  the  economical  and  Sabellian.  Krummacher  himself 
derives  his  information  from  passages  in  which  the  eternity  of 
the  Son  is  plainly  enough  taught  (i.  37,  ii.  45,  etc.).  How 
comes  he  then  to  maintain  that  I  know  nothing  of  the  eternal 
Son  of  God  ?  I  regret  to  say  it :  it  is  because  he  does  not  dis- 
tinguish between  the  idea  of  the  historical,  or,  generally  speak- 
ing, of  the  personal  Christ,  and  the  idea  of  the  Son  of  God.  In 
all  my  writings  I  teach  and  assume  the  eternity  of  the  Son  of 


THE  MIOACLES  OF  JESUS.  171 

God ;  but  with  that  I  do  not  teach  that  the  personal  Christ  has 
existed  from  all  eternity  as  such.  For  He  it  is  who  in  the  ful- 
ness of  time  appeared  as  tlie  God-man,  or  the  Son  of  man 
anointed  with  the  'fuhiess  of  the  Godhead.  But  Krummacher 
thinks  that  I  must  teach  this  in  order  to  be  orthodox,  and  does 
not  surmise  that  in  doing  so  I  must  go  further  in  heterodoxy 
than  the  ancient  Archimandrite  Eutyches.  Indeed,  in  speaking 
of  a  personal  Christ,  any  one  would  be  mistaken  if  he  were  in- 
chned  to  designate  the  pre-historical  Christ,  who  certainly  is 
ideal,  as  merely  ideal,  and  ignore  His  substantial  existence.  This 
Avould  be  sheer  Nestorianism,  from  which  I  know  that  I  am  most 
decidedly  free.  Krummacher  indeed  asserts,  that  what  stands 
written  in  John  xvii.  5  of  the  glory  of  the  Lord  must  be  taken, 
according  to  my  view,  in  an  ideal  and  not  in  an  ontological  sense. 
But  from  this  he  absolves  me  on  the  next  page  by  the  remark, 
that  the  unfolding  (icerden)  of  the  christological  life  under  the 
Old  Covenant  was,  according  to  me,  not  merely  formal,  but  at 
the  same  time  substantial.  Or  what  difference  should  there  still 
exist  between  the  ontological  and  the  substantial  sense,  in  oppo- 
sition to  the  conception  of  the  merely  ideal  on  the  one  hand,  and 
of  the  historical  on  the  other  I  It  is  only  needful  to  be  tolerably 
familiar  with  my  christological  view  to  find  that  I  speak  of  the 
ideal  Christ  as  contradistinguished  from  the  historical ;  but  that 
I  hold  the  eternal  ontological  being  of  Christ  with  a  totally 
different  emphasis  from  that  of  those  theologians  who,  after  the 
fashion  of  the  older  Dogmatic,  see  in  the  Angel  of  the  Presence 
simply  a  super-earthly  peculiar  individuality  in  which  the  predi- 
cates Angel  and  Uncreated  Essence  are  to  be  connected  in  a 
mysterious  manner.  But  if  Krummacher  was  not  familiar  with 
the  distinctions  between  the  substantial  and  the  historical  Christ, 
and  between  the  conceptions  Christ  and  Son  of  God,  he  must, 
as  a  reporter  respecting  christological  investigations  of  the  pre- 
sent day,  fall  into  misunderstandings  and  misrepresentations.  It 
is  to  be  wished  that  he  had  spared  himself  the  pain  which  must 
result  from  such  public  unfairness.  The  details  I  must  reserve 
for  a  special  answer  to  his  attack.  In  the  meantime  I  consider 
him  responsible  for  all  the  scandal  which  may  arise  from  the 
controversy  thus  forced  upon  me.  I  do  not  mean  that  I  was 
troubled  by  his  announcement,  that  he  would  assist  the  reader 
to  determine  whether  '  Lange's  book  is  to  be  deemed  a  step  for- 


172  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

wards  or  backwards  in  theology.'  I  could  wish  with  all  calmness, 
for  his  sake  and  my  own,  and  more  than  all  for  the  sake  of  the 
subject  which  the  book  advocates  in  a  defective  manner,  that  he 
would  clear  up  this  question.  But  the  conflict  in  which  I  find 
myself  engaged  with  a  genial,  bold,  and  long-loved  preacher  of 
the  Gospel,  pains  me  much,  not  only  on  personal  considerations, 
but  such  as  relate  to  the  Church.  Yet  perhaps  this  controversy 
is  one  of  the  preliminary  skirmishes,  occurring  here  and  there,  of 
that  warfare  which  the  believing,  scientific  theology  must  wage 
with  the  mass  of  monophysitic  (abstract  supranaturalistic)  re- 
presentations in  our  Church  before  the  way  of  the  future  is 
again  quite  cleared  for  the  confession  of  the  Church.  May  our 
warfare  be  carried  on  christianly  and  nobly  under  the  inspection 
of  the  Lord,  and  lead  to  a  blessed  result. 


SECTION  X. 

THE  TEACHINGS  OF  CHRIST,  ESPECIALLY  THE  PARABLES. 

Christ  stood  in  the  world  with  the  pure  heart,  and  so  with 
the  pure,  simple  vision,  of  the  Man  from  heaven.  Therefore 
He  beheld  God  in  spirit.  His  own  Father.  His  course  of  life 
was  in  the  perfect  light  of  God,  which  was  concentrated  in  Him 
and  made  Him  the  Light  of  the  world.  The  divine  decree 
shone  upon  His  soul  like  the  clear  daylight.  But  He  beheld 
men  in  the  world  erring  and  perplexed,  enchanted  in  ruinous 
delusion  through  the  dazzling  lights  and  shadows  which  sin 
forms  from  the  light  of  the  eternal  train  of  beings  in  the  uni- 
verse, and  through  the  spirit  and  world-destroying  influence  of 
selfishness  {Egoismus).  He  saw  them  lost  and  walking  in  dark- 
ness ;  therefore  He  was  continually  striving  to  enlighten  them 
by  the  light  of  His  Spirit.  And  since  the  light  easily  becomes 
to  those  in  darkness  '  a  deeper  night,'  it  was  always  His  task  to 
mediate  the  life  of  Plis  Spirit,  as  the  light  of  the  world,  with 
the  life  of  the  world's  thoughts. 

When  truth  takes  the  form  of  mediating,  it  becomes  teach- 
ing (doctrine).  The  teacher  as  such  is  a  mediator  between  the 
light  that  is  entrusted  to  him  and  the  eyes  of  the  spirit  which  he 


THE  TEACHINGS  OF  CHRIST,  ESPECIALLY  THE  PARABLES.     1 73 

has  to  illuminate  with  this  light.  He  must  construct  a  bridge 
between  the  heights  of  knowledge  and  the  low  level  of  germi- 
nating thought.  But  as  Christ  is  generally  the  Mediator  be- 
tween God  and  humanity,  so  is  He  also  specially,  as  a  teacher, 
the  Mediator  between  the  divine  counsels  and  human  thought. 
He  is  the  Teacher:  this  is  involved  in  His  whole  character ;  this 
He  proves  by  His  ministry  and  operations. 

In  discharging  His  office  of  Teacher,  He  employs  various 
forms  of  teaching,  as  they  suited  the  various  relations  in  which 
He  stood  to  His  hearers,  and  the  inner  constitution  of  these 
hearers  themselves. 

When  He  first  of  all  met  with  men  who  had  not  yet  en- 
tered into  close  discipleship  with  Him,  the  form  of  His  teach- 
ing is  dialogue,  a  distinct  interchange  with  those  around  Him  in 
accordance  with  social  life.  In  this  dialogical  interchange  He 
particularly  engaged  when  He  had  to  do  with  adversaries. 
Hence  it  is  evident  why  this  form  predominates  in  the  Gospel 
of  John ;  for  John  made  it  his  special  task  to  exhibit  the  most 
important  conflicts  between  the  Prince  of  Light  and  the  chil- 
dren of  darkness.  The  dialogical  words  of  Christ  were  in  the 
highest  degree  important,  full  of  life,  and  therefore  abounding 
in  similitudes.  But  if  the  men  who  heard  Him  entered  into 
more  definite  intercourse  with  Him,  He  proceeded  to  the  use  of 
other  modes  of  teaching.  He  then  spoke  to  them  in  parables, 
in  adages  or  maxims,  or  in  the  free  spiritual  form  of  thought, 
in  the  form  of  didactic  discourse. 

The  relation  between  the  thought  and  its  sensible  repre- 
sentation is  always  different  in  these  three  forms  of  teaching. 
In  the  parable  the  sensible  representation  decidedly  predomi- 
nates, and  the  thought  retires  into  the  background,  although 
for  thoughtful  hearers  it  speaks  through  the  powei'ful  imageiy 
of  the  parable.  In  the  adage  (Gnome)  the  image  appears  in 
living  unity  with  the  thought,  the  one  penetrated  by  the  other. 
Lastly,  in  didactic  discourse  the  thought  predominates,  yet 
figurative  allusions  sparkle  throughout  the  whole  current  of  the 
discourse,  in  a  manner  suitable  to  the  most  living  and  richest 
spiritual  utterances.  We  should  now  have  to  consider  these 
three  forms  of  teaching  in  the  order  stated,  if  it  were  not  our 
business  to  dwell  some  time  longer  on  the  symbols.  This  will 
lead  us  to  consider,  in  the  first  place,  the  two  latter  forms  of 


174  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

teaching.  Their  contrast  to  the  first  decides  this  arrangenrfent. 
We  first  of  all  see  by  what  mode  of  teaching  Christ  mediated 
the  truth  among  the  consecrated  and  initiated,  and  then  how  He 
mediated  it  among  the  uninitiated. 

In  the  circle  of  those  hearers  who  had  a  peculiar  suscepti- 
•  bilitj  for  His  doctrine,  and  followed  Him  with  personal  regard 
to  the  lonely  mountain  district,  whom  He  therefore  could  regard 
as  consecrated,  Jesus  taught  many  times  in  adages  or  religious 
maxims,  in  apophthegms  which  presented  great  truths  in  sharp, 
fresh,  luminous  forms,  wdiich  oftentimes  are  more  or  less  sym- 
bolic.^ The  adage  forms  a  sentence  enclosed  in  itself  and 
rounded  off,  the  form  of  which  is  expressed  with  the  sharpness 
and  freshness  of  life  like  an  accomplished  human  individu- 
ality, and  its  thought  profoundly  ideal  and  rich  like  the  essence 
of  a  human  personality,  and  in  which  this  deep  thought  consti- 
tutes with  this  beautiful  form  a  living  unity  like  soul  and  body 
in  an  animated,  speaking  human  countenance.  The  entire 
adage  is  form,  and  yet  again  it  is  altogether  thought;  a  thought 
in  luminous  freshness;  as  in  a  precious  stone  the  matter,  the 
form,  and  the  light  appear  in  noble  unity.  With  such  jewels 
or  pearls  Christ  presented  the  consecrated  among  His  hearers. 

But  to  the  initiated  who  had  become  His  friends,  Christ 
spoke  in  the  free  form  of  religious,  spiritual  expression,  in  the 
living  dialectic  style  of  instruction.  As  the  spirit  is  exalted 
above  nature,  so  is  the  pm^e,  free  utterance  of  the  spirit  exalted 
above  the  symbolic  form.  Bat  the  living  spirit  in  its  energy 
does  not  break  away  from  nature  in  order  to  indulge  in  abstract 
thinking,  but  takes  it  into  its  life,  transforms  it,  and  causes  it 
to  bear  witness  of  its  own  essence.  And  thus  the  Spirit  of 
Christ  shows  itself  in  His  teachings  ;  they  are  intermixed  with 
parables  and  apophthegms.  But  these  parables  rise  immedi- 
ately into  the  light  of  the  great  living  thoughts  by  which  they 
are  illuminated  and  sustained.  Thus  Christ  acted  towards  the 
children  of  the  spirit. 

But  He  pursued  quite  a  different  course  with  the  uninitiated. 
To  such  hearers,  who  were  attracted  by  the  power  of  His  per- 

^  When  the  adage  is  correctly  apprehended  in  relation  to  the  thoughtful 
combination  of  the  sensible  and  the  spiritual,  it  Avill  be  difficult  to  find  in 
Luke's  Sermon  on  the  Mount  the  Ebionitish,  vnpid  beatitude  of  the  simpl}'- 
ten)poral  poor. 


THE  TEACHINGS  OF  CHRIST,  ESPECIALLY  THE  PARABLES.     175 

sonality,  or  outwardly  were  for  a  long  time  attached  to  Him, 
but  in  whom  a  disposition  of  coarse  worldliness  and  an  impure 
interest  more  or  less  prevailed,  He  spoke  in  parables.  Crowds 
of  such  men  might  gather  round  Him  on  the  sea-shore  from 
among  the  fishermen  and  publicans  at  Capernaum.  But,  espe- 
cially at  a  later  period,  His  adversaries  at  Jerusalem  confronted 
Him  with  such  dispositions  as  induced  Him  to  teach  in  the  form 
of  parables. 

But  on  what  account  the  Lord  taught  in  parables  before 
such  uninitiated  men,  we  shall  learn  from  the  very  conception 
of  a  parable,  as  well  as  from  His  own  distinct  explanation. 
We  shall  also  learn  it  from  the  effects  which  the  parables  con- 
tinually produced. 

The  parable  is  a  figurative  form  of  representation  in  dis- 
course, which  we  must  distinguish  from  other  forms  that  have 
an  affinity  to  it.  All  figurative  forms  rest  upon  the  infinite 
abundance  of  comparisons  which  arise  from  the  similarity  and 
relationship  of  all  phenomena,  or  rather  from  the  unity  of  the 
spirit,  which  establishes  all  these  similarities.  All  things  are 
reflected  in  all  things,  since  they  are  all  allied  to  one  another 
by  their  relation  to  the  common  basis  on  which  they  rest,  and 
to  the  one  object  which  they  aim  at,  and  to  the  one  creative 
Spirit  in  whom  they  live  (Rom.  xi.  36).  But  the  special  mirror 
of  the  whole  world  is  man,  since  the  world  appears  concentrated 
in  him  ;  and  the  world  is  the  counter-mirror  of  man,  since  his 
spirit's  inheritance  extends  throughout  its  immensity.  Hence 
all  comparisons  are  crowded  into  human  life  as  their  focus. 
Hence  it  comes  to  pass  that  man  surrounds  himself,  by  means  of 
discourse  and  art,  with  images  ;  in  this  manner  he  surrounds 
himself  with  signs  of  the  ideality  of  the  universe  and  of  his  own 
being.  But  the  comparisons  which  man  forms  in  his  discourse 
may  be  exhibited  in  a  well-defined  series. 

First  of  all  we  are  met  by  the  similitude  of  fleeting  appear- 
ance, or  rather  accord,  that  is.  Metaphor.  It  is  formed  from  the 
endless  play  of  similarities,  from  the  harmonious  relations  of  the 
harp  of  the  universe.  It  proceeds  from  the  intimate  relation- 
ship of  the  fundamental  tones  of  life;  but  the  most  delicate 
glances  and  flashes  of  similarity  are  sufficient  to  produce  it. 
Metaphors  are  the  flowers  of  speech,  the  butterflies  on  the  field 
of  the  spirit.      Their  number  is  legion ;  for  as  many  million 


176  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

times  as  the  heavens  are  reflected  in  the  sea,  all  things  are  re- 
flected in  all,  and  especially  in  the  spirit  of  man.  Further,  we 
meet  with  similitudes  of  a  related  form  of  life,  namely,  Alle- 
gories. Allegory  represents  one  thing  by  another,  another  by 
another,  in  a  definite,  marked  formation.^  But  it  connects  the 
image  and  the  object  not  in  a  purely  arbitrary  manner,  but  is 
conditioned  by  the  similarity  of  the  forms  of  life.  Thus  the 
four  horsemen  in  the  apocalyptic  vision  (vi.)  riding  on  their 
four  horses,  one  after  another,  are  allegorical  figures  closely  cor- 
responding to  the  different  forms  of  the  course  of  the  world. 
But  if  we  go  beyond  the  phenomena  of  life  to  contemplate  the 
similitudes  of  the  inner  man,  first  of  all  similitudes  of  the  natural 
or  also  of  the  moral  sense  come  under  our  notice.  They  are 
represented  by  Fable.  Fable  is  fond  especially  of  representing 
the  reverse  side  of  the  ideal,  the  accidental,  the  arbitrary  and 
perverted.  But  how  can  evil  find  its  like  in  nature  since  the 
substance  of  all  things  is  good  ?  Evil  is  certainly  in  itself  null, 
dark  as  night,  and  only  like  itself.  But  evil  is  in  the  human 
world  in  nature-life,  and  assumes  the  form  of  nature-life,  and 
also  as  disease  assumes  organic  forms  and  modes  in  the  human 
organism.  By  this  likeness  to  nature  which  evil  gains  in  man, 
it  gains  also  its  similitudes,  and  these  exist  most  abundantly  in 
the  animal  creation.  In  the  animal  creation  very  numerous 
reflections  are  to  be  found  of  human  virtues  and  vices.  Hence 
it  is  that  fable  often  exhibits  unideal  human  life  in  idealized 
animal  life,  or  the  afiimal  similarities  of  man  in  the  human 
similarities  of  the  animal.  When  man  loses  the  spirit  and  be- 
comes like  the  animal,  it  is  fair  that  the  animal  when  it  repre- 
sents him  should  gain  his  faculty  of  speech.  When  Balaam 
lost  the  spirit,  his  ass  gained  the  language  of  reproof,  which 
represented  his  overborne  conscience.  Fable  has  indeed  a 
wider  range  than  the  one  we  have  noticed,  but  it  is  its  constant 
peculiarity  to  exhibit  the  manifestations  of  the  natural  disposi- 
tion of  man.  It  lies  in  the  nature  of  the  case,  that  it  seizes  this 
disposition  in  its  salient  points,  in  its  characteristic  traits,  and 
exhibits  it  with  a  touch  of  irony  and  with  a  moralizing  ten- 
dency. It  therefore  frequently  aims  at  improving  the  distorted 
side  of  the  spiritual  by  the  light  side  of  the  natural.     For,  as 

1  '  Oratio  qua  quis  «AXo  i^iv  dyopsvn,  «fAAo  li  vou.' — Wilke,  Neatest. 
Rhetorik,  p.  103. 


THE  TEACHINGS  OF  CHRIST,  ESPECIALLY  THE  PARABLES.     177 

similitude,  it  aims  at  the  adjustment  of  the  disposition  it  I'e- 
presents  with  the  whole  world  besides.  But  the  ideal  value 
is  wanting  to  it,  inasmuch  as  it  wants  the  nature  of  man, 
the  self-will,  the  moral  obliquity,  or  even  the  moral  principle. 
This  value  announces  itself  in  the  similitude  of  the  ideal 
being,  in  symbol.  The  world  in  its  state  of  rest,  or  as  pure 
creation,  is  a  system  of  divine  ideas  which  proceed  from  the 
highest  idea,  the  revelation  of  God  in  His  Son,  to  branch 
themselves  out  and  descend  into  the  phenomenal  world  in 
definite  ideal  characteristics  of  life.  On  this  truth  rests  the 
essence  of  symbol.  Every  phenomenon,  namely,  is  necessarily 
a  copy  and  sign  of  all  ideal  life  which  lies  upon  the  same  line 
with  it  in  the  direction  of  the  Invisible.  When,  therefore, 
such  a  phenomenon  is  combined  with  the  ideal  being  of  which 
it  forms  an  offshoot  in  the  phenomenal  world,  a  symbol  is 
formed.^  If  once  a  conception  of  this  heavenly  ladder  has 
been  formed,  it  wnll  be  easy  to  trace  the  lines  of  many  pheno- 
mena into  the  Eternal.  So  a  rock  in  its  earthly  appearance 
presents  a  firm  front  against  the  swelling  sea,  and  is  an  image 
of  firmness  against  the  flood  of  human  instability.  In  the 
apostolic  rock-man  (Peter),  and  in  the  Lord,  who  is  a  Rock, 
the  ideal  essence  of  it  is  found  again.  But  the  glorification 
and  life's  fulness  of  this  firmness  appears  in  another  symbolical 
application  of  stone,  since  it  proceeds  from  stone  to  precious 
stone,  and  from  this  to  the  heavenly  splendour  of  the  mystic 
precious  stones  (Rev.  xxi.).  But  the  flowing  sea  is  not  only 
found  again  in  the  billows  of  the  heathen  nations  (Ps.  xciii.  4  ; 
Rev.  xiii.  1),  but  also  in  the  sanctified  human  life  of  the  world, 
in  the  infinitely  strong  and  wave-like  sympathy  of  those  who 
unfold  their  power  only  in  the  spirit  of  the  Christian  commu- 
nity (Rev.  xix.  6).  The  dew-drop,  the  tear  of  the  earth,  points 
upwards  to  the  pearl,  the  pearl  to  human  tears,  and  these  to  the 
pearls  on  the  gates  of  the  eternal  city  of  God  ;  glorified  sorrow 
forms  the  entrance  to  the  residence  of  eternal  joy  (Rev.  xxi. 
21).  But  in  the  same  way  of  symbolic  we  may  go  from  above 
downwards,  when,  setting  out  from  the  primary  ideas  of  life, 
we  descend  and  seek  out  the  phenomena  in  which  they  are 
copied.  Thus,  for  example,  we  can  proceed  from  the  four  pri- 
1  From  this  qv^^oXkuv  proceeds  the  aui/.(bo'hov. 
VOL.  II.  M 


178  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

mary  forms  of  the  divine  life  of  Christ  in  the  world  to  the  four 
Evangelists,  and  from  these  to  the  four  cherubic  life-images. 
So  clearly  and  powerfully  do  those  ideal  primary  lines  go 
through  the  world;  so  distinctly  does  the  Divine  everywhere 
resound  in  significant  symbols  of  the  phenomenal  world.  The 
grain  of  wheat,  the  dove,  the  vine,  and  the  marriage  feast,  are 
symbols  of  eternal  verities  in  the  kingdom  of  God.  But  since 
that  Word  in  which  the  fulness  of  God  is  expressed,  became 
flesh  in  Christ,  so  He  is  necessarily  the  symbol  of  all  symbols, 
and  surrounded  by  a  garland  of  most  expressive  single  symbols 
in  which  His  own  being  is  reflected.  These  symbolical  relations 
are  revealed  by  the  world  in  its  state  of  rest.  But  Mdien  con- 
templated in  motion,  it  appears  as  the  theatre  of  spiritual  facts. 
These  also  are  represented  in  figurative  forms,  and  their  simili- 
tude is  the  parable.  This,  therefore,  is  a  form  of  discourse 
which  represents  in  a  sensible  manner  an  universal,  world-his- 
torical, religious  and  spiritual  fact,  by  the  exhibition  of  a  special, 
related,  or  similar  fact.^  Such  are  the  parables  of  the  Pharisee 
and  publican,  of  the  good  Samaritan,  and  other  similitudes, 
which  exhibit  in  single  pictures  never  to  be  forgotten  the 
greatest  and  most  general  religious  and  ethical  facts.  But  in 
general  the  parable  is  formed  in  a  situation,  in  which  a  single 
figure  meets  the  teacher  wherein  he  beholds  that  image  of 
the  moral  world;  and  it  is  expressly  designed  to  display  to  his 
hearers  their  whole  spiritual  position  in  the  world  as  in  a  re- 
flected image.  The  parable  is  therefore  a  practical  view,  by 
which  the  teacher  causes  his  hearers  to  look  into  their  entire 
spirit-world  and  its  relation  to  opposite  modes  of  spiritual  life;  and 
it  may  on  this  account  be  called  a  parable,  because  it  suddenly 
places  before  the  hearer,  or  circle  of  hearers,  the  living  image  of 
the  world  in  which  he  may  view  himself.  The  parable  consti- 
tutes the  highest  form  of  figurative  similitudes  in  discourse. 

These  simihtudes,  therefore,  are  seen  by  us  in  an  ascending 
line.  But  here,  as  everywhere,  it  is  in  conformity  to  an  ascend- 
ing line  that  the  elements  of  the  lower  form  occur  again  in  the 
higher,  that  therefore  they  are  more  or  less  prominent  in  it. 
Thus,  especially  the  symbolical  element  in  some  similitudes  of 

'  The  T-«,o«/3o7n5  is  formed  by  the  va.pfx.fiot.X'Kiiv,  the  combination  of  the 
general  spiritual  fact  which  is  to  be  rendered  visible  to  the  hearer  with  a 
well-defined  individual  image  of  it. 


THE  TEACHINGS  OF  CHRIST,  ESPECIALLY  THE  PARABLES.     179 

Christ  is  almost  exclusively  prominent,  and  some  features  of  the 
parable  are  always  allegorical.  The  message  which  Christ  sent 
to  the  Galilean  prince  Herod,  who  wanted  to  frighten  Him  from 
his  country,  is  almost  in  the  form  of  a  fable.  The  fox  wished 
to  scare  the  Lion,  and  to  chase  Him  from  his  haunts. 

From  the  nature  of  the  parable,  it  is  evident  for  what  reason 
the  Lord  chose  this  form  of  teaching  for  His  discourses,  which 
was  already  familiar  to  the  Hebrew  mind,  but  which  in  Him 
attained  to  perfection.  The  parable,  according  to  its  nature, 
exhibits  truth  in  a  coloured  light,  which  becomes  indulgence  to 
the  weak,  excitement  to  the  sensuous,  invigoration  for  purer  eyes 
— which  therefore,  in  every  case,  mediates  the  light  of  truth  ac- 
cording to  the  varieties  of  mental  vision. 

According  to  an  opinion  prevalent  in  modern  times,  which 
may  be  regarded  as  the  modern  view  of  the  design  of  the  parable, 
it  seems  exclusively  to  render  the  truth  intelligible  to  the  under- 
standings of  a  sensuous  people.  According  to  this  popular 
theology,  parables  are  only  a  popular  mode  of  instruction,  illus- 
trations which  form  a  sort  of  picture-gospel  for  a  docile,  child- 
like, and  sensuous  people.  But  our  Lord's  own  statements 
respecting  the  design  of  parables  (Matt.  xiii.  13,  etc. ;  Mark  iv. 
11,  etc. ;  Luke  viii.  10,  etc.)  go  a  long  way  beyond  these  peda- 
gogical school  views  of  the  subject ;  even  to  the  length  of  an 
awful  reference  to  the  judgment  of  God.  According  to  the 
Evangelist  Matthew,  in  answer  to  the  disciples'  question,  '  Why 
speakest  Thou  unto  them  in  parables?'  He  said,  'Because  it  is 
given  unto  you  to  know  the  mysteries  of  the  kingdom  of  heaven, 
but  to  them  it  is  not  given.  For  whosoever  hath,  to  him  shall 
be  given,  and  he  shall  have  more  abundance ;  but  whosoever 
hath  not,  from  him  shall  be  taken  away  even  that  he  hath. 
Therefore  speak  I  to  them  in  parables,  because  (otl)  they  seeing 
see  not,  and  hearing  they  hear  not,  neither  do  they  understand. 
And  in  them  is  fulfilled  the  prophecy  of  Esaias,  which  saith, 
By  hearing  ye  shall  hear,  and  shall  not  understand  ;  and  seeing 
ye  shall  see,  and  not  perceive.  For  this  people's  heart  is  waxed 
gross,  and  their  ears  are  dull  of  hearing,  and  their  eyes  they 
have  closed ;  lest  at  any  time  they  should  see  with  their  eyes, 
and  hear  with  their  ears,  and  should  understand  with  their  hearts, 
and  should  be  converted,  and  I  should  heal  them.'  Jesus  there- 
fore applies  the  language  in  which  the  prophet  Isaiah  (vi.)  had 


180  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY, 

described  the  obduracy  of  his  contemporaries  to  the  Jewish  people 
of  his  own  time.  It  was  evident  to  the  prophet  in  a  former  age, 
by  divine  illumination,  that  his  preaching  would  have  the  effect 
of  increasing  the  obduracy  of  his  people ;  as  this  is  always  the 
effect  of  preaching  if  it  does  not  make  men  better.  But  he  saw 
at  the  same  time  that  by  this  effect  the  design  of  his  preaching 
was  not  frustrated,  but  that  in  an  awful  manner  God's  design 
was  fulfilled,  and  that  for  many  persons  that  would  be  a  judicial 
decree  of  God.  Such  a  judicial  decree  Simeon  also  found  in 
the  advent  of  Christ  (Luke  ii.  25),  and  not  less  so  Christ  Him- 
self (Jolm  iii.  19).  He  was  aware  of  the  decisive  effect  of  His 
preaching,  and  knew  that  it  would  become  a  judgment — a  savour 
of  death  unto  death — through  their  own  criminality.  He  sought, 
therefore,  in  His  mercy  to  diminish  as  much  as  possible  this 
danger  in  the  effect  of  His  preaching,  by  veiling  the  truth  He 
announced  to  the  people  in  parables,  which  gave  to  every  one  an 
impression  of  the  truth  according  to  the  measure  of  his  spiritual 
and  moral  power  of  comprehension,  without  driving  him  at  once 
to  extremities.  Therefore  Christ  had  not  the  design  which  the 
modern  view  attributes  to  Him,  of  imparting  the  truth  to  the 
people  by  parables  in  the  clearest  and  plainest  form  possible.^ 
And  on  the  other  hand,  still  less  could  it  be  His  design  to  pro- 
pound parables  in  order  to  occupy  His  hearers  with  purely  un- 
intelligible discourses,  or  positively  to  contribute  to  hardening 
them.  Had  such  a  false  predestinarian  design  influenced  Him, 
the  parables  could  not  have  had  an  enlightening  effect,  they 
would  not  have  been  preserved  in  the  Gospels  as  a  perpetual 
treasury  of  knowledge  for  the  Chui-ch.  According  to  the  words 
of  the  Evangelist  Mark  (iv.  33),  Jesus  propounded  the  truth  to 
the  people  very  simply  in  parables,  because  it  was  only  so  they 
would  hear  it — that  is,  not  merely  apprehend,  but  apprehend  and 
hear  it ;  for  which  purpose  this  was  the  most  suitable  form. 
Hence  He  might  have  mentioned  this  reason  simply  to  His 
disciples.  Or  He  might  have  especially  put  forward  the  compas- 
sion with  which  He  sought,  by  adopting  this  form  of  teaching,  to 
ward  off  the  hardening  of  the  people.  But  this  motive  the  dis- 
ciples of  themselves  could  more  or  less  have  recognised.  On  the 
other  hand,  they  would  not  be  so  likely  to  be  sensible  of  the 
divine  judgment,  which  lay  in  the  fact,  that  Jesus  was  under 
^  See  Hase,  das  Leben  Jesu,  p.  144. 


THE  TEACHINGS  OF  CHRIST,  ESPECIALLY  THE  PARABLES.     181 

the  necessity  of  treating  the  majority  of  His  people  as  '  standing 
without/  and  only  by  means  of  parable  to  instruct  them  in  the 
mysteries  of  the  kingdom  of  heaven.  But  this  fact  especially 
occupied  His  thoughts.  It  was  His  greatest  sorrow  that  He 
could  not  lay  open  His  whole  heart  to  His  people — that  He  was 
obliged  to  communicate  the  message  of  salvation  with  a  caution 
similar  to  what  a  physician  would  use  in  administering  a  remedy 
to  a  person  in  extreme  danger  of  death.  When,  therefore,  He 
was  obliged  to  treat  the  greater  part  of  the  Jews,  who  ought  to 
have  been  prepared  to  receive  in  a  devout  spirit  all  the  mysteries 
of  the  kingdom  of  God,  just  like  heathens,  or  even  as  enemies  of 
the  true  sanctuary,  who  were  prepared  to  profane  the  INIost  Holy 
(Matt.  vii.  6)  ;  when  He  felt  with  deepest  anguish  the  awfulness 
of  the  divine  retribution  in  this  necessity  of  veiling  from  their 
view  His  divine  treasures,  and  clearly  perceived  how  close  at  hand 
was  the  judgment  of  the  rejection  of  this  people,  it  was  natural 
that  He  should  exhibit  to  the  disciples  this  tragical  side  of  His 
parabolic  teaching,  which  they  could  not  so  easily  discern.  And 
when  He  explained  to  them  more  fully  His  motives  for  adopting 
this  mode  of  teaching,  we  can  easily  conceive  that  the  disciples 
would  preserve  in  the  most  lively  recollection  the  judicial  divine 
motive,  which  He  confidentially  imparted  to  them,  because  it 
affected  them  most  deeply,  and  because  it  was  of  the  greatest 
service  in  explaining  to  them  the  later  judgments  that  fell  upon 
Israel.  Evidently  this  reference  of  the  Lord  to  the  judgment 
of  God  wa^  present  to  the  minds  of  all  the  three  Evangelists 
who  report  this  explanation  of  Jesus.  Nevertheless,  their  ac- 
counts seem  almost  to  divide  among  them  the  different  elements 
of  the  Lord's  declaration.  Matthew's  report  brings  forward 
most  plainly  the  design  of  Chris£s  condescension  to  the  capacity 
of  His  hearers.  His  didactic  accommodation.  In  Luke's  brief 
account,  the  2:>reventive  motive,  the  design  of  repressing  what  was 
dangerous  in  the  effect  of  the  word,  is  most  conspicuous  (viii.  10) : 
'  but  to  others  in  parables,  that  seeing  they  might  not  see  (tm), 
and  hearing  they  might  not  understand.'  Lastly,  Mark  in  his 
account  sets  forth  the  judicicd  sentence  of  God  in  the  strongest 
terms.  He  has  so  condensed  the  declaration  of  Jesus  as  it  is 
found  in  Matthew,  that  the  words  with  which  Jesus  explains 
His  parabolic  form  of  teaching,  and  the  word  which  He  adduces 
in  illustration  from  the  prophet  Isaiah,  exactly  coincide.     This 


182  .ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

representation  is  at  all  events  inexact.  But  in  essential  points 
it  does  not  affect  the  tlioufihts  of  Jesus.  For  the  judicial  design 
of  God  must  ever  have  been  present  to  the  spirit  of  Jesus  in 
some  form  or  other,  without  disparagement  to  His  own  compas- 
sion ;  as  indeed  in  God  His  judicial  determinations  are  not'  at 
variance  with  His  love.  Therefore  we  can  only  inquire  how 
the  awful  strictness  of  God's  judicial  administration  expressed 
itself  in  the  spirit  and  parabolic  teaching  of  Jesus  ?  The  solu- 
tion is  given  in  the  words  by  whicli  He  marked  the  Jews  as 
'  them  that  are  without.'  He  was  obliged  to  veil  Himself  before 
them  as  before  strangers .  or  profane  persons.  This,  the  spirit 
of  truth  required.  And  though  He  thus  veiled  Himself  before 
them  with  the  most  vehement  sorrow,  yet  He  did  it  at  the  same 
time  with  the  holiest  decision,  conscious  and  free.  His  language 
on  this  occasion  harmonized  with  those  decisive  words  (Matt. 
\di.  23),  which,  with  the  declaration  of  the  completed  estrange- 
ment with  which  the  wicked  appear  before  Him,  must  also  ex- 
press the  completed  doom.  Those  persons  who  are  accustomed 
to  regard  the  parable  merely  as  an  idyllic,  agi-eeable  mode  of 
conveying  instruction  to  innocent  children,  of  younger  or  older 
growth,  must  be  startled  at  the  awful  seriousness  of  this  expla- 
nation which  Jesus  gave  respecting  His  parabolic  style  of  teach- 
ing. And  we  must  add,  that  not  only  is  this  painful  seriousness 
shown  in  the  choice  of  the  parables,  but  also  in  the  cu'cumstance 
that  He  propounded  them  without  explaining  them  to  the  people, 
and  that  it  was  particularly  the  doctrine  of  the  kingdom  of  God 
which  He  was  led  to  veil  in  this  manner  (Matt.  xiii.  11).^  And 
the  doctrine  of  the  kingdom  of  God  was  exactly  that  in  which 
Jesus  differed  most  widely  from  the  views  of  His  nation.  On 
that  point  He  could  not  but  disappoint  their  expectations.  He 
therefore  was  obliged  to  use  the  greatest  caution  in  His  com- 
munications to  the  people  on  this  subject.  His  crucifixion  is  a 
proof  that  He  had  not  gone  too  far  in  His  caution  ;  and  the  de- 
struction of  Jerusalem  proves  that  the  people  were  no  longer 
capable  of  receiving  instruction  respecting  the  true  nature  of 
the  kingdom  of  God. 

We  can  explain  the  design  of  the  Gospel  parables  by  the 
effects  which  they  produce   in  history.      They  serve  to  bring 
the  highest  and  most  glorious  mysteries  of  the  kingdom  of  God 
^  See  Ho£Fmann,  Weissagung  und  Erfullung,  Part  ii.  p.  98. 


THE  TEACHINGS  OF  CHRIST,  ESPECIALLY  THE  PARABLES.      183 

as  near  as  possible  to  the  sensually-enthralled  human  race — to 
represent  in  pleasant,  attractive  enigmas,  forms  of  character 
never  to  be  forgotten,  and  yet  to  guard  them  as  much  as  possi- 
ble from  the  profanation  which  would  bring  destruction  on 
profane  spirits.  They  operate,  therefore,  on  a  small  scale,  ex- 
actly as  the  world  from  which  they  are  taken  does  on  a  larger. 
The  whole  world  in  its  state  of  repose  is  to  be  regarded  as  a 
symbol,  but  in  its  state  of  motion  as  a  parable  of  the  divine 
essence.  And  as  the  Gospel  parables  have  in  reference  to  indi- 
viduals a  twofold  operation,  so  also  has  the  world  on  mankind 
collectively.  It  serves  to  conceal  the  essence  of  God  from  all  im- 
pure eyes ;  and  this  concealment  has  its  gradations  continually 
increasing,  so  that  the  most  impure  eyes  and  the  most  profane 
dispositions  lose  God  behind  the  world  or  in  it,  and  sink  down 
into  Atheism.  But  this  same  world  serves  to  unveil  God  to  the 
gaze  of  the  devout,  so  that  they  see  the  traces  of  His  omni- 
presence shining  forth  with  ever  increasing  lustre;  and  here- 
after their  purified  hearts  shall  behold  Him  in  perfection  as  all 
in  all.  Both  operations  of  the  world  are  great,  extending  over 
all  ages,  and  designed  by  God.  And  yet  they  are  not  the  effect 
of  a  double  meaning  belonging  to  the  world,  but  rather  proceed 
from  its  complete,  pure  simplicity.  The  eternal  heavenly  har- 
mony of  the  world,  ever  like  itself,  is  the  cause  of  its  producing 
an  effect  on  every  man  in  conformity  to  his  own  character.  Thus 
it  was  with  the  parables  of  Christ — those  special  world-pictures 
which  were  destined  to  represent  special  spiritual  facts  relating 
to  the  kingdom  of  God. 

From  this  mediation  results  the  mode  in  which  Jesus  accom- 
modated Himself  to  the  people.  The  rationalist  theory  of  accom- 
modation— namely,  the  hypothesis  that  Jesus,  in  order  to  gain 
the  people,  countenanced  their  erroneous  notions — is  shown  by 
the  majesty  of  His  truthfulness  and  by  the  fact  of  His  crucifixion 
to  be  a  worthless  and  degi'ading  view.  That  theory  savours  of 
Jesuitism  and  a  dread  of  the  Cross,  and  therefore  of  selfish 
considerations,  to  which  Jesus  was  a  stranger.^  But,  on  the 
other  hand,  if  by  the  accommodation  attributed  to  Him  is  under- 
stood that  perfect  wisdom  in  teaching  with  which  He  let  Him- 
self down  to  the  popular  mind,  it  is  evident  that,  exactly  in  this 
psedagogical  accommodation.  His  skill  as  a  teacher,  or,  we  may 
^  Neander,  Life  of  Christ,  p.  119. 


184  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

say,  His  special  incarnation  in  tlie  art  of  teaching,  is  exhibited. 
Here  it  is  proper  to  remark,  that  Jesus  could  not  feel  Himself 
obliged  to  correct  the  popular  notions  which  did  not  belong  to 
the  sphere  of  revelation,  but  merely  related  to  unessential 
historical  matters.  It  would  even  contradict  the  organic  com- 
pleteness of  His  ministry  and  teaching,  if  He  had  taught  details 
that  were  extraneous  to  the  connection  of  His  work  and  the 
exigencies  of  His  position — if,  for  example.  He  had  been  disposed 
to  make  disclosures  respecting  the  world  of  spirits.  So  He 
compKed  with  the  more  or  less  arbitrary,  conventional  assump- 
tions and  designations  which  belonged  to  the  popular  language, 
and  without  which  He  could  not  have  discoursed  intelligibly. 
But  His  inclination  to  substitute  more  significant  terms  for  such 
as  were  conventional  proved  that  He  tested  the  most  social  types 
of  tradition  in  His  eternal  spirit ;  and,  with  such  an  ever  fresh 
consciousness  of  His  truthfulness,  it  cannot  be  admitted  that  He 
allowed  base  coins  to  go  through  His  hands,  or  false  assumptions 
through  His  lips. 

Discourse  in  parables  served  first  of  all  to  exhibit  the 
eternal  in  the  temporal,  and  this  was  for  a  long  time  the  pre- 
dominant effect  of  it.  But  the  more  the  nature  of  parables  is 
thoroughly  understood,  the  more  will  the  impression  be  removed, 
that  we  have  in  them  to  do  with  arbitrary  comparisons  of  things 
essentially  different :  we  shall  evermore  recognise  the  essential 
relation  between  the  similitude  and  its  ideal  world.  But  when 
the  parable  in  general  is  viewed  in  this  light,  according  to  the 
sentence  of  the  poet,  '  everything  transitory  is  only  a  similitude,' 
particular  parables  then  also  serve  to  glorify  the  temporal  in  the 
eternal,  as  before  they  glorified  the  eternal  in  the  temporal.  So, 
for  example,  in  the  picture  of  the  woman  who  searched  for  the 
lost  piece  of  money,  we  see  the  divine  valuation  of  the  valuable, 
how  it  goes  in  anxious  quest  of  it  through  all  the  world.  In  the 
hand  of  this  careful  housekeeper  we  shall  see  a  ray  of  that  sun 
beaming  forth  which  seeks  the  lost.  In  the  conduct  of  the 
faithful  shepherd,  who  seeks  for  the  lost  sheep  in  the  wilderness, 
and  hazards  his  own  life  to  recover  it,  we  shall  recognise  the 
divine  foolishness  of  that  love  which  sacrificed  the  most  glorious 
life  in  order  to  rescue  sinners  ;  which  therefore  does  not  calcu- 
late, and  is  not  rational  according  to  the  notions  of  the  earthly 
world,  but  whose  irrationality  is  nothing  else  than  the  sublimity 


THE  TEACHINGS  OF  CHRIST,  ESPECIALLY  THE  PARABLES.     185 

of  the  highest  reason,  which  always  goes  hand  in  hand  with 
love.  Thus  therefore  the  main  featui'es  of  the  ideality  of  the 
world  appear  in  the  parables  as  it  has  its  principle  in  Christ,  and 
is  to  become  manifest  by  the  operation  of  His  Spirit ;  or  the  first 
clearest  signs  of  the  parabolic  character  of  the  world,  the  primi- 
tive forms  of  the  great  world-parable  in  which  God  unfolds  the 
riches  of  His  Spirit  and  life.^ 

It  lies  in  the  nature  of  a  parable  that  it  can  be  contracted  or 
enlarged,  and  that  it  is  sufficiently  flexible  to  allow  sometimes 
one  side  and  sometimes  another  to  be  prominent.  So  we  find 
again  in  the  Gospels  several  parables  with  various  modifications.'^ 
But  these  modifications  cannot  be  regarded  as  fresh  construc- 
tions of  the  same  parable  without  displacing  the  proper  point  of 
view  for  judging  of  the  parable.  For  in  its  formation  we  have 
to  do,  not  with  a  beautiful,  elaborated  fiction,  but  with  a  life- 
image  of  the  truth.  When,  therefore,  a  parable  of  Jesus  cor- 
responds to  this  object  in  its  first  draught,  its  later  enlargement 
cannot  be  considered  as  a  completion  of  it,  but  only  as  a  modi- 
fication which  is  designed  to  exhibit  the  truth  pointed  out  in  a 
new  relation,  in  a  fresh  light.  As  Httle  can  it  be  admitted  that 
tradition  has  remodelled  the  parables.  They  were  impressed  too 
powerfully  in  the  remembrance  of  the  apostolic  Church  as  or- 
ganic totalities  for  that  to  be  possible.  Yet  we  may  conclude 
from  the  free  individuality  of  the  Gospels,  that  each  Evangelist, 
according  to  the  wdiole  spii-it  of  his  conception,  might  allow  some 
integral  parts  of  a  parable  to  retire,  and  place  others  more  pro- 
minently in  the  foreground." 

'  The  Evangelist  Matthew  appears  to  have  indicated  this  side  of  the 
parable  very  thoughtfully  in  the  remark  in  which  he  applies  the  words  of 
Asaph  (Ps.  Ixxviii.  2),  in  a  free  citation,  to  the  parables  of  Christ ;  namely, 
with  the  words,  ipiv^oi/,a,t  Ksupvi^i^ivce,  d'jTo^Ka.rtx.lio'h.Tig  Koa/^iov,  '  I  will  utter 
things  which  have  been  kept  secret  from  the  foundation  of  the  world' 
(Matt.  xiii.  35). 

2  So,  for  instance,  the  parables,  Mark  iv.  2  compared  with  iv.  26  ;  Luke 
xiv.  15  compared  with  Matt.  xxii.  1-14. 

3  Thus  Luke,  in  the  parable  of  the  marriage  supper  (xiv.  15),  according 
to  the  connection  in  which  he  introduces  it,  and  his  own  kindly  predisposi- 
tion, gives  peculiar  prominence  to  the  compassion  of  the  Lord  (ver.  21)  ; 
and,  on  the  other  hand,  withdraws  the  element  of  judgment  which  is  forcibly 
presented  by  Matthew  (xxii.  7).  Luke  also  omits  the  second  instance  of 
judgment  in  Matt.  xxii.  13.  Matthew,  on  the  contrary,  gives  less  promi- 
nence to  the  element  of  compassion,  since  he  introduces  the  parable  in  a 


186  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

The  relationship  of  the  parabohc  form  of  teaching  to  unfigu- 
rative,  didactic  discourse  appears  in  the  parabolic  discourses. 
We  must  not  confound  these  with  the  parables  properly  so  called. 
They  are  characterized  by  having  the  parabolic  element  mingled 
with  the  explanation  in  the  flow  of  a  continued  discourse.  The 
parable  is  therefore  not  given  in  its  pure,  exclusive  form,  de- 
tached from  other  matter ;  but  its  essential  elements,  its  single 
images,  form  the  leading  thoughts  of  the  discourse.  This  form 
of  discourse  embraces  all  single  forms  of  imagery  in  living  unity  : 
flashing  metaphors,  ornate  allegories,  touches  of  fable,  magni- 
ficent symbols,  and  parabolic  figures  form  the  splendour  of  the 
beautiful  banks  through  which  flows  the  deep  thought-stream 
of  parabolic  discourse,  and  are  reflected  in  its  depths  with  all 
their  colours  and  forms.  And  so  this  form  is  a  copy  of  the 
great  combination  between  the  images  of  the  divine  in  the  world 
and  the  world-transforming  thoughts  of  the  Spirit  of  God. 

If  we  now  look  back  and  compare  the  parables  of  Jesus  with 
His  miracles,  they  will  appear  to  us  like  those,  as  forms  of  the 
communication  of  His  divine  fulness  to  the  poverty  of  the  world, 
as  mediating  forms.  But  they  are  related  to  one  another,  not 
only  according  to  their  destiny,  but  according  to  their  nature. 
The  miracles  of  Jesus  are  visibly  great  single  similitudes  of  His 
universal  agency — similitudes  in  facts.  His  similitudes,  on  the 
other  hand,  disclose  themselves  as  miracles  of  His  word,  when  we 
recognise  in  them  the  ideal  relation  of  essence  between  the  eter- 
nal and  the  temporaL  The  miracle  is  a  fact  which  comes  from 
the  word,  and  becomes  the  word.  The  similitude  is  a  word  which 
comes  from  the  fact,  and  impresses  itself  in  the  fact.  The  com- 
mon birth-place  of  these  ideal  twin-forms  is  therefore  the  world- 
creative  and  world-transforming  Word. — At  the  close  of  this 
examination  we  had  to  give  a  distinct  representation  of  the 
parables  according  to  their  living  connection.  But  the  doctrine 
of  the  kingdom  of  God,  which  Christ  announced  and  founded, 
forms  this  connection  ;  and  since  we  have  to  discuss  this  doctrine 
ip  the  next  section,  we  shall  form  the  most  correct  estimate  of 
the  parables,  if  we  contemplate  them  under  the  point  of  view 

connection  in  whicli  the  idea  of  the  future  judgment  predominates.  But  we 
have  here  to  do  with  modifications  formed  by  Jesus  Himself,  so  that  only 
the  selection  of  the  precise  parables  can  be  referred  to  the  individuality 
of  the  Evangelists. 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  187 

just  named,  in  their  organic  connection  as  similitudes  relating  to 
the  founding  of  the  kino;dom  of  God. 


1.  Neander  also  has  treated  of  the  parables  separately,  with 
a  reference  to  the  thought  that  forms  their  basis,  the  founding 
of  the  kingdom  of  God. 

2.  Since  art  has  to  do  with  the  ideal  contemplation  and  re- 
presentation of  hfe,  so  imagery,  as  the  reflex  of  the  ideal  in  dis- 
course, must  be  related  to  art.  But  in  this  relation  metaphor 
reminds  us  of  music,  allegory  of  painting  and  the  plastic  art, 
fable  of  the  drama  (which  by  the  ancients  was  also  distinguished 
as  fable),  symbol  of  lyric  poetry,  and,  lastly,  parable  of  epic 
poetry  and  tales.  Music  is  the  image  simply ;  it  elicits  from 
objective  life  the  spiritual  music  of  its  infinitely  powerful  rela- 
tionship to  the  heart.  The  plastic  arts  allegorize  throughout ; 
they  exhibit  ideal  appearances  in  which  homogeneous  appear- 
ances in  life  are  reflected.  The  drama  is  not  only  related  to 
fable  in  this  respect,  that  it  causes  the  characters  it  exhibits  to 
operate  and  exhibit  themselves  by  speech,  but  also  in  this,  that  it 
allows  their  reciprocal  action  in  general  to  come  forth  from  the 
noble  or  ignoble  nature-side  of  their  life  not  yet  elevated  into 
the  spirit.  In  lyric  poetry,  on  the  other  hand,  the  meditating 
spirit  always  exhibits  symbolically  an  ideal  image  of  the  world 
and  of  human  dispositions ;  the  lyrical  element  rises  above  the 
complexity  of  the  drama.  Epic  poetry  and  tales,  lastly,  exhibit 
spiritual  life-images  in  their  practical  movements  like  the  parable. 
But  the  two  lines  of  representation  are  distinguished  in  this 
respect,  that  the  didactic  images  serve  the  practical  object  of  dis- 
course, while  the  artistical  images  represent  life  in  a  state  of 
rest  and  enjoyment. 


SECTION   XI. 
THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD. 


As  we  have  already  remarked,  it  is  an  absolutely  false  as- 
sumption, that  Christ  entirely  rejected  the  Jewish  expectations 


188  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

of  the  reign  of  tlie  Messiah ;  or  at  least  that  He  designed  to 
establish  a  merely  spiritual  kingdom.  In  contrast  to  this  notion, 
we  must  point  to  the  fact  that  the  spirit  of  the  Gospels  through- 
out favours  the  promise  which  was  given  to  Mary,  that  the 
Messiah  should  rule  for  ever  as  a  king  on  the  throne  of  David 
(Luke  i.  32,  33),  and  similar  expectations  (i.  69).  The  an- 
nouncement with  which  John  opened  his  ministry,  that  the 
kingdom  of  heaven  was  at  hand  (Matt.  iii.  2),  was  immediately 
repeated  by  Jesus  (Matt.  iv.  17).^  And  we  cannot  overlook  the 
circumstance,  that  all  the  disciples  of  Jesus  entered  into  His 
communion  on  the  distinct  understanding  that  He  was  about  to 
found  a  kingdom  (Matt,  xviii.  1). 

But  had  Christ  really  purposed  to  found  only  a  spiritual 
kingdom — in  other  words,  not  a  kingdom,  but  a  school — He  could 
hardly  with  truthfulness  have  induced  the  men  who  came  to 
Him  with  that  expectation  to  join  themselves  to  Him.  Still  less 
could  He  have  yielded  His  assent  to  their  supposition,  as  He 
really  did  (Matt.  xix.  28).^  Eather,  He  was  conscious  of  being 
in  the  strictest  sense  the  King  of  humanity,  and  of  founding  a 
kingdom,  that  is,  a  realm  of  God,  to  come  hereafter  into  actual 
appearance,  and  completing  itself  in  a  visible  community.  Only 
in  relation  to  the  foui>ding,  the  spirit,  and  the  nature  of  this 
kingdom,  He  was  obliged  to  hold  Himself  aloof  from  the  ex- 
pectation of  the  Jews.  But  it  is  indeed  a  false  notion  to  ima- 
gine that  all  the  Jews  cherished  a  fully  developed,  carnahzed, 
equally  rude  and  low  expectation  of  this  kingdom.  The  expecta- 
tion was  originally  a  religious  one,  and  therefore  more  spiritual 
or  carnal  according  as  the  persons  who  cherished  it  had  a  higher 
or  lower  standpoint.  Probably  it  was  as  multiform  as  in  Chris- 
tendom the  idea  of  the  nature  of  the  Church.  There  could  be 
no  devout  man  in  Israel  who  did  not  possess,  in  the  Jewish  shell 
of  his  idea  of  the  kingdom,  a  christological  kernel.     Only  thus 

^  Glosses  have  been  made,  without  reason,  on  this  repetition  of  the 
words  of  the  Baptist  in  the  Hps  of  Jesus.  -The  EvangeHst  reports  the  an- 
nouncements of  both,  not  in  their  original  extent,  but  in  a  condensed  form, 
as  is  his  wont.  Moreover,  these  two  great  preachers  of  the  kingdom  were 
no  rhetoricians,  who  might  have  made  it  their  business  to  describe  the  one 
great  fact  which  they  announced  in  embellished  variations. 

^  It  is  very  important  that  Christ  calls  the  revelation  of  His  kingdom 
The  Regeneration  {yra.'hiyyiviaia)  ;  indicating  that  it  must  be  founded 
wholly  and  entirely  on  regeneration. 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  189 

was  it  possible  for  the  Lord  to  engage  the  disciples  as  heralds 
of  His  kingdom  (Matt.  x.  7).  He  needed  not  to  annihilate  their 
expectation,  but  only  to  purify  and  transform  it  by  the  fire  of 
regeneration.  In  this  process  of  purification  all  were  obliged  to 
go  through  a  great  fire,  and  a  Judas  through  his  own  criminality 
became  dross  ;  all  the  rest  incurred  the  gi'eatest  risk.  But  they 
bore  uninjured  the  certainty  that  Christ  founded  the  kingdom, 
though  fully  pm'ified  by  the  flames.  After  the  resurrection 
(Acts  i.  6)  and  ascension  (Acts  iii.  20,  21)  of  the  Lord,  the 
confidence  of  the  disciples  bloomed  afresh,  that  He  would  estab- 
lish His  eternal  kingdom  by  their  means  ;  it  was  imperishable. 
Nevertheless  the  doctrine  of  Christ  concerning  His  kingdom 
differed,  as  we  have  said,  so  far  from  the  prevalent  conceptions 
of  His  people,  that  He  saw  Himself  obliged  to  bring  it  near  to 
them  under  the  veil  of  parables.  We  can  plainly  distinguish  a 
threefold  cyclus  of  such  parables.  The  first  exhibits  the  king- 
dom of  God  in  general,  in  its  development.  In  the  second  and 
third,  the  essential  forms  of  activity  by  which  God  completes 
His  kingdom  are  pointed  out.  The  second  cyclus,  namely,  in- 
cludes the  parables  respecting  the  mercy  which  founds  and  fills 
up  the  kingdom  of  God  ;  the  third  contains  the  parables  of  the 
judgment,  by  means  of  which  it  is  completed  in  its  purity. 

Jesus  delivered  the  parables  respecting  the  kingdom  of  God 
in  general,  for  the  most  part,  to  the  multitudes  on  the  shores  of 
the  Galilean  sea ;  not  all  at  once,  but  on  different  occasions.^ 

The  first  of  these  parables  describes  the  sower  scattering  his 
seed  on  land  consisting  of  very  different  kinds  of  soil,  and  of 
which  the  crop  is  regulated  by  the  quality  of  the  soil  on  which 
the  seed  is  cast  (Matt.  xiii.  1-23 ;  Mark  iv.  1-20 ;  Luke  viii. 
4-15).  The  general  gi-oundwork  of  the  parable  is  the  truth, 
that  the  culture  of  heaven  is  reflected  in  the  culture  of  earth. 
God's  corn-field,  mankind,  is  reflected  as  to  its  chief  relations  in 
the  corn-field  of  mankind,  the  earth.  The  sower  who  makes  his 
appearance  in  this  parable  is  not  some  petty  husbandman  who 
cultivates  a  small  enclosed  piece  of  ground  ;  his  field  is  large,  of 
various  quality — an  image  of  the  earth,  or  rather  of  humanity. 
So  we  see  that  humanity  is  as  distinctly  and  comprehensively 
cultivated  by  its  sower,  as  the  earth  by  man  '  The  word  of 
the  kingdom'  is  everywhere  expressed  in  its  most  general  form. 
1  Compare  Mark  iv.  10 ;  Matt.  xiii.  10,  ver.  36. 


190  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

This  is  the  first  leading  thought :  the  whole  of  humanity  is  God's 
corn-field.  But  the  second  thought  shows  how  God  treats  man- 
kind justly  and  equally  in  the  distribution  of  His  seed.  The 
seed  of  the  word  falls  everywhere  ;  the  same  seed  falls  on  the 
stony  ground  and  on  the  wayside  that  falls  on  the  good  ground. 
But  the  soil  is  very  different.  Even  in  a  smaller  piece  of  ground 
the  difference  exists.  Besides  the  good  ground,  there  are  cor- 
ners of  the  field  trodden  down — places  where  there  is  a  want  of 
soil  above  the  rock,  and  places  where  there  is  a  rank  growth  of 
thorns.  On  these  differences  the  produce  of  the  sowing  depends. 
Only  on  the  good  ground  does  the  seed  thrive  for  the  harvest. 
These  relations  are  exhibited  more  fully  on  a  large  scale.  Many 
cultivated  tracts  of  the  earth  are  trodden  down,  spoilt,  gone  wild  ; 
and  there  are  in  proportion  only  a  few  choice  districts  and  culti- 
vated grounds.  And  so  it  is  in  humanity,  both  on  the  great  and 
small  scale.  In  this  lies  the  third  leading  thought  of  the  parable. 
On  the  largest  scale  w^e  see  the  different  soils  in  the  different 
religions.  In  Heathendom  we  see  the  trodden  wayside :  the  seed 
of  God  which  falls  on  this  ground  is  immediately — since  the 
heathen  do  not  understand  it  (/i^  avvdvTO<i) — taken  away  by  the 
fowls  of  heaven,  by  the  wicked  one.  Corrupted  Judaism  ex- 
hibits the  stony  ground  :  here  the  seed  sprang  up  quickly,  but 
withered  under  the  sun  of  tribulation,  under  the  rays  of  the 
Cross.  The  ground  where  the  good  seed  is  choked  by  the  thorns 
of  worldly  lusts,  is  the  Mohammedan  world.  The  good  ground 
is  Christendom.  But  even  within  the  pale  of  Christendom  there 
are  again  the  same  varieties  of  susceptibility  ;  hearts  which  have 
been  hardened  by  the  repeated  tread  of  evil,  so  that  the  seed  of 
the  word  not  received  only  rests  on  it  outwardly,  and  is  taken 
away  by  the  first  temptation  of  the  evil  one  ; — superficial  souls, 
who  receive  the  word  with  a  sudden  enthusiasm,  but  remain  un- 
changed in  their  radical  disposition,  and  therefore  easily  fall 
away ; — souls  which  are  deeply  involved  in  the  cares  and  plea- 
sures of  the  world,  and  therefore  cannot  surrender  themselves 
to  the  highest.  On  these  soils  the  seed  thrives  not.  But  yet 
the  husbandman  gains  a  clear  profit  from  his  sowing,  a  joyful 
harvest.  The  earth  yields  its  increase,  and  so  does  humanity. 
God  obtains  His  harvest  from  the  good  ground  in  humanity. 
The  plan  of  the  parable  might  easily  have  led  to  conceive  of 
these  differences  of  susceptibility  in  a  fatalist  sense.     But  this 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  191 

is  not  the  Lord's  design.  First  of  all,  Pie  obviates  such  a  mis- 
interpretation by  changing  men  of  different  soils  into  men  of 
different  fallings  of  the  seed.  He  speaks  of  that  which  is  sown 
on  the  wayside,  instead  of  the  wayside  on  which  it  is  sown ;  of 
that  which  is  sown  on  the  stony  ground  ;  and  so  on.  According 
to  this  construction,  men  are  the  seed  in  various  states ;  there  is 
a  li'fe  in  them,  and  a  human  life  according  to  the  kind  of  men. 
Then  it  is  said  of  the  man  of  the  good  ground,  '  This  is  he  that 
heareth  the  word  and  understandeth  it ;'  the  activity  of  his  spirit 
is  rendered  prominent.  And  when  it  is  said,  in  conclusion,  that 
the  good  ground  bore  thirty,  sixty,  or  a  hundred-fold,  not  merely 
the  difference  of  the  natural  capacity,  but  likewise  the  free  ap- 
propriation and  application  of  the  word  is  pointed  out.  In  the 
definiteness  of  these  numbers  are  represented  the  definiteness 
and  harmony  of  the  blessings,  the  living  powers,  of  the  Idngdom 
of  God. — Thus  God  obtains  His  world-historical  harvest  in 
humanity  on  the  good  ground  of  chosen  and  faithful  hearts. 
He  therefore  conquers  the  negative  hindrances  to  His  kingdom, 
those  of  the  manifold  defective  and  blunted  human  suscepti- 
bility. / 

But  His  kingdom  has  also  positive  hindrances  to  overcome. 
This  is  shown  by  the  parable  of  the  tares  among  the  wheat  (Matt, 
xiii.  24-30,  36-43).  The  general  symbolic  of  this  parable  con- 
sists in  the  delineation  of  the  positive  tendency  to  degeneracy 
and  running  wild  which  is  shown  in  the  life  of  the  earth,  and 
presents  hindrances  to  its  culture  ;  and  just  so  in  the  life  of 
humanity.  As  in  the  ground,  the  noxious  plants  threaten  to 
choke  the  noble  cultivated  plants ;  so  in  the  life  of  humanity, 
the  seed  of  corruption  threatens  the  seed  of  salvation.  Three 
leading  thoughts  proceed  from  this  truth.  This  is  first  evident  : 
the  heavenly  sower  is  opposed  by  a  dark  sower,  his  enemy ;  a 
noxious  seed  is  placed  in  opposition  to  the  good  seed  and 
threatens  to  choke  it.  Thus,  therefore,  not  merely  human 
weakness,  unsusceptibility,  and  culpable  defect  are  opposed  to 
the  kingdom  of  God,  as  in  the  first  parable,  but  a  kingdom  of 
conscious  wickedness  whose  point  of  unity  is  Satan,  as  the 
enemy  of  Christ,  as  the  life-principle  of  all  Antichristianity. 
His  sowing  time  is  the  night,  when  people  are  asleep.  Under 
the  protection  of  human  weakness,  the  work  of  devilish  wicked- 
ness flourishes.     The  seed  which  the  enemv  sows  in  the  conse- 


192  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

crated  field,  in  which  the  wheat  has  already  been  sown,  is  darnel, 
a  weed  resembling  wheat,  but  a  positive  weed,  since  it  grows  up 
between  the  wheat  and  endangers  it.  '  The  good  seed  are  the 
children  of  the  kingdom ;  but  the  bad  seed  are  the  children  of 
the  wicked  one.'  Not  men  as  men  form  the  contrast,  for  Satan 
is  no  Ahriman  who  can  form  men,  but  men  as  they  are  become 
identical  with  the  spiritual  seed  received  into  their  inmost  being. 
The  wicked,  therefore,  are  here  described  as  the  weeds  as  far  as 
they  are  identical  with  the  '  offences '  (ja  crKavBaka,  Matt.  xiii. 
41)  which  check  the  growth  of  Christ's  good  seed.  Evidently 
these  offences  are  the  religious  and  moral  heresies  in  the  Church. 
They  have  in  common  a  life-germ  of  demoniac  origin,  and  an 
an ti christian  bias.  They  are  collectively  and  separately  the 
wheat-like  darnel.  The  element  of  truth  which  in  them  is  de- 
composed into  falsehood,  the  fonn  of  doctrine  which  they  assume, 
and  the  enthusiasm  with  which  they  are  carried  away — all  this 
makes  them  have  the  semblance  of  the  wheat  of  pure  doc- 
trine, and  of  the  Christian  life  that  is  the  product  of  that  doc- 
trine. But  this  darnel  owes  all  its  vital  power  to  the  fact,  that 
men  identify  themselves  with  it  until  they  exhibit  it  themselves, 
and  therefore  realize  the  antinomian  principle  {avofiLo)  which 
lies  in  heresy.  The  greatest  danger  in  the  appearance  of  the 
darnel  arises  from  its  not  springing  up  merely  in  one  patch  of 
ground,  but  going  through  the  whole  corn-field,  scattered  in 
every  part.  In  this  manner  it  apparently  threatens  to  destroy 
the  whole  crop,  and  this  it  is  which  so  alarms  the  servants  of  the 
proprietor.  Then  we  are  introduced  to  the  second  leading 
thought  of  the  parable.  The  servants  wish  to  pull  up  the  noxious 
plants  ;  but  their  master  orders  them  to  let  them  grow  with  the 
wheat  till  harvest.  The  excitement  of  the  servants  proceeds 
first  of  all  from  their  anger  at  the  wickedness  of  the  enemy  : 
they  wish  to  punish  him  by  destroying  his  crop ;  and  next,  their 
zeal  is  roused  for  the  cleanly  state  of  the  field,  that  it  may  be 
throughout  free  from  blemish.  Lastly,  their  fears  are  excited 
lest  the  darnel  should  choke  the  wheat,  or  even  adhere  to  it 
and  change  it  into  darnel.  But  the  master  is  superior  to  their 
excitement,  for  he  sees  that  these  zealous  servants  would  be  as 
dangerous  to  his  crop  of  wheat  as  the  enemy.  In  their  pas- 
sionate zeal  they  are  not  in  a  state  to  distinguish  stalk  for  stalk 
between  darnel  and  wheat,  particularly  as  in  the  green  shoots 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  193 

they  are  so  much  alike,  the  less  they  are  developed.  There  is 
therefore  great  danger  of  their  doing  great  damage  to  the  crop 
of  wheat  in  their  attempt  to  weed  it.  But  their  master  knew  of 
a  certainty  that  the  wheat  would  remain  wheat,  and  in  time 
overtop  the  darnel ;  and  the  nearer  the  harvest  approached,  the 
more  distinctly  it  would  contrast  with  it,  so  that  at  last  the 
wheat  would  he  most  easily  separated  from  the  darnel.  In  this 
feature  of  the  parable  the  great  thoughts  of  the  Lord  respecting 
His  kingdom  are  contained.  The  servants  of  the  sower  have  in 
history  proved  it  a  thousand  times  by  the  fact,  that  the  darnel 
and  the  wheat  cannot  be  distinguished  with  sufficient  exactness. 
How  often  have  the  purest  doctrines  been  execrated  as  noxious 
weeds ;  how  often  have  the  children  of  the  kingdom  been  con- 
demned as  darnel  and  committed  to  the  flames  !  In  such  cases 
the  servants  have  assisted  the  enemy  himself  :  their  hatred  of 
men  has  been  kindled  by  his  ;  his  unbelief  has  inflamed  the 
unbelief  in  them  which  imagined  that  the  seed  of  Christ  could 
be  destroyed ;  they  had  lost  the  repose  of  spirit  and  the  clearness 
of  vision  which  beheld  the  glory  and  righteousness  of  their  Lord. 
These  zealots  in  the  wheat-field  commit  violence,  contrary  to  the 
express  commands  of  their  Lord.  He  knows  that  the  false  heart 
will  always  form  false  doctrine,  and  false  doctrine  will  always 
find  a  congenial  soil  in  false  hearts,  which  assimilate  themselves 
to  it,  and  thus  the  noxious  plant  must  complete  its  history.  It 
must  ripen  till  harvest, — then  the  entire  worthlessness  and  noxi- 
ousness of  its  seed  will  be  discovered.  How  otherwise  could  it 
be  perfectly  judged  at  the  last  judgment?  But  to  the  Lord  it 
is  equally  certain  that  pure  doctrine  will  always  find  true  hearts ; 
that  it  will  be  ever  retained  and  flourish  in  congenial  dispositions 
till  the  day  of  harvest,  when  the  whole  crop  will  be  ripened  in 
the  life  of  the  children  of  the  kingdom.  The  precious  seed  and 
its  precious  operations,  and  the  precious  souls, — that  is,  the  preci- 
ous seed  of  Christ  in  the  Gospel,  the  precious  seed  of  the  Spirit 
in  the  Church,  and  the  precious  seed  of  the  Father  in  the  crea- 
tion,— will  ever  meet  together  and  form  a  wheat-field,  which, 
though  outwardly  intermixed  with  darnel,  yet  remains  true  to 
its  destiny,  and  will  certainly  reach  it.  There  is  one  more  con- 
sideration which  the  parable  could  less  definitely  express.  That 
seed  of  light  and  the  opposite  seed  of  darkness  both  find  a  sus- 

VOL.  II.  N 


194  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

ceptible  soil  in  humanity.  But  it  does  not  follow  that  some 
hearts  have  originally  only  a  disposition  for  the  darnel  and  others 
for  the  wheat.  In  this  relation  the  most  numerous  intermixtures, 
fluctuations,  and  transitions  take  place,  and  it  is  not  well  to  pass 
a  final  judgment  during  this  stormy  season  of  development. 
Even  erroneous  doctrine  and  the  truth  itself,  during  this  in- 
tervening period,  are  found  in  such  an  intermixture,  not  in 
themselves,  but  in  the  heads  and  opinions  of  men,  that  even  in 
doctrine  the  wheat  and  the  noxious  plants  cannot  be  perfectly 
and  in  all  their  parts  separated  from  each  other  till  the  end. 
The  harvest-time  is  here  that  terminus  where  heresies  have  set 
themselves  as  completed  scandals,  as  principles  of  destruction 
against  the  truths  of  the  Gospel,  the  principles  of  salvation,  and 
where  men  who  advocate  the  contrary  to  these  principles  have 
at  length  become  identified  with  them,  so  that  judgment  must 
follow.  From  this  significance  of  the  final  judgment,  we  may 
understand  in  what  sense  Christ  has  required  His  servants  to 
tolerate  the  darnel-crop  during  the  present  life.  In  the  law  of 
the  Old  Testament  theocracy  the  punishment  of  death  was  in- 
flicted on  false  prophets.  Religious  zeal  might  erroneously 
transplant  this  law  and  apply  it  in  a  manner  most  detrimental 
to  the  very  essence  of  this  economy,  by  concentrating  all  the 
elements  of  this  theocratic  typical  process  against  the  false  pro- 
phets. This  took  place  when  such  zeal  placed  on  an  equal 
footing  mistaken  opinion  with  erroneous  teaching,  and  erroneous 
teaching  with  fixed  hferetical  dogma,  and  this  with  actual  social 
outrage,  and  outrage  with  a  capital  offence,  and  this  with  the 
offending  soul ;  and,  accordingly,  at  one  stroke  instructed,  re- 
futed, excommunicated,  tried,  condemned,  and  everlastingly 
damned  the  real  or  supposed  heretic.  In  this  way,  forsooth,  has 
the  Old  Testament  typical  law  been  expounded  and  practically 
enforced  by  the  hierarchy  of  the  Christian  Church.  In  opposi- 
tion to  the  horrible  judicial  arrogance  of  such  servants,  wliose 
minds  have  been  darkened  by  the  fear  of  the  devil  and  the 
hatred  of  men,  the  Lord  requires  the  toleration  of  the  darnel  in 


requir 


His  wheat-field.  But  this  toleration  cannot  signify  an  absolute 
impunity  to  evil ;  but  only  a  holy  keeping  apart  of  the  momenta 
we  have  mentioned.  The  passing  error  should  only  be  corrected, 
for  it  is  sufficiently  ripe  for  that  (Jas.  v.  19).  Distinct  errone- 
ous doctrine  should  be  refuted,  and  its  teachers  punished  by 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  195 

admonition  ;  for  this  purpose  are  the  angels  of  the  Church 
there  (1  Tim.  iv.  1-6).  Fixed  antichristian  dogma  must  be 
excluded  from  the  Church,  with  its  promulgators,  for  it  has 
become  a  scandal  to  the  consciousness  of  the  Church  (Gal.  i.  9). 
The  offender  against  the  laws  of  social  order  must  be  judged 
(Kom.  xiii.  4),  and  he  who  is  chargeable  with  a  capital  crime 
must  atone  for  it  with  his  life  (Matt.  xxvi.  52).  But  no  one 
must  be  condemned  and  rooted  out  of  the  Church  as  a  noxious 
plant ;  for  only  at  the  last  judgment  can  this  judgment  be  passed 
by  holy  beings,  by  the  impartial  angels,  and  the  judgment  of 
Christ  Himself.  Thus  Christ  wills  toleration  as  an  infinite 
energy  of  patience,  which  must  come  forth  for  ever  new  in  His 
congregation,  from  the  purest  reciprocal  action  between  the 
spirit  of  righteousness  and  the  spirit  of  mercy ;  and  with  this, 
the  last  principle  of  this  parable  is  announced.  There  is  coming 
such  a  complete  separation  of  all  impure  and  pure  elements,  of 
all  that  is  Christian  and  antichristian  in  humanity,  as  certainly 
as  harvest-time  follows  seed-time  ;  and  that  harvest-time  comes 
as  a  sudden  great  epoch  at  the  completion  of  the  development 
of  the  seed.  Then  will  men  be  treated  in  judgment  like  the 
principles  with  which  they  have  identified  themselves.  This 
identification  on  the  part  of  the  good  is  a  complete  one,  for  a 
man  can  become  altogether  one  with  the  light ;  but  with  dark- 
ness he  cannot  altogether  become  one,  for  identification  with 
evil,  in  which  evil  men  become  individual  scandals,  is  an  incom- 
plete, a  crying  contradiction,  an  internal  laceration,  and  fiery 
torment,  which  in  itself  is  a  judgment,  and  to  which,  as  an  out- 
ward judgment,  the  fire  of  hellish  relations  corresponds,  into 
which  the  wicked  will  be  thrown,  and  in  which  they  will  burn. 
That  the  noxious  plants  are  gathered  into  bundles  before  they 
are  burnt,  points  to  the  bringing  together  of  the  bad  by  their 
separation  from  the  good,  as  it  forms  one  part  of  their  judgment. 
But  the  good  form  a  wheat-harvest,  in  which  all  will  become 
living  bread  for  all,  a  world  of  ideality,  in  which  all  will  be  up- 
held and  borne  by  all  in  the  eternal  brightness  of  life — the  pure 
produce  of  the  development  of  humanity.  One  great  fact  of 
the  kingdom  of  God  is  here  depicted,  when  it  is  said,  that  after 
the  separation  of  the  darnel  from  the  wheat,  the  righteous  shall 
shine  forth  as  the  sun.  The  release  of  the  pure  Church  from 
the  pressure  which,  by  the  mixture  of  its  members  with  the  anta- 


196  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

gonist  members,  weighs  down  their  souls,  must  have  tlie  effect  of 
giving  them  an  infinitely  powerful  and  delightful  elevation.  The 
Lord  adds  to  this  promise  the  words  which  always  arouse  the 
attention  to  an  important  communication,  '  Whoso  hath  ears  to 
hear,  let  him  hear.' 

The  third  parable  (Mark  iv.  26—29)  represents  in  a  very 
striking  manner  the  gradual  development  of  the  kingdom  of 
God  in  time.  This  kingdom  is  bound  to  a  rhythm,  the  suc- 
cession in  time  of  the  development  of  nature.  No  sooner  is 
the  seed  sown,  than  the  growth  proceeds  of  itself  agreeably  to 
nature,  without  incessant  toil  and  anxiety  on  the  part  of  the  hus- 
bandman. He  cannot  bring  on  the  harvest  before  its  appointed 
time ;  he  must  quietly  wait,  and  so  it  certainly  comes  to  him. 
But  it  comes  when  the  seed  has  gone  through  all  its  forms  of 
existence,  till  it  appears  in  the  last  stage  of  ripened  corn.  First 
the  green  blade  shoots  forth,  then  the  ear,  after  that  the  full 
corn  in  the  ear,  and  last  of  all  the  ripe  grain.  This  beautiful 
parable  shows  that  the  kingdom  of  God,  not  only  in  its  widest 
extent,  but  in  the  individual  soul,  requires  time  and  patience 
for  its  development,  and  that  the  seed  of  God  grows  quietly 
and  surely,  day  and  night,  wherever  it  is  in  the  right  soil.  At 
the  same  time  the  important  thought  is  presented,  that  we 
ought  rightly  to  estimate  all  the  forms  of  development  in  the 
kingdom  of  God — the  green  field  of  hope  in  its  youthful ness, 
as  well  as  the  time  when  the  Gothic  spires  rise  towards  heaven 
as  do  the  high-pointed,' but  not  yet  full  ears;  and  the  time  when 
the  stalks  become  heavier,  and  the  heads  droop,  as  the  time  of 
harvest,  when  all  is  shining  in  the  golden  light  of  joy. 

After  the  development  of  the  kingdom  of  God  in  time,  its 
development  in  space,  its  spread  in  the  world,  is  depicted  in  the 
parable  of  the  grain  of  mustard-seed  (Matt.  xiii.  31,  32;  Mark 
iv.  30-32;  Luke  xiii.  18,  19).  The  kingdom  of  God  in  its  be- 
ginning is  the  smallest  of  all  seeds;  but  in  its  unfolding  it  is 
the  greatest  of  herbs,  a  real  tree,  so  that  the  birds  of  heaven 
come  and  make  their  nests  in  its  branches.  In  its  beginning, 
therefore,  it  is  remarkably  small;  in  its  development,  remark- 
ably large — its  extension  in  space  is  wonderful.  And  thus  the 
kingdom  of  God  has  actually  been  extended.  The  earthly 
appearance  of  Jesus  was  the  wonderful  small  grain  of  mustard- 
seed;  but  the  plant  which  sprung  from  this  germ  is  ever  spread- 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  197 

ino-  itself  throuo-liout  the  whole  world.  The  same  thino;  is  ti'ue 
of  the  seed  of  the  kingdom  of  God  in  the  breast  of  the  indivi- 
dual: a  single  Avord  of  God,  which  lies,  as  it  were,  buried  in 
the  depths  of  the  soul,  spreads  itself  by  degrees  as  a  tree  of  life 
through  his  whole  inward  and  outward  life. 

This  certainty  and  power  of  expansion  belonging  to  the 
kingdom  of  God  indicates  also  a  preponderance  of  power  by 
which  it  overcomes  all  earthly  opposition.  This  specific  pre- 
ponderance of  the  life  of  Christ  over  the  whole  natural  life  of 
the  world,  is  expressed  in  the  parable  of  the  leaven  (Matt.  xiii. 
33;  Luke  xiii.  20,  21).  The  leaven  is  simply  and  invariably 
a  match  for  the  dough.  Let  only  a  small  quantity  of  it  be 
mixed  in  three  measures  of  meal,  and  as  it  were  buried  deep 
in  it,  yet  it  will  penetrate  and  leaven  the  whole  heap,  and 
change  its  nature  into  its  own  nature.  With  the  same  certainty 
Christianity  gains  the  mastery  over  the  natural  life  of  humanity, 
as  it  is  buried  both  in  the  nature-fulness  of  the  world  and  in 
the  nature  of  a  single  individual  whose  inner  man  is  affected  by 
it.  This  perfectly  certain,  victorious  power  of  the  Christian 
principle  is  here  depicted;  not  merely  its  imperceptible,  quiet, 
gradual  operation,  though  this  quiet,  imperceptible  delicacy  of 
its  action  is  contained  in  the  parable.  But  at  the  same  time 
the  parable  declares  the  circumstance,  that  Christianity  with  this 
preponderance  must  christianize  humanity.  As,  on  the  one 
hand,  the  leaven  is  different  from  the  dough,  so  is  Christianity 
from  the  natural  life  of  men.  Therefore  it  cannot  allow  this  life  to 
retain  its  old  character.  And  as,  on  the  other  hand,  the  leaven 
bears  an  intimate  relation  to  the  dough,  so  does  Christianity  to 
the  essential  Hfe  of  man,  and  therefore  can  and  must  mingle  with 
it.  But  that  is  a  higher  potency  of  the  dough.  On  the  cer- 
tainty of  tliis  fact  rests  the  confidence  of  the  woman  who  kneads 
the  leaven  into  the  meal;  she  knows  that  owing  to  its  superior 
power  it  must  transform  the  dough  into  its  own  nature.  In 
like  manner  Christianity  is  a  higher  potency  of  humanity,  and 
on  t1iat  rests  the  confidence  of  the  Church,  which,  with  its  weak 
hand,  performs  the  same  office  in  spiritual  things  as  the  woman 
in  earthly  things,  when  it  infuses  the  life-power  of  Christ  into 
the  blood  and  life  of  humanity.^ 

1  Olshausen  believes  that  the  reference  of  the  three  measures  of  meal  to 
the  sanctification  of  the  three  powers  {Potenzen)  of  human  nature  by  means 


198  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

But  this  preponderance  of  the  Church  is  no  natural  neces- 
sity for  individuals  in  the  world,  so  that  they  would  become 
Christians  without  knowing  how.  They  may  be  outwardly 
christianized  by  that  leavening  influence  of  Christianity  with- 
out becoming  Christians  in  their  individual  inward  life.  For 
individuals  in  the  world,  Christianity  remains  continually  a 
mysterious,  hidden  treasure.  At  the  best,  they  are  aware  of  its 
existence  as  a  hidden,  far-distant  treasure,  celebrated  by  report. 
Whoever  finds  it  may  esteem  himself  fortunate  in  the  highest 
degree ;  for  in  this  discovery  God's  highest  freedom  co-operates 
with  the  highest  free  agency  of  man.  When  a  man  has  found 
this  treasure,  he  recognises  it  as  the  highest  good  of  his  life  ; 
he  gives  up  everything  in  order  to  gain  the  divine  good  of  in- 
dividual, vital  Christianity.  Thus  the  Avorld-historical  Christi- 
anity becomes  individual.  These  relations  are  pointed  out  by 
the  treasure  hid  in  the  field  (Matt.  xiii.  44)  and  by  the  pearl  of 
great  price  (ver.  45).  The  two  parables  resemble  one  another 
in  this  point,  that  they  show  how  Christianity  must  be  first 
found  by  the  individual;  how  it  becomes  his  portion  in  concen- 
trated unity  as  the  highest  good  of  life,  and  desired  as  an  ab- 
solute, new,  and  heavenly  life-treasure,  so  that  the  man  is  ready 
with  joy  to  resign  his  ancient  life-treasure,  in  whatever  imagin- 
ary good  it  might  consist,  and  at  the  same  time  his  own  self- 
will,  with  which  he  clung  to  that  treasure.  This  surrender  is 
represented  under  the  image  of  purchase-money,  in  part  alle- 
gorically,  and  in  part  symbolically.  It  is  only  allegory  when  it 
is  said  that  man  gains  the  pearl  of  great  price  by  the  surrender 
of  his  earthly  comforts;  for  this  surrender  cannot  be  considered 
as  the  payment  of  the  purchase-money,  but  only  as  the  removal 
of  obstacles,  as  the  fulfilment  of  conditions:  yet  the  description 
is,  in  its  internal  sense,  symbolical;  when  man  surrenders  him- 
self and  his  old  life-image  to  God  in  faith,  he  gains,  in  the  vital 
exchange  of  love,  a  participation  of  the  life  of  God.  He  gains 
Christ,  the  treasure  hid  in  the  field,  the  pearl  of  great  price; 
and  if  he  possesses  the  most  precious  pearl  in  its  unity,  he  no 
longer  seeks  the  inferior  pearls  in  their  multiplicity,  which,  com- 
pared with  that  pearl,  are  valueless.      But  though  no  one  re- 

of  Christianity,  is  not  to  be  unceremoniously  rejected.  But  then  we  must 
also  bring  in  the  three  powers  which  Christianity  spiritualizes  in  its  totality  ; 
and  as  such  we  may  regard  the  Church,  the  State,  and  the  cosmical  Globe. 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  199 

ceiv'es  the  treasure  of  Christianity  otherwise  than  on  the  condi- 
tion of  a  pure  surrender,  yet  there  is  a  great  difference  in  the 
way  and  manner  by  which  individuals  obtain  it.  In  one  case  the 
superintendence  of  grace  wliich  makes  a  man  the  happy  finder 
is  conspicuous  in  all  its  nobleness.  Most  suddenly  he  lights 
upon  the  treasure  in  the  field,  and  from  a  poor  day-labourer  be- 
comes a  wealthy  man.^  In  the  other  case  his  discovery  is  the 
final  result  of  a  long,  conscious  striving.  He  was  a  merchant 
whose  attention  was  directed  to  precious  pearls,  and  who  gladly 
laid  out  his  property  on  the  choicest  goods  of  life ;  who  perhaps 
sought  his  satisfaction  in  the  pleasure  resulting  from  high 
morality,  the  cultivation  of  the  fine  arts,  of  literature,  and  of 
science.  He  was  seeking  for  goodly  pearls;  he  finds  the  one 
pearl  of  great  price.  This  merchant  is  also  a  finder  to  whom 
the  highest  blessing  of  Heaven,  grace,  is  propitious.  But  his 
long  seeking,  the  mediation  of  finding  by  a  higher  striving,  is 
made  more  conspicuous.  On  the  other  hand,  the  favour  of 
Heaven  came  suddenly  on  the  first  finder,  although  he  was  un- 
consciously a  seeker,  a  man  who  was  digging  the  field  for  the 
sake  of  bread.  As  the  free  saving  agency  of  the  gi'ace  of  God 
in  the  reconciliation  of  man  is  set  forth  in  the  parable  of  the 
treasure  hid  in  the  field,  so  is  the  noblest  striving  of  man  in  it 
by  the  parable  of  the  pearl  of  great  price.^ 

The  last  parable  in  this  cyclus  is  that  of  the  net  cast  into  the 
sea,  and  enclosing  all  kinds  of  fish  (Matt.  xiii.  47-50).  When 
full,  it  is  drawn  on  shore.  The  fishermen  sit  down  and  gather 
the  good  into  vessels,  but  cast  the  bad  away.  The  explanation 
of  this  parable  shows,  that  the  judgment  is  represented  under  a 
new  point  of  view.  The  judgment  had  already  been  spoken  of 
in  the  parable  of  the  darnel  and  the  wheat ;  but  the  leading 
thought  of  that  parable  was  the  necessity  of  tolerating  heretical 

'  The  contrivance  which  this  man  employed  to  make  the  field  his  own, 
must,  as  Olshausen  justly  remarks,  he  explained  on  the  same  principle  as  the 
parable  of  the  unjust  steward. — [See  Trench,  iVofes  on  the  Parables,  p.  126. 
— Tr.] 

^  To  the  same  class,  according  to  Neander,  belong  the  passages  in  Luke 
xiv.  28  and  31,  about  the  man  who  built  a  tower  and  counted  the  cost,  and 
the  king  who  was  about  to  make  war  and  consulted  respecting  his  forces; 
but  these  passages  rather  belong  to  parabolic  discourses,  since  the  compari- 
sons are  only  incidentally  made. — [Neander,  Life  of  Christ,  §  208,  p.  342. 
-Te.] 


200  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

spirits  ;  and  the  judgment  itself  appeared  principally  as  a  separa- 
tion of  offences  and  their  perpetrators.  But  here  the  distinction 
between  the  good  and  the  bad,  the  elect  of  humanity  and  its 
refuse,  is  represented  unconditionally  in  the  contrast  of  the 
good  and  the  bad  fish.  The  net  is  the  Church  in  its  widest 
extent,  as  the  institution  which,  in  its  consummated  operation  at 
the  end  of  the  world  (eV  ttj  o-vvTeXela  rou  al(Jovo<?),  embraces  the 
whole  world,  and  has  continually  embraced  it  according  to  its 
ideal  significance  as  the  glory  of  Christ's  kingdom.  The  judg- 
ment here  appears  from  the  point  of  view  which  regards  the 
correct  estimate  of  the  essential  worth  of  individuals.  The 
righteous  form  collectively  an  essential  heaven ;  the  wacked,  an 
essential  hell ;  and  the  separation  is  made  accordingly.  Here 
also  the  judgment  of  the  wicked  is  marked  by  their  being  cast 
into  the  fire  where  is  wailing  and  gnashing  of  teeth.^ 

All  the  parables  in  this  cycle  show  to  what  extent  Christ 
deviated  from  the  Jewish  representations  of  the  Messianic  king- 
dom, and  combated  them.  According  to  the  Jewish  preconcep- 
tion, the  heavenly  sower  had  cultivated  and  sown  only  a  small 
field  in  the  wilderness  of  the  world,  the  people  of  Israel,  w^ho 
bore  the  best  fruits  in  the  fidelity  of  their  observances.  This 
corn-field,  according  to  the  false  notion  of  the  Jews,  was  pure 
enough :  but  all  round  there  grew  a  crop  of  noxious  plants,  the 
heathen  world.  At  the  most,  there  appeared  in  those  opposed 
to  the  one  Jewish  sect  but  one  kind  of  noxious  plants  ;  but  when 
this  appeared  distinctly  in  the  shape  of  individual  opinion,  they 
inflicted  stoning  in  order  to  exterminate  it.     Neither  the  meta- 

1  The  fiery  furnace  into  which  at  the  revelation  of  the  new  seon  the 
ungodly  will  be  thrown,  is  a  counterpart  of  the  fiery  furnace  into  which, 
while  the  old  seon  flourished,  the  godly  were  thrown  (Dan.  iii.).  In  that 
furnace  '  the  song  of  the  three  men  in  the  fire'  resounded  as  a  great  song  of 
praise  ;  in  the  other  furnace  will  be  heard  the  howl  of  anguish  and  pain, 
and  the  teeth-gnashing  of  wrath  and  wickedness  (see  Rev.  ix.  2).  By  the 
fiery  trial  of  the  pious,  heaven  was  rendered  visible  in  humanity ;  the  fiery 
heat  which  the  wicked  endure,  brings  to  light  the  inward  hell  in  humanity. 
So  also  the  outer  darkness  in  which  there  will  be  weeping  and  gnashing  of 
teeth  (Matt.  viii.  12,  xxii.  13),  is  thus  pointed  out  in  contrast  to  the  holy 
darkness  in  which  God  dwells  (Exod.  xx.  21  ;  1  Kings  viii.  12),  among  the 
praises  of  Israel  (Ps.  xxii.  3),  and  the  darkness  of  the  tribulation  of  the  jjious, 
which,  by  the  blessing  of  their  inward  peace,  shall  be  as  clear  as  noonday 
(Isa.  Iviii.  10).  These  contrasts  plainly  indicate  that  it  is  the  wicked  who 
make  hell,  hell. 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  201 

morplioses  of  the  kingdom  of  God  as  depicted  in  the  third  parable, 
nor  its  extension,  as  in  the  fourth,  suited  their  system.  The  doc- 
trine of  tlie  vital  operation  of  the  kingdom  of  heaven  as  portrayed 
in  the  parable  of  the  leaven,  agreed  not  with  their  system  of  tra- 
ditions ;  still  less  could  they  admit,  in  their  self-righteousness, 
that  each  one  among  them  must  enter  the  kingdom  of  heaven 
through  a  special  act  of  grace  in  his  individual  experience.  The 
judgment,  they  imagined,  would  consist  in  the  exaltation  of  the 
Jews  and  the  punishment  of  the  Gentiles  ;  this  momentous  sepa- 
ration was,  in  their  opinion,  completed  long  before  outwardly. 
Thus,  in  one  word,  the  whole  difference  was  decidedly  exhibited 
between  the  completely  pure  original  Christianity  and  totally 
decayed  Judaism  in  all  these  doctrines  of  the  kingdom.  It  was 
only  in  parables  that  the  people  could  endure  such  severe  Chris- 
tian truths. 

By  means  of  the  three  last  parables  of  the  first  cycle,  the 
two  following  cycles  are  already  announced.  If  here,  in  the 
parables  relating  to  the  agency  of  mercy,  the  traits  of  judicial 
righteousness  come  forth  at  first  gently,  but  afterwards  more 
powerfully  ;  and  if  again,  in  the  parables  relating  to  judgment, 
the  traits  of  redeeming  grace  and  love  are  constantly  to  be  found, 
we  are  not  to  be  surprised.  For  these  fundamental  forms  of  the 
divine  administration  are  not  antagonistic  to  one  another.  Rather 
we  may  afiirm,  that  one  is  a  necessary  complement  of  the  other, 
and  that  they  build  up  the  divine  kingdom  in  living  co-opera- 
tion. This  twofold  aspect  of  the  parables  we  are  about  to  con- 
sider, may  in  some  instances  make  it  doubtful  whether  we  are 
to  place  them  in  the  second  or  in  the  third  group  ;  in  such  cases, 
we  must  pay  particular  attention  to  the  leading  thought  of  the 
parable. 

It  accords  with  Luke's  peculiar  predilection,  that  he  has 
collected  most  of  the  parables  that  illustrate  the  administration 
of  mercy.  These  parables  the  Lord  was  especially  induced  to 
bring  forward,  when,  towards  the  close  of  His  ministry,  He  came 
into  frequent  collision  with  the  Pharisees,  and  had  to  censure 
their  unloving  disposition. 

The  first  of  these  parables  is  a  noble  portraiture  of  mercy, 
which  very  properly  opens  this  cycle  ;  namely,  the  parable  of  the 
good  Samaritan  (Luke  x.  30-37).  By  means  of  this  parable, 
Jesus  explained  to  the  scribe,  who  wished  to  tempt  Him,  who  was 


202  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

Ills  neighbour.  The  man  who,  according  to  our  Lord's  repre- 
sentation, falls  among  thieves  between  Jerusalem  and  Jericho,  is 
a  Jew  from  the  metropolis.  His  neighbours  in  the  Jewish  sense 
are  the  priest  and  the  Levite,  who  heartlessly  huny  by  him  as 
he  lies  half-dead.  The  Samaritan  who  travels  the  same  way  is, 
according  to  the  Jewish  prejudice,  not  his  neighbour,  and  he  dare 
not  promise  himself  any  help  from  him.  But  generous  pity 
moves  his  breast  as  he  sees  the  Jew  lying  there  half-dead.  The 
latter  must  be  glad,  that  in  such  a  plight  a  Samaritan  salutes 
him,  lifts  him  up,  binds  his  wounds,  and  pours  in  oil  and  wine. 
He  readily  consents  to  be  placed  on  the  beast  of  the  reputed  un- 
clean stranger,  and  to  be  taken  by  him  to  the  inn.  He  must 
acknowledge  such  a  deliverer  to  be  his  neighbour,  and,  ashamed 
and  overcome  by  his  noble-mindedness,  must  also  become  the 
neighbour  of  his  deliverer.  With  wonderful  skill  Christ  has  so 
put  the  case,  that  no  choice  is  left  to  the  scribe,  but  he  must  him- 
self condemn  his  Jewish  prejudice.  No  feature  of  the  parable  is 
impossible.  An  orthodox  Jew  from  Jerusalem  might  fall  among 
thieves.  There  are  priests  and  Levites  who  would  be  heartless 
enough  to  pass  by  him  without  sympathy ;  it  is  very  possible 
that  a  Samaritan  might  pity  and  help  him.  And  such  traits 
of  character  are  frequently  to  be  found  in  real  life.  But  the 
reality  is  always  a  judgment  on  that  hatred  of  heretics  which 
eradicates  universal  philanthropy  and  the  love  of  our  neighbour. 
It  is  not  a  Samaritan  whom  the  priest  allows  to  be  in  his  blood, 
but  a  Jew.  The  pi^iest,  with  cold  selfishness,  is  conscious  of  his 
elevation  above  this  layman,  although  he  was  of  the  same  con- 
fession. The  Levite  also  prides  himself  too  much  on  his  pe- 
culiar temple-purity.  Even  the  Jewish  innkeeper  is  not  alto- 
gether free  from  the  charge  of  heartlessness,  for  he  allows  the 
■  Samaritan  to  pay  for  his  Jewish  brother.  How  striking  and 
how  awfully  true  are  these  traits  of  inhumanity,  as  it  begins  to 
operate  in  regions  where  fanaticism  leads  to  the  hatred  of  those 
of  a  different  faith  !  Such  fanatics  cannot  be  content  with  strik- 
ing down  the  Samaritan,  and  leaving  him  in  his  blood.  They 
rob  one  another,  and  strike  one  another  half-dead ;  and  their 
very  priests  and  Levites  leave  the  unhappy  man  who  has  been 
attacked  by  robbers  lying  in  his  blood  ;  and  all  this  within  the 
circle  of  one  and  the  same  fanatically  excited  confession.  Thus 
the  Jewish  nation,  in  the  last  war  before  the  destruction  of  Jeru- 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  203 

salem,  was  overrun  by  robbers  and  fanatics,  the  same  persons 
beino;  often  both.  No  consecrated  institution  holds  men  together 
any  longer,  where  love  has  grown  cold,  and  is  even  regarded  as 
a  sin.  In  the  circle  of  such  heartlessness,  every  person  is  an 
obscure  separatist,  and  every  family  a  sect  in  opposition  to  the 
great  universal  Church  of  grace  and  mercy,  and  scarcely  is  the 
nearest,  to  say  nothing  of  those  at  a  distance,  regarded  as  a  neigh- 
bour. But  calamity  comes  forth,  on  the  one  hand,  with  giant 
steps,  and  plunges  the  fanatic  into  misery ;  on  the  other  hand, 
mercy  conducts  the  differently  minded,  and  makes  him  an  angel 
of  deliverance  for  him.  Thus  the  holy,  inalienable  humanity 
of  benevolence  and  compassion  breaks  down  those  bariers  of 
religious  and  national  animosity,  by  which  man  in  his  selfish- 
ness can  fancy  that  he  does  honour  to  God  by  his  nation  or  his 
creed,  while  he  has  become  worse  than  a  heathen  in  his  disposi- 
tion. And  as  far  as  this  humanity  exerts  its  influence,  and 
establishes  a  higher  intercourse  between  calamity  and  mercy — 
as  far  as  this  pure  unselfish  human  love  reaches,  it  js  manifest 
that  man,  simply  as  such,  is  neighbour  to  man,  as  far  as  he  is 
man,  as  far  as  he  can  receive  and  return  love.  The  good  Sama- 
ritan is  in  all  his  features  an  image  of  the  freest  and  richest 
mercy ;  and  this  has  given  occasion  to  find  in  this  parable  an 
allegory  of  the  love  of  Christ.  Christ  too  was,  in  the  eyes  of  the 
Pharisaical  Jews,  an  unclean  person,  a  heretic ;  and  He  it  was 
who  rescued  prostrate,  half-dead  humanity  from  sin,  while  the 
priests  and  Levites  never  vouchsafed  a  glance  at  the  deep 
wounds  of  their  race.  Thus  the  first  parable  delineates  the 
mercy  of  love  in  its  most  general  form,  embi-acing  all  opposites, 
and  overcoming  all  obstacles. 

The  parable  of  the  man  who  made  a  wedding  feast,  in  the 
first  form  in  which  Luke  presents  it  (xiv.  16-24,  compared  with 
Matt.  xxii.  1,  etc.),  is  also,  as  we  have  already  mentioned,  pre- 
dominantly a  parable  of  mercy.  The  insulting  behaviour  of  the 
persons  who  were  first  invited,  who  betrayed  by  their  paltry  ex- 
cuses their  contempt  of  the  invitation,  called  forth,  of  course, 
the  anger  of  the  householder.  But  this  anger  revealed  itself 
again  as  the  ardour  of  an  invincible  love :  he  was  angry,  and 
sent  forth  his  servants  to  invite  other  guests,  till  his  house  should 
be  full  of  the  poorest  and  meanest.  And  he  resolved,  in  accord- 
ance with  justice  and  honour,  that  'none  of  the  men  that  were 


204  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

bidden  shall  taste  of  my  supper.'  The  banquet  of  this  noble- 
minded  personage  represents  the  blessedness  of  the  Christian 
spiritual  life.  Jehovah  is  the  giver  of  the  banqnet.  He  had 
long  before  invited  guests.  The  Israelites  had  been  prepared 
for  the  great  banquet,  and  had  been  invited  to  it.  But  the  latter 
summonses  must  be  distinguished  from  the  first  invitation  ;  now 
the  feast  was  ready.  These  summonses  coincide  with  the  ad- 
vent and  ministry  of  Christ.  But  now  the  invited,  as  if  precon- 
certed from  the  first,  began  to  make  excuse.  The  excuses  of 
these  persons  are  excused  in  a  foolish  manner,^  contradictoiy  to 
the  spirit  of  the  parable,  when  the  text  is  explained  thus  :  that 
the  first  and  second  wished  to  settle  their  purchases  ;  and  when, 
as  to  the  third,  it  is  observed  that  the  newly  married  Israelites, 
according  to  the  law,  were  free  for  a  year  from  military  service 
(Deut.  xxiv.  5).  These  excuses  must  from  the  first  appear  as 
worthless,  and  indeed  contain  their  own  refutation.  For  tem- 
poral and  worldly  business  does  not  in  itself  prevent  man  from 
being  a  guest  in  the  kingdom  of  heaven,  but  bondnge  of  the  will, 
the  tumult  of  the  passions  by  which  he  is  impelled,  and  the  con- 
fusion of  a  worldly  mind,  as  it  appears  in  all  imaginable  forms. 
This  confusion  is  shown  in  this,  that  the  two  first,  having  made 
their  purchases,  wished  to  inspect  them  at  night-time,  when  all 
field-boundaries  are  obscure,  and  all  cattle  are  black ;  and  that 
the  third  has  been  made  a  vassal  by  his  wife,  which  means  more 
in  the  East  than  in  the  West.  The  earthly  mind  in  its  various 
forms  makes  men  unsusceptible  for  the  spiritual  life  of  the  king- 
dom of  heaven  ;  particularly  as  delight  in  earthly  possessions,  re- 
presented hereby  '  the  piece  of  ground,'  and  in  the  love  of  power 
is  symbolized  by  brandishing  the  goad  over  five  yoke  of  oxen  ; 
and  lastly,  as  slavish  sensuality  and  surrender  to  men  in  love 
and  fear,  perversities  which  the  hindrance  arising  from  marry- 
ing represents.  The  subtle  forms  of  opposition  to  the  Gospel 
as  they  met  the  Lord  in  Pharisaism  and  Sadducaism  are  every- 
where animated  by  these  various  elements  of  the  worldly  mind. 
The  offence  against  the  giver  of  the  feast  consisted  in  break- 
ing the  word  of  promise  made  to  him,  and  that  his  kindness 
was  treated  with  contempt  by  worthless  excuses  precisely  at  the 
most  joyous  event  in  his  life.     But  yet  he  gratified  his  ardent 

,1  Very  often,  exegetical  pedants  labour  to  make  reasonable  what  in  the 
Gospels  is  represented  ^s  foolish. 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  205 

desire  to  make  a  festival.  We  cannot  hesitate  to  understand  by 
'  the  poor,  the  maimed,  the  halt,  and  the  blind,'  whom  he  caused 
to  be  invited  in  haste  from  the  streets  and  lanes  of  the  city,  in 
the  first  place,  the  'publicans  and  sinners'  in  contrast  to  the 
Pharisees.  And  when  the  servant  is  sent  out  of  the  city  to  in- 
vite the  people  who  were  lying  about  in  the  highways  and  hedges, 
this  must  apply  to  the  Samaritans  and  heathens  in  contrast  to 
the  Jews  in  general.  The  hedges  may  refer  to  the  extreme 
borders  of  Judaism,  and  to  its  being  fenced  in,  as  it  were,  from 
the  Gentiles  wdio  were  situated  on  the  borders  of  the  Israelitish 
territory.  But  here  again,  in  the  outward  contrast  an  inner  one 
is  reflected.  The  Pharisees  and  Jews  are  in  this  case  only  the 
representatives  of  the  worldly  happy  and  the  worldly-minded 
throughout  the  world  ;  the  publicans,  Samaritans,  and  heathen, 
on  the  other  hand,  represent  the  poor  in  this  world,  the  souls  who  • 
are  longing  for  the  blessings  of  the  kingdom  of  heaven.  These 
poor  persons,  who  could  scarcely  conceive  of  so  high  an  invita- 
tion, the  giver  of  the  feast  causes  to  be  earnestly  invited,  yea, 
compelled  to  c6me  in.  Yet  we  must  not  impute  to  them  a 
spirit  of  resistance  against  entering  the  house  of  the  Church, 
which  is  to  be  overcome  by  force,  as  fanaticism  has  interpreted 
the  passage  ;  but  simply  the  hesitation  of  joyful  surprise  in 
humble  minds,  who  deem  themselves  unworthy  of  such  an  invi- 
tation. Thus  the  house  of  the  divine  liberality  is  filled  with 
guests  who  can  celebrate  the  feast  of  love  and  of  the  spirit ;  the 
worldly  happy  remain  without. 

The  love,  generosity,  and  mercy  which  are  depicted  in  this 
parable  are  shown  in  the  next  place  as  redeeming  grace,  which 
is  not  only  applied  to  the  suffering  and  the  poor,  but  equally  to 
the  lost.  It  is  thus  exhibited  in  the  parables  of  the  lost  sheep,  the 
lost  piece  of  money,  and  the  prodigal  son.  In  all  the  three  par- 
ables, that  overflowing,  wonderful,  self-sacrificing  inspiration  of 
love  is  delineated,  which  to  the  earthly  mind  must  appear  as 
foolishness.  The  shepherd  risks  the  jiinety  and  nine  sheep  in 
the  wilderness,  and  even  his  own  life,  in  order  to  rescue  and  re- 
cover the  lost  sheep ;  and  his  rejoicing  on  having  found  it  far 
exceeds  the  pecuniary  value  of  the  sheep.  And  the  very  pains 
with  which  the  woman  who  had  ten  pieces  of  silver  seeks  to 
recover  the  lost  piece,  and  the  joy  with  which  she  tells  her  neigh- 
bours of  its  fortunate  recovery,  goes  far  beyoiid  the  bare  value 


206  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST^S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

of  the  coin.  But  the  father,  who  sees  his  lost  son  returned, 
prepares  a  feast  such  as  he  had  never  prepared  for  the  elder  son 
who  had  remained  at  home  with  him.  So  wonderful,  even  to 
the  miraculous,  is  love,  that  even  the  angels  of  God,  in  all  their 
number  and  glory,  can  '  rejoice  over  one  sinner  that  repenteth.' 
Yet  is  this  apparently  foolish  love,  divinely  wise  grace.  Mercy 
also  acts  with  all  the  motives  of  wisdom.  It  came,  in  the  person 
of  the  Son  of  man,  to  seek  what  was  lost.  AVhen  anything 
that  God  has  made  is  lost  in  His  world,  a  violation  of  the  di\dne 
order  is  involved,  against  which  not  only  love  but  also  wisdom 
enters  the  lists.  The  beautiful  completeness  of  his  flock  is  lost 
to  the  shepherd,  to  make  up  the  number  one  hundred ;  and  the 
woman  also  dwells  upon  the  round  number  of  her  savings — 
that  she  had  exactly  ten  pieces  of  silver.  The  deficiency  is  so 
painful,  especially  in  the  father's  house  where  one  of  two  sons 
is  wanting.^ 

Therefore  the  consideration  of  the  whole  guides  mercy  when 
it  seeks  for  the  single  lost  one.  The  divine  regard  for  the 
symmetry  and  beauty  of  the  eternal  temple  causes  the  divine 
love  to  exert  itself  about  this  or  that  stone  in  the  structure. 
But  there  is  also  consideration  of  the  individual,  of  its  life  and 
value.  A  lost  sheep  is  indeed,  as  lost,  a  very  poor  creature ; 
but  the  shepherd  values  it  as  a  sheep  of  his  flock  ;  he  gives  it 
not  up  to  the  wolf ;  he  pities  its  unhappy  life  in  its  wanderings 
and  distress.  The  lost  piece  of  money  lies  in  the  dirt,  tarnished 
and  useless ;  but  still  it  is  a  coin  composed  of  a  noble  metal,  and 
stamped  with  the  image  of  a  prince.  But  the  value  of  the  lost 
son  which  remains  to  him  in  all  his  degradation,  consists  in  his 
being  the  nearest  relative  of  his  father,  that  liis  being  is  derived 
from  his  father's  being.  Thus  grace  seeks  to  deliver  the  lost 
sinner,  partly  on  account  of  the  relation  in  which,  according  to 
the  divine  destiny,  he  stands  to  God  and  to  the  eternal  family 
of  God ;  but  also  on  his  own  account,  because  he  is  an  unhappy 
being,  because  in  his  nature  (Substanz)  he  has  an  unchangeable 

^  To  the  shepherd  one  of  a  hundred  sheep  is  wanting, — to  the  woman, 
one  of  ten  pieces  of  silver, — to  the  father,  one  of  two  sons,  while  in  the  other 
he  can  no  longer  have  any  real  satisfaction.  In  a  bolder  form,  but  with 
profound  evangelical  insight,  Angelus  Silesius  expresses  the  longing  of  God 
after  the  reconciliation  of  man  by  the  words,  '  I  am  of  as  much  consequence 
to  Him,  as  He  is  to  me.' 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  207 

value,  and  because  he  is  originally  of  divine  descent.  The  par- 
able of  the  lost  son  is  a  gospel  in  the  Gospel.  It  has  been  said, 
that  here  is  reconciliation  without  mediation  through  Christ,  and 
so  it  has  been  erroneously  assumed  that  every  parable  must  ex- 
hibit the  whole  rule  of  faith  ;  the  parable  of  the  lost  sheep  and 
its  shepherd  is  already  forgotten  ;  and  in  this  of  the  lost  son,  it 
is  not  understood  what  is  meant  by  the  father's  running  to  meet 
him  with  agitated  heart,  and  falling  on  his  neck  and  kissing 
him.  The  divine  salutation  in  the  heart  of  the  returning  sinner, 
the  first  blessed  feeling  of  grace,  is  here  exhibited  in  the  most 
beautiful  manner.^  Every  stroke  is  to  the  life.  The  youngest 
son  loses  his  inheritance,  by  separating  through  mere  selfishness 
his  own  property  from  his  father's,  withdrawing  from  his  father 
into  the  paths  of  worldly  pleasures,  and  squandering  his  property 
in  the  indulgence  of  sensual  lusts.  He  is  punished  by  famine, 
by  the  want  of  the  peace  of  God  in  the  land  of  vanity,  and  by 
the  lowest  degradation,  that  he,  an  Israelite,  must  prolong  his  life 
in  a  most  dishonourable  existence,  as  swine-herd  of  a  heatlien,  a 
most  servile  and  disgusting  occupation — till  at  last  he  must  vainly 
wish  to  live  upon  the  swine's  fodder,  and  therefore  sank  into  a 
depth  of  misery,  which  made  the  lot  of  the  most  unclean  ani- 
mals an  object  of  envy.  But  by  these  means  his  awakening  is 
brought  about.  This  is  expressed  with  admirable  beauty  :  '  he 
came  to  himself  (ek  eavrov  Be  ek6ci>v).  He  reflected  on  the 
happy  lot  of  the  hired  servants  at  his  father's,  and  resolves,  '  I 
will  arise  and  go  to  my  father,  and  will  say  unto  him,  Father,  I 
have  sinned  against  heaven,  and  before  thee,  and  am  no  more 
worthy  to  be  called  thy  son ;  make  me  as  one  of  thy  hired  ser- 
vants !'  The  hired  servants  were  not  the  offspring  of  his  father. 
If  we  are  not  disposed  to  consider  them  as  merely  allegorical 
figures,  which  is  precluded  by  the  fact  that  their  happy  con- 
dition made  so  deep  an  impression  on  the  prodigal,  their  tran- 
quillity denotes  the  tranquillity  of  creation,  particularly  of  the 
irrational  creatures,  Avhich  formed  so  lively  a  contrast  to  the  miser- 
able state  of  the  distracted  sinner,  and  admonished  him  to  turn 
from  his  evil  courses.  The  confession,  '  I  have  sinned  against 
heaven,'  is  very  significant ;  by  every  sin  a  heavenly  nature  is 

1  Olshausen  remarks,  that  in  the  parable  of  the  prodigal  son  human 
activity  in  the  work  of  conversion  is  delineated.  But  the  divine  activity 
also  is  not  ■wanting  in  this  parable. 


20»  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

violated  and  disturbed.  Compassionate  grace  could  not  be  de- 
picted in  a  more  striking  manner  than  is  shown  in  the  conduct 
of  the  father.  The  lost  son  brings  the  confession  of  his  guilt 
before  him ;  but  grace  has  expelled  the  gloomy  element  in  his 
repentance  ;  the  petition,  '  Make  me  as  one  of  thy  hired  ser- 
vants/ has  died  in  his  heart.  He  cannot  affront  the  father  with 
this  monkish  or  slavish  sigh  of  distrust.  But  the  father  rein- 
states him  joyfully  in  his  filial  dignity  ;  orders  his  servants  to 
put  on  him  the  best  robe,  and  a  ring  on  his  hand,  and  shoes  on 
his  feet :  he  must  be  seen  again  in  the  full  array  of  sonship. 
Then  he  commands  them  to  kill  the  fatted  calf,  and  to  prepare 
a  feast,  because  this  son  who  was  dead,  is  alive  again  ;  he  was 
lost,  and  is  found.^  He  therefore  prepared  for  him  a  feast  of 
restoration  with  the  highest  joy,  devotion,  and  distinction.  The 
elder  son  forms  a  difficult  element  of  this  parable.  It  seems  a 
contradiction  that  he  should  be  contrasted  with  the  lost  son  as 
remaining  at  home,  and  should  yet  be  irritated  with  his  father 
for  showing  compassion  to  his  brother.  But  if  we  closely  look 
at  it,  traces  of  the  same  lost  condition  will  gradually  show  them- 
selves in  the  secret  recesses  of  his  soul,  with  which  he  upbraided 
his  younger  brother.  In  his  legal  good  conduct  he  is  outwardly 
unblameable,  but  inwardly  he  is  not  more  in  harmony  with  his 
father.  He  is  not  of  one  mind  with  him  in  mercy ;  he  no  longer 
knows  his  father's  property  to  be  his  own  ;  he  is  not  dutiful  to 
him ;  he  even  refuses  to  go  into  his  father's  house,  where  the 
feast  for  the  return  of  his  brother  is  celebrated,  so  much  is  he 
offended  at  the  festive  sound  of  the  music  and  at  the  dancing. 
How  strikingly  is  this  feature  apparent  in  the  conduct  of  the 
Jews  when  the  Gentiles  became  Christians !  They  went  with 
heathenish  rancour  out  of  their  Father's  house  in  which  grace 
celebrated  their  redemption-feast.  And  for  a  long  time  the  elder 
son  cherished  a  secret  embittered  feeling  against  the  Father ;  for 
he  fancied  that  he  had  served  Him  so  many  years,  and  never 

^  If  we  attempt  to  explain  the  particulars  of  the  description,  the  best 
robe  may  denote  the  rejoicing  of  the  son  with  the  father,  the  reconciliation. 
But  the  seal-ring  (hoc.x.rv-hio;)  is  not  equivalent  to  the  seal  or  sealing ;  it 
rather  denotes  the  filial  right  to  act  and  seal  in  the  father's  name.  The 
sandals  are  a  sign  that  the  reformed  one  can  go  iii  and  out  freely.  The 
fatted  calf,  in  the  singular,  indicates  that  the  father  spared  no  expense,  but 
provided  what  was  of  mo^t  value. 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  209 

transgressed  His  commandment,  but  the  Father  had  never  yet 
estimated  his  conduct  according  to  its  merits.  It  is  evident  that 
he  had  no  inward  dehght  and  joy  from  his  morose  external  cor- 
rectness of  deportment.  A  fearful  truth  lies  in  the  words, '  Thou 
hast  killed  for  him  the  fatted  calf ;  yet  thou  never  gavest  me  a 
kid,  that  I  should  make  merry  with  my  friends.'  He  never  found 
a  real  feast  of  soul  in  his  legality.  But,  in  truth,  he  fain  would 
have  made  merry  without  idea  and  occasion,  as  his  brother  had 
done  in  a  foreign  land ;  this  now  comes  out  with  his  chagrin. 
With  a  feast  of  the  spirit  he  had  nothing  to  do ;  this  is  proved 
by  his  ill  feeling  towards  the  feast  for  his  brother.  His  last 
words  are  full  of  bitterness  and  falsehood.  '  But  as  soon  as  this 
thy  son  was  come,  which  hath  devoured  thy  living  with  harlots, 
thou  hast  killed  for  him  the  fatted  calf  (ver.  30).  He  was  un- 
willing to  call  the  returned  prodigal  his  brother,  though  obliged 
to  recocrnise  him  as  his  father's  son.  He  exao-gerates  and  mis- 
represents  his  irregularities,  and  describes  the  expense  of  the 
feast  as  an  excessive  indulgence  of  the  prodigal,  and  wasteful- 
ness. He  even  depreciates  his  father's  character :  and  his  own 
degeneracy,  which  had  been  hitherto  concealed  under  outward 
propriety  of  conduct,  now  comes  to  a  head.  Thus  mere  outward 
righteousness  is  always  brought  to  shame  when  it  sees  the  feast 
of  grace.  It  cannot  endure  the  sight  of  sinners  being  saved  by 
grace.  In  the  tumult  of  enxy  which  this  spectacle  arouses,  all 
the  selfishness,  coarseness,  and  depravity  which  had  been  hitherto 
concealed,  break  forth.  The  history  of  the  Jews  in  the  days  of 
the  Apostle  Paul  proves  this  ;  and  the  history  of  the  hierarchy 
in  Luther's  time  on  the  large  scale,  while  on  the  small  scale  it 
has  been  repeated  a  thousand  times.  Thus,  for  example,  a  feel- 
ing of  chagrin  may  be  observed  in  many  sanctimonious  ration- 
alist writings  respecting  the  conversion  of  Augustin,  and  his 
high  reputation  in  the  Christian  Church.  The  elder  son  is  a 
character  that  perpetually  recvu's  in  the  history  of  the  kingdom 
of  God.  But  it  was  not  within  the  scope  of  the  parable  to 
narrate  the  sequel  of  his  history.  His  fall  first  became  visible 
when  that  of  his  brother  was  retrieved  by  grace.  This  grace 
also  calmly  confronted  his  perversity  with  soothing  and  admo 
nitory  words.  The  divine  mercy  is  as  much  illustrated  by 
the  closing  words  of  the  father,  with  which  he  admonished  the 

VOL.  II,  o 


210  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

elder  son,  as  by  the  joy  with  which  he  hastened  to  meet  the 
younger. 

The  parable  of  the  prodigal  son  is  plainly  reflected  in  the 
parable  of  the  Pharisee  and  publican  (Luke  xviii.  9-14).  The 
two  forms  which  stand  in  presence  of  the  grace  of  God  in  such 
different  frames  of  mind,  again  make  their  appearance.  But  the 
elder  son  here  developes  himself  fully  in  his  self-righteousness,  and 
the  younger  stands  before  us  in  the  attitude  of  ripened  repent- 
ance. This  advance,  however,  is  not  the  only  difference  of  the 
two  parables ;  for  a  turning-point  is  here  introduced,  since  a  man 
is  depicted  as  praying  with  such  complete  success  as  to  obtain  the 
redeeming  grace  of  God.  We  must  here  connect  several  parables 
with  one  another  as  representations  of  the  life  of  prayer,  by  which 
man  becomes  sure  of  the  grace  of  God  and  of  all  its  aids.  The 
parable  already  mentioned  forms  the  beginning.  From  the  con- 
nection we  gather  that  the  publican  is  the  principal  person  in  it, 
as  is  also  shown  by  the  structure  of  the  conclusion.  Christ  spoke 
this  parable  '  to  certain  which  trusted  in  themselves  that  they 
were  righteous,  and  despised  others.'  It  has  been  remarked, 
that,  since  a  Pharisee  is  introduced  in  this  parable,  Christ  could 
not  have  addressed  it  to  the  Pharisees,  for  in  that  case  the  form 
would  have  been  unsuitable.  But  on  this  hypothesis,  no  publican 
could  have  ventured  to  be  present  at  its  delivery,  nor  any  priest 
or  Levite  at  that  of  the  parable  of  the  good  Samaritan.  Since  the 
figure  of  the  Pharisee  was  not  chosen  to  put  into  the  shade  any 
individual  of  that  sect,  or  the  sect  itself,  the  question  appears  to 
be  unimportant,  whether  the  Pharisees  were  present  or  not  at 
the  delivery  of  this  parable.  The  parable  recognises,  indeed, 
that  the  Pharisee  had  the  pre-eminence  of  dignity  and  confor- 
mity to  the  law,  before  the  publican  :  he  is  with  propriety  placed 
first.  It  is  not  his  zeal  for  the  law  in  itself  that  brings  him  into 
a  disadvantageous  position,  but  the  delusion  that  by  this  zeal  he 
was  righteous  in  God's  sight.  With  emphasis  it  is  said  that  he 
stood  thus  in  the  temple  and  prayed  hy  himself}  He  thanked  God 
that  he  was  not  as  other  men  are,  extortioners,  unjust,  adulterers, 
or  even  as  this  publican  ;  and  then  he  tells  what  he  really  is — 

1  'TTpog  kxvTou.  Perhaps  he  did  not  venture  to  utter  aloud  so  offensive  a 
prayer.  Taken  literally,  the  words  would  mean  that  he  did  not  really  ad- 
dress himself  to  God,  but  in  vain  self-idolatry  had  only  himself  before  his 
eyes,  though  ostensibly  praying  to  God. 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  211 

he  fasts  twice  a  week,  and  gives  tithes  of  all  that  he  has.  This 
shocking  poverty  of  the  feeling  of  life,  which  would  make  out 
of  two  useless  excesses  of  a  religious  and  civil  legality  the  true 
riches  of  life,  and  even  a  righteousness  before  God,  shows  his 
character.  The  key-note  of  his  prayer  is  contempt  of  other 
people ;  and  the  worst  thing  in  it  is,  that  he  condemns  the  pub- 
lican personally  while  celebrating  his  own  reconciliation  with  God. 
The  publican  was  an  Israelite  as  well  as  he,  and  had  an  equal  right 
to  enter  the  temple.  But,  bowed  down  by  the  consciousness  of 
his  sinfulness,  he  did  not  venture  to  go  far  into  the  sanctuary. 
The  sanctuary  reproved  him  as  the  visible  majesty  of  God,  and 
perhaps  the  Pharisee  himself  appeared  to  him  as  a  cherub  who 
threatened  to  hinder  his  entrance  into  paradise.  He  would  not 
so  much  as  lift  up  his  eyes  to  heaven,  not  even  his  hands,  but 
smote  upon  his  breast,  saying,  '  God  be  merciful  to  me  a  sinner !' 
The  judgment  of  Christ  follows  this  contrast :  '  I  tell  you,  this 
man  went  down  to  his  house  justified,  rather  than  the  other;  for 
every  one  that  exalteth  himself  shall  be  abased,  and  he  that 
humbleth  himself  shall  be  exalted.'  Thus,  then,  man  obtains 
grace  in  the  way  of  sincere  humiliation  before  God,  and  of  be- 
lieving prayer ;  not  in  the  way  of  legal  performances.  But, 
owing  to  his  spiritual  slothf  ulness  no  less  than  to  his  pride,  he  is 
always  inclined  to  enter  the  path  of  self-righteousness,  and  thus 
to  estrange  himself  from  the  grace  of  God  and  from  true  spiritual 
life.  This  striving  of  man  to  reahze  righteousness  in  his  religious 
and  civil  performances  sinks  him  a  thousand  times  into  the  most 
unspiritual  Pharisaism,  which  sharpens  his  performances  in  mere 
external  things,  while  spiritual  death  gives  the  most  ghastly  signs 
of  its  having  seized  on  the  inner  man.  And  a  thousand  times 
the  poor  publican  stands  agitated  by  the  feeling  of  his  guilt,  and 
burdened  by  the  condemnatory  sentence  of  the  Pharisee,  and  in 
the  internal  sentence  that  he  passes  on  his  own  soul,  sees  the 
day-spring  of  God's  grace.  Thus  both  the  Pharisee  and  the 
publican  are  world-historical  forms  ;  they  walk  immortal  through 
all  ages  of  the  theocracy  and  of  the  Christian  Church. 

While  this  parable  shows  how  the  sinner  obtains  grace  by 
means  of  prayer,  the  parable  of  the  unjust  judge  (Luke  xviii. 
1-8)  represents  how  Christians  who  are  in  a  state  of  acceptance 
with  God  obtain  at  last,  in  times  of  severe  trial,  His  merciful 
aid  by  means  of  persevering  prayer.     Here,  therefore,  the  un- 


212  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

just  judge  represents  the  image  of  God,  as  in  another  parable 
the  unjust  steward  denotes  the  pious  man.  In  both  cases  these 
dehneations  are  manifestly  to  be  regarded  as  allegorical,  in  dis- 
tinction from  symbolical  ones.  God  can  only  according  to  out- 
ward appearance  seem  like  the  unjust  judge  when  He  allows 
the  pious  to  suffer  long  under  the  oppression  of  the  world  and 
the  attacks  of  the  evil  one,  when,  as  in  the  instance  of  the  suf- 
ferings of  Christ,  He  seems  to  continue  inexorable  in  the  deepest 
sufferings  of  the  innocent.  But,  according  to  His  nature.  He 
is  always  the  merciful  One.  Parables  in  which  such  bold  alle- 
gorical strokes  occur,  peculiarly  require  an  explanation,  such  as 
is  given  here  and  at  the  close  of  the  parable  of  the  unjust 
steward.  Olshausen  has  justly  referred  to  the  often-recurring 
outward  appearance  of  the  inexorability  of  God,  in  which  He 
only  expresses  His  own  unsearchableness  in  order  to  explain  the 
figure  of  the  unjust  judge.  According  to  him,  the  oppressed 
widow  is  to  be  regarded  as  an  image  of  the  persecuted  Church  ; 
and  her  adversary  who  oppressed  her,  an  image  of  the  princes 
of  this  world.  The  explanation  which  Jesus  appends  to  the 
parable  favours  this  interpretation.  He  calls  attention  to  the 
words  of  the  unjust  judge.  As  the  poor  widow  was  always  im- 
portuning him  to  extend  to  her  the  protection  of  the  law  against 
her  adversary,  he  said  to  her,  'Though  I  fear  not  God  nor 
regard  man,  yet  because  this  widow  troubleth  me  I  will  avenge 
her,  lest  by  her  continual  coming  she  weary  me.'  ^  '  Hear,' 
said  Christ,  '  what  the  unjust  judge  saith.  And  shall  not  Go'd 
avenge  His  own  elect,  which  cry  day  and  night  unto  Him, 
though  He  acts  towards  them  with  lofty  reserve,^  and  therefore 
inscrutably  ?  I  tell  you  that  He  will  avenge  them  speedily.'  The 
closing  words,  '  Nevertheless,  when  the  Son  of  man  cometh,  will 
He  find  faith  on  the  earth?'  express  the  same  thought  in  the 
strongest  manner.  God  will  not  only  respond  to  the  prayers  of 
His  elect,  but  will  so  far  surpass  them,  that  the  appearance  of 
the  Son  of  man,  with  which  the  redress  of  their  wrongs  will  take 
place,  will  be  incredible  to  the  majority.  In  this  parable,  there- 
fore, the  whole  praying  life  of  the  Church  is  marked  as  the  con- 

^  fAT]  C-TTU'Trix^y!  ^£,  lest  she  strike  me  under  the  eye,  or  clench  her  fist 
at  me. 

2  .So,  I  believe,  we  must  translate  koci  f^xKpodv/:cuv  i'tt  xiiTolg^  according 
to  the  connection  and  the  literal  sense  of  the  words. 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  213 

dition  on  which  the  entire  mercy  which  God  cherishes  for  His 
Church  in  His  Spirit  will  be  manifested.  The  appearance  of 
not  hearing,  of  unraercifulness  for  a  long  time,  confronts  the 
supplications  of  the  Church ;  but  when  the  hearing  comes,  the 
unfolding  of  the  mercy  will  be  so  glorious,  that  it  will  be  met  by 
the  appearance  of  unbelief  in  those  who  had  implored  it.^  But 
though  this  parable,  according  to  its  precise  interpretation,  is  a 
living  image  of  the  Church  in  all  ages,  it  is  equally  an  image  of 
individual  believers.  The  destitute  soul  is  reminded  of  the  full 
power  of  constant  access  which  God  grants  it  in  the  privilege  of 
prayer.  In  the  way  of  prayer  it  can  be  certain  of  the  super- 
abundant unfolding  at  a  future  time  of  God's  mercy. 

A  kindred  parable,  but  presented  in  the  form  of  a  parabolic 
conversation,  we  find  in  Luke  xi.  5-8.  Here  the  Lord  describes 
a  person  wdio  knocks  in  the  middle  of  the  night  at  his  friend's 
door,  to  seek  his  assistance  on  a  pressing  occasion.  Another 
friend,  travelling  by  night,  has  turned  in  for  a  lodging,  and  he 
wants  three  loaves  to  entertain  him;  so  he  comes  to  his  friend 
with  a  request  to  lend  them  to  him.  Will  this  friend,  in  such  a 
case,  call  to  him  from  within,^  '  Trouble  me  not ;  the  door  is 
now  shut,  and  my  children  are  with  me  in  bed?'  'I  say  unto 
you,'  says  Christ,  '  though  he  will  not  rise  and  give  him  because 
he  is  his  friend,  yet  because  of  his  importunity  he  will  arise ^ 
and  give  him  as  many  as  he  needeth.'  Both  friends  have  ex- 
cellent motives,  which  clash  with  one  another.  The  one  entreats 
under  the  pressure  of  a  sacred  obligation  which  friendship,  and 
indeed  hospitality,  had  imposed  upon  him  in  a  most  urgent  form. 
For  the  other,  it  is  hard  to  disturb  his  little  ones  in  their  sweet 
sleep  so  suddenly  and  alarmingly,  especially  by  the  opening  of 
the  house-door.  But  still  he  does  not  consider  it  well  to  set  his 
own  motive  against  that  of  his  friend.     The  unabashed  urgency 

'  Compare  Ps.  cxxvi.  1,  '  When  the  Lord  turned  again  the  captivity  of 
Zion,  we  were  like  them  that  dream.' 

^  It  is  in  accordance  with  the  connection  and  the  harmonic  construction 
of  this  parabolic  discourse  to  take  ver.  7  as  an  inference,  so  that  the  ques- 
tion involves  a  negation,  and  is  such  as  the  following :  '  TVTio  wiU  have  a 
friend  who  should  give  such  an  answer  (even  though  he  well  might)?' 
Probably  the  recollection  of  the  parable  of  the  unjust  judge  has  contributed 
to  alter  the  interpretation  of  this  parable. 

'  The  iytpdilg  would  be  quite  superfluous  if  it  were  not  significantly  used 
in  reference  to  the  preceding  di/xaroc;. 


214  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

to  which  his  friend  is  impelled  by  the  requirements  of  love  forms 
an  exciting  power  which  overpowers  him  and  makes  him  quite 
alert  to  render  aid.  And  if  he  were  not  his  friend,  yet  he  could 
hardly  withstand  him.  How  much  more,  then,  will  God,  in  His 
deep,  heavenly  repose,  faithfully  and  graciously  hearken  to  the 
supplication  of  man  in  his  midnight  distresses — that  supplication 
which  in  its  purity  always  proceeds  from  the  holiest  solicitude 
of  love,  honour,  and  duty ! 

The  experience  of  God's  great  clemency  which  redeems  and 
rescues  the  sinner,  can  only  be  completed  when  the  life  of  love 
again  awakens  in  his  breast  and  begins  to  gush  forth.  It  will 
therefore  express  itself  in  reciprocal  love  and  gratitude,  and  in 
their  preservation.  This  trAth  the  Lord  exhibits  in  the  short 
parable  of  the  two  debtors  (Luke  vii.  41,  42).  Both  were  in 
debt  to  the  same  creditor.  The  one  owed  him  five  hundred 
pence,  and  the  other  fifty ;  and  since  they  could  not  pay  him, 
he  frankly  forgave  them  both.  Simon  the  Pharisee,  to  whom 
Jesus  had  addressed  this  parable,  was  obliged  himself  to  decide, 
that  he  to  whom  the  creditor  forgave  most  would  love  him  most. 
Jesus  then  declared  to  him,  that  the  sins  of  the  woman  who 
had  occasioned  this  conversation  were  forgiven,  since  she  had 
given  proof  of  greater  love  ;  '  but  to  whom  little  is  forgiven,  the 
same  loveth  little.'  It  plainly  follows  from  the  connection  of 
the  parable,  that  the  forgiveness  of  sins  is  to  be  considered  not 
as  the  consequence,  but  as  the  ground  of  love  to  the  Lord.  But 
the  leading  thought'  of  the  parable  is  this,  that  from  the  fulness 
and  power  of  a  man's  proofs  of  love  we  must  draw  conclusions 
respecting  his  love,  and  through  that,  respecting  the  reconcilia- 
tion from  which  alone  it  can  proceed.  Where  the  love  is  great, 
the  reconciliation  is  great ;  where  there  is  little  love,  the  recon- 
ciliation is  slight ;  that  is,  the  reconciliation  scarcely  exists,  or  is 
not  yet  begun.  And  the  more  the  love  of  man  unfolds  itself, 
so  much  more  deeply  he  enters  into  the  blessed  kingdom  of  love 
and  mercy.  But  the  more  he  gives  himself  up  to  an  unloving 
disposition,  the  more  he  loses  the  right  state  of  mind  for  mercy 
and  the  hope  of  it. 

Christ  shows  in  three  great  parables,  that  if  men  would  ob- 
tain mercy,  they  must  exercise  mercy.  In  the  first,  the  parable 
of  the  unjust  steward  (Luke  xvi.  1-8),  we  see  the  blessing  of 
mercy;  on  the  other  hand,  in  the  two  others,  the  parable  of  the 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  215 

rich  man  and  Lazarus,  and  of  the  servant  who  owed  ten  thousand 
talents  (Matt,  xviii.  23,  35),  the  curse  of  unmercifulness  is  de- 
picted. In  the  exposition  of  the  first  parable,  we  must,  above 
all  things,  not  overlook  the  key  which  the  Lord  has  given,  since 
this  parable  is  more  difficult  than  the  others.  This  remark 
applies  particularly  to  the  words,  '  The  children  of  this  world 
ai*e  in  their  generation  wiser  than  the  children  of  light.'  The 
unfaithful  steward  must  be  regarded  as  one  of  the  children  of 
this  world,  since  he  deceives  his  lord.  And  the  debtors  are,  at 
all  events,  people  who  live  in  the  same  worldly  element  as  the 
steward  ;  they  become  parties  at  once  to  his  unfaithfulness.  Of 
his  master  we  know  nothing  that  sets  him  above  the  region  of 
the  children  of  this  world.  It  strikingly  indicates  his  worldly 
mode  of  viewing  things,  when  we  are  told,  in  ver.  8,  that  he 
actually  commended  his  unfaithful  servant.  It  is  true,  he  praised 
him  only  for  his  cleverness — that  by  the  exercise  of  a  great 
though  unrighteous  liberality  he  had  made  provision  for  his  own 
maintenance.  Now  thus  the  children  of  light  ought  to  be  wise 
in  their  way,  in  accordance  with  their  own  character.  Money 
is  almost  an  imperishable  idol,  the  Mammon  whose  worship 
will  not  vanish  even  among  Monotheists  ;^  for  which  reason 
Christ  calls  money  by  the  name  of  the  idol.  But  He  calls  it 
still  more  definitely  the  Mammon  of  unrighteousness  ;  not  only 
because  it  passes  through  so  many  unrighteous  hands,  but  be- 
cause it  never  purely  corresponds  to  its  proper  destiny,  an  ideal 
standard  of  value  for  worldly  things  and  relations.  Money 
{Geld)  should  express  the  essential  value  (Geltung),  and  thus 
secure  righteousness  in  commercial  transactions ;  but  in  its  actual 
use  it  is  often  a  caricature  of  its  destiny — a  false  standard  of 
value,  and  therefore  a  medium  on  which  a  thousand  false  esti- 
mates and  returns,  and  therefore  deeds  of  unrighteousness,  depend. 

^  Mammon  is  probably  not  a  mythological  divinity,  but  in  the  Syrian 
and  Phoenician  commercial  life  has  been  transformed  into  an  idol,  just 
as  is  now  often  done  in  a  half-jocose,  half-serious  manner.  Bretschneider : 
'  Mxf4,avoi;.  Heb.  jiJDD,  fortasse  significat  id  cui  confiditur  ut  LXX. 
njIDX,  Jer.  xxxiii.  6,  dnaxvpov^  ;  Ps.  xxxvii.  3,  TrXourov,  reddiderunt ;  vel  est 
ut  multi  putant  nomen  idoli  Syrorum  et  Poenorum,  divitiarum  prsesidis, 
i.q.  Pluto  Grsecorum.'  Olshausen  :  '  Augustin  remarks  on  this  passage — 
congruit  et  punicum  nomen,  nam  lucrum  punice  Mammon  dicitur.  Gold 
appears  in  contrast  with  God,  as  a  person,  an  idol,  a  sort  of  Plutus,  with- 
out its  being  proved  that  an  idol  of  this  kind  was  worshipped '  (i.  231). 


216  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

But  the  children  of  light  should  always  feel  about  money  as  if 
something  alien  and  unsuitable  belonged  to  it,  and  therefore 
should  devote  it  most  willingly  to  making  friends  with  it — friends 
who  may  receive  them,  if  they  now  suffer  want,  into  everlasting 
habitations.  It  would  not  be  consonant  to  the  spirit  of  Christ's 
doctrine,  if  we  were  so  to  understand  these  words,  as  if  the  pious 
could  by  works  of  mercy  purchase  a  reception  into  everlasting 
habitations,  or  that  this  reception  is  dependent  on  the  generosity 
of  the  perfected  in  the  other  world.  In  this  parable  we  find 
ourselves  placed  in  the  kingdom  of  free  mercy.  According  to 
this  view,  the  leading  thought  is :  Sanctify  temporal  possessions, 
which  generally  become  a  burden  to  men ;  make  them  an  organ 
of  blessing  by  your  liberality  ;  make  them  the  channels  of  your 
mercy.  If  you  so  devote  the  temporal  to  mercy,  you  will  make 
friends  for  yourselves,  who  will  give  you  in  exchange  the  eternal 
for  the  temporal,  and  receive  you  into  their  everlasting  habita- 
tions. Here  in  the  everlasting  habitations  of  the  Church,  and 
in  the  other  world  in  the  everlasting  habitations  of  the  perfected 
kingdom,  you  will  be  welcomed  as  belonging  to  the  family. 
Whoever  devotes  his  powers  to  mercy,  living  and  dying,  he  will 
fall  into  the  arms  of  mercy.  Olshausen  has  developed  the  lead- 
ing thoughts  of  the  parable  in  an  ingenious  manner,  so  that  all 
the  parts  obtain  a  definite  meaning.  The  rich  man  is  the  world, 
or  the  prince  of  this  world.  Opposite  to  him  stands  another, 
the  true  Lord, — God  as  the  representative  of  those  who  receive 
the  destitute  into  everlasting  habitations.  The  steward  stands 
in  the  middle  between  the  two.  '  He  labours  with  the  pro- 
perty of  the  one  for  the  objects  of  the  other.'  We  are  here 
reminded  of  the  better  sort  of  publicans,  who  had  an  entirely 
different  position  from  that  of  the  Pharisees.  They  were  out- 
wardly, indeed,  very  m.ucli  mixed  up  with  the  world,  but  their 
inner  man  was  inflamed  with  a  longing  after  the  divine.  The 
Pharisees,  on  the  contrary,  were  '  outwardly  in  close  conjunc- 
tion with  the  divine,  as  the  representatives  by  birth  of  the  theo- 
cracy ;  but  their  inner  life  was  attached  to  the  world,  and  they 
made  use  of  their  spiritual  character  for  temporal  objects.'  But 
the  parable,  by  certain  definite  features,  requires  the  exposition 
of  Olshausen  to  be  in  some  degree  modified.  According  to  ver. 
13,  the  rich  man  is  Mammon  himself — the  allegorical  Plutus — 
the  spirit  of  gain,  or  the  worldly  mind  so  far  as  it  amasses  wealth 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  217 

in  the  spirit  of  selfishness.  Every  man  of  wealth  or  property  is 
a  steward  in  the  kingdom  of  this  Mammon.  But  the  pious  man 
of  wealth  does  not  serve  him  faithfully  ;  he  embezzles,  according 
to  worldly  notions,  the  treasures  which  he  ought  strictly  to  em- 
ploy for  self-interest,  since  he  employs  them  in  the  spirit  of 
liberiility  and  sympathy.  Lastly,  he  is  too  nmcli  for  the  calcu- 
lating genius  of  gain,  who  purposes  to  dismiss  him  from  his 
service ;  that  is,  the  steward  by  his  liberality  puts  himself  in  a 
wrong  position  to  the  spirit  of  gain  in  the  world  ;  he  is  in  danger 
of  being  reduced  to  poverty.  But  this  knowledge  of  his  situa- 
tion does  not  frighten  him  back  into  worldly  covetousness.  He 
wishes,  indeed,  not  to  starve,  nor  would  he  like,  in  order  to  live, 
to  be  a  bungler  in  a  trade  that  he  had  not  learnt,  or  to  practise 
the  fawning  servility  of  a  mendicant.  So  he  goes  confidently 
and  boldly  forward  in  his  way ;  he  takes  still  bolder  steps  in 
disregarding  his  lord's  interests,  for  he  contributes  to  the  king- 
dom of  love  and  mercy.  The  parable  makes  it  manifest,  how  in 
the  Christian  Church  the  rigidity  of  selfish  acquisition  ever  more 
becomes  relaxed  in  the  service  of  love,  and  how  the  Christian 
spirit  contributes  to  a  brotherly  communion  in  the  enjoyment  of 
goods.^  The  practical  application  made  by  Jesus  calls  this  un- 
faithfulness of  the  pious  against  Mammon,  faithfulness  in  little, 
the  least  that  can  be  required  of  a  Christian.  '  If  ye  have  not 
been  faithful  in  the  unrighteous  Mammon,  who  will  commit  to 
your  trust  the  true  [riches]  1  If  ye  have  not  been  faithful 
in  that  which  is  another  man's,  who  shall  give  you  that  which 
is  your  own?'  Here  the  thought  is  more  decidedly  brought 
forward,  that  money  is  not  to  be  managed  according  to  the 
mind  of  the  wealthy  world  of  Mammon,  but  according  to  the 

'  It  is  scarcely  necessary  to  remiud  the  reader  here,  that  the  Christian 
community  of  goods  is  an  ideal  community  realizing  itself  with  the  perfect- 
ing of  the  Church,  and  resting  on  the  principle  of  freedom,  holiness,  and 
love,  while  modern  communism  would  make  a  profane  reahstic  community 
by  a  forced  method  on  the  principle  of  self-interest.  The  way  and  manner 
in  which  Christ  lets  the  unjust  steward  set  aside  the  requirements  of  his 
lord,  points  to  the  living  mediation  between  the  kingdom  of  private  pro- 
perty and  that  of  the  Christian  community.  The  circumspection  of  the 
mediation  is  shown  in  this,  that,  in  the  first  instance,  he  lowers  the  demand 
from  a  hundred  to  fifty ;  in  the  second,  only  to  eighty.  But  the  praise  be- 
stowed by  the  idol  of  wealth  on  the  steward  might  be  referred  to  the  com- 
munistic ideas  of  the  worldly  mind. 


218  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

Spirit  of  God.  Lucre  is  dangerous  as  well  as  unessential  for  the 
Christian.  If  he  succumbs  to  the  spirit  of  the  world  in  this  Httle 
thing,  the  true  riches  cannot  be  entrusted  to  him,  and  he  cannot 
come  into  the  possession  of  the  eternal  goods  intended  for  him. 
This  saying  struck  the  Pharisees,  and  was  designed  to  strike 
them ;  but  we  are  not  at  liberty  to  suppose  that  this  parable  was 
a  mere  allegory  on  the  Pharisees  and  publicans. 

The  rich  man  in  the  next  parable,  at  whose  gate  poor 
Lazarus  was  laid,  forms  a  counterpart  to  the  unfaithful  steward. 
Recently  some  have  attempted  to  maintain  that  this  parable  is 
founded  on  Ebionitish  views.  We  are  not  to  suppose  that  the 
rich  man  had  to  atone  in  eternity  for  his  sins  in  the  present 
life;  nothing  of  this  sort  is  to  be  found  in  the  Gospel.  It  is 
not  said  that  he  had  not  given  relief  to  Lazarus;  rather,  he  was 
punished  because  he  was  rich  and  had  lived  prosperously  in  the 
present  world.  On  the  other  hand,  nothing  is  known  of  the 
good  conduct  of  Lazarus;  rather,  he  was  admitted  into  heaven 
simply  because  he  had  been  poor  in  this  life.  To  the  rich  man 
special  praise  has  been  awarded,  because  he  wished  to  send  a 
messenger  to  his  brethren  who  were  yet  alive  from  the  king- 
dom of  the  dead,  that  they  might  be  warned  by  his  fate.  This 
last  circumstance  tells  against  the  preceding  remarks.  The 
rich  man,  at  all  events,  admits  that  he  might  have  escaped  the 
place  of  torment  if  he  had  been  suitably  warned,  and  that  his 
brethren  might  yet  escape  it.  Did  it  ever  enter  his  thoughts, 
that  they  must  divest  themselves  of  their  wealth?  He  says  no- 
thing of  the  sort,  but  rather  that  they  must  repent  (ver.  30).^ 
Criticism  has  indeed  not  altogether  overlooked  this  circum- 
stance ;  just  so  the  description  that  the  rich  man  '  was  clothed 
in  purple  and  fine  linen,  and  fared  sumptuously  every  day.' 
It  is  indicated  with  sufficient  clearness  that  Lazarus  had  not 
to  rejoice  in  any  sympathy  on  the  part  of  the  rich  voluptuary. 
He  lay  at  his  door  ('  laid  at  his  gate '),  covered  with  sores, 
and  desiring  (iinOvixoiv)  to  be  fed  with  the  crumbs  which  fell 
from  the  rich  man's  table.  Yea,  even  the  dogs  which  came 
licked  his  sores.  The  expression  aXKa  koI,  '  but  also,'  with 
which  the  mention  of  the  dogs  is  introduced,  makes  them  ap- 
pear not  as  friends,  but  as  sorry  rivals  of  the  destitute.  The 
dogs  here  spoken  of  are  such  as  in  the  East  run  at  large  in  the 
'  See  Neander,  Life  of  Christ,  §  219,  p.  354. 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  219 

towns  and  greedily  seize  whatever  food  they  can  find.  The 
abundant  fragments  of  the  rich  man's  luxurious  table  attracted 
them  in  gi'eat  numbers.  They  gathered  round  Lazarus  and 
licked  his  sores.  He  was  obliged  to  share  his  scanty  fare  with 
these  greedy  dogs,  among  whom  it  was  his  lot  to  be  thrown.^ 
Lazarus  dies;  so  also  does  the  rich  man.  The  funeral  proces- 
sion of  the  former  was  a  guard  of  honour  from  the  other  world: 
the  angels  carry  him  into  Abraham's  bosom.^  The  interment 
of  the  latter  was  an  earthly  ceremonial;  with  emphasis  it  is  said, 
'  he  was  buried.'  The  rich  man  had  charged  his  memory  with 
the  name  of  Lazarus.^  He  was  surprised  in  the  other  world,  in 
Hades,^  to  see  this  man  in  Abraham's  bosom,  while  he  was  tor- 
mented in  the  flame.  And  this  is  exactly  the  finest,  keenest 
master-stroke  of  the  parable,  that  the  rich  man  is  disposed  to 
treat  Lazarus  with  an  unconscious  continuation  of  his  earthly 
arrogance  even  here,  and  with  contempt.  Lazarus  must  come 
down  to  him  into  the  fire,  and  cool  his  tongue  by  applying  the 
moistened  tip  of  his  finger;  perhaps  only  in  this  slight  manner, 
because  he  had  seen  the  poor  man  in  the  impurity  of  his  sores. 
Lazarus  must  undertake  the  errand  to  his  father's  house,  and 
convey  information  to  his  brethren  as  an  apparition  from  the 
other  world.  Lazarus  here,  Lazarus  there.  Tlius  he  regards 
him  with  the  same  eyes  as  before,  and  with  the  same  estimate. 
Lazarus  must  be  his  errand-boy.  The  arrogance  with  which 
he  intrudes  into  Heaven  from  Hades  he  foolishly  grounds  in 
part,  even  in  the  presence  of  Lazarus,  on  his  descent  from 
Father  Abraham.  But  even  in  Abraham's  presence  he  is  not 
teachable.     He  contradicts  his  assurance  that  Moses  and  the 

^  See  Olshausen,  Commentary  iii.  63.  Some  are  fond  of  finding  here 
an  important  feature,  by  regarding  the  dogs  as  belonging  to  the  rich  man, 
and  explaining  their  licking  the  sores  of  Lazarus  as  sympathy.  In  apply- 
ing this  view,  it  is  said  that  the  rich  man's  dogs  showed  more  pity  to  the 
poor  man  than  himself.  Yet  we  must  here  take  into  account  the  habits  of 
dogs  in  the  East. 

2  [See  the  beautiful  sentences  of  Augustin  {De  Civ.  Dei  i.  12)  on  this, 
beginning,  '  pompa  exequiarum  magis  sunt  vivorum  solatia,  quam  subsidia 
mortuorum.' — Ed.] 

'  '  Probably  symbolical — -||y  x^  the  helpless,  the  forsaken.' — Olshausen. 

*  Olshausen  justly  remarks  that  we  are  not  to  confound  Hades,  the 
kingdom  of  the  unblessed  dead  before  the  last  judgment,  with  Gehenna,  in 
a  stricter  sense  the  abode  of  the  unblessed  after  the  last  judgment. 


220  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

prophets  gave  sufficient  instruction  about  time  and  eternity  for 
men  who  are  willing  to  hear.  '  Nay,  Father  Abraham,  but  if 
one  went  to  them  from  the  dead,  they,  will  repent.'  His  anxiety 
for  his  brethren's  house  implies  a  covert  censure  of  Moses  and 
the  prophets,  that  they  were  not  sufficient  to  bring  persons  to 
repentance;  and  a  bitter  reproach  of  the  divine  economy,  that 
it  neglected  him  in  his  religious  need,  and  had  suffered  him  to 
perish  unwarned.  The  declaration  with  which  Abraham  closes 
the  conversation  is  justified  by  the  events  that  followed.  Even 
the  resurrection  of  Christ  made  no  impression  on  the  hearts  of 
those  who  had  not  been  willing  to  learn  the  awful  importance 
of  eternity  from  Moses  and  the  prophets.  Lazarus  throughout 
the  whole  parable  does  not  utter  a  word.  Hence  it  has  been 
inferred  that  we  know  nothing  of  his  disposition,  and  that,  ac- 
cording to  the  Evangelist,  he  was  transported  to  heaven  on 
account  of  his  former  sufferings.  But  not  to  say  that,  as 
Neander  remarks,  he  is  not  the  principal  person  in  the  parable, 
and  that  from  his  relation  to  Abraham  we  may  conclude  that  he 
bore  his  sufferings  with  pious  resignation,  his  silence  in  his 
present  situation  must  be  regarded  as  most  impressive.  He  is 
silent  before  the  gate  of  the  rich  man,  where  he  calmly  lies,  a 
beggar  of  princely  pride  and  unblemished  honour.  He  is  silent 
also  in  Abraham's  bosom  (whence  the  rich  man  would  recall  him 
for  his  service  in  hell),  a  humble,  blessed  child  of  God,  without 
self-exaltation,  in  the  bosom  of  glory.  If  we  duly  estimate  the 
great  virtues  of  silence,  we  shall  see  that  of  Lazarus  come  forth 
conspicuously.  This  parable  would  have  been  better  under- 
stood if  the  powerful  impression  of  a  transaction  between  the 
spirits  of  heaven  and  those  of  hell  had  not  led  men's  minds 
away  from  the  leading  thought.  Olshausen  justly  remarks,  that 
this  conversation  is  to  be  regarded  only  as  a  living  reciprocal 
action  between  the  two  domains  of  life.  His  remark  is  also 
worthy  of  notice,  that  the  description  here  given  relates  not  to 
eternal  salvation  and  damnation,  but  to  the  intermediate  state 
of  departed  souls  from  death  to  the  resurrection.  ^In  our 
parable,  therefore,  nothing  can  be  said  of  the  everlasting  con- 
demnation of  the  rich  man,  inasmuch  as  the  germ  of  love,  and 
of  faith  in  love,  is  clearly  expressed  in  his  words.'  We  cannot 
indeed  but  acknowledge  in  him  the  feeling  of  sympathy  for  his 
brethren;  but,  in  the  whole  form  which  it  takes,  there  is  a  mix- 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  221 

ture  of  the  most  impure  elements,  namely,  of  ill-will  and  unbe- 
lief, and  even  of  sujaerstition.  The  disclosures  which  Olshausen 
finds  here  respecting  the  relations  of  the  intermediate  state, 
must  be  admitted ;  namely,  '  (1)  That  departed  souls  are  con- 
gregated in  one  place;  (2)  that  they  are  separated  according  to 
the  basis  of  their  character  into  the  good  and  the  wicked;  (3) 
that  after  death  a  transition  from  the  good  to  the  wicked,  or  the 
reverse,  is  impossible.'  But,  as  we  have  already  remarked,  in- 
formation respecting  the  detail  of  things  in  the  other  world  is 
not  the  essential  design  of  the  parable.  The  key  to  it  lies  in  the 
declaration  of  Father  Abraham:  'Thou  in  thy  life-time  receivedst 
(a7reXa/8e?)  thy  good  things,  and  likewise  Lazarus  evil  things; 
but  now  he  is  comforted,  and  thou  art  tormented.'  Of  the  mere 
life-position  of  the  rich  man  in  this  world  on  the  one  hand,  and 
of  the  poor  man  on  the  other,  nothing  is  said,  even  remotely ; 
but  of  the  way  and  manner  in  which  the  rich  man  conducted 
himself  in  his  prosperity,  and  the  poor  man  in  his  adversity. 
The  one  had  enjoyed  his  good  things.^  He  had  seized  upon 
them  as  his  felicity,  and  by  this  enormous  delusion  had  laid  the 
foundation  for  his  future  sinking  into  the  fiery  torment  of  un- 
quenchable desires  and  ever-devouring  circumstances.  The 
other  received  his  evil  things,  his  grievous  lot ;  and  by  his  resig- 
nation to  the  divinely  decreed  suffering,  he  became  capable  of 
blessedness.  Reposing  in  Abraham's  bosom,  he  could  find  a 
heaven  in  that  calm  retreat ;  while  the  other,  in  his  fearful  agi- 
tation, would  fain  have  set  heaven  and  earth  in  commotion. 
These  destinies,  so  distinctly  marked,  considered  in  their  parallel- 
ism, would  show  the  judgment  of  the  Gospel  to  be  far  exalted 
above  the  reproach  of  Ebionitism.  But  these  destinies  inter- 
sect one  another,  and  for  this  reason, — because  the  rich  man 
kept  his  earthly  goods  for  himself,  without  mercy  towards  the 
poor  man;  because  he  turned  that  abundance  itself  into  a  curse 
which  should  have  been  a  blessing  to  the  other;  and  because  the 
poor  man  in  his  indigence  had  borne  with  resignation  the  misery 
of  the  world  together  with  the  misery  of  the  rich  man.  The 
true  poor  man  is  merciful  in  the  manner  in  which  he  bears  un- 

1  And  this  is  a  more  severe  reproach  tlian  that  which  is  popularly  ex- 
pressed, '  He  had  taken  an  excess  of  good  things.'  According  to  Strauss 
(i.  633),  the  latter  only  is  to  be  regarded  as  a  reproach,  and  not  the 
former. 


222  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

enviously  and  quietly  in  God  the  burden  of  the  world,  its  dis- 
cordancy; wherefore  he  will  obtain  mercy.  The  false  rich  man, 
who  receives  his  property  as  booty  for  his  sensual  indulgence,  is 
without  mercy  by  the  very  manner  of  his  luxurious  living; 
retributive  justice  confronts  him  in  eternity  with  its  punish- 
ments.    Dives  and  Lazarus  are  world-historical  personages. 

The  rich  man,  by  worldly  luxury,  allowed  himself  to  be 
seduced  into  unmercifulness,  and  thus  incurred  heavier  guilt, 
since  he  had  experienced  the  liberality  of  God  in  his  abundant 
possessions,  and  was  therefore  bound  to  exercise  liberality.  But 
much  heavier  is  the  guilt  of  him,  who  in  the  spiritual  life  ex- 
periences the  mercy  of  God,  and  after  such  an  experience  treats 
his  neighbour  in  spiritual  relations  with  unmercifulness.  This 
criminahty  is  depicted  in  the  parable  of  the  unmerciful  servant. 
The  king  who  would  take  account  of  his  servants  (Matt,  xviii. 
23-35)  is  evidently  an  image  of  God  in  the  administration  of 
His  strict  justice.  When  he  begins  to  reckon,  there  is  one  who 
owes  him  ten  thousand  talents.  In  the  presence  of  eternal  recti- 
tude, the  very  best  servant  of  God  is  a  sinner  burdened  with 
an  immeasurable  debt.  The  servant  is  unable  to  pay.  So  man 
cannot  possibly  wipe  away  his  own  sin.  His  lord  threatens  the 
debtor  to  sell  him  with  all  his  family,  according  to  the  ancient 
law  of  debt,  in  order  to  recover  as  much  as  possible.  Thus 
the  punishment  which  strikes  the  sinner,  falls  also  on  those  who 
belong  to  him.  But  the  debtor,  in  his  terror,  pleads  for  a  respite ; 
and  his  lord  yields  to  bis  prayer,  takes  compassion  on  his  family, 
and  remits  the  whole  debt.  It  deserves  special  notice,  that  the 
debtor  asked  for  a  respite  ;  it  did  not  amount  to  a  frank  admis- 
sion of  his  insolvency ;  he  could  not  leave  the  legal  standpoint. 
He  shows  the  same  temper  also  in  his  conduct  immediately  after 
towards  his  fellow-servant,  who  owed  him  a  hundred  pence  :  '  He 
took  him  by  the  throat,  saying.  Pay  me  what  thou  owest;'^ 
and  without  being  softened  by  his  entreaties,  'cast  him  into 
prison  till  he  should  pay  the  debt.'  His  hard-heartedness  is  re- 
presented in  sharp,  bold  strokes.  This  took  place  on  his  going 
out  from  the  chamber  in  which  his  lord  had  just  forgiven  him 

^  The  reading  ei'rt,  preferred  by  Lachmann  [Tischendorf  and  Tregelles], 
gives  certainly  a  much  more  expressive,  sharper  sense  than  6',  n.  The  per- 
sonal violence  preceded  the  demand  for  payment,  and  the  claim  was  not 
substantiated. 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  223 

his  immense  debt.  As  he  had  thrown  himself  at  his  lord's  feet, 
just  so  his  fellow-servant  fell  at  his,  and  in  the  same  words  as'  he 
had  used  to  his  lord,  besought  a  respite.  And  the  claim  was  so 
trifling.  By  these  traits  is  depicted  the  legal  harsh  demeanour 
of  a  member  of  the  theocracy,  or  of  the  Christian  Church,  to- 
wards his  brethren  who  are  in  debt  to  him.  His  fellow-servants 
were  sorely  grieved  at  such  conduct,  and  told  their  lord.  They 
plainly  recognised  another  higher  right — the  right  of  mercy. 
Their  lord  now  called  the  unmerciful  servant  into  his  presence 
and  reproached  him  for  his  baseness.  He  handed  him  over  in 
wrath  to  the  tormentors,  and  to  a  painful  imprisonment,  till  he 
had  discharged  his  whole  debt.  But  how  could  he  exact  from 
him  the  debt  which  he  had  already  remitted  ?  According  to  our 
civil  law,  to  revoke  the  remission  of  a  debt  is  not  permissible. 
But  in  the  legal  relation  in  which  this  king  stood  to  his  servants 
or  slaves,  it  was  allowable  for  him  to  impose  a  heavy  fine,  or  to 
exact  the  debt  he  had  remitted.  He  had  remitted  the  debt  be- 
cause he  besought  him  (evret  irapeKokea-aq  fie).  But  the  real 
suppliant  gives  the  assurance  that  he  believes  in  mercy,  and 
therefore  that  the  spark  of  mercy  is  in  his  own  heart.  If  this 
debtor  had  supplicated  in  truth,  he  would  have  given  a  guarantee 
that  he  also  practised  mercy.  His  having  been  the  recipient  of 
an  act  of  mercy,  bound  him  to  the  exercise  of  mercy.  This  his 
lord  plainly  reminded  him  of,  in  the  words,  '  Shouldst  not  thou 
also  have  had  compassion  on  thy  fellow-servant,  even  as  I  had 
pity  on  thee?'  Therefore  the  act  of  remission  was  nullified  by 
his  own  fault.  If  the  old  debt  had  been  remitted,  he  had  now 
incurred  another,  greater  one  ;  had  he  incurred  no  new  debt,  the 
old  one  remained.  According  to  this  law  which  he  had  set  up 
against  his  fellow-servant,  the  law  of  inexorable  legality,  he  is 
now  handed  over  to  justice.  His  lord  first  treated  him  accord- 
ing to  the  law  of  justice,  for  the  sake  of  the  truth  of  justice. 
Then  he  treated  him  according  to  the  law  of  mercy,  or  of  sup- 
plication; for  supplication  as  an  expression  of  faith  in  mercy 
is  a  prophecy  of  mercy,  and  so  its  germ.  But  since  he  had 
practically  repudiated  this  law,  his  lord  returns  with  him  to  the 
first  law,  and  holds  him  a  prisoner  in  this  stern  hard  world  of 
exacting,  avenging,  inexorable  justice,  until  he  has  paid  all — for 
ever,  if  he  does  not  learn  to  believe  in  the  kingdom  of  mercy. 
The  latter  proviso  we  must  make,  for  his  lord  had  not  changed 


224  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

his  own  nature  in  itself ;  but  towards  him  he  is  the  strict  judge, 
not  only  for  the  sake  of  justice,  but  of  truth  ;  and  this  conduct 
is  at  the  same  time  concealed  mercy. — We  are  not  to  suppose 
from  the  particular  traits  here  given,  that  a  pardoned  sinner  in 
the  stricter  sense  is  depicted,  who  by  his  decidedly  unmerciful 
conduct  towards  his  fellow-men  again  falls  back  into  his  old 
state  of  condemnation.  Christ  distinctly  assumes  that  he  to 
whom  much  is  forgiven,  also  loves  much.  But  the  possibility  is 
certainly  expressed  in  the  parable,  that  a  man  may  lose  the  be- 
ginnings of  a  life  in  grace  by  unmercifulness,  or  that  he  may 
decidedly  disturb  and  obscure  the  continuance  of  his  life  in  re- 
conciliation with  God,  by  more  or  less  rash  single  acts  of  natural 
or  legal  hardness.  And  in  this  reference,  the  parable  is  a  solemn 
warning.  But  if  we  keep  in  view  the  meaning  of  the  words, 
that  the  lord  took  account  of  his  servant,  and  remitted  his  debt, 
the  whole  life  in  Christianity  is  marked  as  a  life  in  the  kingdom 
of  mercy,  and  therefore  mercy  as  the  highest  duty.  The  Chris- 
tian has,  by  his  profession,  from  the  first  acknowledged  himself 
to  be  a  heavy  laden  debtor  to  God ; — the  central  point  of  his 
prayers  is  supplication  for  forgiveness — his  whole  faith  is 
grounded  on  the  remission  of  sins  ;  therefore  his  duty  to  show 
mercy  to  all  who  need  mercy,  and  are  susceptible  of  it,  is  ex- 
pressed as  the  great  and  prime  duty  of  his  life.  But  it  has  hap- 
pened a  thousand  times  that  the  professed  servant  of  God  has 
come  from  his  Lord's  presence  in  the  ordinance  of  the  Church, 
after  absolution,  and,  immediately,  according  to  another  rule  of 
action,  the  purely  legal,  has  treated  his  fellow-servant  with  the 
greatest  harshness  while  the  absolution  was  still  sounding  in  his 
ears  and  should  have  found  an  echo  in  his  heart.  And  thus  he 
often  comes  from  baptism,  or  from  the  communion,  or  from 
prayers ;  and  a  thousand  times  he  is  in  danger,  as  he  comes  out, 
of  forgetting  the  remission  of  his  own  great  debt,  and  of  seizing 
his  neighbour  by  the  throat  for  a  small  one.  And  if  he  falls 
into  this  temptation,  it  proves  that  his  supplication  was  not  of 
the  right  kind,  and  therefore  that  he  has  not  really  obtained 
absolution.  His  whole  transaction  with  the  merciful  Lord  was 
rendered  nugatory,  because  his  supplication  was  no  real  reflex 
and  witness  of  eternal  mercy.  We  need  only  take  a  glance  at 
the  history  of  the  Church,  or  even  at  our  own  lives,  in  order  to 
see  what  a  fearfully  clear  and  reproving  mirror  of  a  thousand 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  225 

instances  of  spiritual  unmerciful ness,  under  the  banner  of  eternal 
mercy,  is  held  up  in  this  parable.  And  as  in  the  rich  man  the 
unmerciful  practices  of  men  of  the  world  are  condemned,  so  in 
the  parable  of  the  two  debtors  the  unmercifulness  of  professed 
Christians  is  condemned.  And  as  the  former  suffered  torment 
because  in  his  unmerciful  selfishness  he  had  extinguished  in 
himself  the  true  capacity  of  enjoyment,  so  the  latter  came 
under  the  tormentors  of  the  legal  world,  in  the  gloomy  circum- 
stances of  self-tormenting  both  in  this  world  and  the  next,  and  of 
endless  quarrelling  with  humanity,  because  he  did  not  thoroughly 
beheve  in  forgiveness,  and  therefore  could  not  forgive.  This 
law  is  distinctly  expressed  in  Christ's  closing  words  (ver.  35). 
But  the  unmercifulness  of  the  latter  is  the  greatest.  The  former 
closed  against  his  neighbour  the  treasures  of  temporal  means ; 
the  latter  closed  against  his  own  heart  the  treasures  of  mercy. 

Thus  we  see  in  a  succession  of  pictures  the  agency  of  the 
love  of  God,  which  has  its  central  point  in  Christ,  as  it  estab- 
lishes and  extends  the  kingdom  of  God  in  its  two  great  forms 
of  life,  in  the  glory  of  grace,  and  in  the  fervour  of  mercy.  Every 
parable  is  a  special  world-image  of  this  agency  of  love;  each 
one  exhibits  a  new  revelation  of  its  spirit  and  operation,  as  it  is 
reflected  in  a  new  glorification  of  the  world;  and  so  the  repre- 
sentation of  the  widest  circle  of  its  agency  stretches  forward  to 
the  most  decided  manifestations  of  its  world-glorifying  operation. 
In  this  series  we  see  grace  constantly  approaching  the  fulfilment 
of  the  time  when  it  will  change  itself  into  the  form  of  judicial 
righteousness,  in  order  to  complete  the  erection  of  the  kingdom 
of  God,  or  in  order  to  free  the  finished  structure  of  ideal 
humanity  from  the  rubbish  and  scaffolding  which  surround  it. 

The  world  of  the  merciful  Samaritan  is  the  world  of  merci- 
ful love  in  its  widest  extent.  It  embraces  heaven  and  earth, 
the  good  and  the  evil.  Hence  it  oversteps  all  the  limits  of 
nationalities  and  confessions,  and  chooses  the  strangest  instru- 
ments among  foreigners,  dissidents,  and  heterodox,  in  order  to 
put  to  shame  and  to  conquer  the  unlovingness  of  national  and 
confessional  pride.  It  operates  in  a  thousand  forms  on  earth. 
Children  and  women,  even  heathens  and  savages,  are  active  in 
its  service.  It  is  the  healing  balsam  which  streams  forth  from 
human  hearts  in  their  philanthropy  and  sympathy.     Its  sym- 

VOL.  II.  P 


226  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

bolic  representative  is  the  good  Samaritan  ;  its  real  chief  in  its 
quiet  world  of  wonders  is  the  Crucified.  If  we  see  in  this  image 
the  great  labour  of  love,  the  second  world-scene  shows  us  the 
festival  of  love;  we  are  taught  its  special  object.  It  has  pre- 
pared a  great  feast  for  humanity.  Men  are  to  assemble  in  its 
hall  for  an  eternal  feast — a  feast  of  the  highest  divine  com- 
munion, spiritual  joy,  and  blessedness.  The  feast  is  announced 
in  the  morning  of  the  world  against  the  world's  evening;  the 
first  invitations  have  already  been  issued.  And  the  glory  of 
this  love  is  most  of  all  verified  in  not  allowing  itself  to  be  per- 
plexed by  the  despisers  of  its  feast  among  the  invited — that  even 
in  its  wrath  towards  them  it  remains  true  to  itself :  it  sends  out 
messengers  and  seeks  new  guests  among  the  poorest  and  most 
forlorn.  And  throughout  all  ages  of  the  world  this  is  the  bold- 
ness of  love,  that  it  still  makes  efforts  for  winning  hearts  for 
the  spiritual  life  of  heaven,  notwithstanding  that  the  most  hon- 
ourable, consecrated,  and  dignified  administrators  of  its  outward 
ordinances  often  appear  estranged  from  this  life,  and  even  in  a 
state  of  awful  death.  But  not  without  labour  does  love  convert 
into  guests  of  heaven  those  who  ofttimes  would  fain  have  ap- 
peased their  hunger  with  the  food  of  swine.  A  new  world  opens. 
We  see  grace  go  forth  on  its  sacred  errands  to  seek  out  the  lost. 
The  great  history  of  reconciliation  is  unfolded  before  our  eyes 
in  the  parables  of  the  lost  sheep,  the  lost  piece  of  money,  and 
the  prodigal  son.  The  anxiety  of  the  good  shepherd,  who  is 
ready  to  lay  down  his  life  for  his  sheep,  shows  us  the  impas- 
sioned, self-sacrificing,  uncalculating  devotedness  of  the  love  of 
the  Redeemer.  The  painstaking  housewife  is  the  lively  image 
of  a  whole  world  of  beautiful  redeeming  solicitudes  in  the  heart 
of  Christ  and  His  Church.  The  restoration  of  the  prodigal  son, 
which  the  father  celebrates  by  a  feast  in  his  house,  is  the  his- 
tory of  numberless  experiences  of  grace,  and  of  its  welcomes  in 
the  hearts  of  believing  penitents,  and  an  image  of  every  evan- 
gelical jubilation  in  Christendom  which  sounds  forth  from  time 
into  eternity.  But  the  life  of  Christ  in  us  must  verify  itself 
under  trial.  The  parts  are  shifted.  Before,  man  was  for  a 
long  time  irresponsiv^e  to  the  call  of  his  God;  now,  God  appears 
to  be  irresponsive  to  reconciled  men.  We  see  humanity  in  its 
genuine  christological  life  of  prayer  turned  towards  salvation  : 
the  work  of  God's  faithfulness  in  the  trial  and  distress  of  His 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  227 

people,  the  glowing  operation  of  His  purifying  power  in  their 
earnest  supplications,  is  unveiled  to  us.  The  innermost  life  of 
humanity  is  disclosed;  its  wrestling  after  the  righteousness  of 
God  and  the  completion  of  His  kingdom,  in  the  praying  publi- 
can, in  the  persistently  supplicating  widow,  and  in  the  friend 
made  over-importunate  by  necessity.  Then,  in  the  parable  of 
the  thankful  debtor,  w^e  see  the  community  of  believers  in  the 
overflow  of  their  love;  they  love  much  because  many  sins  have 
been  forgiven  them.  We  see  how  humanity  in  its  choicest  spe- 
cimens gratefully  gathers  round  its  Redeemer.  And  now  the 
Christian  spirit  begins  to  transform  the  old  world  of  selfish  ac- 
quisition, the  ice-bound  kingdom  of  Mammon,  into  a  new  genial 
world  of  brotherly  kindness,  of  benevolence,  and  of  the  common 
enjoyment  of  God's  blessings.  But  we  see  how,  against  this 
bright  side  of  the  new  world,  a  dark  night-side  is  presented ;  the 
world  of  secular  and  spiritual  unmercifulness  that  constantly 
becomes  more  intense,  represented  by  the  rich  man  and  the  un- 
merciful servant.  With  these  parables  we  approach  the  repre- 
sentation of  the  judgment  as  it  is  given  in  the  third  cycle  of 
parables.  Already,  in  the  earlier  parables,  our  attention  has 
been  directed  to  the  judgment  by  single  traits  ;  as  by  the  priest 
and  Levite,  by  the  despisers  of  the  great  feast,  and  by  the  elder 
brother  of  the  prodigal  son.  But  as  the  kingdom  of  God  in  its 
absolute  power  and  glory  embraces  the  whole  world,  those  per- 
sons who  reject  His  mercy  are  still  within  the  range  of  His 
government,  and  fall  into  the  hands  of  His  justice.  Yet, 
while  His  justice  visits  them  with  its  judgments,  it  remains  one 
with  His  mercy.  But  as  it  is  the  office  of  mercy  to  found  and 
to  build  the  kingdom  of  God,  so  it  is  the  office  of  justice  to 
purify  and  to  complete  it. 

The  parable  of  the  day-labourers  who  each  received  one 
penny,  notwithstanding  the  unequal  times  of  their  labour  in  the 
vineyard  (Matt.  xx.  1-16),  must  stand  at  the  head  of  the  parables 
of  this  group ;  for  it  shows  how  the  justice  of  God  exercises  a 
rewarding  retribution  wdiich  is  wholly  animated  by  the  muni- 
ficence of  grace.  Grace  determines  and  gives  a  brilliancy  to  the 
hire  of  these  labourers,  and  equalizes  it.  The  parable  shows  us, 
therefore,  how  the  administration  of  God's  justice  is  perfectly  one 
with  that  of  His  love.  A  proprietor  hires  labourers  for  his  vine- 
yard :  the  first,  about  six  o'clock  in  the  morning,  at  the  begin- 


228  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

ning  of  the  day  ;  others,  at  nine  o'clock  (about  the  third  hour) — 
people  whom  he  finds  standing  in  the  market-place,  detained 
there  hy  the  attraction  of  earthly  things,  loungers  in  the  region 
of  worldliness ;  others,  again,  about  noon  ;  a  fresh  set,  about 
three  in  the  afternoon  ;  the  last,  an  hour  before  sunset,  or  about 
the  eleventh  hour.  These  latter  answer  to  his  inquiry,  '  Why 
stand  ye  here  all  the  day  idle  V  '  Because  no  man  hath  hired  us ;' 
and  at  his  bidding  they  go  immediately  into  the  vineyard.  Here, 
then,  we  have  a  series  of  conversions  exhibited  according  to  the 
measure  of  their  earlier  and  later  temporal  beginning.  Some 
of  these  labourers  have  grown  up  in  a  life  of  piety,  and  from  the 
first  have  been  active  in  it ;  others  have  been  called  later  ;  many 
have  stood  all  day  idle  in  the  market-place,  and  enter  the  Lord's 
service  not  till  the  evening  of  life.  Now,  according  to  the  re- 
lations of  earthly  justice  and  rewards,  it  would  be  natural  to 
expect  that  the  payment  of  these  labourers  would  be  reckoned 
according  to  the  term  of  their  labour.  So  the  Jews  probably 
expected  that  the  heathen  who  should  be  converted  in  the  world's 
evening,  would  receive  a  smaller  reward  than  themselves.  Also 
in  modern  times  it  has  been  maintained  by  rationalist  theolo- 
gians, that  the  neglected  opportunities  of  the  sinner  in  the  time 
before  his  conversion  can  never  be  repaired — that  the  loss  of 
time  follows  the  converted  man  himself  into  eternity  in  an  irre- 
parable shortening  of  his  felicity.  But  this  parable  seems  to 
have  been  specially  constructed  to  explode  such  an  erroneous 
opinion.  It  belongs  to  the  majesty  of  grace,  that  from  the  bosom 
of  its  eternity  it  can  restore  the  otherwise  irretrievably  lost  time. 
Hence  also  the  circumstance  is  explained,  that  God  could  allow 
the  heathen  to  go  on  in  their  own  way  thousands  of  years  with- 
out losing  sight  of  them,  and  similar  mysteries.  The  power  of 
grace  shows  itself  in  the  reward  of  the  labourers  as  the  parable 
depicts  it.  The  proprietor  agrees  with  the  earliest  labourers  for 
one  penny  ;  to  the  next  he  made  the  indefinite  promise,  that 
'whatsoever  was  right,  that  they  should  receive;'  and  with  the 
last  he  appears  scarcely  to  have  made  even  this  condition.^  And 
when  evening  was  come,  the  lord  of  the  vineyard  desired  his 
steward  to  call  the  labourers  and  give  them  their  hire,  in  such 
order,  that  he  began  with  the  last  and  ended  with  the  first.     Now 

'  The  words,  x,»l  S  soiv  «  '^Uxtov,  a^t^st^e,  in  the  7th  verse  are  omitted 
by  Lachmann,  [Tischendorf,  and  Tregelles.] 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  220 

when  the  labourers  who  were  hired  in  the  early  part  of  the 
morning  saw  that  those  who  were  hired  at  the  eleventh  hour 
received  a  penny,  they  expected  much  more,  and  murmured 
when  they  also  received  only  a  penny.  Manifestly  the  parable 
expresses  first  of  all  the  equal  position  of  the  eai'lier  and  later 
converted  in  the  state  of  blessedness.  But  if  the  parable  merely 
represented  this  truth,  that  salvation  would  at  last  be  equal  for 
all  the  converted,  although  they  entered  at  different  times  into 
the  service  of  the  kingdom  of  God  (as  Neander  thinks),  the 
most  striking  features  of  the  parable  would  be  to  no  purpose. 
Rather  it  is  clear,  that  the  labourers  hired  last  enjoyed  the  dis- 
tinction of  being  first  paid.  And  since  in  proportion  to  their 
time  of  labour  they  could  not  expect  much,  one  penny  was  for 
them  extraordinary  good  fortune.  The  first  labourers,  on  the 
other  hand,  not  only  received  their  penny  last  of  all,  but  em- 
bittered their  own  joy  in  it  by  expecting  more.  The  outward 
equality  of  their  pay,  therefore,  became  an  inward  inequality  in 
favour  of  the  labourers  who  were  last  hired.  How  are  we  to 
explain  this  circumstance  ?  Manifestly  we  must  regard  the 
labourers  who  were  first  hired  as  saved  persons.  For  the  one 
equal  payment  denotes  the  salvation  to  be  imparted  equally  to 
all.  But  there  is  originally  a  difference  in  men's  capacity  for 
salvation,  and  in  proportion  the  fulness  of  salvation  must  be 
different  to  different  persons.  Now  these  first  labourers  appear 
to  be  delineated  as  more  legal,  calculating  natures,  whose  capacity 
for  salvation  was  not  of  great  extent.  They  bargained  with  the 
proprietor  for  a  penny.  Labouring  in  his  vineyard  had  become 
irksome  to  them — the  chief  point  in  the  recollection  of  their 
labom'  is  the  burden  and  heat  of  the  day.  And  they  think  it 
strange,  that  the  others  should  be  placed  on  an  equality  with 
them  in  point  of  wages.  Since  they  ground  their  complaint  on 
the  principles  of  daily  wages,  the  proprietor  points  out  to  them, 
that  even  on  these  principles  they  had  received  what  was  due 
to  them.  As  to  the  last  hired,  on  the  other  hand,  the  lord  of 
the  vineyard  appears  to  take  into  account  that  they  had  not  the 
opportunity  till  late  of  entering  into  his  vineyard,  and  possibly 
they  had  a  battle  with  themselves  to  exchange  towards  even- 
ing their  indolent  mode  of  life  for  hard  work,  and  yet  went 
briskly  to  their  task  without  a  stipulated  reward.  At  all  events, 
they  appear  now  as,  in  proportion,  the  more  richly  rewarded,  for 


230  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

this  reason,  that  the  amount  of  the  reward  must  have  surprised 
them.  Thus  a  great  fact  in  the  kingdom  of  God  seems  to  be 
reflected  in  their  relation  to  the  labourers  who  were  first  hired. 
The  kingdom  of  God  is  the  kingdom  of  spirit,  in  which  the  power 
of  time  and  the  relations  of  nature  are  abolished — in  which  a 
thousand  years  are  as  one  day,  and  one  day  as  a  thousand  years. 
In  this  kingdom  it  can  be,  then,  of  no  decisive  importance,  in 
what  outward  temporal  extent  any  one  has  lived  for  the  kingdom 
of  God,  in  what  number  and  measure  he  has  accomplished  laud- 
able works  in  its  service.  Rather  the  point  of  importance  is, 
with  what  energy  he  can  surrender  himself  to  eternal  love,  and 
in  what  abundance  he  is  able  to  receive  it.  And  it  is  frequently 
found  that  the  spiritual  service  of  one  convert  forms  a  strong 
contrast  in  its  energy  to  the  formal  service  of  another  in  its 
outward  extent ;  as,  for  example,  the  conversion  of  the  woman 
who  was  a  sinner  contrasted  with  the  religiousness  of  Simon. 
In  this  contrast,  one  hour  of  human  conversion  and  of  divine 
reconciliation  may  have  greater  weight  in  their  spiritual  import- 
ance, than  many  years  of  life  which  have  been  spent  under  the 
reciprocal  action  of  a  well-considered  human  piety,  and  a  pro- 
portional scanty  flow  of  divine  blessings.  The  differences  of  the 
measures  of  blessedness  in  the  kingdom  of  God  are  adjusted, 
therefore,  not  according  to  the  calculations  of  a  mercenary  dis- 
position, or  according  to  the  outward  measure  of  religious  ser- 
vice, or  according  to  the  rules  of  human  industry,  but  according 
to  the  relations  of  power  and  energy  in  the  spiritual  life.  But 
viewed  under  these  relations,  it  may  be  asserted  as  a  maxim, 
that  a  man's  capacity  for  spiritual  blessedness  is  smaller  in  pro- 
portion as  he  is  more  disposed  to  make  stipulations  with  God, 
and  greater  in  proportion  as  he  is  bold  and  large-hearted  in 
joyful  surrender  to  the  free  love  of  God.  According  to  these 
relations  of  the  energy  of  love,  the  determination  of  the  dynamic 
inequalities  is  regulated,  which  allows  the  justice  of  God  to  enter 
into  the  circle  of  equality  which  embraces  all  the  saved  as  saved. 
The  justice  of  God  is,  according  to  its  nature,  not  an  outward 
forensic  justice,  deciding  according  to  outward  laws, — but  it  is 
a  spirit,  and  therefore  decides  spiritually  ;  it  is  one  with  free 
gi'ace,  and  therefore  gives  to  man  in  proportion  as  he  can  appre- 
hend it  as  this  free  power  of  love.  The  parable  expresses  this 
truth  in  the  words  which  the  lord  of  the  vineyard  addressed  to 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  231 

one  of  the  dissatisfied  labourers  :  '  Friend,  I  do  thee  no  wrong ; 
didst  not  thou  agree  witli  me  for  a  penny  ?  Take  that  tliiue  is, 
and  go  thy  way.  It  is  my  will  to  give  unto  this  last  {deXco  ^ovvai) 
even  as  unto  thee.  Is  it  not  lawful  for  me  to  do  what  I  will 
with  my  own  1  Is  thine  eye  evil  because  I  am  good  ? '  The 
concluding  words  are  also  explained  by  the  intention  of  the 
parable  :  '  So  the  last  shall  be  first,  and  the  first  last ;  for  many 
are  called,  but  few  chosen.'  According  to  Neander^  and  others, 
this  addition  does  not  suit  the  parable,  but  is  only  outwardly 
attached  to  it,  since  the  parable  should  express  simply  the  equal- 
ization of  all  the  converted  in  heavenly  felicity.  But  we  have 
seen  how  the  parable  also  gives  prominence  to  the  dynamic  in- 
equalities within  this  equalization,  and  how  deeply  they  enter  into 
its  main  scope.  According  to  this  view,  the  parable  terminates 
quite  naturally  with  the  words  just  quoted.  It  is  a  fact,  that 
many  of  those  who  were  called  early  into  the  kingdom  of  God 
were  last  in  what  related  to  spiritual  fulness,  and  that  many  of 
those  who  were  later  called,  appeared  in  this  respect  the  first. 
But  how  can  this  relative  fact  be  expressed  in  one  sentence  which 
states  the  matter  quite  unconditionally — The  first  will  be  last, 
and  the  last  first — since  Abraham  and  the  elect  of  the  Old  Cove- 
nant generally  belong  to  the  early  called,  and,  on  the  contrary, 
among  the  later  called  even  the  majority  will  present  themselves 
as  the  inferior  organs  of  glory  ?  First  of  all  we  have  to  answer, 
that  it  belongs  to  the  nature  of  an  apophthegm  to  express  a  mani- 
fold conditioned  thought  in  an  unconditional  form,  since  it  must 
influence  by  the  paradoxical  emphatic  expression  of  its  chief 
element.  But  the  warrant  for  this  lies  in  the  symbolical  nature 
of  the  apophthegm  ;  and  so  in  this  instance,  the  last  which  will 
be  first  are  those  who  appear  before  the  Lord  with  the  slightest 
pretensions ;  while  inversely,  the  first  are  those  who  by  their 
undue  pretensions  became  the  last.  This  sentence  was  most 
strikingly  fulfilled  in  the  time  of  Christ :  the  Jews,  who  were 
the  first  in  their  pretensions,  became  the  last ;  while  the  last,  the 
Gentiles,  advanced  to  the  rank  of  the  first.  But  even  among 
the  Gentile  Christians  the  same  phenomenon  was  repeated,  and 
the  ultimate  reason  is,  that  many  are  called,  but  few  chosen. 
Even  because  only  a  few  are  chosen,  so,  many  of  the  early  called, 
as  they  grow  up  from  childhood,  in  all 

1  Life  of  Christ,  §  240,  p.  385  (Bohn). 


232  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST  S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

to  their  internal  capacity  for  salvation,  occupy  of  themselves 
decidedly  a  subordinate  situation  in  the  organism  of  the  king- 
dom of  God.  But  the  few  chosen  also  enter  into  their  high 
position  although  their  calling  in  time  reached  them  later ;  for 
they  meet  the  infinite  energy  of  the  love  of  God  with  a  corre- 
sponding energy  of  a  yearning  and  trustful  disposition.  Thus 
the  kingdom  of  royal  love  obtains  its  organization,  because  the 
relations  of  eternity,  or  of  the  spirit,  overcome  the  relations 
of  time.  Those  who  find  love  in  justice,  move  towards  the 
centre  ;  on  the  contrary,  those  w^ho  only  see  justice  predomi- 
nating in  love,  move  towards  the  circumference.  But  the 
circle  of  equal  blessedness  encloses  them  all ;  each  receives  his 
penny. 

In  the  parable  we  have  just  now  considered,  the  administra- 
tion of  God's  justice  is  exhibited  in  its  refined  and  lofty  spiri- 
tuality, in  its  peculiar  glory.  This  contemplation  is  continued 
in  the  parable  of  the  ten  servants  among  whom  the  ten  pounds 
were  divided  (Luke  xix.  11-28).  The  former  parable  shows  us 
how  the  divine  justice  requites  labour  outwardly  unequal  with 
an  equal  reward.  In  the  latter,  we  see  how  the  faithful  em- 
ployment of  an  equal  number  of  pounds,  on  the  part  of  diffe- 
rent servants,  is  followed  by  an  unequal  success,  and  conse- 
quently by  an  unequal  reward.  But  in  the  former  case  an 
internal  dynamic  inequality  was  plainly  apparent,  notwithstand- 
ing the  equality  of  the  reward ;  and  in  the  latter  we  see  how 
this  inequality,  which  is  here  exhibited  in  its  full  extent,  is 
equalized  by  every  labourer's  receiving  a  reward  which  exactly 
agreed  with  his  gains.  And  this  constitutes  the  peculiarity 
by  which  the  divine  justice  is  infinitely  exalted  above  the 
human,  that  it  can  exhibit  the  essential  life  in  law,  and  equally 
in  law  the  essential  life ;  that  it  does  not  do  away  the  great 
inequalities  of  life  in  the  equality  of  right;  and  tliat  it  faithfully 
preserves  the  pure  equality  of  right  in  the  inequalities  of  life — 
that  it  can  be  justice' and  grace  at  the  same  time,  in  the  one 
majesty  of  its  administration. 

As  to  what  relates  to  the  form.,  it  has  been  thought  that  in 
this  representation  the  Evangelist  has  committed  the  mistake  of 
confounding  two  parables  together,  and  that  to  restore  their 
integrity  they  must  be  separated,  so  that  one  depicts  the  relation 
of  a  king  to  his  rebellious  subjects  (vers.  12,  14,  27),  and  the 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  233 

Other  the  relation  of  a  rich  lord  to  his  servants.^  But  the  blend- 
ing of  these  two  parts  into  one  living  unity  constitutes  the  very 
pith  of  the  parable.  The  kingdom  of  Christ  is  a  realm  which 
first  of  all  was  imperilled  by  a  rebellion  of  its  legitimate  citizens, 
the  theocratic  nation  ;  and  its  Ruler  must  gain  the  kingly  power 
by  travelling  to  a  distant  land  which  would  place  Him  in  a 
position  to  assume  it  on  His  return.  Now,  what  was  the  first 
duty  of  His  faithful  servants  whom  He  had  left  behind  among 
the  rebellious  citizens?  Should  they  take  arms  in  order  to 
make  an  attempt  to  gain  possession  of  the  kingdom  for  their 
Lord?^  But  this  is  precisely  what  this  prince  was  obliged  to 
forbid  his  servants.  In  this  critical  interval  they  were  to  admi- 
nister his  property  in  a  perfectly  peaceful  agency,  to  make  use 
of  their  abilities,  and  to  employ  the  time  in  promoting  his  in- 
terests. Could  our  Lord  have  more  impressively  told  His 
disciples  that  in  the  interval  between  the  ascension  and  His 
second  advent  they  were  not  to  think  of  a  worldly  exhibition 
of  His  kingdom,  or  of  vindicating  His  royal  dignity  and  identi- 
fying His  word  with  the  laws  of  social  life,  but  that  they  were 
only  faithfully  to  administer  the  real  goods,  namely,  the  spiri- 
tual, which  He  had  left  behind,  in  their  unassuming  evangelical 
offices,  in  order  to  form  a  basis  for  the  outward  appearing  of  His 
kingdom  by  means  of  its  spiritual  riches  ?  But  at  a  future  time, 
when  He  returns  with  kingly  power,  they  will  also  surround 
Him  in  royal  splendour — be  placed  over  the  cities  of  His  king- 
dom, and  assist  Him  as  warriors  to  execute  judgment  on  the 
rebelhous.  Such  being  the  leading  thought  of  the  parable,  we 
can  understand  why  the  Lord  delivered  it  to  His  disciples 
exactly  at  the  time  when  He  was  going  with  them  to  Jerusalem, 
and  they  were  expecting  that  the  kingdom  of  God  would 
directly  appear.  Luke  takes  particular  notice  of  the  close  con- 
nection of  this  discom'se  with  the  occasion  of  its  delivery 
(ver.  28)  :  '  And  when  He  had  thus  spoken.  He  went  before, 
ascending  up  to  Jerusalem.'  Now,  if  we  look  at  the  several 
particulars  of  the  parable,  we  meet  with  traits  of  great  signifi- 

^  See  Strauss,  Lehen  Jesu  i.  636. 

^  '  Instead  of  a  capital  for  trading,  he  ought  rather  to  have  sent  them 
arms.'  Modern  criticism  often  proposes  emendations  of  this  sort  in  the 
Gospel  history.  We  have  here  a  specimen  how,  without  intending  it,  it 
can  inflict  a  wound  on  the  very  vitals  of  a  biblical  passage. 


234  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

cance.  The  certain  man  to  whom  the  parable  relates  is  a 
nobleman,  a  person  of  high  birth ;  namely,  Christ  the  chief  of 
humanity.  But  as  in  that  age  Jewish  persons  of  rank  fre- 
quently resorted  to  the  Emperor  at  Kome  in  order  to  get  them- 
selves invested  with  princely  dignity  in  Palestine,  so  this  noble 
personage  went  into  a  distant  land  in  order  to  obtain  a  king- 
dom and  to  return  home ;  an  evident  reference  to  His  ascension, 
and  His  return  at  a  future  time  for  the  manifestation  of  His 
kingdom. 

The  nobleman,  before  setting  out,  calls  his  ten  servants,  com- 
mits to  their  care  ten  pounds,^  and  says  to  them,  '  Occupy  till  I 
come  ! '  The  great  number  of  his  servants  indicates  the  dig- 
nity of  his  house ;  the  number  ten  is  the  round  number  of 
the  world's  course.  Each  servant  receives  only  one  pound : 
by  the  equality  as  well  as  the  smallness  of  the  amount,  we  are 
led  to  think  not  of  the  gifts  of  grace  entrusted  to  them  con- 
sidered in  themselves,  but  of  the  official  calling. in  which  they 
find  their  expression.  Every  disciple  of  Christ  is  like  the  rest 
in  his  calling;  and  such  a  calling  appears  very  mean  in  contrast 
with  the  splendour  of  the  world.  But  his  citizens  hated  this 
nobleman,  and  sent  a  message  after  him  with  the  declaration, 
'  We  will  not  have  this  man  to  reign  over  us.'  We  are  here 
reminded  of  the  embassy  which  the  Jews  sent  to  Rome  to  re- 
monstrate against  the  government  of  Archelaus  ;  ^  and  we  are 
thus  shown  how  Christ,  in  the  contemplation  of  His  theocratic 
claims  to  the  throne"  of  David  in  the  sense  of  eternal  duration, 
might  wish  to  bring  it  into  comparison  with  the  way  and  man- 
ner in  which  the  partisans  of  Herod  at  Rome  canvassed  for  the 
earthly  throne  in  Israel.  The  fulfilment  of  this  part  of  the 
parable  was  first  of  all  shown  by  the  refusal  of  the  Jews  to  re- 
ceive the  tidings  of  Christ's  glorification  after  His  ascension  and 
the  day  of  Pentecost.  But  in  a  wider  sense  all  unbelievers  in 
the  whole  course  of  time  belong  to  these  rebels.  When  the 
nobleman  returned,  invested  with  kingly  authority,  he  com- 
manded the  servants  to  whom  he  had  given  the  money  to  be 
called  before  him,  that  he  might  know  how  much  each  had 

^  The  Attic  niina  (M»«),  equal  to  rather  more  thau  L.4.  (Smith's  Diet, 
of  Ant.) 

^  Josephus,  Antiq.  xvii.  11,  §  1.  Compare  De  Wette,  ExegetiscJies 
Handbiich,  on  the  passage. 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  235 

gained  by  trading.  The  first  came  forward  and  said,  '  Lord, 
thy  pound  hath  gained  ten  pounds.'  And  he  said  unto  him, 
'  Well,  thou  good  servant,  because  thou  hast  been  faithful  in  a 
very  httle,  have  thou  authority  over  ten  cities.'  The  second 
came  forward  and  said  that  he  had  gained  five  pounds.  He 
was  put  over  five  cities.  In  this  description  the  gain  is  first  of 
all  to  be  estimated.  With  the  pounds  are  gained  pounds;  that 
is,  from  a  few  messengers  and  witnesses  many  others  are  made; 
His  people,  who  are  called  to  testify  of  Him,  become  numerous. 
But  next,  the  difference  in  the  gains  of  the  different  servants  is 
strikingly  exhibited.  With  one  pound  one  had  gained  ten 
pounds ;  another,  only  five.  If  this  difference  lay  entirely  in 
the  difference  of  industry,  the  servant  would  scarcely  puss  mus- 
ter with  the  gain  of  only  five  pounds;  but  other  causes  appear 
to  have  co-operated,  namely,  the  diversity  of  talent,  and  especi- 
ally the  talent  of  energy,  in  order  to  account  for  such  a  dif- 
ference in  the  result.  Then  the  recompense  comes  under 
consideration.  Since  the  kingdom  of  Christ  has  now  become 
a  monarchy.  His  faithful  servants  become  royal  governors  over 
its  cities,  and  according  to  the  measure  in  which  they  have 
gained  with  the  sums  entrusted  to  them.  In  the  success  of 
their  activity  in  the  kingdom  of  the  Cross,  they  had  developed 
their  qualification  for  their  activity  in  the  kingdom  of  glory,  and 
the  measure  of  it  was  fixed.  The  juxtaposition  of  the  two 
faithful  servants  is  sufficient  to  illustrate  these  truths.  But 
another  comes,  saying,  '  Lord,  behold,  here  is  thy  pound,  which 
I  have  kept  laid  up  in  a  napkin  ;  for  I  feared  thee,  because  thou 
art  an  austere  man ;  thou  takest  up  that  thou  layedst  not  down, 
and  reapest  that  thou  didst  not  sow.  And  he  saith  unto  him, 
Out  of  thine  own  mouth  will  I  judge  thee,  thou  wicked  ser- 
vant. Thou  knewest  that  I  was  an  austere  man,  taking  up 
that  I  laid  not  down,  and  reaping  that  I  did  not  sow  :  Where- 
fore then  gavest  not  thou  my  money  into  the  bank,  that  at  my 
coming  I  might  have  required  my  own  with  usury  ?  '  Now 
follows  the  sentence :  '  Take  from  him  the  pound,  and  give  it  to 
him  that  hath  ten  pounds.'  The  servants  object,  he  has  al- 
ready so  much ;  but  their  lord  answers,  '  Unto  every  one  that 
hath  shall  be  given ;  and  from  him  that  hath  not,  even  that  he 
hath  shall  be  taken  away  from  him.'  The  wicked  servant 
allowed  the  pound  entrusted  to  him  to  lie  unemployed.     It  is 


236  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

characteristic,  that  he  had  laid  it  aside  wrapped  up  in  his  nap- 
kin ;  he  had  used  neither  his  pound  nor  his  napkin ;  in  cold  in- 
dolence he  had  neglected,  concealed,  and  denied  his  calling. 
From  the  reason  he  alleges,  it  is  evident  that  he  had  no  attach- 
ment to  his  lord,  that  he  could  not  regard  his  master's  business 
as  his  own.  We  cannot,  as  Olshausen  has  done,  look  upon  his 
excuse  as  indicating  a  noble  nature,  which  was  merely  held 
back  by  the  timidity  and  scrupulosity  of  the  legal  standpoint 
from  putting  out  his  pound  to  interest.  Christ  reproaches  him 
as  a  wicked  servant,  and  condemns  liim  out  of  his  own  mouth. 
His  excuse  was  therefore  hypocritical.  Devotion  to  his  lord 
was  wanting.  He  stood  on  the  egoistic,  and  hence  on  the 
slavish  standpoint.  He  undervalued  his  calling  and  the  talent 
entrusted  to  him  as  a  matter  of  insignificance,  which,  as  he 
thought,  was  not  worth  considering  whether  he  could  gain  or 
lose  by  using  it.  Trading  with  the  sum  entrusted  to  him 
seemed  everything ;  the  sum  itself  as  nothing ;  and  accordingly 
he  reasoned  thus :  If  I  gain  large  profits  with  the  pound  en- 
trusted to  me,  I  shall  gain  no  advantage  from  it — my  lord  will 
take  it  all;  but  if  I  suffer  loss,  I  shall  be  made  responsible  for 
it  without  mercy.  Hence  it  will  be  best  for  me  to  lay  the 
pound  by  for  him,  and  take  care  of  myself.  Thus  the  man  of 
a  slavish  spirit  calculates  in  the  Lord's  service.  He  feels  not 
how  great  the  gift  of  his  calling  is;  for  surrender  to  the  love 
that  has  called  him  is  wanting.  He  thinks  that  everything  in 
religion  depends  on  his  working.  But  he  is  afraid  of  becoming 
a  saint,  since  he  cannot  regard  as  his  own  gain  what  he  is  to 
gain  for  God.  On  the  other  hand,  he  is  so  very  much  afraid 
of  failures  in  Christian  endeavour,  and  on  that  account  post- 
pones his  conversion,  as  many  Christians  in  ancient  times  de- 
ferred their  baptism.  Wherever  a  slothful  servant  of  Christ 
looks  upon  his  calling  in  relation  to  the  harvest  of  the  world, 
which  Christ  will  expect  from  him,  as  a  troublesome,  contempt- 
ible sowing,  and  on  that  account  neglects  it,  this  parable  ob- 
tains its  fulfilment.  But  Christ  passes  sentence  on  the  servant 
according  to  his  own  showing.  Exactly  because  he  expects 
great  things  from  the  improvement  of  every  gift  and  calling 
entrusted  to  man,  must  every  one  make  the  best  use  he  can  of 
his  pound.  The  very  least  which  the  slothful  servant  could 
have  done,  would  have  been  to  put  his  pound  in  the  bank; 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  237 

without  any  great  exertion  on  his  own  part,  he  would  then  have 
secured  at  least  the  usual  interest  of  the  money.  He  might 
give  back  his  calling  to  the  Church,  who  would  then  transfer  it 
to  some  one  else  (place  the  pound  in  another  person's  hands  for 
trading  with),  and  the  I^ord  would  then  receive  the  profits 
which  He  might  expect  from  a  faithful  application  of  it.^  In- 
stead of  this,  he  retained  the  calling,  but  neglected  it,  and 
thereby  inflicted  an  injury  on  his  lord's  affairs.  As  a  punish- 
ment, his  pound  is  taken  from  him  and  given  to  him  who  had 
ten  pounds.  All  the  rights  of  the  Christian  calling  which  the 
unfaithful  neglect,  will  one  day  revert  in  the  world  of  perfect 
reality  to  those  who  have  been  faithful  in  their  calling;  and 
precisely  those  who  have  the  richest  blessing  of  power  and 
fidelity  will  obtain  the  richest  reversion.  This  expectation  is 
thoroughly  certain,  since  it  is  a  settled  matter  that  the  correct 
relations  of  power  and  being  in  the  kingdom  of  God,  and  there- 
fore the  relations  of  rank  in  those  who  sustain  them,  must  one 
day  appear  in  a  perfect,  clearly  expressed  organism.  Whoever 
has  the  reality,  to  him  also  will  be  imparted  the  glory  of  the  ap- 
pearance; but  whoever  is  destitute  of  real  life  in  the  calling  of 
Christ,  from  him  will  be  taken  away  the  outward  calling  to 
exhibit  it.  After  this  sentence  passed  on  the  slothful  servant, 
sentence  is  also  passed  on  the  rebels.  They  are  already  defeated 
by  the  glorious  return  of  the  lord;  he  now  causes  them  to  be 
brought  and  slain  before  his  eyes.  In  this  is  contained  the  an- 
nouncement, that  the  sentence  of  condemnation  on  the  enemies 
of  Christ  will  take  place  at  His  return  before  His  throne. 

The  parable  of  the  talents  (Matt.  xxv.  14-30)  has  such  an 
affinity  to  the  preceding,  that  by  critics  of  different  schools^  it  has 
been  regarded  as  only  another  recension  of  it,  or  as  the  original 

^  In  the  parable  of  the  pounds  in  Luke,  the  lord  tells  the  unfaithful  ser- 
vant that  he  ought  to  have  given  his  money  into  the  bank  (s^ri  rr,u  zpccin- 
^av)  ;  on  the  other  hand,  in  the  similar  parable  of  the  talents,  Matt,  xxv., 
it  is  said,  '  Thou  oughtest  to  have  put  my  money  to  the  exchangers  (to?,' 
rpxTri^iTxi;):  this  difference  corresponds  to  the  different  character  of  the 
parables.  The  offices  are  returned  to  the  Church  ;  but  the  gifts  of  grace, 
which  are  in  danger  of  being  injured,  are  to  be  rendered  productive  by 
their  possessors  connecting  themselves  with  the  most  active  leaders  of  the 
Church. 

2  Strauss,  Leben  Jesu  i.  634 ;  Olshausen,  iii.  283.  On  the  other  hand, 
Schleiermacher,  Ueber  die  Schriften  des  Lukas,  p.  239. 


238  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

from  which  the  other  is  taken.  But  notwithstanding  the  affinity 
of  its  leading  features  and  thoughts,  it  is  distinguished  from  it  by  a 
marked  peculiarity.  As  to  its  position,  it  is  connected  with  the 
parable  of  the  ten  virgins,  which  immediately  precedes  it,  by 
the  thought  that  the  delay  of  Christ's  return  is  a  probation  for 
His  disciples,  and  at  last  will  suddenly  come  upon  them  with  a 
dangerous  surprise ;  and  by  this  same  thought  it  is  clearly  dis- 
tinguished from  the  parable  of  the  pounds.  In  both  parables, 
Christ's  servants  are  individually  tried  by  the  great  distance 
which  separates  Him  from  them.  But  in  the  former  it  is  the 
distance  of  space,  here  it  is  the  distance  of  time,  which  forms 
the  ground  of  their  trial.  There,  it  is  questionable  whether  the 
candidate  for  the  throne  will  return  from  a  distant  land  invested 
with  regal  power ;  here,  the  master  of  the  household  is  a  long 
time  away  from  home,  and  his  servants,  owing  to  the  uncertainty 
whether  he  will  ever  return,  and  the  long  destitution  of  his  per- 
sonal appearance,  are  tempted  to  slothf  ulness  and  the  neglect  of 
what  is  entrusted  to  their  care.  According  to  this  view  of  the 
parable,  the  first  thing  that  strikes  us  is  the  relation  of  the  lord 
of  the  servants  to  the  kingdom.  He  is  not  described  as  a  person 
of  high  birth,  but  simply  as  '  a  man  travelling  into  a  far  country.' 
He  has  three  servants.  If  in  the  number  of  ten  servants  the 
relation  of  the  disciples  of  Jesus  to  the  whole  course  of  the 
world  is  made  apparent,  here  the  three  servants  mark  the  work 
of  the  Spirit  which  is  committed  to  the  circle  of  the  disciples 
on  earth  ;  for  three  is  the  number  of  the  Spirit.  And  if  in  the 
one  pound  the  equal  discipleship  of  all  Christians,  in  its  humble 
aspect  in  the  eyes  of  the  world,  is  represented,  so  here  the  trust 
committed  to  the  disciples  appears  to  us  rather  in  its  essential 
importance.^  According  to  this  proportion,  one  of  these  servants 
had  a  sum  three  hundred  times  greater  than  in  the  former  parable. 
Poverty-struck  as  the  calling  of  the  apostles  and  evangelists  may 
appear  on  the  secular  side,  thus  splendid  is  its  inward  spiritual 
side ;  however  faint  the  outward  lustre  of  the  calling,  great  are 
its  golden  contents,  the  gifts  of  grace ;  for  we  can  understand  by 
the  talents  nothing  else  than  the  gifts  of  grace  bestowed  on  the 
disciples.  The  calling  of  the  disciples  is  equal :  each  has  only 
one  pound.     But  the  gifts  of  grace  are  various  :  to  one  servant 

1  The  talent  {Toc.'Acx.vtov)  contained  60  minaj,  worth  about  L.243,  15s.  of 
our  money. 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  23^ 

five  talents  are  entrusted  ;  to  another,  two  ;  to  another,  one.  On 
this  rest  the  inner  differences  of  Christian  discipleship,  and  hence 
it  is  exphained  that  one  with  his  pound  could  gain  ten  pounds, 
while  another  gained  only  five.  This  diversity  in  the  gifts  of 
grace  which  Christ  dispenses  in  the  kingdom  of  redemption  is 
regulated  by  the  diversity  of  natural  gifts  which.  God  has  dealt 
out  in  the  kingdom  of  creation.  The  master,  on  his  leaving,  fixed 
for  each  of  his  servants  the  number  of  talents  according  to  their 
'  several  ability '  {Kara  rrjv  Ihlav  Svvafiiv),  it  is  said  in  the  parable. 
What  in  the  domain  of  human  natural  life  was  intellectual  power, 
in  the  kingdom  of  Christ,  when  purified  and  consecrated  by 
grace,  becomes  wisdom  and  knowledge  ;  what  in  the  former  was 
a  power  of  the  soul,  here  becomes  a  holy  flame  of  love ;  and  thus 
every  gift,  from  being  a  mental  natural  talent,  is  converted  into 
a  spiritual  talent  of  the  kingdom.  After  the  distribution  of  these 
gifts  of  grace,  the  master  straightway  departs  (ver.  15).  The 
ascension  and  Pentecost  nearly  coincide,  and,  according  to  the 
inner  nature  of  things,  the  outpouring  of  the  Holy  Spirit  is  the 
immediate  consequence  of  Christ's  ascension.  Now  a  long 
period  elapses ;  a  dangerous  term  of  probation  for  the  servants. 
The  reckoning  takes  place  at  the  final  return  of  their  lord,  and 
it  then  appears  that  the  two  first  servants  have  dealt  faithfully 
with  their  talents.  Each  of  them  has  gained  as  much  as  was 
entrusted  to  him ;  consequently  the  spiritual  capital  entrusted  to 
the  believer  is  exactly  doubled  by  its  faithful  application.  But 
why  only  doubled,  while  the  capital  of  the  calling,  the  pound,  has 
realized  ten  times  its  own  amount  ?  The  calling  operates  on  the 
broad,  wide  world,  where  an  apostle  in  fulfilling  his  vocation 
might  gain  half  the  world,  or  bring  a  whole  generation  under  his 
power.  But  the  gift  of  the  Spirit  operates  within  the  kingdom 
of  the  Spirit ;  hence  it  will  gain  just  so  much  life  as  is  specifically 
related  to  it.  For  every  positive  power  of  the  kingdom  of  God, 
a  proportionate  receptive  power  exists  in  the  spirit-life  of  the 
world  destined  for  the  kingdom  of  God.  Outwardly  this  simple 
gain  of  the  essential  gift  of  the  Spirit  may  appear  less  than 
the  tenfold  gain  of  the  official  calling ;  but  according  to  the 
scale  of  importance  in  the  kingdom  of  God,  it  stands  perfectly 
equal  to  it.  For  the  mental  gift,  in  its  faithful  application,  is 
exactly  that  which  imparts  to  the  calling  its  destined  productive- 
ness.    In  truth,  it  is  the  greatest  gain  when  it  is  granted  to  a 


240  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

Christian  to  reclaim  five  talents  of  human  mental  gifts  from  their 
wild  growth  and  perversion  for  the  life  of  the  kingdom  of  God ; 
hence  an  abundance  of  new  offices  of  life  arises.  The  teward, 
also,  which  is  here  granted  to  the  faithful  servants,  points  to  the 
profoundest  relations  of  the  kingdom  of  God.  They  were  faith- 
ful over  a  little  ;^  now  they  are  placed  over  much.  And  this 
exaltation  is  thus  expressed — the  rewarding  Lord  says  to  each, 
'Enter  thou  into  the  joy  of  thy  Lord!'  He  admits  them  into 
the  fellowship  of  His  own  life  of  joy — the  fellowship  of  His  per- 
fected rest.  The  former  parable  makes  the  reward  of  God's 
servants  for  their  fidelity  in  their  temporal  calling  to  consist  in 
the  glory  of  their  heavenly  calling :  they  were  placed  over  many 
cities.  Here,  their  fidelity  in  their  human  spirit-life,  as  it  was 
peculiarly  conditioned  and  diversified,  is  rewarded  by  their  being 
raised  to  the  sabbatical  rest  of  the  unconditioned  spirit-life  of 
their  Lord.  There,  they  received  their  reward  in  a  new,  heavenly 
investiture ;  here,  their  temporal  striving  is  rewarded  with  the 
most  entire  rest  from  toil.  There,  heavenly  labour  is  the  blessing 
on  fidelity  to  their  earthly  calling ;  here,  heavenly  repose  of  spirit 
is  the  consequence  of  temporal  activity  of  spirit  in  divine  things. 
In  the  former  case,  those  who  had  maintained  their  fidelity  be- 
come God's  vicegerents ;  in  the  latter,  they  become  members  of 
His  family.  Thus  one  parable  describes  the  outward  side  of 
their  inheritance ;  the  other  parable,  the  inner  side.  But  the 
servant  who  had  received  only  the  one  pound  appears  very 
similar  to  the  slothful  servant  in  the  former  parable.  He  calls 
his  lord  a  hard  man,  reaping  where  he  had  not  sown  ;  and  says,  that 
for  fear  of  him  he  hid  his  talent  in  the  earth.  He  returns  it  to 
him  unimproved.  Manifestly  he  also  was  induced  by  an  under- 
valuation of  his  gift  to  hide  it  in  the  earth.  That  in  this  manner 
he  gradually  lost  the  life  of  the  divine  Spirit  and  sunk  the  life 
of  his  own  spirit  deep  in  the  earth,  the  parable  could  only  express 
by  showing  how  he  never  properly  made  the  entrusted  talent  his 
own,  since  he  brings  it  again  to  his  lord  as  Ids  ('  Lo,  there  thou 
hast  that  is  thine'),,  with  which  he  had  nothing  to  do.  But  his 
lord  rebukes  him  as  a  '  wicked  and  slothful  servant.'  His  con- 
demnation is  then  expressed  as  in  the  former  parable.  His  talent 
is  taken  from  him  and  given  to*  liim  who  had  ten  talents.  This 
is  designed  to  teach,  that  the  faithlessness  and  apostasy  of  God's 
1  It  is  said  l:ri  oA/ya,  not  iv  ihfx,y,i<jru  as  in  tlie  former  parable. 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  241 

wicked  servants  produces  on  His  faithful  servants  a  most  salutary- 
reaction,  a  stimulating  effect,  by  which  their  life  acquires  an  ex- 
traordinary elevation.^  But  the  unprofitable  servant  is  here  not 
merely  punished  by  being  deprived  of  his  pound.  He  is  cast 
into  outer  darkness,  where  is  wailing  and  gnashing  of  teeth.^ 
When  he  kept  back  a  gift  of  the  Spirit  from  the  kingdom  of 
God,  after  he  was  pledged  to  employ  it,  the  necessary  conse- 
quence was,  that  he  became  an  enemy  of  this  kingdom ;  hence 
the  severest  punishment  was  inflicted  upon  him.  Finally,  if  we 
notice  the  circumstance  that  the  servant  was  guilty  of  this  un- 
faithfulness with  the  smallest  sum,  we  shall  see,  on  the  one  hand, 
the  connection  of  the  religious  self-determination  of  man  with 
his  gift.  This  servant  had,  in  proportion,  the  least  religious 
capital.  But  on  the  other  hand,  we  also  see  the  full  manifesta- 
tion of  freedom  in  the  unfaithfulness  of  the  servant ;  for  he  too 
had  his  talent,  and  could  have  gained  a  second  with  it.  It  was 
therefore  his  guilt  that  he  so  conducted  himself  as  if  he  had  no 
vocation  for  the  kingdom  of  God,  and  by  this  guilt  he  incurred 
his  condemnation. 

Thus  we  see  how  the  three  parables,  which  exhibit  the  re- 
warding justice  of  the  Lord  in  such  great  acts  of  allegiance,  by 
degrees  bring  forward  more  distinctly  its  punitive  administra- 
tion. This  punitive  administration  gradually  comes  forth  in 
the  following  parables  in  all  its  majesty.  Especially  we  find 
parables  which  announce  beforehand  this  punitive  justice ;  we 
might  designate  them  parables  of  warning  and  threatening 
justice. 

The  constant  nearness  of  the  divine  judgment  is  continually 
announced  to  men  by  the  prevalence  of  death.  The  nearness 
of  death,  when  it  makes  itself  perceptible  to  sinners,  is  every- 
Avhere  an  omen  of  threatening  judgment.  This  is  shown  in  the 
parable  of  the   foolish  landholder    (Luke  xii.  16-21).      This 

1  Compare  Acts  v.  11,  12. 

""  '  The  fixai'hiiin  is  viewed  as  the  region  of  light,  which  is  encircled  by- 
darkness.  In  reference  to  this  point,  the  metaphorical  language  of  Scrip- 
ture is  very  exact  in  the  choice  of  expressions.  Concerning  the  children  of 
light  who  are  unfaithful  to  their  vocation,  it  is  said  that  they  are  cast  into 
the  dKoroi ;  but  respecting  the  children  of  darkness,  we  are  told  that  they 
are  consigned  to  the  Trip  xluuiou ;  so  that  each  one  is  punished  in  the  opposite 
element.' — Olshauseu,  iii.  287. 

VOL.  IT.  Q 


242  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

man  was  rich ;  his  fields  were  crowned  with  an  abundant  and 
splendid  harvest.  He  found  that  his  barns  were  too  small, 
and  resolved  to  build  greater,  in  order  to  stow  in  safety  his 
fruits  and  his  goods.  And  then  he  would  '  delude  his  soul'^  to 
look  upon  this  store  for  many  years,  to  eat,  drink,  and  be 
merry.  Here  God  Himself  makes  His  appearance  in  the 
parable.  '  Thou  fool ! '  He  said,  '  this  night  thy  soul  shall  be 
required  of  thee ;  then  whose  shall  those  things  be  which  thou 
hast  provided  ?  So  is  he  that  layeth  up  treasure  for  himself, 
and  is  not  rich  towards  God.'  Judgment  overtook  him.  The 
death  of  such  a  man  is  in  itself  a  judgment,  because  it  exhibits 
with  one  blow  all  his  labour  as  vain,  his  whole  calculation  as 
false,  his  striving  as  folly,  and  meets  his  self-will  with  an  inexo- 
rable counter-working  fate,  but  especially  by  the  result,  that  it 
places  him  in  his  nakedness  and  destitution  before  God.  Thus 
God's  judgments  incessantly  proceed  through  the  whole  world 
in  the  most  appalling  forms  and  visitations.  But  the  threaten- 
ing omens  go  before  the  judgments  themselves  in  all  the  signs  of 
death.  In  these  circumstances,  in  which  death  stands  for  judg- 
ment, ke  is  the  antipodes  of  the  good  Samaritan.  He  likewise 
knows  no  limitations  of  confessions  or  nationalities.  As  the  for- 
mer (the  good  Samaritan)  restored  the  half-dead  to  life,  so  the 
latter  hurries  them  to  the  grave.  The  administration  of  salutary 
severity  stands  as  a  complement  over  against  the  administration 
of  salutary  kindness ;  and  the  ministers  of  justice  join  them- 
selves to  the  ministers  of  mercy. 

But  the  same  man,  who  is  threatened  by  the  impending 
judgment  because  his  heart  is  set  on  earthly  things,  calls  also 
for  punitive  retribution,  since  by  this  vain  striving  he  becomes 
an  unfruitful  tree  for  the  kingdom  of  God.  This  truth  is  ex- 
hibited in  the  parable  of  the  barren  fig-tree  (Luke  xiii.  6-9). 
This  fig-tree  was  in  a  very  favourable  position.  It  stood  in  its 
owner's  vineyard,  under  the  care  of  a  faithful  gardener.      And 

^  '  In  this  case  neither  au/^a.  nor  Tuivf/.a  could  have  been  employed. 
According  to  the  divine  ordinance,  nourishment  is  required  by  the  body,  but 
the  ■TTi/ivjuoi  has  relation  to  nobler  than  sensuous  blessings  and  food.  The 
ipvx^^  as  being  capable  of  education  and  development,  can  refer  as  well  to 
the  lower  region  of  the  axp^  as  to  the  higher  one  of  the  -Trviii^ot.  In  this 
very  thing  consequently  does  the  point  of  the  thought  before  us  lie,  that 
he  gave  up  to  the  Gxpx.ix.oig  that  ^//fx'^i  which  he  should  have  consecrated 
to  the  irviv^a.rix.fHi;.'' — Olshausen,  ii.  300. 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  243 

yet,  for  three  years  in  succession,  it  brought  forth  no  fruit. 
Then  the  owner  said  to  the  vinedresser,  '  Cut  it  down,  why 
should  it  impoverish^  the  ground  on  which  it  stands ! '  But  the 
vinedresser  interceded  for  the  tree  on  which  sentence  had  been 
passed.  '  Lord,  let  it  alone  this  year  also,  till  I  shall  dig  about  it 
and  dung  it:  if  it  bear  fruit,  well;  and  if  not,  after  that  thou  shalt 
cut  it  down ! '  In  the  theocratic  symbolic,  the  people  of  Israel, 
in  consequence  of  its  early  awakening  to  the  knowledge  of  the 
true  God,  were  in  its  prime  the  early  fig-tree  among  the  nations 
(Hos.  ix.  10).  But  now,  in  consequence  of  its  being  stiffened 
in  the  unspiritual  observance  of  traditions,  it  had  become  an 
unfruitful  fig-tree.  Its  unfruitfulness  was  the  more  unnatural, 
because  it  enjoyed  such  distinguished  care  in  the  garden  of 
God.  Already,  at  the  first  appearance  of  Christ,  a  judgment 
had  been  manifested  on  the  people,  for  they  were  not  capable  of 
receiving  Him.  But  He,  whom  the  faithful  vinedresser  resem- 
bled in  spirit,  implored  a  respite  for  them.  This  respite  took 
place  in  the  time  of  Christ's  ministry,  and  was  then  on  the 
point  of  expiring,  without  the  fig-tree's  promising  to  reward  the 
last  labour  bestowed  upon  it.  Therefore  the  doom  that  had 
already  been  pronounced  by  the  Judge  was  coming  on  with 
hasty  steps.  But  the  Christian  Church  was  also  such  a  fig-tree 
in  the  garden  of  God  in  its  outward  form,  and  in  a  wider  sense 
the  whole  human  race,  and  indeed,  in  the  most  varied  appear- 
ances, every  Christian  and  every  individual  man.  The  spirit  of 
justice  v/hich  presides  over  the  earth,  continually  presses  forward 
the  developments  of  human  life  with  accelerated  speed,  to  judg- 
ment. But  the  spirit  of  mercy  exerts  a  force  in  an  opposite 
direction,  and  is  ever  keeping  back  the  threatening  judgments.^ 
This  makes  the  time  of  salvation  always  more  precious  and 
more  momentous.  Long-suffering  counts  the  days  of  the 
granted  respite,  and  the  greatest  facts  in  which  the  power  of 
Christ's  love  and  the  monitions  of  His  Spirit  are  manifested, 
announce  most  of  all  as  warning  prognostics  that  judgment  is 
nigh. 

But  at  last  the  threatened  judgments  make  their  appear- 
ance.    Man  can  suffer  them.     This  is  shown  in  the  following 

^  [More  than  the  clx^^i  dpovpng  of  the  Greeks,  for  which  see  Plat.  Apol. 
p.  28.— Ed.] 
2  2  Pet.  iii.  9. 


244  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

parables,  especially  the  parable  of  the  marriage  of  the  king's  son 
(Matt.  xxii.  1-14).  Here  that  feast  appears,  which  was  before 
exhibited  in  its  relation  to  mercy,  in  its  opposite  relation  to 
judgment.  The  greatest  blessing  of  earthly  life  is,  that  man  is 
invited  in  it  to  the  feast  of  God's  felicity ;  and  it  is  his 
heaviest  loss  in  life,  if  he  has  neglected  this  invitation.  But 
his  punishment  does  not  consist  in  mere  destitution.  The  desti- 
tution of  essential  life,  of  life  in  life,  must,  according  to  its 
very  nature,  become  a  tormenting  fire  in  the  centre  of  life — a 
death  in  life.  A  king  makes  a  great  feast  to  celebrate  the 
nuptials  of  his  son ;  the  guests  invited  are  his  subjects.  Evi- 
dently the  king  is  God  Himself,  and  his  son  is  Christ,  as  He 
is  on  the  point  of  uniting  Himself  with  His  bride  the  Church. 
That  the  persons  invited,  if  they  accept  the  invitation,  belong 
themselves  to  the  life-form  of  the  bride,  is  not  a  point  for  con- 
sideration ;  for  Christ  is  perfectly  certain  of  His  Church  as  a 
whole,  although  individuals  of  the  invited  guests  should  be 
wanting.  Indeed,  believers  themselves,  in  their  individual 
capacity,  are  to  be  regarded  only  as  wedding  guests  who  par- 
take of  one  joy  with  the  Bridegroom.  Since  the  guests  are  the 
king's  subjects,  they  would  be  obliged  to  comply  with  the  invita- 
tion, although  he  had  summoned  them  to  compulsory  service. 
Thus  motives  of  the  highest  honour,  of  the  highest  love  and 
joy,  and  of  the  highest  duty,  combined  to  induce  the  persons 
invited  to  appear  in  the  most  joj'ful  manner  at  the  great  festi- 
val. Their  refusal  is,  therefore,  something  quite  monstrous, 
and  in  its  threefold  aggravation  is  to  be  regarded  as  a  rebellion. 
To  the  first  invitation  they  gave  a  simple  refusal,  without 
alleging  any  reasons  for  it :  '  they  would  not  come.'  Their 
lord  condescends  to  request  them  by  a  second  set  of  messen- 
gers. He  represents  the  abundance  of  the  feast,  the  embarrass- 
ment of  his  household  if  the  oxen  and  fatlings  should  be  killed 
in  vain,  and  that  all  things  were  ready.  How  strikingly  in 
these  traits  is  the  earnestness,  the  ardour  of  love  in  the  preach- 
ing of  the  Gospel,  depicted !  But  the  persons  invited  turn 
away  with  contempt,  and  go  their  way  to  their  usual  avocations. 
Some  even  proceed  so  far  as  to  insult  and  kill  the  servants 
who  invited  them.  The  king  hears  of  this,  and  is  wroth ;  he 
sends  forth  his  armies  and  destroys  those  murderers,  and  burns 
their  city.     This  is  the  first  act  of  retributive  justice.     It  has 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  245 

been  said  that  no  reason  has  been  given  why  some  of  these  un- 
grateful guests  killed  the  servants  of  their  prince  who  invited 
them.-^  Certainly  no  motive  is  alleged  for  their  conduct ;  nor 
can  any  be  given,  any  more  than  for  the  fact  in  the  department 
of  spiritual  life,  that  the  indifferentism  with  which  the  earthly- 
minded  man  refuses  the  invitation  to  the  blessed  feast  of  recon- 
ciliation with  God,  can  change  itself  into  a  positive  demoniac 
hatred  against  that  invitation  and  its  bearers.  It  is,  indeed,  an 
awful  thing,  that  by  the  guilt  of  those  who  were  invited,  an 
avenging  sword  and  a  dismal  conflagration  must  proceed  from 
the  marriage  feast  of  the  King  of  humanity,  by  which  the  de- 
spisers  of  the  feast  perish  with  their  city, — that  therefore  the 
greatest  gift  of  God  to  humanity  is  rejected  by  many  with  a 
rebellious  spirit  which  can  only  be  put  down  by  the  most  fear- 
ful judgments.  In  the  description  of  the  burning  city,  there  is 
certainly  an  obscure  allusion  to  the  destruction  of  Jerusalem ; 
yet  we  must  not  overlook  the  fact,  that  all  the  features  are 
symbolical  in  the  most  comprehensive  sense,  so  that,  for 
example,  the  burning  city  may  reappear  in  Constantinople 
taken  by  the  Turks,  and  often  in  the  history  of  the  world ;  last 
of  all,  in  the  mysterious  conflagration  which  will  accompany 
the  last  judgment.  The  parable  now  more  distinctly  falls  in 
with  the  representation  in  the  similar  parable  contained  in 
Luke.  We  see  that  the  marriage  feast  of  the  king's  son  can- 
not be  rendered  nugatory.  '  The  wedding  is  ready,  but  they 
which  were  bidden  were  not  worthy,'  the  king  says  to  his  ser- 
vants. He  therefore  sends  them  into  the  highways  with  a  com- 
mission to  invite  whomsoever  they  can  find.  The  servants 
execute  their  errand  in  the  most  comprehensive  manner ;  they 
invite  good  and  bad,  and  thus  the  house  is  filled  with  guests. 
We  here  see  how  powerfully  the  preaching  of  the  Gospel  is 
carried  on  in  the  world  according  to  the  will  of  the  Lord,  and 
how  the  free  invitation  addressed  by  Him  to  all  is  at  special 
times  more  strongly  urged  by  His  servants. 

The  most  righteous  in  their  ecclesiastical  and  civil  relations 
are  too  bad  (ovk  a^tot)  if  they  are  self-righteous ;  the  most  un- 
worthy, on  the  other  hand,  are  good  enough  if  they  seek  righteous- 
ness in  redemption.  Grace,  indeed,  would  not  be  grace  in  its 
divine  majesty  if  it  could  not  redeem,  and  wished  not  to  redeem, 
^  Strauss,  Leben  Jesu  i.  638. 


246  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

the  most  unworthy.  Therefore  the  contrast  of  good  and  bad 
which  was  formed  in  the  old-world  seon  makes  no  difference,  if 
only  the  good  acknowledge  with  penitence  the  evil  in  their  lives, 
and  the  bad  lay  hold  of  goodness  in  Christ  as  the  destiny  of  their 
life.  But  the  emphasis  with  which  this  majesty  of  grace  must 
be  announced,  in  order  to  put  an  end  to  all  doubt  and  despond- 
ency, may  be  badly  managed  by  some  servants,  as  soon  as  they 
carry  it  on  in  an  antinomian  spirit — as  soon  as  they  accommo- 
date the  doctrine  of  faith  to  the  earthly  mind,  and  grant  ad- 
mission into  the  Church  or  absolution  with  undue  facility.  In 
a  similar  manner,  false  hearts  may  misinterpret  the  Gospel  by 
falsely  hearing  it,  and  wish  to  unite  the  service  of  sin  with 
assurance  of  salvation.  But  with  this  a  new  fall  of  man  is 
originated  worse  than  the  first,  just  as  in  the  case  when  unbelief 
rejects  the  Gospel.  Wherefore  the  judgment  of  God  pervades 
the  kingdom  of  grace,  and  with  more  intense  severity,  because  the 
conscious  service  of  sin  which  will  find  its  way  into  this  kingdom 
is  of  all  offences  the  most  heinous.  Men  cannot  indeed  unite 
the  peace  of  reconciliation  with  sin,  but  they  may  make  the  at- 
tempt both  in  doctrine  and  life ;  and  then'  always,  as  an  outrage 
against  the  holy  pure  spirit  of  mercy,  must  call  forth  the  greatest 
judgments.  The  parable  exhibits  this  fact  in  the  king's  going 
in  to  take  a  view  of  the  guests,  and  finding  one  among  them  who 
had  not  on  a  wedding  garment.  This  image  has  been  explained 
by  a  reference  to  the  Oriental  custom  of  furnishing  a  splendid 
garment  for  the  guest  who  came  to  the  feast  of  a  man  of  rank.^ 
On  the  other  hand,  it  has  been  remarked  that  it  is  not  certain 
that  this  custom  was  prevalent  in  the  time  of  Jesus.^  Then 
again  it  has  been  urged,  that  Oriental  customs  are  characterized 
by  their  constancy  ;^  and  as  a  proof,  the  narrative  of  Samson's 
wedding  feast  has  been  adduced  (Jndg.  xiv.  11-13).  Samson 
promised  to  his  thirty  companions,  whom  the  Philistines  managed 
to  bring  with  an  evil  intent  to  his  wedding,  thirty  sheets  and 
thirty  change  of  garments,  on  the  condition  of  their  explaining 
his  riddle.  He  might  not  like  to  make  such  a  present  to  the 
perfidious  guests ;  but  since  established  custom  seemed  to  require 

1  '  Allusion  is  made  to  the  Eastern  custom  observed  at  feasts,  of  distri- 
buting costly  garments.' — Olshausen,  iii.  170. 

2  Strauss,  Lehen  Jesu  i.  639. 
Neander,  Life  of  Christ,  §  255,  p.  409. 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  247 

it,  he  imposed  on  them  the  task  of  earning  the  gift  by  his  riddle. 
But  in  our  parable  a  king  is  speaking  before  a  multitude  of  poor 
people,  whom  he  had  most  graciously  invited.  It  is  therefore 
presupposed  that  he  would  not  let  them  want  the  festive  gar- 
ment.^ Therefore  this  man,  in  the  imagery  of  the  parable,  is  a 
vulgar,  coarse-minded  being,  who  knew  not  how  to  value  the 
king's  kindness,  or  to- enter  into  the  spirit  of  the  feast — who  did 
not  esteem  the  master  of  the  feast  nor  the  occasion,  nor  even 
respected  himself.  But  according  to  the  spiritual  meaning  this 
guest  cannot  be  considered  as  a  self-righteous  person,  ignorant 
of  the  righteousness  of  faith ;  for  this  class  has  already  been 
sentenced  under  the  image  of  those  who  ungratefully  refused  the 
invitation.  That  this  man  appears  among  the  guests  in  the 
house  of  mercy,  marks  him  as  one  of  those  who  assented  like  the 
rest  to  the  doctrine  of  justification  by  faith,  and  tried  to  regard 
the  consolations  of  salvation  as  belonging  to  himself.  But  his 
delinquency  consisted  in  his  not  entering  into  the  spirit  of  the 
feast,  into  the  holy  and  sanctifying  import  of  reconciliation.  As 
far  as  he  was  concerned,  the  wedding  feast  would  become  a  coarse 
carousal,  the  Gospel  would  be  mere  absolution,  and  Christian 
orthodoxy  a  cloak  for  sin.  But  the  king's  glance  detected 
him  even  among  the  genuine  guests.  He  asks  him,  '  Friend, 
how  comest  thou  in  hither,  not  having  a  wedding  garment?' 
And  he  was  speechless.  The  king  commands  the  servants  to 
bind  him  hand  and  foot,  and  to  cast  him  into  outer  darkness, 
where  shall  be  weeping  and  gnashing  of  teeth.  Thus  the  parable 
becomes  once  more  a  parable  of  judgment.  The  judgment  is 
first  of  all  to  be  regarded  as  an  internal  one.  A  greater  self- 
delusion  cannot  exist,  than  when  a  man  attempts  to  confound  the 
experiences  of  grace,  of  which  the  essence  is  to  eradicate  sin, 
with  the  actings  and  thoughts  of  sin.  This  wicked  course  has 
for  its  consequence  the  most  mischievous  derangement  of  the  life 
of  the  soul.  But  an  outward  judgment  follows  the  inward. 
First  of  all  a  fearful  repulsion  arises  between  the  pure  spirit  of 
the  Church  of  Christ  and  the  impure  spirit  of  the  hypocrites,  and 
often  the  latter,  when  suddenly  unveiled,  retire  as  the  most  mis- 
chievous adversaries  into  outer  darkness.     But  then  the  special 

1  This  trait  in  the  parable  would  occasion  no  difficulty  if  there  had  been 
no  trace  of  the  custom  to  which  we  have  alluded.  The  poorest  person  pro- 
vides his  own  dress,  if  as  a  mark  of  favour  he  be  invited  to  court. 


248  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

punishment  attends  them :  the  servants  bind  their  hands  and  feet. 
In  their  actions  and  course  of  conduct  they  are  much  more  com- 
pletely ruined  than  other  reprobates.  So  deeply  diseased  and 
prostrated  are  they,  that  they  have  destroyed  in  themselves  the 
capability  of  self-respect,  and  in  the  Church  the  possibility  of 
believing  in  their  return ;  and  moreover,  by  the  worst  entangle- 
ment in  the  curse,  they  have  utterly  deprived  themselves  of  the 
free  movement  of  their  life  in  the  world.  Here  again  the  saying 
holds  good.  Many  are  called,  but  few  chosen.  Even  in  the 
body  of  professed  believers  in  the  righteousness  by  faith,  indi- 
viduals are  to  be  fovmd  who  are  destitute  of  the  fidelity  of  the 
chosen. 

The  chief  contrast  of  this  parable,  as  exhibited  in  the  de- 
spisers  and  guests  of  the  marriage  feast,  is  shown  on  a  small 
scale  in  the  parable  of  the  two  sons  whom  their  father  wished 
to  send  into  his  vineyard  (Matt.  xxi.  28-31).  The  first 
answered  to  his  father's  command  to  go  and  work  in  his  vine- 
yard, '  I  will  not,'  but  afterwards  repented  of  his  refusal  and 
went.  The  other  replied  to  the  same  injunction,  '  I  go,  sir,'  and 
went  not.  The  Lord  propounded  this  parable  to  the  members 
of  the  Supreme  Council  at  Jerusalem,  who  questioned  His 
authority  for  purifying  the  temple,  and  called  on  them  to  decide 
which  of  the  two  sons  did  the  will  of  their  father.  They 
answered,  The  first.  Upon  this  they  were  obliged  to  listen  to 
the  denunciation,  '  Verily  I  say  unto  you,  that  the  publicans 
and  harlots  go  into  the  kingdom  of  God  before  you.'  The  pub- 
licans and  harlots  had  first  of  all  renounced  the  service  of  God, 
the  one  by  their  position  in  life,  the  other  by  their  sinful  course. 
But  the  spirit  of  repentance  which  moved  many  of  them  in  the 
time  of  Christ,  was  a  proof  that  they  repented  of  their  incon- 
siderate haste.  Many  of  these  erring  ones  became  labourers  in 
the  vineyard  of  the  Lord.  On  the  other  hand,  the  heads  of  the 
Jewish  people  appeared,  by  their  whole  bearing,  to  be  giving  a 
constant  assent  to  the  call  of  God ;  while  their  conduct  towards 
the  Messiah  was  a  constant  decisive  negative,  which  was  con- 
summated in  the  crucifixion.  In  this  parable  also,  notwith- 
standing its  definite  immediate  application,  we  cannot  fail  to 
perceive  its  general  symbolical  nature. 

The  high  priests  and  elders  might  indeed  have  reminded  the 
Lord  that  the  people  of  Israel  were  God's  true  vineyard,  and  it 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  249 

cannot  be  disputed  that  they  as  official  labourers  continued  to 
work  in  it.  To  this  representation  Christ  assents :  He  causes 
them  to  appear  in  a  new  parable  (Matt.  xxi.  33-41 ;  Mark  xii. 
1-9 ;  Luke  xx.  9-16)  as  labourers  in  the  Lord's  vineyard. 
Here  therefore  the  vineyard  is  an  image  of  the  kingdom  of 
God  in  its  universal  theocratic  form/  while  in  the  former 
parable  He  described  the  kingdom  of  New  Testament  life 
breaking  out  of  the  shell  of  Judaism. 

The  owner  of  the  vineyard  is  God.  He  has  completed  the 
whole  according  to  the  ideal  of  a  vineyard.  The  vines  are 
planted ;  a  hedge  surrounds  the  plantation ;  and  it  is  furnished 
with  a  wine-press  and  a  Avatch-tower.  The  word  of  God,  as  the 
princij)le  of  consecrated  life,  forms  the  plantation ;  the  social 
communion  as  the  exclusion  of  those  who  are  not  members  of 
the  kingdom  (under  the  Old  Covenant  represented  by  circum- 
cision and  the  Passover,  under  the  new  by  baptism  and  the 
supper)  forms  the  hedge  ;^  the  wine-press  denotes  the  holy  suf- 
fering by  which  the  spiritual  wine  is  pressed  from  the  grapes  ; 
and  the  tower,  the  sacred  discipline,  the  office  of  watching  and 
punishing,  in  the  Church.  This  vineyard  the  owner  let  out  to 
vinedressers  and  went  into  a  distant  country.  In  the  fruit- 
season  he  sent  his  servants  to  receive  the  rent.  But  the^e 
servants  were  ill-treated  by  them.  According  to  Mark,  one 
servant  was  sent  first  of  all,  whom  they  beat  and  sent  empty 
away;  then  another,  whom  they  stoned  and  wounded  in  the 
head,  and  handled  him  shamefully ;  last  of  all,  one  whom  they 
killed  outright.^  The  owner  then  sent  a  greater  number  of 
servants,  whom  they  maltreated  in  the  same  way.  These  vine- 
dressers are  manifestly  the  rulers  of  the  Jewish  nation,  as  far 
as  they  represent  generally  the  prevailing  tendency  of  the 
people  in  general.  At  their  hands  the  Lord  might  expect  to 
receive  the  proceeds  of  His  capital,  the  genuine  fruits  of  re- 
pentance.    But  they  shamefully  maltreated  His  prophets,  and 

^  Compare  Isa.  v.  1-7. 

2  "We  cannot  understand  this  hedge  to  mean  the  Mosaic  law.  Kor  can 
we  help  noticing,  that  at  the  close  of  the  parable  the  vineyard  is  transferred 
to  other  husbandmen.  The  kingdom  of  God  passes  into  the  New  Testament 
form.  But  how  is  it  possible  to  regard  the  Mosaic  law  as  hedging  in  the 
New  Testament  kingdom  ? 

^  According  to  Luke,  they  cast  him  out  wounded. 


250  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

killed  some  of  them.  Christ  makes  two  divisions  of  these  mes- 
sengers, in  order  that  the  sending  of  the  son  may  appear  more 
suitable  as  the  third  and  last.  The  owner  last  of  all  sends  his 
own  (his  only,  his  beloved)  son  to  them,  saying,  They  will 
reverence  my  son.  He  still  wished  to  regard  them  not  as 
rebels  and  robbers,  but  only  as  misguided  men.  But  when  the 
son  came,  they  said,  This  is  the  heir !  This  expression  is  highly 
significant.  By  employing  it,  Christ  reproaches  His  enemies 
as  well  knowing  that  He  came  from  the  Father,  and  was  filled 
with  the  life  of  God.  The  vinedressers  were  perfectly  aware 
that  to  Him  the  vineyard  really  belonged,  and  on  that  account 
resolved  to  kill  Him  in  order  to  get  possession  of  His  inheri- 
tance. *  And  they  took  him  and  killed  him,  and  cast  him  out 
of  the  vineyard'  (Mark  xii.  8  ;  Matt.  xxi.  39).  The  meaning  of 
these  words  strikes  us  at  once.  They  were  fulfilled  to  the 
letter.  These  Jews  slew  the  Messiah  before  the  vineyard. 
They  put  Him  to  death  as  an  excommunicated  person  by  the 
hands  of  the  Gentiles.  Jesus  again  caused  the  Jews  to  pass 
sentence  on  themselves.  To  the  question,  '  When  the  lord  of 
the  vineyard  cometh,  what  will  he  do  unto  these  husband- 
men ? '  they  say  to  Him,  '  He  will  miserably  destroy  these 
wicked  men,  and  will  let  out  his  vineyard  to  other  husband- 
men, which  shall  render  him  the  fruits  in  their  seasons '  (Matt, 
xxi.  40,  41).i 

Thus  the  judgment  on  the  wicked  administrators  of  the  Old 
Testament  theocracy  is  announced  But  the  same  spirit  of 
judgment  which  presides  there,  pervades  also  the  New  Testa- 
ment theocracy,  and  executes  also  in  it  the  decisions  of  eternal 
righteousness.  But  its  judgments  will  come  forth  especially  at 
the  close  of  the  New  Testament  economy.  Then  all  false,  un- 
spiritual  Christians  will  be  rejected,  while  the  faithful  will  enter 
into  the  kingdom  of  perfection.  This  is  shown  in  the  parable 
of  the  M^se  and  foolish  virgins  (Matt.  xxv.  1-13).  But  espe- 
cially will  all  faithless  overseers  of  the  Christian  Church  experi- 

^  Mark  condenses  the  narrative,  since  he  represents  the  Lord  Himself  as 
uttering  this  judgment.  According  to  Luke,  Clirist's  adversaries  answered 
this  address  of  the  Lord  by  saying,  God  forbid  !  If  the  Pharisees,  accord- 
ing to  Matthew,  passed  this  judgment  themselves — on  the  supposition  that 
they  rightly  understood  the  meaning  of  Jesus — this  feigned  impartiality 
certainly  meant  that  it  would  be  far  from  them  to  slay  the  true  heir  of  God. 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  251 

ence  a  heavy  sentence;    this  is  taught  by  the  parable  of  the 
wicked  servant  (Matt.  xxiv.  45-51 ;  Luke  xii.  42-46). 

There  are  times  of  darkness  in  the  history  of  the  kingdom  of 
God,  times  which  are  full  of  severe  temptation  for  believers. 
Such  a  time  was  that  of  Christ's  crucifixion  (Luke  xxii.  53). 
The  Lord  has  particularly  illustrated  the  characteristics  of  a 
midnight  of  this  kind  by  the  parable  of  the  ten  virgins,  which 
is  constructed  on  the  Jewish  mode  of  celebrating  weddings. 
The  bridegroom  went  out  at  eventide  in  nuptial  array,  and  with 
great  pomp,  to  fetch  his  bride  from  her  parents'  house  and 
bring  her  home  to  his  father's.  The  bride  watched  for  him, 
surrounded  by  the  bridal  virgins,  who  were  provided  with  festive 
lamps,  in  which  oil  nourished  the  burning  wick,  and  which 
were  often  carried  on  a  wooden  pole,  so  that  they  resembled 
equally  torches  and  lamps.  It  was  the  office  of  these  virgins 
to  go  out  and  meet  the  bridegroom  on  his  approach,  to  con- 
gratulate him,  and  then  to  accompany  him  in  a  joyous  proces- 
sion with  their  lamps  to  his  father's  house,  where  the  wedding 
was  celebrated.  On  these  occasions  the  bridegroom  sometimes 
kept  them  waiting  till  late  in  the  evening,  and  thus  the  bridal 
virgins  were  subjected  to  a  trial.  Their  lamps  might  bm'n  out 
if  they  were  only  scantily  supplied  with  oil,  so  that  they  would 
suffer  disgrace,  especially  if  they  fell  asleep,  and  thus  did  not 
notice  early  enough  the  deficiency  of  oil  in  their  lamps.  The 
characteristic  of  this  nocturnal  trial,  which  the  Lord  has  also 
exhibited  in  another  parabolic  discourse,  consists  in  this :  that 
the  waiting  virgins  lost  the  festive  disposition  and  earnest  atten- 
tion; that  they  did  not  continue  in  that  watchful  and  joyous 
state  of  feeling  which  the  occasion  itself  and  the  near  approach 
of  the  bridegroom  ought  to  have  inspired.  The  significance  of 
this  danger  is  obvious.  It  is  midnight  for  the  Church  of  Christ 
when  the  diffusion  of  a  worldly  spirit  has  so  gained  the  ascend- 
ancy as  to  produce  the  appearance  as  if  the  history  of  the 
Church  were  subject  to  the  common  course  of  the  world  and 
nature;  as  if  the  kingdom  of  heaven  would  not  be  completed 
at  the  judgment  and  the  transformation  of  the  world ;  as  if 
Christ  would  not  come  again.  Believers  at  such  a  time  would 
be  more  than  ever  tempted  to  lose  the  feeling  of  being  in  the 
midst  of  the  development  of  the  wedding  of  the  Christian  recon- 
ciHation  and  purification  of  the  world,  and  gradually  to  renounce 


252  Ai^NOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

their  calling  of  contributing  to  the  festivity  of  the  work  of  their 
Lord.  But  more  than  once  in  the  midnight  of  the  progress 
of  Christianity  the  cry  is  made,  '  The  Bridegroom  cometh.' 
Heavy  judgments  and  great  awakenings  testify  the  near  ap- 
proach of  the  Lord,  and  His  spiritual  advent  expresses  in  con- 
tinually stronger  manifestations  the  approach  of  His  glorified 
personality,  as  it  takes  place  at  an  equal  ratio  with  the  transfor- 
mation of  the  earth.  But  the  members  of  the  Church  of  Christ, 
through  spiritual  slothfulness,  may  sink  into  a  state  in  which 
every  great  incident  in  Christ's  approach  will  become  a  heavy 
judgment.  Such  a  judgment  is  exhibited  to  us  in  the  fate  of 
the  foolish  virgins.  The  ten  virgins,  taken  all  together,  do  not 
form  merely  some  part  of  the  Church,  as  Olshausen  thinks,  but 
the  whole  Church,  as  indeed  is  indicated  by  the  number  ten. 
But  they  signify  the  Church  in  one  peculiar  relation,  namely, 
as  it  ought  to  exhibit  the  glory  of  the  bride  with  her  abundant 
splendour;  the  Church,  therefore,  in  its  destiny,  as  full  of 
spiritual  joy  and  blessedness,  waiting  with  the  full  brightness 
of  her  Lord's  inner  life,  to  maintain  His  honour  in  His  ab- 
sence, and  to  meet  Him  triumphantly  at  His  advent.  The 
sleeping  in  this  parable  is  indeed  a  questionable  thing  ;  but  it  is 
not  the  special  point  of  criminality,  otherwise  the  wise  virgins 
would  not  be  represented  as  sleeping  at  the  same  time  as  the 
foolish  ones.  It  is  distinctly  said  of  all  of  them,  '  While  the 
bridegroom  tarried  they  all  slumbered  and  slept.'  For  a  while 
they  lost  the  consciousness  of  the  importance  of  their  position, 
and  of  the  commencement  of  the  wedding.  But  this  situation 
was  critical,  especially  since  they  could  not  notice  whether  the 
oil  in  their  lamps  M'as  too  quickly  consumed.  The  point  of  im- 
portance in  this  parable  is  the  oil,  the  spirit  of  the  inner  life.^ 
The  foolish  virgins  awaken,  as  well  as  the  wise,  at  the  cry  raised 
by  the  most  wakeful  spirits  in  the  Church,  '  The  Bridegroom 
cometh ! '     They  also  are  provided  with  lamps,  and  begin,  like 

'  De  "Wette  remarks  on  the  passage  :  '  The  oil  which  they  have  in  store 
is  not  (according  to  a  current  devotional  interpretation)  precisely  the  Holy 
Spirit,  possibly  because  anointing  is,  in  Scripture  language,  equivalent  to 
being  under  the  Spirit's  influence  {Inspiration).  It  denotes  the  internal 
persistency  in  watchfulness,  and,  so  far,  internal  spiritual  power.'  This  re- 
mark depends  on  the  distinction  between  the  anointing  of  the  Spirit,  and 
the  internal  spiritual  power  in  the  Christian  life. 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  253 

the  others,  to  trim  them,  that  they  may  burn  clear.  But  now 
it  is  found  that  oil  is  wanting  to  their  lamps;  they  are  gone 
out.  The  wise,  on  the  contrary,  are  provided  with  a  sufficiency 
of  oil;  and  in  this  consists  the  essential  difference.  The  par- 
able therefore  exhibits  the  contrast  between  the  unspiritual, 
dead  members  of  the  Christian  Church,  and  those  who  are 
spiritually  alive.  This  difference  exists  at  all  times.  But  it 
always  becomes  more  important  as  time  advances,  and  at  last 
appears  in  all  its  fearfulness,  and  is  the  basis  of  an  essential 
decision  and  separation,  in  the  judgment  which  awaits  the 
Church.  All  the  members  will  wish,  at  last,  to  take  a  part 
in  the  imperial  glory  of  the  Church.  They  all  have  lamps — 
the  forms  of  faith,  the  confession  of  the  Church,  and  their 
outward  position  in  it.  But  then  the  question  will  be,  whether 
this  form  speaks  the  truth,  or  deceives ;  whether  it  is  filled 
by  the  eternal  contents  of  the  Spirit  of  Christ  or  not.  The 
foolish  virgins  have  not  the  Spirit  of  Christ;  they  want  the 
bui'ning  lamps,  the  proofs  of  love  and  the  songs  of  praise. 
But  it  belongs  to  the  more  allegorical  finish  of  the  parable, 
when  the  foolish  virgins  say  to  the  wise,  '  Give  us  of  your 
oil,  for  our  lamps  are  gone  out;'  and  when  these  answer, 
'Not  so;  lest  there  be  not  enough  for  us  and  you;  but  go  ye 
rather  to  them  that  sell,  and  buy  for  yourselves.'  On  the  one 
hand,  the  earnest  longing  after  the  communication  of  the  Spirit 
is  the  first  beginning  of  the  spiritual  life  itself;  and  on  the 
other,  the  spiritual  fulness  of  one  Christian  cannot  be  diminished 
by  impartation  to  another.  Nevertheless,  this  representation 
has  also  symbolical  features.  The  feeling  of  a  deficiency  is 
now  awakened  in  the  foolish  virgins,  and  yet  they  wish  to  retard 
the  completion  of  the  wise.  But  these  must  now  attend  to  their 
calhng,  to  begin  the  festive  life  of  the  kingdom  in  the  com- 
munion of  their  Lord.  The  separation  is  come  to  maturity. 
Still  a  prospect  seems  to  open  to  them  of  reaching  their  destina- 
tion, since  the  advice  is  given  them,  '  Go  to  them  that  sell,  and 
buy  for  yourselves ;'  since  the  wise  ones  counselled  them  to  seek 
for  the  spiritual  life  in  the  regular  way  of  Christian  meditation 
and  of  Christian  endeavour;  in  the  faithful  employment  of  the 
instituted  means  of  grace.  But  while  the  foolish  virgins  went 
to  buy,  the  bridegroom  comes.  The  wise  virgins  become  par- 
takers of  the  feast,  and  the  door  of  the  festive  hall  is  closed. 


254  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

At  last  the  foolish  virgins  come  and  cry  out  at  the  door,  '  Lord, 
Lord,  open  to  us  ! '  They  receive  the  answer,  '  Verily  I  say 
unto  you,  I  know  you  not!'  This  is  manifestly  a  judicial 
sentence.  Olshausen  maintains,  that  from  the  connection  it 
results  that  the  sentence,  '  I  know  you  not,'  cannot  mark  eternal 
condemnation.  '  Hather,'  he  says,  *  the  foolish  virgins  were 
only  excluded  from  the  marriage  supper  of  the  Lamb '  (Rev. 
xix.  7).  But  it  is  very  uncertain,  when  Olshausen  says,  'These 
virgins  had  the  universal  condition  of  salvation,  faith  (from  their 
calling  Kvpte,  Kvpie,  avoi^ov  rjfilv,  ver.  11),  but  they  wanted  the 
requisite  for  the  kingdom  of  God  which  proceeds  from  faith, 
sanctification  (Heb.  xii.  14).'  The  objective  fact  which  he  has 
here  in  his  eye  is  the  difference  between  the  first  and  second 
resurrection — between  the  preliminary  judgment  of  the  world 
which  is  to  be  succeeded  by  the  glorification  of  the  Church  of 
Christ  on  earth,  and  the  last  judgment,  which  will  be  followed 
by  its  transformation  into  a  heavenly  state  of  existence.  But 
this  constitutes  no  reason  for  seeing  in  the  parable  only  the  pre- 
liminary judgment.  That  the  foolish  virgins  said,  '  Lord  ! 
Lord ! '  and  craved  an  entrance  to  the  feast,  did  not  qualify 
them  as  believers.  Had  they  been  believers,  they  would  also 
have  been  welcome  guests.  Even  the  rejected  at  the  last  judgment 
will  excuse  themselves,  according  to  Matt.  xxv.  Yet  it  is  not 
to  be  lost  sight  of,  that  there  is  a  difference  between  the  descrip- 
tion of  the  judgment  as  it  affects  the  foolish  virgins,  and  as  it 
affects  the  finally  rejected.  Therefore,  although  no  particular 
preliminary  judgment  is  here  spoken  of,  yet  the  thought  of  a 
transient  judgment  seems  to  predominate.  According  to  the 
whole  structure  of  the  parable,  we  may  venture  to  see  in  it  all 
the  preliminary  judgments  of  the  Lord,  even  to  the  last  judg- 
ment. And  such  is  the  actual  fact.  As  often  as  the  Lord  comes 
to  His  Church  in  a  new  manifestation  of  His  Spirit,  a  separation 
is  made  between  the  dead  and  the  living  members  of  the  Church. 
Only  the  children  of  the  Spirit  form  a  joyous  procession  with 
Him  to  His  marriage  supper.  This  was  the  case  for  the  first 
time,  when  at  Pentecost  the  Lord  returned  to  His  Church  by 
His  Spirit.  The  wise  in  Israel  went  in  with  Him  to  His  feast ; 
the  foolish  remained  without.  This  will  one.  day  be  signally 
verified  when  the  palmiest  times  of  the  Church  begin,  her  true 
glorification  in  the  world.     The  unspiritual,  perfectly  dead  part 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  255 

of  Christendom  then  set  themselves,  in  some  form  or  other,  in 
marked  opposition  to  the  glorified  Church.  The  final  judgment 
was  not  yet  passed  upon  them  ;  but  it  is  not  said  that  they  would 
necessarily  be  restored  in  that  judgment.  That  will  depend  upon 
how  the  last  judgment  will  find  them. 

As  to  what  relates  to  this  judgment  which  will  come  on  the 
Church,  the  Lord  finally  has  expressed  in  the  most  striking 
manner  the  climax  of  evil  in  the  Church,  by  the  parable, 
already  mentioned,  of  the  wicked  servant.  It  is  remarkable, 
that  it  was  Peter  who  gave  the  Lord  occasion  to  deliver  it.  The 
Lord  exhoi'ts  the  disciples  to  watch  (Luke  xii.  35,  36)  like 
servants  who  wait  for  their  lord  when  he  returns  from  the  wed- 
ding. They  are  to  have  their  loins  girt  and  their  lamps  burning. 
They  must  wait  in  earnest  expectation  of  their  coming  Lord,  and 
not  incur  His  displeasure  by  self-indulgence,  and  by  allowing, 
like  dark  spirits,  their  lights  to  become  dim  and  go  out.  Christ 
closed  this  exhortation  with  the  words,  '  If  he  shall  come  in  the 
second  watch,  or  come  in  the  third  watch,  and  find  them  so, 
blessed  are  those  servants'  (ver.  38).  But  then  this  cheerful 
earnest  image  is  changed  into  a  threatening  one  :  '  And  this 
know,  that  if  the  good-man  of  the  house  had  known  what  hour 
the  thief  would  come,  he  would  have  watched,  and  not  have 
suffered  his  house  to  be  broken  through.  Be  ye  therefore  ready 
also :  for  the  Son  of  man  cometh  at  an  hour  when  ye  think  not.' 
The  thief  easily  deceives  the  householder  in  the  night,  if  he  does 
not  know  at  what  hour  he  will  come.  If  he  only  knew  this, 
nothing  would  be  easier  than  to  hinder  the  thief.  Therefore 
the  uncertainty  of  the  hour  of  the  coming  of  Jesus  Christ  is  the 
great  danger  which  always  threatens  the  careless  among  His 
disciples ;  and  the  more  they  surrender  themselves  to  their  care- 
lessness, so  much  the  more  dangerous  and  obnoxious  to  them 
will  be  the  coming  of  Jesus  Christ,  as  to  a  householder  the 
breaking  in  of  a  thief.^  This  parabolic  representation  contains 
two  most  important  thoughts.  The  Christian  must  indeed  con- 
sider, tliat  the  very  next  moment  may  put  him  in  a  fearfully 
difficult  position,  which  will  urge  him  to  a  decision  for  his  life, 
and  become  a  judgment  for  him,  if  he  has  not  carefully  watched 
beforehand,  so  as  to  understand  the  meaning  of  this  hour  when 
it  comes.  Christ's  language,  which  He  so  often  repeats,  respect- 
'  See  Olsliausen's  Commentary  ii.  307. 


256  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

ing  the  uncertainty  of  that  hour,  shows  us  most  clearly  how 
distinctly  the  certainty  was  present  to  His  mind,  that  after  the 
tardy  course  of  the  periodic  time  of  the  Church's  a^on,  the  final 
catastrophe  which  is  to  introduce  a  new  epoch  will  come  with 
fearful  and  startling  rapidity.  Peter  having  asked  the  Lord 
whether  He  had  uttered  this  parable  in  reference  to  them,  the 
disciples  alone,  or  to  all,  the  parable  we  have  mentioned  follows 
(Luke  xii.  41-48).  It  appears  at  first  not  in  parabolic  compact- 
ness, but  in  a  discourse  which  gradually  assumes  a  distinctly 
parabolic  form.  The  Lord  said,  '  Who  then  is  that  faithful 
and  wise  steward,  whom  his  lord  shall  make  ruler  over  his  house- 
hold, to  give  them  their  portion  of  meat  in  due  season  ?  '  This 
question  distinguishes  in  their  spiritual  importance  between  the 
class  of  spiritual  stewards  and  those  whom  they  provide  for  in 
the  Church.  But  who  is  the  servant  ?  The  decision  is  difficult, 
but  it  is  given  in  the  following  words  :  '  Blessed  is  that  servant 
whom  his  lord,  when  he  cometh,  shall  find  so  doing.'  Whoever, 
therefore,  at  His  coming  is  occupied  in  dispensing  spiritual  food 
to  the  household,  as  it  becomes  him,  the  doctrines,  the  consola- 
tions, and  the  encouragements  of  the  Gospel,  him  his  Lord  will 
mark  as  the  servant  originally  called  by  Him,  and  will  attest  him 
to  be  such  by  placing  him  over  all  His  goods,  and  thus  making 
him  a  prince  in  the  kingdom  of  the  Spirit.  But  if  that  servant, 
who  in  his  real  character  was  distinctly  present  to  his  mind  as 
evil  C  that  evil  servant^  Matt.  xxiv.  48),  should  say  in  his  heart. 
My  lord  delayeth  his- coming,  and  should  begin  to  beat  the  men- 
servants  and  maidens,  the  younger  members  of  the  household, 
and  to  eat  and  drink,  and  give  himself  up  to  inebriety,  and  there- 
fore changing  his  calling  to  furnish  food  to  his  fellow-servants 
into  the  standpoint  of  a  despotic  judicial  taskmaster  in  the  house, 
the  lord  of  that  servant  will  come  in  a  day  when  he  looketh  not 
for  him,  and  at  an  hour  when  he  is  not  aware,  and  will  pass 
upon  him  the  sentence  of  theocratic  zeal ;  he  will  cut  him  in 
sunder,^  and  will  appoint  him  his  portion  with  the  unbelievers, 
or  with  the  hypocrites.  And  thus  will  he  make  it  evident  that 
he  was  not  his  true  and  accredited  servant ;  for  in  the  king- 
dom of  Christ,  according  to  its  essential  spirituality,  the  office 
must  coincide  with  the  interior  life  and  the  conduct.  The  gene- 
ral rule  by  which  the  Lord  inflicts  those  severe  punishments  is 
^  Compare  1  Sam.  xv.  33. 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  257 

next  given.  The  servant  who  knew  his  lord's  will  and  prepared 
not  himself,  neither  did  according  to  his  will,  will  suffer  many 
stripes.  But  he  that  knew  not,  and  did  commit  things  worthy  of 
stripes,  shall  suffer  few  stripes.  For  every  man  has  an  immediate 
feeling  of  the  will  of  his  heavenly  Lord,  which  he  ought  to  culti- 
vate ;  and  as  punishment  is  due  even  when  a  servant  does  not 
know  what  his  lord  wills,  so  in  a  like  sense  is  a  man  punishable 
when  he  does  not  know  what  God  wills.^  But  the  punishment  of 
the  servant  who  wilfully  transgresses  his  Lord's  will,  will  be  great. 
By  this  rule  a  greater  punishment  will  be  inflicted  on  a  bad  Chris- 
tian than  on  a  bad  heathen,  and  a  greater  still  on  a  bad  clergyman ; 
and  so  the  scale  rises  up  to  a  bad  bishop,  and  that  servant  who 
holds  the  highest  position  in  the  Church  with  the  greatest  un- 
faithfulness, will  on  that  account  be  punished  most  severely. 
The  punishment  of  being  '  cut  in  sunder^  expresses  the  fearful 
contrast  which  is  formed  between  the  greatest,  most  careless, 
judicial  arrogance,  and  the  sudden  endurance  of  the  most  hor- 
rible doom.  Such  a  doom  falls  everywhere  on  the  clerical  office, 
where  it  falls  asunder  by  a  schism  into  dead  parts,  where  by 
divisions  it  loses  its  authority  and  power.  But  as  to  what  con- 
cerns the  despotic  functionary  in  the  Church  of  Christ,  his  pun- 
ishment is  more  precisely  determined  in  Luke  :  '  his  portion  is 
appointed  with  unbelievers.'  He  was  an  unbeliever  who  made 
himself  a  lord  of  the  Church,  because  he  did  not  thoroughly  be- 
lieve with  his  heart  in  the  return  of  his  Lord,  and  therefore  ne- 
glected and  ill-treated  his  fellow-servants,  and  gave  himself  up  to 
a  hfe  of  self-indulgence.  But,  according  to  Matthew,  he  receives 
the  punishment  of  the  hypocrites,  since  in  his  unbelief  he 
assumed  the  credit  of  the  greatest  and  most  ardent  zeal,  while 
he  maltreated  his  fellow-servants.  The  punishment  of  the  '  evil 
servant '  is  therefore  this,  that  he  is  cast  into  the  abode  of  the 
lost,  where  there  is  weeping  and  gnashing  of  teeth. 

The  two  last  parables  distinctly  point  to  the  great  representa- 
tion of  the  last  judgment,  which  Jesus  has  given,  not  in  a  parable, 
but  in  a  discourse  pervaded  by  parabolic  traits  (Matt.  xxv.  31- 
46).  We  have  seen  how  the  parables  relating  to  the  kingdom 
of  God  rise  in  one  straight  stem,  and  then  branch  out  into 
parables  of  mercy  and  of  judgment.  Last  of  all,  the  lofty  summit 
^  Compare  Olshausen,  iii.  1. 

VOL.  II.  R 


25^  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHAEACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

of  this  parabolic  system  appears  in  the  parabolic  representation 
already  mentioned  of  the  last  judgment.  And  here,  in  the  crown 
of  the  system,  we  see  the  blossom  of  the  parable  fully  expand, 
and  the  resplendent  flower  break  forth  of  a  clear  representation 
of  the  appearance  of  the  kingdom  of  God  in  its  New  Testament 
glory ;  while,  by  the  abundance  of  its  symbolical  traits,  it  shows 
that  it  forms  the  crown  of  the  parabolic  system.  Nor  will  the 
circumstance  that  this  representation  is  destitute  of  the  compact 
parabolic  form,  prevent  us  from  considering  it,  since  it  forms 
the  natural  organic  head  of  the  cycle  of  parables ;  in  fact,  it 
is  the  key  by  which  Christ  teaches  us  to  unfold  what  is  hidden 
and  veiled  in  all  the  parables  of  the  kingdom. 

We  see  here,  how  mercy  is  to  form  the  decisive  rule  by 
which  the  Lord  will  pass  sentence,  and  consummate  His  king- 
dom. The  Son  of  man  appears  in  His  glory,  and  all  His 
angels  with  Him,  and  He  sits  on  the  throne  of  His  glory. 
Thus  is  the  revelation  of  Christ's  consummated  kingdom  of 
glory  depicted.  All  nations  are  assembled  before  Him.^  All 
men  come  under  the  judgment  of  the  Christian  rule  of  life ; 
and  as  a  shepherd  divides  the  sheep  from  the  goats,  so  Christ 
divides  men.  He  places  the  sheep  on  His  right,  and  the  goats 
on  His  left.  Therefore  on  that  day  the  human  race  is  so  ma- 
tured in  the  works  of  separating  contrast,  that  it  needs  only 
the  coming  forth  of  Christ,  only  a  signal  from  Him,  to  complete 
the  separation  whiph  had  matured  in  life.  Now  the  merciful 
are  saluted  by  Christ  as  the  blessed  of  His  Father.  In  His 
judgment  they  have  brought  the  required  aid  to  Him  in  all 
His  sufferings :  they  have  fed  the  hungry,  given  drink  to  the 
thirsty,  taken  in  the  stranger,  clothed  the  naked,  visited  the  sick, 
sought  out  the  prisoner.  But  these  merciful  ones  are  also  the 
humble ;  they  cannot  recollect  that  they  have  acted  as  such 
angels  of  mercy  on  earth.  And  these  humble  ones  are  also  the 
truly  Christ-like.  For  what  they  have  done  to  the  least  among 
them  whom  Christ  calls  His  brethren,  they  have  done,  in  His 
judgment,  to  Himself.  They  had,  therefore,  in  their  eye  not 
merely  the  physical  in  the  sufferers,  with  an  unspiritual  sensu- 

1  Olsliausen,  without  reason,  would  find  in  this  representation  only  the 
delineation  of  a  final  judgment  on  unbelievers.  Unbelievers,  as  such,  would 
indeed  not  be  yet  ripe  for  judgment.  Besides,  this  judgment  is  too  de- 
cidedly represented  as  a  judgment  on  all  nations. 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  259 

ous  sympathy  ;  but  they  cherished  and  raised  the  inner  man  in 
them,  their  Christian  destiny  and  christological  dignity.  The 
noble  marks  of  the  divine  Hneage  in  the  unfortunate  have  at- 
tracted and  moved  them  as  a  hfe  related  to  their  own,  and  by 
their  charity  they  have  brought  them  nearer  to  Christ.  '  Inherit 
the  kingdom,'  Christ  says,  announcing  their  reward,  '  prepared 
for  you  from  the  foundation  of  the  world.'  They  enter  into 
eternal  life,  as  the  blessed  of  the  Father,  as  those  who  were  per- 
vaded by  the  blessing  of  the  Father.  The  kingdom  of  a  chosen 
humanity  perfected  in  the  Spirit  of  Christ,  in  humility  and  love, 
and  raised  above  death,  has  been  founded  in  them  from  the  be- 
ginning, and  its  completion  will  be  carried  on  among  them  in 
the  development  of  the  world,  and  above  them  in  the  admini- 
stration of  the  Father.  Now  this  inheritance  exists  in  its  bloom, 
and  receives  them  as  the  phenomenal  world,  corresponding  to 
its  inner  nature.  But  the  wicked  will  be  rejected  as  the  unmer- 
ciful, who,  in  all  the  relations  of  misery,  have  no  heart  for  the 
destitute.  But  they  reveal  themselves,  moreover,  as  the  self- 
righteous,  since  they  are  not  disposed  to  convict  themselves  of 
negligence  in  the  duty  of  mercy.  But  lastly,  it  contributes  to 
their  severest  reproach,  that  they  entirely  ignored  the  golden 
threads  of  the  christological  I'elation  which  go  through  all  human 
life,  that  they  have  not  regarded  in  man  the  calling  to  Christ, 
and  therefore  not  Christ  in  humanity.  Christ  sends  them  away 
from  Himself  as  accursed.  The  word  here  is  no  mere  term  of 
reproach,  but  the  description  of  a  reality.  They  are  pervaded 
by  the  curse  as  a  petrifaction  by  the  stony  material  {Karrjpa- 
fikvoC).  Therefore  they  will  be  thrown  into  the  seonian  fire,  pre- 
pared for  the  devil  and  his  angels ;  and  they  will  be  sent  into 
the  gBonian  punishment.  The  geonian  fire  began  from  the  fall 
of  Satan  to  develop  itself  in  him  and  in  his  associates ;  and  in 
this  development  a  great  spiritual  torment,  a  great  community 
of  destruction,  ripened  in  humanity.  This  must  separate  itself 
under  the  sentence  of  the  Lord  in  the  last  crisis  of  the  Christian 
world,  as  a  tormenting  fire-a^on,  from  the  blessed  light-aeon  of 
perfected  humanity.  The  Christian  development  of  the  world,  ac- 
cording to  its  whole  epic  course,  cannot  pass  over  into  a  heavenly 
nature  in  an  idyllic  continuity,  but  must  close  with  a  catastrophe 
— must  complete  itself  in  a  fiery  paroxysm  of  world-historic 
magnitude.     As,  in  a  man  with  a  mortal  disease,  the  departing 


260  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

life  at  last  breaks  loose  from  the  stiffening  body  in  a  fiery  con- 
flict, so  at  last  the  world  of  light  will  separate  itself  from  the 
world  of  the  cm'se — the  kingdom  of  the  new  humanity  perfected 
in  love,  from  the  seon  of  fierce  discord,  and  of  an  old  humanity 
devouring  itself  in  the  doom  of  egoism,  which  falls  back  into  the 
pre-human  spirit-regions  of  the  demons.  This  will  take  place 
when  the  kingdom  of  Christ  in  this  world  has,  in  its  last  de- 
velopment, most  nearly  approached  to  the  kingdom  of  Christ  in 
the  other  world,  and  when,  in  consequence  of  reciprocal  attrac- 
tion, this  world  passes  over  into  the  other,  and  the  other  into 
this,  so  that  the  barrier  falls,  and  Christ  appears  in  the  midst  of 
His  people  here,  or  His  people  appear  before  His  glorious  throne 
there;  both  in  one  and  the  same  event. 

The  cycle  of  the  parables  of  judgment  forms  also  a  succession 
of  world-historical  pictures,  in  which  retributive  justice  exhibits 
the  successive  great  acts  of  its  administration.  The  parables  of 
the  labourers  in  the  vineyard,  each  of  whom  receives  a  penny,  of 
the  pounds,  and  of  the  talents,  reveal  the  administration  of  reward- 
ing retribution,  and  at  the  same  time  show  how  punitive  retribu- 
tion accompanies  it  as  its  complement.  The  first  world-picture 
shows  us  the  action  of  the  energy  of  the  Spirit  in  the  founding  of 
the  kingdom  of  God.  The  divine  justice  appears  in  its  unity 
with  grace,  since  it  is  altogether  spirit ;  therefore  it  does  not  miss 
its  reward,  according  to  the  external  mode  of  valuing  human 
work.  Human  coAversion  corresponds  to  it  in  its  spirituality ; 
it  raises  itself  above  the  loss  of  time,  and  can  receive  and  experi- 
ence from  God  the  blotting  out  of  the  guilt  of  this  loss.  The 
second  world-picture  shows  us  how  the  external  might  of  the 
offices  of  the  kingdom  appointed  by  God  gains  the  world.  The 
nobleman  in  his  appearance  is  poor,  and  his  servants  are  poor ; 
but  he  gains  the  whole  kingdom  and  puts  down  the  rebellion ; 
while  they  gain  for  him  the  single  component  parts  of  his 
kingdom,  according  to  the  measure  of  the  internal  energy  of  the 
life  of  their  calling.  The  third  world-picture  shows  us  how  re- 
compensing justice  gives  every  servant  of  God  a  spiritual  gain 
in  the  kingdom  of  God,  and  how  it  corresponds  exactly  to  the 
faithful  application  of  His  spiritual  gifts.  But  we  see  punitive 
justice  by  the  side  of  the  remunerative  acting  in  a  threefold 
manner  :  the  servants  of  a  mercenary,  outwardly  calculated  me- 
chanical service  were  punished  by  the  disappointment  of  their 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  261 

outward  expectation ;  the  servants  of  spiritual  sloth,  by  being 
deprived  of  their  gifts ;  and  the  actual  rebels  against  the  govern- 
ment of  a  prince  who  is  identical  with  grace,  by  the  severe 
punishments  which  their  own  unmercifulness  demanded.  Then 
the  scenes  of  judicial  justice,  in  its  predominant  agency,  are  an- 
nounced by  the  phenomena  of  its  menaces  and  warnings.  We 
see  Death  as  the  messenger  of  Judgment  stalking  through  the 
world,  and  hear  in  all  the  paths  of  mortality  the  footsteps  of  the 
approaching  retribution.  A  whole  world  of  manifestations  of 
divine  grace  is  further  shown  us  in  the  history  of  the  respited 
fig-tree,  as  a  numerous  group  of  revelations  of  long-suffering, 
in  which  already  the  most  alarming  omens  of  judgment  are  dis- 
closed. Then  follow  the  images  of  the  judgment  itself.  We 
see  how  first  of  all  judgment  strikes  man  in  general  when  he 
despises  the  invitation  of  God  to  the  spiritual  feast  of  the  divine 
life  in  His  kingdom,  and  likewise  when  he  would  profane  this 
spiritual  feast,  and  change  it  into  the  common  carousal  of  a  sin- 
ful life.  These  crimes  of  despising  and  desecrating  the  Eternal 
appear  in  an  aggravated  form  as  crimes  of  dishonesty.  The 
unchristian  changes  into  the  antichristian,  and  calls  forth  a 
judgment  •  of  the  rejection  of  whole  communities,  as  is  repre- 
sented in  the  parable  of  the  criminal  vinedressers.  These  special 
acts  of  penal  justice  point  to  the  general  judgment  as  they  come 
forth  more  distinctly  at  the  end  of  time.  Judgment  begins  first 
of  all  at  the  house  of  God.  We  see  in  the  parable  of  the  foolish 
virgins,  how  the  dead  part  of  the  theocracy,  as  well  as  of  the 
Christian  Church,  is  shut  out  from  the  festive  communion  of 
living  believers ;  and  in  the  parable  of  the  wicked  servant,  how 
the  hardened  individuals  among  the  overseers  of  the  Church 
must  suffer  the  heaviest  retribution.  Out  of  this  judgment  of 
the  Lord  on  the  Church  the  judgment  on  all  nations  finally  un- 
folds itself.  But  as  rewarding  justice  is  always  complemented 
by  punitive  justice,  so  this  again  is  also  accompanied  by  the 
former,  which  is  constantly  unfolding  the  divine  affluence  of  its 
grace.  For  God  changes  not  towards  man,  but  man  changes 
towards  Him ;  and  in  this  change  a  separation  according  to  their 
opposite  tendencies  is  produced,  which  is  constantly  widening, 
till  at  last  a  separation  which  reaches  to  the  bottomless  pit  is 
consummated  in  the  last  judgment.  Hence  the  completed  con- 
demnation of  the  ungodly  is  the  completed  redemption  of  the 


262  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

godly.  The  separation  of  the  93011  of  light  and  the  ^on  of  the 
curse  in  the  last  crisis  of  the  history  of  humanity,  forms  there- 
fore the  completion  of  the  Ciiristian  kingdom  of  God. 

In  this  manner  Christ  has  delivered  to  His  people  the  doc- 
trine of  the  founding  of  the  kingdom  of  God,  in  parables  which 
form  themselves  into  a  system  with  wonderful  fulness  and  dis- 
tinctness. 

The  very  name  of  this  institution  characterizes  its  nature. 
It  is  the  kingdom  of  God^  in  opposition  to  the  kingdom  of  this 
world — the  completed  theocracy.  While  the  ancient  theocracy 
exhibited  itself  in  the  individual  inspired  flashes  of  the  prophets, 
and  thus  its  peculiar  function  consisted  in  momentary  flowings 
forth  of  eternity  into  time,  this  kingdom  of  God  is  a  firmly 
established  kingdom  of  human  spirits,  in  which  God  Himself 
rules  as  King,  and  His  Spirit  as  the  supreme  law  of  life,  and  the 
union  of  human  hearts  with  God  in  His  royal  supreme  will  is 
its  peculiar  life-element.  This  kingdom  is  also,  according  to  its 
nature,  equally  the  kingdom  of  heaven  ;^  an  ideal  state,  or  a 
state  of  ideality,  of  the  purest  distinctness  and  action  of  all 
relations  in  the  unity  of  a  heavenly,  consecrated  life.  That 
which  makes  heaven  to  be  heaven  is  the  perfect  elevation  of  all 
its  phenomena  into  its  idea,  or  its  ideality.  But  its  idea  is  its 
consecration  to  God.  In  that,  therefore,  consists  the  holiness  of 
heaven,  that  it  rises  into  this  divine  consecration.  The  kingdom 
of  heaven  is  consequently  an  institution  pure  and  consecrated 
as  heaven  itself.  Hence  the  Lord  can  recognise  the  kingdom 
of  heaven  in  no  state  of  inferior  purity.  But  this  institution  is 
also  termed  '  the  kingdom^  simply  (Matt.  xiii.  19,  etc.),  because 
in  it  the  perfected  human  society,  the  eternal  organism,  is 
realized  in  the  essential  relations  of  humanity.  This  organism 
culminates,  and  has  its  point  of  unity,  in  a  head  animating  all 
the  members,  that  is,  in  Christ,  and  hence  this  kingdom  is 
also  called  the  kingdom  of  Christ  (Matt.  xiii.  41;  John  xviii.  36, 
etc.).  But  since  this  kingdom  has  been  prepared  by  the  theo- 
cratic plan  of  the  entire  world-history,  and  since,  according  to 
this  great  historical  development,  it  has  appeared  first  of  all  in 
a  prefigurative  form  in  the  Old  Testament  consecrated  king- 
dom, it  has  been  also  named  after  that  typical  kingdom  in  its 

^  'H  jiix.ai'Kiiot,  rov  Qeov.     Mark  i.  15,  etc. 
*  'H  fixatXsi'x  ruv  ovpxvuv.     Matt.  xiii.  etc. 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  263 

greatest  splendour,  and  thus  is  called  the  kingdom  of  David 
(Mark  xi.  10).  The  head  of  this  kingdom  is  also  its  principle. 
Its  first,  unrecognised  appearance  in  the  world,  is  the  person  of 
Christ  Himself.  This  kingdom  flourishes  in  His  heart,  in  His 
Spirit,  and  begins  to  unfold  itself  in  His  works.  The  King  of 
truth  is  the  soul  of  the  kingdom  of  truth ;  therefore  on  His 
appearance  the  proclamation  is  made,  '  The  kingdom  of  heaven 
is  at  hand ! ' 

But  the  historic  goal  of  this  kingdom  is  the  completion  of 
the  Christian  seon,  the  appearance  of  the  glory  of  Christ  in 
the  perfected  manifestation  of  the  glory  of  His  Church,  and  the 
glorification  of  the  Church  by  the  appearance  of  the  Lord. 
The  leading  outlines  of  that  completion  of  the  ancient  aon, 
upon  which  the  new  seon  of  the  kingdom  makes  its  appearance, 
are  the  following.  The  life  of  Christ,  as  the  vital  principle  of 
humanity,  has  completed  its  regeneration.  The  palingenesia  is 
effected  in  the  core  of  humanity  to  such  a  degree  that  a  new 
humanity  exhibits  itself  in  perfect  beauty  as  a  splendid  organism 
which  shines  forth  in  eternity,  and  from  which  the  image  of 
God  is  reflected  (Matt.  xix.  28).  The  earth  itself  is  drawn  up- 
wards in  this  palingenesia.  Its  ethereal  light-image  has  be- 
come complete  with  the  new  humanity,  and  issues  forth  as  a 
heavenly  star  from  the  cloud  of  its  humiliation  (Matt.  v.  14 ; 
Luke  xii.  49).^  The  appearance  of  Christ  is  accomplished  in 
this  way,  that  the  interval  between  this  world  and  the  next  is 
removed  by  the  comj)leted  victory  of  the  Christian  spirit 
(Matt.  xxiv.  14). 

The  kingdom  of  God,  therefore,  is  in  constant  development 
between  these  two  points  of  its  life — between  its  principle,  the 
invisible  life  of  Christ,  resting  in  the  depths  of  heaven  and  of 
humanity,  and  between  that  glorious  appearance  of  the  trans- 
formed human  world  resting  in  the  depths  of  the  future.  The 
question  now  presents  itself,  by  what  means  is  the  life  of  Christ 
changed  into  the  life  of  humanity  1 

The  first  means  by  which  the  life  of  Christ  becomes  the 
life  of  the  world,  is  the  word  of  Christ,  the  Gospel  (Matt.  xiii. 
3,  19).  It  is  secured  to  the  world  by  a  perpetual  ordinance  of 
Christ  in  the  evangelical  office  of  teaching.'^     But  the  teaching 

^  Christ  kindles  the  earth  itself  with  His  fire. 

2  John  XX.  21. 


264  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

of  Christ  is  from  the  first  quite  identical  with  His  life,  and 
therefore  His  life  exhibits  itself  in  a  second  means,  in  His  col- 
lective heavenly  doings  (John  ii.  18).  But  His  course  of  con- 
duct and  His  works  are  secured  to  Plis  Church  by  the  calling 
of  His  witnesses  (Acts  i.  8).  But  Christ's  doings  are  com- 
pleted only  in  His  sufferings  and  death.  His  death  is  the  re- 
demption of  the  world  (Matt.  xxvi.  28).  And  His  death  is  con- 
tinually incorporated  with  the  world  by  the  confession  of  His 
people  (Matt.  xvi.  24,  25).  And  as  Christ  has  completed  His 
work  in  His  own  eternal  Spirit,  so  also  it  can  be  completed  in 
the  hearts  of  His  people  only  by  the  same  Spirit  (John  xvi.  7). 
With  His  Spirit,  His  life  and  sufferings  first  become  a  pecu- 
liar possession  of  His  people  in  their  unity,  power,  and  depth,  as 
a  full  divine  work,  and  by  the  life  of  His  Spirit  they  become 
His  Church.  By  His  Church,  then,  the  life  of  Christ  is  trans- 
planted into  the  world  (John  xvii.  18).  But  how  is  His  Church 
to  be  recognised  ?  In  this  way,  that  they  exhibit  His  life  in 
their  life  (John  xiii.  35) ;  that  they  miss  His  visible  presence 
with  consciousness  and  earnest  longing,  and  hope  with  firm 
confidence  for  His  return  (John  xiv.  27,  28)  ;  and  that,  in  the 
certainty  of  His  spiritual  presence,  they  express  this  intermediate 
state  by  celebrating  the  communion  according  to  His  institution — 
the  present  and  future  communion  by  the  rite  of  holy  baptism, 
the  past  communion  by  partaking  of  the  holy  supper  (Matt, 
xxviii.  19 ;  Luke  xxii.  19).  In  the  holy  sacraments  the  Church 
comprehends  all  the  means,  as  given  by  the  Lord,  by  which  the 
kingdom  of  God  in  it  and  by  it  is  established  in  the  world — 
the  word,  the  doing,  and  the  suffering  of  Christ,  His  Spirit  and 
His  future  appearance.  In  the  moments  of  true  communion 
the  Church  for  an  instant  enters  into  that  appearance,  it  shines 
in  an  anticipated  lustre  of  the  kingdom  (Mark  xiv.  24,  25 ; 
Luke  xxii.  29,  30). 

By  the  continual  use  of  these  means  the  Church  is  constantly 
advancing  towards  its  manifestation,  urged  on  by  the  power  of 
Christ's  life ;  and  this  movement  is  healthful  in  proportion  as 
the  means  co-operate  in  living  unity,  and  as  it  is  carried  on  with  a 
reference  to  both  points.  Consequently,  the  progress  of  the  Chris- 
tian palingenesia  is  always  arrested  where  the  sacraments  are 
administered  without  the  living  word,  or  where  the  word  is  pro- 
claimed without  the  exhibition  of  its  power  of  manifestation  in 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  265 

the  sacraments,  or  where  the  word  and  the  sacraments  are  ad- 
ministered disconnectedly  because  the  spirit  that  unites  the  two 
elements  is  not  sought  by  prayer.  Bat  if,  on  the  one  hand,  the 
manifestation  of  the  kingdom  of  Christ  is  prematurely  exhibited 
in  a  State  where  the  ecclesiastical  power  is  supreme,  this  is  a 
too  active  manifestation  that  goes  beyond  the  truth  and  loses 
itself  in  illusions,  in  which  the  vital  principle  of  the  paHngenesia 
must  more  and  more  be  lost.  And  if,  on  the  other  hand,  the 
word  of  Christ  should  be  made  a  mere  scholastic  term,  so  that  the 
sense  of  the  need  of  communion,  to  say  nothing  of  longing  after 
the  manifestation  of  Christ  and  His  glory  in  humanity,  is  con- 
tinually diminishing, — this  is  a  spiritualism  which  cannot  be  re- 
cognised as  the  spiritual  life  of  the  Word  made  flesh,  and  is  not 
capable  in  the  least  of  effecting  the  regeneration  of  the  world. 

Therefore,  where  there  is  no  well-developed  Christian  com- 
munion, no  guarantee  can  exist  that  the  Christian  life  will  be 
active  in  its  vital  principle ;  and  where  the  communion  goes 
beyond  its  destination,  and  is  changed  into  a  State  organism,  it 
is  a  sure  sign  that  it  operates  no  longer  deeply  and  with  perfect 
fidelity  as  the  spirit  of  regeneration.  The  communion  in  its  ideal 
form,  is  therefore  the  constant  living  medium  between  the  throne 
of  the  invisible  Christ  and  His  future  appearing.  And  thus 
through  Christian  fellowship  His  life  mingles  itself  in  its  sepa- 
rate elements  with  the  life  of  the  world.  His  word  is  the  law  of 
the  kingdom  and  of  life  to  it.  Were  it  governed  by  an  inferior 
law,  it  would  not  be  the  communion  of  Christ.  But  it  makes 
His  word  not  immediately  the  political  life-law  of  the  world. 
If  it  attempted  this,  it  would  change  Christ  into  a  Moses,  and 
Christianity  into  Judaism,  instead  of  being  the  medium  of 
imparting  His  life  to  the  world.  But  it  feels  that  the  latter 
object  is  its  vocation,  and  proves  it,  since  by  ingrafting  Christ's 
words  on  the  morals  and  laws  of  the  world,  it  constantly  keeps 
in  view  its  final  aim  that  the  world  may  become  the  kingdom  of 
Christ.  And  in  the  same  way  it  imparts  the  mysteries  of  its 
doctrine,  as  well  as  its  whole  life.  If  it  were  to  subtract  any- 
thing from  the  original  fulness  of  Christianity,  it  would  damage 
the  institution  which  it  was  appointed  to  maintain,  and  evermore 
adulterate  it  with  the  heathenism  of  the  natui'al  worldly  mind. 
If,  on  the  other  hand,  it  were  disposed  to  make  this  institution 
predominant  in  the  world  at  the  cost  of  human  freedom,  it  would 


266  ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  CHARACTER  OF  CHRIST'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY. 

change  Christianity  into  Judaism.  Rightly  to  bring  the  insti- 
tution of  Christ  into  harmony  with  the  freedom  of  the  human 
mind  and  conscience,  is  a  task  infinitely  difficult,  and  yet  blessed 
in  itself  and  in  its  consequences. 

It  results  from  the  magnitude  of  this  task,  that  the  kingdom 
of  God  can  only  by  slow  degrees  attain  the  maturity  of  its  mani- 
festation in  the  world,  and  that  the  exact  time  of  its  future  can- 
not be  computed  (Mark  xiii.  32).  Further,  it  results  from  its 
free  spiritual  character,  that  the  kingdom  of  God  cannot  be  ex- 
hibited prematurely  in  heavenly  purity  (Matt.  xiii.  30),  but  that, 
nevertheless,  its  sanctification  must  be  aspired  after,  according 
to  the  measure  of  its  vital  principle,  its  spirit,  and  its  aim. 

Hence  the  firm  planting  of  the  kingdom  of  God  is  effected 
by  a  continual  movement,  which,  on  the  one  hand,  always  ex- 
hibits the  entire  fulness  of  the  divine  mercy,  in  the  reception  of 
all  who  stand  in  need  of  salvation  (Matt,  xviii.  21-35),  and  on 
the  other  hand,  the  entire  severity  of  the  divine  judgment,  in 
the  constant  exclusion  of  all  by  the  ecclesiasticak  discipline,  who 
would  bring  scandals  into  the  Church.  On  the  other  hand,  this 
movement  has  not  its  full  energy,  or  rather  it  is  depressed  by 
hindrances  in  the  same  proportion  as  admission  is  effected  with 
carnal  rigour  or  facility ;  or  as  the  exclusion,  with  similar  car- 
nality, is  carried  to  the  length  of  political  persecution,  or  is 
neglected  to  the  loss  of  the  social  sense  of  honour  in  the  mem- 
bers of  the  Church. 

But  all  defects  in  the  progress  of  the  Church,  between  the 
manifestation  of  mercy  and  of  judgment,  will  be  corrected  and 
rendered  complete  by  the  great  administration  of  mercy  and  of 
justice  by  the  Lord  over  the  Church.  They  will  be  rectified  : 
the  Lord  receives  the  merciful  Samaritan  in  a  thousand  forms 
into  the  communion  of  His  people,  and  ejects  the  guest  without 
the  wedding  garment,  as  well  as  the  evil  servant,  with  a  fearful 
doom  from  the  communion.  They  will  be  rendered  complete  : 
the  Church  itself,  like  the  world,  is  an  object  of  the  completed 
judgments  and  mercies  of  the  Lord ;  and  in  a  mysterious  recipro- 
cal action  between  the  formation  of  the  Church  for  the  world,  and 
the  world  for  the  Church,  the  time  advances,  when  with  mighty 
throes  the  epoch  of  the  final  decision  suddenly  comes.  On  the 
one  hand,  mercy  celebrates  its  manifestation  in  the  living  images 
which  are  filled  by  it,  and  become  its  perfected  organ,  its  ever- 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  GOD.  267 

lasting  feast  in  the  kingdom  of  love.  Then,  on  the  other  hand, 
justice  celebrates  its  glorification,  since  the  condemned  exhibit 
its  administration,  and  must  justify  it  in  their  own  persons  in 
the  kingdom  of  inflexible  wrath  and  vengeance.  But  justice  and 
mercy  are  never  separated,  although  their  aeons,  when  completed, 
separate  from  one  another  in  humanity.  Justice  reveals  itself  to 
the  Church  of  the  saved  in  the  holiness  of  love.  But  the  multi- 
tude of  the  reprobate  is  involved  in  the  darkness  of  a  correspond- 
ing geon,  by  a  compassion  which  has  veiled  itself  in  punitive 
justice.  But  the  kingdom  of  God  is  then  completed,  when  in 
this  manner  Christ  has  communicated  His  blessedness  to  the 
new  humanity.  The  Church  is  united  to  Him  as  His  bride.  It 
is  therefore  wholly  participant  of  His  life,  and  enters  into  the 
inheritance  of  His  glory.  And  if  a  region  is  situated  opposite 
this  Church,  in  which  the  despising  of  His  life  is  punished  by  an 
SBonian  spiritual  agony,  it  is  shown  by  this  how  men  are  struck 
in  its  depths  by  His  rays,  and  shaken  to  bow  the  knee  in  His 
name,  and  in  the  relation  of  their  life  to  Him,  to  occupy  the 
right  position  in  the  kingdom  of  spirits  (Phil,  ii.  10,  11). 


PAET  IV. 


THE  PUBLIC  APPEARANCE   AND  ENTHUSIASTIC 
RECEPTION  OF  CHRIST 


SECTION  I. 


THE  PUBLIC  TESTIMONY  OF  THE  BAPTIST  TO  CHRIST  BEFORE 
THE  JEWISH  RULERS. 

While  Jesus  was  fighting  in  the  wilderness  with  the  temptation 
which  met  Him  under  the  form  of  the  distorted  Messianic  hopes 
of  His  age,  and  in  this  victorious  conflict  developed  the  course 
of  His  Messianic  work,  the  same  hopes  induced  the  Sanhedrim 
at  Jerusalem  to  send  a  deputation  to  John  the  Baptist.  John 
had  made  a  powerful  impression,  not  only  on  the  people  in 
general,  but  also  on  their  leaders,  the  Pharisees,  many  of  whom, 
as  we  have  already  noticed,  were  so  carried  away  by  the  popular 
enthusiasm  as  to  submit  to  his  baptism.  Gradually  a  more  dis- 
tinct judgment  had  been  formed  in  the  Sanhedrim  respecting 
the  unquestionable  importance  of  so  extraordinary  a  theocratic 
undertaking.  They  had  arrived  at  the  conviction,  that  a  man 
who,  on  good  grounds,  could  venture  to  subject  the  nation  to 
such  a  purification,  which  implied  a  previous  excommunication, 
must  be  either  the  Messiah  Himself,  or  one  of  His  forerunners, 
who  was  announced  as  Elias  by  the  prophets,  or  the  prophet 
promised  by  Moses  (Deut.  xviii.  15;  John  i.  25).  But  if  the 
Baptist,  by  his  course  of  action,  set  forth  such  extraordinary 
claims,  it  was  an  ofiicial  duty  on  the  part  of  the  Sanhedrim  to 
take  cognizance  of  it,  and  to  come  to  a  clear  understanding  with 
him.  Accordingly  this  body  resolved  on  sending  a  deputation 
to  him,  which  consisted,  as  a  matter  of  course,^  of  priests  and 
Levites.     To  the  priests  was  entrusted  the  sanctioning  of  reli- 

^  [Lampe  quotes  from  Maimonides :     '  Synedriorum  pars  maxima  ex 
Sacerdotibus  constitit  et  Levitis.' — Ed.] 


PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE.  2G9 

gious  purification,  which  included  the  observance  of  the  laws 
relative  to  ablutions/  so  that  those  who  were  sent  on  this  occa- 
sion might  be  regarded  as  duly  qualified  commissioners.  They 
were  very  properly  accompanied  by  Levites,  who  served  in  part 
as  an  honourable  escort,  and  in  part  to  act,  if  need  be,  as  a 
hierarchical  police  force,  should  John  not  be  prepared  to  show 
his  credentials.^  And  now,  if  the  deputation  accomplish  their 
object,  the  Baptist  must  be  recognised  as  one  of  the  great  pro- 
phets of  the  Messianic  advent,  or  exposed  as  a  false  prophet. — 
But  the  Jewish  national  spirit  in  the  high  council  would  be  com- 
pletely misunderstood,  and  its  members  would  be  turned,  against 
their  own  will,  into  Roman  senators,  if  we  supposed  that  they 
were  averse  to  the  announcement  of  the  Messiah  under  every 
condition.  Yet  such  a  judgment  has  been  rashly  formed,  from 
the  circumstance  that,  at  a  later  period,  the  Baptist  was  not 
acknowledged  by  them,  and  that  Jesus  was  absolutely  rejected ; 
while  it  should  be  borne  in  mind  that  it  was  precisely  by  chili- 
astic-political  motives  that  the  Sanhedrim  were  determined  to 
this  course  of  conduct  (see  p.  59).  It  could  not  therefore  be 
the  primary  aim  of  this  deputation  to  dispute  the  claims  of  the 
Baptist ;  it  may  rather  be  supposed  that  they  were  actuated  by 
chiliastic  excitement.^ 

From  the  account  of  the  Evangelist  John,  we  see  that  the 
deputation  must  have  intimated  to  the  Baptist  that  he  would 
very  likely  announce  himself  as  the  Messiah.  The  Sanhedrim, 
as  we  have  seen,  must  have  regarded  his  baptism  as  a  pheno- 
menon of  the  commencing  Messianic  aeon,  and  in  a  character 
who  spiritually  moved  and  carried  with  him  the  whole  nation, 
they  might  find  a  claimant  to  the  Messianic  dignity.*  Now  it 
is  evident  that  a  question  which  assumed  the  possibility  that  the 

^  Lev.  xiii.  and  xv. 

2  The  ground  of  suspicion  which  Weisse  has  taken  against  the  truth  of 
the  narrative  from  the  phrase  '  priests  and  Levites,'  is  changed  by  a  clear 
view  of  Israelitish  relations  into  a  ground  of  credence.  This  point  has 
already  been  satisfactorily  settled  by  Liicke  and  Ebrard,  and  barely  deserves 
a  passing  notice. 

^  ['  Nulla  adsunt  vestigia,  quse  ex  mera  invidia  aut  impediendi  studio 
prognatam  esse  legationem  suadeant.  Honorifica  per  se  erat.'  Lampe  in 
Joan.  i.  407.— Ed.] 

''  This  disposes  of  what  Strauss  has  remarked  (i.  388)  against  the  pro- 
bability of  such  an  inquiry. 


270  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

Baptist  might  be  the  Messiah  was  a  great  temptation  to  him. 
And  thus  John  was  tempted  at  the  same  time  as  Jesus.  The 
Evangehst  has  indicated  the  force  of  the  temptation  by  the 
words,  '  He  confessed,  and  denied  not,  but  confessed,  I  am  not 
the  Christ'  (John  i.  20).^ 

But  the  Baptist  likewise  gave  a  negative  to  the  question 
whether  he  was  Ehas.  How  could  he  do  that,  since  it  was 
undeniable  that  Malachi  had  announced  the  forerunner  of  the 
Messiah  under  this  designation  ?  This  declaration  of  the  Bap- 
tist seems  also  to  clash  with  the  language  of  Christ,  who  at  a 
later  period  told  His  disciples  that  in  the  person  of  the  Baptist 
they  might  see  that  Elias  who  was  to  precede  the  Messiah 
(Matt.  xi.  14,  xvii.  10-13).  But  Zacharias,  the  father  of  John, 
distinctly  understood  by  the  revelation  of  the  angel  that  this 
identification  of  Christ's  forerunner  with  Elias  was  to  be  taken 
in  a  spiritual  sense  (Luke  i.  17).  And  in  the  knowledge  of  this 
fact  lay  the  reason  of  the  Baptist's  negative  to  the  question.  He 
was  actuated,  doubtless,  by  the  same  motives  as  those  which 
induced  the  Lord  in  the  wilderness  to  reject  the  Messianic  pro- 
gramme of  His  time  as  it  was  presented  to  Him.  In  the  same 
proportion  as  the  image  of  the  Messiah  or  of  the  King  was  dis- 
torted into  a  carnal  one,  would  be  the  image  of  His  forerunner ; 
or  even  in  a  still  higher  degree,  inasmuch  as  this  misrepresenta- 
tion was  carried  to  the  length  of  expecting  the  return  literally  of 
the  ancient  prophet  EUas.  When,  therefore,  the  Jews  asked 
him.  Art  thou  the  Elias  of  the  Messianic  advent  t  the  ques- 
tion probably  meant.  Art  thou  that  Elias  who  was  translated  to 
heaven,  returning  at  the  founding  of  a  new  aeon  ?  And  taking 
it  in  this  sense,  John  answered,  'No!'  and  in  saying  that,  he 
did  not  deny  that  he  was  the  Lord's  forerunner  in  the  spirit  and 
power  of  Elias,  for  that  was  testified  by  his  whole  life,  by  his 
daily  ministry.  Under  similar  circumstances,  Christ  expressed 
Himself  even  with  more  caution  and  reserve.  He  avoided  the 
misinterpretation  of  His  Messianic  calling,  without  the  risk  of 
fostering  the  opposite  error,  that  He  disowned  all  claim  to  be 
regarded  as  the  Messiah." 

'  [On  which  Augustin  says :  'In  eo  probata  est  humilitas  ejus,  quia 
dixit  se  non  esse,  cum  posset  credi  esse.'     Tract,  in  Joan.  iv.  3. — Ed.] 

^  Among  other  passages,  that  in  John  xviii.  34  proves  how  carefully  the 
Lord  avoided  all  misinterpretation  relative  to  the  Messianic  title. 


THE  BAPTIST'S  TESTIMONY.  271 

Lastly,  the  Baptist  answered  in  the  negative  the  inquiry  of 
the  deputation,  whether  he  was  '  The  Prophet'  (o  Trpo^j^r?;?), 
namely,  that  particular  prophet  whom  the  Jews,  according  to  the 
promise  of  Moses,  expected  before  the  beginning  of  the  new  era. 
For  this  he  had  still  greater  reason,  because  such  a  represen- 
tation of  this  Prophet  had  not  become  a  general  definite  expec- 
tation among  his  nation.  The  genuine  children  of  the  theocratic 
spirit  referred  the  passage  to  the  Messiah  Himself  (Acts  iii.  22). 
Now^,  if  the  Baptist  also  received  this  exposition,  as  must  be 
admitted,  the  question  in  this  sense  would  be  a  repetition  of  the 
first  question,  which  he  had  already  met  with  a  negative.  But 
others  expected,  according  to  the  same  passage,  that  one  day 
Jeremiah  would  return  and  take  part  in  the  renovation  of  the 
theocracy.  By  others,  again,  Joshua  was  pointed  out  as  the  person 
to  be  expected.^  It  is  quite  plain  that  John  could  not  give  assent 
to  preconceptions  of  this  kind.  But  though  some  persons  in 
Israel  had  regarded  the  Prophet  simply  as  the  forerunner  of 
Christ,  John  could  not  admit  that  this  was  the  meaning  of  the 
official  inquiry  addressed  to  him ;  hence  he  gave  a  most  decided 
negative  also  to  this  question.  Thus,  then,  John  repelled  three 
tempting  questions,  which  were  animated  by  the  same  spirit  as 
the  three  temptations  which  Christ  conquered  in  the  wilderness. 

It  has  been  thought  surprising  that  the  deputation  asked 
the  Baptist  whether  he  was  '  the  Prophet,'  after  putting  the 
question  to  him,  whether  he  was  the  Christ  or  Elias.  If  it  were 
possible  to  consider  the  Prophet  as  identical  with  Christ,  or  with 
Elias,  in  both  cases  the  question  had  already  been  settled.  But 
probably  the  deputation  already  entertained  one  of  those  views 
which  were  developed  more  distinctly  in  the  later  Jewish  tradi- 
tions ;  probably  they  understood  Jeremiah  by  '  the  Prophet,'  and 
in  that  case  the  question  was  perfectly  necessary.  But  even  on 
the  opposite  supposition,  if  they  held  Hhe  Prophet'  to  be  identical 
with  Elias  or  with  the  Christ,  still  they  knew  not  what  the  Bap- 
tist on  his  part  thought  on  this  point.  Hence  this  third  question 
was  unavoidable,  and  its  insertion  marks  the  diplomatic  exact- 
ness of  the  authorities,  and  indirectly  the  historical  fidelity  of 
the  whole  narrative.  But  if  we  view  the  series  of  questions  in 
relation  to  their  final  object,  we  shall  find  that  they  are  very 
carefully  arranged.  Was  John,  for  instance,  the  Messiah,  then 
^  See  Liicke's  Commeniar  iiher  das  Evang.  des  Johannes  i.  386. 


272         PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

his  warrant  for  baptizing  was  placed  beyond  all  doubt ;  was  he 
the  second  Elias,  it  would  stand  equally  firm ;  was  he,  lastly, 
'  the  Prophet,'  still  its  validity  would  be  allowed. 

When  the  deputies  from  the  Sanhedrim  pressed  the  Baptist 
to  declare  at  last  who  he  was,  he  answered  them :  ^  I  am  the 
voice  of  one  crying  in  the  wilderness,  Make  straight  the  icay  of  the 
Lord,  as  said  the  prophet  Esaias '  (xl.  3).  As  Christ  veiled  His 
Messianic  call  in  the  most  spiritual  designation,  which  was  dia- 
metrically opposed  to  the  carnal  enthusiasm  of  His  nation,  by 
calling  Himself  the  Son  of  Man,  so  the  Baptist  chose  the  most 
delicate  and  spiritual  characteristic  of  the  forerunner,  as  he 
found  it  in  the  prophet  Isaiah.  That  voice  of  one  crying  in  the 
wilderness  was  primarily  the  theocratic  presentiment,  incorporat- 
ing itself  in  prophecy,  of  the  return  of  Israel  from  exile,  as  it 
would  be  accomplished  under  the  spiritual  guidance  of  Jehovah. 
But  the  Baptist  rightly  saw  the  highest  fulfilment  of  that  passage 
in  the  Israelitish  presentiment  of  the  advent  of.  the  Messiah, 
which  had  formed  itself  into  a  voice  in  his  person.^  Yet  the 
Jewish  mind  was  not  in  a  state  to  discover  the  deeper  and  more 
spiritual  references  of  the  Old  Testament  Scriptures,  and  on 
that  account  this  interpretation  was  not  received  in  the  schools 
of  the  scribes.  Hence  the  deputation  took  no  notice  of  the  posi- 
tive declaration  of  the  Baptist,  and  now  asked  him  in  the  form 
of  a  reprimand,  '  Why  baptizest  thou  then  %  '  This  ministration 
appeared  to  them  an  unallowable  undertaking  if  he  could  not 
substantiate  his  claim"  to  either  of  the  titles  adduced.^  But  John 
felt  his  ground  ;  he  answered  firmly,  '  I  baptize  ; '  but  when  he 
added,  '  with  water,'  he  passed  a  judgment  on  his  baptism  which 
he  set  in  opposition  to  the  judgment  of  the  Sanhedrim.  To  them, 
this  ritual  observance  appeared  of  extraordinary  importance :  to 
him,  on  the  contrary,  it  appeared  of  extraordinary  insignificance, 
because  the  vastly  superior  agency  which  the  Messiah  would 
shortly  exert  was  always  present  to  his  thoughts.  But  while  he 
depreciated  his  own  baptism,  he  also  justified  its  use,  by  announc- 
ing to  the  deputation  that  the  Messiah  was  already  nigh  at  hand. 

'  This  passage  is  the  first  proof  that  references  to  typical  prophecy  in  the 
Old  Testament  occur  in  John  as  well  as  in  Matthew. 

iKiivotg  s^vjv  fitnTTTii^eiv,  i.e..,  to  the  Christ,  Elias,  and  that  prophet.  Ammo- 
nius  in  Catena. — Ed.] 


THE  BAPTIST'S  TESTIMONY.  273 

Even  now  He  is  in  your  midst,  and  ye  know  Him  not — even  Him 
who  cometli  after  me,  and  yet  was  before  me.^  So  mysteriously 
and  yet  so  distinctly  did  the  Baptist  speak  of  the  Messiah,  while 
he  also  had  a  feeling  of  the  discrepancy  between  the  expecta- 
tions of  his  people  and  the  character  of  Him  who  was  about  to 
appear.  The*  Messiah  had  become  a  public  character  for  His 
people,  and  therefore  had  come  into  their  midst,  when  He 
accredited  Himself  to  the  person  who  was  appointed  by  God  to 
announce  His  appearance.  But  when  the  Baptist  designates 
the  personage  who  was  to  come  after  him  as  'He  who  was 
before  him,'  he  expresses  the  essential  priority  or  princely 
dignity  of  Christ,  His  essential  precedence  to  himself  in  the 
kingdom  of  God.  Such  a  twofold  relation  exists  even  in  the  case 
of  a  common  herald.  The  herald  outwardly  hastens  on  before 
the  prince,  but  the  prince  possessed  his  dignity  before  him,  and 
made  him  a  herald,  and,  according  to  the  privilege  of  his  rank, 
the  prince  preceded  him.  The  herald  is  the  outward  forerunner 
of  the  prince,  but  the  prince  is  the  spiritual  forerunner  of  the 
herald.  But  if  the  Baptist  had  the  full  impression  that  in  his 
calling  he  was  entirely  regulated  by  the  higher  calling  of  Christ, 
that  his  dignity  was  derived  from  Christ's  dignity,  and  if  he  de- 
clared that  Christ  had  this  priority  in  the  theocracy,  he  expressed 
at  the  same  time  the  essential  priority  of  Christ  in  the  eternity 
of  God ;  for  the  one  is  not  without  the  other.  We  have  not 
here  to  examine  how  clearly  and  comprehensively  he  thus  de- 
veloped, theologically,  the  eternal  existence  of  Christ.  But  with- 
out doubt  he  was  already  more  certain  of  the  eternal  existence 
of  his  own  inferior  personality  in  God,  than  many  theologians 
are  certain  of  the  eternal  existence  of  Christ. 

John  knew  that  Christ  in  His  spiritual  essence  had  exerted 
His  agency  throughout  the  Old  Testament  dispensation,  and  was 
undoubtedly  the  King  of  Israel.     Hence  he  declared  that  he  was 

^  The  words  Sg  'ifATrpoGSiu  ^ov  yiyovsv  are  wanting  in  several  manuscripts. 
LUcke  conjectures  that  they  were  taken  from  the  parallel  passages,  vers.  15, 
30.  Lachmann  considers  the  reading  as  doubtful ;  the  connection  of  the 
passage  favours  their  retention.  To  the  mysterious  assertion,  '  He  is  in 
your  midst,  and  ye  know  Him  not,'  the  other  corresponds  :  '  He  cometh 
after  me,  and  yet  was  before  me.'  The  unknown  and  manifested  One  of  the 
people  is  the  follower  and  predecessor  of  the  Baptist.  [Tischcndorf,  Meyer, 
Tholuck,  and  Alford  reject  the  words.] 

VOL.  II.  S 


274  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

not  worthy  to  loosen  His  shoe-latchet.  He  was  willing  to  vanish, 
with  all  his  works,  before  the  glory  of  the  Lord,  and  with  this 
feeling  he  dismissed  the  deputation  from  Jerusalem,  who  were 
so  destitute  of  the  fitting  presentiments  as  to  regard  his  water- 
baptism  as  the  greatest  event  of  the  times. 

We  have  already  seen  how  extremely  improbable  it  is,  that 
the  deputation  should  not  be  anxious  to  have  an  exact  descrip- 
tion of  the  outward  appearance  of  a  personage  whom  the 
Baptist  had  thus  magnified,  and  how  much  it  accorded  with 
the  duty  of  the  Baptist  to  give  them  such  a  description.  Hence 
we  may  confidently  assume  that  the  deputation  returned  with 
highly  raised  expectations,  after  receiving  such  an  account  of 
the  person  and  presence  of  the  Messiah.  It  is  an  important 
circumstance,  that  this  conference  took  place  at  Bethany,  on  the 
other  side  Jordan,  where  John  was  then  baptizing  ;  so  that  the 
deputation  must  needs  return  home  through  the  wilderness,  in 
which  John  was  tarrying. 

In  the  meantime,  it  was  quite  a  matter  of  uncertainty  what 
judgment  the  Sanhedrim  would  form  in  the  sequel  respecting 
John.  That  judgment  would  now  depend  on  the  question, 
what  relation  the  Sanhedrim  would  assume  towards  Jesus.  (  As 
soon,  therefore,  as  a  collision  took  place  between  the  spirit  of 
that  body  and  the  spirit  of  Christ,  as,  according  to  the  view  we 
have  taken,  must  have  happened  at  the  close  of  Christ's  tempta- 
tion in  the  wilderness,  the  Jewish  authorities  would  come  to  a 
rupture  with  the  Baptist.  But  since  the  people,  and  even  many 
members  of  their  own  body,  had  already  done  him  homage,  it 
suited  their  policy  to  conduct  themselves  towards  him,  and  to 
express  their  opinion  respecting  him,  with  the  greatest  reserve. 
Yet  they  were  not  able  to  conceal  the  contradiction  which  existed 
between  their  earlier  personal  homage  and  their  later  official 
reserve.  The  Lord  could  reproach  with  unbelief  towards  John, 
men  who  at  one  time  resorted  to  the  Jordan  (Luke  vii.  33).  If, 
therefore,  the  Evangelists  appear  to  contradict  one  another  when 
in  one  place  they  report  (Matt.  iii.  7)  that  many  Pharisees  came 
to  John,  and  in  another  that  the  Pharisees  and  scribes  were 
not  baptized  of  him  (Luke  vii.  30),  a  real  and  striking  fact  is 
exhibited  in  a  very  characteristic  manner.  The  ambiguous 
position  which  the  Jewish  rulers  occupied  in  relation  to  the 
question  whether  John  was   a   prophet,  was   founded   on   the 


THE  BAPTISTS  TESTIMONY.  275 

constant  embarrassment  they  felt,  owing,  on  the  one  hand,  to 
John's  decisive  testimony  to  Christ,  and,  on  the  other,  to  the 
decisive  opinion  of  the  people  in  favour  of  John.  Hence 
Christ,  towards  the  close  of  His  career,  when  they  questioned 
His  authority,  probably  to  execute  the  purification  of  the 
temple,  with  the  most  wonderful  sagacity  proposed  to  them  a 
counter-question,  and  showed  that  He  saw  into  the  very  depths 
of  their  evil  conscience, — the  question  whether  the  baptism  of 
John  rested  on  divine  authority,  or  was  an  arbitrary  human 
institution  (Matt.  xxi.  24).  They  confessed  their  inability  to 
answer  the  question — a  confession  most  disgraceful  to  the  tribunal 
they  formed — rather  than  they  would  express  a  decision  either  for 
or  against  the  Baptist ;  a  proof  how  completely  they  were  non- 
plussed by  the  question  of  Jesus.  The  fact  that  the  Jewish 
rulers  never  ventured  to  form  an  official  judgment  respecting 
the  Baptist,  confirms  in  a  very  significant  manner  the  account 
of  the  Evangelist  John,  that  the  Baptist  had,  by  a  solemn  testi- 
mony, directed  the  people  through  their  rulers  to  Christ,  and 
that  Christ  expressly  appealed  to  this  testimony  (John  v.  33, 
etc.).  But  since  John  testified  so  publicly  of  Christ,  he  linked 
His  fate  with  his  own  ;  and  Herod  Antipas  probably  considered 
the  outrage  he  committed  on  the  stern  preacher  of  repentance 
as  greatly  favoured  by  the  circumstance  that  his  authority  had 
not  been  supported  by  the  Sanhedrim. 


1.  Von  Amnion  in  his  Geschichte  des  Lehens  Jesu  (i.  261) 
remarks,  '  Full  freedom  of  opinion  and  of  public  speaking  pre- 
vailed among  the  Israelites  as  long  as  the  fundamental  doctrines 
of  the  law  were  not  endangered,  as  we  find  also  among  Chris- 
tians in  the  time  of  Paul  at  Corinth  (1  Cor.  xiv.  29).  If,  on 
the  other  hand,  a  Chakam  or  Rabbi  indulged  in  attacks  on  the 
Mosaic  theocratic  constitution,  the  Lesser  or  Greater  Sanhedrim, 
and  the  high-priestly  board  especially,  was  authorized  to  inter- 
fere constitutionally,  and  to  call  the  innovating  teacher  to  ac- 
count respecting  his  authority  for  such  proceedings  (Vitringa, 
De  Synagogd  vetere,  p.  866).  This  was  done  by  the  Great 
Sanhedrim  in  the  case  of  Jesus,  and  previously  in  reference  to 
the  Baptist.' 

2.  The  fact  of  the  testimony  of  the  Baptist  to  Jesus  is  dis- 


276  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

puted  by  the  latest  critics.  Weisse  even  thinks  that  true  faith 
in  the  divine  revelation  in  Christ  requires  most  peremptorily  a 
deviation  from  the  letter  of  the  Gospel  narrative  in  reference  to 
this  testimony.  Strauss  adduces  a  series  of  reasons  for  setting 
aside  this  testimony.  First  of  all,  the  later  sending  of  the 
Baptist  to  Christ.  This  we  shall  consider  in  its  proper  place. 
A  real  difficulty  brought  forward  also  by  others  is  the  question, 
why  the  Baptist  still  continued  to  baptize,  and  why  he  did  not 
rather  join  himself  to  Jesus?  But  this  question  has  weight 
only  as  long  as  the  significance  of  John's  baptism  is  not  clearly 
understood.  John  could  not  venture  to  cease  purifying  the  old 
Israelitish  congregation  for  the  Church  of  the  Messiah,  as  long 
as  any  unbaptized  persons  resorted  to  him.  His  attachment  to 
Christ,  therefore,  was  evinced  by  remaining  at  his  post,  and  by 
fulfilling  the  vocation  given  him  by  God  as  the  labour  of  his  life. 
As  all  the  other  Israelites  who  were  believers  in  Christ  were  not 
called  to  join  themselves  to  Him  as  disciples  in  the  more  special 
sense,  so  neither  was  this  the  case  with  John.  Eather  would 
he  have  been  unfaithfu.1  to  his  christological  calling,  had  he  re- 
linquished his  baptismal  office.  It  is  further  alleged  that  John, 
on  his  'contracted  standpoint,'  was  unable  to  form  a  concep- 
tion of  that  higher  one  which  Jesus  occupied  (i.  377).  Here 
again  the  author  constructs  a  psychology  at  his  own  hand.  This 
time  he  sets  out  on  an  assumption  of  ethical  pitifulness,  owing 
to  which  men  on  lower  standpoints  cannot  help  making  mistakes 
when  they  look  up  to  a  man  who  stands  higher  than  themselves. 
We  are  here  reminded  of  the  self-denial  with  which  Farel  im- 
plored Calvin  to  remain  at  Geneva,^  and  the  earlier  judgments 
of  Erasmus  on  Luther,  and  other  similar  facts.  Even  Bod- 
mer's  behaviour  towards  Klopstock  and  Wieland's  judgment  on 
Gothe  (Weisse  i.  271,  and  Ebrard)  may  be  here  adduced.  In 
the  history  of  modern  philosophy,  the  author  might  indeed  be- 
lieve he  could  find  vouchers  for  his  canon.  But  the  assumption 
was  quite  false,  that  tine  ethical  ability  of  humanity  is  to  be  esti- 
mated according  to  that  individual  philosopher.  Further  on  we 
meet  with  the  well-known  quick  evolutions  of  sophistical  dex- 
terity (p.  379).  '  According  to  Matt.  xi.  2  and  Luke  vii.  18, 
John  sends  two  disciples  to  Christ  with  the  doubting  inquiry 

»  [See  Kirchhofer's  Life  of  Farel  (Religious  Tract  Society,  1837),  p.  136; 
Henry's  Lelen  Johann  Calvins,  Hamburg,  1835,  i.  161. — Te.] 


THE  BAPTIST'S  TESTIMONY.  277 

whether  He  was  tlie  ip^6fievo<;,  while  according  to  the  fourth 
Gospel  he  directed  likewise  two  disciples  to  Him,  but  with  the 
definite  assertion  that  Jesus  was  the  a/j,vo^  Qeov,  etc'  The 
reader  can  supply  the  et  cetera  in  the  well-known  style  of  this 
writer.  As  to  the  relation  of  the  Baptist  to  Jesus  generally, 
Strauss  defines  it  in  a  manner  which  has  drawn  forth  the  fol- 
lowing remark  from  Kuhn  (das  LehenJesu  i.  223)  : — 'In  order 
to  convict  the  synoptical  representation  of  a  legendary  character, 
it  is  assumed  that  the  Baptist  and  Jesus  were  not  acquainted  with 
one  another  at  an  early  period ;  in  order  to  set  aside  St  John's 
representation  as  unhistorical,  the  very  opposite  is  assumed,  that 
the  two  men  were  well  acquainted  with  one  another  in  early  life. 
This  I  call  a  splendid  specimen  of  critical  art,  which  (as  Licliten- 
berg  playfully  tells  Philadelphia),  to  speak  without  bragging, 
goes  far  beyond  the  miraculous ;  indeed,  so  to  speak,  is  ab- 
solutely impossible!'  As  to  the  supposition  that  the  Baptist  and 
Jesus  were  early  acquainted  with  one  another,  Strauss  thus  ex- 
presses himself  :  '  John  allows  the  Baptist  to  make  rather  the 
opposite  assertion,  but  only  because  another  interest,  the  one 
just  noticed,  preponderated  in  his  mind.' 

3.  Bethany  on  the  other  side  Jordan  is  to  be  distinguished 
from  the  Bethany  not  far  from  Jerusalem.  Origen,  as  Liicke 
remarks,  has  altered  it  to  Bethabara,  against  all,  or  almost  all, 
the  manuscript  authorities.^  '  It  may  be  admitted  that  the  place, 
as  was  often  the  case,  had  two  names  of  similar  meaning — 
Beth-abara,  niny  rT^Ji  Passage-house  or  Ford-house,  and  Bethany, 
perhaps  from  n*JX  JT'n  Ship-house.'  ^  Liicke,  Commentar  i.  391- 
395.  We  may  be  allowed  to  conjecture  that  the  name  Bethany, 
Ship-house,  which  belonged  to  the  palmiest  days  of  Israel,  had 
fallen  into  disuse  when  a  boat  to  ferry  passengers  over  was  no 
longer  employed,  and  persons  were  obliged  to  wade  through, 
which  in  favourable  seasons  was  possible  in  several  places,  and 
so  the  name  was  changed  to  Bethabara  or  Passage-house.  This 
latter  designation  might  perhaps  be  founded  on  the  recollection, 
that  the  place  in  former  days,  when  likewise  there  was  no  ferry, 
was  called  Bethbarah  (Judg.  vii.  24),  as  it  is  supposed  that  this 

'  [Alford  gives  Origen's  defence  of  the  alteration,  and  exposes  its  weak- 
ness.    Stanley,  however,  follows  Origen  (Shiai  and  Palestine). — Ed.] 

*  [As  Meyer  remarks,  however,  this  etymology  will  scarcely  do  for 
Bethany  on  the  Mount  of  Olives. — Ed.] 


2  i  8  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

was  only  a  contraction  of  Bethabara  (see  Robinson's  Palestine  i. 
536 ;  Von  Raumer's  Palestina,  p.  250). 


SECTION  II. 


THE  TESTIMONY  OP  JOHN  TO  THE  DIGNITY  OF  CHRIST, 
UTTERED  TO  HIS  DISCIPLES. 

The  day  after  John's  temptation  Jesus  returned  to  him  from 
the  wilderness,  where  He  also  had  overcome  the  last  and  most 
violent  onset  of  His  great  temptation.  Both  were  animated 
by  a  lively  feeling  of  victory ;  and  John  more  than  ever  was  in 
a  state  of  mind  to  understand  the  suffering  Messiah,  since  his 
own  soul  was  now  enjoying  the  blessedness  of  a  verified  renun- 
ciation of  the  world.  But  a  presentiment  of  His  victory  on  the 
cross  seemed  to  glorify  the  whole  being  of  Christ.  In  this  state 
of  mind,  and  in  the  beauty  of  the  priestly  spirit.  He  came  to  the 
Baptist.  How  He  greeted  him — what  He  announced  to  him — 
and  in  general  what  passed  between  them,  the  Evangelist  does 
not  inform  us. 

But  he  narrates  the  impression  which  Jesus  at  that  time 
made  on  the  Baptist,  and  which  the  latter  probably  communi- 
cated, in  whole  or  in  part,  to  his  disciples  in  the  presence  of 
Jesus.  With  deep  emotion  he  exclaimed,  '  Behold  the  Lamb  of 
God,  that  taketh  away  the  sins  of  the  world ! '  The  same  pro- 
phet who,  in  the  voice  of  one  crying  in  the  wilderness,  as  spoken 
of  by  the  prophet  Isaiah,  recognised  the  serious  image  of  his 
own  life,  now  beheld  with  equal  clearness  the  tragical  image  of 
the  Messiah's  life,  in  the  suffering  Lamb  of  God  bearing  the 
sins  of  men,  as  spoken  of  by  the  same  prophet.  The  recogni- 
tion of  the  one  is  closely  connected  with  that  of  the  other.  The 
Baptist  might  indeed  have  thought,  when  he  used  this  expression, 
of  the  sacrificial  lamb  in  the  Israelitish  worship,  as  it  must  have 
been  present  to  the  prophet's  mind.  But  no  doubt  his  expres- 
sion is  founded  immediately  on  the  language  of  the  prophet. 
As  he  had  derived  from  the  prophet  the  information  respecting 
himself — that  he  was  to  be  heard  as  a  voice  in  the  wilderness — 
so  he  had  learned  respecting  Christ,  that  He  was  the  Lamb  of 


THE  BAPTIST'S  TESTIMONY  BEFORE  HIS  DISCIPLES.  279 

God  described  by  the  prophet,  ordained  by  God,  and  consecrated 
to  God,  and  therefore  that  He  must  accomplish  His  redemptive 
work  by  unparalleled  endurance.  At  all  events  the  presenti- 
ment of  atonement  flashed  through  his  soul  in  this  expression. 
Those  who  feel  themselves  placed  in  a  dilemma  by  this  language, 
— who  say,  either  the  Baptist  must  have  propounded  a  doc- 
trine of  atonement  dogmatically  defined ;  or  he  must,  at  the  most, 
have  intended  to  say  that  Christ  as  the  meek  One  would  remove 
the  sins  of  the  world  ;^  or,  forsooth,  with  this  critic,  he  could  not 
have  uttered  the  sentence  had  he  not  spoken  as  a  dogmatic,^ — such 
persons  fail  to  understand  the  whole  type  of  prophetic  knowledge 
and  illumination.  We  must,  first  of  all,  survey  in  general  the 
region  of  the  spiritual  da\vnings  of  great  spirits,  if  we  would  dis- 
tinguish between  the  momentary  flashes  of  illumination  vouch- 
safed to  the  prophets  and  their  average  knowledge.  Respecting 
the  nature  of  such  a  difference  as  it  is  exhibited  in  the  department 
of  general  intellectual  life,  some  great  poets  of  modern  times  can 
certainly  give  us  information.  They  would  inform  the  critic  how- 
very  often  the  pregnant  language  of  a  man  of  genius  exceeds  his 
everyday  insight.  Of  a  prophet  this  is  doubly  true ;  and  if  John 
was  ever  to  be  the  complete  herald  of  Jesus,  and  therefore  the 
herald  of  His  sufferings,  which  he  was  to  be,  the  moment  must 
contribute  to  it  in  which  he  met  the  Messiah  in  the  identical  mood 
of  triumphant  renunciation  of  the  world.^ 

Under  these  circumstances,  the  Baptist  developed  his  testi- 
mony. '  This,'  said  he,  '  is  He  of  whom  I  said,  After  me  cometh 
a  Man  who  is  preferred  before  me,  for  He  was  before  me.'  In 
these  words  he  declared  that  Jesus  was  identical  with  the  Mes- 
siah, whom  he  had  designated  in  similar  terms  to  the  deputation 
from  the  Sanhedrim. 

The  words  just  mentioned  form,  accordingly,  the  official 
testimony  of  the  Baptist,  which  is  found  in  its  original  form  in 
his  address  to  the  deputation  (ver.  26),  while  here  He  repeats  it 
before  his  disciples.  But  what  the  Evangelist  John  had  already 
communicated  respecting  this  testimony,  was  his  own  account 
respecting  this  second  declaration.'* 

'  Hug,  Gutachten  uher  das  Leben  Jesu  134.  ^  Strauss,  i.  368. 

•  Comp.  W.  Hoffmann,  das  Leben  Jesu  292. 

*  That  is,  on  the  testimony  in  ver.  26  the  reference  in  ver.  30  is  founded, 
and  on  this  the  statement  in  ver.  15. 


2<S0  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

Then  he  tells  his  disciples  how  he  arrived  at  the  knowledge 
of  this  most  important  fact.  '  And  I  knew  Him  not ;  but  that 
He  should  be  made  manifest  to  Israel,  therefore  came  I  bap- 
tizing with  water.'  He  next  utters  his  testimony  respecting  the 
extraordinary  event  on  which  his  knowledge  of  the  Messiahship 
of  Jesus  rested.  '  I  saw  the  Spirit  descending  from  heaven  like 
a  dove,  and  it  abode  upon  Him.  And  I'  (he  again  affirmed) 
'  knew  Him  not  till  then.'  Whatever  he  might  at  any  time  have 
otherwise  known  of  Plim  as  a  relation  or  a  friend — all  that  con- 
stituted no  prophetic  certainty,  no  divine  assurance,  of  the  Mes- 
siahship of  Jesus.  But  now  he  says  that  he  was  certain  of  it ; 
that  is,  so  certain  of  it,  that  as  a  prophet  he  could  testify  of  Him 
in  Israel.^  For  the  same  Being  who  had  sent  him  had  also 
given  him  this  sign,  that  He  on  whom  he  should  see  the  Spirit 
descending  and  remain  would  be  another  Baptizer — One  who 
would  baptize  with  the  Holy  Ghost.  This  sign  was  therefore 
given  him  in  the  same  prophetic  state  of  mind  in  which  he  had 
received  his  own  commission.  So  that,  in  the  same  ecstasy  in 
w^hich  he  had  received  the  divine  assurance  that  he  should  be 
the  forerunner  of  the  Messiah,  he  received  also  the  certainty 
that  the  want  of  the  fulness  of  the  Spirit  marked  the  difference 
between  himself  and  the  Messiah,  and  that  the  Messiah  would 
be  manifested  to  him  by  the  fulness  of  the  Spirit  resting  upon 
Him  as  the  real  divine  baptism.  This  sign  appeared  to  him 
over  the  person  of  Jesus ;  wherefore  he  was  now  made  divinely 
certain  as  a  prophet.-  '  And  since  I  have  seen  this  (the  Baptist 
concludes  his  declaration),  I  am  decidedly  convinced  that  this 
is  the  Son  of  God.'  In  these  words  he  expressed  in  what  sense 
he  announced  the  priority  of  Jesus  to  the  deputation  from  the 
Sanhedrim. 

On  that  day  he  must  have  expressed  himself  publicly  with 
the  most  elevated  feelings  concerning  Jesus.  In  recollection  of 
that  event,  the  Evangelist  writes  (ver.  15),  '  John  testified  of 
Him  (continually).     He  exclaimed  aloud.  This  was  He  of  whom 

1  On  the  strange  supposition  of  the  well-known  critic,  that  he  ought  to 
have  announced  the  faith  of  his  mother  publicly  as  a  prophet,  see  the  pre- 
face to  the  first  volume  of  this  work.  In  the  declaration  of  the  Baptist 
there  lies  as  little  a  contradiction  to  Matt.  iii.  14,  15  (as  Lucke  i.  417  sup- 
poses) ;  for  though  the  Baptist  felt  the  highest  reverence  for  the  person  of 
Jesus,  yet  this  did  not  amount  to  objective  certainty. 


THE  BAPTIST'S  TESTIMONY  BEFORE  EIS  DISCIPLES.  281 

I  spoke  :  lie  that  coinetli  after  me  is  preferred  before  me  ;  for 
He  was  before  me.' 

NOTES. 

1.  Strauss  justly  asserts  (i.  367)  that,  according  to  the  fourth 
Gospel,  the  Messianic  idea  of  the  Baptist  has  the  marks  of  aton- 
ing suffering  and  of  a  heavenly  pre-existence.  But  the  first 
objection  raised  against  the  truthfulness  of  such  a  representation 
amounts  to  this — that  such  a  view  of  the  Messiah  was  foreign 
to  the  current  opinion.  The  prophet,  therefore,  is  made  depen- 
dent on  the  current  opinion,  which,  moreover,  in  relation  to  the 
Messiah,  differed  as  much  in  Israel  as  in  Christendom.  The 
second  difficulty  is  presented  in  the  question.  If  the  Baptist 
knew  the  mystery  of  the  suifering  Messiah,  which  the  disciples 
of  Jesus  never  knew,  how  could  Jesus  declare  that  he  stood  low 
among  the  citizens  of  the  kingdom  of  heaven?  (Matt.  xi.  11.) 
But  the  greatness  of  John  was  the  greatness  of  his  personal 
elevation  on  the  Old  Testament  standpoint ;  the  greatness  of  the 
least  in  the  kingdom  of  heaven  was  a  generic  greatness,  or  a 
general  elevation  on  the  New  Testament  standpoint.  The  least 
Christian  was  so  far  above  John  and  exalted  over  him  as  his 
standpoint  was  higher — he  stood,  as  we  may  say,  on  his  shoulders. 
But  it  is  well  to  observe,  with  Hoffmann,  that,  on  the  one  hand, 
in  John  the  glimpses  of  his  higher  knowledge  were  not  a  ripened 
and  developed  insight,  and  that,  on  the  other  hand,  the  disciples 
of  Christ,  before  His  ascension,  could  not  be  considered  as  de- 
cided citizens  of  the  kingdom  of  heaven  in  its  New  Testament 
spiritual  glory.  Christ  discerned  the  littleness  of  the  great 
John  in  this,  that,  in  his  Old  Testament  zeal,  he  was  in  danger 
of  being  perplexed  at  his  own  quiet  spiritual  working  without 
violent  action,  while  the  greatness  of  the  least  Christian  con- 
sisted in  understanding  this  course  of  Christ  in  the  spirit,  and 
exhibiting  it  in  his  own  life. 

If  John,  as  is  admitted,  in  his  reference  to  the  Lamb  of 
God,  was  supported  by  the  passage  in  Isa.  liii.,  his  word  is  a 
voucher  that  this  passage  was  referred  to  the  Messiah  by  the 
enlightened  Israelites  of  his  time.  On  the  meaning  of  that 
passage,  let  the  reader  consult  the  admirable  discussion  by 
Liicke,  Commentar  i.  401-415.  The  expedients  which  have 
been   adopted  to  make  the  passage  in  question  non-Messianic 


282  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

are  at  once  rendered  nugatory,  if  the  principle  be  first  settled, 
that  every  prophetic  expression  in  the  Old  Testament  must  find 
its  ultimate  aim  in  the  Messiah  and  His  kingdom.  But  this 
principle  results  from  the  whole  constitution  of  the  Old  Testa- 
ment prophecy,  and  nowhere  does  the  Messianic  character  ap- 
pear more  conspicuous  than  in  the  prophecies  of  Isaiah,  without 
any  distinction  of  the  different  parts  of  the  book.  If  we  apply 
this  principle  to  our  passage,  the  sufferings  of  the  servants  of 
God  must,  at  all  events,  according  to  the  spirit  of  the  prophet, 
find  their  highest  fulfilment  in  the  person  of  the  Messiah — even 
should  the  prophet  set  out  in  his  contemplation  from  his  own 
person,  or  from  the  elect  portion  of  the  theocratic  people,  or 
from  any  historical  type  whatever  of  the  Messiah. 

3.  That  the  irpwro'^  jxov  rjv  (vers.  30,  15)  must  denote  no 
mere  abstract  pre-existence  of  Christ,  results  indeed,  first  of  all, 
from  the  religious  weakness  of  this  conception ;  secondly,  from 
this,  that  this  earlier  existence  could  be  no  sufficient  ground  for 
the  earlier  authority  of  Christ  in  Israel.  Rather  the  predicates, 
'the  earliest'  and  'the  only  one,'  are  always  identical  when 
Christ's  priority  is  spoken  of.  Christ  was  before  John  in  Israel, 
because  He  was  above  him  in  eternity ;  He  had  the  precedence 
in  rank,  because  He  was  his  essential  Chief  (Fi'irst).  Hence 
this  testimony  of  John  finds  a  distinct  correspondence  in  Mai. 
iii.  1,  as  Hengstenberg  has  shown  in  his  Christology  (iv.  186), 
and  probably  there  was  a  conscious  reference  to  it.  But,  after 
all,  John  found  the  reason  for  his  assertion  in  the  entire  Mes- 
sianic character  of  the  Old  Testament.  The  Messiah  as  a  spi- 
ritual form  was  '  before'  him  in  Israel,  precisely  on  account  of 
His  eternal  glory  in  God. 


SECTION  III. 
THE  FIRST  DISCIPLES  OF  JESUS. 


On  the  next  day  after  the  Baptist  and  Jesus  had  again  met 
and  greeted  one  another,  the  former  took  his  station,  as  usual,  on 
the  banks  of  the  Jordan,  with  two  of  his  disciples  by  his  side. 
He  saw  Jesus,  as  He  was  walking  about,  on  the  point  of  taking 


THE  FIRST  DISCIPLES  OF  JESUS.  283 

His  departure.  The  Baptist  understood  His  intentions,  and 
fixed  his  eye  upon  Him  wistfully.^  As  the  best  singers  may 
utter  their  first  notes  tremulously, — as  a  Cicero  turned  pale  when 
he  ascended  the  rostrum, — as  the  sun  descends  with  blushes  ;  so 
it  might  harmonize  with  the  exquisitely  delicate  human  feelings 
of  the  Shepherd  of  men,  to  begin  His  vocation  of  collecting  men 
around  Him  with  the  most  tender,  virgin-like  modesty.  John 
understood  the  heart  of  Jesus.  Hitherto  none  of  his  disciples 
had  been  moved  by  the  inspired  testimony  of  the  preceding  day  to 
attach  themselves  to  Him  ;  the  faithful  harbinger  of  the  Messiah 
was  therefore  induced  to  repeat  the  solemn  words,  '  Behold  the 
Lamb  of  God  !'  He  felt  in  the  delicacy  of  Christ's  personality 
all  its  capability  of  suffering,  and  its  suffering  destiny.  But  this 
time  his  words  forcibly  struck  the  two  disciples  who  stood  by  his 
side,  and  they  followed  Jesus.  Jesus  understood  the  sound  of 
their  footsteps,  and  turning  round.  He  said  to  them,  '  What  seek 
ye  ? '  This  brief  expression  depicts  their  eagerness  and  His  clear 
perception.  They  ask  Him,  'Teacher,  where  dwellest  Thou ? 
where  is  Thy  abode  to-day  ? '  From  this  we  may  infer  that  the 
way  on  which  they  stopped  Him  was  the  first  part  of  His  road — 
a  part  which,  towards  evening.  He  would  leave  behind.  '  Come 
and  see  !'  said  the  Lord.  They  came  and  saw  where  He  dwelt, 
and  abode  that  day  with  Him.  Thus  the  simplest  conventional 
intercourse  led  to  the  most  important  results.  Of  infinite  signi- 
ficance was  the  question  of  the  sympathetic  traveller, '  What  seek 
yeV  How  full  of  feeling  and  promise  the  question  in  return, 
'  Where  dwellest  Thou  ? '  uttered  in  a  tone  of  earnest  longing  ; 
as  much  as  to  say.  We  too  would  fain  abide  there.  And  lastly, 
the  answer  so  rich  in  promise,  '  Come  and  see  !'  It  was  about 
the  tenth  hour,  according  to  the  Jewish  reckoning,  or  four  o'clock 
in  the  afternoon.  The  narrator  tells  us  that  Andrew,  Simon 
Peter's  brother,  was  one  of  the  two  who  heard  John  and  followed 
Jesus.  By  this  form  of  expression,  he  leads  us  to  guess  who  the 
other  was.  From  the  earliest  times  it  has  been  admitted  that  it 
was  John  himself.  It  is  quite  in  his  style  to  suppress  his  own 
name,  or  to  use  a  periphrasis.^     Moreover,  the  conference  of  the 

'  Ko6(  i/u./i'hs-ipiii;  ru'lmov  'prspfTrxrovvri. 

-  ['  Mos  evangelist?e  nostri,  ut  ex  modestia,  ubi  de  seipso  scribit,  nomen 
suum  omittat.' — Lampe  In  Joan.  Proleg.  i.  2,  where  four  other  reasons  are 
given  for  supposing  the  unnamed  disciple  to  be  John. — Ed.] 


2S4  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

two  with  Jesus  is  so  vividly  in  his  recollection  in  its  minutest 
particulars  :  how  they  saluted  Him  by  the  title  of  Rabbi,  their 
decisive  interlocution,  and  the  hour  of  their  visit  to  Him — all  was 
indelibly  impressed  on  his  memory. 

They  abode  with  Him  that  day  ;  but  not  without  going  out 
in  order  to  fetch  Simon  Peter,  the  brother  of  one,  and  friend  of 
the  other.^  Andrew  first  found  him,  and  announced  to  him, 
'  We  have  found  the  Messiah  ! '  The  expectation  of  the  Messiah 
prevailed  generally  among  the  people ;  but  the  circle  of  John's 
disciples,  to  which  Peter  belonged,  lived  in  the  expectation  of 
His  speedy  advent.  They  were  certain  of  His  very  speedy  ap- 
pearance, and  lived  in  a  state  of  intense  listening  and  watching 
for  the  signs  of  it.  Therefore,  after  announcing  the  Messiah, 
Andrew  led  his  brother  to  Jesus.  No  sooner  did  Jesus  behold 
him,  than  He  said,  '  Thou  are  Simon,  the  son  of  Jonas  (the 
Dove),  thou  shalt  be  called  Cephas  (the  Rock).'^  For  the  He- 
brew, who  knew  the  relation  between  the  dove. and  the  rocks,  in 
which  the  dove  in  Judea  loved  to  build  her  nest,  and  between 
the  chosen  people  and  the  dove,^  which  might  appear  as  its  symbol, 
these  words  contain  a  great  contrast  full  of  promise.  Thou 
art  now  the  son  of  the  shy  dove  of  the  rock  ;  in  future  thou  shalt 
be  called  the  protecting  rock  of  the  dove.^     Jesus  might  know 

1  From  the  circumstance  that  the  Evangelist  enumerates  the  separate 
days  from  the  return  of  Jesus  out  of  the  wilderness  to  the  marriage  at  Cana, 
without  assigning  a  particular  fresh  day  for  this  particular  event,  we  may 
conclude  that  it  belangs  to  the  very  day  on  which  Jesus  met  with  the  first 
disciples. 

2  '  This  act  of  giving  a  name  is  founded  on  the  very  ancient  Jewish  cus- 
tom of  giving  significant  names  or  surnames  from  peculiar  events  or  traits 
of  character  :  Gen.  xvii.  5,  41,  45  ;  Dan.  i.  7.' — Liicke,  Commentar  i.  448. 
[To  change  the  name  was  the  prerogative  of  one  in  authority.  Gen.  xli.  45  ; 
Dan.  i.  7  ;  and  peculiarly,  therefore,  the  prerogative  of  the  Lord,  wlio  alone 
can  give  and  maintain  the  new  character  indicated  by  the  new  name,  and 
prevent  it  from  becoming  a  mockery  and  reproach.  The  second  Adam  is  in 
the  new  creation  something  more  than  the  first  Adam  in  the  old.  Gen.  ii.  19. 
—Ed.] 

^  Cantic.  ii.  14,  compare  Jer.  xlviii.  28. 

■*  According  to  Lampe  the  antithesis  would  be  :  Thou  hearer  [Gen.  xxix. 
33]  (Simon)  and  Son  of  Grace  (of  Jonas,  contracted  for  Jochanan)  shalt  be 
called  Rock.  But  the  reading  '  luoivov^  '  Iukwov^  or  ''lua.wcto  is  supported  by 
very  few  manuscripts  and  translations.  According  to  Dr  Paulus  the  anti- 
thesis means,  Thou  son  of  weakness  shalt  be  called  Eock.  But  he  takes 
nji""  to  signify  weakness  on  insufficient  grounds.     See  Liicke,  i.  450. 


THE  FIRST  DISCIPLES  OF  JESUS.  285 

many  things  about  Peter  the  GaUlean  fisherman  tlirough  John 
the  Baptist  and  the  two  first  disciples,  but  His  own  first  piercing 
glance  would  decide  the  judgment  Repassed  upon  him  ;  and  the 
name  which  He  now  gave  him  He  might  afterwards  confirm, 
as  it  was  confirmed  in  the  sequel  by  history.^ 

On  the  following  day,  when  Jesus  was  about  to  leave  the 
Perean  valley  of  the  Jordan  in  order  to  go  into  Galilee,^  He 
found  Philip.     The  circumstance  that  he  was  from  Bethsaida  on     i 
the  Galilean  Sea,  and  a  fellow-countryman  of  Andrew  and  Peter,     1 
brought  him  into  the  society  of  Jesus,  and  at  His  call  he  became 
His  disciple. 

On  their  way  to  Galilee — at  what  place  the  Evangelist  does 
not  tell  us — Peter  found  Nathan ael.  It  has  been  assumed  that 
this  meeting  occurred  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Cana,  since  Na- 
thanael,  according  to  John  xxi.  2,  belonged  to  that  place.  We 
should  certainly  imagine  that  the  mysterious  scene  under  the 
fig-tree  to  which  Jesus  alludes,  points  us  to  the  home  of  Philip, 
since  the  Jews  were  fond  of  reposing  under  the  fig-trees  which 
adorned  their  homesteads,"  or  resorted  to  them  for  meditation 
and  prayer ;  and  since  it  is  most  natural  to  regard  the  spiritual 
vision  with  which  Jesus  looked  on  that  scene  as  a  consequence 
of  His  coming  within  the  immediate  sphere  of  Nathanael's  life. 
But  yet  there  is  no  certainty  on  either  point.  Or  Nathanael, 
while  walking  under  a  fig-tree  in  a  lonely  path,^  might  indulge 
in  such  musings  as  our  Lord  would  regard  as  a  token  of  his 
deep  Israelitish  sincerity.  But  how  far  the  feeling  and  mental 
eye  of  Christ,  particularly  at  this  time,  when  He  was  collecting 
His  first  disciples,  reached  into  the  distance  and  discerned  states 
of  mind,  which,  as  earnest  longings  after  the  Messiah,  indicated 
a  germinant  discipleship,  and  formed  a  second  sight  for  His  own 
spirit,  we  cannot  at  all  determine.  No  sooner  had  Philip  found 
Nathanael  than  he  announced  to  him  his  new  good  fortune,  the  sal- 
vation of  Israel :  '  We  have  found  Him  of  whom  Moses  in  the  law, 
and  the  prophets,  did  write,  Jesus  the  son  of  Joseph,  the  man  of 
Nazareth'  (John  i.  45).  Philip  himself  seems  to  have  felt  the 
contrast  he  announced ;  but  it  does  not  trouble  him.    He  brings 

^  Matt.  xvi.  17.     There  the  name  is  presupposed. 

'"  ijds'hmiv  e^eXhlu  I'l;  tyi'j  YttKi'Ku.iocv. 

"  Compare  Micah  iv.  4 ;  Zech.  iii.  10. 

^  Fig-trees  especially  stood  in  the  paths  and  highways. 


286  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

it  forward ;  he  lays  an  emphasis  upon  it ;  and  is  astonished  that 
the  Messiah,  the  son  of  Joseph,  is  the  man  of  Nazareth.^  Na- 
thanael  at  once  sceptically  seizes  on  the  contrast,  and  asks,  '  Can 
any  good  thing  come  out  of  Nazareth?'  Nazareth  was  there- 
fore, at  all  events  to  the  man  of  Cana — who  in  these  words 
passed  so  severe  a  judgment  on  his  neighbours  in  the  mountain 
district  of  Galilee — too  insignificant,  it  stood  spiritually  too  low 
to  expect  that  from  it  would  come  forth  the  great  Prince  of  his 
people.  It  cannot  be  maintained  that  Nathanael  gave  his 
answer  in  a  proverb.  But  the  proverb  which  has  been  formed 
from  these  words,  from  the  history  of  its  origin,  has  become 
ironical,  and  means :  Out  of  Nazareth  the  best  thing  can  come 
unexpectedly.  But  as  Nathanael  was  prompt  in  his  judgment 
and  doubt,  he  was  equally  prompt  in  willingness  to  put  his  judg- 
ment to  the  test,  and  to  correct  it.  '  Come  and  see!'  Philip 
replies.  Nathanael  knew  what  was  due  to  the  vivid  conviction 
of  his  friend,  and  to  God,  who  performs  the  greatest  miracles. 
He  therefore  goes  with  Philip  in  order  to  see  with  his  own 
mental  eye.  And  as  he  approached,  Jesus  said  to  those  around 
Him,  'Behold  an  Israelite  indeed,  in  whom  is  no  guile!'  An 
'Israelite  indeed'  means,  therefore,  a  truthful  Jew.  Every 
noble  nation  finds  the  firmest  foundation  of  its  nationality  in 
truthfulness  and  fidelity.^  But  the  Jew,  before  all  others,  is 
entitled  to  this,  since  in  Christ  is  the  deepest  life  of  his  nation.^ 
Nathanael  does  not  disown  the  eulogium  ;  he  affects  no  false 
modesty;  but  he  cannot  account  for  its  being  bestowed,  and 
asks  the  Lord,  '  Whence  knowest  Thou  me  ? '  Then  the  Lord 
utters  a  word  that  startles  and  agitates  him  :  '  Before  Philip 
called  thee,  when  thou  wast  under  the  fig-tree,  I  saw  thee.' 

1  If  we  take  the  words  of  Philip  in  their  literal  meaning,  we  shall  see 
what  stress  he  laid  on  bringing  forward  the  predicate  of  meanness,  which 
made  the  discovery  of  the  Messiah  in  such  a  place  so  extraordinary.  In  this 
sense,  the  mention  of  His  father  Joseph  served  to  point  out  His  civil  advent, 
but  by  no  means  His  bodily  descent,  which  latter  it  was  not  necessary  for 
Philip  to  be  acquainted  with.  What  has  been  urged  from  this  passage 
against  the  miraculous  conception  is  perfectly  trivial. 

-  A  '  German  indeed,'  or  a  '  true  German,'  is  a  specially  true,  honourable 
German ;  and  the  praise  of  the  uprightness  of  the  Frank  is  uttered  in  the 
expression — He  is  Frank. 

^  It  signifies  nothing  if  '  nothing  is  heard  elsewhere  of  this  national 
virtue  of  the  Jews.'  The  kernel  of  the  Israelitish  people  is  the  '  faithful 
witness '  '  in  whose  mouth  was  found  no  guile.' 


THE  FIRST  DISCIPLES  OF  JESUS.  287 

Nathanael  now  felt  that  Jesus  had  beheld  a  secret  of  his  soul, 
probably  his  Israelitish  longing  after  the  Messianic  kingdom,  or 
after  his  spiritual  reconciliation,  such  as  no  man  could  have  de- 
tected with  his  bodily  eye — a  process  of  his  inner  life,  in  which 
the  faithful  Israelitish  disposition  had  been  exercised.  But  by 
this  divine  master-glance  Jesus  had  been  verified  to  him  as  the 
Messiah.  '  This  is  an  Israelite  indeed,'  Jesus  had  said  of  him. 
Nathanael  now  offers  Him  homage  in  a  truly  graceful  manner, 
by  making  the  acknowledgment — '  Rabbi !  Thou  art  the  Son  of 
God !  Thou  art  the  King  of  Israel !'  that  is.  Thou  art  the  King 
of  the  Israelites  who  are  without  guile ;  Thou  art  my  King  ! 
Nathanael  had  believed  in  Him  on  account  of  the  sign  which 
Jesus  had  given  him.  But  Jesus  promised  him  still  greater 
signs  in  the  future,  which  he  expressed  with  great  certainty  and 
solemnity  :  '  Verily,  verily,  I  say  unto  you,  from  this  time  ye 
shall  see  the  heaven  open,  and  the  angels  of  God  ascending  and 
descending  upon  the  Son  of  man.'  ^  It  is  not  improbable  that 
this  remarkable  form  of  the  promise  of  Jesus  has  a  relation  to 
the  state  of  mind  which  rendered  Nathanael  noticeable  to  Him 
when  under  the  fig-tree.  If  he  had  been  praying  in  those  words 
of  the  prophet,  '  Oh  that  Thou  wouldest  rend  the  heavens, 
that  Thou  wouldest  come  down '  (Isa.  Ixiv.  1) !  give  me  a  sign — 
send  me  an  angel ; — this  form  of  the  promise  of  Jesus  would  be 
clearly  explained.  We  leave  this  point  undetermined,  but  cer- 
tainly the  language  of  Jesus  had  a  reference  to  Nathanael's 
state  of  mind.^  In  these  words  the  Lord  cannot  possibly  refer 
to  the  special  angelic  appearances  which  occurred  in  His  own 
life.  Rather  His  language  is  apparently  symbolical.  The  pro- 
mise begins  to  be  fulfilled  from  the  time  then  present  (a7r  apn). 
The  open  heaven  is  the  revelation  of  the  fulness  of  the  God- 
head disclosed  in  Himself.  And  as  Jacob  in  a  dream  saw  the 
heavens  open,  and  the  angels  of  God  ascending  and  descending 

^  It  is  no  Hysteron-proteron  that  oiv»(i(x.ivovTot.;  is  here  placed  first. 

-  [Whatever  was  the  special  petition  of  Nathanael,  the  form  of  the  pro- 
mise was  particularly  suitable  to  every  '  Israelite  indeed ; '  referring  him 
back  as  it  did  to  God's  appearance  to  Israel  himself  at  Bethel.  Nathanael 
was  waiting  for  the  fulfilment  of  all  that  had  then  been  promised  to  Jacob ; 
this  attitude  of  mind  had  become  his  characteristic  ;  and  to  tell  him  that  the 
symbolic  and  prophetic  appearances  of  patriarchal  times  were  now  to  be 
realized,  was  the  simplest  way  to  tell  him  that  the  hope  of  his  heart  would 
be  satisfied — that  the  Messiah  had  now  come. — Ed.] 


288  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

on  the  ladder  which  connected  heaven  and  earth,  so  now  must  the 
real  angels  of  God  become  manifest  in  the  life  of  Christ,  and 
exhibit  an  everlasting  movement  of  mediation,  reconciliation, 
and  reunion  between  heaven  and  earth.  The  prayers,  the  in- 
tercession, the  works  of  Christ,  and  His  sacrifice  ascend ;  the 
visitations,  the  blessings,  the  miraculous  gifts,  the  helps,  and 
assurances  of  peace  from  God  descend.  Thus  all  the  longings 
of  Nathanael  and  his  associates  must  be  fulfilled. 

Nathanael's  name  does  not  occur  in  the  later  complete  lists 
of  the  apostles.  But  in  these,  generally  Bartholomew^  appears 
next  to  Philip.  Hence  it  has  been  conjectured  that  Nathanael 
appears  again  among  the  apostles  in  the  person  of  Bartholomew ; 
and  since  the  name  Bartholomew  is  properly  only  a  surname, 
and  means  the  son  of  Tholmai,  the  conjecture  is  thereby  con- 
firmed. At  all  events,  it  is  not  probable  that  so  distinguished  a 
character  as  this  Nathanael,  whose  call  John  has  narrated  with 
so  much  interest,  should  not  be  admitted  among  the  apostles ; 
and  the  circumstance  is  very  conclusive,  that  in  the  days  imme- 
diately succeeding  the  resurrection  we  find  Nathanael  among  the 
most  confidential  disciples  of  Jesus  (John  xxi.  2). 

John  the  Baptist,  as  a  faithful  forerunner,  rendered  the 
Lord  the  most  essential  service,  by  preparing  for  Him  disciples 
of  such  worth  as  John,  Andrew,  and  Peter,  and  by  inducing 
them,  directly  or  indirectly,  to  join  themselves  to  Plim.  But  we 
see  how  the  Lord  displays  the  hand  of  a  master  in  attracting 
souls,  in  winning  over  to  His  spiritual  communion  and  enlisting 
in  His  service  the  choicest  spirits,  while  He  is  regulated  by  what 
the  Father  works  for  Him  in  the  minds  and  hearts  of  men,  and 
by  the  opportunities  presented  in  His  working  for  the  Father. 
With  a  quick  eagle-eye  He  recognises  the  spirits  that  are  destined 
for  Him  ;  while  these  hasten  to  Him  with  all  the  decisiveness  of 
satisfied  longing,  in  proportion  as  they  understand  the  call  of 
their  much-loved  King  in  His  word.  They  spread  abroad  the 
tidings  of  His  advent  among  those  who  are  like-minded,  with 
the  joyful  exclamation,  We  have  found  the  Messiah  !  This  cor- 
responds to  the  morning  hour  of  the  New  Covenant,  since  all  its 
spiritual  conditions  are  silently  matured.  It  is  like  a  mutual 
agreement  of  long  standing,  ripened  in  the  profoundest  depths 

^  In  Matt.  X.  3,  Mark  iii.  18,  Luke  vi.  14,  Bartholomew  stands  next  to 
Philip;  in  Acts  i.  13,  Thomas. 


THE  FIRST  DISCIPLES  OF  CHRIST.  289 

of  the  life,  of  which  vulgar  souls  (Philister)  have  no  conception, 
that  the  Lord  so  quickly  recognises  His  noblest  disciples,  and 
that  they  attach  themselves  so  soon  to  Him  with  the  most  cordial 
self-surrender. 

NOTES. 

1.  The  opinion  that  by  the  tenth  hour  (John  i.  40),  accord- 
ing to  the  Jewish  mode  of  reckoning,  we  are  to  understand  four 
o'clock  in  the  afternoon,  has  been  called  in  question  by  Eettig 
in  his  exeg.  Analekten,  in  the  Theol.  Studien  und  Kritiken,  1830, 
Part  i.  According  to  Kettig,  John  here,  as  well  as  in  the  pas- 
sages iv.  6,  xix.  14^  employed  the  Roman  computation  of  time, 
which  begins  at  midnight,  so  that  the  tenth  hour  would  mean 
ten  o'clock  in  the  forenoon.  Llicke  has  invalidated  this  view  by 
the  remark,  that  John  could  have  no  reason  for  adopting  the 
Roman  computation  instead  of  that  with  which  he  was  familiar, 
since  the  Asiatic  churches,  for  whom  he  wrote,  used,  in  common 
with  the  Jews,  the  Babylonian  mode  of  reckoning,  namely,  the 
natural  day  from  sunrise  to  sunset  divided  into  twelve  equal 
parts.  As  to  the  passage  in  John  iv.  6,  A.  Schweizer,  to  obviate 
the  remark  that  it  was  not  customary  to  go  to  the  wells  at  noon, 
has  justly  observed,  that  the  woman  could  hardly  have  been  with 
Jesus  alone  so  long  if  the  common  time  for  drawing  water  (six 
o'clock  morning  or  evening)  had  been  intended.  Besides,  it 
may  be  easily  admitted,  that  a  woman  of  such  a  character  would 
avoid  meeting  with  other  females.  The  discrepancy  that  Mark 
XV.  25  gives  the  third  hour  as  the  beginning  of  the  crucifixion, 
Avhile  according  to  John  the  sentence  of  crucifixion  was  '  about 
the  sixth  hour'  (John  xix.  14),  may  be  explained,  apart  from 
unimportant  various  readings,  by  supposing  that  John  made  use 
here  of  the  Roman  mode  of  computation. 

2.  The  first  connection  of  Jesus  with  Andrew,  John,  and 
Peter,  which  is  here  narrated,  forms  no  contradiction  whatever 
to  the  account  given  by  the  synoptic  Gospels  of  the  later  calling 
of  the  two  pair  of  brothers,  Andrew  and  Peter,  John  and  James, 
to  a  more  definite  following  of  Jesus  (Matt.  iv.  18  ;  [Mark  i.  16, 
19]).  In  the  relations  of  the  disciples  of  Jesus,  according  to  the 
Gospels,  there  appears  very  distinctly  an  internal  and  essential 
gradation,  which  finds  its  expression  also  in  their  outward  calling. 
The  believing  disciples  of  the  Lord,  as  such,  were  not  always 

VOL.  II.  T 


290  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

called  to  be  His  constant  associates  and  messengers,  and  these, 
again,  were  not  destined  to  be  apostles  in  the  strict  sense. 
Twelve  such  apostles  Jesus  chose :  besides  these,  He  had  a  circle 
of  seventy  messengers  ;  but  the  collective  body  of  disciples  at  the 
time  of  His  ascension  contained  at  least  one  hundred  and  twenty 
men  (Acts  i.  15).  It  is  therefore  in  perfect  correspondence  with 
this  gradation,  if  the  first  calling  is  distinguished  from  the  first 
delegation,  and  this  again  from  the  setting  apart  of  the  twelve 
apostles.  And  even  in  this  latter  circle  w^e  find  again  a  special 
selection,  that  of  the  three  most  confidential  witnesses  of  Jesus. 
Strauss  (i.  549)  is  justified  in  finding  in  the  words  of  Christ, 
aKoXovOec  fioL,  'the  junction  of  a  permanent  relation;'  but  he 
has  not  taken  into  account  that  the  junction  of  a  permanent 
relation  is  to  be  distinguished  from  the  junction  of  a  peculiar 
relation.  And  the  circumstance  that  the  first  disciples  w^ere  in 
constant  attendance  on  Jesus  did  not  make  them  His  evangelists, 
any  more  than  the  female  disciples  became  evangelists,  though 
they  constantly  accompanied  Him. 


SECTION  IV. 

THE  MARRIAGE  AT  CANA. 
(John  IL  1-11.) 

On  the  third  day,  says  the  Evangelist,  without  defining  the 
time  more  exactly^  there  was  a  marriage  at  Cana.  We  cannot 
well  find  this  more  exact  definition  in  the  nearest  preceding 
datum,  because  one  such  special  reference  has  to  be  given. 
The  general  statement,  '  on  the  third  day,'  leads  us  to  expect 
that  the  first  and  second  have  been  enumerated.  And  so,  in 
fact,  we  find  it.  The  Evangelist  reckons  from  the  day  when 
Jesus  returned  from  the  wilderness  to  the  Baptist,  which  fol- 
lowed the  day  on  which  John  the  Baptist  at  the  Jordan  had 
borne  that  great  testimony  to  Jesus.  At  that  time  Jesus  was 
still  concealed,  although  He  stood  in  the  midst  of  Israel.  But 
from  this  time,  the  Evangelist  wishes  us  to  understand.  He  be- 
came manifest  in  a  quick  succession  of  mighty  works  of  the 
revelation  and  recognition  of  His  glory. 

On  the  next  day  after  the  testimony  of  the  Baptist,  Jesus 
returned  from  the  wilderness,  and  the  Baptist  publicly  and 


THE  MARRIAGE  AT  CANA.  291 

solemnly  pointed  to  Him  as  the  Messiah  of  Israel  (ver.  29). 
The  following  day  John  repeated  this  demonstration,  which  in- 
duced Andrew,  John,  and  Peter  to  join  themselves  to  Jesus  as 
His  first  disciples  (ver.  35).  But  on  the  third  day  the  spiritual 
power  of  the  Lord  gained  two  new  followers  of  importance, 
Philip  and  Nathanael  (ver.  44).  This  is  reckoned  the  third  day 
since  the  return  of  Christ  from  the  wilderness,  and  the  same 
day  on  which  the  marriage  feast  at  Cana  in  Galilee  began, 
which  soon  led  to  a  fresh  glorification  of  Jesus.^ 

On  the  day,  therefore,  when  this  marriage  feast  began,  Jesus 
set  out  from  the  first  travelHng  station  in  the  Jordan  valley,  in 
order  to  go  to  Galilee.  As  it  took  Him  two  days  to  reach  Cana, 
the  marriage  feast  when  He  arrived  had  already  lasted  two 
days.  The  men  of  Galilee  who  had  now  become  His  disciples, 
and  had  no  more  to  do  with  John  in  Perea,  were  naturally  His 
fellow-travellers,  not  only  as  disciples  and  friends,  but  as  going 
homewards.  They  came  with  Him  to  Nazareth,  where  they 
did  not  find  the  mother  of  Jesus,  as  she  was  now  at  Cana 
beyond  Nazareth,  at  the  marriage  feast  with  her  friends.^ 
Thither  Jesus  was  now  invited  with  His  disciples.^ 

1  There  is  no  reason  for  breaking  through  so  definite  a  succession  of 
dates  from  the  first  to  the  third  day  by  an  intercalation  of  days  which 
rests  on  mere  conjecture.  It  does  not  follow  from  ver.  40  that  Peter  was 
not  brought  to  Christ  till  the  day  following.  If  the  question,  'Where 
abidest  Thou  ?'  meant,  '  Where  dost  Thou  pass  the  night  ?'  then,  by  the  words, 
'  They  abode  with  Him  that  day,'  the  fact  is  indicated  that  they  passed  the 
night  at  His  lodgings.  [Meyer,  Lichtenstein,  and  most  recent  expositors 
count  from  the  beginning  of  the  journey  into  Galilee,  ver,  48,  which  is  cer- 
tainly the  most  natural  interpretation.  Luthardt,  without  any  distortion 
of  the  narrative,  arranges  a  succession  of  seven  well-defined  days,  so  that 
the  Lord's  ministry  begins,  as  it  ends,  with  seven  days  whose  events  are  spe- 
cifically mentioned.     See  Andrews'  Life  of  our  Lord ^  p.  135. — Ed.] 

2  Compare  Robinson's  Palestine  ii.  346,  and  Helmuth's  Map  of  Palestine 
after  Robinson.  But  it  is  a  question,  whether,  according  to  Tholuck's  Com- 
mentary on  this  passage,  p.  98  (Clark's  Tr.  18G0),  the  road  for  Jesus  to 
Capernaum  and  Bethsaida  went  through  Cana  ;  also,  whether  Mary  had 
arrived  there  from  Capernaum.  [See  also  Robinson's  pithy  reply  (iii.  109, 
note)  to  De  Saulcy,  who  advances  the  claims  of  Kefr  Kenna.  Compare 
Thomson's  Land  and  Book  425.  Ewald  (Christus,  p.  170,  note)  agrees  with 
Robinson  in  supposing  that  Kana  el  Jelil  is  not  only  identical  in  name  with 
the  village  of  the  narrative,  but  is  also  identical  in  jjosition.  It  lies  about 
12  miles  north-west  of  Nazareth. — Ed.] 

3  A  clear  passage  is  obscured  when  it  is  fancied  that  it  can  be  made 


292  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

The  mother  of  Jesus  was  certainly  well  aware  of  the  signi- 
ficance of  her  Son's  visit  to  the  Baj3tist,  and  met  His  return 
home  with  joyful  anticipation.  Doubtless  the  family  circle  at 
Cana,  where  the  marriage  feast  was  held,  shared  in  the  same 
sentiments.  It  so  happened  that  the  duration  of  the  feast  had 
been  prolonged,^  and  that  the  bridegroom,  in  the  glow  of  excite- 
ment, had  suddenly  issued  invitations  for  an  additional  number 
of  guests — invitations  which  were  totally  unconnected  with  the 
first  formal  arrangements  of  the  feast,  and  which  as  a  bold  out- 
gush  of  Christian  presentiment  went  far  beyond  the  calculations 
of  the  Jewish  mind.  But  soon  the  true  friend  of  Mary  and  of 
the  Lord  had  to  repent  of  this  open-heartedness  as  an  act  of 
imprudence.  The  wine  began  to  run  short ;  and  with  the 
approaching  deficiency  the  festive  mood  of  the  worthy  couple 
seemed  likely  to  be  extinguished.  The  Jewish  mind,  which  also 
regulated  conduct  in  the  strictest  legal  manner,  caused  those 
who  were  thus  depressed  to  feel  their  perplexity  as  a  fearful 
burden.  The  mother  of  Jesus  w^as  initiated  into  the  domestic 
trouble. 

'  They  have  no  wine  !'  Thus  Mary  deplored  confidentially 
to  her  Son  the  distress  of  the  family.  Some  explain  the  words 
as  meaning  that  Mary  meant  to  call  upon  the  Lord  to  perform 
a  miracle  at  once.  Others  imagine  that  she  wished  to  intimate 
that  it  was  time  for  Him  and  His  disciples  to  take  their  de- 
parture.^ Sagacious  expositors  !  ]\Iight  not  a  religious  disposi- 
tion generally,  to  say  nothing  of  female  tenderness,  lead  her  to 
lament  to  the  benevolent  Lord  a  want  of  her  own  or  of  others, 
without  prescribing  to  Him  the  way  and  manner  of  rendering 
help  ?  And  in  this,  indeed,  Mary's  female  excellence  was  con- 
spicuous, that  she  vented  her  sorrow  in  such  a  spirit,  resigned 
and  not  prescribing. 

The  Lord  answered  her,  'That  is  My  concern,  not  thine, 

clearer  by  taking  the  aorist  iKhVjdYi  in  the  sense  of  the  pluperfect.  It  v>as 
now  that  Jesus  was  invited,  when  the  marriage  feast  had  already  begun. 
The  singular  indicates  that  the  invitation  of  His  disciples  was  only  a  conse- 
quence of  His  own  invitation.  Compare  Adalb.  Meier's  Commentar  iiber  das 
Evang.  Johannes  i.  247. 

1  The  marriage  feast  commonly  lasted  seven  days,  but  among  the  poorer 
classes  three,  or  even  one  day.  See  Winer,  R.W.B.^  article  'Hochzeit;' 
Maier,  Commentary  p.  248. 

2  Compare  Llicke,  Commentar  i.  4C9.     [So  Bengel.] 


THE  MARRIAGE  AT  CANA.  293 

O  woman  !'     Or,  in  other  Avords,  Let  Me  alone,  leave  that  to 
Me,  thou  troubled,  tender-hearted  one  !^ 

He  added,  '  My  hour  is  not  vet  come.'  His  hour  was  His 
own  time,  as  the  Father  determined  it,  for  acting  or  suffering 
by  the  occasion  and  in  His  own  mind,  in  opposition  to  the  hour 
which  was  marked  out  for  Him  by  the  approval  of  men.^  There- 
fore this  reference  to  His  hour  was  a  consolatory  assurance  to 
His  mother  that  He  was  certain  of  the  right  moment  for  the 
right  result.  Hence  also  Mary  could  intimate  to  the  servants^ 
who  knew  that  the  wine  was  ruiming  short,  and  in  their  position 
would  be  most  of  all  uneasy,  that  they  had  only  to  do  whatever 
Jesus  told  them.  This  language  by  no  means  implied  the  promise 
of  a  miracle,  of  which  she  herself  knew  nothing  yet,  but  the  tran- 
quillizing power  of  an  unshaken  confidence,  which  expected  that 
at  the  right  time  He  would  certainly  obviate  the  difficulty  as  a 
trustworthy  adviser  and  helper.  Now  there  were  standing  in 
the  house  six  water-pots  of  stone,  containing  two  or  three  baths  ^ 
apiece.    They  were  set  apart  for  the  purpose  of  the  Jewish  rites 

1  That  this  is  the  meaning  of  this  much-discussed,  difficult  passage  [on 
which  no  fewer  than  eight  separate  treatises  have  been  written — Ed.],  may- 
be inferred  from  the  connection  as  well  as  from  distinct  analogies.  First  of 
all  the  doubtful  exclamation  r[h)  "h'^O  is  to  be  explained  by  the  connec- 
tion. It  occurs  in  2  Sam.  xvi.  10,  in  an  address  of  David,  evidently  quite 
friendly  to  the  sons  of  Zeruiah.  (Thus  Maier  on  the  passage  )  Ebrard 
(p.  215)  translates  the  passage  thus:  'That  is  My  concern;  or,  Leave 
that  to  Me.'  The  appellation  yi/vui,  Woman !  was  used  by  Jesus  on  the 
cross  to  His  mother,  according  to  John  xix.  26.  There  it  might  be  trans- 
lated. Poor,  tender-hearted  one  !  Similar  was  the  address  of  Jesus  to 
Mary  Magdalene,  John  xx.  16.  In  the  same  manner  Augustus  addressed 
Cleopatra,  in  Dio  Cassius,  Hist.  li.  12  (quoted  by  Tholuck)  :  dstpau  u  yvuxi., 
xxl  dvfiov  s-x,i  dyccdou. 

^  Compare  John  vii.  6  ;  Luke  xxii.  53. 

*  Probably  John  understood  by  this  measure  the  Attic  metretes,  which 
was  equal  to  the  Hebrew  hath,  2  Chron.  iv.  5.  The  Attic  metretes  made 
about  one  and  a  half  Roman  amphorae :  the  Roman  amphora  was  equal  to 
five  gallons.  But  the  Roman  amphora  was  also  called  metretes ;  and  if  this 
were  intended,  the  total  quantity  would  be  much  less.  On  the  other  hand, 
the  Babylonian  and  Syrian  metretes  was  equal  to  one  and  two-thirds  of  the 
Attic  metretes,  or  120  sextarii.  Yet  neither  of  tlie  latter  measures  is  in- 
tended, but  the  Attic ;  for  most  of  the  Greeks  used  the  Attic  measure- 
Galen,  de  tnensur.  c.  9— and  also  the  Jews,  after  the  Greeks  obtained  the 
supremacy  in  Asia.  So  Maier  on  the  passage.  According  to  Von  Ammon's 
reckoning,  the  gift  of  wine  was  much  smaller. 


294  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

of  cleansing.  These  vessels  Jesus  commanded  the  attendants 
to  fill  with  water,  and  then  to  draw  the  liquor  from  them  and 
take  it  to  the  governor^  of  the  feast.  They  did  so.  But  their 
doing  so  leads  us  to  infer  the  existence  of  a  wonderfully  elevated 
tone  of  feeling  in  the  whole  household.  If  even  the  servants 
exhibited  such  unreserved  confidence  in  the  words  of  Jesus,  we 
may  admit  that  the  festive  feeling  had  resolved  itself  into  a  deep 
devotion  to  His  person,  and  a  blessed  experience  of  the  fulness 
of  His  Spirit  and  His  love.  The  whole  company  were  now  gra- 
dually raised  above  their  ordinary  state  of  feeling,  as  at  a  later 
period  the  three  disciples  on  the  Mount  of  Transfiguration.  In 
the  element  of  this  state  of  feeling  Christ  changed  the  water 
into  wine.^  The  governor  of  the  feast  tasted  the  new  beverage 
without  knowing  whence  it  came.  It  was  another,  more  gene- 
rous wine  than  that  which  he  had  drunk  at  first,  as  he  testified 
to  the  bridegroom  with  unfeigned  pleasure.  Thou  hast  reversed 
the  ordinary  custom,  he  said  to  him:  every  man  at  the  begin- 
ning sets  forth  good  wine,  and  when  they  have  drunk  enough, 
that  which  is  inferior  ;  but  thou  hast  kept  the  good  wine  till 
now.^  We  cannot  suppose  that  the  governor  of  the  feast  wished 
to  find  fault  openly  with  the  earlier  wine  which  had  been  fur- 
nished by  the  bridegroom.  When,  therefore,  he  praised  the 
new  wine  as  the  good,  he  bore  testimony  to  it  as  a  peculiar  and 
most  generous  kind  of  wine,  and  to  the  elevation  of  feeling  with 
which  he  drank  it.  Thus  Christ  transported  a  circle  of  pious 
and  devoted  men  to  heaven,  and  gave  them  to  drink  from  the 
mysterious  fountain  of  His  highest  life-power.  He  showed  how 
in  His  kingdom  want  vanishes  in  the  riches  of  His  love — water 

^  The  etpxtrpixXnios,  "who  gave  orders  to  the  servants,  is  to  be  distinguished 
from  the  avf^TroaixpxYic,  who,  according  to  the  custom  of  the  Greeks  and 
Eomans,  was  chosen  by  the  guests,  and  presided  over  the  entertainment. 
But  if  the  superintendent  of  the  servants  was  here  intended,  probably  the 
command  of  Christ  relative  to  drawing  the  wine  reached  him  first  of  all. 

^  [Tholuck  and  others  have  represented  the  author  as  maintaining  that 
the  elevated  frame  of  mind  on  the  part  of  the  guests  caused  them  to  taste 
the  water  as  wine.  This  is  scarcely  fair.  The  miracles  required  a  certain 
state  of  mind  in  those  on  whom  and  for  whom  they  were  wrought,  but 
neither  consisted  in  nor  were  caused  by  this  state  of  mind.  The  author 
seems  distinctly  to  maintain  the  objective  miracle,  as  well  as  and  in  com- 
bination with  the  frame  of  those  who  were  blessed  by  it. — Ed.] 

^  See  De  Wette,  Commentar  on  this  passage. 


THE  MARRIAGE  AT  CANA.  295 

in  the  wine  of  His  wonder-working  divine  power — the  common 
pleasure  of  conviviality  in  the  intoxication  of  delight  which  is 
connected  with  the  first  enjoyment  of  the  vision  of  His  glory. 
It  was  no  nectar,  but  a  divine  beverage,  into  which  the  water 
was  changed.  The  work^  therefore,  was  the  signal  of  His 
world-transforming  heart-power ;  and  thus  the  beginning  of  His 
miracles,  the  first  sign  by  which  He  manifested  His  glory.  His 
disciples  were  already  devoted  to  Him  by  faith ;  but  now  their 
faith  gained  such  a  new  impulse,  that  John  could  describe  it  as 
a  new  era  in  their  life  of  faith  in  the  words,  ^  And  His  disciples 
believed  on  Him'  (John  ii.  11).^ 


1.  According  to  Wieseler  (C/iro»o?.  Synops.  252),  the  begin- 
ning of  the  Passover  (the  15th  of  Nisan  in  the  year  781)"^  which 
Jesus,  according  to  John  ii.  12,  attended  a  few  days  after  the 
marriage  at  Cana,  fell  on  the  30th  of  March.  If  now,  Wieseler 
remarks,  He  came,  according  to  the  Jewish  custom,  on  the  10th 
of  Nisan  to  Jerusalem,  and  if  we  reckon  three  or  four  days  for 
the  journey  thither,  He  must  have  set  out  from  Capernaum  not 
later  than  March  21.  Moreover,  some  days  must  be  reckoned 
backwards,  which  He  spent  at  Capernaum.  Add  to  this  the 
undetermined  sojourn  of  Christ  at  Cana ;  but  which  was  pro- 
bably only  one  day,  at  the  most  two  days  ;  and  then,  lastly,  the 
three  glorious  days  of  the  first  victory  of  Christ  after  His  return 
from  the  wilderness.  It  is,  indeed,  not  necessary  to  suppose, 
with  Wieseler,  that  His  stay  at  Capernaum  occupied  the  remain- 
der of  March.  Let  us  also  reckon  some  days  after  the  return 
of  Christ  from  the  wilderness  to  the  marriage  at  Cana,  as  the 
aforesaid  critic  has  done  (see  Wieseler,  p.  252).     Thus  we  need 

^  [The  author  might  perhaps  have  noticed  the  appropriateness  of  the 
first  miracle  being  a  work  of  creation,  thereby  showing  that  He  who  came 
to  be  the  Restorer  was  the  Creator  of  all.  This  is  also  in  keeping  with  the 
form  of  this  Gospel,  which  (though  there  be  nothing  in  the  analogy  between 
its  opening  words  and  the  opening  words  of  Genesis)  introduces  the  Re- 
deemer as  the  Creator  coming  to  '  His  own.'  In  proving  that  He  is  the 
Creator,  He  effectually  grounds  His  claim  to  become  the  Restorer. — Ed.] 

2  [On  this  date  see  above,  p.  5  ;  see  also  Greswell's  fourth  and  fifth  Disser- 
tations, where  this  Passover  is  determined  to  have  been  9th  April  780.  A 
very  useful  table  of  Jewish  feasts  for  several  years  is  given  by  Greswell, 
vol.  i.  331.— Ed.] 


296  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

not  go  beyond  Marcli  into  February  in  order  to  reach  the  mo- 
ment when  Nathanael  probably  was  reposing  under  the  shade  of 
the  fig-tree.  Probably  the  deputation  to  John  was  planned  in 
the  Sanhedrim,  in  consequence  of  the  fresh  influx  of  pilgrims 
for  baptism,  which  commenced  in  the  spring  of  the  year  781. 

2.  From  the  History  of  the  Life  of  Jesus  by  Yon  Amnion,  we 
learn  many  interesting  particulars  respecting  the  wines  of  the 
ancients,  especially  those  of  the  Hebrews.  One  fact  especially 
is  brought  forward,  that  the  Jews  had  inspissated  and  spiced 
liqueur-wines,  like  the  Greeks  and  Romans, — vinous  substances 
which  required  to  be  mixed  with  a  large  quantity  of  water. 
After  these  preliminary  observations.  Von  Ammon  remarks, 
that  Jesus  changed  these  water-pots  into  wine-vessels,  in  order 
to  show  '  a  delicate  attention  to  the  newly  married  couple.'  The 
wine  He  presented  to  them  was  better  and  stronger  than  the 
weak  and  diluted  liquor  which  in  their  straitened  circumstances 
they  had  previously  offered  their  guests,  yet  not  unmixed,  but 
less  abundantly  watered  ;  on  account  of  its  agreeable  and  supe- 
rior vinous  quality,  it  found  great  favour  with  the  master  of  the 
feast.  '  But  what  happened  in  the  interval,  whether  the  water- 
pots  were  empty  and  soon  filled  up  to  the  brim,  we  do  not  know, 
etc'  Such  theology  as  this  veils  from  our  inquisitive  gaze  the 
mysteries  of  a  public-house,  but  leaves  us  with  strange  fore- 
bodings. 

3.  According  to  Dr  Von  Baur,  in  his  essay  on  the  composi- 
tion and  character  "of  John's  Gospel,  in  Zeller's  Theol.  Jahr- 
biicher,  the  history  of  the  marriage  at  Cana  is  to  be  viewed  as 
an  allegory,  in  which  the  relation  of  Christ  to  John  is  repre- 
sented. '  Why  should  this  not  be  granted,  if  water  with  perfect 
propriety  is  to  be  taken  as  the  element  and  symbol  of  the  Baptist, 
that  by  the  wine  is  to  be  understood  the  high  pre-eminence  of 
the  Messiah  above  His  forerunner,  and  by  the  change  of  water 
into  wine  the  transition  and  advance  from  the  preparatory  stage 
of  the  Baptist  to  the  Messianic  agency  and  glory  ? '  On  the 
mental  prejudice,  which  is  not  in  a  state  to  grasp  the  historic 
reality  of  evangelic  ideas,  see  the  First  Book  of  this  work,  vol.  i. 
p.  139.  Certainly  the  allegorists  understand  tilings  after  a  very 
peculiar  fashion,  who  regard  reality  as  so  trivial  that  history  will 
vanish  at  once  from  their  view  wherever  they  can  see  a  conceit 
glimmering,  while  they  perform  a  splendid  counter-miracle  to 


FIRST  MESSIANIC  ATTENDANCE  OF  JESUS  ON  THE  PASSOVER.    297 

that  of  Cana,  namely,  that  of  changing  the  wine  of  evangelical 
reality  into  the  water  of  vapid  conceit.^ 

4.  Among  other  things,  it  has  been  objected  to  the  miracle 
at  Cana :  '  Moi*eover,  miracles  are  always  beneficial  because  they 
remove  a  natural  defect ;  but  what  the  Lord  is  said  to  have 
done  at  Cana  did  not  aim  at  the  removal  of  a  natural  evil,  but 
only  to  reanimate  an  interrupted  pleasure'  (Strauss,  ii.  211). 
Maier  in  his  commentary  on  this  passage  (John  ii.)  jiistly  points 
out,  that  the  same  critics  bring  into  comparison  the  other  mira-r 
culous  narratives  in  the  (jrospels,  of  which  they  deny  collectively 
the  objective  truth;  therefore  they  assume  a  point  of  compa- 
rison which  on  their  standpoint  does  not  exist.  This  belongs  to 
the  long  catalogue  of  those  self-contradictions  of  the  critics,  who 
put  us  in  mind  of  the  history  of  Susanna. 


SECTION  V. 

THE    FIRST    MESSIANIC    ATTENDANCE    OF    JESUS    ON   THE 
PASSOVER,  AND  THE  PURIFICATION  OF  THE  TEMPLE. 

(John  ii.  12-25.) 

From  Cana  Jesus  directed  His  course  to  Capernaum,  accom- 
panied by  His  mother,  His  brethren,  and  His  disciples.  There 
were  various  reasons  for  going  down  from  the  mountain  district 
to  the  sea-shore.  Most  of  the  new  friends  of  Jesus  lived  near 
the  sea ;  and  as  they  had  not  yet  given  up  their  wonted  occupa- 
tion, their  presence  at  home  might  be  required  not  only  by  their 
families,  but  by  their  business.     Thus,  for  instance,  Peter  was  a 

^  [This,  of  course,  does  not  hinder  us  from  attaching  an  allegorical  sig- 
nificance to  the  miracle,  so  long  as  we  maintain  its  historic  reality.  To  the 
Baptist's  disciples  it  can  scarcely  have  failed  to  be  significant,  that  out  of 
the  water-pots  for  the  purifying  of  the  Jews,  their  new  Master  drew  wine 
for  the  inward  cheering  and  strengthening  of  man.  And  it  is  difficult  to 
remove  from  our  minds  the  idea,  that  in  this  first  manifestation  of  His  glory, 
when  He  provided  wine  for  the  marriage  festivity,  there  is  a  symbol  of  the 
consummation  of  His  glory,  when  He  shed  that  blood  which  purchased  and 
cleansed  His  bride,  and  furnished  everlasting  refreshment  to  them  that  have 
entered  into  the  joy  of  the  Bridegroom. — Ed.} 


298  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

householder  in  Capernaum  (Matt.  viii.  14).  It  was  natural  that 
the  Lord  should  give  His  company  to  His  friends,  as  they  had 
accompanied  Him,  when  they  had  to  leave  their  own  home.  At 
Cana  a  fellowship  had  been  formed  between  His  first  natural 
family  and  the  new  spiritual  family  which  now  belonged  to  Him. 
This  fellowship  was  celebrated  by  their  travelling  together,  when 
the  Lord's  spiritual  associates  surrounded  Him  full  of  admiration 
and  hope.  But  the  approach  of  the  Passover  formed  a  special 
reason  why  Jesus  and  His  followers  should  go  to  Capernaum. 
Probably  a  large  company  of  pilgrims  set  out  from  that  place, 
and  already  pilgrims  began  to  flock  thither.  And  as  it  would 
be  a  point  of  consequence  to  Him  to  move  in  a  circle  which 
would  give  full  scope  for  His  exertions,  He  would  greatly  prefer 
going  up  to  Jerusalem  in  the  centre  of  such  a  caravan. 

Though  Jesus  stayed  only  a  few  days  in  Capernaum.,  this 
time  was  sufficient  for  an  opportunity  of  manifesting  His  Mes- 
sianic spirit  and  calling.  Among  the  excited ,  crowds  in  that 
city,  whose  attention  must  have  been  directed  towards  Him  by 
the  testimony  of  His  devoted  adherents  in  the  first  festive  joy 
of  their  faith.  He  must  have  performed  a  succession  of  miracles. 
For  when,  after  a  longer  stay  in  Judea,  He  first  of  all  visited 
Nazareth,  the  people  there  were  disposed  to  blame  Him  for 
bestowing  His  blessings  on  Capernaum  in  preference  to  His  own 
town,  and  therefore  more  eagerly  expected  from  Him  miraculous 
performances  (Luke  iv.  23).  Those  miracles  have  not  been  re- 
ported in  detail.  The  chief  narrators  of  the  synoptical  accounts 
were  not  yet  among  the  followers  of  Jesus,  and  the  few  disciples 
whom  He  had  already  gained  were  probably  very  much  taken 
up  with  household  matters  in  the  short  interval  between  the  two 
great  journeys.  This  was  probably  the  cause  that  no  more  dis- 
tinct testimonies  have  been  given  of  these  events. 

The  most  memorable  act  of  Jesus  in  Jerusalem  at  this  time 
was  the  purifying  of  the  temple.  John  relates  it  at  once,  in 
order  to  indicate  that  by  this  act  the  Lord  had  entered  on  His 
public  ministry  in  the  very  centre  of  the  theocracy.  He  found 
in  the  temple — that  is,  in  the  precincts  of  the  sanctuary,  in  the 
court  of  the  Gentiles^ — the  dealers  in  oxen,  sheep,  and  doves,  as 
well  as  the  money-changers  sitting  at  their  tables.  These  mal- 
practices had  gradually  arisen  from  the  wants,  usages,  and 
^  See  Lucke,  Commentar  i.  479,  [or  Tholuck,  p.  105.] 


THE  PURIFICATION  OF  THE  TEMPLE.  299 

notions  of  the  Jewish  nation.  Those  persons  who  attended  the 
festivals,  or  generally  the  Israelites  who  offered  sacrifices,  re- 
quired animals  for  that  purpose ;  and  thus  a  cattle  market  was 
held.  Besides  this,  according  to  Exod.  xxx.  13,  the  Jews  paid  a 
temple-tax,  and  in  the  temple  coinage,  a  half-shekel  according 
to  the  shekel  of  the  sanctuary ;  hence  the  money-changers 
were  needed.^  Probably  this  temple-market  was  originally  in 
the  neighbourhood  of  the  outer  court,  and  gradually  brought 
within  it.  But  how  can  the  circumstance  be  explained,  that  the 
strict  phai'isaical  Jews  in  the  time  of  Jesus  could  allow  such  a 
desecration  of  the  temple  to  creep  in  ? 

This  circumstance  may  be  explained  from  the  spirit  of 
Pharisaism ;  and  we  must  first  enter  into  its  meaning,  in  order 
fully  to  understand  the  indignation  of  Jesus.  In  the  same  de- 
gree in  which  Pharisaism  looked  with  increasing  contempt  on 
the  Gentiles,  it  valued  the  sacrificial  animals,  since  they  had  a 
relation  to  the  temple,  more  highly,  and  at  last  esteemed  them 
as  the  nobler  of  the  two ;  for,  according  to  the  later  Jewish  theo- 
logy, an  Israelite  might  be  defiled  by  intercourse  with  Gentiles 
(see  Acts  x.  12,  etc.).  They  stood,  in  this  respect,  on  a  level 
with  unclean  beasts,  while  the  sacrificial  beasts  served  for  puri- 
fication. It  was,  therefore,  quite  in  accordance  with  the  spirit 
of  Pharisaism  when  these  animals  were  allowed  to  expel  the 
Gentiles  from  their  court.  But,  on  the  other  hand,  it  was  quite 
in  accordance  with  the  spirit  of  Christ  when  His  zeal  was  roused 
against  such  a  disorderly  proceeding.  He  combated  the  false 
temple-service  in  the  temple  itself,  because  it  desecrated  the 
temple  and  marred  its  most  peculiar  design. 

His  mode  of  proceeding  is  remarkable.  He  makes  '  a  scourge 
of  small  cords.'  This  scourge  He  wields,  not  against  the  men, 
but  against  the  oxen  and  sheep,  and  against  these  animals 
naturally,  not  merely  symbolically.^  It  is  a  mark  of  His  supe- 
riority that  He  drives  the  cattle  out  directly,  as  if  they  had  run 
of  their  own  accord   into  the   temple.^     In  the  same  way  He 

^  This  tax  might  be  paid  out  of  Jerusalem,  Alatt.  xvii.  24  ;  but  persons 
who  attended  the  feast  generally  preferred  paying  it  in  Jerusalem. 

2  See  Ebrard,   Gospel  History  219  ;    also   Maier's  commentary  on  the 


2  In  this,  as  it  appears  to  me,  consists  the  peculiar  legality  of  the  act. 
Jesus  drove  out  the  cattle  with  the  scourge,  both  sheep  and  oxen — 7r«»r«i — 


300  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

overturns  the  tables  of  the  money-changers  quite  simplj,  since 
He  proceeds  in  a  straightforward  manner,  and  takes  for  granted 
that  no  tables  ought  to  stand  there,  and  thus  scatters  about  the 
money  of  the  exchangers.  But  He  did  not  like  to  overturn  the 
dove-cages,  because  they  contained  living  creatures ;  nor  could 
He  scare  the  doves  away,  because  they  sat  in  the  cages  '^  so  He 
commanded  their  owners,  '  Take  these  things  hence,'  and  then 
gives  the  cause  of  His  zeal  both  in  reference  to  them  and  the 
rest:  'Make  not  My  Father's  house  an  house  of  merchandise.' 
When  Jesus  had  accomplished  this  act  of  zeal,  His  disciples  re- 
membered that  it  was  written.  The  zeal  of  Thine  house  hath 
eaten  me  up.^ 

The  Jews^  could  not  deny  the  theocratic  fitness  of  Christ's 
act ;  they  must  have  allowed  it  to  be  a  purification  of  the  temple. 
But  they  desired  to  know  what  authority  He  had  for  performing 
it.  Certainly,  every  Jew  might  come  forward  as  a  zealot  against 
illegal  abuses  in  the  national  life.*  But  the  greatest  zealots 
generally  justified  their  proceedings  as  prophets  and  workers  of 
miracles.'^  And  in  the  present  case  the  Jews  believed  that  they 
were  bound  to  make  peculiarly  strong  demands,  since  the  Lord 
by  His  act  had  rebuked  the  whole  nation,  and  the  Sanhedrim 
itself.  They  demanded,  therefore,  a  sign  to  legitimate  His  pro- 
ceeding. 

Jesus  replied  to  them,  'Destroy  this  temple,   and  in  three 

as  if  they  were  a  shfeplierdless  multitude  which  had  run  into  the  temple. 
The  sellers  would,  of  course,  rush  out  with  the  cattle,  and  quite  as  naturally 
the  buyers  with  the  sellers. 

^  See  Eosenmiiller's  Scholia  on  the  passage.  Also  Schweizer,  das  Evang. 
Jolian.  p.  135.  It  would  be  strange  to  admit  that  those  that  sold  doves  had 
a  greater  right  than  the  rest  to  desecrate  the  temple,  on  the  ground  that  the 
doves  were  intended  for  the  poor,  or,  according  to  Stier,  because  Jesus  saw 
in  them  an  emblem  of  the  Holy  Spirit. 

2  Ps.  Ixix.  9,  compared  with  John  xv.  25,  xix.  28,  30  ;  Acts  i.  20. 

^  As  '  the  Jews'  here,  for  the  first  time,  meet  the  Lord  in  this  hostile 
manner,  we  may  remark  once  for  all,  that  John  uses  the  ex^jression  neither 
in  the  sense  of  national  distinction,  as  a  designation  of  the  Jews  in  a  nar- 
rower sense,  nor  as  a  designation  of  the  members  of  the  Sanhedrim.  The 
Jews,  in  John's  Gospel,  are  rather  Hebrews  who  judaized  in  ojjposition  to 
Christianity,  whether  in  Galilee  or  in  Judea,  whether  they  belonged  to  the 
people  or  to  the  Sanhedrim.  The  passage  in  John  v.  41  favours  this  view. 
See  vol.  i.  p.  216  of  this  work. 

*  Num.  XXV.  7.  -^1  Kings  xviii.  23. 


THE  PURIFICATION  OF  THE  TEMPLE.  301 

days  I  will  raise  it  up  again.'  The  Jews  understood  His  words 
of  their  visible  temple,  as  their  answer  proves  :  '  Forty  and  six 
years  was  this  temple  in  building,  and  wilt  Thou  rear  it  up  in 
three  days  T  ^  John  repudiates  this  interpretation  with  the  ex- 
planation, '  Jesus  spake  of  the  temple  of  His  body.'  This  ex- 
planation was  not  immediately  disclosed  to  the  disciples,  but  first 
became  clear  to  them  at  the  resurrection  of  Jesus  ;  and  this  ful- 
filment of  so  remarkable  a  prophecy  contributed  to  strengthen 
their  faith. 

In  modern  times,  it  has  been  thought  needful  to  correct  the 
exegesis  of  John,  or  of  the  disciples  generally,  in  the  explanation 
of  this  passage,  by  remarking  that  the  destruction  of  the  temple 
must  mark  the  destruction  of  the  theocracy  which  the  Jews 
merited,  but  its  rebuilding,  the  higher  restoration  of  the  theo- 
cracy by  the  work  of  Christ ;  and  it  is  supposed  that  the  three 
days  may  be  regarded  as  the  concrete  designation  of  a  short 
time.^ 

It  ought,  at  the  same  time,  to  have  been  perceived,  that  the 
Old  Testament  theocracy  could  be  really  destroyed,  and  was 
destroyed,  only  by  the  rejection  and  crucifixion  of  Christ,  and 
that  His  resurrection  founded  the  real  restoration  of  a  new  and 
higher  theocratic  order,  a  higher  temple.^  The  exposition  of 
the  Evangelist  is  distinguished  from  the  aforesaid  modern  one  in 
this,  that  he  seizes  the  fact  in  question,  of  the  destruction  and 
rebuilding  of  the  true  theocracy,  clearly  on  its  innermost  sub- 
stance, in  its  special  life-principle;  while  the  same  fact  floats  so 
dimly  in  its  outward  extent  before  the  modern  exposition,  that  it 
never  succeeds  in  estimating  the  substance  of  the  fact  in  its  real 
significance,  and  in  comprehending  it  in  its  unity  with  this  out- 
ward extension.  The  saying  of  the  Lord  was  certainly  not  easy 
to  be  understo\3d  by  the  Jews  ;  with  their  judaizing  disposition, 

^  '  They  evidently  mean  the  building  of  the  temple  by  Herod,  the  re- 
building of  the  temple  erected  by  Zerubbabel  after  the  captivity,  and  reckon 
the  forty-six  years  from  the  beginning  of  the  building  in  the  eighteenth 
or  fifteenth  year  of  Herod,  including  the  interruptions.  The  building  was 
completed  under  Herod  Antipas.' — Liicke,  Commentar  i.  487. 

2  The  treatises  on  this  subject  have  been  fully  noticed  by  Liicke,  Com- 
mentar i.  4.89. 

3  Compare  Ebrard,  p.  220  ;  and  Stier,  Words  of  the  Lord  Jesus  i.  71. 
The  author  of  this  work  has  not  overlooked  (vol.  i.  p.  211)  that  Ebrard  had 
already  found  the  solution  of  the  ancient  problem. 


302  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

they  persisted  in  supposing  that  He  meant  the  material  temple 
on  Mount  Zion.  From  this  carnal  conception  there  was  only  a 
single  step  to  the  slanderous  misrepresentation  which  we  find 
again  in  the  mouth  of  the  false  witnesses  at  the  judicial  exami- 
nation of  Christ.  But  for  Christ  the  temple  had  from  the  first 
its  spiritual  existence  in  the  theocracy ;  and  that  He  referred  to 
this,  the  better  disposed  must  have  surmised.  But  the  best  dis- 
posed also  found  in  the  fulfilment  of  this  surmise  that  His  per- 
sonal life  was  the  quintessence  of  this  theocracy,  and  therefore 
His  body  was  properly  the  temple. 

The  three  first  Evangelists  narrate  another  perfectly  similar 
purification  of  the  temple,  which  the  Lord  performed  on  the  last 
Passover  He  attended.  In  the  present  day,  it  is  generally  as- 
sumed that  this  event  could  not  have  happened  twice.  But  for 
this  assumption  there  is  no  sufficient  reason.  Rather  there  is 
great  probability  in  favour  of  the  opposite  supposition,  which  ad- 
heres to  the  account  in  the  Gospels.  It  is  difficult  to  suppose  that 
Jesus  would  allow  so  crying  an  abuse  to  exist  without  animad- 
version up  to  the  time  of  His  last  visit.  He  combated  it  at  once. 
But  let  it  be  supposed  that  He  combated  it  with  permanent 
success,  and  we  must  admit  such  a  single  great  result  of  His 
agency  in  the  Israelitish  cultus  as  could  not  easily  fall  to  His  lot 
according  to  the  whole  remaining  bearing  of  the  Jewish  theo- 
cracy towards  Him.^  If,  then,  the  old  irregular  practice  soon 
revived,  the  question  would  be,  whether  Christ  could  have  en- 
dured the  repeated  observation  of  a  public  scandal,  peradventure 
for  the  reason  that  His  first  denunciation  of  it  had  been  of  so 
little  avail.  It  is,  we  allow,  possible  that  the  one  remembrance 
of  the  disciples  might  have  added  to  the  one  act  of  Jesus  some 
traits  taken  from  other  similar  acts.^  Yet  the  difference  of  the 
two  accounts  is  not  to  be  mistaken.  The  act  in  both  cases  is  the 
same ;  only  that,  on  the  second  purification,  Jesus,  according  to 
Mark  (xi.  16),  would  not  allow  the  vessels  to  be  carried  through 
the  temple.     But  the  saying  with  which  He  accompanied  His  act 

1  See  Ebrard,  Gospel  History,  p.  378. 

^  [This  is  barely  consistent  even  with  what  the  author  has  already  said 
of  the  'sacred  remembrance'  of  the  life  of  our  Lord  by  His  disciples,  and 
does  certainly  not  allow  for  a  more  than  ordinary  distinctness  of  remem- 
brance. Neander  is  of  opinion  there  was  but  one  cleansing  of  the  temple ; 
but  this  idea  seems  to  be  now  very  generally  given  up  as  untenable. — Ed.] 


THE  PURIFICATION  OF  THE  TEMPLE.  303 

in  the  two  cases  is  wholly  different.  The  tone  of  the  saying  in 
John  is  quite  mild :  '  Make  not  My  Father's  house  a  house  of 
merchandise.'  The  second  saying  in  the  synoptic  Gospels  is 
marked  by  great  severity.  '  It  is  written,  My  house  shall  be 
called  a  house  of  prayer,  but  ye  have  made  it  a  den  of  thieves.' 
This  sentence  is  a  vigorous  blending  of  two  prophetic  passages, 
Isa.  Ivi.  7  and  Jer.  vii.  11.  'Is  this  house,  which  is  called  by 
My  name,  become  a  den  of  robbers  in  your  eyes  f  the  Lord  asks 
His  people  by  Jeremiah,  for  this  reason,  that  the  people  came  to 
His  house  in  an  ungodly  state  of  mind,  many  of  them  murderers 
and  adulterers.  Jesus  availed  Himself  of  this  language  in  its 
freest  application.  On  the  other  hand,  in  Isa.  Ivi.  the  an- 
nouncement is  made,  that  the  Gentiles  should  be  fellow-wor- 
shippers with  Israel  in  the  temple ;  and  in  this  sense  it  is  said, 
'  My  house  shall  be  called  a  house  of  prayer  for  all  people? 
This  was  the  design  of  the  court  of  the  Gentiles,  to  represent  the 
living  germ  of  Universalism  in  the  Old  Testament  religion  and 
Church  quite  palpably  and  visibly  in  the  arrangements  of  the 
material  temple.  Hence  Mai'k  reports  the  words  of  Jesus  most 
correctly  in  their  full  extent :  '  My  house  shall  be  called  of  all 
nations  a  house  of  prayer.'  And  it  was  quite  in  keeping  with 
the  whole  character  of  the  transaction,  that  Jesus  should  bring 
home  to  the  pharisaic  spirit,  at  the  second  and  more  unsparing 
purification  of  the  temple,  the  ultimate  ground  of  His  conduct. 
He  now  declared,  without  reserve,  that  He  meant  to  advocate 
the  right  of  the  nations,  of  the  Gentiles,  to  the  temple,  against 
the  pharisaic  spirit,  which  would  have  dislodged  the  Gentiles 
from  their  lawful  position  by  the  pressure  of  their  sacrificial 
traffic.  The  consequences  of  the  two  acts  were  also  essentially 
different.  At  the  first  purification,  the  Jewish  party  left  it  still 
undecided  whether  the  proceeding  was  right  or  not ;  Jesus  only 
justified  His  zeal  by  a  sign  of  prophetic  spiritual  power  and 
authority.  At  the  second  purification,  matters  took  quite  a  dif- 
ferent turn.  The  space  which  had  been  left  free  by  the  expul- 
sion of  the  cattle  was  occupied  by  the  blind  and  the  lame  whom 
Jesus  healed,  and  by  pious  children  who  chanted  their  hosannas 
in  His  praise  ;  while,  on  the  other  hand,  the  chief  priests  and 
scribes  retired  with  renewed  animosity  to  conspire  against  His 
life. 

Thus  the  first  great  public  act  of  Jesus  was  one  of  the  most 


304  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

beautiful  zeal,  of  reverence,  and  love ;  it  was  an  act  of  inspired 
wrath,  in  which  He  contended  for  the  divine  honour  and  the 
spirit  of  devotion  against  the  profane  disposition  that  desecrated 
the  sanctuary,  and  by  which,  at  the  same  time.  He  asserted  the 
rights  of  humanity  against  the  spiritual  arrogance  which  treated 
with  contempt  the  claims  of  the  Gentiles,  who,  though  still  at  a 
distance,  were  called  to  salvation.  He  came  as  the  Lord  to  His 
temple,  according  to  the  prophecy  of  Malachi  (iii.  1)  ;  the  out- 
ward, special  purification  of  the  temple  was  an  emblem  of  the 
great  universal  temj^le-purifi cation  which  He  accomplished  by 
His  whole  work  of  redemption. 

This  act  was  miraculous  in  its  religious,  moral,  and  psychical 
operation ;  only  the  physical  element,  which  completes  a  miracle 
in  the  stricter  sense,  was  wanting.  It  was  a  miracle,  as  an  act 
of  extraordinary  spiritual  illumination  and  power,  as  an  act  of 
religious  and  moral  majesty  which  operated  on  the  people  with 
irresistible  power,  ^  alarmed  the  traffickers,  paralysed  adversaries, 
agitated  the  popular  mind,  and  elevated  the  souls  of  the  pious, 
though  it  filled  them  with  anxious  forebodings.  Such  a  fore- 
boding seized  the  souls  of  the  disciples  of  Jesus,  and  brought  to 
their  recollection  that  solemn  expression  in  the  Psalms  which 
represented  zeal  for  God's  house  as  a  consuming  fire  terminating 
in  death. 

John  does  not  relate  the  other  miracles  which  Jesus  per- 
formed in  Jerusalem  at  the  Passover.  But  he  alludes  to  them 
when  he  says,  '  Many  believed  in  His  name,  when  they  saw  the 
signs  (arjfxela)  which  He  did'  (John  ii.  22).  But  Jesus  was 
too  deeply  conversant  with  the  essential  quality  of  human  nature 
in  its  sinfulness  and  weakness,  to  be  able  to  trust  Himself  to 
those  men,  who  in  the  first  fervour  of  their  emotions  had  de- 
clared themselves  for  Hiin.  He  knew  them  all,  that  is,  He  knew 
the  Adamic  type  of  man  fundamentally,  so  that  He  needed  not 
that  any  one  should  give  Him  information  respecting  the  peculiar 
character  of  the  generation  among  whom  He  lived.  This  collec- 
tive body  stood  before  Him  as  one  man  ;  and  what  was  in- man 
He  already  knew,  He  was  aware  of  it,  He  saw  through  him. 
And  owing  to  the  inconstancy  of  the  Adamic  man  in  his  noblest 
flights  and  aspirations,  it  was  evident  to  Him.  that  He  could  not 
immediately  reveal  and  trust  Himself  to  His  admirers  without 

*  {Ilpxyfcx  -Ts-oXhTig  ccvdevnix;  yefiou. — Cramer's  Catena  in  loc. — Ed.] 


THE  PURIFICATION  OF  THE  TEMPLE.  305 

being  unfaithful  to  Himself  and  His  cause.  For  the  sake  of 
their  salvation,  He  was  obliged  meanwhile  to  conceal  Himself  in 
many  ways,  and  to  impart  and  trust  Himself  to  them  under  the 
laws  of  the  holiest  reserve.  This  important  feature  in  the  plan  of 
Jesus  appears  in  John  as  well  as  in  the  three  first  Evangelists. 

NOTES. 

1.  If,  in  accordance  with  the  Gospel  tradition,  we  admit 
the  repetition  of  the  purification  of  the  temple,  it  will  be  easily 
understood  that  the  second  must  be  by  far  the  most  important 
for  the  synoptists,  since  it  was  witnessed  by  all  the  disciples,  and 
therefore  occupied  a  conspicuous  place  in  the  Gospel  tradition. 
But  then  John  found  that  the  first  only  required  yet  to  be  re- 
ported, and  he  reported  it  in  preference  to  the  other,  since  accord- 
ing to  the  whole  composition  of  his  Gospel  the  admission  of  the 
second  was  more  out  of  his  way. 

2.  Against  the  reference  of  Christ's  words,  '■  Destroy  this 
temple,'  etc.,  to  His  death  and  resurrection,  several  remarks 
have  been  made,  which  may  all  be  settled  by  one  answer.  It 
has  been  forgotten  that  the  terms  employed  first  of  all  ought  to 
sound  as  if  Jesus  meant  only  to  say,  *  Demolish  this  material 
temple,  and  in  three  days  I  will  rebuild  it,'  since  He  wished  to 
intimate  something  deeper  under  the  covering  of  this  paradoxical 
expression.  Hence  (1)  He  must  say  Xi/o-are,  though  this  was 
not  a  proper  expression  for  the  crucifixion  of  His  body  ;  hence 
(2)  He  says  rov  vaov  tovtov  with  a  reference  to  the  temple, 
though  He  had  in  His  mind  the  theocracy,  and  His  own  body 
as  the  organ  of  the  theocracy ;  hence  (3)  He  says  eyepw, 
though  in  a  strict  sense  He  did  not  raise  Himself,  but  was  raised 
by  the  Father  (yet  so,  that  His  resurrection  was  at  the  same 
time  an  act  of  His  own  life,  according  to  John  x.  18).  Also,  the 
remarks,  that  the  Jews  had  as  yet  done  nothing  which  indicated 
the  design  of  putting  Jesus  to  death,  and  that  they  could  not 
have  understood  such  an  intimation  as  that  given  by  Jesus,  may 
be  obviated  by  the  rejoinder,  that  here  the  most  distinct  rela- 
tion exists  between  the  outer  and  the  inner,  the  general  and  in- 
dividual relations  of  the  theocracy ; — first  of  all  between  the 
temple,  the  body  of  Christ,  and  the  theocracy  ; — then  between 
the  desecration  of  the  temple,  the  crucifixion  of  Christ,  and  the 

VOL.  II.  u 


306         PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

destruction  of  the  ancient  theocracy ; — lastly  and  thirdly,  be- 
tween the  purification  of  the  temple,  the  resurrection  of  Christ, 
and  the  establishment  of  the  New  Covenant.  To  this  we  must 
add,  in  conclusion,  the  relations  of  time.  The  Lord  required  only 
a  few  moments  to  cleanse  the  temple — He  required  three  days 
for  the  resurrection — He  required  a  short  time  in  order  to  exhibit 
the  new  temple  in  His  pentecostal  Chiu-ch.  Therefore  Bruno 
Bauer's  requirement  (Kritik  der  evang.  Geschichte  des  Joh.  p.  82) 
is  satisfied ;  the  second,  deeper  meaning  of  Christ's  words  lies 
really  in  the  direction  of  the  first  meaning.  That  three  days  may 
signify  a  short  space  of  time,  Hos.  vi.  2  has  been  adduced  to  prove ; 
and  it  has  been  justly  remarked,  that  the  expression  generally 
has  something  proverbial,  since  Jesus  did  not  remain  three  days 
in  the  grave  in  a  strict  sense,  but  rose  again  on  the  third  day. 

3.  '  This  multitude  of  persons,  who  might  be  certain  of  the 
protection  of  the  priesthood,  would  not  let  themselves  be  ejected 
from  the  temple  by  a  single  man,  without  any  ado.'  This  dic- 
tum belongs  to  the  well-known  standing  canon  of  a  critical  fore- 
gone conclusion,  which  always  treats  as  improbable  the  mani- 
festations and  operations  of  spiritual  majesty. 


SECTION  VI. 
THE  CONVEESATION  BY  NIGHT  WITH  NICODEMUS. 

(John  iil.  1-21.) 

Among  the  many  men  in  Jerusalem  who  received  the  first 
impulses  to  faith  through  the  miracles  of  Jesus,  were  already 
some  persons  of  distinction,  Pharisees,  and  even  members  of 
the  Sanhedrim.  Nicodemus  is  a  representative  of  these  friends 
of  Jesus,  and  his  visit  by  night  to  the  Lord  is  a  proof  how  much 
reason  Jesus  had  not  altogether  to  trust  Himself  to  believers  at 
this  stage. 

As  the  noblest  mystics  proceeded  from  the  monks  of  the 
Catholic  Church,  from  the  Dominicans  especially,  and  the  great 
Reformer  Luther  from  the  Augustinians,  so  two  great  witnesses 
of  the  most  living  Christian  faith,  Paul  and  Nicodemus,  were 


THE  CONVERSATION  BY  NIGHT  WITH  NICODEMUS.  307 

supplied  to  the  kingdom  of  God  by  the  Pharisees,  a  party  noted 
for  their  sanctimoniousness  and  bondage  to  the  letter.  In 
the  person  of  Nicodemus,  Christ  at  the  very  outset  of  His 
ministry  conquered  not  only  a  Pharisee,  but  a  ruler  of  the  Jews, 
a  member  of  the  Sanhedrim.  It  has  been  a  very  common 
hypothesis  in  schools  of  theology,  but  without  any  foundation,  to 
regard  him  as  a  spy,  who  at  first  came  to  Jesus  with  a  sinister 
design.  The  sincerity  of  His  inclination  towards  Jesus  is,  from 
the  first,  decided ;  a  genuine  germ  of  faith  already  begins  to 
combat  his  own  pretensions  and  prejudices  ;  otherwise  he,  an  old 
man,  could  not  resort  to  a  young  man,  and,  though  a  distinguished 
member  of  the  council,  ask  questions  of  the  Galilean  Rabbi  as 
a  scholar,  thus  putting  his  whole  reputation  in  peril.  We  also 
see  how  this  germ  gradually  increased  in  power,  till  perfected  in 
the  ripe  fruit  of  faith,  after  passing  in  its  development  through 
distinct  stages.  But  that  the  germ  in  its  first  form  was  feeble, 
Nicodemus  plainly  indicates,  not  only  by  his  coming  to  Jesus  by 
night,  to  which,  no  doubt,  considerations  of  fear  determined  him, 
but  also  by  the  tenor  of  his  language. 

In  general,  it  has  been  assumed  that  John  has  not  fully  re- 
ported the  conversation  of  Christ  with  Nicodemus.  But  if  we 
grant  this,  it  cannot  be  admitted  that  he  has  given  only  a  frag- 
mentary abstract,  so  that  we  cannot  fully  depend  on  the  con- 
nection of  the  separate  parts.  The  abstract  must  preserve  the 
connection  equally  as  well  as  the  discourse  in  its  full  extent. 

Nicodemus  salutes  the  Lord  in  terms  of  reverence  which 
seem  to  include,  and  which  in  a  certain  sense  do  include,  a 
perfect  recognition  of  His  divine  mission  and  prophetic  dignity. 
'  Rabbi,  we  know  that  Thou  art  a  teacher  come  from  God ;  for  no 
man  can  do  these  miracles  that  Thou  dost,  except  God  be  with 
him.'  This  salutation  appears  altogether  so  suited  to  form  a  point 
of  connection  for  the  teaching  of  Christ,  that  it  has  often  excited 
astonishment  that  Christ's  answer  so  entirely  passes  it  over,  or 
rather  appears  to  treat  it  as  quite  unsatisfactory.  With  power- 
ful pathos  the  Lord  replies  to  this  courteous  and  honest  salutation 
by  the  momentous  declaration,  which  has  become  the  fundamental 
maxim  of  His  Church,  '  Verily,  verily,  I  say  unto  thee.  Except  a 
man  be  born  from  above,^  he  cannot  see  the  kingdom  of  God.' 

1  It  is  a  much  agitated  question,  whether  oivudiv  is  to  be  translated /ro/zt 
above  OT  af/aiii.     Compare  especially  Lucke,  i.  516,  and  Tholuck,  p.  11-i. 


308  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

Between  the  salutation  of  the  guest  and  this  counter-salutation 
of  the  Lord  there  is  evidently  a  chasm  ; — but  the  chasm  is  ob- 
viously an  original  one,  it  is  an  element  of  the  transaction. 
This  absolute  contrariety  is  indeed  the  most  important  feature 
of  our  history,  positively  designed  by  Jesus,  and  of  decided 
efficiency. 

Nicodemus  met  Him  with  a  homage  in  which  the  conscious- 
ness of  his  high  position  was  not  concealed,  so  that  it  almost 
assumed  a  patronizing  character.  'Rabbi,  we  know  what  we 
have  to  think  of  Thee,'  he  said,  as  if  he  wished  to  assure  Him 
of  the  favour  of  a  powerful  party.  But,  along  with  this  patron- 
izing language,  which  lay  in  the  indefinite  plural  '  we  know,' 
the  acknowledgment  seemed  to  be  uttered  in  a  lower  key,  '  Thou 
art  a  teacher  come  from  God.'  But  this  conviction  Nicodemus 
grounded  altogether  on  an  inference  from  the  Old  Testament 
orthodoxy — Thy  great  miracles  are  the  proof  of  Thy  higher 
mission.  And  how  feeble  the  conviction  was  that  was  so 
grounded,  but  which  Nicodemus  seemed  to  regard  as  a  great 
acknowledgment,  is  proved  by  the  choice  of  night  for  his  visit. 
There  was  an  unconscious  contradiction  between  the  pathos  of 
his  recognition  and  the  expressions  of  reflection  and  fear  which 
alternated  with  it. 

The  great  Master  of  the  human  heart  saw  at  once  that  He 

Liicke  urges  that  John  uses  oivudsv  elsewhere  only  in  iii.  31  and  xix.  11,  23, 
and  in  the  two  first  passages  unquestionably  for  Ix,  tow  ovpxvov,  or  sx,  tov 
&iov,  and  in  the  last,  in  the  sense  of  fi-om  above  or  from  the  top, — never 
therefore  for  tcoc'Kiv.  Moreover  John,  the  same  writer  remarks,  never  speaks 
of  heing  horn  again,  but  of  being  born  of  God :  chap.  i.  13  ;  1  John  ii.  29,  iii. 
9,  iv.  7.  He  declares  liimself  therefore  in  favour  of  the  first  interpretation, 
and  understands  it  as  more  exactly  expressed  by — born  of  God.  Tholuck, 
on  the  other  hand,  draws  attention  to  the  expression  in  the  rejoinder  of 
Nicodemus,  hvrepoi/  yiuvyiSijuat,  and  to  the  phrases  dvwysvvyidyivcci,  1  Peter 
i.  3,  23  ;  Trx'Ktyysuea-ix,  Titus  iii.  5  ;  axii/vi  x-riai;,  Gal.  vi.  15 ;  and  accord- 
ingly adopts  the  second  interpretation,  yet  so  that  xvuhv  is  not  exactly 
equivalent  to  t^xKiv,  but  denotes  anew,  afresh.  But.it  is  more  accordant 
with  hermeneutics  to  interpret  (with  Liicke)  a  word  in  John's  Gospel  from 
John's  usual  phraseology,  than  (with  Tholuck)  from  that  of  Peter  and  Paul. 
But,  taken  strictly,  it  is  wrong  to  discuss  the  word  xvu^iv  merely  for  itself. 
Let  the  phrase  oivudm  yiwyiSv^vxi  be  considered  as  a  contrast  to  sx.  riis  ym 
yivyt\&~/ivxi,  and  with  the  idea,  born  from  above,  there  will  arise  the  idea, 
born  again  ;  the  word  comprehends  the  rich  thought— <o  be  first  rightly  born 
from  renovating  heavenly  principles. 


THE  CONVERSATION  BY  NIGHT  WITH  NICODEMUS.  309 

could  not  win  this  aged  man,  who  by  honours  and  dignities,  by 
the  views  and  habit  of  his  outward  and  inward  religious  life, 
was  firmly  rooted  in  the  soil  of  legal  worldliness,  by  the  tedious 
method  of  theological  controversy ;  but  that  he  must  be  won  by 
the  shattering  stroke  of  His  first  rejoinder — that  He  must  loosen 
him  by  a  wrench  in  his  position,  though  not  pull  him  from  it 
compulsorily.  Nicodemus  presented  himself  to  Him,  as  if  he 
were  a  trustworthy  member  of  the  kingdom  of  heaven.  He 
wished  already  to  know  who  Christ  was,  and  the  design  of  His 
mission.  His  theology  of  the  new  age  was,  as  he  imagined, 
complete  in  the  main  outlines,  and  with  it  the  commencement 
of  the  new  age  itself.  And  thus  he  was  willing  to  guarantee 
for  many  that  they  were  already  adherents  of  Jesus.  This  dis- 
closure of  his  views  made  the  Lord  feel  the  deep  contrast  be- 
tween the  old  world-view  of  Nicodemus  and  the  fundamental 
principles  of  His  own  new  world,  and  He  suddenly  placed  this 
contrast  before  the  mind  of  the  theologian.  With  a  solemn 
asseveration.  He  gave  him  the  assurance  that  the  new  world  He 
announced,  the  Messianic  kingdom,  was  a  completely  hidden 
mystery  for  all  who  were  not  thoroughly  transformed,  new-born 
again  from  above  ;  that  no  one  was  in  a  condition  even  to  see 
this  kingdom,  to  say  nothing  of  entering  it,  unless  such  a  new 
birth  had  given  him  new  eyes  for  this .  new  world.  The  Lord 
knew  that  He  must  risk  and  could  risk  the  future  of  Nicodemus 
on  the  agitating  operation  of  this  announcement. 

The  answer  of  Nicodemus  proved  that  the  words  of  Jesus 
had,  in  fact,  moved  him  in  his  inmost  soul.  Nicodemus  knew 
indeed  the  language  of  the  prophets  respecting  circumcision  and 
the  renewal  of  the  heart  ;^  he  might  also  be  familiar  with  the 
circumcision  of  the  Jewish  proselytes  as  new-born  children.^ 
This,  therefore,  was  certainly  clear  to  him,  that  Jesus,  by  His 
requirement,  could  not  literally  mean  a  second  bodily  birth. 
But  it  was  also  evident  from  the  words  of  Jesus,  that  He  did 
not  recognise  the  being  a  Jew  or  the  passing  over  to  Judaism 
as  a  new  birth  ;  nor  even  the  pharisaic  righteousness  by  which 
Nicodemus  assuredly  believed  he  had  gained  the  I'enewal  of  the 
heart,  like  thousands  on  his  legal  standpoint.  And  since  Nico- 
demus could  not  at  once  sacrifice  his  distinguished  position  in 

1  Deut.  X.  16,  XXX.  6 ;  Jer.  iv.  4  ;  Ezek.  xi.  19,  20,  xxxvi.  27,  28. 

2  Compare  Liicke,  i.  520. 


310  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

life  and  his  honoured  old  age  to  the  assurance  that  they  contri- 
buted nothing  to  his  understanding  the  kingdom  of  God,  that  he 
needed  a  new  birth,  therefore  he  could  not  or  would  not  admit 
that  Christ's  words  could  have  for  him  an  allowable  spiritual 
meaning.  He  therefore  wilfully  took  them  in  a  literal  sense, 
not  from  contractedness  of  mind,^  but  from  irritated  sensibility. 
In  order,  by  a  manoeuvre  of  rabbinical  logomachy,  to  hold  up 
Christ's  requirement  as  extravagant,  he  answered,  '  How  can  a 
man  be  born  when  he  is  old  I  can  he  enter  a  second  time  into 
his  mother's  womb  and  be  born?'  Christ  would  not  allow  Him- 
self to  be  moved  from  the  composure  of  His  sacerdotal  dignity. 
He  repeated  the  solemn  asseveration,  and  set  a  second  time  the 
might  of  His  heart  against  the  rabbinical  dialectics  of  the  aged 
man.  But  He  at  once  wrests  from  him  the  objection  he  had 
made,  by  the  distinct  requirement,  '  Except  a  man  be  born  of 
water  and  of  the  Spirit,  he  cannot  enter  into  the  kingdom  of 
God.'  It  is  evident  that  Jesus  here  opposes  as  the  second  birth, 
the  birth  of  the  Spirit,  to  the  first  natural  birth  of  the  human 
mother.  When  in  this  sense  He  joins  water  with  Spirit,  we  are 
led  to  think  of  the  connection,  so  frequent  in  the  Gospel,  of 
water-baptism  with  Spirit-baptism.  John  met  the  Pharisees 
with  the  condition,  '  If  ye  would  enter  the  kingdom  of  heaven, 
after  submitting  to  my  water-baptism,  ye  must  also  receive  the 
Spirit-baptism  of  the  Messiah.'  Christ  again  insists  on  this 
condition  ;  with  the  necessity  of  His  Spirit-baptism  He  also 
asserts  that  of  John,-  or  at  least  of  the  water-baptism  introduced 
by  John.  But  this  requirement  has  been  thought  strange  in 
the  mouth  of  Jesus,  since  it  has  been  supposed  that  His  Spirit- 
baptism  would  be  sufficient.  In  order  to  remove  this  impression, 
water-baptism  must  be  regarded  as  the  symbol  of  repentance, 
while  Spirit-baptism  represents  the  life  of  faith.^  But  the  water 
signifies  not  only  individual,  but  also  social  repentance, — the 
entrance  into  the  true  theocratic  society.  And  this  society  was 
constituted  by  Christ  to  be  the  historical  foundation  and  main 

^  Compare  Schweizer,  d.  Ev.  Joh.  p.  32. 

2  [Alford  asserts  that  it  is  mere  doctrinal  prejudice  which  has  deter- 
mined Calvin's  interpretation  of  these  words  :  '  Spiritum  qui  nos  repurgat,' 
and  Grotius'  '  Spiritum  aquae  instar  emundantem.'  But  Matt.  iii.  11  speaks 
strongly  for  this  interpretation ;  and  we  were  not  aware  that,  among  the 
very  numerous  and  diverse  doctrinal  prejudices  ascribed  to  Calvin,  a  low 


THE  CONVERSATION  BY  NIGHT  WITH  NICODEMUS.  311 

condition  of  the  operations  of  His  Spirit.  Thus,  as  the  first 
natural  world  was  formed  under  the  movement  of  the  Spirit 
which  liovered  over  the  waters,  so  also  must  the  second  world, 
that  of  the  new  life,  emerge  from  the  water  of  baptism  to  re- 
pentance, which  forms  the  new  sacred  community,  and  from  the 
administration  of  the  Spirit  in  this  Church.  No  one  is  bom 
again  simply  of  the  Spirit,  for  the  Spirit  presupposes  in  His 
operation  the  historical  community  which  has  been  collected 
round  the  name  of  Christ,  acknowledges  His  word,  and  is  dis- 
tinguished from  the  impure  world  by  its  public  common  repent- 
ance or  purification.  A  man  must  first  become  a  historical 
Christian  before  he  can  become  a  spiritual  Christian.  With  his 
entrance  into  the  new  society  by  baptism,  he  dies  to  the  old 
world  and  renounces  its  worldly  mind,  devotes  his  old  life  to 
death,  and  enters  into  the  historical  conditions  which  must  con- 
firm the  new  life  in  him.  Thus  he  is  born  of  water.  But  this 
birth  is  not  a  special  birth  per  se ;  it  is  not  completed  till  he  be- 
comes a  new  man  in  his  whole  inward  being  and  life-principle, 
through  the  Holy  Spirit,  who  is  the  life-element  of  the  new  com- 
munity ;  he  becomes  a  child  of  God  because  the  life  of  Christ 
becomes  his  own,  a  free  fountain  of  life  in  his  breast.  But  the 
reason  why  this  renewal  must  be  a  total,  and  therefore  a  new 
birth,  Christ  explains  by  the  canon,  '  That  which  is  born  of  the 
flesh  is  flesh,  and  that  which  is  born  of  the  Spirit  is  spirit.'  Kind 
never  ceases  to  be  kind.  {Art  Idsst  nicht  von  Art.)  From  the 
stock  of  the  old  humanity,  whose  life  has  the  predominant  cha- 
racteristic of  carnality,  the  preponderance  of  sensuousness  and 
of  carnal  desires  above  the  free  life  of  the  Spirit,  in  which  all  the 
affections  of  the  senses  should  rise  up  pure,  only  carnally-disposed 
men  can  proceed — only  such  in  whom  the  dark  nature-side  of 
life  predominates  in  a  destructive  manner,  morbidly,  and  con- 
trary to  their  destiny,  over  the  luminous  Spirit-side.  Qlierefore, 
if  the  adamically  constituted  man  is  to  be  truly  a  new  creature, 
he  must  become  new  in  his  kind  of  life,  and  be  born  of  the  Spirit. 

sacramentarian  theory  could  find  place.  In  consistency  with  what  Alford 
says  on  this  passage,  we  might  have  expected  his  remarks  on  .John  vi.  51  to 
be  somewhat  different.  The  sacrament  is  quite  as  easily  found  in  the  one 
place  as  in  the  other.  The  doctrinal  bearing  of  the  expression  is  shown  by 
Turrettin,  loo.  xix.  quaest.  13,  19.  He  too  interprets  it,  '  Spiritus  lavans 
et  mundans  corda.' — Ed.] 


312  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

Since  Christ  represents  this  new  birth  as  indispensable,  in 
doing  so  He  marks  the  relation  in  which  the  man  who  is  not  yet 
filled  with  the  life  of  Christ  stands  to  the  kingdom  of  God.  He 
attains  it  not  by  his  theological  science,  nor  by  his  logical  de- 
ductions ;  he  has  it  not  in  his  religious  energy.  It  is  a  new 
creation  from  heaven,  which  must  bury  his  old  life  in  its  conse- 
crated stream  in  order  to  give  him  a  new  life — a  mystery  of  life, 
in  which  he  must  become  a  subject  of  the  formative  power  of 
divine  grace,  like  an  unborn  child.  The  more  he  anticipates 
this  creative  power,  yearns  for  it,  and  humbly  receives  it  into 
his  life,  so  much  nearer  is  he  to  the  kingdom  of  God. 

After  the  requirement  has  been  positively  laid  down,  the 
Lord  proceeds  to  explain  the  possibility  of  its  fulfilment  by  an 
analogy.  Wind  is  akin  to  spirit — a  natural  symbol  of  its  exist- 
ence and  action.  And  perhaps  at  that  very  time,  while  they 
were  thus  conversing  together,  the  night-wind  might  be  making 
itself  perceptible  by  its  murmurs.  At  all  events,  the  Lord  took 
His  comparison  most  appropriately  from  the  nearest,  freshest  life. 
'  Marvel  not,'  He  therefore  said  to  him,  '  that  I  said  unto  thee. 
Ye  must  be  born  from  above.  The  wind  bloweth  where  it 
listeth,  and  thou  hearest  the  sound  thereof,  but  canst  not  tell 
whence  it  cometh  and  whither  it  goeth  !'  Here,  then,  is  a 
powerful,  actual  life,  which  goes  beyond  your  knowledge.  Thou 
canst  not  deny  the  existence  of  the  wind,  nor  its  irresistible 
action,  nor  its  omnipresent  movement  round  the  globe.  For  it 
rushes  sometimes  here,  sometimes  there  ;  it  makes  itself  known 
to  thee  by  its  loud  tone,  its  voice.  And  yet  it  is  to  thee  a  two- 
fold mystery, — first  in  its  origin,  then  in  its  movements.  '  So 
is  it,'  said  the  Lord,  '  with  every  one  who  is  born  of  the  Spirit.' 
He  might  have  said,  '  So  is  it  with  the  Spirit ;'  but  since  he  who 
is  born  of  the  Spirit  is  one  with  the  life  of  the  Spirit,  the  ex- 
pression actually  chosen  is  equally  correct,  while  at  the  same 
time  it  is  more  full  of  meaning.-^  The  life  of  the  Spirit  comes  out 
from  a  depth,  and  length,  and  height  which  human  intelligence 
cannot  fathom  ;  and  thus,  even  in  the  man  whom  it  apprehends, 
it  appears  as  a  holy,  divine  mystery !  The  same  life  of  the 
Spirit  goes  to  an  immeasurable  distance  over  land  and  sea ;  and 
so  is  the  child  of  the  Spirit  with  his  destiny.     His  way  goes  up- 

^  The  same  remark  is  applicable  to  the  parables,  Matt.  xiii.  20,  '  He  that 
received  the  seed  into  stony  places,'  etc. 


THE  CONVERSATION  BY  NIGHT  WITH  NICODEMUS.     313 

wai'ds  (Prov.  xv.  24).  But  however  full  of  mystery  is  the  life 
of  the  Spirit  and  the  spiritual  life,  it  makes  itself  known  in  the 
most  powerful  facts,  and  its  attributes  are — Freedom ;  manifesta- 
tion of  power  i7i  all  degrees,  even  to  irresistible  might ;  infinite 
fulness ;  and  vivifying  operation.  The  wind  everywhere  is  be- 
gotten from  a  life  full  of  mystery,  as  if  from  itself ;  so  is  the 
Spirit,  it  is  free.  The  Holy  Spirit  also  begins  its  operations 
with  the  gentlest  whisper ;  but  this  can  become  the  mightiest 
tempest.  But  in  its  fulness  it  is  as  immeasurable  as  the  atmo- 
sphere, for  it  is  the  life  of  God  moving  itself.  And  as  the  wind 
is  an  indispensable  principle  of  life  in  the  material  world,  so  is 
the  Spirit  in  the  spiritual  world.  The  moving  winds  form  the 
vital  element  of  the  globe  ;  the  moving  currents  of  the  Spirit 
are  the  vital  element  of  the  kingdom  of  God.  But  as  the  wind 
places  itself  in  opposition  to  the  water,  in  order  to  form  a  world, 
and  as  witliout  the  antagonism  of  a  solid  world  it  would  only  be 
an  enormous  hurricane ;  so  the  Spirit  manifests  itself  in  living  re- 
ciprocal action  with  man's  definite  hfe,  and  with  the  divine  word 
as  the  life  of  history  ;  and  those  persons  who  turn  history  into 
unsubstantial  shadows,  make  the  Spirit  to  be  No-spirit  (Ungeist). 

Nicodemus  indeed  had  at  first  doubted  the  necessity  of  his 
new  birth  ;  but  now  he  had  received  an  obscure  impression  that 
so  it  must  be.  Christ's  first  address  had  impressed  upon  him 
the  difference  between  the  legal  righteousness  of  one  outwardly 
circumcised  and  the  new  life  of  one  born  again  from  heaven, 
and  his  own  capability  for  the  kingdom  of  heaven.  The  delinea- 
tion of  that  glorious  spiritual  life  brings  gradually  to  his  con- 
sciousness his  own  painful  deficiency,  which  moves  him  as  an 
obscure  aspiration  has  distinguished  him  from  the  common 
Pharisees,  and  driven  him  to  Jesus.  But  he  trembles  at  the 
thought,  whether  it  be  possible  that  such  a  spring-storm  of  an 
awakening  spiritual  life  could  pass  through  his  aged  breast,  and 
exclaims,  'How  can  these  things  be?'  Then  Christ  answers 
him,  'Art  thou  a  teacher  of  Israel,  and  knowest  not  these 
things  V  He  was  not  only  a  teacher  in  Israel,  but  the  teacher 
of  Israel,  since  he  now  wished  to  instruct  Israel  respecting  the 
divine  mission  of  Christ,  and  placed  himself  at  the  head  of  those 
who  w'ere  cognizant  of  the  Messiah.^     He  wished  to  know  the 

1  According  to  SchoU  (see  Lucke,  i.  527),  three  persons  stood  at  the 
head  of  the  Sanhedrim  :  (i.)  the  President  ({<''b3n)  ;  (ii.)  the  Vice-President, 


314  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

fundamental  relations  of  the  kingdom  of  God  ;  and  now  it  be- 
came evident  that  he  did  not  even  know  the  doctrine  of  rege- 
neration, and  therefore  not  thoroughly  the  spiritual  meaning  of 
circumcision.  Now  Christ  confronts  the  bewilderment  of  Nico- 
demus  with  His  own  divine  certainty ;  the  right  relation  between 
Himself  and  Nicodemus  is  firmly  settled.  The  solemn  assevera- 
tion, '  Verily,  verily,  I  say  unto  thee,'  is  repeated  a  third  time, 
and  then  follows  the  declaration,  '  We  speak  that  we  do  know, 
and  testify  that  we  have  seen,  and  ye  receive  not  our  witness.' 
The  plural  of  Christ  is  opposed  to  the  plural  of  Nicodemus  ;  He 
also  has  those  who  share  in  His  knowledge.  Perhaps  He  had  in 
His  thoughts  not  merely  John  the  Baptist,  but  rather  His  dis- 
ciples and  the  whole  world  of  future  believers.^  Nicodemus 
stands  answerable  for  a  visible  party,  which  subsequently  was 
for  the  most  part  dissolved  ;  Christ  for  an  invisible  party,  which 
is  ever  coming  more  powerfully  into  life.  And  with  Him  and 
those  who  belong  to  Him  it  is  not  a  matter  merely  of  intellectual 
knowledge,  but  of  spiritual  intuition,  of  experience ;  therefore 
they  are  not  merely  speakers  concerning  eternal  things,  but  wit- 
nesses out  of  eternity.  This  certainty  with  which  we  meet  you, 
and  which  you  must  feel  in  our  testimony,  will  you  deny  it  ? 
Thus  Christ  introduces  the  disclosures  which  He  wishes  to  make 
to  him  respecting  the  kingdom  of  God.  He  continues  His 
gentle  censure  with  an  expression,  which  probably  means.  If  I 
have  told  you  truths  already  naturalized  on  earth  (in  the  Israel- 
itish  community),  and  ye  believe  Me  not,  how  will  ye  believe  if 

or  pater  domvs  judicii  site  Syvedrii  (p"n  r\''2  ''3S)  ;  and  (iii.)  sitting  on  the 
left,  next  to  the  President,  a  distinguished  member  of  the  Sanhedrim  called 
the  toise  man,  Dan.  Scholl  supposes  that  Nicodemus  occupied  the  place  of 
the  last  mentioned,  and  hence  is  called  the  teacher  of  Israel.  B\it,  apart 
from  the  fact  that  these  official  distinctions  are  doubtful,  the  designations 
ivise  man  and  teacher  of  Israel  are  not  synonymous.  According  to  Liicke, 
the  explanation  of  Erasmus  is  the  true  one,  that  the  definite  article  is  used 
rhetorically, — Ille  doctor,  cujus  tarn  Celebris  est  opinio.  According  to  our 
view,  the  expression  is  not  rhetorical,  but  sharply  definite. 

1  [It  will  be  remembered,  however,  that  the  use  of  the  plural  by  one 
person  addressing  is  by  no  means  so  uncommon  that  it  requires  special  ex- 
planation of  this  kind.  The  Greek  interpreter  in  Cramer's  Catena,  after 
conjecturing  of  whom  the  plural  can  be  used,  concludes,  '  »j  -Tnpl  iocvrov 
y.ovav.''  Alford's  explanation,  '  a  proverbial  saying,'  is  also  quite  admissible, 
and  probably  the  best.— Ed.] 


THE  CONVERSATION  BY  NIGHT  WITH  NICODEMUS.  315 

I  tell  you  the  new  revelations  of  heaven  ?  ^  The  doctrine  of 
regeneration  is  a  truth  which,  as  we  have  seen,  was  brought 
forward  with  sufficient  distinctness  in  the  Old  Testament  to  be 
regarded  as  one  already  naturalized  in  this  world ;  it  is,  besides, 
a  mystery  that  concerns  the  earth,  for  regeneration  has  to  do 
with  earthly-minded  men,  with  earthly  humanity  and  earth. 
And  this  a  heathen  ought  painfully  to  surmise — not  to  say  that 
a  teacher  in  Israel  ought  to  know,  at  least  believe  when  it  is 
announced  to  him.  But  if  he  will  not  believe  when  it  is  an- 
nounced most  solemnly  by  an  acknowledged  Prophet,  how  can 
he  receive  those  heavenly  mysteries  embracing  earth,  but  not 
yet  naturalized  on  earth,  which  become  first  intelligible  in  the 
light  of  regeneration,  since  they  are  the  causes  and  effects  of 
regeneration  ?  How  can  he  become  acquainted  with  the  con- 
cealed side  of  the  spiritual  life,  the  ultimate  whence  and  wJiither 
of  the  spiritual  wind,  when  he  will  not  understand  the  manifest 
side  of  the  same  life,  the  sound  of  that  wind  ?  This  reproof  of 
Christ  excites  the  curiosity  of  His  aged  scholar  for  the  announce- 
ment which  He  has  yet  to  make  to  him.  To  these  heavenly 
doctrines  belongs,  first  of  all,  the  doctrine  of  the  Son  of  God ; 
next,  that  of  atonement ;  then  that  of  redemption  ;  and,  lastly, 
that  of  the  judgment. 

'  No  one  hath  ascended  up  to  heaven  but  He  that  (continually) 
cometh  down  from  heaven,  the  Son  of  man,  who  is  at  home  in 
heaven  (as  His  native  place).''  These  mysterious  words  express 
the  divine  glory  of  Christ  as  it  is  exhibited  in  His  threefold 
relation  to  heaven.  But  these  relations  are  spoken  of  because 
He  wishes  to  announce  to  Nicodemus  those  heavenly  things 
which  no  one  else  can  announce  to  him.  And  the  reason  why 
no  one  else  can  announce  them  is,  because  Jesus  alone  has 
attained  the  heavenly  standpoint  and  range  of  vision,  the  eleva- 
tion required  for  looking  into  all  the  depths  of  the  divine 
counsels.  But  He  has  attained  it,  because  in  heavenly  love  and 
condescension  He  continually  descends  from  the  heaven  of  His 
divine  blessedness  and  glory,  into  all  the  depths  of  human  misery, 
and  even  goes  down  into  hell.  By  His  descending  in  love  He 
has  His  heavenly  elevation  in  knowledge.     And  thus  His  Spirit 

^  Liicke  understands  ru.  sTriysix,  like  Wisd.  x.  16,  t»  i-Tri  yii;,  to  be 
synonymous  with  t«  h  x^P"^"-,  things  intelligible  and  close  at  hand  ;  and  by 
T«  h  ovpxvolr,  things  unsearchable,  at  a  distance,  and  concealed  from  man. 


316  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

floats  upwards  and  downwards  between  heaven  and  earth,  since 
according  to  His  heavenly  nature  and  His  consciousness  He  is 
continually  in  heaven,  and  since  in  the  identity  of  His  conscious- 
ness of  God  and  of  the  world  He  has  the  eternal  consciousness  of 
heaven.^  The  first  clause,  therefore,  marks  His  heavenly  intui- 
tion and  knowledge ;  the  second.  His  heavenly  loving,  suffering, 
and  doing ;  the  third.  His  heavenly  being  and  inner  life.  His 
heavenly  being  is  an  eternal  present;^  His  heavenly  loving, 
suffering,  and  doing,  is  a  constant  constructing  and  administrat- 
ing ^  throughout  His  whole  history ;  His  heavenly  intuition  is  a 
decided  acquisition,  resulting  from  that  life  and  administration.^ 
This  was  the  first  profound  heavenly  truth  of  the  New  Cove- 
nant which  Nicodemus  needed  to  learn  :  that  the  fulness  of 
divine  revelation  and  knowledge  is  laid  up  in  Jesus ;  that  it  pro- 
ceeds from  His  divine  existence,  and  His  heavenly  self-sacrifice 
and  work ;  and  that  He  is  the  Christ.  The  second  great  truth  had 
been  already  announced  by  the  declaration  that  Christ  descended 
from  heaven.     It  is  the  doctrine  of  His  atonino;  sufferings. 

'  And  as  Moses  lifted  up  the  serpent  in  the  wilderness,  even 
so  must  the  Son  of  man  be  lifted  up,  that  whosoever  believeth 
in  Him  should  not  perish,  but  have  eternal  life.'  Under  this 
image  lie  represents  the  atonement,  since  it  strikingly  marks 
the  nature  of  the  atonement,  in  the  mysterious  lifting  up  (vyjrco- 
OrjvaL)  represents  the  descending  and  ascending  of  the  heavenly 
Lord  in  their  unity .^     Moses,  by  Jehovah's  command,  erected  a 

'  Liicke  and  Tholuck  are  mistaken  in  regarding  these  expressions  as 
metaphorical  or  figurative.  Eather,  the  inner  life  of  Christ  in  heaven  is 
altogether  literal  and  real.  ['  To  explain  such  expressions  as  mere  Hebrew 
metaphors,  is  no  more  than  saying  that  Hebrew  metaphors  are  founded  on 
deep  insight  into  divine  truth.' — Alford.  Augustin  says  on  these  words, 
'Ecce  hie  erat,  et  in  coelo  erat:  hie  erat  carne,  in  ccelo  erat  divinitate.' 
Calvin,  with  greater  exactness,  remarks  that  the  'being  in  heaven'  is  pre- 
dicated of  the  humanity  also,  by  the  communicatio  idiomatum. — Ed.] 

2  Hence  the  present  o  uu.  It  is  characteristic  that  since  Erasmus  it  has 
been  the  practice  to  change  6  uu  into  og  ijv.  If  generally  one  part  of  exegesis 
consists  in  rendering  shallow  the  deep  meaning  of  Scripture,  this  is  gene- 
rally most  conspicuous  in  reference  to  passages  like  this,  of  unfathomable 
depth. 

^  Hence  the  aorist  6  x,a,roi,(i()t,g. 

*  Hence  the  perfect  dvxiii(iviKiu.  This  tense  is  decisive  against  those 
who  would  refer  the  word  to  the  ascension. 

*  John  viii.  28,  xii.  32,  34.     In  the  first  passage,  in  the  same  expression 


THE  CONVERSATION  BY  NIGHT  WITH  NICODEMUS.  317 

sio-n  of  deliverance  for  the  Israelites  who  had  been  bitten  in 
their  march  through  the  wilderness  by  poisonous  serpents.  It  is 
remarkable  that  the  sign  of  deliverance  was  the  serpent  itself ;  the 
brazen  image  of  a  serpent,  hung  upon  a  pole.  The  looking  at 
this  serpent,  which  was  no  real  serpent,  but  one  without  life,  and 
yet  lifted  up  on  high,  saved  the  terror-struck  people.^  Thus  the 
human  race  are  to  be  saved.  It  has  been  troubled  by  poisonous 
serpents,  harassed  to  death  by  seducers,  slanderers,  corrupters. 
But  it  must  be  saved  by  beholding  the  elevated  image  of  that 
spiritual  serpent,  by  the  operation  of  the  great  transgressor 
nailed  to  the  tree,  the  Crucified,  whom  the  world  has  cast  out  as 
the  curse,  or  even  as  the  evil  demon  himself.  That  serpent- 
image  was  no  serpent,  but  the  reverse  of  all  serpents,  the  banner  of 
sanctification.  So  is  this  image  of  a  transgressor  no  transgressor, 
not  the  demon  of  the  curse,  but  living  salvation  against  all  the 
destructive  and  satanic  existences  on  earth,  the  Saviour.  With 
the  believing  contemplation  of  the  brazen  serpent,  the  terror- 
struck  lost  all  their  fatal  alarm,  became  death-defying  and  calm 
in  spirit.  By  the  contemplation  of  the  Crucified,  men  are  freed 
from  the  fatal  dread  of  death  and  are  ready  to  surrender  them- 
selves to  the  judgment  of  God.  But  with  the  surrender  to 
judgment,  faith  in  the  atonement  is  gained.  There,  the  serpent- 
image  was  to  express  the  fact,  that  God,  by  the  faith  of  Moses, 
destroyed  the  rage  of  the  serpent's  brood ;  here,  the  image  of  the 
Crucified  expresses  the  truth,  that  God  in  His  death  has  can- 
celled the  sins  of  the  world.  And  as  there  God's  help  had 
descended  so  low  as  to  operate  under  the  form  of  a  poisonous  rep- 

the  reference  to  the  crucifixion  apparently  predominates,  and  in  the  second, 
to  the  glorification,  although  here  the  reference  to  His  death  is  not  wanting. 
Lucke  would  only  allow  a  reference  to  the  crucifixion  (i.  635).  Yet  the 
symbolic  serpent-image  was  so  far  glorified  as  to  be  made  an  image  of  sal- 
vation. 

1  Num.  xxi.  4-9. 

-  The  closer  consideration  of  that  Old  Testament  history  does  not  belong 
to  this  place.  On  the  different  explanation,  see  "Winer's  R.W.B.  The 
rehgious  gist  of  that  miraculous  cure  consisted  in  this,  that  the  image  of  the 
deadly  evil  was  changed  into  the  image  of  the  restorative  salvation — a  divine 
institution  which  by  its  boldness  awakened  the  highest  confidence.  With 
the  horror  of  those  who  looked  on  the  serpent-image  as  an  image  of  salva- 
tion, the  fear  vanished  which  in  a  thousand  ways  the  serpents  themselves 
excited,  and  raised  the  effect  of  the  serpent's  bite  into  a  deadly  terror  in  the 
host. 


318  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHKIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

tile,  SO  here  everlasting  salvation  liad  condescended  to  reconcile 
the  world  under  the  most  accursed  form,  that  of  the  Crucified. 
And  this  is  indeed  the  central  point  of  the  type.  The  Israelite 
bitten  by  the  serpent  obtained,  by  the  contemplation  of  the 
sanative  serpent-image,  a  presage  of  the  deliverance  which  the 
glory  of  God  provided  from  the  deadly  evil,  and  thereby  gained 
a  miraculous  vital  energy ;  the  man  bitten  by  the  serpent  of  sin 
and  of  Satanic  evil,  obtained,  by  the  contemplation  of  the  redeem- 
ing holy  image  of  the  transgressor,  the  confidence  that  God 
condemns  sin  through  sin,  and  in  its  condemnation  establishes 
deliverance  and  reconciliation.  So  rich  are  the  relations  between 
the  brazen  serpent  and  the  crucified  Saviour.  Nicodemus  was, 
indeed,  by  no  means  in  a  condition  to  understand  clearly  the 
language  of  Christ ;  but  this  language  might  convey  to  him  a 
strong  intimation,  that  Christ  could  only  bring  the  salvation  to 
the  people  which  he  expected  from  Him  under  a  form  of  dread- 
ful suffering. 

Thus  he  received  in  an  obscure  form,  but  more  exciting  to 
his  reflection,  the  second  revelation  of  heaven.  We  learn  in  the 
next  place  how  the  atonement  is  exhibited  in  its  more  general 
form  as  redemption.  'For  God  so  loved  the  world  that- He 
gave  His  only-begotten  Son,  that  whosoever  believeth  in  Him 
should  not  perish,  but  have  everlasting  life.  For  God  sent  not 
His  Son  into  the  world  to  condemn  the  world,  but  that  the 
world  through  Him  might  be  saved.'  Thus  the  whole  w^ork  of 
atonement  appears  in  the  light  of  redeeming  love ; — God  as  the 
most  Merciful  One  in  His  love ;  Christ  as  the  given  and  self- 
surrendering  Kedeemer ;  the  world  as  the  object  of  love  to  be 
purchased  at  the  highest  price ;  the  believer  as  one  who  is  re- 
deemed for  the  blessedness  of  love,  and  who  in  believing  gains 
the  principle  of  an  imperishable,  blessed  life.  By  means  of  this 
third  revelation  of  heavenly  things,  Nicodemus  would  learn 
the  extent  of  redemption :  how  it  proceeds  from  a  love  of  God 
embracing  the  whole  world ;  that  it  embraces  all  men,  and  not 
merely  the  Jews,  as  the  pharisaic  spirit  might  imagine. 

But  as  redemption  does  not  reject  believing  Gentiles,  so 
judgment  does  not  spare  unbelieving  Jews.  Judgment  makes 
no  difference  between  Jews  and  Gentiles,  but  between  believers 
and  unbelievers.  This  is  the  last  great  heavenly  truth  which 
he  has  to  learn. 


THE  CONVERSATION  BY  NIGHT  WITH  NICODEMUS.  319 

Christ  therefore  came  into  the  world,  not  to  condemn  the 
world,  at  least  not  in  the  sense  in  which  the  Jews  expected  Him 
to  be  a  rigorous  judge  of  the  Gentile  world.  Rather  the  world 
is  to  be  saved  by  Him  ;  and  whosoever  truly  believes  in  Him  is 
not  condemned.  He  has  in  Christ  received  the  life  of  righteous- 
ness, and  incorporated  it  in  his  inmost  soul ;  therefore  sin  is 
ever  more  condemned  in  him  and  expelled,  while  he  himself 
is  purified  and  redeemed  in  his  own  being.  But  a  man  can 
refuse  to  believe  in  Christ ;  and  if  he  does  so,  judgment  has 
already  been  passed  upon  him  in  his  unbelief.  In  its  principle, 
the  unfolding  of  his  condemnation  has  already  begun,  since  he 
has  excluded  himself  from  the  kingdom  of  light,  love,  and  re- 
conciliation. He  has  not  believed ; — that  means,  in  the  solemn 
perfect  form  :  he  has  chosen,  he  has  made  up  his  mind.  But 
he  has  not  believed  in  the  name  of  the  only-begotten  Son  of 
God,  that  is,  not  in  the  highest  perfect  revelation  of  God  to  the 
human  race, — not  in  the  highest  act  of  love, — not  in  the  light 
principle  of  the  ideality  and  glorification  of  the  whole  world, 
and  of  the  ideality  of  his  own  being,  nor  in  the  expression  of  the 
eternal  personality  of  God  and  of  humanity,  in  that  personality 
which  makes  heaven  and  earth  one. 

Therefore  this  faith,  as  well  as  this  unbelief,  is  throughout 
of  an  ethical  nature,  determining  the  worth  of  a  man  in  God's 
sight.  Faith  in  Christ  has  the  worth  of  righteousness  in  judg- 
ment, because  it  consists  in  the  surrender  to  righteousness  which 
verifies  itself  in  judgment.  Unbelief  towards  Christ,  on  the 
other  hand,  is  the  judgment  of  man  respecting  himself,  that  he 
cannot  lay  hold  of  and  accept  the  heavenly  moral  system  in  its 
clearest  expression  and  principle  in  the  life  of  Christ.  By  it  a 
man  rejects  his  citizenship  in  the  ideal  world  of  Christ,  and  ad- 
judges himself  to  an  entirely  opposite  system  full  of  condemna- 
tion. Hence  unbelief  has  the  demerit  of  all  the  bad  qualities 
which  it  contains  dynamically  in  itself  and  can  originate.  But 
how  can  this  fearful  decision  be  formed  in  a  man  ?  It  is  at  all 
events  the  result  of  a  persistence  in  evil-doing.  Thus  there 
arises  '  the  condemnatioli,  that  light  is  come  into  the  world,  and 
men  loved  darkness  rather  than  light,  because  their  deeds  were 
evil.'  Condemnation  therefore  proceeds  from  aversion  to  the 
light,  and  this  is  perfectly  identical  with  aversion  to  Christ.  It 
is  an  aversion  to  the  ideal  clearness  of  the  intuition  of  the  world 


320  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

(  Weltanschauung),  to  the  apprehension  of  life  in  its  pure  eternal 
relations.  Now  light  is  this  ideality  of  the  world,  and  Christ  is 
the  light,  because  in  Him  the  world  discloses  itself  as  the  king- 
dom of  spirit.  This  aversion  could  not  be  formed  in  man  if  he 
did  not  really  hold  fast  the  darkness,  the  confusion  of  the  world 
in  his  consciousness  and  of  consciousness  in  the  world, — if  he  did 
not  seek  in  religious  and  moral  self-bewilderment  a  protection 
for  his  evil  works,  his  outward  deeds,  and  the  deeds  of  his  heart. 
This  therefore  is  the  condemnation  :  it  is  already  there ;  its  com- 
mencement has  been  made.  But  all  men  do  not  prefer  the 
darkness  to  the  light.  Respecting  this  contrast,  the  Lord  finally 
lays  down  a  general  canon  :  '  Every  one  that  doeth  evil  hateth 
the  light,  neither  cometh  to  the  light,  lest  his  deeds  should  be 
reproved.  But  he  that  doeth  truth  cometh  to  the  light,  that  his 
deeds  may  be  made  manifest,  that  they  are  wrought  in  God.' 
He  who  does  evil  is  bewildered  himself  and  bewilders  others, 
and  therefore  cannot  love  the  principle  which  would  extricate 
him,  that  is,  the  light.  So  when  the  clearness  of  the  light  meets 
him,  his  life  appears  in  its  criminality  as  a  perversion  of  life. 
Thus  the  light  punishes  him  ;  therefore  he  hates  the  light,  and 
chooses  darkness.  But  it  is  altogether  different  with  the  man 
who  does  the  truth  as  it  manifests  itself  to  his  inmost  soul.  He 
follows  the  impulse  of  eternal  clearness,  and  therefore  cannot 
help  coming  to  the  light.  His  works  are  children  of  the  light ; 
they  must  enter  into  their  element,  into  the  light.  Good  is  itself 
a  part  of  eternal  revelation  :  it  is  done  in  God  ;  therefore  it  can- 
not remain  hid,  it  must  become  manifest.  This  close  is  tho- 
roughly suited  to  form  the  last  words  with  which  Jesus  dismissed 
Nicodemus.  If  we  imagine  that  the  Lord  went  with  Nicodemus 
to  the  door  when  he  left,  and  uttered  these  last  words  to  him 
under  the  darkness  of  the  evening  sky,  we  shall  probably  feel 
what  a  striking,  powerful,  and  admonitory  farewell  they  contain. 
Nicodemus  by  his  nocturnal  visit  had  apparently  ranked  himself 
with  those  who,  with  an  evil  conscience,  seek  the  darkness  for 
their  evil  deeds.  For  this  the  Lord  rebuked  him  ;  but  He  also 
blessed  the  thirst  of  his  upright  soul  for  light,  and  therefore  dis- 
missed him  with  words  of  most  distinct  hope  and  promise,  as  if 
He  had  said  to  him,  '  Thou  art  nevertheless  a  child  of  the  light, 
and  wilt  surely  be  led  into  the  light  by  the  impulse  of  thy  up- 
rightness.    Yes,  thy  present  act  of  feeble  faith  which  the  night 


THE  CONVERSATION  BY  NIGHT  WITH  NICODEMUS.      321 

conceals,  shall  become  manifest  in  the  light,  because  it  is  wrought 
in  God,  when  thou  thyself  shalt  one  day  come  to  the  light,  both 
in  the  clear  day  of  the  Spirit,  of  revelation,  and  in  the  clear  day 
of  the  world,  of  publicity.  We  shall  meet  again  in  the  light ! ' 
When  at  a  later  period  Christ  hung  on  the  cross,  Nicodemus 
with  his  faith  and  work  of  faith  came  decidedly  to  the  light. 
Christ's  promise  then  obtained  its  complete  fulfilment.  But 
here  Nicodemus,  on  his  leaving,  took  it  with  him  as  a  fruitful 
seed-corn  in  his  heart. 


1.  '  The  whole  scene  with  Nicodemus  is  treated  by  Strauss 
as  a  fiction  which  owed  its  origin  to  the  reproach  that  the  suc- 
cess of  the  Gospel  was  confined  to  the  lower  classes,  which  left 
a  sting  behind  in  the  souls  of  the  first  Christians.  But  Neander 
has  shown,  with  historical  as  well  as  Christian  penetration,  that 
the  Christians  of  that  first  age  rather  gloried  in  the  fact  that 
the  common  people  were  exalted  to  such  dignity  by  Christ.' 
Thus  Tholuck,  p.  124.  The  explanation  of  Strauss  (i.  661) 
belongs  to  his  peculiar  view  of  the  poverty-stricken  character 
of  man,  and  especially  of  the  Christian,  and  proceeds  on  the 
assumption  that  the  poor  primitive  Church,  which  was  unable  to 
win  any  proselytes  from  the  higher  classes,  created  imaginary 
proselytes,  though  certainly  on  a  less  noble  principle  than  that 
which  instigated  the  poor  schoolmaster,  in  Jean  Paul,  to  write  a 
Klopstock's  Messiah  becavise  he  was  too  poor  to  buy  one.  The 
only  place  where  one  really  misses  the  mention  of  Nicodemus  is 
Matt,  xxvii.  57.  Why,  it  is  asked,  is  not  Nicodemus  mentioned 
here  as  the  helper  of  Joseph  of  Arimathea  ?  But  it  is  at  once 
evident  that  the  reason  of  this  special  mention  of  Joseph  alone 
is,  that  it  was  he  who  begged  the  body  of  Jesus  from  Pilate, 
and  he  who  had  made  ready  the  tomb  for  its  reception. 

2.  According  to  Baur,  in  his  Essay  on  the  Comjwsition  and 
Character  of  Johns  Gospel,  Nicodemus  is  to  be  regarded  as  the 
representative  of  unbelieving  Judaism  even  in  his  faith,  and  on 
the  other  hand,  the  woman  of  Samaria  as  the  representative  of 
such  Gentiles  as  were  susceptible  of  faith.  A  person  must  read 
this  statement  of  Baur's,  to  be  convinced  how  far  the  passion  for 
making  an  allegorical  scheme  out  of  the  living  reality  of  the 

VOL.  II.  X 


322  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

Gospel  history  can  lead  to  the  most  unfortunate  distortions  of 
that  history.  Not  to  say  that  we  are  here  offered  nothing  but  the 
moonshine  of  sj)iritualistic  fictions  for  the  sunshine  of  the  highest 
ideal  reality,  the  allegorist  never  once  reaches  the  pure  realization 
of  the  living  poetical  contents  of  these  evangelic  representations, 
but  covers  them  all  over  with  his  stiff  rationalist  constructions, 
with  much  the  same  effect  as  covering  a  beautiful  painting  with 
large  dull  patches  of  one  colour.  We  do  not  meet  with  even  the 
ordinary  freshness  of  colouring  of  the  simplest  kind  on  the  tablet 
of  Nicodemus,  but  only  a  dirty  grey.  '  Faith  on  account  of 
(Trjfiela,  such  as  is  ascribed  to  Nicodemus,  it  is  said,  is  related  to 
true  faith  as  the  outward  to  the  inward,  or  the  carnal  to  the 
spiritual ;  and  hence  it  is  nothing  but  a  further  description  of  the 
faith  that  relies  on  crrj/neta,  when  Nicodemus,  however  fairly  we 
may  estimate  his  want  of  understanding,  appears  as  a  teacher  in 
Israel,  to  whom,  in  his  incapacity  of  rising  above  sensuous  ex- 
perience to  spiritual  conceptions,  all  susceptibility  for  true  faith 
in  Jesus  w^as  wanting.'  Here  at  last  the  author  of  the  fourth 
Gospel  must  be  allowed  to  justify  himself.  He  unquestionably 
places  Nicodemus  among  the  friends  of  light ;  our  critic  places 
him  on  the  side  of  darkness.  On  the  other  hand,  the  poor 
Samaritan  woman  is  to  represent  the  whole  Gentile  world,  though 
she  refers  to  ^our  father  Jacob;'  and  moreover  is  to  exemplify 
the  susceptibility  for  faith  which  asks  not  after  signs,  though  her 
faith  originates  entirely  from  the  wonderful  insight  of  the  Lord 
into  her  life. 

3.  The  section  from  vers.  16-21  has  been  considered,  after 
the  example  of  Erasmus,  by  most  theologians  in  modern  times 
as  a  carrying  out  of  the  conversation  of  Jesus  with  Nicodemus, 
which  we  are  to  ascribe  to  the  Evangelist  himself  (compare 
Liicke,  i.  543  ;  Tholuck,  p.  123  ;  Adalb.  Maier,  p.  302).  In  the 
first  place,  it  favours  this  view,  that  the  conversational  style  is 
entirely  dropped  from  ver.  16.  Moreover,  the  expression  fiovo- 
'yev7]<i  occurs  only  in  discourse  that  is  strictly  John's  own — for  ex- 
ample, i.  14, 18, — not  in  the  discourses  of  Jesus.  Besides,  many 
expressions  betray  the  later  consciousness  of  the  writer  which 
look  back  to  the  completed  history  of  Jesus  ;  such  as  the  past 
tenses,  and  among  these,  especially  7]<y dinger av  and  r]v,  ver.  19. 
But  the  first  reason  alleged  would  lead  to  the  supposition,  that 
the  conversation  communicated  by  John  must  be  artistically 


THE  CONVERSATION  BY  NIGHT  WITH  NICODEMUS.  323 

carried  out,  but  could  not  merge  into  an  explicatory  discourse  of 
the  Lord.  But  this  assumption  would  be  arbitrary  and  false,  since 
it  is  rather  in  accordance  with  the  character  of  Christ's  ministry 
for  vivid  developments  of  His  teaching  to  arise  out  of  conversa- 
tions immediately  preceding.  As  to  the  expression  fj,ovoy€vrj<;, 
and  the  Evangelist's  colouring  of  the  representation,  there  is  no 
reason  for  denying  that  this  expression  might  have  been  formed 
by  the  apostle  in  reporting  his  recollections.  Yet  neither  is  it 
inconceivable  that  John  might  have  taken  this  expression  as 
originally  used  by  Christ  on  this  occasion,  and  incorporated  it 
with  his  theology.  The  passage  in  ver.  19,  apparently,  may  be 
referred  most  decidedly  to  a  later  standpoint.  According  to 
the  common  conception  of  the  evangelic  history,  it  seems  as  if 
at  the  time  of  this  conversation  no  such  decision,  involving  con- 
demnation, as  Christ  here  characterizes  it,  had  taken  place.  But 
if  we  contemplate  the  history  of  the  temptation  according  to 
our  view  of  it,  and  likewise  take  into  account  the  unfavourable 
attitude  which  a  part  of  the  Sanhedrim  must  have  already  taken 
openly  in  reference  to  Jesus — since  only  such  an  attitude  can 
explain  the  visit  by  night  of  Nicodemus, — the  condemnation  had 
already  begun.  The  light  had  already  manifested  itself  in  the 
world ;  it  had  already  called  forth  a  decision  and  a  separation, 
though  at  first  only  as  germinant.  On  the  one  hand,  the  ma- 
jority of  the  Jewish  rulers,  who  as  the  deciding  authorities  are 
called  01  avOpwiroc,  had  already  chosen  the  darkness.  On  the 
other  hand,  the  upright  had  begun,  although  timidly  like  Nico- 
demus, to  come  to  the  light.  Christ  could  therefore  point  to  the 
condemnation  as  a  fact  already  existing.  Therefore  the  reasons 
on  account  of  which  some  would  separate  this  section  from  the 
conversation  itself,  are  not  decisive  ;  while  we,  on  the  contrary, 
have  cogent  reasons  for  maintaining  the  unity  of  the  two  parts. 
Liicke  remarks,  that  everything  is  wanting  by  which  the  transi- 
tion from  the  conversation  to  John's  own  reflections  would  be 
outwardly  marked ;  on  the  other  hand,  the  <yap  (ver.  16)  seems 
to  mark  most  distinctly  the  continuation  of  the  conversation. 
Besides,  it  is  to  be  observed  that  the  conversation  would  be  in  its 
structure  a  fragment  if  it  ended  with  ver.  15,  and  that  it  would 
break  off  just  where  it  had  begun,  and  announced  an  important 
conclusion.  The  iirovpavia,  namely,  which  are  announced  in  ver. 
12,  are  partially  communicated  in  vers.  13  and  14  ;  the  continua- 


324         PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

tion  follows  from  ver.  16  to  the  close.  This  complement  belongs, 
therefore,  altogether  to  the  conversation.  But  one  most  decisive 
circumstance  has  been  altogether  overlooked.  In  the  15th  verse 
there  is  no  special  reference  to  Nicodemus — no  farewell ;  it  is 
all  general.  On  the  other  hand,  vers.  20  and-21  contain  a  most 
touching  farewell,  which  marks  distinctly  the  relation  of  this 
man  to  Jesus,  as  we  have  already  noticed  above ;  since  Jesus 
rebukes  with  a  gentle  censure  his  coming  by  night,  and  invites 
him  to  come  to  Him  for  the  future  in  clear  daylight. 


SECTION    VII. 

THE  LAST  PUBLIC  TESTIMONY  OF  THE  BAPTIST  TO  JESUS. 

(John  iii.  22-36.) 

From  Jerusalem  Jesus  betook  Himself  with  His  discijjles  to 
a  district  in  the  land  of  Judea,  which  is  not  more  distinctly 
specified.  Here  He  tarried  with  them  and  baptized.  On  this 
latter  point  the  Evangelist  explains  himself  more  particularly  in 
chap.  iv.  2,  and  remarks  that  Jesus  Himself  baptized  not,  but  His 
disciples.  Therefore  they  baptized  by  His  authority.^  John  the 
Baptist  was  at  the  same  time  still  discharging  his  office.  But  he 
was  baptizing  at  Enon,  near  Salim ;  '  because  there  was  much 
water  there,'  says  the  Evangelist.  According  to  the  old  geo- 
graphical tradition  which  yve  find  in  Eusebius  and  Jerome,  this 
town  was  situated  in  the  Samaritan  territory.^     But  the  circum- 

^  [' Semper  is  dicitur  facere,  cui  prseministratur.  .  .  .  Itaquetinguebant 
discipuli  ejus,  ut  ministri.' — Tertullian,  de  haptismo,  c.  11.  Similarly  Beugel 
in  loc. — Alford  aptly  compares  the  case  of  Paul,  1  Cor.  i.  14.  Lampe  ob- 
jects to  all  the  reasons  commonly  assigned,  and  concludes  '  res  non  adeo 
plana  est.' — Ed.] 

^  Compare  Liicke,  Commentar  i.  553 ;  and  Winer,  Pk..  W.B.^  art.  Aenon  and 
Salem;  Robinson,  ii.  279  [also  iii.  298].  The  Salim  which  Robinson  found 
not  far  from  Nabulus  lies  at  such  a  distance  from  the  Jordan,  that  it  is  not 
very  probable  that  Enou  was  on  the  banks  of  that  river.  Probably  it  was, 
according  to  Liicke,  only  a  place  of  fountains,  pyy  is  derived  from  py  a  foun- 
tain. On  the  form,  see  Tholuck,  p.  127.  But  if  Enon  was  situated  near  the 
Jordan,  the  expression  '  there  was  much  water  there'  would  not  be  used  with- 
out a  reason — not  so  ridiculous  as  some  would  wish  to  make  it,  for  every  boy 
knows  that  it  is  not  every  part  of  a  river's  banks  which  is  suited  for  bathing 


THE  LAST  PUBLIC  TESTIMONY  OF  THE  BAPTIST  TO  JESUS.      325 

stance  that  the  Baptist  should  baptize  on  Samaritan  ground  has 
appeared  so  strange,  that  it  has  been  preferred  to  place  these 
towns  lower  do^vn,  within  the  bounds  of  Judea,  or  to  consider 
places  with  names  of  a  similar  sound — Silchim^  or  Seleim,  and 
Ain,  which,  according  to  Josh.,  xv.  32,  lay  on  the  most  southern 
border  of  Judea — as  those  which  are  here  specified.  But  Silchim 
is  not  convertible  with  Salim,  though  we  might  allow  Ain  to  be 
used  for  Enon.  Besides,  it  is  improbable  that  John,  so  short  a 
time  before  his  imprisonment,  should  have  stayed  here  in  the  south 
of  Judea.  We  must  therefore  turn  to  those  places  fixed  by 
tradition,  if  we  would  know  anything  more  exactly  about  Enon. 
But  if  we  were  induced  to  give  up  the  site  of  Enon,  as  stated  in 
Jerome,  by  remarking  that  there  might  be,  and  actually  were, 
places  in  different  parts  of  Palestine  which  were  called  '  Foun- 
tains' or  '  at  the  pools,'  yet  it  must  be  observed  that  here  in  the 
text,  as  in  Jerome,  Enon  and  Salim  are  closely  connected. 
When  therefore  ancient  tradition  points  out  two  places  whicli 
are  quite  contiguous,  as  the  Gospel  history  asserts  of  two  like- 
named  places,  and  when  that  tradition  maintains  that  these  places 
are  the  same  which  are  here  mentioned,  we  must  let  the  matter 
rest.  And  in  this  instance  it  is  nothing  to  the  purpose  to  remove 
the  place  into  the  Jewish  territory,  in  order  to  make  the  repre- 
sentation more  readily  explicable,  that  John  baptized  there.  The 
view  must  be  justified  rather  on  the  ground  of  the  judaizing  mind 
of  the  Baptist.  That  large-hearted  theocrat  who  addressed  to 
the  Pharisees  that  bold  word  of  Universalism,  '  God  can  of  these 
stones  raise  up  children  unto  Abraham,'  was  able  as  a  prophet 
to  occupy  a  standpoint  on  which  he  could  regard  the  Samaritans 
as  a  part  of  the  Israelitish  family.  It  would  be  committing  a 
great  mistake  to  confound  his  theocratic  strictness  with  Jewish 
narrow-heartedness,  and  evince  a  blunted  sensibility  to  the  mental 
elevation  of  that  ardent  strictness.  How  could  that  mightiest 
thunderer  in  Israel,  Elijah,  be  an  inmate  so  long  with  a  Phoeni- 
cian widow,  if  in  that  zealous  spirit  there  had  not  been  lodged 
the  germ  of  the  most  wide-hearted  humanity?  Thus  Jonah 
was  sent  to  preach  repentance  to  the  heathen  Ninevites.  But 
our  text  appears  to  contain  several  indications  that  John  was  now 
baptizing  in  the  Samaritan  territory.     Probably  the  Evangelist 

'  DTI^C',  or  2i?i££/>  according  to  the  Cod.  Alex,  of  tlie  Septuagint. 


326  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

had  this  contrast  in  his  thoughts  when  he  wrote  the  singular 
clause,  '  Jesus  came'  (from  Jerusalem,  in  the  centre  of  Judea) 
'  into  the  land  of  Judea,'  and  baptized  there.  He  also  assigns 
a  reason  for  the  remarkable  choice  of  a  place  by  the  Baptist,  in 
the  words,  '  because  there  was  much  water  there  ;'  and  when  he 
goes  on  to  say,  '  and  they  came  and  were  baptized,'  it  seems 
as  if  he  meant — '  it  succeeded,  though  it  seemed  hazardous, — 
persons  presented  themselves  for  baptism  even  here.'  Also, 
the  fact,  that  a  Jew^  disputed  with  some  disciples  of  John 
about  the  baptism  of  purification,^  appears  to  indicate  that  this 
Jew  had  some  objection  to  make  to  the  validity  of  the  rite  ad- 
ministered by  the  Baptist.  Probably  he  gave  the  preference  to 
the  rite  which  the  disciples  of  Jesus  administered,  because  it 
was  performed  in  the  land  of  Judea.  But  lastly,  it  might 
naturally  be  expected  that  the  man  who  was  destined  to  devote 
his  life  to  God  as  the  forerunner  of  Christ,  the  great  restorer  of 
all  Israelities,  and  in  truth  of  all  nations,  would  at  least  take  the 
first  steps  in  his  office,  to  pass  beyond  the  bounds  of  an  exclusive 
Judaism.  But  if  any  one  made  objections  to  this  bold  enlarge- 
ment of  his  sphere,  he  would  probably  answer,  in  a  tone  of  re- 
buke, I  find  much  water  here,  and  much  water  I  require  for  the 
purification  of  this  people. 

Thus,  tlien,  Jesus  and  John  for  a  short  time  were  occupied 
near  one  another  in  the  administration  of  baptism.  The  Evan- 
gelist adds  to  his  account  the  explanatory  observation,  '  John 
was  not  yet  cast  into  prison.'  This  at  least  determines  the  cor- 
rect chronological  relation  between  the  beginning  of  the  history 
of  the  ministry  of  Jesus,  according  to  John,  and  the  first  occur- 
rences in  the  same  ministry  which  are  narrated  in  the  synoptic 
Gospels.  It  has  been  already  remarked,  that  the  synoptists 
pass  over  the  beginning  of  it.  But  it  has  been  thought  surpris- 
ing that  Jesus  arnd  John  should  thus  stay  and  baptize  in  each 
other's  vicinity.  It  may  be  here  asked,  especially,  why  John 
did  not  enrol  himself  among  the  disciples  of  Jesus  ?  This  has 
already  been  answered.     In  this  case,  John  would  have  relin- 

'  '  The  preponderating  majority  of  the  most  important  authorities  have 
'lov^ctiov  instead  of  'lovlxiui/.'' — LUcke,  i.  555.  [So  Lachmann,  Tischendorf, 
Alford,  and  Wordsworth.] 

^  The  expression  -^ipl  y.!tdctp:aj^oi>  plainly  shows  that  baptism  was  re- 
garded in  its  connection  with  the  Jewish  symbolic  ablutions. 


THE  LAST  rUBLIC  TESTIMONY  OF  THE  BAPTIST  TO  JESUS.      327 

quislied  the  Messianic  service  which  had  been  specially  assigned 
to  him.  This  must  liave  made  him  certain,  in  his  position,  that 
Jesus  did  not  require  liim  to  be  an  outward  follower.  But  the 
other  question  is  more  difficult.  Why  did  Jesus  allow  His  dis- 
ciples to  baptize  close  by  John  1  At  the  first  glance  it  might 
seem  as  if  the  great  act  of  purifying  was  thereby  divided.  But 
this  act  was  of  such  significance,  that  possibly  ten  zealous  theo- 
crats  might  have  administered  it  in  different  parts  of  the  land, 
without  breaking  up  its  unity ;  just  as  now  it  is  administered  by 
thousands  of  the  clergy  throughout  the  world,  and  everywhere 
has  the  same  meaning  of  incorporation  into  the  Church  of  Christ. 
Besides,  we  cannot  but  suppose  that  the  disciples  who  here 
surround  the  Lord,  and  probably  consisted  of  some  of  John's 
disciples,  whose  numbers  might  be  increased  by  Jewish  adherents 
of  Jesus,  were  accustomed  to  adopt  this  method  of  preparing  the 
way  for  the  kingdom  of  Christ.  And  it  might  be  important 
to  them  to  perform  their  old  work  with  new  joy  and  mental 
elevation  in  the  presence  of  Christ  and  under  His  authority. 

The  relation  of  the  baptism  of  John  to  the  baptism  of  Jesus 
has  been  often  discussed.  Tholuck^  distinguishes  the  baptism 
of  John  from  this  first  baptism  of  Jesus,  and  this  again  from  the 
baptism  of  the  Christian  Church,  which  Jesus  instituted  before 
His  ascension,  and  which  began  after  the  outpouring  of  the  Holy 
Spirit.  According  to  Tholuck,  the  first  baptism  was  into  the 
future  Messiah  ;  the  second,  into  the  Messiah  who  had  actutilly 
come ;  the  third,  again,  had  a  character  of  its  own.  We  may 
certainly  speak  of  different  forms  of  baptism ;  but  it  is  not  prac- 
ticable to  see  in  them,   at  the  same  time,  different  kinds  of 

^  See  his  Commentary,  p.  125.  [Robert  Hall,  Terms  of  Communion  (post- 
script), Works  ii.  170;  also  his  Essential  Difference  between  Christian  Baptism 
and  the  Baptism  of  John,  Works  ii.  175-232.— Tr.  Calvin  {Instit.  iv.  15, 18), 
Turretin  (Instit.  xix.  16),  and  Witsius  (De  Q^eon.  Fed.  iv.  10,  9)  agree  in 
maintaining  that  the  baptism  of  John  agreed  with  that  of  Jesus  in  essentials, 
but  differed  in  circumstances,  and  especially  in  the  smaller  gift  of  the  Spirit 
■which  accompanied  that  of  John.  The  Council  of  Trent  says  summarily 
(Sess.  vii.  Can.  1),  '  Si  quis  dixerit,  Baptismum  Johannis  habuisse  eandem 
vim  cum  baptismo  Christi,  anathema  sit.'  TertuUian  has  been  quoted  on 
the  other  side  (De  Baptismo,  c.  4), — '  Nee  quicquam  refert  inter  eos,  quos 
Joannes  in  Jordane  et  quos  Petrus  in  Tiberi  tinxit ;'  but  this  he  said  only  to 
show  that  there  was  no  special  sanctity  in  any  particular  water.  In  chap. 
11  of  the  same  treatise  be  takes  up  the  above  question.  Burnett  (On  the 
Thirty-nine  Articles,  Art.  27)  also  treats  it,  but  is  not  satisfactory. — Ed.] 


328  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

baptism.  It  is  here  of  the  first  importance  to  determine  the 
peculiar  significance  of  baptism.  The  essential  character  of 
baptism  lies  not  in  its  various  relations  to  the  appearance  of  the 
Messiah,  but  in  its  symbolically  representing  the  purification  (the 
KadapKTfxo'i)  of  the  defiled  for  the  pure  host,  the  community  or 
society  of  the  Messiah.  Hence  there  is  only  one  proper  bap- 
tismal rite  from  the  beginning  of  the  tabernacle  to  the  end  of 
the  world — the  water-baptism  of  the  theocratic  community,  as  a 
symbol  of  the  Spirit-baptism  by  which  this  community  is  con- 
verted from  a  typical  into  a  real  community  of  God.  The  Spirit- 
baptism  of  Christ  is,  after  all,  the  only  proper  baptism,  when  we 
speak  of  the  essence  of  baptism  and  not  of  the  rite.  On  the 
other  hand,  water-baptism  is  the  only  proper  baptism,  when  we 
speak  of  the  rite  and  not  of  its  essential  significance.  Hence 
Liicke^  is  justified  in  maintaining  'the  essential  identity  of 
John's  baptism  with  Christ's  water-baptism ;'  only  it  easily 
creates  a  misconception  to  designate  the  latter  baptism  as  water- 
baptism.  The  relation  of  symbolical  to  essential  baptism  is  re- 
presented in  a  threefold  manner.  On  the  one  hand  stands  the 
baptism  of  John — water-baptism  connected  with  the  promise  of 
Spirit-baptism.  On  the  other  hand  stands  the  proper  baptism  of 
Christ — the  Spirit-baptism  connected  with  the  sacramental  sealing 
by  means  of  water-baptism.  Between  these  two  appears  the  third 
form  of  baptism,  the  transitional  form — a  water-baptism  which 
was  supplemented  by  the  beginning  of  the  Spirit-baptism.  The 
baptism  of  the  Christian  Church  may  appear  in  all  these  forms." 
That  water-baptism  which  some  disciples  of  Jesus  administered 
for  a  while  under  His  inspection  in  Judea,  may  be  regarded  as  a 
transitional  form.  Christ  permitted  His  disciples  this  kind  of 
ministry,  while  He  supplemented  it  by  His  own. 

But  why,  then,  did  the  disciples  suddenly  abandon  their 
administration  of  baptism  I  For  this  we  inust  suppose,  since, 
till  the  founding  of  the  Christian  Church  at  Pentecost,  we  hear 
no  more  of  baptism.  On  this  striking  fact  Liicke  makes  the 
following  remark  (Commentar  i.  559)  :  'Must  not  the  reason  of 
this  have  been,  that  definite  faith  in  Jesus  the  Christ,  as  in- 
volved in  baptism,  appeared  so  seldom  in  the  lifetime  of  Jesus, 

1  Commentar  i.  551. 

2  In  compulsory  baptism  it  sinks  below  John's  baptism  ;  for  compulsory 
baptism  is,  properly  speaking,  no  baptism. 


THE  LAST  PUBLIC  TESTIMONY  OF  THE  BAPTIST  TO  JESUS.  329 

and  so  much  the  less,  as  Christ,  in  reference  to  His  adherents, 
attended  more  to  their  selection  than  to  increasing  their  number?' 
But  yet,  during  the  whole  period  of  Christ's  ministry,  individual 
confessors  of  His  Messiahship  were  always  coming  forward,  who, 
according  to  Liicke's  supposition,  must  have  submitted  to  bap- 
tism. This  difficulty  can  only  be  explained  from  the  far  too  little 
understood  social  significance  of  baptism.  Baptism  constituted 
a  distinct  contrast  between  the  old  impure,  and  the  new  purified 
community.  As  long  as  the  Baptist  and  Christ  were  not  checked 
in  their  ministry,  the  Israelitish  social  body  (^Societat)  might  be 
regarded  as  a  community  making  a  transition  from  impurity  to 
purity.  But  no  sooner  was  the  Baptist,  the  primary  organ  of 
purification,  imprisoned,  and  the  guilt  of  his  execution  laid  on 
the  tetrarch  of  Galilee,  and  mediately  on  the  whole  land,  than 
the  state  of  the  case  was  altered.  Whither  should  the  baptized 
in  Galilee  be  directed  and  conducted  ?  The  circumstance  that 
the  baptism  of  Jesus  was  questioned  in  the  Sanhedrim  (iv.  1) 
jnight  render  doubtful  the  admissibility  of  further  baptisms. 
The  nation,  as  a  nation,  could  no  longer  be  baptized  when  the 
representatives  of  the  nation  gave  positive  indications  that  this 
act  appeared  to  them  objectionable  or  suspicious.  But  as  Jesus 
not  long  after  was  treated  by  the  Sanhedrim  as  an  excommuni- 
cated person  (John  ix.  22),  it  would  have  been  in  the  highest 
degree  against  the  truth  and  social  sense  of  honour,  if  He  had 
introduced  baptized  persons  into  that  social  body  which  had 
excommunicated  Him.  But  as  little  was  it  the  time  when,  in 
contrast  to  the  impure  host,  He  could  have  formed  a  pure  one 
into  an  outward  Christian  society.  He  must  now  go  out  of  that 
camp  bearing  His  reproach  (Heb.  xiii.  13),  and,  by  the  baptism 
of  blood  which  He  endured,  a  people  were  collected  who  were 
ready  to  go  with  Him  out  of  that  camp  and  to  present  them- 
selves opposite  to  it  as  His  Church.  Hence  baptism  was  now 
soon  suspended  till  the  completion  of  His  work. 

Through  the  ministry  of  Christ,  the  baptism  of  His  disciples 
gained  a  fuller  meaning  and  made  a  more  powerful  impression 
than  the  baptism  of  John.  For  it  so  happened  that  the  conflu- 
ence of  the  people  to  Jesus  became  greater,  while  that  to  the 
Baptist  dechned.  This  mortified  John's  disciples ;  and,  more- 
over, at  last  the  reproaches  which  that  Jew  mentioned  by  the 
Evangelist  seems  to  have  cast  upon  them,  aroused  their  jealousy. 


330  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

So  tliej  hasten  to  him  and  vent  their  complaints.  '  Rabbi,  He 
that  was  with  thee  beyond  Jordan,  to  whom  thou  barest  witness, 
behold,  the  same  baptizeth,  and  all  men  come  to  Him.'  They 
avoid  mentioning  the  name  of  Jesus — a  suspicious  sign  !  They 
seem  to  wish  to  suggest  to  their  master,  that  Jesus,  on  the  other 
side  Jordan,  had  allowed  Himself  to  be  reckoned  as  one  of 
his  disciples.  At  all  events,  they  w^ould  fasten  upon  Him  an 
abuse  of  the  witness  borne  to  Him  by  John  :  now  that  He  has 
the  attestation,  they  mean  to  say.  He  requites  the  Baptist  by 
commencing  His  own  ministry,  and  renouncing  his  acquaintance. 
Undeniably  an  envious  thought  of  this  kind  oozes  out  in  their 
discourse.  And  now  the  full  greatness  of  the  Baptist  is  shown 
in  contrast  with  the  littleness  of  his  disciples  :  in  them  only  the 
most  superficial  of  his  once  flourishing  school  were  left  to  him, 
while  he  had  dismissed  the  best  to  the  school  of  Jesus.  Solemnly, 
and  with  an  inspired  sacerdotal  presentiment  of  his  approaching 
tragical  exit,  and  of  the  incipient  glorification  of  Jesus,  he  yet 
once  more  bears  his  testimony  to  Him  :  '  A  man  can  receive 
nothing  except  it  be  given  him  from  heaven.  Ye  yourselves 
bear  me  witness  that  I  said,  I  am  not  the  Christ,  but  that  I  am  sent 
before  Him.'  He  then  describes  the  glorious  position  of  Jesus. 
'  He  that  hath  the  bride,  is  the  bridegroom.'  To  Him  belongs 
the  Church  of  God  in  its  noble  first-fruits  as  well  as  in  all  its 
future  members,  the  community  of  those  who  are  susceptible  of 
life  from  God ;  in  Him  it  recognises  its  beloved  Lord  who  brings 
to  it  the  life  of  God.'  Since  the  Church  of  God  hastens  to  Him 
as  a  bride,  it  marks  Him  as  the  bridegroom.  But  the  friend  of 
the  bridegroom  is  free  from  envy;  rather  he  rejoices  with  cordial 
sympathy.  The  happy  and  jubilant  tone  of  the  bridegroom's  voice 
moves  his  friend's  soul  to  greater  joy.  'This  my  joy,'  the  Baptist 
says  with  unconscious  dignity  to  his  little  disciples,  who  in  their 
poverty  of  soul  would  importune  him  not  to  give  up  his  reputation 
unenviously  to  his  greater  successor — '  is  now  fulfilled.  He  must 
increase,  but  I  must  decrease.'  His  eye  then  brightens  into  pro- 
phetic clearness,  that  he  may  once  more  behold  and  announce  the 
Messianic  glory  of  Jesus.  '■  He  that  cometh  from  above  is  above 
all,'  he  exclaims.  'He  that  is  of  the  earth,  is  earthly,  and  speaketh 
of  the  earth.  He  that  cometh  from  heaven  is  above  all.'  How 
the  one,  the  Adamic  man,  rises  out  of  the  poor  earth.  He  is  in 
his  origin  earthly-minded,  and  cannot  perfectly  rise  above  him- 


THE  LAST  PUBLIC  TESTLMONY  OF  THE  BAPTIST  TO  JESUS.     331 

self.  Even  his  illumination,  and  the  very  expressions  of  his 
rapture,  are  still  affected  with  earthly  obscurity,  in  contrast  to 
the  clear  intuition  of  Him  who  comes  from  heaven  in  the  royal 
perfection  of  the  new  life,  and  who  is  decidedly  above  all.  Con- 
formably to  this  inspired  hymn,  in  which  he  expresses  with  the 
deepest  humihty  the  whole  contrast  between  the  Adamic  and 
the  Christian  seen — between  the  men  who  are  of  the  earth, 
among  whom  he  reckons  himself,  in  contrast  to  Christ,  and  the 
man  from  heaven — he  turns  to  his  disciples  in  their  littleness  with 
the  admonitory  declaration,  '  And  what  He  who  cometh  from 
heaven  hath  seen  and  heard,  that  He  testifieth.  But  though  He 
announces  heavenly  things  with  an  intuition  clear  as  heaven  it- 
self, no  man  receiveth  His  testimony.'  The  critic  here  reminds 
us,  with  annoying  literality,  that  this  contradicts  the  preceding 
account  (ver.  26)  :  '  all  men  come  to  Him.'  This  is  indeed  a  con- 
tradiction, but  it  is  a  contradiction  of  the  noble-minded  master 
against  his  little-minded  disciples.  For  them  it  was  far  too 
much — they  saw  all  men  run  to  Jesus ;  for  him  it  was  far  too 
little.  Manifestly  he  would  have  gladly  sent  them  also  to  Jesus; 
and  if  they  were  not  willing  to  go,  he  would  gladly  have  got  rid 
of  them.  '  He  that  receiveth  His  testimony,'  he  then  adds*  by 
way  of  encouragement,  '  hath  set  to  his  seal  that  God  is  true.' 
From  what  follows,  it  is  evident  that  the  Baptist  uttered  these 
highly  important  words  in  the  most  original  sense.  For  thus  he 
proves  his  own  expression  :  '  He  whom  God  hath  sent,  speaketh 
the  words  of  God.'  He  speaks  the  words  of  God  simply;  that  is, 
all  God's  words,  which  the  various  prophets  had  spoken  in  parts, 
He  utters  together  in  the  living  unity  of  His  word,  in  complete 
revelation.  '  For  God  giveth  not  the  Spirit  in  limited  measure,' 
since  He  now  gives  it  to  Him  in  its  perfected  clearness.  Christ 
has  it  in  its  fulness.  Whoever  therefore  repairs  to  Christ,  proves 
that  he  recognises  His  words  as  the  words  of  God — that  there- 
fore all  the  words  of  Christ  agree  with  all  the  words  of  all  the 
prophets ;  but  not  merely  with  these,  but  also  with  all  the  exi- 
gencies of  his  spiritual  life  produced  by  God.  And  herein  lies  the 
strongest  confirmation  of  the  truthfulness  of  God  in  its  highest 
manifestation,  which  consists  exactly  in  the  agreement  of  all  His 
words  and  operations.  It  is  a  beautiful  verification  of  the  truthful- 
ness of  God,  that  the  leaf  of  the  plant  agrees  with  its  flower,  and  the 
flower  with  man's  sense  of  the  beautiful.     But  the  highest  glori- 


332  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CUEIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

fication  of  the  divine  truthfulness  is  revealed  in  this — that  the 
positive  revelation  of  God  in  Christ  agrees  with  the  word  of 
God  in  faithful  hearts,  with  the  faith  of  the  elect.  But  this 
agreement  of  faithful  hearts  with  the  words  of  Christ  must  be 
quite  perfect,  since  He  has  the  fulness  of  the  Spirit,  so  that  no 
deficiency  of  the  Spirit  can  form  breaches  and  divisions  between 
Him  and  His  people.  '  Yea,  the  Father  loveth  the  Son '  (the 
seer  proceeded  to  say),  '  and  hath  given  all  things  into  His  hand.' 
Thus  the  Baptist  crowns  his  Messianic  knowledge  with  the 
most  luminous  recognition,  and  then  closes  his  exhortation  as 
the  forerunner  with  a  sentence  which  is  altogether  worthy  of 
the  great  zealot.  '  He  that  believeth  on  the  Son  hath  everlasting 
life ;  and  he  that  oheyeth  not  (airecOoov)  the  Son  shall  not  see  life, 
(no,  not  from  afar,)  but  the  wrath  of  God  abideth  on  him.'  Such 
a  man  refuses  to  conduct  himself  aright  towards  the  principle  of 
life,  and  central  point  in  which  the  whole  world  finds  life,  light, 
love,  and  salvation,  and  gains  its  pure  ideality;  and  thus  he 
takes  a  disturbing,  hostile,  false  position  against  this  Prince  of 
life,  against  God,  against  the  world  and  his  own  life.  Where- 
fore the  whole  government  of  God  must  reveal  itself  to  him  as 
an* overpowering,  destructive,  and  fiery  reaction  of  the  righteous- 
ness of  God;  the  wrath  of  God  remains  over  him,  its  weight 
evermore  pressing  on  him  more  powerfully  and  crushingly.  This 
denunciation  of  the  Baptist  may  be  regarded  as  the  last  utter- 
ance of  the  Old  Testament — the  final  peal  of  thunder  from 
Sinai  in  the  New  Testament. 


1.  Schneckenburger,  in  his  very  learned  Avork  on  the  Anti- 
quity of  the  Jeivish  Proselyte  Baptism  and  its  connection  with 
the  Baptism  of  John  and  Christian  Baptism  {Ueber  das  Alter  der 
jiidischen  Proselytentaufe  und  deren  Zusammenhang  mit  dem 
Johanneischen  und  christlichen  Bitus),  combats  the  view  which 
deduces  John's  baptism  from  a  baptism  of  proselytes  before  the 
Christian  era.  His  view  is  as  follows  (p.  184)  :  '  (i.)  The  regu- 
lar admission  of  strangers  into  Judaism,  as  long  as  the  temple 
stood,  was  by  circumcision  and  sacrifice.  A  lustration  followed 
the  former  and  preceded  the  latter,  like  every  other  sacrifice, 
which,  like  all  the  other  lustrations,  was  esteemed  merely  as  a 
Levitical  purification,    (ii.)  This  lustration  was  not  distinguished 


THE  LAST  PUBLIC  TESTLMONY  OF  THE  BAPTLST  TO  JESUS.     333 

in  outward  form  from  the  ordinary  lustrations,  but  was  performed 
like  those,  merely  by  the  proselytes  on  themselves,  (iii.)  This  lus- 
tration by  degrees,  yet  not  demonstrably  before  the  end  of  the 
third  century,  took  the  place  of  the  sacrifices  which  had  been 
discontinued,  etc'  The  above-named  learned  writer  has  laid 
too  great  stress  on  the  difference,  that  the  proselyte  did  not 
undergo  the  lustration  by  means  of  another  person,  but  per- 
formed it  himself.  Even  in  John's  baptism  of  the  persons  to  be 
purified,  the  Baptist  did  not  dispense  with  t-he  self -purification, 
but  on  the  one  hand,  before  baptism,  represented  the  excom- 
municating, and  on  the  other  hand,  after  baptism,  the  receiv- 
ing Church.^  The  fundamental  idea  in  which  all  the  lustrations 
were  one — namely,  that  they  were  intended  to  purify  men 
symbolically  for  their  entrance  into  the  fellowship  of  the  pure 
community — ought  to  have  been  placed  in  the  foreground  of  the 
disquisition.  If  the  people  of  Israel  were  obliged  to  wash  their 
clothes  at  Sinai  (Exod.  xix.  10) ;  if  Aaron  and  his  sons,  before 
putting  on  their  priestly  vestments,  were  to  wash  themselves 
before  the  door  of  the  tabernacle  (Exod.  xxix.  4)  :  they  were 
obliged  to  undergo,  as  to  its  symbolical  meaning,  the  same  puri- 
fication as  the  leper  when  he  was  pui'ified.  But  that  purification 
the  person  to  be  purified  performs  on  himself,  because  it  relates 
to  the  merely  probable,  or  to  the  daily  leper  defilements  which 
would  not  necessitate  the  defiled  to  a  sojourn  without  the  camp, 
to  which  a  number  of  leper  defilements  belonged  (compare  Lev. 
XV.,  xvii.,  etc.).  This,  on  the  contrary,  the  priest  performed 
before  the  camp,  since  he  sprinkled  upon  the  leper  seven  times 
with  water  (Lev.  xiv.  7).  We  have  here  also  a  lustration 
which  the  priest  performed  on  a  Jew  in  order  to  his  being 
received  an;ain  into  the  coiiG;refii;ation :  and  therefore,  even  ac- 
cording  to  Schneckenburger's  distinction,  a  Idnd  of  baptism. 
It  is  a  very  remarkable  fact,  that  the  Jews  who  (according  to 
Num.  xxxi.  19)  had,  in  fighting  with  the  Midianitcs,  come  in 
contact  with  the  corpses  of  the  slaughtered  Gentiles,  were  obliged 
to  remain  without  the  camp  seven  days,  and  to  be  purified  by 
being  sprinkled  with  water.     In  the  same  manner,  they  were 

^  [So  it  was  appointed  by  rabbiuical  law  that  proselyte  baptism  should 
be  administered  in  presence  of  three  wise  and  trustworthy  Israelites,  who 
should  see  that  all  was  duly  performed.  Witsius  thinks  there  is  a  reference 
to  this  in  the  three  witnesses  of  1  John  v.  7. — Ed.] 


334  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

obliged  to  purify  their  captives  whom  they  kept  as  slaves,  and 
also  their  boooty ;  they  were  even  to  pass  through  fire  whatever 
could  bear  it,  such  as  gold  and  silver,  and  other  metals.  More- 
over, the  passages  are  to  be  noticed  which  relate  to  the  reception 
of  Gentiles  into  Israel  (Josh.  vi.  23,  ix,  23 ;  Euth.  iii.  3),  as  well 
as  the  seven  times  washing  in  Jordan  prescribed  to  the  Gentile 
leper  Naaman  (2  Kings  v.  10),  which  corresponded  to  the  seven- 
fold sprinkling  of  the  Israelitish  lepers.  Also  the  washing  of 
Judith  (Jud.  xii.  8)  may  here  be  noticed.  Thus  much  is  evi- 
dent from  the  Old  Testament,  that  the  Jews  themselves  who  had 
come  in  contact  with  Gentiles,  to  say  nothing  of  the  Gentiles, 
were  obliged  to  undergo  a  lustration.  For  this  reason  the 
sprinkling  of  the  Gentiles  promised  by  the  prophets  (Isa.  Hi.  15) 
denotes  their  solemn  and  actual  reception  into  the  theocratic 
community.  From  this  significance  of  the  Old  Testament  lus- 
tration, we  can  understand  why  Peter  regarded  the  deluge  as  a 
baptism  of  purification  for  the  human  race  preserved  in  the 
family  of  Noah  (1  Peter  iii.  21),  and  why  Paul  also  looked 
upon  the  passage  of  the  Israelites  through  the  Red  Sea  as  a 
baptism  (purifying  them  from  contact  with  the  Egyptians), 
1  Cor.  X.  1,  compared  with  Heb.  x.  22.  As  to  the  Jewish 
testimonies  on  this  subject  from  the  times  of  Christ,  Schnecken- 
burger  (p.  103)  quotes  a  passage  from  Philo  {ed.  Mang.  ii.  658), 
on  which  he  decides  as  on  another:  In  these  passages  reception 
into  Judaism  is  spoken  of  ;  so  it  appears  that  no  doubt  respect- 
ing the  existence  of  proselyte  baptism  can  any  longer  be  enter- 
tained. But,  in  fact,  Philo  here  appears  to  characterize  the  tln*ee 
conditions  of  reception  into  Judaism — circumcision,  ablutions  or 
baptism,  and  sacrifice — in  descriptions  for  the  uninitiated,  in  the 
same  manner  as  the  ancient  Christians  in  the  discij^lina  ai'cani 
treated  and  described  the  Christian  forms  of  consecration  as 
mysteries.  Accordingly,  oa-corrj^i  would  be  a  periphrasis  for 
circumcision,  Ka6dpa€i<;  for  baptism,  and  eve-yvpov  for  sacrifice. 
The  passages  which  the  author  (p.  79)  quotes  from  Arrian  ^  and 

*  [The  quotation  from  Arrian  referred  to  (Epictet.  ii.  9)  which  speaks  of 
Jews  as  baptized,  is  rendered  invalid  by  the  great  probability  that  Arrian 
might  confound  Jews  with  Christians.  Cyprian  is  too  late  to  be  of  any  use 
as  a  witness,  for  long  before  his  day  there  was  a  manifest  tendency  among 
the  Jews  to  baptize.  As  early  as  Justin  Martyr  there  was  a  Jewish  sect 
known  as  the  Baptizers  {Dial.  c.  Tnjph.  307). — Ed.] 


THE  LAST  PUBLIC  TESTLMOXY  OF  THE  BAPTIST  TO  JESUS.     335 

Cp.  127)  from  Cyprian,  obtain  their  full  significance  only  if,  as 
has  been  remarked,  the  various  Jewish  lustrations  are  viewed  in 
their  common  significance ;  and  in  connection  with  this  discus- 
sion, the  talmudic  and  rabbinical  accounts  which  have  been 
adduced,  appear  as  witnesses  that  those  ablutions  which  the 
proselytes  had  to  undergo,  after  the  time  of  Christ,  certainly 
gained  an  increased  consideration,  yet  without  becoming  for  the 
first  time  a  rite  of  consecration.^ 

2.  In  modern  times  the  section  vers.  31-36  has  been  held 
to  be  a  further  simplification  by  the  Evangelist,  in  which  he  has 
developed  the  testimony  of  the  Baptist.  As  to  tlie  supposed 
contradiction  between  ver.  26  and  ver.  32,  which  has  been  urged 
in  favour  of  this  view,  the  explanation  already  given  is  suffi- 
cient. When,  further,  doubts  are  entertained  about  attributing 
to  the  Baptist  the  profound  christological  expressions  that  follow, 
it  appears  to  be  overlooked,  in  reference  to  this  passage,  as  in 
other  cases,  that  we  have  to  recognise  in  the  Baptist  not  merely 
an  expounder  of  the  Old  Testament,  not  merely  a  zealous 
preacher  of  repentance,  but  a  prophet,  who,  like  Isaiah  and 
Ezekiel,  in  inspired  utterances  could  express  profound  insight 
into  the  nature  of  the  Messiah,  which  far  transcended  his  com- 
mon matured  views.  And  it  is  well  to  bear  in  mind  that  we 
have  here  before  us  his  last  testimony  to  the  glory  of  Jesus. 
But  the  close  of  the  discourse  is  altogether  conformable  to  the 
Old  Testament  standpoint  of  the  Baptist ;  the  wrath  of  God  is 
denounced  on  the  unbelieving.  The  circumstance  that  the  Bap- 
tist speaks  in  the  present  tense,  as  Liicke  remarks,  favours  the 
opinion  that  the  Baptist  is  here  continuing  his  own  discourse. 
Liicke  admits  that  the  Evangelist  mingles  his  own  train  of 
thought  with  the  discourse  of  the  Baptist.  But  we  believe  that 
in  this  section  there  exists  the  unmixed  stream  of  thought  of  one 
in  a  state  of  mental  transport.  No  doubt  the  Evangelist's 
phraseology  has  contributed  to  the  form  of  the  representation. 
But  if  here  John  the  Baptist  speaks  like  the  Evangelist,  it  is 

^  [The  English  reader  who  desires  to  pursue  this  subject  will  find  all  the 
material  for  doing  so  in  Selden,  De  Jure  Naturx  et  Gent.  ii.  2  ;  Liglitfoot, 
Hor.  Heb.  on  Matt.  iii.  6;  ov^XaWs,  History  of  Infant  Baptism  (Introd.), 
where  the  passages  from  Jewish  writers  are  given  in  detail  and  commented 
upon.  Gale's  9th  and  10th  Letters  in  reply  to  Wall  ought  also  to  be  con- 
sidered, though  much  of  what  he  adduces  is  quite  beside  the  point. — Ed.] 


336  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

right  to  recollect  that  possibly  the  Evangelist  might,  in  some 
measure,  learn  from  his  former  teacher  to  express  himself  like 
John  the  Baptist.  The  hypothesis  that  this  section  originated 
in  the  desire  of  the  author  of  the  fourth  Gospel  to  exhibit  a 
more  favourable  testimony  of  the  Baptist  to  Christ  than  history 
furnished,  in  order  to  make  an  impression  on  John's  disciples, 
is,  to  say  the  least,  in  the  highest  degree  unworthy  of  him ;  and 
it  is  almost  needless  to  remark,  that  a  Christian,  apart  from 
inclination,  could  hardly  be  so  simple  as  to  hope  that  by  such 
a  fiction  he  could  make  the  disciples  of  John  uncertain  of  their 
own  tradition. 


SECTION  VIII. 

THE  CONVERSATIOX  OF  JESUS  WITH  THE  SAMARITAN  "WOMAN. 

(John  iv.  1-42.) 

Jesus  had  carried  on  His  ministry  in  Judea  with  success 
probably  for  more  than  half  a  year,  when  suddenly  the  hostile 
feeling  of  the  pharisaical  party  compelled  Him  to  quit  the  region 
that  had  been  so  highly  favoureoT  The  Evangelist  only  slightly 
hints  at  the  cause  of  this  interruption.  The  Lord  had  been 
informed,  and  indeed-was  well  aware  (eyvci)),  that  '  the  Pharisees 
had  heard  that  Jesus  ^  made  and  baptized  more  disciples  than 
John.'  He  had  been  denounced,  and  the  denunciation  had 
taken  effect.  But  as  soon  as  the  ill-will  of  the  Sanhedrim  offered 
opposition  to  His  ministry  in  this  theocratic  form.  He  withdrew, 
as  we  have  seen,  for  the  sake  of  social  order  and  truth.  But 
that  He  at  once  left  Judea,  was  a  consequence  of  His  now  mo- 
dified position.  Not  only  the  foresight  with  which  He  avoided 
hazarding  His  life  till  the  decisive  moment,  but  also  the  holiness 
of  His  consciousness,  which  abhorred  all  intermingling  of  the 
kingdom  of  heaven  with  a  corrupt  hierarchy,  drove  Him  from 
the  public  scene  of  action  in  Judea.     And  there  was  besides  an- 

^  That  the  name  of  Jesus  is  introduced  here  instead  of  the  pronoun, 
makes  the  sentence  appear  as  a  report, — as  the  report  of  those  who  had  first 
stated  the  fact  to  the  Pharisees. 


CONVERSATION  OF  JESUS  WITH  THE  SAMARITAN  WOMAN.     337 

other  serious  motive.^  John  was  just  about  this  time  cast  into 
prison  by  Herod  (Matt.  iv.  12 ;  Mark  i.  14).  This  imprison- 
ment was,  it  is  true,  the  act  of  the  ruler  of  Galilee,  but  it  gave, 
most  probably,  great  satisfaction  to  the  Sanhedrim.  To  that 
body  the  disturber  of  their  repose  seemed  now  put  out  of  the 
way.  But  there  appeared  immediately,  as  they  thought,  a 
greater  one  in  his  place  (John  iv.  1).^  Hence  by  the  imprison- 
ment of  John  the  Sanhedrim  appeared  to  be  excited,  and  in- 
clined to  remove  the  second  hated  preacher  of  repentance,  of 
whom  they  knew  that  He  did  not  suit  their  plans. 

Jesus  had  gone  up  to  the  feast  at  Jerusalem  in  the  month  of 
March.  When  He  returned  it  was  about  seed-time,  as  may  be 
inferred  wdth  probability  from  ver.  35,  and  therefore  in  No- 
vember or  December.^  He  took  His  waj  directly  through 
Samaria,  as  He  often  did,  without  troubling  Himself  about  the 
scruples  of  the  Jews,  who  preferred  making  the  journey  between 
Judea  and  Galilee  through  Perea.  But  this  time  He  had  a 
special  reason  for  going  through  Samaria  :  because  He  was  pro- 
bably already  near  the  Samaritan  border.'*  He  must  (eSet) 
therefore,  under  the  circumstances,  take  this  route. 

A  place  in  Samaria,  in  which  He  stayed  a  short  time,  claims 
our  attention  on  three  accounts  :  for  its  name  ;  for  its  local  and 
historical  relations  ;  and  for  a  memorable  relic  of  former  times, 
Jacob's  well.  It  has  been  generally  supposed  that  the  city  of 
Sichem^  w^as  the  place  where  Jesus  sojourned,  but  it  is  remark- 
able that  the  Evangelist  calls  it  Sychar.  According  to  different 
derivations,  the  place  obtained  the  nickname  of  the  toion  of  the 
drunken,  or,  the  town  of  falsehood.^      But  a  third  derivation 

^  See  Maier's  Commentary  p.  327. 

^  On  Wieseler's  chronological  view  in  his  Chronol.  Syn.  p.  224,  compare 
what  has  been  said  above,  p.  4. 

^  Wieselei'  adopts  the  latest  terminus,  since  he  puts  off  the  journey  to 
January  782.  [Meyer,  Lichtenstein,  and  Ellicott  prefer  December.  Alford 
thinks  that  ver.  35  does  not  afford  a  safe  chronological  datum. — Ed.] 

^  Maier,  Commentar,  p.  328. 

'  UycK  '^'^xi'^1  2;V./,44«e  (Acts  vii.  16),  afterwards  Flavia  NeapoUs,  in 
honour  of  the  Emperor  Vespasian — the  modern  Nablus. 

6  The  derivation  is  '  either  from  IptJ',  a  lie,  the  lying  city,  alluding  to 
the  Samaritan  worship  on  Mount  Gerizim,  at  the  foot  of  which  Sichem  lay  ; 
or  from  ibfA  drunken,  with  a  reference  to  Isa.  xxviii.  1,  where  Samaria  is 


338  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

I  makes  tlie  name  a  title  of  honour,  the  town  of  the  sepulchre;^  and 
since  this  designation  has  the  support  of  Jewish  tradition,^  it  is 
to  be  preferred  to  the  former,  which  rests  on  mere  conjecture. 
If  John  had  wished  to  intimate  that  Jesus  was  not  ashamed  to 
connect  Himself  with  the  citizens  of  that  centre  of  Samaritan 
life,  which  by  the  Jews  was  called  the  abode  of  drunkenness  or 
falsehood,  he  would  have  brought  it  forward  more  distinctly. 
But  indeed  he  could  without  difficulty  make  use  of  a  more  sig- 
nificant designation,  deviating  from  the  common  appellation,  if 
it  were  already  known,  since  he  was  fond  of  significant  names. 
Yet  it  was  also  possible  that  the  Sychar  of  the  Evangelist  was 
distinguished  from  Sichem  proper  as  a  suburb.  According  to 
Schubert's  route,^  travellers  come  first  to  Jacob's  well,  where  '  a 
few  houses  are  standing  close  ; '  then  they  reach  Joseph's  grave, 
'  in  a  hollow  of  Mount  Gerizim;'  and  then,  '  farther  westward  in 
the  valley,  the  modern  Sichem.'  The  city  of  Sychar,  as  fixed 
by  the  Evangelist,  lay  near  the  parcel  of  ground  that  Jacob,  as 
the  Israelitish  tradition  reports,  according  to  Josh.  xxiv.  32,  gave 
to  his  son  Joseph.  The  district  in  which  the  modern  Sychem  is 
situated,  is,  according  to  K.  v.  Eaumer,^  compared  by  Clarke  to 
the  country  about  Heidelberg. 

called  "  the  crown  of  pride  to  the  drunkards  of  Ephraim."     In  Sirach  1.  26 
it  is  said,  kxI  6  'hadg  ftapoi  6  >cccroi>cZi/  h  ^f/,ifioti.^ — Liicke,  i.  577. 

1  So  Hug  in  his  Einleitung,  iii.  218,  derives  the  word  from  nniD,  remark- 
ing that  it  denotes  the  burial-place  where  the  bones  of  Joseph  (Josh.  xxiv. 
32)  and,  according  to  a  report  common  in  the  times  of  Jesus,  the  bodies  of  the 
twelve  patriarchs  of  the  people  of  Israel  were  deposited  (Actsvii.  15,  16). 

2  In  the  Talmud,  the  name  of  a  place  131D  pj?  occurs.  Wieseler  finds  in 
this  (p.  256)  a  designation  of  the  city  of  Sychar,  since  he  translates  the 
words  the  fountain  of  Sychar.  Apart  from  this,  the  appellation  of  the  foun- 
tain of  the  sepulchre  might  connect  for  the  Israelites,  in  a  very  significant 
manner,  the  hallowed  well  of  Jacob  with  the  hallowed  sepulchre,  and  thus 
the  name  Sychar  might  originate. 

2  It  is  worthy  of  notice,  that  according  to  both  Schubert  and  Robinson, 
the  ancient  Sichem  was  situated  nearer  Jacob's  well  than  the  modern  town. 
Besides  this,  it  is  to  be  observed,  that  in  the  days  of  Eusebius,  Sychar  and 
Sichem  were  regarded  as  two  places ;  a  view  to  which  Eusebius  himself 
assents  (Onomast.  art.  Sichar,  Sichem).  Eobinson  would  find  in  this  tradi- 
tion confusion  and  inconsistency,  but  does  not  give  his  reasons  (ii.  292). 
But  if  Jerome  treated  the  reading  Sychar  in  the  Gospel  of  John  as  false, 
this  at  least  is  important,  that  in  his  treating  of  the  Onomasticon  of  Eusebius 
he  passes  over  his  view  of  it  in  silence. 

*  Paldstina,  p.  159. 


CONVERSATION  OF  JESUS  WITH  THE  SAMARITAN  WOMAN.     339 

'  The  city  of  Nabulus'  (the  former  Sichem),  says  Robin- 
son/ '  is  long  and  narrow,  stretching  close  along  the  north-east 
base  of  Mount  Gerizim,  in  this  small,  deep  valley,  half-an-hour 
distant  fi-om  the  great  eastern  plain.  Tlie  streets  are  narrow  ; 
the  houses  high,  and  in  general  well  built,  all  of  stone,  with 
domes  upon  the  roofs  as  at  Jerusalem.  The  valley  itself,  from 
the  foot  of  Gerizim  to  that  of  Ebal,  is  here  not  more  than  some 
500  yards  wide,  extending  from  south-east  to  north-west.  .  .  . 
Mounts  Gerizim  and  Ebal  rise  in  steep,  rocky  precipices  imme- 
diately from  the  valley  on  each  side,  apparently  some  800  feet 
in  height.  The  sides  of  both  these  mountains,  as  here  seen,  were 
to  our  eyes  equally  naked  and  sterile ;  although  some  travellers 
have  chosen  to  describe  Gerizim  as  fertile,  and  confine  the  ste- 
rility to  Ebal.  The  only  exception  in  favour  of  the  former,  so 
far  as  we  could  perceive,  is  a  small  ravine  coming  down  opposite 
the  west  end  of  the  town,  which  indeed  is  full  of  fountains  and 
trees ;  in  other  respects,  both  mountains,  as  here  seen,  are  deso- 
late, except  that  a  few  olive-trees  are  scattered  upon  them.'^ 

The  same  travellers  found  the  noted  Jacob's  well,  35  minutes 
distance  from  the  town.  The  well  had  evident  marks  of  anti- 
quity, but  was  now  dry  and  forsaken.  According  to  Maundrell, 
the  well  was  dug  in  a  hard  rock,  was  about  nine  feet  in  diameter 
and  105  feet  in  depth.  It  was  full  of  water  to  the  height  of  15 
feet.  But,  according  to  Robinson,  the  old  town  probably  lay 
nearer  this  well  than  the  present.  Yet  he  remarks  this  could 
not  have  been  the  proper  well  of  the  town,  since  there  was  no 
public  machinery  for  drawing  water.  As  the  woman  came 
hither  and  drew  water,  we  must  suppose  that  either  she  lived 
near  the  well,  or  that  the  inhabitants  attached  a  particular  value 
to  the  water  of  this  ancient  Jacob's  well,  and  now  and  then  took 
the  trouble  to  go  and  draw  from  it. 

The  well  was  held  in  great  veneration  from  the  tradition 
connected  with  it ;  the  Samaritans  were  proud  of  this  inherit- 

^  Biblical  Researches  ii.  275. 

2  It  must  not  be  forgotten  that  Robinson  saw  Gerizim  in  the  middle  of 
June.  But  in  the  hot  season  many  tracts  of  the  warm  south  lose  the  orna- 
ment of  grass  and  other  kinds  of  vegetation  which  they  possess  in  another 
part  of  the  year.  Von  Schubert  saw  Gerizim  in  April,  yet  he  speaks  only 
of  the  foot  of  the  mountain,  which  he  describes  as  fertile  compared  with 
Ebal.  In  the  same  way  it  may  be  explained  that  Robinson  found  Jacob's 
well  dry.     Schubert,  on  the  contrary,  tasted  its  '  refreshing  water.' 


340  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

ance  of  the  patriarch  Jacob.  Jesus  was  weary  with  travelHng 
when  He  reached  it,  and  so  sat  down  at  the  edge  of  the  welh 
It  was  about  mid-day.  The  disciples  were  gone  into  the  city  to 
buy  food.  Jesus  therefore  accustomed  them  to  combat  and  lay 
aside  their  Jewish  prejudices.  There  came  a  Samaritan  woman 
to  draw  water.  Jesus  said  to  her,  '  Give  Me  to  drink  ! '  These 
few  words  were  of  infinite  significance  and  efficacy.  It  was  the 
beginning  of  that  agency  of  Christ's  Spirit  which  broke  down 
the  ancient  partition-wall  of  grudge  and  hatred  between  the 
Jews  and  Samaritans,  who  afterwards  were  to  enter  the  Church 
of  Christ.  It  shows  how  an  inoffensive,  humble  request  does 
wonders.  But  not  only  that  the  Lord  made  His  request  to  a 
Samaritan  woman,  and  to  a  woman  alone,  but  lastly,  and  more 
especially,  to  a  sinful,  erring  woman,  exhibits  Him  in  the  full 
freedom  and  grandeur  of  His  love.  For,  as  to  the  first  point,  it 
would  have  been  an  offence  to  any  Jew,  for  the  Jews  avoided 
all  intercourse  with  the  Samaritans  ;  as  to  the  second  point, 
every  Rabbi  would  have  taken  offence,  since,  especially  for 
Rabbis,  it  was  unbecoming  to  converse  alone  with  foreign 
women  ;  and,  thirdly,  it  would  have  been  an  offence  to  every 
Pharisee,  for  it  was  a  pharisaical  maxim  that  the  fallen  were  to 
be  treated  with  severity.  Thus,  then,  this  brief  request  of  the 
Lord  at  one  and  the  same  time  displayed  His  spiritual  glory  in 
three  directions.  The  woman  was  at  once  struck  with  the  ex- 
traordinary character  of  this  address.  She  recognised  in  the 
language,  or  in  the  dress  and  in  the  whole  bearing  of  the  Man, 
to  what  nation  He  belonged,  and  could  not  forbear  expressing 
her  astonishment :  '  How  is  it  that  Thou,  being  a  Jew,  askest 
drink  of  me,  which  am  a  woman  of  Samaria?' 

Although  the  woman  might  vaguely  be  sensible  of  the  con- 
descension of  this  wonderful  Jew,  yet  she  seemed  disposed  to 
gratify  her  national  feeling  at  His  need  of  help.  She  lays  great 
stress  on  the  circumstance,  that  He,  the  supposed  proud  Jew,  is 
the  petitioner,  that  in  His  need  He  is  now  depending  on  her 
benevolence.  Her  tone  leads  the  Lord  to  bring  forward  the 
opposite  relation :  that  she  is  the  needy  person,  and  that  He  is 
the  possessor  of  the  true  fountain  of  satisfaction.  Oh !  hadst 
thou  known  to  value  the  gift  of  God,  this  singular  opportunity, 
and  who  it  is  that  offers  thee  to  drink,  thou  wouldst  have  asked 
of  Him,  and  not  in  vain  :  He  would  have  given  thee  living 


CONVERSATION  OF  JESUS  WITH  THE  SAMARITAN  WOMAN.     341 

water,  water  gushing  from  the  fountain.  He  shows  that  her 
answer  was  quite  beside  the  mark.  She  made  a  difficulty  of 
granting  the  smallest  request ;  He  wished  from  the  first  to  be 
bountiful  to  her  in  granting  the  highest  object  of  desire.  Thus 
the  way  of  salvation  is  opened  for  the  heart  of  a  poor  creature 
lost  in  vanity,  but,  as  it  appears,  impelled  by  a  deep,  ardent 
longing.  The  woman  takes  the  figurative  language  literally  : 
'  Sir,'  she  says,  '  Thou  hast  nothing  to  draw  wuth,  and  the  well  is 
deep ;  from  whence,  then,  hast  Thou  that  living  water  I  Art 
Thou  greater  than  our  father  Jacob,  which  gave  us  the  well, 
and  drank  thereof  himself,  and  his  children,  and  his  cattle?' 
Still  she  would  persuade  herself  that  He  is  the  needy  person, 
although  she  cannot  get  rid  of  the  impression  that  He  is  no 
ordinary  man.  But  since  she  fancies  that  He  presents  Himself 
to  her  in  Jewish  pride  as  ready  to  confer  a  favour,  her  national 
feeling  rises  still  higher ;  she  stands  before  Him  as  a  daughter 
of  Jacob,  and  will  not  allow  Him  to  depreciate  her  Jacob's  well. 
If  one  on  this  occasion  spoke  to  her  of  superior  living  water  or 
spring-water,  she  first  of  all  assumed  that  he  must  draw  it  from 
the  depths  of  this  well.  But  since  Jesus  had  no  vessel  for  drawing. 
He  seemed  disposed  to  extol  perhaps  some  fountain  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood, in  preference  to  the  water  of  this  well.  But  for  that 
He  was  bound  to  show  a  higher  authority  than  that  of  their  father 
Jacob.  Probably  it  belonged  to  the  orthodoxy  of  the  Samaritans, 
that  the  water  of  this  well  was  superior  to  that  of  the  neighbour- 
ing fountains,  and  they  fortified  themselves  in  this  opinion  by  the 
authority  of  the  family  of  Jacob.  However  sinful  the  woman 
was,  she  strictly  adhered  to  the  preservation  of  the  tradition.  But 
Jesus  now  brought  her  to  institute  a  comparison  between  His 
fountain  and  her  well.  '  Whosoever  drinketh  of  this  water  shall 
thirst  again  ;  but  whosoever  drinketh  of  the  water  that  I  shall 
give  him,  shall  never  thirst ;  but  the  water  that  I  shall  give  him 
shall  be  in  him  a  well  of  water,  springing  up  into  everlasting- 
life.'  This  is  again  in  the  Lord's  wonted  manner ;  it  is  the  de- 
cisive word,  uttered  with  the  greatest  confidence,  and  rousing 
the  soul  of  the  hearer  from  its  lowest  depths.  She  cannot  deny 
that  the  water  of  Jacob's  well,  however  excellent,  cannot  quench 
the  thirst  for  ever.  But  now  she  requests  the  Lord  to  give  her 
a  draught  of  that  water  which  will  quench  her  thirst  for  ever. 
This  promise  must  surely  have  awakened  in  her  a  misgiving 


342  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

feeling  of  her  wants — of  the  wants  of  her  eternity  !  Still  more 
the  promise,  that  this  mysterious  water  would  be  converted  in 
the  person  who  partook  of  it  into  a  fountain  from  which  streams 
would  flow  in  rich  abundance  throughout  eternity.  The  critics 
make  the  remark,  that  in  John's  Gospel  the  Lord  always  speaks 
so  high,  everywhere  too  high  for  the  understandings  of  His 
hearers.  It  is  true  He  everywhere  speaks  equally  high,  down 
out  of  high  heaven  itself,  as  the  Baptist  says.  And  how  could 
He  speak  lower  ?  But  it  is  manifest  that  He  speaks  here  as 
clearly  as  possible.  Nicodemus  receives  the  promise  of  the 
Spirit  under  the  image  of  the  blowing  wind,  of  the  fresh  vital- 
izing wind  which  brings  the  fresh  vernal  life ;  the  Samaritan 
woman  receives  it  under  the  image  of  a  wonderful  fountain 
flowing  for  ever  through  an  eternal  world,  and  able  to  quench 
all  her  thirst,  even  her  deep,  obscure  longings.  And  they  both 
hear  Him  with  a  successful  result ;  as  all  do  who  hear  Him  with 
susceptibility.  To  this  promise  the  woman  answered,  '  Sir,  give 
me  this  water,  that  I  thirst  not,  neither  come  hither  to  draw.' 
She  can  now  no  longer  suppose  that  He  is  speaking  of  earthly 
water,  though  she  has  no  clear  perception  of  the  heavenly  water. 
At  all  events,  the  presentiment  of  a  wonderful  satisfying  of  her 
unsatisfied  life  is  awakened  in  her.  It  is  indeed  strange  that  she 
says,  'Give  me  that  water,  that  I  come  not  hither  to  draw!' 
But  perhaps  the  visits  of  the  woman  to  Jacob's  well  were  con- 
nected with  the  impression  of  a  meritorious  sanctity  in  them  as 
a  kind  of  religious  service.  At  least,  according  to  Robinson, 
there  must  have  been  wells  at  Sichem  which  lay  nearer  the 
town.  In  that  case  she  might  easily  surmise  that  her  journeys 
would  come  to  an  end  as  soon  as  she  obtained  such  satisfaction. 
At  all  events,  her  answer  is  not  to  be  understood  as  said  in  ridi- 
cule ;  it  rather  seems  to  express  the  awakening  of  an  unlimited 
confidence  in  this  wonderful  personage. 

The  answer  of  the  Lord  has  been  thought  strange.  Sud- 
denly breaking  off  from  what  He  had  been  conversing  upon.  He 
commands  her,  '  Go,  call  thy  husband,  and  come  hither  !'  This 
apparent  digression  in  the  discourse  has  been  thus  explained  : 
The  woman  now  required  to  be  led  back  to  her  own  life — to  be 
conducted  to  self-knowledge  and  repentance.  And  as  it  was 
necessary  for  Nicodemus  to  get  an  insight  into  his  entire  spiritual 
ignorance  before  he  could  be  benefited  by  higher  communica- 


CONVERSATION  OF  JESUS  WITH  THE  SAMARITAN  WOMAN.     343 

tions,  particularly  respecting  the  person  of  Jesus,  so  this  woman 
needed  to  be  made  sensible  of  her  own  unworthiness.  But 
although  the  Lord  had  this  result  in  view,  yet  He  might  not 
have  used  the  requirement,  '  Call  thy  husband  !'  as  a  pretext  in 
order  to  lead  her  to  a  confession  of  her  criminal  course  of  life. 
Rather  a  second  motive  was  combined  with  that  first,  and  caused 
Him  to  ask  for  her  husband.  It  has  been  remarked,  that  it  was 
a  rule  laid  down  by  the  Rabbis,  that  no  man  should  converse  for 
any  length  of  time  with  a  female,  particularly  with  a  stranger, 
and  that  Christ  had  this  rule  in  His  eye.  Llicke,  on  the  con- 
trary, starts  the  question,  '  If  He  had  any  regard  for  this,  why 
did  He  not  earlier  break  off  the  conversation,  or  indeed  why  did 
He  enter  upon  it  at  all?'  Certainly  Christ,  according  to  rab- 
binical notions,  would  not  have  ventured  to  enter  on  such  a 
conversation  with  the  woman.  But  at  this  moment  a  turn 
occurred  in  the  conversation  which  made  the  presence  of  the 
husband  imperative  according  to  a  right  superior  to  the  rabbi- 
nical, w^hen  the  wife  stood  (generally  speaking)  under  the  right- 
ful authority  of  a  husband.  Hitherto  the  conversation  had  been 
the  free  intercourse  of  persons  brought  transiently  into  each 
other's  company,  and  as  such  raised  above  the  exactions  of  a 
punctilious  casuistry  or  scrupulous  conventionality.  But  now, 
since  the  woman  had  shown  herself  disposed  to  become  a  dis- 
ciple of  Jesus,  to  enter  into  a  nearer  relation  to  Him,  it  was 
proper  that  her  husband  should  now  be  present.  According  to 
Jewish  regulations,  a  wife  was  not  permitted  to  receive  special 
religious  instruction  from  a  Rabbi  without  the  sanction  of  her 
husband ;  indeed,  such  a  condition  is  involved  in  the  very  nature 
of  the  marriage  relation.  The  Lord  therefore  at  this  moment 
required,  according  to  the  highest,  most  exact  social  rights,  that 
the  woman  should  call  her  husband,  though  He  already  knew 
that  she  was  not  living  in  law^ful  wedlock.^    The  woman  replied, 

^  [The  author  has  been  censured  for  this  interpretation,  on  the  ground 
that,  in  the  case  of  this  woman,  who  had  but  a  paramour  and  no  husband, 
there  was  no  'social  right'  existing  which  our  Lord  could  meet.  On  the 
other  hand,  it  is  difficult  to  believe  that  our  Lord  had  no  meaning  in  His 
order,  save  to  convince  of  sin  ;  that  He  did  not  intend  that,  first  of  all,  His 
order  should  be  executed.  '  Nugas  sane  meras  hie  agunt  Patres,  quando  ea 
de  causa  id  postulatum  esse  putant,  quod  non  satis  honestum  videretur, 
nuptae  mulieri  quicquara  donari  inscio  marito.  .  .  .  Neque  tamen  etiam 
iUis  adscendo,  qui  simulate  solum  Jesum  id  jussisse  volunt,  ut  scilicet  tan- 


344  PUBLIC  MAKIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

'  I  have  no  husband.'  Upon  that  the  Lord  rejoins,  and  surely 
with  a  penetrating  look,  '  Thou  hast  well  said,  I  have  no  hus- 
band ;  for  thou  hast  had  five  husbands,  and  he  whom  thou  now 
hast  is  not  thy  husband ;  in  that  saidst  thou  (too)  truly.'  Con- 
founded, the  woman  replied,  '  Sir,  I  perceive  that  Thou  art  a 
prophet.'  She  admitted  that  He  had  hit  the  mark ;  that  He  had 
by  one  stroke  depicted  her  life.  And  that  she  had  been  con- 
science-struck by  the  words  of  Jesus,  is  plain  from  the  sequel ; 
she  declared  to  the  people  in  the  city,  that  Christ  had  told  her 
all  things  that  ever  she  did. 

We  j^ass  over  the  trivial  remarks,  by  which  this  wonderful 
insight  of  Christ  has  been  accounted  for  as  merely  accidental, 
or  represented  as  a  glance  of  absolute  omniscience,  and  im- 
possible. For  it  is  obvious  that  we  have  here  to  do  with  the 
insight  of  the  God-man's  deep  knowledge  of  the  soul  and  of  life. 
That  a  woman  has  a  husband,  or  is  not  a  virgin,  or  that  a 
woman  is  living  in  a  criminal  connection — this  might  perhaps 
be  found  out  by  any  other  person  welV  versed  in  the  study  of 
human  nature.  But  Christ  could  read  the  whole  guilty  history 
of  the  woman  in  her  appearance.  And  as  the  forester  con- 
cludes respecting  the  age  of  a  tree  from  the  rings  in  the  wood, 
so  Jesus  found  the  different  impressions  of  the  psychical  in- 
fluence of  the  men  with  whom  the  woman  had  stood  transiently 
in  connection,  again  in  her  appearance.  For  it  must  be  granted 
that  every  life-relation  of  this  kind  will  leave  a  trace  behind 
that  is  discernible  by -the  eye  of  the  highest  intelligence.  But 
especially  must  the  images  of  these  men  have  been  strongly  re- 
flected in  the  psychical  life  of  a  woman  who  had  been  involved 
so  deeply  in  the  sexual  relation.  Perhaps,  also,  she  had  acquired 
from  one  a  bigoted,  from  another  a  fickle  disposition,  and  from 
another,  again,  other  traits  of  character  which  were  distinctly 
apparent.^     It  was    sufficient,   however,    that   Jesus  read    the 

turn  viam  ad  sequens  colloquium  idoneam  sterneret'  (Lampe,  i.  729).  If, 
then,  our  Lord  wished  the  woman  to  bring  her  husband,  what  was  the 
reason  of  this  ?  May  it  not  have  been  that,  in  the  presence  of  him  with 
whom  she  had  sinned,  she  might  be  shown  the  evil  of  her  sin ;  and  that, 
with  the  reality  of  her  guilty  life  thus  distinctly  brought  to  view,  she  might 
receive  that  '  living  water '  she  had  asked  for  ?  Otherwise,  she  might  have 
thought  it  a  gift  that  bore  no  relation  to  her  present  guilt  and  future  cha- 
racter.— Ed.] 

'  [Yet  if  such  insight  as  this  is  not  to  be  ascribed  to  the  divinity  of 


CONVERSATION  OF  JESUS  WITH  THE  SAMARITAN  WOMAN.     345 

liistory  of  her  life  in  her  being,  in  her  souh  He  expressed  her 
guilt,  but  also  her  misery.  She  had  probably  passed  through 
a  succession  of  divorces,  of  which,  at  all  events,  she  had  shared 
the  criminality,  and  now  lived  in  an  immoral  relation,  either 
because  her  last  marriage  had  not  yet  been  dissolved,  or  because 
she  had  disengaged  herself  from  the  obligations  of  social  morality. 
She  Avas  a  great  sinner,  but  also  unhappy ;  in  spite  of  all  the 
confused  restlessness  of  her  soul  in  which  she  had  been  con- 
nected with  so  many  husbands  one  after  another,  she  had  no 
husband.  The  words  of  Jesus  had  struck  her  conscience.  She 
admitted  her  guilt  in  a  dexterous  manner,  by  making  the  ad- 
mission to  the  Lord  that  He  now  spoke  like  a  prophet.  '  But 
great  is  in  her  the  impression  of  prophetic  know^ledge.'  It 
appears,  in  fact,  that  she  comes  to  the  following  question  not 
merely  to  ward  off  Christ's  reproof,  but  in  the  earnest  spirit  of 
religious  inquiry. 

She  brings  forward  the  most  decided  point  of  controversy 
between  the  Jews  and  Samaritans,  on  which  she  wished  to  learn 
the  prophet's  judgment :  '  Our  fathers  worshipped  in  this  moun- 
tain.' In  these  words  she  referred  to  the  adjacent  mountain 
Gerizim,  on  which  the  Samaritans  formerly,  in  the  time  of 
Nehemiah,  had  erected  a  temple,  and  on  which  they  even  now 
offered  their  prayers,  though  about  the  year  129  John  Hyrcanus 
destroyed  the  temple.  '  But  ye  say,'  she  continued,  '  that  Jeru- 
salem is  the  place  where  men  ought  to  worship.'  That  was  the 
point  in  dispute.  But  Jesus  shows  her  the  reconciliation  in  the 
distance  which  would  consist  in  a  decided  elevation  of  both 
parties  above  the  ancient  antagonism :  '  Woman,  believe  Me, 
the  hour  cometh,  when  ye  shall  neither  on  this  mountain  nor 
yet  at  Jerusalem  worship  the  Father.'  Then  this  division  wall 
be  made  up  in  a  higher  union.  But  in  the  meantime  He  de- 
Christ's  person,  it  is  difficult  to  select  or  suppose  any  case  in  which  His 
divinity  may  be  said  to  be  operative.  If  it  is  not  to  be  kept  in  the  back- 
ground throughout  His  life,  and  conceived  of  as  a  mere  inoperative  con- 
stituent of  His  person,  as  the  necessary  condition  or  substratum  of  perfect 
humanity,  then  surely  this  is  an  instance  of  which  we  may  say.  Divinity  is 
here  directly  in  exercise.  We  would  not,  as  is  too  commonly  done,  separate 
what  God  has  so  joined  that  they  never  exist  in  separation  ;  we  would  not 
say,  Up  to  this  point  humanity  is  in  exercise,  and  here  divinity  comes  into 
action  ;  but  we  would  point  to  such  cases  as  that  before  us,  and  say  con- 
fidently, There  is  something  more  than  mere  human  faculty. — Ed.] 


346  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

clares  that  the  Jews  were  in  the  right  in  opposition  to  the 
Samaritans.  'Ye  woi'ship/  He  says,  'ye  know  not  what;'  that 
is,  the  object  of  your  worship,  your  God,  is  no  longer  an  object 
of  true  knowledge  for  you,  since  you  have  given  up  the  con- 
tinuance of  His  revelations,  the  constant  guidance  of  His  Spirit 
until  the  appearing  of  salvation.  '  But  we,'  He  adds,  '  know 
what  we  worship ;  for  salvation  is  of  the  Jews.'  The  true  Jews 
worship  the  God  of  a  continued  revelation.  The  proof  lies  in 
this,  that  salvation  comes  forth  from  Judaism.  Therein  it  is 
shown  that  their  worship,  in  the  best  part  of  the  nation,  in  their 
chosen,  is  clear,  true  knowledge.  This  knowledge  is  matured  in 
the  life-power  and  form  of  salvation.  But  now  He  leads  the 
woman  beyond  the  difference  between  the  Jews  and  Samaritans, 
after  He  had  humbled  the  proud  Samaritan  in  her,  as  a  little 
before  He  had  humbled  the  sinner.  He  announces  to  her  a 
new  religion,  the  commencement  of  which  already  existed  in 
the  true  worshippers.  Spirit  and  Truth  are  the  holy  mountains 
of  worship  for  them,  the  temples  in  which  they  stand  to  offer 
prayer.  And  such  worshippers  God  seeks  ;  His  Spirit  forms 
them ;  and  with  them  alone  He  enters  into  an  everlasting  living 
communion.  And  this  in  conformity  to  His  nature.  Since  He 
is  spirit,  the  infinitely  free,  conscious,  omnipresent  life,  so  the 
worshipper  only  reaches  Him  when  he  worships  God  in  spirit, 
in  the  inward  self-movement  of  his  own  life  in  God,  in  the 
eternity  which  is  exalted  above  space  and  time.  Only  this 
worshipping  in  the  spirit  is  real  worship  at  all,  the  worshipping 
in  truth  ;  a  worship  in  which  man  so  becomes  one  with  God  in 
His  all-comprehending  life,  that  Gerizim  and  Moriah  and  all 
the  mountain  heiglits  of  the  world  are  embraced  by  His  prayer, 
as  the  being  of  God  embraces  them.  And  as  life  in  the  Spirit 
in  union  with  God  makes  praying  in  truth  the  highest  act  of 
life,  so  on  their  side  this  energy  of  worship,  in  which  man  con- 
sciously comes  before  God  as  the  eternal  conscious  Spirit,  leads 
to  life  in  the  Spirit. 

The  woman  begins  to  reflect  on  the  profound  words  of  the 
Lord,  which  affect  her  whole  Samaritan  view  of  the  world,  and 
dart  the  first  rays  of  spiritual  life  into  the  murky  twilight  of 
her  bigotry.  Should  she  give  her  full  confidence  to  the  noble 
stranger  ?  The  question  is  now  respecting  the  highest  spiritual 
surrender,  which  she  can  make  only  to  the  Messiah,  the  expecta- 


CONVERSATION  OF  JESUS  WITH  THE  SAMARITAN  WOMAN.     347 

tion  of  whom  is  now  bscome  alive  in  her  soul  with  the  excite- 
ment of  her  deepest  feelings  and  anticipations.  The  true-hearted 
one  turns  again  to  the  subject  with  earnestness  of  spirit.  '  I 
know/  she  says,  '  that  Messiah  cometh  ;  and  when  He  is  come, 
He  will  reveal  all  things  to  us.'  Adalbert  Maier  justly  remarks, 
'  If  the  Messianic  hope  of  the  Samaritans,  who  received  only  the 
Pentateuch,  was  founded  on  Deut.  xviii.  15,  they  must  have  ex- 
pected in  the  Messiah  principally  a  divine  teacher  who  would, 
like  Moses,  announce  to  them  the  divine  will  and  lead  them  into 
truths  hitherto  concealed.'  He  adds,  it  is  in  accordance  with 
this  that  the  woman  says,  when  Messiah  comes.  He  will  tell  us 
all  things ;  also,  the  appellation  of  the  Messiah  which  has  been 
common  among  the  Samaritans,  that  of  the  converter  (^^ItyHj 
^^'^f),  accords  with  this  expectation. 

We  know  not  what  anticipations  might  move  the  woman  in 
the  last  words.  At  all  events,  it  must  have  been  a  feeling  of 
noble  longing  with  which  she  sighed  for  the  advent  of  the  Mes- 
siah, for  the  Lord  surprised  her  with  the  declaration,  'I  that  speak 
unto  thee  am  He.'  He  was  able  to  announce  Himself  as  the 
Messiah,  in  the  outlying  world  of  Samaria,  because  their  minds 
were  not  pre-occupied  with  the  proud  Messianic  conceptions  of 
the  Jews.  The  woman  longed  after  the  Revealer  of  heavenly 
truth  ;  and  now  the  Converter  stood  before  her  ! 

Meanwhile  the  disciples  returned  from  the  city,  and  marvelled 
that  He  talked  with  the  woman.  But  they  maintained  a  reve- 
rential silence ;  no  one  asked  what  He  sought  of  her,  or  why 
He  talked  with  her.  But  she  left  her  water-pot,  hastened  to  the 
city,  and  eagerly  said  to  the  people,  'Come,  see  a  man  which  told 
me  all  things  that  ever  I  did  ;  is  not  this  the  ^lessiah "? '  She 
publicly  proclaims  her  discovery,  and  the  people  are  excited  ; — a 
multitude  hasten  from  the  city  to  Jesus.  But  neither  the  water- 
pot  which  stands  at  the  well  as  a  witness  of  the  mental  emotion 
of  the  woman,  who  had  left  it  in  such  haste,  nor  the  elevated 
mood  of  their  Lord,  can  draw  the  disciples'  attention  to  the 
spiritual  transaction  ;  they  urge  Him  to  eat.  To  them  it  seems 
the  time  for  taking  their  repast.  Then  He  says,  '  I  have  meat 
to  eat  that  ye  know  not  of ! '  And  now  they  express  to  one 
another  the  conjecture,  that  some  one  had  brought  Him  food. 
By  this  sensuous  perplexity  they  occasioned  the  utterance  of 
that  beautiful  saying,  '  My  meat  is  to  do  the  will  of  Plim  that 


348  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

sent  Me,  and  to  finish  His  work  ! '     That  was  His  pleasure,  His 
life,  His  food ! 

Thus  a  glorious  noonday  scene  is  exhibited  to  our  sight. 
The  disciples  bring  earthly  food,  and  wished  to  arrange  the  meal. 
But  their  Master  has  forgotten  thirst,  and  forgotten  hunger,  in 
order  to  save  the  soul  of  a  poor  woman.  And  the  woman  herself 
has  already  experienced  the  mighty  influence  of  His  Spirit ;  she 
has  forgotten  Jacob's  holy  well  and  her  water-pot,  and  shy- 
ness before  the  people,  and  even  the  inclination  to  palliate 
her  course  of  life,  and  hastens  to  the  city  to  spread  the  know- 
ledge of  Him.  Jesus  goes  on  to  address  the  disciples  :  '  Say  ye 
not,  There  are  yet  four  months,^  and  then  cometh  harvest  ?  Be- 
hold, I  say  unto  you.  Lift  up  your  eyes  and  look  on  the  fields, 
for  they  are  white  already  to  harvest.'  They  saw  the  Samari- 
tans coming :  that  was  the  harvest  which  their  Master  saw  com- 
mencing, and  hailed.  Then  follows  the  general  remark,  that 
in  the  spiritual  field,  the  sower  and  the  reaper  rejoice  together ; — 
the  reaper,  for  he  receives  his  reward,  and  gains  the  precious 
fruit,  the  souls  of  men ;  but  also  the  sower,  for  the  reaper  brings 
the  fruit  into  eternal  life,  so  that  in  the  world  of  everlasting  life 
the  sower  can  celebrate  with  him  the  common  spiritual  harvest 
feast.  And  so  it  must  be,  the  Lord  means  to  say ;  for  in  this  re- 
lation the  proverb.  One  soweth,  and  another  reapeth,  first  obtains 
its  full  essential  verification.  The  expression  is  primarily  used 
in  reference  to  earthly  relations,  to  signify  the  fact,  that  often 
one  must  labour  by  way  of  preparation  for  another,  or  labour 
vigorously  without  his  seeing  himself  the  fruit  of  his  labours. 
But  that  is  in  a  higher  measure  true  in  the  spiritual  field.     Here, 

'  If  Jesus  had  not  uttered  this  saying  to  the  disciples  nearly  about  the 
time  of  sowing,  He  must  either  have  used  it  as  a  proverb,  or  probably  must 
have  said :  Do  not  you  generally  say  about  seed-time,  There  are  four  months 
to  harvest,  etc.?  (see  Wieseler,  p.  216).  The  seed-time  in  Palestine  lasted 
altogether  from  the  end  of  October  to  the  beginning  of  February.  '  The 
harvest  began  on  the  plains  generally  in  the  middle  of  April  (in  the 
month  of  Abib),  but  it  was  formally  opened  on  the  second  day  of  the  Pass- 
over, therefore  on  the  16th  of  Nisan,  and  lasted  till  Pentecost.  The  first 
reaping  was  the  barley,  sown  perhaps  in  November  and  December,  or  in  part 
still  later,  in  January.  Here  the  proverb  would  apply,  if  they  reckoned  the 
intervening  months  in  the  gross.' — Liicke,  i.  605.  '  The  proverbial  expression 
of  four  months  for  the  time  from  sowing  to  harvest  is  stated  from  the  Jews 
by  Lightfoot  and  Wetstein,  and  from  Varro  by  TTetstein.' — Baumgarten- 
Crusius,  p.  166. 


CONVERSATION  OF  JESUS  WITH  THE  SAiMARITAN  WOMAN.     340 

very  often  the  sowers  go  very  far  before  the  reapers,  and  die 
without  seeing  any  fruit.  These  are  the  noblest  and  severest 
sorrows  on  earth  ;  herein  the  whole  bitterness  of  that  saying  is 
felt,  '  One  soweth,  another  reapeth.'  But  the  rich  eternity,  the 
world  of  eternal  life,  equalizes  this  disproportion.  And  thus  in 
our  case  the  word  is  true  in  the  highest  sense,  He  would  further 
say :  '  I  have  sent  you  to  reap  that  whereon  ye  bestowed  no 
labour ;  other  men  have  laboured,  and  ye  are  entered  into  their 
labours.'  Taken  in  their  connection,  we  cannot  consider  these 
words  as  having  any  reference  to  tlie  later  conversions  at  Sa- 
maria (Acts  viii.  5) ;  and  perhaps  some  would  understand  them  in 
the  sense  that  the  Lord  was  now  sowing  the  seed,  and  that  they 
would  one  day  reap  the  harvest.  But  this  exposition  is  not  ad- 
missible, because  Christ  Avould  in  that  case  mix  two  imaires  to- 
gether — one  in  which  He  now  was  reaping  the  harvest  with  His 
disciples,  and  the  other  according  to  which  He,  as  the  sower, 
preceded  them,  the  reapers.  But  it  is  evident,  and  conformably 
to  the  Lord,  that  He  gathers  in  His  harvest  w'ith  the  disciples 
in  living  unity.  Evidently  He  is  speaking  of  a  harvest  to  be 
gathered  at  the  time  then  present,  and  His  disciples  must  here 
regard  themselves  as  generally,  after  the  commission  they  had  re- 
ceived, as  the  reapers.  For  these  reapers  the  earlier  sources  of  the 
seed  must  now  be  sought.  A  sowing  certainly  had  taken  place 
in  Samaria,  first  by  means  of  Moses,  whose  Pentateuch  was  in 
constant  use  among  the  people,  then  by  the  Jewish  priests  who 
had  converted  the  heathen  population  in  Samaria  to  the  rudi- 
ments of  Judaism;  but  perhaps,  last  of  all,  by  John  the  Baptist, 
who  had  baptized  at  Enon  near  Salim,  at  all  events  not  far 
from  this  region.  If  we  assume  that  John  the  Baptist  had 
kindled  afresh  in  Samaria  the  expectation  of  the  Messiah,  we 
must  regard  the  expression  of  Jesus  as  one  of  mournful  recollec- 
tion. He  who  had  sown  the  seed  would  be  rejoicing  among 
the  reapers  in  the  eternal  life  of  the  other  world.  This  mourn- 
ful consolation  was  probable,  for  John  had  been  apprehended 
a  short  time  before  in  this  district.  But  if  we  refer  the  words 
of  Jesus  to  those  oldest  sowers  of  the  divine  seed  in  Samaria, 
they  will  appear  to  us  in  all  their  sublimity.  Jesus  is  struck  with 
amazment,  that  that  ancient  divine  seed  in  Samaria,  of  which 
the  sowers  were  hardly  known,  which  seemed  to  be  lost  and 
buried  in  half-heathenish  superstition,  should  now  spring  up 


350  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

suddenly  for  the  harvest ;  and  it  testifies  to  the  singular  depth, 
we  might  say  the  exalted  gratitude,  as  well  as  the  love  of  His 
heart,  that  at  this  hour  He  is  mindful  of  those  ancient  sowers, 
and  rejoices  in  their  joy  to  eternal  life.  In  this  state  of  feeling 
He  says,  '  More  than  ever  in  the  present  case  is  that  proverb 
verified.' 

The  Evangelist  informs  us  that  many  people  of  that  city 
believed  on  Jesus,  in  consequence  of  what  the  woman  had  com- 
municated to  them  ;  how  He  had  exposed  to  her  what  she  had 
done;  how  He  had  laid  before  her  the  register  of  her  criminal  life. 
Hence  these  persons  invited  Him  to  tarry  with  them,  and  He 
abode  there  two  days.  For  the  disciples,  this  tended  decidedly  to 
promote  their  general  philanthropy ;  it  was  a  preparation  for  their 
future  universal  apostolic  ministry.  But  now  many  more  Sa- 
maritans believed  on  Jesus,  and  with  a  very  different  decisive- 
ness, for  they  heard  His  own  word  ;  and  they  declared  to  the 
woman  that  their  faith  no  longer  stood  on  her  report,  which  now 
seemed  to  them  as  insignificant  (as  "kaXca)  compared  with  what 
they  heard  from  Jesus  Himself.  They  themselves  had  now 
heard  Him,  and  knew  that  this  was  in  truth  the  Messiah,  the 
Saviour  of  the  world.  A  quiet  blessing  rested  on  that  harvest, 
which  the  Lord  with  His  disciples  had  reaped  in  Samaria.  It 
did  not  extend  over  the  whole  country.  Hatred  against  the 
Jews  formed  too  great  an  obstacle  (Luke  ix.  51).  Nor  was  it 
the  design  of  Jesus  to  include  Samaria  generally  in  His  mini- 
stry, since  in  doing 'so  He  might  have  seriously  injured  or  ruined 
His  ministry  in  Judea  ^  (Matt.  x.  5).  But  the  harvest  was  at 
the  same  time  a  sowing  which,  after  the  day  of  Pentecost, 
ripened  into  a  fresh  harvest,  and  from  Sicliem  came  forth  one 

^  Strauss  (i.  537)  finds  a  contradiction  between  the  command  excluding 
the  Samaritans  in  the  instructions  given  by  Jesus  to  His  disciples,  and  His 
own  journey  to  the  Samaritans  i:)reviously  to  giving  those  instructions.  But 
if  this  connection  with  the  Samaritans  be  properly  estimated,  it  will  rather 
tend  to  confirm  those  instructions.  We  find  that  Jesus,  in  travelling  through, 
only  concerned  Himself  with  the  Samaritans  in  consequence  of  being  in  their 
vicinity ;  that  He  spent  only  two  days  with  them,  while  He  devoted  the 
whole  time  of  His  ministry  to  Judea,  Galilee,  and  Perea.  Hence  it  follows 
that  His  plan,  which  His  disciples  were  to  follow  literally,  required  the  tem- 
porary exclusion  of  Samaria  from  His  ministry,  while  His  spirit  contem- 
plated them  as  called  with  the  rest ;  and  accordingly  He  attended  to  the 
Samaritans  when  an  occasion  offered,  and  in  preference  to  the  Gentiles. 


CONVERSATION  OF  JESUS  WITH  THE  SAMARITAN  WOMAN.     351 

of  the  most  distinguished  apologists  of   the    ancient    Church, 
Justin  Martyr.^ 

NOTES. 

1.  Jacob's  '  parcel  of  ground'  is  situated  on  a  plain  to  the 
east  of  Sichem  (Robinson's  Biblical  Researches  ii.  287).  In 
going  from  Judea  to  Galilee  this  plain  is  passed  through  from 
south  to  north,  and  the  valley  of  the  city  of  Sichem,  which  runs 
between  the  mountains  Gerizim  and  Ebal  in  a  north-western  di- 
rection, is  on  the  left  (Robinson,  ii.  274).  Hence  Christ  might 
send  His  disciples  in  that  direction  to  the  city,  and  wait  for  them 
at  the  well :  by  so  doing  He  would  remain  meanwhile  in  the 
ordinary  travelling  route.  This  '  parcel  of  ground'  was  a  con- 
stant possession  of  the  children  of  Israel  in  North  Palestine  from 
the  days  of  Jacob.  According  to  Gen.  xxxiii.  19,  the  patriarch 
bought  it  of  the  children  of  Hamor.  At  a  later  period  (Gen. 
xxxiv.)  Simeon  and  Levi  took  possession  by  force  of  the  valley 
and  Sichem,  the  city  of  Sichem  the  son  of  Hamor.  To  this  event 
probably  the  expression  in  Gen.  xlviii.  22  refers,  wdiicli  the  Sep- 
tuagint  distinctly  explains  of  Sichem.^  But  perhaps  the  lan- 
guage of  the  patriarch  is  figurative,  and  means,  '  I  gained  the 
parcel  of  ground  which  I  gave  to  Joseph  by  my  sword  and 
bow;'  that  is,  by  fair  purchase,  not  by  the  sword  and  bow  of 
his  violent  sons.  According  to  Josh.  xxiv.  32,  the  bones  of 
Joseph  were  buried  here  on  the  conquest  of  Canaan,  and  the 
ground  became  the  inheritance  of  the  sons  of  Joseph.  Abra- 
ham himself  made  the  first  acquisition  of  the  theocratic  race  in 
Canaan,  when  he  purchased  the  field  of  Ephron,  with  the  cave 
in  Hebron,  for  a  burial-place  (Gen.  xxiii.).  This  was  the  first 
possession  of  Israel  in  the  southern  part  of  the  land. 

2.  On  the  history  of  the  hatred  between  the  Jews  and  Sama- 
ritans, see  Robinson,  ii.  289.  The  religious  archives  of  the 
Samaritans  consist  of  a  peculiar  text  of  the  Pentateuch,'  and  '  a 

^  [See  Semisch's  monograph  on  the  Life^  Writings,  and  Opinions  of  Justin 
Martyr,  translated  by  J.  E.  Kylaud,  2  vols.  Edinburgh,  1844  :  in  Clark's 
Biblical  Cahinet.'] 

2  '  I  have  given  thee  one  portion  (D3C*)  above  thy  brethren.' — A.  V. 
'Eyu  3s  ^I'Zuf/.i  aoi  lUtf^cn,  i'^xipirov  VT^ip  roi/;  cili'h(pov;  oov. — LXX. 

3  [On  the  Samaritan  Pentateuch,  see  Havernick's  Introd.  to  the  Penta- 
teuch 431.— Ed.] 


352  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

sort  of  chronicle  extending  from  Moses  to  the  time  of  Alexan- 
der Severus,  and  which,  in  the  period  parallel  to  the  book  of 
Joshua,  has  a  strong  affinity  with  that  book ;'  besides  '  a  curious 
collection  of  hymns,  discovered  by  Gesenius  in  a  Samaritan 
manuscript  in  England'  (Robinson,  ii.  299).  A  knowledge  of 
the  religious  opinions  of  the  modern  Samaritans  has  been  derived 
from  Samaritan  letters,  which,  since  the  year  1589,  have  been 
received  at  various  times  in  a  correspondence  carried  on  between 
the  Samaritans  and  European  scholars.  Since  the  Samaritan 
religion  was  only  a  stagnant  form  of  the  ancient  Mosaism  in 
traditionary  ordinances,  which  wanted,  together  Avith  the  living 
spirit  of  Mosaism,  the  formative  power,  the  ability  of  advancing 
through  prophecy  to  the  New  Testament,  it  is  not  surprising 
that  the  expectation  of  the  Messiah  among  the  Samaritans 
appears  only  as  a  stunted  copy  of  its  first  Mosaic  form.  With 
this  remark  we  may  set  aside  what  Bruno  Bauer  (^Kritik  der 
evang.  Geschiehte  der  Johannes,  p.  415)  has  inferred  from  the 
Samaritan  letter  against  the  existence  of  a  Messianic  expectation 
among  the  Samaritans.  In  the  Hatthaheb,  whom  they  desig- 
nated as  their  messiah,  they  could  only  have  expected  the  appear- 
ance of  the  Deity  returning  to  them.  But  the  hope  of  an 
appearance  of  the  Deity,  or  the  transient  revelation  of  an  '  arch- 
angel,' must  never  be  confounded  with  the  theocratical  expec- 
tation of  a  revelation  of  the  Deity  transforming  the  historical 
relations  of  the  people.  It  is  in  favour  of  the  originality  of  the 
Messianic  expectati'on  of  the  Samaritans,  that  they  gave  the 
Messiah  a  peculiar  name.  Robinson's  Samaritan  guide  showed 
him  and  his  fellow-travellers  on  Mount  Gerizim  twelve  stones, 
which  he  said  were  brought  out  of  Jordan  by  the  Israelites,  and 
added,  '  And  there  they  will  remain  until  el-Muhdy  (the  Guide) 
shall  appear.  This,'  he  said,  '  and  not  the  Messiah,  is  the  name 
they  give  to  the  expected  Saviour'  (ii.  278).  Baumgarten- 
Crusius,  in  his  Commentary  on  John  (p.  162),  remarks,  that  he 
could  cite  it  as  the  last  word  of  Gesenius  on  this  subject,  that 
he  had  explained  this  Messianic  name  el-Muhdy,  the  leader,  as 
equivalent  to  the  earlier  name  Hathaf  or  Tahef,  which,  accord- 
ing to  the  explanation  of  Gesenius,  denotes  the  restorer  of  the 
people  in  a  spiritual  and  moral  sense.  In  this  question,  as  Yon 
Aramon^  justly  remarks,  the  fact  is  of  great  importance,  that 
^  Die  Geschiehte  des  Lebens  Jesu  i.  354. 


CONVERSATION  OF  JESUS  WITH  THE  SAMARIT.\N  WOMAN.     353 

Dositheus/  in  the  first  century  of  the  Christian  era,  could  act 
the  pai't  of  a  false  Messiah  among  the  Samaritans,  and  likewise 
the  influence  which  in  a  similar  manner  Simon  Magiis  manao;ed 
to  gain  among  them  when  he  represented  himself  as  the  great 
power  of  God  (Acts  viii.  9,  10).  In  addition  to  the  above- 
named,  Baumgarten-Crusius  mentions  also  Menander.  Very 
important  is  the  fact  brought  forward  by  the  last-named  theolo- 
gian, that  the  apostles  (according  to  Acts  viii.)  found  so  early  an 
entrance  into  Samaria  on  the  ground  of  the  Messianic  faith. 
It  was  indeed  very  possible  that  the  Samaritan  woman  at  Jacob's 
well  made  use  of  another  term  for  designating  the  Messiah ; 
but  the  term  here  given  may  be  referred  to  the  presumed  mini- 
stry of  the  Baptist  in  Samaria.^ 

3.  The  coincidence  noticed  by  Hengstenberg  and  others,  of 
the  five  husband^  of  the  Samaritan  woman  with  the  fivefold 
idolatrous  worship  which,  according  to  2  Kings  xvii.  24,  was 
practised  by  the  five  nations  from  Assyria,  and  the  relation  of 
the  sixth  husband,  who  was  not  the  legal  husband  of  the  woman, 
to  the  mixed  Jg/io ra/t-worship  of  the  Samaritans,  is  an  ingenious 
combination  of  the  '  coincidence  of  the  history  of  this  woman 
with  the  political  history  of  the  Samaritan  people,'  which,  accord- 
ing to  Baumgarten-Crusius  {Commentar  z.  Joli.  153),  'is  so 
striking,  that  we  might  be  disposed  to  find  in  this  language  a 
Jewish  proverb  respecting  the  Samaritans  applied  to  an  indivi- 
dual of  the  nation.'  But  thus  much  is  clear  in  the  simple 
historical  construction  of  the  Gospel,  that  Jesus  makes  the 
remark  to  the  woman  in  a  literal  sense  respecting  the  husbands 
whom  she  formerly  had  and  the  one  whom  she  then  had.  For, 
had  He  wished  to  upbraid  the  national  guilt  of  the  Samaritans 
by  an  allegorical  proverb,  He  could  not  have  made  use  of  the 
accidental  turn  which  the  conversation  took  by  the  guilty  con- 
sciousness of  the  woman  in  order  to  appear  as  a  prophet ;  but 
He  would  have  felt  Himself  still  more  bound  to  have  further 
developed  the  obscure  proverb.     Add  to  this,    the   Samaritan 

1  [Neander's  Clmrcli  Hktory  ii.  123  (Bohn's  Tr.)  ;  Dr  Lauge,  Die  Apos- 
toUsche  Zeitalter  ii.  103,  104,  Braunschweig  1854 ;  Gieseler,  Lehrbuch  der 
KirchengescJiichte  i.  63. — Tr.] 

2  [On  the  Samaritan  expectation  of  a  Messiah,  see  Hengsteuberg's  Chrig- 
tology  i.  75  (2d  edit,  Clark),  and  the  references  there. — Ed.] 

VOL.  II.  Z 


354  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

people  practised  the  five  modes  of  idolatrous  worship  and  the 
service  of  Jehovah  simultaneously,  while  this  parallel  is  wanting 
in  the  history  of  the  woman.  At  all  events,  an  allegorical 
representation  of  the  relation  must  have  treated  quite  differently 
those  historical  relations.  According  to  prophetic  analogies,  it 
must  have  been  said  inversely,  Thou  hast  lived  at  the  same 
time  with  five  paramours,  and  now  thou  hast  not  returned  to  thy 
lawful  husband ;  thou  dost  not  yet  fully  belong  to  him.  But 
allowing  the  simple  fact  of  the  narrative  to  remain  intact,  there 
lies  in  the  aforenamed  reference  of  it  certainly  no  more  than 
a  significant,  striking  correspondency  of  the  relations  of  this 
woman  to  the  religious  relations  of  her  nation. 


SECTION    IX. 

THE  PROPHET  IN  HIS  OWN  CITY  OF  NAZARETH. 

(John  iv.  43, 44  ;  Luke  iv.  14-30 ;  Matt.  iv.  12,  13 ;  Mark  i.  14 ; 
Matt.  xiii.  53-58 ;  Mark  vi.  1-6.) 

The  land  of  Galilee  has  received  its  name  from  a  district  on  the 
northern  borders  of  Palestine,  in  the  tribe  of  Naphtali,  which  was 
very  early  so  called.^  This  circumstance,  that  the  whole  land  of 
Galilee  received  its  name  from  that  region  which  latterly  was  dis- 
tinguished as  Upper  Galilee  from  Lower  Galilee,  is  of  importance 
for  this  section,  as  well  as  for  other  passages  in  the  Gospels.  Pro- 
bably the  original  Galilee,  in  the  mouth  of  the  Jewish  people, 
was  emphatically  called  Galilee ;  and  according  to  the  Israelit- 
ish  mode  of  expression,  persons  might  go  from  Lower  Galilee  to 

1  Compare  Josh.  xx.  7,  xxi.  32.  ^i^ji  originally  denoted  a  circle,  hence  a 
boundary,  the  environs  of  a  country.  Thus,  in  Josh.  xiii.  2  and  Joel  iii.  4, 
the  '  borders'  or  '  coasts,'  r\SybSi  of  the  Philistines,  are  spoken  of.  In  Josh. 
XX.  11  we  read  of  the  '  borders' — Geliloth — of  Jordan.  But  in  a  more  de- 
finite sense,  the  district  round  the  mountain  heights  of  Naphtali  appear  to 
have  been  designated  as  Galilee.  This  Galilee  was  more  distinctly  described 
as  Galilee  of  the  Gentiles  (Isa.  ix.  1),  since  there  probably  the  Jewish  and 
Gentile  towns  lay  together  in  a  district  which  exhibited  a  geographical 
unity. 


THE  PROPHET  IN  HIS  OWN  CITY  OF  NAZARETH.  355 

Galilee,  as  any  one  might  go  from  Geneva  to  Switzerland,  or 
from  Berlin  to  Prussia.^ 

According  to  Joseplius,"  Lower  Galilee  was  divided  from 
Upper  Galilee  by  a  frontier  which  went  from  Tiberias  to  Zabu- 
lon.  According  to  the  direction  of  this  boundary  line,  Xazareth 
belongs  to  the  province  of  Lower  Galilee,  while  the  Cana  desig- 
nated Kana  el  Jelil  by  Robinson  as  our  New  Testament  Kana 
most  probably  belongs  to  the  province  of  Upper  Galilee.'^  Most 
decidedly  Capernaum  is  situated  within  the  borders  of  Upper 
Galilee. 

From  what  has  been  said,  it  may  be  explained  how  Matthew 
could  write  that  Jesus,  '  leaving  Nazareth,  came  and  dwelt  at 
Capernaum,'  and  that  then  was  fulfilled  what  was  prophesied  by 
Isaiah  of  the  Messianic  visitation  of  Galilee  of  the  Gentiles.* 

In  the  same  way  the  difficulty  may  be  disposed  of  which  is 
found  in  the  Evangelist  John,  when  he  writes,  that  Jesus,  after 
spending  two  days  at  Sychar,  '  departed  thence  and  went  into 
Galilee,' — to  Galilee,  for  He  himself  had  testified,  '  that  a 
prophet  hath  no  honour  in  his  own  country;'  and  when  the 
Evangelist,  notwithstanding  these  words  immediately  preceding, 
observes,  that  Jesus  was  very  well  received  by  the  Galileans.^ 

^  '  By  "  Galilee  of  the  Gentiles"  is  commonly  understood  the  northern 
part  of  the  land,  or  Upper  Gahlee.' — Forbiger,  Handbuch  dtrAlten  Geographie 
ii.  689. 

2  De  Bello  Jud.  iii.  3,  §  1. 

2  In  the  exegesis  of  John's  Gospel  a  counterpart  has  been  sought  to  the 
Cana  in  Galilee  ;  see  Liicke's  Commentar  i.  468.  Since  Kefr  Kenna,  which 
tradition  has  pointed  out  as  the  Galilean  Cana,  lies  in  a  southern  district,  so 
this  might  be  in  the  province  of  Lower  Galilee,  and,  according  to  our  sup- 
position, that  Upper  Galilee  was  pre-eminently  called  Galilee,  might  form 
the  counterpart,  especially  since  the  two  places  were  not  far  from  one  another. 
The  denomination  might  be  used  to  distinguish  it  from  Cana  in  the  tribe  of 
Asher ;  for  it  also  belonged  to  the  politically  defined  Upper  Galilee,  though 
it  was  not  situated  in  the  original  Galilean  circuit. 

*  With  this  a  difficulty  is  solved,  which  Bruno  Bauer  (Kri/ik  der  Evany. 
Geschichte  i.  23)  has  urged  with  a  self-complacent  prolixity, — when  he 
remarks  that  the  Evangelist  knew  not  that  Nazareth  was  a  city  of  GaUlee. 
AVe  saw  before,  in  oppo.sition  to  the  above-named  critic,  how  a  person  might 
go  from  the  wilderness  into  the  wilderness  :  we  see  here  how  it  was  possible 
to  go  from  Galilee  to  Galilee.  Tlie  expression  in  Luke  iv.  31,  He  came  from 
Nazareth  to  Capernaum,  a  city  of  Galilee,  is  also  to  be  explained  in  the  same 
way. 

^  Even  at  Capernaum  itself  the  district  of  Cana  seems  to  have  been  re- 


356  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

From  Samaria  Jesus  turned  His  steps  to  Nazaretli,  His  wonted 
residence,  where  His  mother  still  lived  with  His  relations.  But 
here  He  found,  even  from  the  first,  no  very  agreeable  reception, 
and  a  momentary  admiration  of  His  personality  (Matt.  xiii.  54) 
soon  gave  place  to  a  decided  aversion.  They  rejected  Him,  and 
Jesus  then  uttered  these  words,  which  have  become  a  perpetual 
proverb  :  '  No  prophet  is  accepted  in  his  own  country'  (Luke 
iv.  24). 

The  Evangelist  John,  according  to  the  plan  of  his  work, 
might  not  narrate  the  incident ;  yet  he  slightly  hints  at  it,  since 
he  has  assigned  the  cause  why  Jesus  did  not  take  up  His  abode  at 
Nazareth,  but  went  to  Gahlee  Proper  (Old  Galilee),  in  his  own 
words. 

Matthew  also  at  first  only  mentions  the  circumstance  (iv.  12, 
13),  that  Jesus  left  Nazareth  and  settled  in  Capernaum.  But 
afterwards  he  recurs  to  the  incident  which  occasioned  the  Lord's 
making  this  change  in  His  residence.  That  this  is  the  same 
incident  which  we  find  related  much  earlier  in  Luke,  can  admit 
of  no  doubt.  Matthew  was  induced  by  his  pecuhar  arrange- 
ment to  bring  it  in  so  late.  He  has  formed  no  connection  of 
events  which  forces  us  to  consider  his  narrative  as  referring  to 
a  later  period. 

Mark  does  not  mention  the  change  of  residence  ;  but  he  also 
narrates  the  same  incident  which  is  reported  by  Matthew  (vi.  1), 
in  a  combination  of  events,  indeed,  which  is  to  be  taken  as  an 
indefinite  connection* 

But  the  Evangelist  Luke  gives  to  the  history  its  correct 
chronological  arrangement,  if  we  except  the  inexactness  already 
spoken  of,  which  we  find  in  all  the  synoptic  Gospels ;  namely, 
that  the  return  of  Jesus  from  the  wilderness  is  not  distinctly 
separated  from  His  later  return  from  Judea.  Luke  is  obviously 
occupied  with  this  latter  return.  According  to  Matthew  and 
Mark  (iv.  12  ;  Mark  i.  14),  it  was  caused  by  John's  being  cast 

garded  as  Galilee  in  the  strictest  sense,  as  appears  from  John  iv.  47.  Hence  the 
conjecture  may  be  hazarded,  that  that  district  on  which  Cana  lay,  adjacent  to 
a  round  mountain,  had  been  the  original  circuit,  the  Galil,  from  which  the 
province  takes  its  name  (Robinson).  Accordingly  John's  mode  of  expres- 
sion might  be  regarded  as  a  provincialism, — as  when,  for  example,  a  Zuricher 
says,  I  am  not  going  to  HutH  but  to  Albis.  To  any  other  Zuricher  this 
would  be  intelligible,  since  on  the  spot  Albis  is  distinguished  from  Hutli ; 
but  not  by  a  distant  geographer,  since  he  would  join  Hutli  with  Albis. 


THE  rROPIIET  IN  HIS  OWN  CITY  OF  NAZARETH.  357 

into  prison  ;  according  to  John,  there  was  this  in  addition,  that 
Jesus  could  not  cany  on  His  work  uninterruptedly  in  Judea. 

That  the  synoptists  could  not  mean  the  return  of  Jesus 
from  the  wilderness,  is  plain  from  the  circumstance  that  John 
was  not  then  cast  into  prison.  But  they  might  also  not  mean 
the  second  return  of  Jesus  from  Jerusalem,  which  John  vi.  1 
presupposes ;  for  this  time  He  soon  hastened  over  the  Galilean 
sea,  near  the  east  coast,  while  the  former  time,  according  to  the 
three  first  Evangelists,  He  spent  a  longer  time  on  the  west  coast. 
John,  too,  about  this  time  had  been  already  put  to  death.  The 
synoptists  therefore  have  reported  the  same  return  of  which 
John  gives  us  an  account  in  the  fourth  chapter. 

On  the  way  to  Nazareth  Jesus  everywhere  appeared  as  a 
teacher  in  the  synagogues  of  Lower  Galilee,  and  His  fame 
always  went  before  Him'^  (Luke  iv.  14,  15).  Accompanied  by 
the  disciples  He  had  already  gained,  He  entered  His  own  town. 
Here  He  laid  His  hands  on  a  few  sick  persons  and  healed  them, 
as  Mark  tells  us.  But  he  immediately  remarks,  that  the  unbe- 
lief of  His  countrymen  constantly  counteracted  and  repressed 
the  joyfulness  of  His  spirit,  so  that,  according  to  the  truth  and 
delicacy  of  His  divine  life.  He  could  not  do  many  miracles  in 
this  spiritual  sphere.  Thus,  already  troubled  in  spirit  by  their 
obtuseness.  He  entered  on  the  following  Sabbath  into  their 
synagogue.^  Here  He  gave  an  address.  '  After  the  custom  of 
the  ancient  synagogue,  persons  in  whom  confidence  was  placed, 

^  [Fame,  and  whatever  depends  on  the  communication  of  man  with  man, 
varies  with  the  density  of  the  population.  The  description  of  Gahlee  by 
Josephus  {Bell.  Jud.  iii.  3)  gives  one  the  idea  of  a  fat,  proHfic  land,  swarming 
with  inhabitants.  '  The  cities,'  he  says,  '  lie  close  together,  and  the  multitude 
of  villages  everywhere  through  the  land  are  so  populous  that  the  smallest 
contains  upwards  of  15,000  inhabitants.'  The  distinction  between  cities  and 
villages  given  by  Lightfoot  {lior.  Ileh.  Matt.  iv.  23)  is  in  itself  interesting, 
as  giving  us  a  glimpse  into  the  civilisation  of  the  Jews,  and,  in  connection 
with  this  section ,  useful.  '  What  is  a  great  city  ?  That  in  which  were  ten  men 
of  leisure.    If  there  be  less  than  this  number,  behold,  it  is  a  village.' — Ed.] 

2  '  The  icocTocro  siu66;  xi>ru,^  says  Olshausen,  '  does  not  refer  to  an  earlier 
time.'  Why  not,  since  Jesus  had  already  been  engaged  above  half  a  year  in 
His  public  ministry?  Indeed,  why  should  not  the  expression  refer  to  the 
simple  attendance  on  the  Sabbath,  to  which  Jesus  had  been  accustomed  from 
His  youth  ?  Bruno  Bauer  (i.  255)  ascribes  to  the  narrative  of  Luke  the 
intention  of  relating  the  first  appearance  of  Jesus,  that  he  may  raise  a  con- 
tradiction out  of  the  expression  :  '  as  His  custom  was.' 


358         PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

even  though  they  were  not  Eabbis,  might  give  addresses  in  the 
synagogue.  They  stood  while  reading  the  word  of  God.  The 
servant  of  the  synagogue  presented  the  roll,  and  then  the  reader, 
when  he  finished  the  section,  gave  an  address.  A  passage  from 
the  prophets  was  joined  to  a  section  from  the  books  of  IMoses.^ 
Jesus  therefore  stood  up  to  read  the  prophetic  section  which 
was  in  order,  according  to  the  synagogue-service.  This  hap- 
pened to  be  the  prophet  Isaiah ;  and  for  this  Sabbath  the  section 
which  He  found  on  opening  the  roll  was  the  remarkable  pro- 
phecy of  the  Spirit's  anointing  of  the  Messiah,  Isa.  Ix.  1.  Thus  it 
came  to  pass  that,  according  to  the  regulations  of  the  synagogue. 
He  was  obliged  to  read  the  words,  which  He  certainly  could 
not  have  read  by  an  evasion  of  these  regulations,  without  arous- 
ing the  displeasure  of  those  old  acquaintances  who  already  under- 
valued Him  ^ — '  The  Spirit  of  the  Lord  is  in  and  upon  me : 
hence  He  has  anointed  me  (and  officially  appointed  me).  He  has 
sent  me  to  announce  glad  tidings  to  the  poor,  to  heal  the  broken- 
hearted^— to  announce  deliverance  to  the  captives,  and  sight  to 
the  blind ;  to  set  at  liberty  them  that  are  bruised — to  proclaim 
the  acceptable  (the  beautiful,  great  jubilee)  year  of  the  Lord.'* 

*  Olshausen,  Commentary  ii.  148.  [Lightfoot  (Horse  Hehr.  on  Matt.  iv. 
23)  is  very  full  on  the  custonis  of  the  synagogues.  In  conclusion  he  says, 
'  By  what  right  was  Christ  permitted  by  the  rulers  of  the  synagogue  to 
preach,  being  the  son  of  a  carpenter,  and  of  no  learned  education  ?  Was  it 
allowed  any  illiterate  person,  or  mechanic,  to  preach  in  the  synagogues,  if 
he  had  the  confidence  himself  to  do  it  ?  By  no  means.  But  two  things  gave 
Christ  admission, — the  fame  of  His  miracles,  and  that  he  gave  Himself  out 
the  head  of  a  religious  sect.'  Lightfoot  should  be  consulted  also  on  Luke  iv. 
16,  where  he  illustrates  the  reverence  shown  for  the  law  by  the  standing  pos- 
ture of  the  reader. — Ed.] 

2  This  is  contrary  to  Olshausen's  remark :  he  thinks  that  Jesus  was 
guided  by  the  Spirit  in  finding  this  passage,  with  a  deviation  from  the  order 
of  the  synagogue.  [But  Lightfoot  shows  that,  while  in  the  reading  of  the 
law  no  deviation  from  the  established  order  was  allowed,  it  was  permitted 
to  select  a  passage  from  the  prophets. — Ed.] 

*  The  words  ixauadxi  rov;  cvvrsrpifif^svovg  tvjv  x-etphiau  are  wanting  in 
many  manuscripts  and  versions;  [and  are  omitted  by  Tischendorf  and 
Alford.] 

*  The  Evangelist  has  given  the  passage  freely  according  to  the  Septua- 
gint — we  have  altered  the  common  punctuation  according  to  Breitinger's 
edition  of  the  Septuagint.  The  Evangelist  has  introduced  the  words  tiToa- 
rii'h»i  T:idpxvo:i/.iuovi;  iv  d^itrit  from  Isa.  Iviii.  C  ;  for  x.u.'hka a-i  he  has  chosen 
the  more  pregnant  term  i<.-/\pvi,tx.i.     On  the  relation  of  this  mode  of  quotation 


THE  PROPHET  IN  HIS  OWN  CITY  OF  NAZARETH.  359 

After  the  solemn  delivery  of  these  words,  ^Yhich  He  not  only 
read  from  the  roll,  but  also  uttered  from  the  depths  of  His  inner 
life,  He  rolled  up  the  book,  gave  it  to  the  servant,  and  sat  down. 
Everything  that  He  said  and  did  made  so  powerful  an  impression 
on  the  hearts  of  the  persons  present,  that  all  eyes  in  the  synagogue 
were  fastened  upon  Him.  And  He  began  to  speak  to  them  re- 
specting the  glad  tidings.  This  day,  He  said,  is  this  Scripture 
fulfilled  in  your  ears.  His  compassion  flowed  forth  to  them 
with  the  holy  words  of  Scripture  and  in  His  exposition  of  them, 
for  they  appeared  to  Him  as  those  poor,  and  blind,  and  bound, 
and  bruised  ones  to  whom  He  was  sent.  And  it  seemed  for  a 
while  as  if  their  cold  hearts  would  be  thawed.  They  began  to 
testify  to  the  power  of  His  Spirit,  and  wondered  at  the  gracious 
words  that  streamed  from  His  lips. 

But  the  ignoble  feelings  that  mastered  them  soon  produced 
a  reaction  against  the  salutary  impression,  and  destroyed  it.  The 
unconscious  self-contempt  in  which  the  earthly-minded  man 
moves  in  his  state  of  torpidity,  does  not  allow  him  easily  to  arrive 
at  the  joyful  belief,  that  close  by  his  side,  out  of  his  own  circle 
and  the  poor  materials  of  his  present  condition,  a  higher  life 
may  possibly  break  forth,  and  even  a  heavenly  messenger  pro- 
ceed. He  is  therefore  tempted  to  put  down  the  highest  experi- 
ence of  this  kind  by  the  mean,  the  common,  to  disown  the  pro- 
phet, although  he  feels  his  spiritual  power,  because  he  appears 
in  the  form  of  a  peasant,  to  whom  he  can  as  little  attribute 
spiritual  life  as  to  himself.  To  this  temptation  the  inhabitants 
of  Nazareth  succumbed.  The  first  indication  of  altered  feeling 
was  shown  in  their  beginning  to  look  upon  His  peculiar  gushing 
spiritual  life  as  a  strange,  far-fetched  scholastic  learning,  and 
initiation  into  the  qualifications  for  miracle-working.  They 
asked,  Whence  hath  this  man  all  these  things  ?  What  is  this 
wisdom  (what  school)  which  has  been  given  to  Him?  and  whence 

to  the  doctrine  of  inspiration,  see  Olshausen  on  the  passage.  [Olshausen 
has  no  ground  from  these  quotations  for  saying  that  the  inspired  writers  '  C07i- 
fused  passages  and  mistook  words.'  At  the  most  they  show  that  they  quoted 
from  the  LXX.,  and  freely  amalgamated  similar  passages  so  as  to  bring  out 
a  new  meaning,  which  is  surely  consistent  with  the  strictest  theory  of  in- 
spiration. Had  the  writers  of  the  New  Testament  not  been  conscious  of  the 
sacredness  of  their  task  and  the  infallibility  of  their  guidance,  they  would 
probably  have  shown  themselves  more  scrupulous  in  their  dealings  with  the 
Old  Testament.— Ed.] 


360         PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHEIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

is  it  that  such  mighty  works  are  performed  by  His  hands  ?  Is 
He  not  the  carpenter,  son  of  Joseph  the  carpenter?  We  know 
quite  well  how  His  mother  is  called,  they  would  again  go  on  to 
say,  asking  in  jest.  Is  she  not  called  Mary  ?  And  then  they 
would  proceed  to  count  His  brothers  on  their  fingers — James, 
and  Joses,  and  Simon,  and  Judas ;  and  even  His  sisters  they 
cannot  leave  out  in  the  reckoning.  In  this  manner  they  were 
scandalized  at  Him  ;  that  is,  they  took  an  offence  at  His  parent- 
age which  was  fatal  to  them. 

As  soon  as  Jesus  remarked  this  change  He  said  to  them, 
'  Surely  ye  will  repeat  to  Me  the  proverb,  "  Physician,  heal  thy- 
self!"' He  explained  His  meaning.  They  seemed  at  first  to 
desire  to  see  such  deeds  as,  according  to  the  generally  spread 
report,  He  had  performed  at  Capernaum ;  they  seemed  to  expect 
that  He  would  unfold  all  His  powers  of  healing  in  His  own  city, 
and  thus  as  it  were  heal  Himself  in  the  persons  of  His  coun- 
trymen, in  order  to  induce  them  to  do  Him  hornage  more  de- 
cidedly ;  in  fact.  He  ought  first  of  all  to  free  Himself  from  the 
meanness  of  His  own  family  relationships,  if  He  expected  them 
to  regard  Him  as  the  Saviour  of  the  nation.^  But  He  specified 
to  them  plainly  the  obstacle  that  withheld  Him  from  working 
miracles  there ;  namely,  the  sad  fact  that  a  prophet  was  held  in 
no  esteem  in  his  own  country,  among  his  own  kin,  and  in  his 
own  house  (Mark  vi.  4).  And  then  He  justified  His  reserve  by 
great  examples  in  the  Old  Testament.  The  first  example  was 
this  :  there  were  many  widows  in  Israel  during  the  great  famine 
in  the  time  of  Elias,  when  the  heaven  was  shut  up  for  three 
years  and  six  months ;  ^  but  to  none  of  them  was  Elias  sent  as  a 

^  See  Olshausen,  ii.  155. 

2  In  Jas.  V.  17  the  time  is  also  given  as  three  years  and  six  months. 
On  the  contrary,  in  1  Kings  xviii.  1  a  time  is  fixed  which  reaches  only  to 
the  third  year.  Olshausen  remarks  (p.  156),  that  the  difiiculty  is  removed 
if  the  time  is  reckoned,  not  from  the  ceasing  of  the  rain,  but  from  Elijah's 
flight,  as  Benson  has  proposed  (compare  what  De  Wette  says  on  the  other 
hand,  p.  36).  The  case  seems  to  be  thus  explained  :  If  the  Jews  reckoned 
according  to  the  circumstances  of  their  country,  how  long  the  drought  must 
have  begun  before  the  beginning  of  the  famine,  which  would  not  begin  im- 
mediately with  the  drought,  they  would  probably  be  obliged  to  add  a  year 
to  the  time  of  the  famine  in  order  to  determine  the  time  of  the  drought. 
But  Elijah  appears  to  have  gone  to  the  brook  Cherith  at  the  beginning  of 
the  famine  (1  Kings  xvii.  3),  and  the  date  in  chap,  xviii.  seems  to  refer 
itself  to  the  symbolic  moment  of  the  beginning  of  the  famine. 


THE  PROPHET  IN  HIS  OWN  CITY  OF  NAZARETH.  361 

preserver  but  to  a  Gentile,  the  Sidonian  woman  at  Sarepta.  The 
second  example  was  the  miraculous  cure  of  the  Syrian  captain, 
Naamau.  There  were  indeed  many  lepers  in  Israel  in  the  time 
of  the  prophet  Elislia,  but  none  of  them  w'ere  healed  by  the  pro- 
phet, excepting  the  Syrian.  .  So  far  the  Jews  had  already  in 
ancient  times  rejected  the  salvation  which  their  prophets  would 
have  brought  to  them,  and  left  it  to  strangers.  The  people  of 
Nazareth  must  have  felt  the  force  of  these  examples.  But  they 
seemed  to  regard  it  as  intolerable  that  He  should  compare  them 
to  the  unsusceptible  and  the  neglected,  and  even  to  idolaters 
among  the  Jews  of  former  days,  and  that  He  should  compare 
Himself  with  those  great  prophets.  They  were  also  offended  at 
His  taking  histories  from  the  Old  Testament  which  seemed  so 
very  favourable  to  the  heathen.  Thus  they  gave  themselves  up 
to  the  ebullitions  of  an  anger  which,  without  their  perceiving  it, 
confirmed  most  completely  the  judgment  He  had  expressed.  In 
a  paroxysm  of  rage  they  expelled  Him  from  the  synagogue, 
which  amounted  to  excommunication  ;  they  thrust  Him  out  of 
the  city,  which  was  equivalent  to  outlawry,  the  deprivation  of 
the  rights  of  citizenship.  They  even  wished  to  deprive  Him  of 
life,  and  for  that  purpose  led  Him  to  a  height  on  the  edge  of  a 
precipice  in  order  to  cast  Him  down  headlong.  But  at  the  cri- 
tical moment  the  Lord  displayed  an  operation  of  His  personal 
majesty,  which  more  than  once  in  hazardous  circumstances 
paralyzed  His  enemies  and  preserved  His  own  life.  He  retired 
from  among  those  who  had  hurried  Him  before  them  to  that 
spot — so  suddenly,  so  quietly,  and  yet  with  such  dignity,  that, 
awe-struck,  they  involuntarily  formed  a  passage  for  Him.  He 
therefore  walked  freely  through  them.^     He  quitted  His  beauti- 

^  See  Hase,  das  Leben  Jesu,  p.  117.  What  Strauss  has  remarked  against 
it  is  unimportant,  i.  478.  There  are  several  faint  analogies  of  this  event ; 
for  example,  the  well-known  history  of  Marius  and  of  the  soldier  who  was 
to  have  put  him  to  death,  etc.  [Robinson  (ii.  335)  says,  '  There  is  here 
no  intimation  that  His  escape  was  favoured  by  the  exertion  of  any  miracu- 
lous power.'  Alford,  on  the  contrary,  says,  '  Our  Lord's  passing  through  the 
midst  of  them  is  evidently  miracidous.''  EUicott  inclines  to  the  same  opinion 
(Hist.  Lee.  160,  note).  No  doubt  His  escape  was  due  to  His  being  a  divine 
person ;  yet  there  seems  no  necessity  for  attributing  to  Him  in  this  instance 
the  exercise  of  a  power  solely  divine,  and  which  is  not  commonly  used 
among  men,  but  only  the  higher  exercise  of  a  natural,  human  power.  It  is 
quite  conceivable,  and  in  keeping  with  other  instances  in  His  life,  that  He 


362  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

ful  home  as  an  outlaw.  From  its  heights  He  had  often  surveyed 
the  rich  extent  of  His  inheritance, — towards  the  magnificent  plain 
of  Esdraelon ;  towards  '  the  round  top  of  Tabor,'  and  the  oppo- 
site mountains  of  Samaria — the  long  line  of  Carmel ;  towards 
the  Mediterranean,  first  of  all  to  be  seen  far  in  the  south  on  the 
left  of  Carmel,  then  interrupted  by  that  mountain,  and  again 
appearing  on  its  right ;  towards  the  beautiful  northern  plain  and 
the  northern  mountains  of  Galilee,  among  them  the  mountains 
of  Safed  overtopping  them  all,  on  which  that  place  is  seen,  *  a 
city  set  upon  a  hill ;'  farther  towards  the  right, '  a  sea  of  hills  and 
mountains'  backed  by  the  higher  ones  beyond  the  Galilean  sea, 
and  in  the  north-east  by  the  majestic  Hermon  with  its  icy  crown.^ 
From  this  sanctuary  of  His  childhood  He  was  now  expelled. 
The  inhabitants  of  Nazareth  therefore  commenced  the  rejection 
of  Jesus,  which  afterwards  became  almost  universal;  since  Judea, 
and  even  the  whole  earth  on  a  larger  scale,  was  the  home,  the 
Nazareth  of  this  Prophet,  which  disowned  Him  in  His  poor 
human  appearance.  He  was  now  separated  by  the  ban  of  His 
countrymen  from  the  consecrated  home  of  His  noble  mother, 
to  which,  during  His  official  life.  He  was  always  so  glad  to  re- 
turn. This  probably  occasioned  His  relatives  afterwards  to 
leave  Nazareth.  But  the  disfavour  of  the  people  of  Nazareth 
could  not  prevent  the  Galileans  from  receiving  Him  with  great 
joy ;  for  the  beautiful  festive-time  of  enthusiastic  welcome,  with 
which  His  people  had  met  Him,  was  not  yet  come  to  an  end. 


1.  Both  Neander  and  Von  Ammon  place  the  expulsion  of 
Jesus  from  Nazareth  after  His  reception  by  the  Samaritans. 
But  the  ingenious  supposition  of  Von  Ammon,  that  '  the  hospi- 
table reception  given  to  Jesus  by  the  Samaritans  contributed 
greatly  to  His  unfriendly  reception  at  Nazareth,'  is  destitute  of 
proof. 

held  His  enemies  at  bay  by  the  dignity  of  His  bearing,  until  He  was  beyond 
their  reach.  Surely  we  are  not  asked  to  believe  that  He  was  rendered  for 
the  time  invisible. — En.] 

>  See  the  beautiful  description  of  the  view  from  the  hill  over  Nazareth 
in  Robinson's  Biblical  Researches  ii.  336.  [More  fully  described  by  Dr  Wil- 
son in  his  Lands  of  the  Bible ;  and  very  eloquently  by  Renan,  Vie  de  Jesus 
25-8.— Ed.] 


THE  PROPHET  IN  HIS  OWN  CITY  OF  NAZARETH.  363 

2.  By  means  of  the  above  distinction  between  the  provincial, 
and  the  poUtical  and  geographical  meaning  of  the  name  Gahlee, 
the  difficulty  which  expositors  have  found  in  John  iv.  44  might 
be  obviated.  The  Evangelist,  as  well  as  ISIatthew  (iv.  12), 
under  the  strong  influence  of  the  provincial  mode  of  expression, 
presupposes  a  contrast  between  the  home  circuit  of  Jesus  and 
Galilee,  and  forms  his  phraseology  in  ver.  44  according  to  this 
contrast.  In  this  way  the  different  ingenious  attempts  to  explain 
the  passage  in  question  are  disposed  of.  See  Liicke's  Commentar 
i.  613.  That  Jesus,  by  His  own  country  in  which  He  had  no 
honour,  could  not  mean  Judea,  although  He  was  born  in  Beth- 
lehem, is  sufficiently  evident  (apart  from  the  favourable  recep- 
tion He  met  with  in  the  land  of  Judea)  from  the  matter-of-fact 
relation  which  lies  at  the  basis  of  the  declaration  of  Jesus.  It 
was  not  because  the  prophet  is  born  in  a  certain  place,  but  be- 
cause he  has  grown  up  in  it,  that  his  countrymen  are  accustomed 
to  regard  him  as  their  equal,  and  thus  he  becomes  unimportant 
to  them.  Besides,  the  Jews  did  not  know  much  about  the  birth 
of  Jesus  at  Bethlehem.  Tholuck  explains  the  difficulty  by  con- 
sidering the  lydp  as  explanatory  of  the  following  clause,  and  trans- 
lating it  by  '  namely.'  J.  Chr.  Hofmann  explains  the  <ydp  in  a 
peculiar  manner  (  Weissagung  und  Erfiillung,  p.  88).  He  sup- 
poses that  Christ,  in  consequence  of  the  Sanhedrim's  regarding 
both  the  Baptist  and  Himself  with  the  same  rancour  as  if  they 
were  one,  was  induced  to  avoid,  for  the  present,  notoriety  and  a 
crowd;  and  hence  it  was  best  that  He  should  go  to  His  own  home, 
for  a  man  whom  God  has  called  to  a  great  service  is  nowhere 
so  little  esteemed  as  in  his  native  place.  But  had  it  been  possible 
for  this  motive  to  have  determined  Christ  to  go  into  Galilee,  His 
plan,  as  the  text  directly  shows,  would  have  been  altogether 
defeated. 

3.  '  The  town  of  Nazareth,'  says  Eobinson,  '  lies  upon  the 
western  side  of  a  narrow  oblong  basin,  extending  about  from 
S.S.W.  to  N.N.E.,  perhaps  twenty  minutes  in  length  by  eight  or 
ten  in  breadth '  (Biblical  Researches  ii.  333).  Hofman  remarks 
(  Weissagung  und  Erfiillung  ii.  65),  that  the  radical  meaning  of 
the  word  IVJ,  according  to  Isa.  xiv.  19  and  Ix.  21,  seems  to 
be  a  shoot  or  sapling,  and  draws  the  inference,  *  Since  Nazaretli 
lies  in  a  basin  surrounded  by  hills,  etc.,  it  might  have  its  name 
from  this,  since  it  was  placed  there  like  a  sapling  in  a  hole.' 


364  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

Hengstenberg,  in  his  Christology,  expresses  the  opinion,  that 
Nazareth  was  marked  by  this  name  as  a  weak  saphng  in  con- 
trast to  a  stately  tree.  '  There  was  so  much  greater  induce- 
ment to  give  this  name  to  the  place,  because  the  symbol  was 
before  the  eye  in  the  vicinity.  The  limestone  hills  of  Nazareth 
are  covered  with  low  bushes  (see  Burckhardt's  Travels  ii.  583). 
Therefore  the  name  might  mean,  the  place  of  shrubs,  or  a  shrub. 
Yet,  on  the  other  hand,  what  Schubert  says  of  the  vegetation  of 
the  vale  of  Nazareth  (iii.  170)  seems  to  contradict  this.  As  to 
the  locality  where  they  were  about  to  cast  Jesus  down,  Robinson 
remarks :  '  From  the  convent  (which  is  said  to  cover  the  spot 
where  the  Virgin  lived)  we  went  to  the  little  Maronite  Church. 
It  stands  quite  in  the  south-west  part  of  the  town,  under  a  preci- 
pice of  the  hill,  which  here  breaks  off  in  a  perpendicular  wall 
forty  or  fifty  feet  in  height.  We  noticed  several  other  similar 
precipices  in  the  western  hill  around  the  village.  Some  one  of 
these,  perhaps  that  by  the  Maronite  Church,  may  well  have  been 
the  spot  whither  the  Jews  led  Jesus  that  they  might  cast  Him 
down  headlong.  .  .  The  monks  have  chosen  for  the  scene  of  this 
event,  the  Mount  of  the  Precipitation,  so  called ;  a  precipice  over- 
looking the  plain  of  Esdraelon  nearly  two  miles  south  by  east  of 
Nazareth.  Among  all  the  legends  that  have  been  fastened  on 
the  Holy  Land,  I  know  of  no  one  more  clumsy  than  this,  which 
presupposes  that  in  a  popular  and  momentary  tumult  they  should 
have  had  the  patience  to  lead  off  their  victim  to  an  hour's  dis- 
tance, in  order  to  do  what  there  was  an  equal  facility  for  doing 
near  at  hand'  {Biblical  Researches  ii.  335).  But  it  is  not  to  be 
denied  that  the  text  of  the  Evangelist  allows  us  to  reckon  upon 
a  distance  between  the  city  and  '  the  brow  of  the  hill '  {o<^pv<i). 
'  They  thrust  Plim  out  of  the  city,'  it  is  said,  and  led  Him  or 
drove  Him  unto,  etc.  Then  the  question  is,  whether  we  are  to 
read  eitw?  o^pvo'i  or  ew?  t?}?  ocppvo'i.  The  manuscripts  here  differ. 
Lachmann  reads  ew?  r?}?.  If,  in  this  definite  sense,  some  one 
commanding  mountain  height  is  sought  for  in  Nazareth,  a  preci- 
pice near  the  city,  appearing  similar  to  many  others,  would  not 
suffice.  Then  it  may  be  asked,  whether  the  vale  of  Nazareth 
is  reckoned  as  belonging  to  the  mountain  on  which  the  city  was 
built,  so  that  the  whole  mountain  range  is  spoken  of,  or  whether 
w^e  are  to  translate  icj)  ov  on  which,  so  that  that  particular  hill  is 
meant  which  overhung  the  city.     If  we  decide  in  favour  of  the 


THE  NOBLEMAN  OF  CAPERNAUM.  365 

first  supposition,  then  that  precipice  overlooking  the  plain  of 
Esdraelon  belongs  to  the  mountain  range  of  Nazareth.  Robinson 
has  shown  that  the  legend  in  question  is  of  late  date  as  a  liistori- 
cal  tradition  and  of  no  value.  It  is  another  question,  whether  it 
has  not  been  formed  as  a  hypothesis,  and  as  such  is  again  to  be 
considered.  That  '  casting  down  headlong,'  which  they  intended 
to  perpetrate,  would  at  the  same  time  represent  the  symbolical 
expulsion  from  their  borders.  Now,  since  He  had  come  thither 
from  Samaria,  the  men  of  Nazareth  would  point  Him  the  way 
He  came  if  they  led  Him  in  the  direction  of  the  rock  of  the 
legend.  That  precipice  of  the  legend  is,  according  to  K.  von 
Raumer  (Paldstina  134),  80  feet  to  the  first  ledge,  and  to  the 
bottom,  300  feet. 


SECTION    X. 

THE  NOBLEMAN  OF  CAPERNAUM. 

(John  iv.  45-54.) 

When  Jesus,  under  these  circumstances,  after  His  expulsion 
from  Nazareth,  came  to  Upper  Galilee,  the  Galileans  received 
Him,  having  seen  all  that  He  did  in  Jerusalem  at  the  feast. 
Especially,  Jesus  met  with  a  favourable  reception  at  Cana, 
where  the  miracle  by  which  that  place  had  been  distinguished, 
was  held  in  lively  remembrance.  In  Cana  He  appears  to  have 
remained  some  time  ;  long  enough,  at  least,  for  His  coming  to 
be  known  at  Capernaum,  and  for  Him  to  be  sought  out  by  one 
who  needed  His  help  in  that  place.  This  person  was  a  royal 
oflScer  (Tt9  /3acrt\t«o9),  and  therefore  in  the  service  of  Herod 
Antipas.^  Anxiety  for  his  son,  who  was  dangerously  ill,  made 
him  hasten  into  the  hill  country  ;  and  as  soon  as  he  came  to 
Jesus,  he  besought  Him  urgently  that  He  would  come  down  to 
Capernaum  in  order  to  heal  his  son.  There  was  need  for  the 
utmost  expedition,  for  his  son  was  at  the  point  of  death.  But  it 
was  totally  out  of  character  with  the  vocation  of  Jesus,  that  He 

1  [Not  necessarily  in  the  military  service,  as  may  be  seen  from  the  ex- 
amples collected  by  Krebs  (jOhserv.  e  Josepho  144).— Ed.] 


366         PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

should  be  a  bodily  helper  or  physician  for  any  one  till  a  spiritual 
relation  had  been  developed  between  the  person  needing  help 
and  Himself ;  least  of  all  could  He  be  at  the  bidding  of  persons 
of  rank,  who  possibly  might  believe  that  they  might  venture  to 
make  use  of  Him,  on  an  emergency,  as  a  wonder-working  physi- 
cian, without  declaring  themselves  as  His  adherents,  and  resign- 
ing themselves  to  His  agency.  In  addition,  this  royal  officer 
expected  that  the  Lord  would  leave  His  fixed  circle  of  operation 
to  effect  this  cure.  But  what  most  of  all  trenched  on  the  dig- 
nity of  Jesus,  was  the  importunity  of  an  excitement  which  would 
have  taken  Him  away  as  perforce,  or,  at  least,  wished  Him  to 
make  a  hurried  journey  to  Capernaum.  But  Christ  met  all 
excitement  of  this  sort  with  the  greatest  placidity  and  compo- 
sure ;  He  met  it  with  His  strong  peace  in  God,  which  taught 
Him  that  God  does  not  rule  over  men  with  confusion  and  ex- 
citement, and  that  hence  man,  even  under  the  strongest  move- 
ments of  the  soul,  ought  to  preserve  the  clearness,  repose,  and 
dignity  of  his  spirit.  The  waves  of  agony  must  break  their  force 
on  the  rock  of  his  elevated  rest  in  God.  In  this  spirit  He  answers 
the  father  calling  for  help,  in  order  to  put  him  on  the  track  of 
confidence :  '  If  ye  do  not  see  signs  and  astounding  miracles,^  ye 
will  not  believe  ! '  This  reply  has  been  thought  a  hard  saying ; 
and  it  has  been  said,  that  the  man's  trustful  coming  to  Jesus 
makes  it  appear  unreasonable.^  But  it  is  not  borne  in  mind, 
that,  in  general,  the  dispositions  of  the  persons  to  whom  Jesus 
was  about  to  render  aid,  required  to  be  prepared  for  a  genuine 
corresponding  reception  of  it ;  and,  indeed,  often  by  a  conver- 
sation which  led  them  to  self-knowledge  by  taking  a  humiliat- 
ing turn.  But  here  it  was  in  the  highest  degree  necessary  to 
set  the  excited  royal  officer  in  a  right  spiritual  relation  to  Jesus. 
Had  Jesus  not  purified  his  request,  and  had  He  hastened  imme- 
diately with  him  over  the  mountains.  He  would  have  made  Him- 
self more  intelligible  to  modern  criticism  ;  but  He  would  not  then 
have  appeared  as  the  chief  of  men  divinely  commissioned,  but 
rather  as  a  submissive  retainer  of  the  nobleman.  Therefore 
the  sharp  word  of  Jesus,  which  asks  the  man  whether  he  be- 
longed to  the  great  multitude  of  those  who  sought  in  the  divine 
covenant  earthly  help  and  demoniac  terror,  must  test  and  stimu- 
late his  capability  of  faith.  But  now  Jesus  cannot  separate  his 
1  npurx.  -  Lately  Baur. 


THE  NOBLEMAN  OF  CAPERNAUM.  367 

faith  from  his  anxiety  for  his  son,  and  feels  that  his  persistent 
supplication  is  an  expression  of  his  faith.  '  Sir/  he  exclaims, 
'  come  down  ere  my  child  die  ! '  The  father's  call  for  help 
evinces  how  close  he  stood  in  spirit  to  his  suffering  son,  and  how 
close  at  the  same  time  to  the  helpful  spirit  of  Christ.  Now 
Jesus  calls  to  him  in  His  impressive  manner  :  '  Go  thy  way  !' — 
Probably  there  was  a  pause  here  which  for  a  moment  sunk  the 
man  into  the  abyss,  and  by  the  pain  of  denial  and  hopelessness 
made  him  ripe  for  the  highest  exertion  of  miraculous  power 
which  he  was  to  witness.  In  his  own  thoughts  he  must  already 
have  gone  home  unaccompanied  by  Jesus  as  a  helper.  '  Go 
thy  way  ! '  was  said  first  of  all ;  but  then,  in  his  dejection,  the 
heavenly  words  were  heard — '  Thy  son  liveth  ! ' 

And  in  the  very  same  moment  in  which  this  life-ray  of  de- 
liverance darted  into  the  father's  heart,  it  darted  to  the  heart 
of  his  distant  son.  But  how  near  this  father  was  to  his  son  in 
his  internal  relation,  was  known  to  Jesus  alone. 

'  And  the  man' — the  Evangelist  writes  with  an  admiration 
which  is  felt  in  the  text — '  the  man  believed  the  word  that  Jesus 
had  spoken  unto  him,  and  he  went  his  way.' 

And  as  he  was  now  going  down,  and  therefore  had  not  quite 
reached  Capernaum,  his  servants  met  him  and  brought  him  the 
news,  Thy  son  liveth — he  is  restored  !  But  now  he  wished  not 
merely  to  indulge  in  the  joy  of  the  cure,  but  to  be  certain  that 
he  was  indebted  for  it  to  Jesus.^  He  therefore  inquired  of  them 
the  hour  when  his  son  began  to  amend  ;  they  answered,  '  Yes- 
terday, at  the  seventh  hour,  the  fever  left  him.' 

Probably  the  nobleman  had  left  Capernaum  in  the  morning. 
If  we  assume  that  Cana  el  Jelil,  situated  in  the  north-east,  was 
the  place  to  which  he  travelled,  we  conceive  that  it  must  be  late 
in  the  afternoon  before  his  interview  with  Jesus  came  to  a  close. 
But  then  he  could  not  reach  Capernaum  on  the  same  day.  It 
is  also  possible  that  he  started  at  a  different  hour  of  the  day. 
In  this  way,  at  all  events,  De  Wette's  surprise  that  he  should 
pass  a  night  on  the  road  is  shown  to  be  witliout  reason.  Pro- 
bably his  servants  met  him  early  in  the  morning  of  the  follow- 
ing day. 

The  hour  which  the  servants  reported  to  the  father  on  his 
way  home  as  the  joyful  crisis  of  his  son's  illness,  was  the  very 
'  See  Tholuck  on  the  passage,  Commentary^  p.  146. 


368  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

hour  in  which  the  Lord  had  given  him  the  assurance,  '  Thy 
son  Hveth.'  This  circumstance  made  him  certain  that  he  had 
received  the  miraculous  aid  of  Jesus,  and  the  faith  now  deve- 
loped in  him  was  so  powerful  that  it  communicated  itself  to  his 
whole  house. 

And  so  it  came  to  pass  that  Jesus  a  second  time,  immediately 
on  His  return  from  Judea  to  Galilee,  performed  a  miracle.^ 

NOTES. 

1.  On  the  relation  of  this  narrative  to  the  history  of  the 
miraculous  aid  which  the  centurion  at  Capernaum  obtained, 
see  the  first  volume  of  this  work,  p.  214.  By  a  more  exact 
computation  of  dates,  it  is  proved  that  the  centurion  of  Caper- 
naum belongs  to  a  quite  different  period.  To  this  must  be 
added  the  other  points  of  difference  (see  Liicke  on  this  passage, 
Commentar  i.  626).  The  leading  difference  is  the  great  con- 
trast between  the  mental  states  of  the  persons  seeking  help, 
especially  between  the  spiritual  physiognomies  of  the  two  figures, 
while  the  most  dazzling  likeness  of  the  narratives  for  the  juve- 
nile eye  of  criticism,  as  we  have  already  remarked,  lies  in  the 
royal  dress  of  the  men.     See  Ebrard,  p.  280.^ 

2.  By  an  argument  of  Baur's,  in  which  he  has  almost  out- 
done himself  in  his  own  style  of  demonstration,  the  following 
result  is  obtained  in  his  Essay,,  p,  83:  'Because  cnjfiela  and 
repara  are  related  negatively  to  faith,  they  lead  not  to  true 
internal  faith,  but  to  an  outward  false  faith.'     One  need  to  be 

1  The  'Tta.'kiv  hiVTipov  is  not  to  be  referred  entirely  to  arii^ilov^  so  that  it 
must  mean  that  this  was  the  second  miracle  performed  in  Galilee  generally, 
as  Tholuck  supposes  (p.  146)  ;  but  it  plainly  stands  in  relation  to  the  whole 
clause,  Tovro  onf^uov  sTroiriiTiv  o'lnaovg  i'h^uv^  and  has  this  meaning:  it  was 
the  second  time  that  Jesus  on  returning  from  Judea  to  Galilee  performed  a 
miracle.  Origen's  doubt,  that  Jesus  did  not  perform  that  first  miracle  on 
returning  from  Judea,  is  settled,  if  we  bring  into  account  the  high  proba- 
bility, that  Jesus  then,  as  He  CElme  to  the  marriage  at  Cana,  had  stopped 
not  only  in  Perea,  but  also  in  Judea. 

2  [Ewald  declares  for  the  identity  of  the  two  incidents,  but  in  favour 
of  that  opinion  adds  nothing  which  has  not  been  again  and  again  answered. 
It  is  quite  in  his  style  to  dismiss  the  subject  with  the  dictum  that  '  the 
differences,  at  first  sight  significant,  disappear  on  closer  investigation  ;  and 
the  essential  similarities  are  so  decided,  that  no  one  can  doubt  that  they 
belong  to  one  event.' — (GescJiichte  Christus^  und  seiner  Zeit,  p.  277,  2d 
ed.)-ED.] 


THE  NOBLEMAN  OF  CAPERNAUM.  369 

conviuced  with  one's  own  eyes  of  the  desperate  contrivance  by 
which  this  kind  of  criticism  in  such  a  way  prolongs  its  existence. 
It  is,  moreover,  false  when  Baur  maintains  that  Christ  uttered 
so  harsh  an  expression  respecting  faith  in  arjfiela  and  repara : 
according  to  the  text.  He  rather  rebuked  that  unbelief  which 
is  first  disposed  to  turn  to  faith  with  the  requirement  of  miracles, 
and  which  on  that  account  desires  to  see  the  arjfieiov  as  much 
as  possible  in  the  definite  form  of  repa<;.  And  that  He  rebukes 
this  unbelief,  and  yet  performs  a  miracle  in  His  own  great, 
unostentatious  manner,  perhaps  invisibly,  contains  evidently  no 
contradiction.  Baur  finds  also  that  there  is  in  the  narrative 
(of  which  the  Evangelist  must  have  taken  the  historical  mate- 
rials from  the  sjTioptic  Gospels)  no  contradiction,  for  here  the 
ground-idea  of  miracle  has  indeed  risen  to  the  greatest  height ; 
but  on  this  highest  stage  of  its  ascension,  on  which  the  miracle 
surpasses  itself,  it  is  at  war  with  itself,  it  turns  over  into  its 
opposite,  it  annuls  itself.  How  far?  Because  here  the  per- 
formance of  the  miracle  is  believed  before  the  miracle  is  seen, 
and  without  seeing  it.  But  it  is  only  necessary  to  be  transported 
into  the  scene  of  any  Gospel  miracle  at  pleasure,  in  oi-der  to 
find  that  on  every  occasion  faith  in  the  word  of  Jesus  precedes 
the  mu'acle,  and  that  the  special  miraculous  operation  is  never 
seen.  The  question,  ^'\niat  value  at  all  could  miracles  have,  if 
they  already  presupposed  the  same  faith  in  the  person  of  Jesus 
which  they  must  first  of  all  produce  ?  we  are  willing  to  leave 
standing  as  a  snow-mannikin  of  sophistry  in  our  path,  at  the 
risk  of  those  who  are  children  in  understanding  being  frightened 
at  it. 


VOL.  II. 


370  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 


SECTION  XL 

THE    RESIDENCE   OF  JESUS   AT   CAPERNAUM. THE  MAN  AVITH 

AN  UNCLEAN  SPIRIT  IN  THE  SYNAGOGUE.      PETER's  WIFE's 

MOTHER.     Peter's  draught  of  fishes,     the  calling 

OF  the  FIRST  apostles. 

(Matt.  iv.  12-22  ;  viii.  14-17.     Mark  i.  14-38 ;  iii.  9-12. 
Luke  iv.  31-43  (44)  ;  v.  1-11.) 

Jesus  had  already  proclaimed  in  the  synagogue  at  Nazareth 
the  Gospel,  the  glad  tidings,  that  now  the  time  was  fulfilled — the 
kingdom  of  God,  the  kingdom  of  heaven,  was  at  hand.  This 
announcement  He  repeated  in  the  synagogues  of  Galilee,  which 
He  now  visited  one  after  another  repeatedly,  when  He  required 
of  His  hearers  to  recognise  the  importance  and  the  demands  of 
this  great  time,  to  renew  their  minds,  and  to  receive  the  tidings 
of  the  new  kingdom  with  the  self-devoting  heroism  of  faith. 
But  He  delivered  this  announcement  to  His  people  as  a  blessed 
certainty  of  His  own  spirit,  filled  with  the  kingdom  of  heaven. 
Never  had  such  words  been  heard,  such  sounds  of  sorrow  and 
of  joy,  of  love,  of  peace,  and  of  new  life.  All  who  heard  Him 
were  charmed,  if  they  were  tolerably  free  from  prejudice,  and 
extolled  Him.  Everywhere,  at  this  beautiful  time.  He  was 
greeted  with  an  enthusiastic  welcome,  and  the  gloomy  sign  that 
He  had  been  expelled  from  Nazareth  was  withdrawn  into  the 
background. 

The  joy  of  greeting  the  Chief  of  the  new  age  was  in  a  pecu- 
liar degree  granted  to  the  city  of  Capernaum,  which  lay  between 
the  borders  of  Zebulou  and  Naphtali,^  on  the  western  side  of  the 
Lake  of  Gennesareth,  not  far  from  the  entrance  of  the  Jordan 
into  the  lake,  and  formed  a  flourishing  station  on  the  line  of 
traffic  between  Damascus  and  the  Mediterranean  Sea.  In  this 
city  Jesus  took  up  His  abode,  in  the  sense  of  making  it  the  centre 
of  His  excursions  and  journeys.  Hence  it  is  distinguished  by 
the  Evangelists  as  '  His  own  city '  (Mark  ix.  1).    Here  He  seems 

^  One  critic,  from  the  circumstance  that  opix  denotes  the  border-terri- 
tory, has  made  it  a  jest,  that  the  Evangelist  has  placed  Capernaum  at  the 
same  time  in  two  tribes.     On  this  point  see  Ebrard. 


JESUS  IN  THE  SYNAGOGUE  AT  CAPERNAUM.  371 

generally  to  have  resided  under  Peter's  roof.  He  had  no  house 
of  His  own.^  Probably  His  own  family  at  a  later  period  fol- 
lowed Him  in  this  change  of  residence.  The  distinction  which 
Avas  by  this  event  conferred  on  Capernaum  reminded  the  Evan- 
gehst  Matthew  of  the  prophetic  words  of  Isaiah  (ix.  1,  2)  :  'The 
way  of  the  sea  beyond  Jordan,  Galilee  of  the  Gentiles ;  the 
people  which  sat  in  darkness  saw  a  great  light,  and  to  them 
which  sat  in  the  region  and  shadow  of  death  light  is  sprung 
up.'^  Matthew  with  his  profound  insight  may  possibly  oblige 
those  persons  to  acknowledge  the  Messianic  import  of  the  pas- 
sages quoted  by  him,  who  liave  no  taste  for  his  more  delicate 
apprehension  of  the  '  fulfilment '  of  the  Old  Testament  refer- 
ences in  the  New  Testament.  That  district  was  the  most 
despised  in  the  Jewish  land — far  from  the  visible  residence  of 
the  tlieocracy,  in  contact  with  the  Gentiles  and  mingled  with 
Gentiles — it  now  became  the  theatre  of  the  revelation  of  the 
glory  of  the  Lord. 

Jesus  appears  to  have  spent  about  a  week  in  Cana  and  the 
neighbourhood  after  He  had  been  expelled  from  Nazareth. 
There  He  made  His  last  appearance  on  a  Sabbath.  Here  we 
find  Him  first  of  all,  according  to  Luke,  in  the  synagogue. 
E\^er}^where  His  word  operated  powerfully ;  so  it  was  here.  He 
taught  in  the  might  of  the  full  truth  of  the  divine  word ;  not 
like  the  scribes,   with  their  lifeless  formulas  and  phraseology. 

1  ^lark  i.  29  ;  Luke  v.  8.     Compare  Matt.  viii.  20. 

'^  It  appears  to  me  that  it  was  not  the  intention  either  of  the  prophet 
or  the  EvangeUst  to  mark  four  particular  districts  of  Northern  Palestine,  as 
Chris.  K.  Hofmann  (Weissag.  und  Erf.  p.  94)  supposes.  For  such  specifica- 
tions the  expression  6l6i/  dxT^ccaa-zi;  would  be  little  suited.  Every  one  of  the 
four  designations  too  much  coincides  with  the  other  in  a  geographical  rela- 
tion. But  no  geographical  interest  has  influence  here,  but  the  matter  is  to 
designate  despised  Upper  Galilee  from  the  proud  standpoint  of  Judea. 
And  it  is  then  reproached  in  three  ways.  First  of  all,  as  the  land  of  the 
profane  sea-way,  not  as  the  sea-way  simply  ;  hence  the  accusative  6o6u. 
It  is  evident  that  not  the  Sea  of  Gennesareth,  but  the  Mediterranean,  is 
intended.  Then  it  is  called  the  land — the  land  beyond  Jordan — not  accord- 
ing to  the  contrast  of  the  two  banks  of  the  Jordan,  but  of  the  consecrated 
valley  of  that  river  and  the  unconsecrated  region  which  was  situated 
beyond  it  up  the  stream.  The  hyperbole  of  the  language  may  be  illustrated 
by  a  hundred  analogies  ;  for  example,  by  Schiller's  sentence  about  the  left 
bank  of  the  Rhine,  '  where  German  fidelity  expires.'  The  third  designation 
makes  the  two  former  sufficiently  clear. 


372  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

His  individual  word  was  identical  with  the  essential  power  of 
the  Word, — an  emanation  of  the  Logos,  and  therefore  an  act  of 
original  freshness,  creative,  transforming,  wonder-working.  As 
He  was  acting  with  this  power  in  the  synagogue  at  Capernaum, 
suddenly  an  extraordinary  event  occurred.  A  man  in  the 
assembly  cried  aloud,  '  Let  us  alone !  what  have  we  to  do  with 
Thee,  Thou  Jesus  of  Nazareth  ?  Thou  art  come  to  destroy  us  ;  I 
know  Thee  who  Thou  art,  the  Holy  One  of  God !'  This  raving 
man  was  known  :  he  was  mastered  by  the  agency  of  an  impure 
demon ;  and  since  his  consciousness  was  identified  with  that  of 
the  demon,  he  felt  in  the  holy  agency  of  Jesus,  with  the  most 
vivid  repulsion,  an  attack  on  his  demoniacal  condition,  and  there- 
fore, as  he  now  felt  himself,  an  attack  on  his  very  existence.  The 
Saviour  appeared  to  him  as  a  destroyer.  But  Jesus  had  com- 
passion on  the  maniac.  He  addressed  him  imperatively  with 
the  word  of  power,  'Hold  thy  peace  and  come  out  of  him!' 
This  convulsed  the  poor  man  ;  he  fell  down  in  the  midst  of  the 
assembly ;  loud  shrill  tones  escaped  from  him ;  but  it  was  the 
final  paroxysm.  The  demoniacal  power  let  him  go ;  and  the  last 
frightful  scene,  in  which  the  demon  seemed  ready  to  destroy  him, 
inflicted  no  injury  upon  him.  Universal  astonishment  seized  the 
spectators.  The  synagogue  was  broken  up ;  the  service  was 
abruptly  closed  in  the  most  animated  expressions  of  praise. 
They  said  one  to  another,  and  the  question  runs  round,  What 
is  this  ?  Whence  has  He  this  word  of  power,  this  new  doctrine, 
that  with  authority  He  commands  the  unclean  spirits,  and  they 
obey  Him?  The  fame  of  this  miracle  spread  through  all 
Galilee. 

From  the  synagogue.  His  disciples — most  probably  the  four, 
Simon,  Andrew,  James,  and  John — accompanied  Him  to  the 
house  which  belonged  to  Simon  and  Andrew  (Mark  i.  29). 
Simon  was  already  married,  as  we  learn  from  this  history ;  and 
it  is  a  remarkable  fact,  that  we  are  distinctly  informed  respect- 
ing this  chief  of  the  apostles,  that  his  married  state  continued 
during  his  apostolic  ministry  (1  Cor.  ix.  5).  Peter's  mother-in- 
law  lay  ill  in  bed  of  '  a  great  fever.'  ^     From  this  circumstance 

^  [AKord  thinks  this  expression  is  used  by  Luke  as  a  physician^  to  distin- 
guish the  kind  of  fever.  Would  the  article  not  be  necessary  in  this  case  ? 
And  has  it  been  sufficiently  considered,  that  not  the  physician,  but  the  fisher- 
man, was  the  original  reporter  of  the  case  ? — Ed.] 


MIRACULOUS  CURES  AT  CAPERNAUM.  37^ 

we  infer  that  Jesus  now  for  the  first  time  entered  into  Simon's 
house — not  earlier,  or  He  would  have  cured  her.  But  they 
inform  Him  at  once  of  her  illness.  He  went  in,  stood  over  her, 
and  uttered  the  curative,  menacing  words  which  thrilled  through 
her  life,  as  if  He  would  have  rebuked  an  evil  demon  in  the  fever 
(eVeTt/iT/o-e  tw  irvpeTM,  Luke  iv.  39).  He  took  her  by  the  hand, 
and  she  rose  up,  and  was  so  free  from  fever,  so  well,  that  she 
could  at  once  minister  to  Him  as  her  guest.  The  day  was  a 
festival  for  Simon's  house.  The  family  felt  that  there  was  not 
a  house  in  Capernaum  so  highly  favoured  and  honoured  as  their 
own,  and  she  who  was  restored  to  health  at  once  proceeded  to 
prepare  a  festive  entertainment  for  the  holy  guests  who  had 
brought  such  a  blessing  on  herself  and  the  family. 

On  that  day  Capernaum  was  in  a  state  of  wonderful  excite- 
ment. When  the  evening  came,  and  the  sun  was  setting,  ^  they 
brought  many  sick  and  demoniac  persons  to  Jesus,  sufferers,  in 
short,  of  whatever  kind ;  so  that  it  seemed  as  if,  in  the  throng  of 
sufferers,  and  those  who  accompanied  or  carried  them,  or  those 
who  were  spectators,  the  whole  city  was  gathered  before  the 
door  (Mark  i.  33).  Jesus  healed  the  sick  one  after  another, 
since  He  laid  His  hands  on  every  one  of  them.  But  many  ex- 
citing scenes  occurred  amone;  the  demoniacs  whom  He  cured. 
They  agreed  in  a  psychical  intensifying  of  their  power  of  fore- 
boding, in  which  the  universally  spread  expectation  that  Jesus 
was  the  Messiah  became  a  certainty  ;  and  so,  amidst  the  furious 
paroxysms  that  attended  their  restoration,  they  cried  out  and  ad- 
dressed Him  as  the  Son  of  God.  But  the  Lord  would  not  win 
the  acknowledgment  of  His  people  by  such  signs  and  witnesses. 
He  who  only  by  compulsion,  or  rather  out  of  condescension  to 
the  weakness  of  the  Jews,  appealed  to  the  testimony  of  John,^ 

^  Not  in  order  to  avoid  the  sun's  heat  were  they  brought  so  late,  for  it 
was  the  winter  season.  It  was  perhaps  a  determination  of  a  delicate  feeling, 
that  for  a  public  exposure  of  humiliating  infirmities  of  all  kinds  the  dusk 
was  chosen.  It  may  be  added,  that  towards  evening  that  commotion  reached 
its  highest  point.  [The  general  opinion  seems  to  be,  that  the  note  of  time 
is  given  to  show  that  the  Sabbath  was  now  past.  The  Greek  interpreter  in 
Cramer's  Catena  (Mark  i.  32)  says,  '  They  let  the  Sabbath  be  past,  because 
they  thought  it  unlawful  to  heal  on  the  Sabbath.'  Lightfoot  (on  Matt.  viii. 
16)  says,  '  They  took  care  of  the  canonical  hour  of  the  nation.'  Ewald  (292) 
adds  to  this,  that  it  was  the  cool  of  the  day. — Ed.] 

2  John  V.  34. 


374  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

could  not  support  His  cause  on  the  testimonies  of  so  morbid,  and 
spectral,  and  bedimmed  a  sphere  of  life.  He  threatened  them, 
and  would  not  allow  them  to  speak. 

On  that  evening  the  distresses  of  the  city  of  Capernaum 
weighed  Him  down  like  a  heavy  burden.  In  the  representation 
of  this  extraordinary  scene,  the  Evangelist  Matthew  is  rightly 
reminded  of  the  words  of  Isaiah,  '  Himself  took  our  infirmities 
and  bare  our  sicknesses'  (Isa.  liii.  4,  5).^ 

A  great  day  of  festivity  and  of  labour  had  thus  been  passed 
by  the  Lord,^ — a  long  day  of  victory  in  His  conflict  with  the 
kingdom  of  sin  and  death ;  and  His  life  was  put  in  the  greatest 
commotion.  With  such  emotions  of  triumph  He  gladly  hastened 
into  solitude ;  for  it  was  not  beneficial  to  the  people  to  continue 
in  a  state  of  such  violent  excitement :  and  for  Himself,  it  was  a 
necessity  to  refresh  Himself  in  solitude,  deep  in  the  heaven  of 
prayer,  in  communion  with  His  Father.  So  the  Spirit  impelled 
Him  early  the  next  morning,  when  the  day  had  scarcely  dawned 
(yrpau,  €vvv')(pv  \lav,  Mark  i.  35 ;  <yevofievrj<;  Se  rj/jbepa<i,  Luke  iv. 
42),  to  retire  into  a  desert  place.  But  with  the  earliest  morning 
the  throng  of  persons  seeking  for  help  and  healing  again  as- 
sembled before  Simon's  house.  Jesus  was  away,  but  Simon  was 
pressed,  and  had  to  seek  Him  out.  In  this  errand,  it  seems,  not 
only  the  household  and  the  disciples  of  Jesus,  but  also  persons 
belonging  to  the  crowd,  joined  him ;  and  when  they  found  Jesus, 
the  disciples  declared  to  Him  that  He  was  anxiously  sought  by 
all,  while  the  rest  entreated  Him  that  He  would  not  leave  the 
city.  Thus  the  citizens  at  Capernaum  acted  the  opposite  part 
to  the  men  of  Nazareth.  The  latter  had  thrust  Him  out ;  the 
former  wished  to  detain  Him,  and,  if  possible,  to  confine  Him 
'  See  Olshausen's  Commentary  i.  255.  To  speak,  with  Olshausen,  of  a 
spiritual  exhaustion  of  Christ,  might  be  hazardous,  if  he  did  not  mean  a 
psychical  exhaustion.  Von  Ammon  could  not  find  in  this  instance  the  pro- 
priety of  the  application  of  that  prophetical  passage,  because  he  had  no  per- 
ception of  the  deep-lying  relation  between  spiritual,  psychical,  and  corporeal 


2  [Ewald  (CJiristus  290)  says,  '  This  day's  work  serves  as  a  specimen  of 
His  daily  activity  during  this  whole  period.'  So  EUicott,  p.  1G6  :  '  Such  a 
picture  does  it  give  us  of  the  actual  nature  and  amount  [of  His  merciful  ac- 
tivities], that  we  may  well  conceive  that  the  single  day,  with  all  its  quickly 
succeeding  events,  has  been  thus  minutely  portrayed  to  show  us  what  our 
Redeemer's  ministerial  life  really  was,  and  to  justify,  if  need  be,  the  noble 
hyperbole  of  the  beloved  apostle,'  etc. — Ed.] 


JESUS  TEACHES  THE  PEOPLE  ON  THE  SEA-SHORE.     375 

to  a  constant  residence  with  them.  They  probably  made  very 
urgent  appeals,  but  Jesus  would  not  be  fettered  by  them.  '  I 
must  preach  the  kingdom  of  God  to  other  cities  also,'  He  de- 
clared, '  for  therefore  am  I  sent ;'  and  turning  to  the  disciples, 
He  said,  '  Let  us  go  into  the  next  towns.'  But  before  He  took 
His  departure,  which  the  Evangelists  have  already  mentioned  in 
general  (Mark  i.  39 ;  Luke  iv.  44),  Jesus  fulfilled  the  wish  of 
those  who  had  sought  Him  out,  in  order  once  more  to  grant  the 
blessing  of  His  presence  to  the  expectant  multitude. 

The  Lord  directed  His  course  to  the  sea-shore,  probably  in 
order  to  secure  freedom  to  His  movements.  Then  the  people 
crowded  round  Him  greatly,  in  their  longing  to  hear  the  w^ord 
of  God  from  His  lips  (Luke  v.  1).  He  was  still  surrounded  by 
the  first  most  moveable  and  susceptible  hearers ;  and,  as  suited 
such  an  audience.  He  preached  first  of  all  in  the  most  general  sense 
the  Gospel  of  the  coming  of  the  kingdom  of  God,  of  the  begin- 
ning of  the  great  jubilee,  and  exhorted  the  people  to  a  true  change 
of  mind,^  the  fundamental  condition  of  entrance  into  His  kingdom. 
But  His  labours  in  teaching  were  interrupted  by  the  over-pressure 
of  those  who  were  themselves  afflicted  with  diseases,  or  who  car- 
ried the  sick.  The  Evangelist  Mark  gives  us  a  veiy  graphic  re- 
presentation of  this  over-pressure  in  a  passage  which  doubtless 
belongs  to  this  period  (iii.  9-12).  Since  the  sufferers  in  the  crowd 
had  an  interest  in  being  close  to  the  Lord,  in  order  to  make 
known  their  sufferings,  or  secretly  to  touch  Him,  so  an  involun- 
tary pressing  movement  of  the  whole  circle  of  living  beings  that 
surrounded  Him,  towards  Him  as  the  centre,  took  place  ;  and  in 
this  way  His  discourse  was  subject  to  perpetual  inten*uption«  by 
the  multitude.  Hence  the  Lord  was  obliged  to  restore  the  equi- 
poise between  His  working  of  miracles  and  His  teaching,  and  to 
secure  the  delivery  of  His  discourse,  by  taking  refuge  on  the 
water.  As  the  throng  was  constantly  increasing,  and  with  it 
that  popular  excitement  was  created  which  He  always  shunned, 
because  it  ever  tended  to  a  chiliastic  vertigo.  He  looked  out  for 
the  two  ships  of  His  friends,  which  lay  there  on  the  shore.  But 
as  soon  as  they  perceived  that  He  wished  to  get  into  a  vessel 
with  them,  they  bethought  themselves  that  they  might  again 
follow  their  vocation  as  fishermen  to  which  they  originally  be- 
longed :  they  quickly  cleaned  their  nets  in  order  to  cast  them 


376  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

into  the  sea.  The  Evangelists  have  designedly  brought  forward 
this  circumstance.  We  see  how  these  disciples  are  still  zealously- 
occupied  with  their  earthly  calling ;  how  they  did  not  yet  ima- 
gine that  soon  they  must  decidedly  give  it  up,  in  order  to  devote 
themselves  exclusively  to  the  service  of  Jesus.  But  Jesus  de- 
sired Simon,  into  whose  vessel  He  had  entered,  to  thrust  out  a 
little  from  the  shore,  that  He  might  be  at  a  short  distance  from 
the  land.  And  now  He  turned  again  to  the  people,  who  were  de- 
tained on  the  shore  by  His  spiritual  power,  as  He  was  detained 
by  the  intense  longing  of  the  people  after  His  word.  The  expec- 
tation of  the  fishermen  therefore,  who  already  had  taken  their 
nets  in  hand,  is  frustrated  by  this  direction  of  Christ's  spirit,  in 
a  similar  manner  as  at  Jacob's  well,  when  '  they  prayed  Him, 
saying,  Master,  eat.'  Seated  in  the  ship,  the  Lord  speaks  once 
more  to  His  hearers,  before  He  leaves  them,  of  the  great  king- 
dom of  salvation  which  had  begun.  In  this  style  of  preaching 
we  feel  the  entire  living  freshness  of  a  heart  overflowing  with 
compassionate  love  to  men.  But  Jesus  also  does  justice  to  His 
disciples ;  they  must  provide  for  their  families.  He  therefore 
commands  Peter  to  launch  out  into  the  deep,  and*  to  let  down 
his  net  for  a  draught.  The  disciple  had  just  then  no  great 
expectations  of  success.  '  Master,'  he  exclaims,  '  we  have  toiled 
all  the  night  and  have  taken  nothing ;  but  at  Thy  word  I  will 
let  down  the  net.'  We  perceive  here  a  secret  trouble  in  the  dis- 
ciple. After  a  beautiful  day  for  the  city  of  Capernaum,  he  had 
passed  an  unfortunate  night.  His  desire  to  improve  the  toil  of 
the  night  for  the  concerns  of  his  family  was  defeated,  and  de- 
feated when  the  glory  of  the  preceding  day  had  promised  a  richer 
success  than  usual.  Yet  now,  at  the  encouraging  words  of  Christ 
his  spirits  revive.  So  he  throws  out  the  net  with  confidence,  and 
soon  it  swarms  with  fish ;  it  threatens  to  break  when  they  would 
draw  it  back  again.  They  beckon  to  their  partners  in  the  other 
ship,  probably  that  of  James  and  John,  and  to  their  servants 
(ver.  10) ;  and  these  come  and  help  them  to  make  sure  of  their 
draught.  And  so  abundant  is  the  draught  that  the  two  ships 
are  filled  with  it,  so  that  they  began  to  sink.  At  this  transaction 
Peter  is  overpowered,  and  he  falls  on  his  knees  before  Jesus, 
exclaiming,  'Depart  from  me,  for  I  am  a  sinful  man,  O  Lord!' 
This  draught  had  filled  him  and  all  his  companions  with  aston- 
ishment and  afiriirht.     Peter  understands  fishins  better  than  the 


THE  MIRACULOUS  DRAUGHT  OF  FISHES.  377 

theological  critic  who  cannot  understand  the  reason  of  his  excite- 
ment.^ He  sees  something  greater  in  this  event  than  in  the 
miraculous  cures  of  which  he  had  been  previously  a  witness. 
For  it  allows  him  to  look  all  at  once  from  the  land  of  toil  and 
trouble  through  wide-opened  gates  into  the  paradise  of  a  perfect 
superabundance.  How  rich  is  he  suddenly,  and  how  would  it 
be  if  Jesus  remained  near  him  with  this  assistance !  This 
thought  thrills  him ;  but  while  it  thrills  him,  he  is  in  dread,  and 
feels  most  keenly  that  such  miraculous  success  cannot  thrive 
with  him.^  This  is  expressed  in  his  petition  ;  the  most  glorious 
feeling  in  the  most  unsuitable  words  :  '  Lord  !  depart  from  me!' 
Th6  divine  glory  of  Christ  so  deeply  humbles  him,  that  the  whole 
feeling  of  his  sinfulness  was  aroused  in  him ;  and  his  prosperity 
in  temporal  things  so  overwhelmed  and  ashamed  him,  that  he 
was  alarmed  at  the  thought  of  its  constant  enjoyment.  Christ 
grants  the  extraordinary  petition,  not  according  to  the  letter  but 
the  spirit  of  it.  He  had  wished  to  provide  for  the  families  of 
His  friends  richly  for  a  longer  time,  for  they  were  now  to  draw 
with  Him.  'Fear  not,'  was  the  consoling  word;  'from  hence- 
forth thou  shalt  catch  men.'  Thus,  then,  they  still  wash  and 
mend  their  nets.  As  soon  as  it  is  said.  Aboard !  they  thought 
only  of  the  fishing,  and  threw  their  nets  into  the  sea.  Hence- 
forth they  must  throw  their  net  into  humanity.  The  friends 
now  know  that  they  can  altogether  trust  their  Lord  with  their 
temporal  and  earthly  wants.  They  feel  that  they  and  theirs 
are  safely  provided  for  in  His  service.  And  how  great  is  His 
promise,  that  they  should  draw  men  in  such  miraculous  di'aughts 
out  of  the  sea  of  the  world  for  the  kingdom  of  God,  as  they 

^  Sclileiermacher,  Lukas  71. 

2  Von  Ammon  shows  himself  quite  unable  to  enter  into  the  disposition 
of  the  noble  and  pious  fisherman.  On  the  exclamation  of  Peter  he  has 
much  that  is  thoroughly  beside  the  point  (p.  378).  [Ewald  does  not  show 
his  usual  profound  spiritual  sagacity  when  he  says  that  the  sinner  is  over- 
whelmed in  presence  of  the  Holy  One,  '  because  he  fears  that  the  same  power 
which  now  unexpectedly  blesses  him,  may,  if  he  should  (perhaps  unwittingly) 
sin  against  it,  as  unexpectedly  destroy  him'  (Chrisins  288).  Kiggenbach 
{Vqrlesungen  iiher  das  Lehen^  etc.,  351)  follows  the  author,  almost  verbally, 
yet  with  spirit,  and  with  one  or  two  good  additions.  He  interprets  the 
words  as  the  words  of  the  fervid  Tcter,  whose  utterance  oversteps  his  real 
desire.  The  comparison  of  his  request  with  that  of  the  Gadarene  demoniac, 
verbally  agreeing,  but  really  so  different,  is  useful. — Ed.] 


378  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

had  now  made  a  miraculous  draught  in  their  old  calling  of  fisher- 
men !  A  greater  calling  He  could  not  give  them.  They  recog- 
nise it  as  such ;  and  forthwith  they  are  resolved ;  they  bring 
their  ships  to  land,  forsake  all,  and  follow  Him. 

It  would  probably  make  a  great  sensation  in  Capernaum, 
when  these  young  men  so  suddenly  gave  up  their  employment, 
to  which  they  seemed  to  be  so  entirely  devoted,  though  it  was  still 
not  forbidden  them  occasionally  to  resume  their  old  avocation. 
It  was  known  how  painful  such  a  sacrifice  was  to  an  Israelite. 
It  was  known  that  these  men  had  just  been  mending  their  nets. 
And  now  they  suddenly  leave  everything,  in  order  to  go  with 
Jesus  through  the  land.  The  astonishment  at  the  power  of 
Jesus  which  effected  this  change,  is  reflected  in  the  narrative 
of  the  calling  of  the  four  first  apostolic  disciples,  as  we  find  it  in 
Matthew  and  Mark.  Especially  might  Matthew,  although  pro- 
bably already  moved  by  the  appearance  of  Jesus,  be  struck  even 
then  with  the  marvellousness  of  this  total  change  of  life,  since 
a  less  noble  calling,  that  of  a  publican,  fettered  himself.  Thus 
in  him  and  others  this  history,  in  all  its  peculiarity,  has  been 
distinctly  stamped  for  evangelical  tradition  as  a  peculiar  history. 
It  is  as  if  Jesus  had  now  for  the  first  time  found  those  men  on 
the  beach,  and  as  if  one  word  from  Him  sufficed,  with  an  almighty 
irresistible  power,  to  make  them  become  His  followers.  And,  in 
truth,  this  history  presents  in  a  new  light  the  relation  of  Jesus 
to  these  disciples,  in  the  first  place,  as  to  their  giving  up  their  old 
calling,  and  next,  as  they  were  now  called  by  Christ  to  become 
changed  into  the  first  fishers  of  men,  or  apostles. 


1.  That  the  history  narrated  in  Luke  v.  1,  etc.,  is  identical 
with  that  reported  in  Matt.  iv.  18,  etc.,  and  in  Mark  i.  16,  Ebrard 
proves  (p.  234)  briefly  and  conclusively  by  the  simple  remark, 
that  in  both  narratives  the  subject-matter  is,  how  Jesus  induced 
these  disciples  to  give  up  their  vocation  as  fishermen,  and  how 
they  could  not  give  up  a  second  time  their  employment,"  after 
they  had  already  given  it  up.  The  same  theologian  has  proved 
(p.  236)  in  a  masterly  manner,  that  the  history  narrated  in  John 
i.  41,  etc.,  does  not  exclude  the  calling  of  the  four  disciples  at 
the  sea-side. 

2.  As  to  the  situation  of  Capernaum,  see  Tholuck,  Exposi- 


SITUATION  OF  CAPERNAUM.  379 

Hon  of  the  Sermon  on  the  Mount,  p.  54.  Robinson  combines  tlie 
various  notices  of  the  Evangelists  on  the  landing-place  of  the 
Lord,  on  that  return,  when  He  walked  on  the  sea  (^latt.  xiv. 
34;  Mark  ^^.  45,  53;  John  vi.  17),  and  arrives  at  the  con- 
clusion that  Capernaum  was  situated  in  a  tract  on  the  western 
coast  of  the  lake,  called  the  land  of  Gennesareth,  and  that 
Bethsaida,  in  the  vicinity  of  Capernaum,  was  probably  in  the 
same  tract.  This  district,  from  which  the  lake  must  naturally 
have  taken  its  name,  Robinson  finds,  according  to  Josephus,  de 
hello  Jucl.  iii.  10,  §  8,  and  other  notices  in  the  New  Testament 
and  the  Talmud,  situated  in  a  fertile  plain  extending  along  the 
shore,  from  el-Mejdel  on  the  south,  to  Khan  Minyeh  on  the 
north  (Biblical  Researches  ii.  404).  According  to  Josephus, 
this  district  was  well  watered,  particularly  by  a  fountain  called 
by  the  inhabitants  Capharnaum.  '  Josephus  here  mentions  no 
town  of  this  name,'  says  Robinson,  '  but  the  conclusion  is  in-e- 
sistible,  that  the  name  as  applied  to  the  fountain  could  have 
come  only  from  the  town,  which  of  course  must  have  been  situ- 
ated at  no  great  distance.'  Capernaum,  mnj  "1D3,  means,  as  Winer 
remarks,  according  to  Hesychius,  Origen,  and  Jerome,  vicus 
consolationis,  village  of  consolation  ;  perhaps  better,  Nahum^s 
village,  but  not  Beautiful  village,  as  has  been  also  conjectured. 
In  relation  to  the  mental  and  religious  character  of  Capernaum, 
a  remark  of  Von  Ammon  may  here  be  quoted,  that  the  place 
was  inhabited  by  Jews  and  Gentiles,  and  in  Jewish  writings  is 
noted  as  the  residence  of  free-thinkers  and  heretics.  It  would 
have  been  a  striking  contrast,  if  at  that  time  Tiberias  in  the 
esteem  of  the  Jews  had  been  regarded  as  a  peculiarly  holy  place, 
as  was  the  case  after  the  destruction  of  Jerusalem. 


380  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 


SECTION    XII. 

THE  FIRST  JOURNEY  OF  JESUS  FROM  CAPERNAUM  THROUGH 
GALILEE.  THE  SERMONS  ON  THE  MOUNT.  THE  HEALING 
OF  THE  LEPER. 

(Matt.  iv.  23-viii.  4.     Mark  i.  31-45  ;  iii.  12,  13.     Luke  v. 
12-16 ;  vi.  12-49.) 

With  His  four  companions,  Jesus  travelled  from  Capernaum 
through  Galilee,  hastening  from  place  to  place,  from  one  syna- 
gogue to  another.  Everywhere  He  proclaimed  the  glad  tidings 
that  the  kingdom  of  God  had  commenced :  and  He  proved  the 
great  announcement  by  His  deeds  ;  for  He  healed  the  sick,  and 
removed  every  imfirmity  and  disorder  of  the  people  which  met 
Him  in  His  progress.  On  the  bright  path  of  the  Prince  of  Life, 
every  form  of  suffering  which  encountered  Him  vanished  like 
a  dissolving  view.  He  became  highly  celebrated.  His  fame 
spread  far  and  wide  through  all  Syria  at  this  time,  in  the  first 
outburst  of  joy  on  account  of  the  great  salvation.  A  general 
impulse  was  diffused  abroad,  to  bring  the  sick  to  Jesus,  as  if 
everything  diseased  had  been  tracked  and  hunted  out  for  the 
purpose.  But  especially  He  healed  '  many  that  were  possessed, 
and  those  which  were  lunatic,  and  those  which  had  the  palsy.' 
But  He  had  not  merely  to  do  with  crowds  streaming  to  and  fro, 
but  many  groups  of.  travellers  followed  Him,  His  Galilean  ad- 
herents especially,  but  also  those  who  were  well  affected  towards 
Him  in  Decapolis,  in  Jerusalem,  and  Judea  generally,  as  well 
as  Perea. 

The  Evangelists  have  not  given  us  many  particulars  of  this 
journey,  but  only  three  facts  of  importance  :  the  Sermon  on  the 
Mount,  the  sermon  on  the  mountain-plain,  and  the  healing  of 
a  leper.  As  to  the  two  sermons,  it  is  in  the  first  place  doubtful 
whether  they  are  to  be  distinguished  from  one  another,  or  iden- 
tical, and  only  differing  in  the  manner  of  being  reported  :  in  the 
former  case,  whether  they  belong  to  the  same  period  of  Christ's 
ministry  or  not ;  and  lastly,  for  what  reason,  if  they  belong  to 
one  time,  they  belong  to  this  place  according  to  Matthew,  and 
not  to  the  beginning  of  the  summer  of  the  year  782,  in  which 
Luke  seems  to  place  them. 


THE  SKRMONS  ON  THE  MOUNT.  381 

In  our  times  the  two  discourses  have  heon  generally  con- 
sidered as  identical,  that  is,  as  two  different  evangelical  reports 
of  one  and  the  same  discourse  of  Jesus ;  ^  so  that,  by  some 
Matthew's  report,'  by  others  that  of  Luke,^  has  been  held  as  the 
least  authentic  ;  by  a  third  class,  no  great  authenticity  has  been 
ascribed  to  either.*  It  certainly  cannot  be  denied  that  the 
similarity  of  the  two  discourses  in  the  leading  thoughts  is  so 
great,  that  we  may  be  induced  to  believe  that  they  are  to  be 
regarded  as  the  same  discourse,  only  differently  reported.  Truly 
the  fundamental  thought  of  both  is  the  same  :  the  representation 
of  the  exaltation  of  the  depressed  and  the  humble,  and  the 
depression  of  those  who  are  falsely  exalted,  the  self-exalted, — 
which  begins  with  the  year  of  jubilee.  The  similarity  appears 
most  strikingly  as  to  form  in  the  beatitudes.  But  in  all  of  them 
the  differences  are  so  great,  that  they  cannot  possibly  be  set  to 
the  account  of  the  Evangelists,  unless  the  right  can  be  estab- 
lished, generally  to  ascribe  to  them  a  faded,  'washy'  (yerivaschene) 
representation  of  the  Lord's  evangelical  ministry.  The  num- 
ber of  the  beatitudes  is  not  the  same  in  the  two  discourses,  and 
the  construction  of  single  sentences  is  different.  The  Evan- 
gelist Luke  presents  a  contrast  to  the  beatitudes  in  a  parallel 
series  of  woes.  The  contrast  is,  indeed,  found  in  Matthew  as 
to  the  substance,  in  the  delineation  of  pharisaical  righteousness 
and  its  consequences,  but  the  form  in  Luke  is  totally  different.^ 
Add  to  this  the  difference  of  the  locality  and  of  the  auditory 
which  the  Evano;elists  state  for  each  discourse.  According  to 
the  Evangelist  Matthew,  Jesus  delivered  His  discourse  seated  on 
the  top  of  a  mountain  ;  according  to  Luke,  He  came  to  a  level 
place  on  the  side  of  a  mountain  in  order  to  preach  to  the  people. 
There^  He,  at  the  sight  of  the  multitude  of  people,  withdrew  to 
the  circle  of  His  disciples;^  here,  He  came  down  with  His 
disciples  from  the  top  of  the  mountain,  and  places  Himself  in 
the  midst  of  the  multitude,  in  order  to  speak  to  them.  Thus, 
therefore,  we  have  evidently  two  different  addresses  or  discourses, 
which  are  formed  of  the  same  materials,  before  us  ;  and  before 

'  See  Tholuck's  Commentary  on  the  Sermon  on  the  Mount,  p.  1  (Clark's 
Tr.,  1860). 

-'  Olshausen,  i.  181.  ^  Tlioluck,  17.  *  Strauss,  i.  614. 

*  This  is,  at  all  events,  the  meaning  of  the  passage  Matt.  v.  1.  Compare 
Weisse,  ii.  27. 


382  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

we  turn  to  the  hypothesis  of  '  faded  representations/  we  have 
first  of  all  to  try  our  good  fortune  on  the  method  of  estimating 
the  most  living  peculiarities  of  the  Gospels.  But  here  the  two 
discourses  immediately  appear  to  us  as  highly  characteristic. 
The  Sermon  on  the  Mount  (properly  so  called)  manifests 
throughout  the  character  of  a  discourse  such  as  Christ  would 
not  deliver  to  a  promiscuous  audience.  This  remark  applies 
particularly  to  the  delineation  of  the  Pharisees  and  scribes  and 
their  righteousness,  and  to  the  description  of  the  striking  contrast 
between  His  doctrine  and  theirs.  He  could  not  have  yet  spoken 
in  this  manner  to  the  Jewish  people  in  genei'al,  without  endan- 
gering His  work  to  the  utmost  by  a  disregard  of  consequences. 
And  if  in  this  discourse  we  also  admit  that  the  Evangelist 
might  give  some  particular  passages  in  a  different  connection 
than  they  stood  in  the  original,  and  have  inserted  some  others, 
yet  the  discourse,  in  its  whole  structure,  has  too  original  and 
harmonious  a  character  for  us  to  ascribe  it  in  essentials  to  the 
Evangelist.^  The  Sermon  on  the  Mount  appears  to  us,  con- 
sequently, as  a  discourse  of  Christ  which  has  throughout  an 
esoteric,  confidential  character.  But  in  this  character  it  cor- 
responds entirely  to  the  account  of  the  Evangelist  respecting 
its  origin,  according  to  which  the  Lord  delivered  it  to  His 
disciples  in  the  mountain  solitude,  withdrawn  from  the  people ; 
though  the  Evangelist,  by  the  inexact  observation  at  the  close, 
that  the  people  were  '  astonished  at  His  teaching,'  which  is  only 
to  be  referred  to  the  second  mountain  discourse  of  Christ,  has 
in  some  measure  weakened  that  more  exact  statement.  In  the 
Sermon  on  the  Mount,  the  Lord  exhibited  to  His  confidential 
disciples  the  leading  doctrines  and  characteristics  of  His  king- 
dom, in  opposition  to  the  doctrine  and  religion  of  its  opponents. 
But  by  the  disciples  we  need  not  necessarily  understand  only 
the  four  already  distinctly  called,  but  rather  the  circle  of 
His  confidential  adherents  generally.  Even  a  Matthew  might 
properly  find  himself  among  them,  though  his  calling  to  the 
apostleship  did  not  take  place  till  a  later  period.  While  this 
discourse  has  a  marked  esoteric  character,  on  the  contrary  the 
discourse  in  Luke  is  throughout  popular  in  its  concrete  vivacity, 
symbolic  phraseology,  and  conciseness ;  it  has  altogether  an 
exoteric  character,  and  so  it  exactly  corresponds  to  the  connection 
•  Tholuck,  17. 


THE  SERMONS  ON  THE  MOUNT.  383 

which  theEvangehst  Luke  has  given  to  it.  Christ  dehvers  this 
tliscourse  standing  among  the  multitude,  though  His  eye  rests 
with  a  blessing  on  His  disciples,  who  form  the  choicest  part  of 
the  audience. 

If  we  now  propose  the  question,  in  what  relation  the  two 
discourses  stand  to  one  another  as  to  the  time  of  their  delivery, 
from  various  indications  we  arrive  at  the  conclusion,  that  the 
discourse  to  the  people  (Volkspredigt)  was  delivered  immediately 
after  that  to  the  disciples  (Gemeindepredigt).  First  of  all,  in 
reference  to  the  order  of  time,  we  may  be  guided  by  the  history 
of  the  centurion  at  Capernaum.  As  this  in  Matthew  follows 
close  upon  the  discourse  to  the  disciples,  so  in  Luke  it  follows 
close  upon  the  discourse  to  the  people.  Thus  the  two  discourses 
are  brought  very  neai*  one  another ;  they  occur  within  the  same 
time  of  one  journey  of  Jesus  through  Galilee.  Let  us  now 
add  to  this,  that  a  multitude  of  people  stand  waiting  below  the 
mountain  while  Jesus  delivers  His  first  sermon  to  His  disciples, 
and  that  when  He  has  come  down  from  the  mountain  with  His 
disciples.  He  delivers  the  latter  sermon  to  the  people  ;  and  if  we 
thus  account  for  the  material  resemblance  of  the  two  discourses, 
we  gain  in  this  way  a  perspicuous,  comprehensive  view  of  the 
whole  question.  We  see  how  Christ,  first  of  all,  in  the  mountain 
solitude  initiates  His  confidential  disciples  into  the  mysteries  of 
His  kingdom,  and  then,  on  His  return  to  the  people,  propounds 
the  same  doctrine  in  its  leading  features,  but  in  a  form  more 
suited  to  the  popular  apprehension.^ 

We  must  now  examine  to  which  of  the  Evangelists  the 
preference  is  to  be  given  in  reference  to  determining  the  time. 
In  this  respect  Matthew  furnishes  important  elements  for  deter- 
mining the  question.  First  of  all,  we  take  into  account  that  the 
longer  discourse  so  shortly  preceded  his  own  calling.  It  is  not 
at  all  probable  that  he  would  have  placed  the  great  events 
which  occurred  so  close  to  that  calling  in  a  chronologically  false 
position.  Add  to  this,  the  contents  of  the  second  discourse  pre- 
suppose a  circle  of  hearers  for  the  most  part  wholly  susceptible ;  a 
larger  than  which,  Jesus  rarely  had  in  His  second  official  summer. 
But  the  most  significant  circumstance  is,  that  the  contents  of  the 
discourse  in  both  forms  very  distinctly  refer  back  to  the  leading 

'  We  return,  on  good  grounds,  to  the  hypothesis  of  Augustin  (see 
Tholuck,  p.  1). 


384  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

thoughts  of  the  first  announcement  of  salvation  made  by  Jesus, 
namely,  to  the  thought  that  the  great,  real  jubilee  year  of  God 
had  commenced. 

If  we  would  thoroughly  apprehend  the  import  of  the  twofold 
discourse,  we  must  set  out  from  its  relation  to  the  jubilee  year 
in  the  legislation  of  the  Old  Covenant.^ 

The  law  speaks  respecting  the  year  of  jubilee  as  a  deeply 
typical  determination  of  the  eternal  ideal  divine  law  which  is  to 
overrule  the  historical  relations  of  earthly  social  rights,  including 
those  of  person  and  property.  In  it  is  plainly  reflected  the  cor- 
rect relation  of  God's  proprietorship  and  that  of  the  holy  national 
community,  founded  and  invested  by  God,  to  the  proprietorship 
of  the  individual,  and  the  personal  right  of  the  individual  in 
contrast  to  the  relations  or  duties  of  servitude. 

The  year  of  jubilee  was  the  Sabbath  of  the  holy  community ; 
hence  it  was  founded  on  the  sabbatical  year  which  brought  about 
a  great  Sabbath^  of  the  Holy  Land,  which  also  was  for  the  advan- 
tage of  the  community.  The  land  was  to  be  once  every  seven 
^years  free  from  the  discipline  and  coercion  of  cultivation  ;  it  was 
not,  as  commonly,  to  be  sown  and  cleared  by  reaping,  but  to  pro- 
duce freely  whatever  it  carried  in  its  bosom  as  its  own  genius 
pleased.  It  was  to  be  quite  as  free  from  the  checks  on  its  own 
luxuriance  which  the  self-interest  of  the  possessor  might  commonly 
impose,  and  to  pour  forth  its  abundance  as  a  pure  divine  property, 
and  be  for  the  common  benefit  of  all,  masters  and  servants,  Jews 
and  strangers,  man  and  beast.  Every  seven  years,  therefore,  the 
splendour  of  a  theocratic  Arcadia,  of  a  glorified  paradisaical 
world,  was  to  shine  forth  in  the  Holy  Land.  But  by  this  rest  (or 
Sabbath)  the  principle  was  expressed,  that  the  ground  and  soil  of 
the  earth  must  ever  be  a  middle  property  between  common  pro- 
perty and  private  possession  ;  that  it  could  never  become  absolute 
common  property.  Church,  State,  or  communal  property,  but 
also  never  absolute  private  property.  So,  then,  in  the  seventh 
year  the  claim  of  the  community,  and  especially  of  the  poor  in 
it,  also  of  foreigners,  and  even  of  the  beasts  within  their  range, 
to  the  free  abundance  of  the  land,  was  celebrated.  But  as 
nature  in  seven  years  completed  its  cycle  through  toil  to  rest,  so 

^  Lev.  XXV.  5  ;  Deut.  xv. ;  Isa.  Ixi.  2. 

^  jina^'  n35i^'-     Every  seventh  year  was  to  be  a  SahbatJ)  of  rest  to  the 
land.     Lev.  xxv.  4. 


THE  SERMONS  ON  THE  MOUNT.  385 

the  holy  national  community  completed  its  cycle  in  seven  times 
seven  years.  For  society  is  nature  multiplied  by  itself — nature 
elaborating,  spiritualizing  itself.  The  fiftieth  year  (not  the 
nine-and-fortieth)  must  therefore  be  the  sabbatical  year  of  the 
congregation  of  Jehovah,  the  year  of  jubilee,  or  ti*um pet-year. 
Its  beginning  was  to  be  signalized  by  the  great  feast  of  atone- 
ment ;  therefore,  from  the  remission  of  debt  before  God  must 
proceed  the  remission  of  debts  in  society.  The  opening  of  this 
great  festival  was  to  be  announced  by  trumpets ;  and  from  this 
custom  its  name  is  explained.^  In  this  year,  every  inheritance 
which  an  Israelite  had  sold  from  necessity  reverted  again  to  him, 
and  upon  this  reversion  the  purchase-money  was  to  be  calcu- 
lated.^ Also,  the  servitude  into  which  the  Israelite,  by  his 
poverty,  had  been  subjected  to  his  brother,  a  wealthier  Israelite, 
was  to  cease  with  this  year;^  it  could  never  amount  to  slavery. 
Thus  with  the  year  of  jubilee  the  bondsman  became  free,  and 
he  who  had  lost  his  inheritance  regained  it.  The  ideal  funda- 
mental relations  of  the  holy  nation,  in  which  the  eternal  kingdom 
of  God  was  reflected,  sprang  out  of  the  complications  and  priva- 
tions of  a  severe  reality,  and  the  community  rested  from  its  own 

^  '  i52i'n  DJC'-  It  has  this  name  from  the  rams'  horns  by  which  it  was 
announced.' — Winer,  R.  W.  B.,  art.  Jubeljahr.  The  year  of  jubilee  yfovild 
accordingly  be  designated  the  year  of  trumpets.  But  if,  according  to  the 
Chaldee  and  Hebrew  expositors  (see  Gesenius,  Lexicon),  the  word  73V  is 
interpreted  a  ram,  hence  rams'  horns,  trumpets  made  of  rams'  horns,  the 
choice  of  these  horns  would  mark  a  return  to  the  poetic,  glorified  state  of 
nature.  The  jubilee  horn  was  the  festive  horn  of  the  theocratic  Arcadia, 
and  to  be  regarded  in  a  distinct  relation  to  similar  institutions  which  have 
for  their  basis  the  idea  of  a  theocratic  festal  nature-life,  particularly  the 
feast  of  Tabernacles  and  the  Nazarite's  vow. 

2  '  The  voluntary  seller  of  his  estate  certainly  could  gain  nothing  by  that 
appointment,  since,  on  account  of  the  reference  to  the  year  of  jubilee  (and 
the  right  of  reselling),  the  real  purchase-price  was  reduced,  and  literally 
would  only  be  turned  into  a  rent.' — Winer. 

*  The  legal  time  of  service  of  a  Hebrew  slave  was  six  years.  He  became, 
therefore,  free  in  the  seventh  year,  according  to  Exod.  xxi.  2,  unless  the 
exception  in  ver.  5  should  occur.  This  seventh  year,  or  year  of  release  (Deut. 
XV.),  is  not  to  be  identified  with  the  sabbatical  year  of  the  laud.  The  latter 
was  a  universal  fixed  period,  contemporaneous  for  all  the  people  ;  the  year 
of  release,  on  the  contrary,  dated  from  the  time  when  a  Hebrew  became  the 
bondsman  of  another.  He  must,  therefore,  as  a  rule,  serve  six  years.  But 
when  the  year  of  jubilee  came,  it  made  all  the  Hebrew  slaves  free. 

VOL.  II.  -'  li 


386  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

hardships  as  the  holy  congregation  of  the  rich  and  equally  por- 
tioned heirs  and  heiresses  of  Jehovah.^ 

Thus  the  Divine  Spirit  in  Israel  had  withdrawn  the  three 
most  essential  goods  of  life  from  the  will,  the  absolute  possession 
of  the  individual,  as  well  as  the  right  of  prescription  and  per- 
petual exchange — the  produce  of  the  field,  the  holy  soil  of  the 
land,  and  the  personal  freedom  of  the  individual.  These  goods 
were  reserved  for  the  Lord,  and  hence  must  always  revert  to  the 
holy  congregation  of  God.  From  the  right  of  goods,  a  twofold 
right  of  eternal  possession  was  distinguished,  both  downwards 
and  upwards. 

There  was,  upwards,  an  eternal  divine  possession,  or  posses- 
sion of  the  holy  community,  which  could  not  become  the  possession 
of  individuals.  To  this  belonged  the  fields  of  the  Levites  (Lev. 
XXV.  34).  But  there  was  also,  downwards,  a  perpetual  private 
possession,  which  was  not  included  in  the  great  reversion  of  the 
year  of  jubilee.  To  this,  without  doubt,  belonged  especially 
raoney^  and  moveable  goods,  besides  the  dwelling-house  in  an 
unwalled  town,  if  it  was  not  redeemed  within  the  first  year  after 
the  sale.  Yet  from  this  the  houses  in  the  cities  of  the  Levites 
were  excepted.  They  could  be  sold  like  the  landed  property  of 
other  Israelites,  but  must  revert  like  that,  since  they  were  the 
landed  property  of  the  Levitical  individual  (Lev.  xxv.  29). 
Further,  the  heathen  who  had  become  the  bondsman  of  a  Jew 
was  regarded  as  private  property ;  he  might  be  held  in  perpetual 
slavery.  Moveable  goods,  wealth,  are  incorporated  with  the 
individual ;  they  belong  to  his  personal  dignity.  But  this  slave, 
as  a  heathen  in  the  typical  ritual,  had  not  yet  attained  the  enjoy- 
ment of  personal  dignity ;  yet  he  was  not  treated  as  a  thing,  as 
among  the  heathen,  but  as   a  man   theocratically  under  age.^ 

^  According  to  the  fundamental  idea  of  this  right,  in  the  future,  at  the 
expiration  of  a  greater  period  of  debt,  Canaan  must  revert  to  Israel.  The 
nations,  in  their  calling  to  the  kingdom  of  heaven,  are  the  heirs  of  Jehovah 
on  the  great  scale. 

2  Perhaps  the  passage  in  Josephus,  Antiq.  iii.  12,  §  3,  according  to  which, 
debts  generally  were  remitted  at  the  jubilee,  is  so  to  be  understood  as  mean- 
ing that  there  was  also  a  cancelhug  of  money-debts.     See  Winer. 

^  Exod.  xxi.  20,  26.  The  twenty-first  verse  certainly  appears  to  contra- 
dict this,  since  here  the  slave  is  spoken  of  as  property  ('  for  he  is  his  money') ; 
but  from  the  connection  it  may  be  inferred  that  this  is  to  be  understood 
only  in  a  limited  sense. 


THE  SERMONS  OX  THE  MOUNT.  3S7 

Lastly,  as  to  the  unwalled  house  in  a  city,  it  was  separated  by 
the  walls  from  the  fields  of  the  country  (Lev.  xxv.  30,  31),  and 
the  individuality  was  measured  by  this  boundary.  The  unen- 
closed house  belonged,  with  the  fields,  to  the  divine  community 
and  to  Jehovah  ;  the  house  in  a  walled  city  fell  to  the  individual, 
and  belonged  again,  like  himself,  to  the  Lord. 

Li  these  fundamental  distinctions  of  an  ideal  right  of  pro- ', 
perty,  are  underlaid,  without  doubt,  the  ideas  of  the  eternal  right  1 
of  the  kingdom  of  God.  They  form  the  typical  ground-plan  i 
of  the  rights  and  regulations  of  the  Christian  social  age,  the  ' 
realization  of  the  kingdom  of  heaven  upon  earth.'  They  stood 
so  high  above  the  reality,  that  they  could  not  easily  in  Israel 
become  a  fixed  civil  usage.  But  they  answered  this  valuable 
purpose,  that  the  people,  when  better  disposed,  could  always  use 
them  as  a  directory.  Moses  foresaw  that  the  people  would  not 
grant  the  land  its  Sabbath,  and  foretold  that  in  the  future 
desolations  the  land  would  obtain  its  rights,  and  enjoy  its 
Sabbaths  (Lev.  xxvi.  34,  35).  And  his  prediction  was  fulfilled 
first  of  all,  according  to  2  Chron.  xxxvi.  21,  in  the  misconduct 
of  the  people  before  the  Babylonish  captivity,  and  in  the 
punishment  which  followed.  Li  the  last  days  before  that 
catastrophe,  the  people,  it  is  true,  made  an  attempt  to  realize 
the  theocratic  rights  of  persons,  but  in  vain  (Jer.  xxxiv.).  But 
in  proportion  as  the  actual  state  of  things  contravened  the  law, 
the  prophets  perceived  that  the  year  of  jubilee  must  first  of  all 
be  exhibited  in  its  spiritual  relations,  before  it  could  be  realized 
in  the  earthly  ones.  They  saw  in  spirit  that  Jehovah  Himself 
must  establish,  and  would  establish,  a  great  year  of  jubilee, — 
that  He  Himself,  as  the  great  creditor,  must  proclaim  remission 
for  His  debtors,  and  release  His  captives,  and  thus  would 
establish  the  time  of  a  great  general  restoration  of  the  children 
of  God.  Thus  arose  the  visions  of  the  most  delightful  longing, 
hope,  and  promise,  in  which  the  age  of  the  Messiah  is  depicted 

^  Stier  has  clearly  marked  the  idea  of  the  kingdom  of  heaven  in  dis- 
tinction from  the  idea  of  the  kingdom  of  God.  The  phrase  contains  '  an 
indication  of  real  consummation  in  the  future.  Hence  this  idea  was 
developed  in  the  calamitous  times  of  the  Jewish  theocracy  (Dan.  ii.  41), 
Avhen  the  antagonism  between  the  profane  kingdoms  of  the  world  and  the 
heavenly  kingdom  of  CJod,  which  w.is  hereafter  to  be  realized  on  earth,  was 
fully  grasped  by  the  consciousness  of  the  theocrat.' 


388  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

as  the  great  jubilee  of  Jehovah,  in  which  the  Messiah  appears 
as  the  messenger  of  God  who  sounds  the  trumpet  of  the  jubilee; 
as  in  the  passage  of  Isaiah  (Ixi.  1,*2)  which  the  Lord  read  and 
expounded  in  the  synagogue  at  Nazareth. 

Just  as  He  there  announced  the  kingdom  of  heaven  as  the 
beginning  of  the  spiritual  and  everlasting  jubilee,  so  He  appears 
to  have  preached  the  kingdom  of  heaven  variously  in  this 
figurative  representation,  which  was  admirably  suited  to  move 
the  Isi'aelites  in  their  inmost  souls,  and  was,  indeed,  from  the 
first  an  ideal  of  the  new  heavenly  age.  This  is  testified  by  the 
last  words  of  the  message  of  Jesus  to  John — '  the  poor  have  the 
Gospel  preached  to  them.'  ^ 

Just  so,  this  equalizing  which  is  to  bring  the  kingdom  of 
God  as  a  year  of  jubilee  for  both  poor  and  rich  of  the  old 
world,  is  a  fundamental  thought  in  the  two  discourses  of  the 
blessedness  of  the  poor  in  the  new  world. 

On  the  first  great  journey  of  Jesus  through  Galilee,  not  only 
the  groups  of  His  adherents  in  a  narrower  sense  increased,  but 
also  the  multitude  of  sufferers,  and  began  to  press  upon  Him  more 
and  more.  When  He  saw  the  crowds  thus  increasing,  He  felt 
Himself  obliged  to  withdraw  from  their  excessive  intrusion, 
since  He  never  would  expose  the  holy  action  of  His  life  to 
being  overpowered  by  a  host  of,  carnal  proselytes  and  their 
mean  interests.  He  went  therefore  to  the  mountain,  the  Evan- 
gelists narrate  here,  in  the  same  sense  as  John  on  another 
occasion;  the  mountain  (jo  6po<i),  namely,  in  distinction  from 
the  high  plains  or  terraces  on  which  the  people  stayed.^     He 

^  According  to  Wieseler,  the  year  from  the  autumn  of  779  to  the 
autumn  of  780  was  a  sabbatical  year. 

^  In  this  way  may  be  most  easily  explained  the  difficulty  which  Gfrorer 
(h.  Sage  138)  and  Bruno  Bauer  {Kritil%  p.  288)  have  found  in  the  stand- 
ing expression  ro  6'po;  in  the  Gospels.  Our  explanation,  vol.  i.  p.  215,  is 
accordingly  to  be  supplemented, — that  the  sea-shore,  which  in  John  vi.  2 
forms  the  contrast  to  the  mountain,  is  to  be  regarded  as  the  place  where 
the  people  assembled,  from  which  Jesus  retired.  This  is  apparent  parti- 
cularly from  the  words  dvi'x'^pms  t^ccKiv  sig  to  opog  (ver.  15).  Ebrard  ex- 
plains the  use  of  the  definite  article  from  a  contrast  which  resulted  from 
the  formation  of  the  Jewish  land.  It  might,  indeed,  be  difficult  to  consider 
the  high  table-land  of  Canaan  as  one  mountain — tJie  mountain  ;  yet  thus 
much  results  from  this  notice  of  the  character  of  the  Palestinian  high  table- 
land, that  we  see  how  the  going  of  Jesus  to  ilie  mountain  is  favoured  by  it. 
Since  the  multitude  followed  the  Lord  on  the  beaten  roads  of  the  country, 


THE  SERMONS  ON  THE  MOUNT.  380 

withdrew  into  the  mountain  soUtude  exactly  overhanging  the 
encampment  of  the  people/  This  wc  gather  very  distinctly 
from  the  representation  of  Luke  (vi.  17).^ 

But  into  that  loneliness  He  took  only  His  confidential 
disciples  with  Him:  'whom  He  would'  (Mark  iii.  14).  It  is 
very  possible  that  not  only  the  later  twelve  apostles  formed  this 
circle,  but  that  also  many  others  of  His  more  confidential  dis- 
ciples surrounded  Him.  On  that  account  Mark  and  Luke 
might  transfer  to  this  place  the  more  distinct  separation  of  the 
Twelve,  wliich  took  place  somewhat  later  in  their  being  actually 
sent  out,  especially  since  these  Evangelists  do  not  particularly 
report  that  later  sending.  At  all  events,  it  w^as  a  confidential 
circle  that  surrounded  the  Lord,  as  is  indicated  by  the  signifi- 
cant and  historically  certain  fact,  that  He  stayed  and  sat  down 
sociably  in  their  midst.  On  the  other  hand,  surrounded  by 
thousands  of  people,  He  could  not  well  preach  to  them  sitting. 
'  And  He  opened  His  mouth,'  says  the  Evangelist.  He  felt  the 
world-historical  importance  of  this  moment,  in  which  Christianity 
was  first  expressed  in  its  grand  outlines  by  Christ,  and  that  in 
contrast  to  Judaism.  It  was  the  moment  of  breaking  open  the 
greatest  seal  of  the  world,  the  moment  of  the  revelation  of  a 
new  religion,  of  a  religion  that  transcended  Judaism.  He 
opened  His  mouth  and  revealed  the  mystery  of  this  new  re- 
ligion, the  Christian  in  a  circle  of  persons  animated  with  the 
strongest  attachment  to  Judaism.^ 

This  discourse  of  Christ  is  called  the  Sermon  on  the  Mount 
in  a  literal  sense,  but  it  may  be  likewise  so  called  in  a  symbolical 
sense.     Christ  stands  on  the  summit  of  spiritual  human  life  ; 

so  it  was  easy  in  a  mountainous  district  for  Him,  in  withdrawing  from  their 
place  of  assembling,  to  go  to  the  mountain,  as  in  every  house  where  there  is 
a  battlement  one  goes  not  to  a  battlement,  but  to  the  battlement. 

1  That  the  going  to  the  mountain  always  here  means  withdrawing  from 
the  people,  besides  the  connection  here  and  in  Luke,  is  supported  by  ^lark 
iii.  13  and  John  vi.  15. 

2  The  Evangelist  Mark  here  relates  inaccurately  (iii.  13),  inasmuch  as 
he  confounds  together  two  occasions  on  which  tlie  people  thronged  around 
the  Lord.  But  it  is  an  inaccuracy  easily  explained,  if  >[atthew  allow  the 
discourse  to  the  people  to  be  identified  with  that  to  the  disciples,  so  that  it 
appears  as  if  the  assembled  multitude  were  the  auditory  who  heard  the 
Lord's  first  discourse. 

3  'The  first  word  of  His  mouth  is  Blessed !—imd  again  and  again, 
Blessed. ''—Stier,  i.  98. 


390  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

His  soul  is  filled  with  the  beatitudes  of  His  holy  and  perfected 
divine-human  life.  From  this  elevation  He  addresses  poor  man 
in  error  and  confusion,  in  the  depths  of  an  unhappy  life,  in 
order  to  call  him  up,  to  lead  him,  to  draw  him  to  His  own 
standpoint ;  for  His  word  is  not  only  the  word  of  light,  but  also 
of  power.  We  may  call  this  discourse  the  Summit-sermon  in 
order  to  distinguish  it  from  the  following,  which  was  delivered 
on  an  elevated  plain  or  lower  mountain-terrace,  and  hence  may 
be  designated  the  Plateau-sermon. 

We  may  contemplate  the  Summit-sermon  as  an  organic 
unity  which  unfolds  two  principal  parts  in  a  most  significant 
contrast,  and  closes  with  a  third  practical  part.  If  we  look  at  it 
as  a  unity,  the  doctrine  of  Christ  appears  to  us  in  it  in  its  main  out- 
lines, or,  more  definitely,  the  representation  of  the  righteousness 
of  Christ  as  it  is  unfolded  in  His  disciples,  or  as  the  announce- 
ment of  the  spiritual  jubilee  year,  as  it  consists  in  rectifying 
inequalities  in  the  kingdom  of  God.  If  we  consider  it  in  its 
two  chief  component  parts,  it  exhibits  the  contrariety  of  the 
doctrine  of  Christ  to  the  doctrine  of  tlie  scribes  and  Pharisees, 
or,  more  definitely,  the  true  righteousness  of  His  disciples  in 
opposition  to  the  false  righteousness  of  His  adversaries  ;  or  also, 
the  contrasted  equalizing  which  is  brought  by  Christ's  jubilee — 
the  exaltation  of  the  poor,  and  the  humiliation  of  the  rich.  If, 
lastly,  we  fix  our  attention  on  the  threefold  division  of  the  dis- 
course,— the  first  part  depicts  the  gradual  progression  of  Chris- 
tian righteous  men,  how  it  rises  from  the  depths  of  poverty  of 
spirit  to  the  summit  of  blessedness  in  the  vision  of  God  (Matt. 
V.  1-19)  ;  the  second  part  depicts  the  descent  of  the  pharisai- 
cally righteous,  how  they  begin  their  way  of  error  with  deform- 
ing the  law,  and  end  it  by  giving  that  which  is  holy  to  the  dogs 
and  casting  pearls  before  swine,  and  in  return  are  torn  in  pieces 
by  them  (Matt.  v.  20,  vii.  6)  ;  the  third  part  gives  directions 
how  to  avoid  the  false  way  down-hill,  and  to  choose  the  true 
way  up-hill, — it  announces,  therefore,  the  true  method  of  the 
spiritual  life.  In  this  threefold  division,  those  distinctions  are 
shown  to  us,  according  to  which  the  great  equalization  is  ejffected 
which  the  year  of  jubilee  brings.  Especially,  therefore,  is  this 
discourse  to  be  considered  in  its  unity.  We  see  here  the  begin- 
ning of  the  New  Testament  law  of  life  breaking  forth  from  the 
husk  of  the  Old  Testament  law.     For  only  by  the  specially 


THE  SERMONS  OX  THE  MOUNT.  o'Jl 

strict  law  of  Jehovah  in  a  narrower  sense  could  the  appointed 
poverty  of  spirit  and  the  disposition  of  divine  mourning  con- 
nected with  it  be  produced  ;  the  longing  after  righteousness. 
We  see,  then,  how  in  this  new  legally  progressive  unfolding  the 
old  law  celebrates  its  glorification,  since  here  all  its  literal  ap- 
pointments are  spiritually  fulfilled.  Then  the  Lord  shows  how 
this  new  life  completely  loosens  itself  from  the  withered  husk  of 
Pharisaical  maxims  by  which  it  was  covered,  and  we  are  taught 
the  element  of  Christian  practice  (Askese),  of  spiritual  good 
conduct,  in  which  this  fruit  ripens  into  the  complete  purity  and 
blessedness  of  the  inner  life. 

Therefore  the  Sermon  on  the  INIount  in  its  unity  is  an  organic 
representation  of  the  appointed  forms  of  life  according  to  Chris- 
tianity. In  this  relation  it  has,  not  without  reason,  been  com- 
pared with  the  giving  of  the  law  on  Sinai.  As  the  first  com- 
prehensive announcement  of  the  Gospel,  it  forms  the  most 
expressive  contrast  to  the  announcement  of  the  law  from  Sinai. 
There,  the  prophet  of  the  Old  Covenant  received  the  revelation 
from  the  hand  of  Jehovah  by  the  mediation  of  angels,  therefore 
with  feelings  which  elevated  his  life  far  above  the  ordinary  state  ; 
here,  the  Prophet  of  the  New  Covenant  utters  the  revelations  of 
God  from  the  depths  of  His  own  innermost  life,  from  the  ma- 
tured moments  of  His  most  habitual  and  yet  highest  spiritual 
condition.  There,  a  law  is  announced  Avhich  confi'onts  the 
people  with  threatenings  on  tables  of  stone — accompanied  by 
thunder  and  lightning,  the  phenomena  of  Omnipotence  which 
stands  in  harmony  with  the  righteousness  of  God,  and  therefore 
accompanied  by  the  signs  of  armed,  threatening,  and  warning 
righteousness.  Here,  a  law  utters  its  voice,  which  begins  to 
write  the  power  of  the  Spirit  of  Christ  in  the  hearts  of  men, 
and  whose  vivifying  power  makes  itself  known  in  the  promises 
of  salvation  by  which  it  is  accompanied.  And  while  there,  IVIoses 
shattered  the  first  tables  of  the  law  in  displeasure  at  the  idolatry 
of  the  people,  and  then  brings  a  second,  perfectly  similar,  stern 
repetition  of  the  law  ;  so  here,  Jesus  brings  the  first  form  of  the 
Sermon  on  the  Mount,  which  is  only  comprehensible  by  His 
initiated  disciples,  in  a  second  concrete  and  more  compreliensible 
form,  out  of  tender  regard  to  the  weakness  of  the  people.  But 
His  law  remains  in  all  its  features  a  gospel,  as  His  Gospel  pre- 
serves in  all  fulness  the  legal  precision.     This,  therefore,  is  the 


392  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

unity  of  the  Sermon  on  the  Mount ;  it  is  the  Gospel  of  the  law, 
or  the  law  of  the  Gospel.  The  origin  of  this  law  is  a  human 
heart,  the  holy  heart  of  the  Lord ;  the  tables  of  this  law  are 
human  hearts,  the  susceptible  hearts  of  believers ;  all  its  written 
characters  are  life-forms  of  the  real  world.  If  we  look  at  the 
Sermon  on  the  Mount  according  to  the  antagonism  which 
animates  it,  its  peculiar  theme  lies  evidently  in  the  twentieth 
verse.  The  righteousness  of  the  disciples  of  Jesus  is  delineated 
in  opposition  to  the  righteousness  of  the  scribes  and  Pharisees. 
The  one  rise  upwards  as  copartners  of  the  shame  and  glory  of 
Christ,  till  they  stand  near  Him  in  the  light  of  glorification ;  the 
others  descend  into  the  depths  of  grossness,  till  they  are  trampled 
under  foot  by  the  dogs  and  swine  of  the  spiritual  world.  The 
close  of  the  discourse  shows  how  men  have  to  walk  in  one  way, 
and  to  avoid  the  other. 

If  we  let  this  closing  word  come  forth  in  its  entire  signifi- 
cance along  with  the  preceding  words,  the  division  of  the  three 
parts  is  plainly  shown,  according  to  which  we  wish  to  consider 
the  discourse  in  particulars. 

The  beatitudes  form  the  chief  materials  of  the  first  part. 
These  beatitudes  are  certainly  nine,  if  we  number  them  me- 
chanically ;  but  if  we  keep  in  view  the  main  point,  the  successive 
steps,  it  will  be  seen  that  the  old  reckoning  of  seven  beatitudes 
is  perfectly  well  founded.  While  the  beatitudes,  as  far  as  the 
seventh,  exhibit  a  definite  succession  of  steps  in  the  Christian 
life,  the  eighth  relates  to  the  pursuit  of  the  Christian  after 
righteousness  in  general,  and  to  his  holy  sufferings  arising  from 
it  in  the  world,  as  both  begin  when  he  takes  the  first  step  in  the 
inner  life.  He  must  suffer  for  righteousness'  sake  on  all  the 
stages  of  his  development ;  and  this  is  a  blessed  suffering.  But 
that  he  suffers  for  righteousness'  sake,  is  identical  with  suffering 
for  Christ's  sake,  which  is  extolled  in  the  ninth  beatitude.  Here 
only  the  life  which  at  first  was  depicted  in  its  general  spiritual 
form,  appears  in  its  concrete  Christian  distinctness  and  beauty, 
and  it  is  manifest  that  Christ  is  the  historical,  perfected  life- 
principle  of  Christian  righteousness,  and  of  its  unfolding  through 
all  its  stages. 

As  to  what  regards  the  relation  of  this  delineation  of  the 
inner  life,  we  have  to  contemplate  it  in  accordance  with  its  evan- 
gelical character,  not  as  an  outwai'd  legal  prescription  of  the  Lord 


THE  SERMONS  OX  THE  MOUNT.  393 

respecting  the  conduct  of  His  disciples.  Rather  His  lawgiving 
is  a  creative  act.  When  He  describes  the  righteous,  He  calls 
them  into  life  by  His  word ;  a  new  world  is  drawn  forth,  not 
from  the  gloomy  fermentation  of  the  elements,  but  from  the 
night  of  internal  judgments  and  divine  sorrow.  This  world 
exists  upon  His  word.  We  see,  therefore,  the  holy  mount  sur- 
rounded by  steps,  and  all  the  steps  covered  by  souls  risincr 
from  the  depths  to  the  heights.  They  are,  these  '  poor  in 
spirit,'  these  '  mourners  ; '  they  live,  and  that  in  the  spirit.  In 
their  unfolding  we  witness  the  noiseless  formation  of  the  new 
heavens  in  the  quiet  recesses  of  the  hidden  world  of  the  affec- 
tions, and  even  in  the  abysses  of  an  unutterable  sorrow,  by  which 
the  Christian  life  makes  its  way  through  the  opposition  of  the 
old  world  life. 

Life  in  the  spirit  is  the  fundamental  character  of  all 
Christians.  The  Christian  begins  his  Christian  existence  with 
feeling  himself  poverty-struck  in  spirit :  he  is  conscious  of  an 
infinite  want  in  his  spirit,  with  an  equally  powerful  craving  after 
satisfaction.  But  he  feels  this  want  so  strongly  in  the  spirit, 
because  he  lives  in  the  spirit.  Without  life  in  the  spirit  there 
is  no  Christianity  whatever ;  no  theological  science,  no  moral 
culture,  no  church  ceremonial,  can  supply  the  place  of  life  in  the 
spirit.  In  spiritual  life,  that  is,  in  that  life  in  which  the  spirit  of 
man  comes  in  contact  and  is  united  with  the  Spirit  of  God,  the 
various  stages  of  righteousness  and  blessedness  are  all  identical. 
It  hes  in  the  nature  of  the  spirit,  that  it  exhibit  itself  in  the 
whole  circumference  of  its  constituent  elements.  Therefore 
the  poor  in  spirit  on  the  first  stage  must  also  be  in  the  germ  a 
peacemaker;  and  in  the  blessed  peacemaker  of  the  seventh 
stage  there  is  still  poverty  in  spirit  in  its  essential  contents, 
though  transformed  into  a  most  blessed  humility.  Nevertheless, 
the  succession  of  stages  is  a  necessary,  organic,  and  perfectly 
definite  succession.  Every  step  has  its  own  character,  control- 
ling and  determining  the  whole  inner  life,  and  the  Christian  in 
his  inner  life  must  experience  all  these  phases  of  his  spirit's 
constitution  to  verify  their  eternal  value,  and  to  exhibit  them 
on  the  summit  of  his  development  in  perfect  unity. 

It  is  the  foundation  of  an  organically  determined  development, 
that  man  begins  his  new  life  in  the  spirit  in  the  feeling  of  his 
woeful  destitution  of  all  the  highest  goods  of  the  spirit.     This 


394  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

poverty  embraces  the  whole  new  hfe  of  the  spirit  as  a  germ, 
and  breaks  forth  in  a  twofold  direction  in  polar  unfolding.  In 
poverty  of  spirit,  man  comes  to  himself,  and  now  he  necessarily 
comprehends  in  his  inmost  soul  his  most  intimate  relation  to 
God.  Then  the  root  of  his  new  life  is  formed  in  pure,  holy 
sorrow,  which  in  its  nature  is  a  divine  sorrow,  a  mourning  on 
account  of  separation  from  God,  a  pining  after  home.  But 
in  this  divine  sorrow  his  relation  to  other  men  becomes  a  new 
one ;  the  old  fierceness  and  hardness  of  his  natural  egoism  is 
stripped  off,  and  the  stem  of  his  life  is  formed  under  the  smooth 
spiritual  control  of  gentleness  with  which  he  now  meets  his 
fellow-men.  That  sorrow  is  nourished  by  this  gentleness,  and, 
striking  its  roots  deeper,  becomes  an  ardent  longing  after  the 
righteousness  of  God.  This  gentleness,  under  the  holy  longing 
after  righteousness  and  its  satisfaction,  is  developed  into  tender- 
heartedness, which  recognises  his  neighbour  as  miserable,  and  is 
interested  in  positively  rescuing  him.  Lastly,  that  hungering 
and  thirsting  after  righteousness  before  God  is  satisfied  under 
the  exercises  of  mercifulness  and  the  acts  of  self-denial  which 
accompany  it,  and  purity  of  heart  is  its  fruit,  the  lily-blossom 
of  the  perfection  of  tlie  life  turned  to  God  ;  and  so  at  last  this 
mercifulness  ripens  to  the  highest  vitality  in  power  to  bring  the 
peace  of  God,  and  to  establish  peace  upon  earth,  and  therefore 
in  the  perfection  of  the  life  turned  to  men.  But  this  double 
threefold  development  of  the  Christian  is  a  conflict  against  the 
world  for  eternal  righteousness,  and  therefore  is  connected  with 
the  severest  suffering ;  it  is  a  suffering  for  God.  But  it  is 
equally  a  suffering  for  holy  man,  a  suffering  for  Christ's  sake, — 
indeed  a  dying  with  Him  on  His  cross. 

These  phenomena  of  the  spiritual  life  consist  neither  in 
well-disposed  natural  states  of  the  affections,  nor  in  imperfect 
strivings  of  the  will ;  they  are  neither  moral  virtues,  nor  legal 
habitual  acts  of  a  laborious,  striving  self-determination.  They 
are  rather,  as  constituents  of  the  proper  spiritual  life,  such  dis- 
positions as  on  the  one  hand  may  be  contemplated  as  operations 
of  God,  as  new  states  of  the  spirit,  and,  on  the  other,  altogether 
as  the  ripe,  free,  ardent,  decided  acts  of  human  striving ;  there- 
fore spiritual  determinations  in  which  man,  striving  and  free, 
lays  hold  of  the  divine  life  as  he  is  laid  hold  of  by  it. 

Now,  if  the  Lord  pronounces  men  blessed  in  these  spiritual 


THE  SERMOXS  ON  THE  MOUNT.  395 

states,  it  is  not  merely  a  promise  of  blessedness.  They  are 
already  blessed,  although  they  have  not  attained  the  full  con- 
sciousness of  this  blessedness.  The  deepest  divine  sorrow  exists 
under  the  influence  of  the  peace  of  God,  and  is  more  blessed 
than  the  highest  worldly  enjoyment.  But  this  blessedness  is  to 
be  perfected ; — the  promises  express  that.  To  the  poor  in 
spirit  the  whole  kingdom  of  heaven  is  allotted.  Since  he  is 
poor  in  spirit,  he  is  poor  in  the  infinity  of  the  divine  life  ; 
therefore  he  is  craving,  poverty-struck,  with  a  consecrated 
hungering  after  the  Eternal,^  and  on  that  account,  because  the 
infinite  fulness  of  the  Divine  Spirit  has  already  enkindled  him, 
and  thus  he  is  nobly  covetous  of  the  highest,  he  is  become  a 
spiritual  mendicant,  so  that  the  whole  world  can  no  longer 
satisfy  him.  In  his  eager  anticipation,  that  fulness  has  already 
touched  him  and  penetrated  his  inmost  life  ;  hereafter  the  com- 
plete effulgence  of  that  fulness  shall  enter  his  spirit.  But  as  his 
poverty  in  spirit  is  formed  and  unfolded  before  God  and  the 
world,  so  also  is  his  reward,  or  the  inheritance  that  is  promised 
him.  To  mourning  absolutely — that' is,  the  highest,  pure,  divine 
mourning  sorrow  for  destitution  of  God — corresponds  consola- 
tion absolutely ;  therefore,  consolation  from  God  in  the  heavenly 
refreshment  and  encouragement  of  his  life.  For  this  mourn- 
ing proceeds  from  the  disgust  man  feels  with  pleasure  in  vain 
things  :  the  mourner  absolutely  is  impelled  by  the  presentiment 
of  the  eternal,  serene,  divine  life,  the  peace  of  God ;  and  hence 
this  peace  is  to  greet  him  in  a  spiritual  rejuvenescence  of  life, 
and  will  hereafter  become  altogether  his  portion.  But  the  dis- 
ciples of  Jesus  inherit  the  earth  as  the  meek.  The  holy  land  of 
the  world,  now  in  the  course  of  transformation,  and  hereafter  to 
be  wholly  transformed,  gains  immediately  for  them  a  fresh 
splendour,  and  will  be  one  day  their  heritage,  the  earthly  basis 
for  the  appearance  of  their  glory,"  not  only  because  meekness  as 
the  mightiest  spiritual  life  must  lead  to  victory  over  the  rude, 
impassioned  men  of  violence,  and  because  God  makes  up  to  the 
patient  his  injured  rights  by  abundant  recompense,  but  also 

1  '  To  translate  -tttuxoI  with  perfect  exactness,  we  should  use  egeni  and 
viendici,  to  which  it  corresponds,  as  ttivyh  to  pauper.'' — Tholuck,  67.  [See 
Trench's  St/uoiujms  of  the  New  Testament  (First  Series),  pp.  141-144.— Tr.] 

2  '  Then  sli.iU  the  lambs  feed  after  their  manner  upon  their  pasture ; '  Isa. 
V.  17.— Stier,  i.  106. 


396  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

because  tlie  meek  is  already  filled  with  the  ideal  of  the  trans- 
formed earth,  and  therefore  cannot  eagerly  contend  about  the 
provisional  forms  of  the  earth  and  earthly  phantoms ;  since  he 
has  chosen  paradise  in  the  earth,  while  others  have  chosen  in  it 
the  accursed  ground,  therefore,  in  fact,  only  the  curse  which  is 
to  be  withdrawn  from  the  earth.^  Here  it  becomes  evident,  in 
what  a  rich  sense  the  rights  of  the  Jewish  year  of  jubilee  find 
their  essential  realization  in  the  consummation  of  Christ's  king- 
dom. Therefore  the  disciples  of  Jesus  appear  as  renouncing 
their  claims  in  the  old  world,  not  because  they  have  no  sense  of 
the  beauty  of  the  w^orld,  but  because  the  resplendent  image  of 
the  pure  divine  world  ravishes  and  ennobles  them,  and  has  raised 
them  above  the  lower  desires  of  transitory  things.  But  above 
all  things  they  yearn  after  the  prime  fundamental  condition  of 
all  divine  life — righteousness.  All  their  longing,  every  desire  of 
their  life,  is  tinged  and  controlled  by  this  highest  spiritual  aspi- 
ration, and  is  drawn  into  the  ardent  revolution  of  this  aspira- 
tion ;  therefore,  their  very  breaking  of  bread  easily  becomes  the 
supper  for  the  remembrance  of  the  death  of  Jesus,  and  their 
bridal  festivity  a  symbol  of  Christ's  relation  to  the  Church. 
But  since  in  all  things  they  long  after  righteousness,  all  the 
fulness  of  life  to  their  life's  satisfaction  is  to  be  given  to  them 
in  and  with  the  righteousness  of  God ;  they  are  to  be  satisfied 
absolutely — altogether  calmed  with  the  reconciling  righteous- 
ness first  of  all,  but  also  with  all  heaven,  which  is  in  its  train, 
until  they  are  satisfied  in  their  infinite  longing,  and  express  it 
in  never-ending  praise.  This  satisfaction  is  already  announced 
in  their  hunger  and  thirst;  for  the  most  ardent  desire  after  right- 
eousness is  the  most  ardent  motive  to  be  released  from  the  bond- 
age of  creature-desire,  the  cessation  of  the  desire  of  human 
nature-life,  by  entrance  into  the  Christian  ideality  of  the  world, 
in  which  man  enjoys  everything  in  the  s})irit.  The  pain  suf- 
fered for  eternal  righteousness  leads  the  higher  longing  of  life 
into  the  quiet  tribunal  in  the  breast  in  which  earthly  wishes  die, 
there  to  be  examined  and  tried ;  and  thus  it  is  glorified  as  the 

1  ['  The  dross  of  the  earth  the  meek  do  not  inherit ;  the  damnosa  lisere- 
ditas  of  the  earth's  pomps  and  vanities  descends  to  others ;  but  all  the  true 
enjoyments,  the  wisdom,  love,  peace,  and  independence,  which  earth  can 
bestow,  are  assured  to  the  meek  as  .in  their  meekness  inherent.' — Henry- 
Taylor,  Notes  from  Life,  29.— Ed.] 


THE  SERMONS  OX  THE  MOUNT.  397 

joy  of  sorrow,  rests  in  God,  comes  forth  from  this  tribunal,  and 
in  the  transformed  son-ow  of  life's  deepest  depths  has  recognised 
its  choicest  part,  the  blessedness  of  the  cross.  With  this  divine 
satisfaction  of  their  life,  the  disciples  of  Jesus  have  become 
rich  in  the  presence  of  suffering  humanity;  and  as  in  these 
riches  they  exercise  mercy,  so  also  they  obtain  mercy.  In  the 
soothing  balm  which  now  streams  forth  from  their  benevolent 
heart  into  the  wounds  of  their  neighbours  and  of  the  world,  they 
have  gained  the  sense  for  the  rich,  divine  balm  of  healing  mercy 
which  streams  into  their  own  sick  life,  their  life's  wounds,  in 
order  to  complete  their  restoi'ation  ;  and  in  the  gentle  influence  of 
God's  Spirit  they  feel  assured  of  finding  mercy  both  with  God 
and  man — in  distress  and  death — that  even  after  they  lose  their 
health  and  sink  streno-thless,  evervthino;  must  be  transformed  for 
them  into  a  sheltering  bosom  of  God's  love — into  a  holy  gi'ave 
filled  with  the  healing  and  reviving  power  of  God.  The  perfec- 
tion of  their  life  in  its  upward  direction  consists  in  purity  of 
heart.  The  heart  is  first  pure  in  positive  power,  in  the  firmness 
of  the  eternal  spirit,  when  it  desires,  grasps,  and  retains  nothing 
worldly  as  worldly,  and  nothing  of  its  own  as  its  own ;  when  it 
seeks  and  finds  all  things  only  in  God,  and  only  God  in  all 
things.  In  this  state  of  the  perfected  spirit  no  desire  disturbs 
its  Christian  ideal  or  holy  relation  to  God  and  the  world ;  and 
therefore  the  heart  has  become  a  pure  mirror  in  which  the  glory 
of  God  is  expressed  most  clearly  to  a  spiritual  eye  that  can  see 
God.  This  seeing  of  God  is  to  be  accomplished  as  the  most 
intimate  knowledge  and  experience  of  God's  administration  and 
nature,  as  it  is  revealed  through  all  the  world ;  therefore  it  is 
mediated  by  the  spiritual  contemplation  of  Christ,  in  whom  the 
organic  life-principle  of  the  world  is  revealed,  in  whom  the  image 
of  God  has  appeared.  The  possibility  of  God's  being  seen  is 
conditioned  by  this  revelation  of  God  (which  at  the  same  time  is 
the  glorification  of  the  world),  by  the  being  of  Christ.  More- 
over the  possibility  of  the  heart's  becoming  pure  is  conditioned 
by  the  believing  contemplation  of  the  positive  purifying  divine 
purity  in  him.^  According  to  this  promise,  the  heart's  be'coming 
pure  must  be  essentially  allied  to  the  elevation  of  the  spirit  to 
the  sight  of  God.     Hence  it  follows  that  the  cognitive  power  of 

1  On  the  reciprocal  relatiou  of  seeing  God,  and  likeness  to  God,  compare 
the  admirable  remarks  of  Tholuck,  p.  95. 


398  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

man,  his  power  of  spiritual  vision,  has  its  innermost  nerve  in  the 
life  of  his  heart.  If  he  is  foolish  in  his  thinking,  so  is  he  foolish 
in  his  heart,^  and  out  of  the  corruption  of  his  feelings  arises  the 
corruption  of  his  thoughts.  If  a  man  is  wise,  he  is  wise  in  his 
heart:  the  fear  of  God  is  the  beginning  of  wisdom.  The  highest 
form  of  knowledge  is  therefore  not  the  abstract  apprehension  of 
philosophizing  thought,  but  the  spiritual  seeing  in  which  all  the 
faculties  (  Qualitdten)  of  the  spirit  discharge  their  functions,  priest- 
like, in  the  most  living  unity — a  seeing  in  which  the  whole  life 
becomes  knowledge,  and  all  knowledge  perfect  life — the  eye  one 
with  the  heart,  and  indeed  one  in  the  clearest  beholding  of  God, 
as  it  proceeds  from  union  with  God  in  the  purity  of  the  heart."^ 
The  human  heart  was  originally  consecrated  to  be  a  place  for  the 
spaceless,  a  measure  of  time  for  the  timeless,  a  uniqueness  of  the 
revelation  of  the  eternal  God ;  therefore  it  can  never  become  a 
tabula  rasa  of  infinite  desolation  and  worthless  insensibility;  as  it 
has  died  altogether  to  the  world,  it  has  become  alive  in  the  eternal 
God.  Now,  since  man,  according  to  the  measure  of  this  purifi- 
cation becomes  a  peacemaker  and  a  messenger  of  peace  for  the 
world,  an  angel  of  the  Gospel,  or  a  Christian  genius  of  the  world's 
peace  resting  in  reconciliation  with  God, — so  he  also  obtains  an 
inheritance  that  corresponds  to  this  life.  The  kings  and  judges 
of  the  earth  were  from  the  beginning  destined  to  rule  as  peace- 
makers in  a  higher  sense  over  the  earth  full  of  contentions,  and 
to  quell  the  hellish  strife  of  the  passions ;  and  in  accordance 
with  this  destination  they  are  called  in  a  higher  sense,  children 
or  sons  of  God.^  But  the  kings  and  judges  of  the  ancient 
world  mostly  contradicted  their  destination,  and  in  the  best  in- 
stances exhibited  only  more  or  less  strong  symbols  of  the  essen- 
tial heavenly  life  of  their  calling  that  could  be 'first  realized  in 
spirit  in  the  life  of  the  disciples  of  Jesus.  These  therefore  under- 
took in  the  most  real  sense  the  office  to  judge  and  to  rule  on  the 
earth  by  the  word  of  God  in  the  spirit  of  His  love ;  and  for  this 

^  Ps.  xiv.  1.  "When  people  are  foolish,  they  are  foolish  in  their  heart. 

^  The  origin  of  the  spiritual  promise  of  seeing  God  proceeds  from  Eas- 
tern customs.  '  Eastern  kings  kept  themselves  aloof  from  the  view  of  their 
subjects;  hence  beholding  the  countenance  of  the  king  was  regarded  by  them 
as  a  peculiar  favour  and  distinction.'  See  Tholuck,  p.  91,  where  what  is 
essential  in  the  spiritual  application  of  this  expression  is  admirably  pointed 
out. 

^'  John  X.  3-i  ;  compare  Ps.  Ixxxii.  6. 


THE  SERMONS  ON  THE  MOUNT.  399 

ever  more,  as  the  end  of  the  world  approaches,  will  the  honour  he 
awarded  them,  that  they  have  become  the  true  chiefs  of  the  human 
race,^  its  perpetual  assessors  of  peace,''  and  the  most  genuine  sons 
of  God  in  the  world's  history.  They  were  once  the  most  real, 
most  absolute  mendicants, — mendicants  emphatically,  as  the  poor 
in  spirit;  and  to  this  character  it  corresponds  that  they  have  now 
become  the  most  special  chiefs  of  humanity,  illustrious  chiefs 
in  the  kingdom  of  the  spirit,  sons  of  God,  and  are  recognised  as 
such.^  Thus  the  rewards  of  the  disciples  of  Jesus  rise  with  their 
virtues.  In  their  spiritual  position  before  God  they  were  first  of 
all  comforted,  then  filled,  lastly  illuminated  and  glorified  in  the 
vision  of  God  by  His  sun-like  splendour ;  but  in  the  presence  of 
the  world,  they  gained  the  inheritance  of  the  new  earth,  they 
experienced  the  healing  of  all  their  life's  wounds,  and  attained 
those  spiritual  honours  which  are  the  I'eflection  of  their  inner 
life  and  outward  conduct  in  the  award  of  God  and  the  acknow- 
ledgment of  men.  But  as  that  Christian  deportment  towards 
God  and  towards  men  unfolded  itself  in  a  constant  polar  reci- 
procal action — so  that,  for  example,  mourning  before  God  be- 
came meekness  towards  men,  and  from  mercy  towards  men 
came  purity  of  heart  before  God ;  so  likewise  their  rewards  un- 
fold themselves  in  this  reciprocal  action.  As  the  comforted  ones, ' 
Christians  have  begun  to  understand  tlie  true  enjoyment  of  the 
earth,  and  the  images  in  it  of  the  Eternal ;  as  those  who  see 
God,  they  have  gained  that  power  of  light  which  is  reflected  in 
their  countenances,  so  that  they  can  overpower  the  demons  of 
strife  on  earth.  But  because  on  the  whole  path  of  this  spiritual 
life  they  have  been  persecuted  for  righteousness'  sake,  theirs  is 
the  kingdom  of  heaven.  But  why  again  the  kingdom  of  heaven, 
as  well  as  in  the  case  of  the  poor  in  spirit  ?  For  this  reason  :  the 
kingdom  of  heaven  is  the  all-comprehensive  expression  of  the 
divine  requital,  and  because  it  developes  itself  in  a  distinct  con- 
trast from  the  deepest  secrecy  as  the  work  of  God  in  the  heart 
to  the  highest  glorification  of  the  life  and  of  the  world.  As  the 
poor  in  spirit,  they  already  possess  the  kingdom  of  heaven  in 
its  foundation,  for  the  work  of  God  has  made  its  beginning  in 
their  hearts.     But  they  scarcely  know  themselves  how  rich  tliey 

1  Rev.  i.  6.  '  Matt.  xix.  28. 

3  Without  doubt  Christians  in  this  more  definite  sense  arc  Iiere  called 
viol  Q^tov. 


400  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

have  become.  As  the  rich  in  spirit,  they  have  been  driven  and 
persecuted  through  the  world ;  but  by  this  means  they  have  be- 
come conscious  that  to  them  belongs  the  kingdom  of  heaven,  and 
indeed  that  they  exhibit,  reveal,  and  spread  it  in  the  world  by  their 
life ;  and  at  last  they  know  perfectly  that  their  life  is  one  and  the 
same  with  the  kingdom  of  heaven,  and  that  the  kingdom  of  heaven, 
in  its  complete  manifested  glory,  becomes  their  inheritance.  But 
this  was  the  historical,  the  satisfied  form  of  their  holy  life,  that 
they  suffered  for  Christ's  sake  and  with  Him.  He  was  the  life- 
principle  of  their  whole  spiritual  life  and  condition;  therefore  their 
inheritance  gains  the  complete  historical  form ;  they  enter  into 
the  kingdom  of  Christ's  glory,  in  which  they  associate  themselves 
with  their  predecessors  the  prophets  in  one  grand  choir,  and  in 
the  perfected  relations  of  blessedness  receive  their  full  reward  in 
the  personal  assembly  of  the  redeemed.  The  spiritual  relations 
of  the  kingdom  of  heaven,  therefore,  perfectly  coincide  with  its 
individual  relations;  the  name  of  Christ  is  one  with  righteous- 
ness ;  and  as  the  suffering  for  righteousness  was  a  suffering  of 
persecution  for  Christ's  sake,  so  the  spiritual  gain  of  the  king- 
dom of  heaven  is  an  individual  entrance  into  heaven,  and  a  recep- 
tion of  the  reward  in  the  circle  of  the  blessed  prophets. 

Thus  has  the  Lord  marked  out  the  ascent  of  His  disciples 
to  the  summit  of  their  felicity.  This  heavenly  way  forms  a  con- 
trast to  the  world's  way  of  death  ;  and  hence  the  conflict  and 
persecution  experienced  by  believers.  Therefore  they  should 
not  think  this  experience  strange  ;  they  must  go  through  this 
necessity  of  conflict.  The  Lord  points  this  out  to  them  by  two 
similitudes.  They  are  the  salt  of  the  earth.  Salt,  as  the  most 
living  mineral  substance,  as  the  highest,  sharpest  life-spirit  of 
earthy  minerals,  seasons  the  earthy  nutritious  matter,  and  checks 
the  corruption  of  animal  substances  ;  and  so  the  children  of  the 
Spirit  of  Christ,  in  the  poWer  of  this  Spirit  punishing  what  is 
evil,  vivifying  and  transforming  what  is  naturally  good,  are  the 
seasoning,  conservative,  and  transforming  life-power  of  human 
society.^  But  since  salt  is  the  noblest  mineral,  which  can  im- 
prove even  bread  and  flesh,  vegetable  and  animal  hfe,  it  becomes 
the  least  valuable  when  it  is  decayed,  and  loses  its  seasoning 
power ;  it  then  sinks  below  dead  rubbish,  and  can  only  serve  as 
the  most  worthless  mineral,  to  be  cast  out  of  doors  to  mend  the 
^  On  the  great  value  attached  to  salt  by  the  ancients,  see  Tholuck,  106. 


TIIK  SERMONS  ON  THE  MOUNT.  401 

road.  Such  deterioration  is  indeed  not  possible  in  pure  earthly 
salt ;  and  as  little  is  it  possible  in  the  pure  spiritual  salt,  the  life 
of  Christ.  But  as  there  is  in  nature  an  imperfect  salt,  which, 
on  account  of  its  earthy  mixture,  can  decay  and  become  worth- 
less,^ so  it  is  also  possible  with  the  spiritual  salt  which  the  dis- 
ciples exhibit  before  the  world.  Just  as  Christ  calls  them  the 
light  of  the  world  on  account  of  the  illumination  which  they 
receive  from  Him,  although  much  that  is  dark  in  their  minds 
requires  to  be  removed ;  so  here  He  calls  them  the  salt  of  the 
earth  because  the  sharp,  spiritual  power  that  He  imparts  to  them 
must  form  the  governing  principle  of  their  life,  although  still 
much  that  is  earthly  is  in  their  spiritual  nature,  by  which  they 
may  be  again  corrupted,  and  then  most  awfully  be  cast  away. 
The  disciples  therefore  are  to  preserve  their  salt-power  and 
sharpness  before  the  world.  And  while  as  the  salt  of  the  earth 
they  are  to  preserve  the  world  from  moral  corruption  and  hellish 
ruin,  they  must  likewise  plant  in  it  the  highest,  heavenly  life  as 
the  light  of  the  world.  They  are  not  to  imagine  that  they  can 
remain  hidden  any  more  than  a  city  that  is  set  upon  a  liill."^ 
Still  less  should  they  aim  at  concealing  their  luminous  spiritual 
life.  A  lamp  is  lighted,  not  to  be  put  under  a  corn-measure,^ 
but  on  a  stand,  that  it  may  give  light  to  all  that  are  in  the 
house.  So  should  they  confidently  let  their  light,  of  which  the 
first  ray  is  poverty  in  spirit,  and  therefore  humility,  shine  before 
men ;  and  if  people  at  first  revile  in  them  the  mystic  soui'ce  of 
their  light,  the  name  of  Christ,  yet  they  will  at  last  learn  to 
value  the  beneficial  effects  of  their  light,  their  good  works,  and 
glorify  the  Father  in  heaven.  This  is  the  practical  close  of  the 
discourse  on  the  beatitudes. 

^  Compare  the  quotation  in  Tholuck  from  MaundrelVs  Travels.  '  In  the 
valley  of  salt  at  Dschebal,  some  16  miles  from  Aleppo,  there  is  a  declivity 
of  twelve  feet  high  which  has  been  formed  by  the  continual  removal  of  the 
salt.  I  broke  off  a  piece  where  the  surface  is  exposed  to  the  action  of  the 
rain,  air,  and  sun  ;  and  found  that,  although  it  contained  the  mica  and  par- 
ticles of  the  salt,  it  had  entirely  lost  the  taste  of  salt.  The  inner  portion,  how- 
ever, which  was  more  joined  to  the  rock,  still  retained  the  peculiar  taste.' 

^  It  has  been  often  supposed  that  in  these  words  Jesus  alluded  to  the 
town  of  Safed ;  but,  according  to  Robinson,  it  is  doubtful  whether  Safed 
was  in  existence  in  the  time  of  Jesus.     See  Biblical  Researches  ii.  425. 

3  See  Tholuck,  p.  114. 

VOL.  II.  2  C 


402  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

But  now  the  Lord  must  display  to  His  disciples  the  world 
with  which  they  will  come  in  conflict  in  its  worst  form,  in  the 
positive  descent  from  the  mountain,  from  the  pure  legal  stand- 
point, therefore  (so  to  speak)  from  the  consecrated  heights  of 
Sinai,  as  it  was  exhibited  in  the  righteousness  of  the  Pharisees 
and  scribes.  And  since  His  disciples,  like  the  Jews  generally, 
were  wont  to  identify  the  law  of  Moses  and  the  maxims  of  the 
scribes,  the  hallowing  of  that  law  and  the  righteousness  of  the 
Pharisees  according  to  those  maxims  ;  so  they  were  in  danger  of 
being  perplexed  at  the  doctrine  of  Christ  as  soon  as  they  per- 
ceived its  contrariety  to  the  maxims  of  the  Pharisees.  Hence 
Christ  first  of  all  determines  the  relations  in  which,  on  the  one 
hand.  He  stands  with  His  doctrine  to  the  Old  Covenant,  and  in 
which,  on  the  other,  the  Pharisees  and  scribes  are  to  the  same. 

This  is  the  relation  of  Christ  to  the  Old  Covenant.  He 
came  not  to  destroy  the  law  or  the  prophets.^  Generally  He 
came  not  to  destroy,  but  to  fulfil.^ 

In  His  institution  the  perfection  of  all  the  legal  institutions 
and  ordinances  of  the  kingdom  of  God  lies  in  their  unity ;  just 
as  in  the  flower,  not  the  half,  but  the  whole  substance  of  the 
plant  is  brought  into  splendid  exhibition.  In  His  life  this  ful- 
filling of  the  Old  Testament  seed  was  completed  in  its  chosen 
part  or  centre.  But  as  to  its  circumforence,  the  unfolding  of 
this  fulfilment  continues  to  the  end  of  the  world.^ 

And  before  heaven  and  earth  or  the  old  world-form  are  dis- 
solved, not  an  iota,  not  a  tittle^  of  the  law  will  be  dissolved  or 
destroyed ;  nothing  of  it  will  be  destroyed  till  all  which  it  has 
determined  has  become  a  reality.^     Whatever  was  fixed  as  law 

^  i]  roiig  TrpoCpvirxg.  The  tj  here  is  not  to  be  taken  as  equivalent  to  x.«/. 
Among  the  Jews  there  were  different  ways  of  annulling  the  Old  Covenant. 
The  Sadducees  annulled  the  prophets,  the  Essenes  the  law,  the  Pharisees 
in  reality  both  the  legal  and  prophetical  portions.  The  '  or''  refers  to  such 
contrarieties.  Christ  held  the  whole  development  sacred,  and  exhibited  it 
complete  on  His  higher  standpoint. 

2  See  Tholuck,  p.  121.  Stier  (i.  136)  explains  this  passage  in  a  very 
beautiful  and  striking  manner. 

3  See  Tholuck,  p.  122. 

*  The  iota  denotes  the  smallest  Hebrew  letter,  i  ;  but  the  httle  point  or 
tittle,  Kspuiot.,  denotes  a  smaller  stroke  which  distinguishes  similar  letters 
from  one  another,  as  1  from  n.  And  so  figuratively  the  smallest  part  of  the 
law.     See  Tholuck,  132. 

^  'ias  Oil/  vxnot,  ytvYiroct,     The  law  has  therefore  two  termini ;  one  nega- 


THE  SERMONS  ON  THE  MOUNT.  403 

can  only  be  removed  by  its  being  changed  into  a  principle  of 
life  by  the  spirit.  But  when  a  false  spirit,  as  Spiritualism,  would 
remove  such  a  legal  appointment  by  a  pure  negation,  without 
renewing  and  elevating  it  into  an  evangelical  a})pointment,  the 
supposed  expunged  iota  or  the  misunderstood  fragment  of  the 
mutilated  law  will  make  its  appearance  again  in  large  or  even 
flaming  characters ;  it  will  take  vengeance  on  those  who  in  a 
perverse  spirit  misinterpreted  or  rejected  it.  And  thus  will  the 
law  for  ever  enforce  its  claims  till  every  part  of  it  has  come  to 
pass  or  become  life — until  this  mature  life-birth  of  the  realized 
law  makes  its  appearance  as  a  new  world,  and  the  enclosing  shell 
of  the  old  world  is  broken  through  and  destroyed. 

Therefore  he  is  not  a  reformer,  but  a  revolutionist,  who  re- 
laxes or  destructively  repeals  one  of  the  least  enactments  of  the 
law,  or  perverts  it  by  a  false  interpretation,^  without  restoring 
or  preserving  it  in  an  evangelical  form.  And  whoever  misleads 
others  to  this  nullification,  such  a  person  will  be  called  least 
in  the  kingdom  of  heaven,  because  his  spirit  has  the  smallest 
compass,  because  he  cannot  come  to  the  life  of  the  law  without 
giving  up  the  fulness  of  its  enactments  and  confining  himself  to 
a  few  abstract  principles.  But  whoever  strives  above  all  things 
to  keep  the  law  in  its  power  and  full  extent,  and  teaches  accord- 
ingly, shall  be  called  great  in  the  kingdom  of  heaven.  This  is 
the  greatness  of  the  reformer,  that  he  collects  together  all  the 
riches  of  the  enactments  of  the  law,  and  unfolds  them  in  the 
fully  comprehensive,  though  not  directly  explicit,  enactments  of 
the  Gospel.^  But  such  revolutionists  who  disannul  the  true  law 
we  have  had  to  seek  for  a  thousand  times  in  a  quarter  where  we 
should  least  suspect  them  to  exist,  among  the  men  of  prescrip- 
tions. The  righteousness  of  the  Pharisees  and  scribes  leads  not 
to  the  kingdom  of  heaven,  but  downhill  to  the  abyss.     And  this 

live,  and  the  other  positive.  The  negative  is  the  destruction  of  the  old 
world-form ;  the  positive  is  its  realization  in  the  new  world-form. 

1  Tholuck  says  :  '  There  is  a  fulfilling  of  the  law  which,  because  it  is 
only  a  fulfilment  of  the  letter,  is  really  a  transgression,  according  to  the 
profound  truth  of  the  saying,  Summum  jus  summa  injuria ;  and,  on  the 
other  hand,  there  is  a  transgression  of  the  letter  which  is  essentially  a  ful- 
filment of  the  law.' 

2  We  are  here  reminded  of  the  contrast  between  the  Peasant  War  and  the 
Reformation  ^  between  the  Revolution  and  the  Christian  renovation  of  the 
world  which  is  still  to  come. 


404  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

is  shown  first  of  all  in  their  disfiguring  the  true  law.  While, 
therefore,  in  Christianity  the  glorification  of  Sinai,  the  fulfilling 
and  bloom  of  the  Old  Covenant,  must  be  recognised,  we  see  in 
the  righteousness  of  the  Pharisees  and  scribes  a  dissolution  of 
this  covenant.^  This  heavy  charge  the  Lord  establishes  in  the 
sequel.  From  His  showing,  it  appears  that  the  old  law  might 
be  annulled  in  different  ways. 

This  annulment  had  been  brought  about  slowly,  by  a  succes- 
sion of  criminal  acts,  the  offspring  of  false  tradition.  We  can- 
not say  who  did  it ;  it  was  effected  by  the  general  spirit  of  the 
interpretation  {eppeOrj)  ;  but  this  tradition  was  carefully  taken 
up  by  the  ancients,  or  at  least  by  those  who  were  like-minded 
(dp'xaloL'i).  The  first  corruption  of  the  law  was  shown  in  this, 
that  it  was  not  developed  according  to  its  spirit,  but  w^as  limited 
to  its  literal  meaning.  Thus  the  Jews  had  understood  the  law. 
Thou  shalt  not  kill,  by  the  addition  of  the  civil  enactment.  Who- 
soever shall  kill  shall  be  in  danger  of  the  judgment,  in  stiff  lite- 
rality,  without  ascertaining  its  spirit  and  applying  it  to  the  life  ; 
therefore  they  had  deprived  it  of  its  spirit  and  annulled  it.  But 
the  law  must  be  developed  if  it  is  to  remain  true ;  it  operates 
falsely  as  soon  as  it  is  only  enforced  according  to  the  letter.  This 
we  see  in  the  first  example.  Christ  developes  this  first  law 
according  to  its  spirit.  Whosoever  is  angry  with  his  >  brother 
without  a  cause^  shall  be  in  danger^  of  the  district  court  ;^  for  he 

^  It  will  be  understood  that,  in  taking  a  correct  view  of  Christ's  words, 
we  are  not  to  think  of  finding  in  them  a  rectification  of  the  Mosaic  law. 
Christ  certainly  comes  forward  in  contrast  to  Moses,  but  in  that  harmonious 
contrast  which  has  for  its  base  an  organic  connection,  not  in  contradiction 
to  him.     See  Olshausen,  i.  199. 

2  We  read  6  opyl^o/asvo;  with  the  addition  ii>ci^,  not  only  because  the 
authorities,  according  to  Griesbach,  are  stronger  for  this  reading  than  those 
which  are  against  it,  but  especially  because  the  connection  appears  to  re- 
quire this  addition.  The  eix.7i  must,  at  all  events,  denote  a  peculiar  form, 
an  outbreak  of  anger,  by  which  it  is  characterized  as  being  angry  for  a 
trifle,  extravagantly,  at  random.  It  has  often  been  remarked  in  connection 
with  this  passage,  that  anger  in  itself  may  be  a  holy  feeling,  as  we  read  of 
the  wrath  of  God  and  of  the  anger  of  Christ. 

2  hoxo?  sarai.  He  will  be  subject  to  that  tribunal.  The  choice  of  ex- 
pressions indicates  that  he  is  to  be  considered  as  one  doomed  to  the  sentence 
mentioned  according  to  justice,  not  as  really  so  to  be  sentenced. 

*  As  in  ver.  21  mention  is  made  in  a  definite  sense  of  the  Jewish  in- 
ferior courts  or  district  courts  in  criminal  cases  (which  was  preceded  by  a 


THE  SERMONS  ON  THE  MOUNT.  405 

lias  exalted  himself  against  its  right  to  be  judge  over  him,  and 
thereby  made  an  insolent  attack  on  the  rights  of  this  court.  But 
whoever  says  to  his  brother,  Eacha !  thou  detestable  one  !  thou 
accursed  one!^  he  is  obnoxious  to  the  judgment  of  the  San- 
hedrim, since  he  has  designated  his  brother  as  one  excommuni- 
cated from  the  congregation — a  judgment  which  belongs  only 
to  the  Sanhedrim.  But  whoever  says  to  him.  Thou  fool !  thou 
wicked,  abandoned  reprobate  !  he  is  obnoxious  to  the  heaviest 
divine  judgment  in  Israel,  which  sentences  to  be  thrown  into 
the  hell  of  fire,  to  be  executed  and  thrown  into  the  valley  of 
Gehinnom,  and  to  be  burnt  as  a  corpse  with  the  corpses  that  are 
thrown  there,  ^  according  to  the  same  law,  because,  without 
right  or  reason,  he  had  condemned  his  brother  to  this  penal 
court.  Tlierefore  the  unauthorized  judge  rightly  incurs  the 
same  judgment  which,  contrary  to  love,  he  inflicts  on  his  neigh- 
boui'.  If  he  treats  him  as  a  criminal,  he  exposes  himself  to  the 
criminal  court ;  if  he  condemns  him  as  a  heretic,  he  is  ob- 
noxious to  the  tribunal  for  heresy ;  and  if  he  gives  him  up  as  a 
reprobate  past  recovery,  he  is  obnoxious  to  the  highest  religious 
tribunal  in  which  the  punishment  of  damnation  is  reflected.  It 
smaller  court  for  civil  causes),  the  expression  here  must  refer  to  the  same 
tribunal. 

'  Eacha  is  probably  not  to  be  derived  from  pn,  p'''\  in  the  sense  of 
stupid.  This  word  of  reproach  would  probably  stand  highest  in  the  first 
category  :  it  describes  the  brother  who  belongs  as  a  malefactor  to  the  San- 
hedrim. We  would  rather  consider  as  correct  the  derivation  from  pjp-i,  to 
spit  upon,  since  it  appears  to  have  been  a  symbolical  act  to  spit  on  persons 
who  were  condemned  as  heretics.  Kacha,  according  to  the  analogy  of  the 
lengthened  imperative  (see  Ewald's  Grammar  of  the  Hebrew  Language, 
translated  by  Nicholson,  p.  164),  may  be  an  interjection  (Spit!),  which 
might  express  the  sentence  of  the  judge  condemning  the  heretic,  which  per- 
mitted the  accuser  to  spit  on  the  condemned. 

2  The  Jewish  hell  (Gehenna,  from  ni3n  S^a)  is  quite  different  from 
Sheol,  or  the  kingdom  of  the  dead.  It  was  first  of  all  the  place  of  the  exe- 
cution which  would  be  inflicted  on  a  malefactor  when  his  corjjsc  was  thrown 
into  the  valley  of  the  sons  of  Iliuuom,  where  from  time  to  time  the  pro- 
scribed corpses  were  burnt.  This  punishment  marked  a  rejection  continued 
in  the  other  world,  and  hence  was  an  image  of  damnation.  In  that  valley 
the  Hebrews  once  practised  the  horrible  Moloch-worship  (1  Kings  xi.  7)  ; 
hence  king  Josiah  defiled  it  by  causing  corpses  to  be  thrown  there  (2  Kings 
xxiii.  13,  14).  See  Tholuck.  It  is  remarkable  that  the  symbolical  place  of 
hell  proceeded  mediately  from  the  Moloch-worship— the  place  of  horror  from 
the  place  of  abomination. 


406  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

is  therefore  manifest  that  Christ  does  not  merely  intend  to  repre- 
sent an  uncharitable  disposition  as  damnable,  by  an  arbitrarily- 
marked  hyperbolic  punishment :  He  rather  exhibits  unchari- 
tal)leness  from  the  first  in  its  subtle,  social  offences,  as  to  make 
it  punishable  according  to  the  spirit  of  the  law  in  a  social  sense. 
The  aggravations  of  guilt  are  quite  definite,  and  with  the  same 
definiteness  the  succession  of  courts  of  justice  to  which  the  per- 
son guilty  of  uncharitableness  would  be  amenable.  The  meaning 
of  the  succession  of  courts  of  justice  was,  in  short,  this  :  it  is 
criminal  when  a  man  stamps  his  brother,  in  unauthorized  private 
passion,  arbitrarily  as  a  criminal ;  it  is  heretical  when  he  stamps 
him  as  a  heretic  ;  and  damnable  when  he  dooms  him  to  perdi- 
tion. These  sharp  distinctions  must  serve  to  show  how  far  the 
law,  '  Thou  slialt  not  kill,''  goes  beyond  the  limited  exposition, 
the  murderer  alone  falls  under  the  judgment  of  the  criminal  court : 
how  soon  the  uncharitable  would  be  lost  with  the  first  expres- 
sions of  his  uncharitableness,  if  he  were  judged  by  God  and  man 
according  to  the  standard  which  his  own  uncharitableness  has 
set  up. 

That  severity,  therefore,  which  too  hastily  judges  a  brother, 
always  exposes  itself  to  its  own  sentences,  and  that  according 
to  its  own  rules.  So  sharp  is  the  law  in  its  development, 
since  it  demands  the  greatest  gentleness  of  love,  the  placable 
spirit  which  the  Lord  characterized  by  a  single  case.  '  If  thou 
bring  thy  gift  to  the  altar,  and  there  recollectest  before  God — 
where  the  admonitory  and  punitive  Spirit  of  God  looks  sharply 
upon  man,  and  where  the  pious  easily  becomes  conscious  of  a 
hidden  fault — that  thy  brother  hath  ought  against  thee,  leave 
there  thy  gift  before  the  altar,  and  go  thy  way,  and  be  recon- 
ciled to  thy  brother,  and  then  come  and  offer  thy  gift.'  So  very 
much  is  reconciliation  with  God  conditioned  by  the  spirit  of 
reconcilableness  towards  man.  The  point  in  question  is,  in- 
deed, not  an  outward  and  literal,  but  a  spiritual  fulfilment  of 
this  rule ;  as,  for  example,  it  was  in  this  sense  a  custom  among 
the  early  Christians  for  the  members  of  a  family  to  beg  forgive- 
ness of  one  another  before  they  went  to  the  holy  supper.  '  See 
to  it,'  the  Lord  adds,  'that  thou  agreest  with  thy  adversary 
who  hastens  a  suit  against  thee  whilst  thou  art  on  the  way  to 
the  judge ;  quickly  come  to  terms  with  him,  that  he  may  not 
hand  thee  over  to  the  judge,  and  the  judge  cause  thee  by  his 


THE  SERMONS  ON  THE  5I0UNT.  407 

officers  to  be  cast  into  prison.'  If  there  is  the  right  to  bring  to 
judgment,  it  Avill  operate  in  the  form  of  judgment ;  there  will 
be  no  release  till  the  last  farthing  is  paid,  till  the  debt  has  been 
discharged  according  to  law.  Thus  man  must  cherish  a  deep, 
hoi}'  solicitude,  lest  he  should  in  any  way  violate  love.  This 
spirit  of  mildness  and  reconciliation  is  the  spirit  of  the  law, 
2I10U  shalt  not  hill. 

Also  a  second  command,  the  law.  Thou  shalt  not  commit 
adultery,  the  Jews  had  deprived  of  its  due  force  by  not  develop- 
ing it  according  to  its  meaning,  but,  on  the  contrary,  misinter- 
preting it.  The  Lord  restores  this  development :  Whoever  looketh 
on  a  looman  with  the  design  to  lust  after  her,  he  has  already  com- 
mitted adultery  ivith  her  in  his  hearth  So  easily  may  guilt  be 
contracted  if  we  are  not  on  our  guard.  The  law  of  marriage 
requires  a  holy  caution,  which  shows  itself  particularly  in  two 
respects.  A  man  must  pluck  out  his  right  eye,  if  he  is  seduced 
by  the  eye  to  commit  this  transgression.  This  probably  is  to  be 
understood  of  the  pleasurable  gazing  on  beauty.  The  pleasure 
of  beholding  which  leads  to  ruinous  desires  must  be  entirely 
renounced,  though  it  may  be  the  most  ardent  enthusiasm,  the 
pleasure  of  the  right  eye.  And  so  a  man  must  cut  off  his  right 
hand,  if  by  this  hand  he  is  seduced  into  transgression.  This 
probably  is  to  be  understood  of  friendly  intercourse.  It  must 
be  entirely  given  up,  if  a  man  cannot  overcome  and  destroy  the 
temptation  in  it  by  faith,  even  though  it  were  the  most  powerful 
attachment.^  But  not  only  had  the  Jews  injured  the  law  of 
marriage  by  the  want  of  development,  but  likewise  in  another 
way  :  that  political  concession  which  !Moses  had  annexed  to  the 
promulgation  of  the  eternal  law  itself,  in  order  gradually  to 

1  We  must  regard  it  as  decided  that  -Trpog  designates  the  inward  aim. 
Tholuck,  p.  208.  Therefore  it  is  not  the  unpremeditated  feeling  that  is 
here  spoken  of,  but  the  intentional  and  conscious  desire.  Although  the 
former  is  a  sin,  yet,  as  Luther  expresses  himself,  it  is  like  an  evil  thought 
without  consent,  not  a  deadly  sin.  '  Nevertheless  it  is  a  sin,  but  compre- 
hended in  the  general  forgiveness.'  See  Tholuck,  p.  209.  According  to 
the  exact  grammatical  construction  of  the  sentence,  the  desecration  of 
marriage  in  conjugal  intercourse  by  the  designed  excitement  of  sensual 
desire  might  be  intended. 

2  Hardly  does  the  eye  denote  merely  '  the  organ  of  d.Ko'hci.aru;  (i'hiTntv 
and  the  hand  that  of  dvutax^vrug  S,'7!ria6xt ; '  for  if  so,  why  should  the  right 
eye  and  the  right  hand  be  specified  ? 


408  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

pave  the  way  for  the  true  sanctiiication  of  marriage,  they 
neither  recognised  nor  practised  according  to  its  true  and  holy 
intent,  but  had  represented  it  with  lightness  as  a  trivial  matter. 
Moses  found  the  practice  of  divorce,  as  a  natural  result  of  his 
people's  hardness  of  heart,  to  be  a  custom  which  he  could 
not  put  a  stop  to  by  legislation,  because  the  actual  marriage 
very  often  did  not  correspond  to  the  ideal  true  marriage.  As 
long  as  the  actual  marriage  was  frequently  at  variance  with  the 
idea  of  marriage,  so  long  it  was  needful  for  the  concession  to 
continue.  But  it  must  be  regulated  and  checked  by  the  law,  in 
order  that  many  marriage-contracts  might  not  be  contaminated 
by  the  preceding  unrestrained  divorces,  and  that  the  law  might 
promote  the  continual  tending  of  the  actual  marriage  towards 
the  ideal.  Therefore  Moses  introduced  a  check  on  the  unre- 
strained practice  of  divorce  by  ordaining  '  a  writing  of  divorce- 
ment.^^ But  instead  of  seeing  a  limitation  of  divorce  in  this 
statute,  the  Jews  saw  an  encouragement  of  it.  Hence  Christ 
pronounced  the  decision,  'Every  divorce  which  is  not  occa- 
sioned by  adultery  (whoredom)  is  itself  adultery,  inasmuch  as 
the  divorced  is  beguiled  to  regard  herself  as  free  and  to  marry 
again ;  and  so  also  he  violates  the  marriage  who  espouses  the 
divorced.'  Adultery,  therefore,  is  committed  when  the  divorce 
of  the  former  marriage  ends  in  a  new  one. 

A  similar  manner  of  obscuring  the  law  by  a  misinterpreta- 
tion of  its  decisions,  is  shown  in  the  way  the  Jews  decided  on 
the  law  of  oaths.^  Moses  looked  upon  the  oath  in  civil  matters 
as  an  unavoidable  instrument  of  justice.^  But  in  general  he 
counterworked  the  taking  an  oath.  This  he  did  in  three  ways. 
In  the  first  place  he  interdicted  the  false  oath  as  an  abuse  of 
the  name  of  God  (Exod.  xx.  7  ;  Lev.  xix.  12)  ;  then  he  insisted 
on  regarding  as  sacred,  and  on  fulfilling,  a  vow  made  with  an 
oath;^  and  thirdly,  he  decided  that  persons  were  to  swear  by 
the  name  of  the  Lord.^  In  this  way  of  counterworking  the 
taking  of  oaths,  Christ  advances  to  the  full  accomplishment; 
and  certainly  in  opposition  to  the  Jews,  who  had  made  out 
of  the  Mosaic  regulations  a  very  easy  theory  of  oath-taking. 
Christ  forbids  the  spontaneous  swearing  of  the  individual  abso- 

^  Compare  Deut.  xxiv.  1 ;  Matt.  xix.  8.  ^  Compare  Matt,  xxiii.  16. 

3  Exod.  xxii.  11  ;  compare  Heb.  vi.  16. 

^  Num.  XXX.  3.  *  Deut.  vi.  13. 


THE  SERMONS  ON  THE  MOUNT.  409 

lately,  that  is,  asseverations  by  oath  iu  a  literal  sense.  The 
person  swearing  appeals  to  some  object  as  a  witness ;  he  consti- 
tutes that  object  an  avenger  or  a  pledge  for  the  truth  of  his 
deposition.  But  in  this  lies  the  wrongfulness  of  the  common 
voluntary  adjuration.  How  can  a  person  constitute  anything 
as  a  pledge  for  the  truth  of  his  assertions  when  all  things 
belong  to  God  ?  If  he  swears  by  heaven,  he  presumes  to  pledge 
the  throne  of  God.  Just  so,  he  acts  against  eternal  right  when 
he  would  pledge  the  earth,  which  is  God's  footstool ;  or  Jeru- 
salem, the  chief  city  of  Jehovah  as  the  great  King  of  the 
theocracy ;  or  even  his  own  head,  his  life,  which  altogether,  even 
to  every  hair,  in  all  its  several  relations,  is  under  the  control 
of  God.  Only  his  own  consciousness  can  he  pledge.  But  this 
is  done  w^hen  he  makes  his  simple  assertion  in  yea  and  nay  serve 
for  an  oath,  when  he  strengthens  the  common  Yea  or  Nay  by  a 
solemn  Yea  !  or  Nay !  and  therefore  speaks  with  a  collectedness 
and  certainty  which  may  be  regarded  as  the  consciousness  of  one 
taking  an  oath  who  speaks  in  the  presence  of  God.  Whatever 
goes  beyond  that,  the  Lord  says,  is  from  the  evil  one,  at  all 
events,  proceeds  from  the  corruption  of  the  world.  When  the 
State  makes  a  form  of  adjuration,  because  it  cannot  dispense 
with  it  for  the  sake  of  the  general  body,  the  Christian  should 
then  drop  his  yea  and  nay,  but  should  know  that  his  yea 
and  nay  signify  the  pledge  of  his  moral  person  for  his  word 
before  God ;  and  that  of  themselves  no  adjurations  can  have 
greater  force  which  do  not  become  him,  and  which  obscure  the 
true  essential  oath-nature  of  veracious  speech  (Jas.  v.  12). 

It  is  no  contradiction  of  this  statement  respecting  the  law  of 
oaths  when  Christ  admitted  the  validity  of  the  oath  before  the 
Sanhedrim,  for  He  rendered  it  on  His  part  by  the  solemn  yea, 
which  to  Him  was  always  equivalent  to  an  oath.  And  when 
the  Apostle  Paul  appeals  to  the  truth  of  Christ  within  him  (2 
Cor.  xi.  10),  or  to  his  conscience  in  the  Holy  Ghost  (Kom.  ix.  1), 
or  calls  God  to  witness, — in  these  assurances  there  appears  to 
us  precisely  the  glorification  of  the  oath,  namely,  the  avowal  of 
his  Christian  elevated  consciousness,  in  which  the  trutli  of  Christ, 
the  witness  of  God  and  his  conscience,  are  one.  For  his  con- 
sciousness is  exactly  that  over  which  the  speaker  has  power,  which 
he  can  pledge  by  his  assurance  as  a  witness.  From  this  it  may 
be  inferred  that  the  pure  oath  in  God's  sight,  in  the  life  of  the 


410         PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

believer  who  has  united  himself  with  God,  is  no  oath  in  the 
common  sense,  and  hence  it  was  not  mentioned  by  Christ.  But 
when  it  is  said,  God  swore  by  Himself  (Isa.  xlv.  23 ;  Heb.  vi. 
13),  this  is  the  expression  of  the  perfect  self-consciousness  of 
God,  which  is  one  with  His  personality,  and  the  most  solemn 
assurance  that  in  the  power  of  His  self-consciousness  or  per- 
sonality. He  makes  an  everlasting  covenant  with  His  children 
as  personal  beings  related  to  Him. 

Again,  another  perversion  of  the  law  takes  place  when  it 
is  falsely  applied ;  when,  for  example,  a  regulation  for  public 
State  life  is  extended  to  private  life.  So  it  was  with  the  strict  law 
of  retaliation  {Lex  talionis),  '  Eye  for  eye,  tooth  for  tootlu^  The 
Mosaic  legislation  expressed  this  law  of  sheer  retaliation  most 
vividly  in  these  words.  Moses  gave  this  right  of  retaliation  the 
form  of  revenge,  in  order  to  intimate  that  it  should  set  aside 
revenge  and  be  a  substitute  for  it.  Indeed,  private  revenge  he 
expressly  forbids  (Lev.  xix.  18).  And  that  legislation  itself  was 
not  wanting  in  the  living  explanation  and  application  of  this 
enactment.  The  enactment  was  orally  made  (Exod.  xxi.  26), 
when  any  one  smote  his  servant  or  maid  in  the  eye,  and  the  eye 
perished,  or  when  he  smote  out  a  tooth  of  either,  he  was  to  be 
punished  by  letting  the  injured  party  go  free.  But  the  Jew 
brought  this  right  of  retaliation  as  a  right  of  revenge  into  his 
private  life ;  exactly  contrary  to  the  intention  of  the  law,  which 
was  to  guard  against  revenge.  Therefore  the  Lord  developed 
the  law  in  His  declaration,  'Resist  not  evil:'  you  are  not  to 
assert  your  right  by  personal  individual  violence,  but  by  the 
greatest  patience  and  forbearance  promote  the  rule  of  public 
justice,  appeal  to  and  announce  the  eternal  justice.  This  pre- 
cept the  Lord  illustrates  by  concrete  specifications  which  are  to 
be  explained  together,  not  literally,  but  spiritually  :  '  Whoso- 
ever shall  smite  thee  on  the  right  cheek,  offer  him  also  the  left :' 
let  him  feel  by  thy  equanimity  and  willingness  to  suffer  that 
thou  art  not  agitated  about  thy  right,  but  with  firm  joyfulness 
abidest  certain  of  eternal  justice,  which  protects  thy  dignity. 
Let  not  the  civil  tribunal  be  thy  highest  confidence.  If  any 
man  will  sue  thee  for  thy  coat,  and  seek  to  take  it  from  thee 
in  that  way,  let  him  have  thy  cloak  also,  though  it  may  be 

1  Exod.  xxi.  24 :  Lev.  xxiv.  20. 


THE  SERMONS  ON  THE  MOUNT.  411 

of  greater  value.^  Let  him  quietly  dispute  with  thee  about 
thy  property,  and  rather  let  all  go  as  a  poor  beggar,  than 
oppose  in  court  a  quarrelsome  disposition  with  the  same  spirit, 
or  lose  thy  Christian  equanimity  by  a  false  judgment.  Do 
not  continue  disputing  in  an  earthly  court  of  judicature,  but 
give  an  unequivocal  sign  that  thou  art  certain  of  the  eternal 
court  of  judicature.  And  though  the  supreme  earthly  power 
does  thee  injustice,  when  a  person  more  powerful  than  thyself 
compels  thee  to  go  a  mile  as  a  messenger,^  outvie  the  coercion 
of  this  world  of  violence  by  the  alacrity  of  a  spirit  which  pro- 
claims the  victory  of  love  over  force  by  going  two  miles  with 
him.  And  when,  lastly,  any  one  employs  the  most  powerful 
weapons  against  thee,  gentle  entreaty,  as  a  needy  person,  or  a 
borrower,  grant  him  his  request.  Here  in  a  Avonderful  manner 
culminates  the  enactment.  Eye  for  eye,  tooth  for  tooth.  The 
highest,  strictest  justice  is,  according  to  its  iimermost  meaning, 
this  tender  love  which,  in  the  deep  humiliation  of  a  man  before 
his  fellow-man  as  if  he  were  a  king,  beholds  a  claim  to  which 
he  must  respond  by  the  tenderest  compliance. 

It  is  due  to  one's  neighbour,  it  is  due  to  one's  self,  to  limit 
these  maxims  in  actual  life,  or  to  apply  them  with  wisdom.  But 
the  preservation  of  personality  which  opposes  ill-usage  must 
never  become  revenge  ;  the  preservation  of  property  must  never 
become  a  fondness  for  litigation ;  the  preservation  of  free  self- 
determination  must  never  become  a  fierce  wrestling  with  superior 
power ;  the  preservation  of  domestic  economy  against  beggars  and 
borrower  must  never  become  a  heartless  '  turning  thyself  away' 
(Matt.  V.  42)  ;  but  in  all  these  cases,  the  spirit  of  the  highest  love 
must  dictate  and  animate  the  protective  measures.  Thus  the 
Christian  spirit,  by  cheerful  submission  to  suffering,  moderation, 
compliance,  and  willingness  to  serve  others,  is  to  spread  abroad 
a  spirit  of  life  which  overcomes  the  endless  litigations  of  the  old 
world,  which  always  threaten  to  become  an  endless  complica- 
tion of  revenge,  and  allows  the  bloom  of  the  most  rigid  public 

^  f^'/i  x.o'Kva-/!;  says  Luke.  He  inverts  the  relation  between  cloak  (l/nxnov) 
and  coat  (x'twv),  because  he  had  in  his  eye  the  violence  of  the  robbery 
which  must  begin  first  of  all  with  the  cloak,  while  the  litigious  man  would 
begin  with  the  least  valuable,  and  therefore  lays  claim  to  the  coat. 

■^  On  the  meaning  of  the  word  xyyxptveiv,  see  Tholuck,  p.  273  ;  [De 
"Wette,  Exeg.  Handbuch.'] 


412  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

retribution  to  appear  in  the  manifestation  of  the  free  kingdom 
of  love.  But  how  these  precepts  are  to  be  fulfilled,  in  the  spirit, 
not  in  the  letter,  that  was  shown  by  the  Lord,  when  before  the 
Sanhedrim  one  of  the  officers  smote  Him  with  the  palm  of  his 
hand  (John  xviii.  22).  The  calm  reprimand  which  He  gave  to 
the  man,  showed  that  He  was  not  afraid  of  a  second  blow,  and 
perhaps  was  the  occasion  of  His  being  smitten  still  more  (Matt. 
XX vi.  67). 

The  last  obscuration  of  the  law  is  the  worst,  namely,  the 
positive  falsification  and  perversion  of  a  legal  enactment.  The 
bigoted  Pharisaical  spirit  had  referred  the  Mosaic  command, 
TJiou  slialt  love  thy  neighbour,^  exclusively  to  the  Jews,  and  then 
deduced  from  it  the  poisonous  false  converse,  and  hate  thy  enemy. 
To  this  vile  perversion  (Lev.  xxiv.  22)  the  Saviour  opposes  the 
true  development  of  the  law  of  love  to  our  neighbour.  Our 
enemy  is  exactly  so  far  our  neighbour,  that  he  more  than  any 
one  else  agitates  and  occupies  our  thoughts ;  therefore  he  is 
especially  commended  to  our  love.  Precisely  on  those  who  curse 
us,  must  we  more  urgently  invoke,  than  upon  others,  the  blessings 
of  illumination  and  mercy,  if  their  curse  is  not  to  kindle  in  us  the 
curse  of  hatred.  Towards  them  that  hate  us,  we  have  most  of 
all  to  take  pains  not  to  damage,  but  to  benefit  the  bedimmed 
human  life  in  them  ;  and  lastly,  for  those  who  slander,  threaten, 
and  actively  injure  us,^  our  intercessions  are  especially  demanded, 
since  they  are  constantly  giving  us  fresh  impressions  of  their 
unhappy  state.  Tlrese  are  the  mournful  images  in  which  our 
neighbour  must  always  continue  to  be  commended  to  our  love. 
It  is  God's  plan  so  to  rule  over  His  enemies  with  sunshine  and 
rain  :  the  children  of  His  spirit  must  imitate  Him  in  this  love  of 
enemies.  This  is  the  special  test  of  the  spiritual  life  of  a  genuine 
believer.  But  if  we  merely  love  our  friends,  and  kindly  salute 
our  brethren,  this  is  merely  an  exercise  of  the  natural  affections 
as  they  are  found  among  publicans  and  heathens,  without  any 
self-conquest ;  no  victory  and  no  blessed  fruit  of  the  spiritual 
life. 

After  the  Lord  had  shown  how  His  Jewish  opponents  had 

^  Lev.  xix.  18. 

2  That  more  private  and  contemptible  persecution  which  is  carried  on  by- 
threats  and  slander  is  probably  intended  by  kT^^pex^itu^  and  the  more  violent 
and  public  by  Iiukhv. 


THE  SERMONS  ON  THE  MOUNT.  413 

deformed  and  relaxed  the  law  of  God^  by  their  maxims,  He 
points  out  how  they  corrupted  religious  Hfe  by  their  sanctimo- 
niousness and  hypocrisy,  and  precisely  '  in  the  three  chief  modes 
of  practical  religion,  in  the  performance  of  which  the  arrogance 
of  phiirisaic  piety  was  pre-eminently  displayed,  and  which  the 
Church  of  Rome  has  specially  comprehended  under  the  name 
of  good  works,  almsgiving,  fasting,  and  prayer.'"'  Pharisaism 
imagined  that  it  rendered  the  highest  obedience  in  these  prin- 
cipal relations  of  religious  life,  which  ought  to  exhibit  the  right 
demeanour  of  a  good  man  towards  his  neighbour,  towards  God, 
and  towards  his  own  life,  while  in  reality,  by  forced  service  and 
false  appearances,  it  corrupted  these  works,  and  sank  down  to 
the  poorest  and  grossest  unreality  of  the  heathen. 

These  hypocrites,  first  of  all,  made  out  of  righteousness"  a 
dead  mechanical  service  of  almsgiving,  and  out  of  this  mechani- 
cal service  a  parade  of  pretended  holiness.  When  they  gave 
alms,  they  caused  trampets  to  be  sounded  before  them  in  the 
synagogues  and  public  places.  The  trumpets  which  the  Lord 
refers  to  were  probably  the  loud  and  shrill  beggars'  litanies, 
which  are  always  the  offspring  of  mendicity  wherever  pharisaic 
beneficence  carries  on  its  operations  ;  and  so  they  have  their 
reward — the  foolish  praise  of  blind  admirers.  But  the  Chris- 
tian ought  to  give  his  alms  with  the  greatest  quietness  and  ab- 
sence of  parade.  His  left  hand  is  not  to  know  what  his  right 
hand  doeth  (Matt.  vi.  3).  No  scrupulous  counting  out  of  one 
hand  into  the  other  is  permitted  before  the  almsgiving,  and  no 
vainglorious  clapping  of  hands  after  it.  The  deed  is  performed 
as  a  pure  impulse  of  the  heart  by  the  beneficent  hand  under  the 
protection  of  its  inward  truthfulness,  and  never  is  it  published 
to  the  bystanders.  Whoever  thus  performs  his  good  works  in 
secret  is  seen  by  his  Father  in  heaven ;  and  in  the  public  blessing 
which  He  causes  to  come  upon  him,  it  is  manifest  that  He  has 
recognised  and  rewarded  his  liberality. 

Equally  did  these  pretended  religionists  desecrate  prayer. 
Since  the  Jew  everywhere  performed  his  prescribed  devotions, 
as  soon  as  the  appointed  hour  of  prayer  arrived,  wherever  he 

'  See  Stier,  vol.  i.  p.  194.  ^  Tholuck,  293. 

^  According  to  the  reading  'hiKot.ioovvn,  vii.  1.  In  the  Old  Testament, 
alms-giving,  i'hi-fii^oavv/i,  proceeds  from  justice;  in  the  New  Testament  it 
proceeds  from  love,  the  practical  charite\  from  the  believing  charitas. 


414  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

might  be,  '  the  hypocrite  could  so  contrive  that  exactly  at  that 
time  he  should  be  in  the  streets.'^  In  such  public  situations 
these  men  preferred  to  pray  in  order  to  be  seen  by  the  people. 
But  in  return,  this  show  was  their  only  gain.  The  Christian, 
on  the  contrary,  prays  according  to  another  rule.  He  prays  in 
his  chamber  ^  with  closed  doors ;  for  he  has  to  do  with  his  Father, 
who  Himself  acts  in  secret,  and  from  His  secrecy  beholds  him 
who  is  praying  in  secret.  And  this  prayer,  this  most  secret  of 
secret  things,  as  it  were  lost  in  invisibility,  is  blessed  by  God  as 
a  living  spiritual  work,  and  becomes  manifest  in  the  most  glorious 
open  effects. 

But  not  only  by  their  hypocritical  pretensions  and  gloomy 
slave-like  service  did  the  hypocrites  desecrate  their  prayers,  like 
the  heathen,  they  made  them,  in  their  delusion,  mere  babbling : 
the  more  words,  forms,  litanies  of  devotion,  so  much  greater 
merit  and  acceptance  with  God.  The  Christian  dare  not  and 
cannot  so  pray ;  for  he  knows  that  He  to  whom  he  speaks,  who 
already  knows  all  that  he  has  to  say,  and  whose  Spirit  meets  the 
words  in  his  own  spirit,  anticipates  his  wishes,  and  changes  his 
prayer  to  praise. 

The  Lord  now  points  out  to  His  disciples  how  they  ought  to 
pray,  by  communicating  to  them  what  we  call  the  Lord's  Prayer. 
This  does  not  appear  to  stand  here  in  its  right  place,  since  it 
interrupts  the  progressive  delineation  of  pharisaic  corruption. 
At  all  events,  Luke  has  specified  a  more  suitable  occasion  for  it. 
He  narrates  (xi.  2)  that  the  disciples  had  seen  their  Lord  pray- 
ing in  private,  and  that  at  the  close  of  the  prayer  one  of  them 
availed  himself  of  the  opportunity  to  request  Him  that  He  would 
teach  them  to  pray,  as  John  had  taught  his  disciples.  It  has 
been  supposed  that  the  time  when  the  Lord  communicated  the 
prayer  to  His  disciples  is  more  correctly  given  by  Lulve  than  by 
Matthew.^     But  since  Luke  does  not  everywhere  keep  to  the 

1  Tholuck,  305. 

-  Although  this  is  said  of  a  chamber  in  a  general  sense,  yet  there  may- 
be a  special  reference  to  the  upper  apartment  in  a  Hebrew  house,  the  Alijah. 
See  Tholuck,  806. 

"  See  Schleiermacher,  Lnkas  172 ;  Olshausen,  Commentary  i.  217. 
Tholuck,  p.  315,  and  Stier,  i.  214,  in  an  ingenious  manner,  give  a  twofold 
origin  to  the  prayer, — that  Christ  the  first  time  exhibited  the  prayer  to 
the  people  as  an  example  how  men  should  pray  without  vain  repetitions ; 
and  at  another  time  gave  it  to  the  disciples,  at  their  request,  as  a  form 


THE  SERMONS  ON  THE  MOUNT.  415 

exact  order  of  events,  since  particularly  lie  gives  this  history  in 
a  connection  that  rests  on  no  exact  chronological  datum,  we  may 
well  admit  that  the  place  where  the  disciples  saw  the  Lord  pray- 
ing was  the  top  of  the  mountain,  the  summit,  where  He  first 
honoured  them  to  live  in  the  most  cordial  intercourse  with  Ilim, 
and  so  to  see  Him  praying ;  and  as  soon  as  we  make  that  point 
clear,  this  occurrence  becomes  very  probable.  The  most  distin- 
guished of  these  disciples  were  themselves  of  the  school  of  John, 
and  pi'ayed  in  forms  which  John  had  taught  them,  and  which 
probably  referred  to  the  kingdom  of  the  Messiah  and  the  bap- 
tism of  the  Spirit  as  future  divine  institutions.  As  soon,  there- 
fore, as  in  this  confidential  intercourse  they  saw  the  Lord's 
method  of  prayei',  it  occurred  to  them  that  in  their  method  of 
prayer  they  were  still  the  disciples  of  John,  and  now  the  forms 
of  prayer  they  had  received  from  him  must  appear  to  them  as 
unsatisfactory,  perhaps  as  quite  unsuitable.  Hence  the  boldest 
in  their  circle  was  induced  to  represent  this  circumstance  to  the 
Lord,  with  the  wish  that  now,  as  they  had  become  His  disciples, 
they  might  be  taught  to  pray  according  to  His  method. 

Here,  therefore,  the  request  of  the  disciples  is  clearly  ac- 
counted for.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  we  suppose  it  was  made  by 
them  half  a  year  later,  perhaps  in  the  summer  of  782,  the  time 
to  which  the  general  position  of  the  prayer  in  Luke  may  point, 
it  might  then  appear  as  rather  too  late ;  and  the  exact  reference 
of  the  disciples  to  the  circumstance  that  John  also  taught  his 
disciples  to  pray,  would  be  without  any  adequate  i-eason,  since 
Jesus,  in  a  great  variety  of  ways,  had  already  explained  His  rela- 
tion to  John. 

But  if  the  Lord's  Prayer  was  dictated  in  the  manner  we 
have  specified  on  that  Galilean  mountain-top,  in  all  probability 
it  originally  preceded  the  Sermon  on  the  Mount.  It  formed  the 
transition,  so  to  speak,  to  the  instructions  which  Jesus  here  im- 
parted to  His  disciples.  But  the  Evangelist,  who  wished  to 
exhibit  the  whole  discourse  of  Jesus  in  uninterrupted  connection, 
placed  it  here,  where  the  subject  under  consideration  was  the 
right  method  of  praying,  in  opposition  to  the  pharisaical. 

John  the  Baptist,  in  accordance  with  his  general  character, 

of  prayer.  That  the  disciples,  before  the  Sermon  on  the  Mount,  requested 
the  Lord  to  give  them  a  form  of  prayer,  other  expositors  also  have  sup- 
posed. 


416  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

would  attach  much  greater  weight  than  Jesus  to  training  his 
disciples  in  outwardly  fixed  religious  exercises,  since  he  could 
not  impart  to  them  what  constitutes  the  life  of  all  true  exercises 
of  devotion,  the  baptism  of  the  Spirit.  Christ,  on  the  contrary, 
taught  His  disciples  to  pray  from  the  first  by  a  different  method, 
since  He  carried  them  on  imperceptibly  in  the  way  of  evangelical 
guidance  to  life  in  the  spirit.  He  taught  them,  in  truth,  to  pray 
without  ceasing.  Yet  He  did  not  deny  tlieir  pious  request,  and 
so  they  received,  at  their  little  but  living  request,  which  itself 
was  a  beginning  of  most  spiritual  praying,  that  great,  infinitely 
deep  prayer,  the  form  of  prayer  which  they  preserved  as  an  in- 
valuable jewel,  and  have  handed  down  to  the  Church.  We  may 
regard  this  prayer  as  the  most  concentrated  form  of  all  Christian 
spiritucxl  life.  Just  as  the  eternal  Word,  generally,  was  made 
flesh  in  Christ,  or  as  the  whole  gethereal  fire  which  animates  our 
planetary  system  has  found  its  expression  in  the  sun ;  just  as  in 
the  diamond  all  the  elements,  particularly  water  and  light,  seem 
to  sparkle  in  concentrated  unity;  so  is  this  prayer  a  form  in  which 
all  the  elements  of  the  Christian  spiritual  life  are  united.  First^  ^^ 
all  the  doctrines  of  the  fundamental  relations  of  the  Christian 
life,  and  of  the  correct  order  and  sequence  of  its  component  parts, 
are  to  be  found  in  it.  Then  it  is  also  a  compendium  of  all  the 
divine  promises  which  invite  man  to  Christianity,  and  lead  him 
to  find  in  it  his  complete  redemption.  On  the  other  hand,  it 
presents  the  arranged  pure  expression  of  all  true  human  prayers 
as  they  issue  from  the  flames  of  all  human  sighs,  from  the  puri- 
fied glow  of  all  human  aspirations.^  Therefore  it  is,  at  the  same 
time,  the  combination  of  all  Christian  vows,  in  which  the  pro- 
mises of  God  have  become  one  with  human  sighs,  and  the  work 
of  the  regeneration  of  the  Christian  completed.  And  as  this 
whole  Christian  life  rests  on  the  life  of  Christ,  so  at  the  same 
time  we  may  see  in  it  a  regular  series  of  the  redeeming  facts  of 
Christ's  life.  Lastly,  the  course  of  the  Christian's  life,  and,  in 
fact,  the  world-historical  development  of  the  Church,  is  expressed 
in  it  ;  for  the  Christian's  pilgrimage  begins  with  calling  on  the 
Father,  and  closes  with  redemption  from  death.  The  Church 
of  God  is  born  into  the  world  with  calling  on  the  name  of  God, 
and  the  general  judgment  at  last  brings  its  complete  redemption. 

^  '  All  the  cries  of  the  human  heart,  which  asceiid  from  earth  to  heaven, 
meet  here  in  their  fundamental  notes.' — Stier,  i.  213.  V 


THE  SERMONS  ON  TUE  MOUNT.  417 

The  invocation  of  tlie  prayer  manifests  the  pure  and  ])erfect 
spirit  of  prayer,  which  is  one  with  the  spirit  of  perfect  rehgion, 
and  with  the  spirit  of  the  highest  knowledge.  Father,  prays  tlie 
Christian  in  the  spirit  of  a  child.  But  this  child-spirit  is  not 
without  the  feeling  of  humanity  and  brotherhood,  in  truth  a 
fraternizing  with  all  good  spirits  ;  therefore  it  is  said.  Our  Father 
— Father  of  us  all.  And  great  as  the  Father  and  as  the  praying 
family  is  the  Father's  house  :  the  spirit  of  devout  Christian 
Theism,  in  its  elevation  above  all  Polytheism,  Pantheism,  and 
Deism,  expresses  this  by  the  addition,  Who  art  in  heaven ! 
Present  in  all  heavens,  not  merely,  according  to  the  meagre  re- 
presentation of  modern  Pantheists,  superintending  the  earth,  or 
rather  only  struggling  into  consciousness  Himself ;  transforming 
all  worlds  into  heavens,  not,  according  to  the  representation  of 
the  more  profound  ancient  Pantheism,  inundated  and  darkened 
by  all  worlds;  in  all  heavens  One,  not,  according  to  the  erroneous 
fancy  of  Polytheists,  divided  into  numberless  powers.  In  all 
heavens  comprehending  also  the  earth,  not,  according  to  the  false 
notion  of  the  Deists,  withdrawn  into  a  heaven  beyond  the  visible 
universe ;  He  Himself  is  in  all  heavens  ;  the  supreme  conscious- 
ness, the  perfect  personality,  the  Father  who  hears  His  praying 
child  when  he  calls  upon  Him.  So  is  He  our  Father  in  the 
heavens  ! 

After  the  invocation  follow  seven  petitions,  in  which  the 
primary  relations  of  the  kingdom  of  God,  as  well  as  of  the 
Christian  life,  appear  in  orderly  sequence  and  in  the  most 
living  form.  In  seven  spiritual  acts  and  priestly  dedications  of 
life  the  child  of  God  consummates  the  one  spiritual  act  by  which 
he  calls  down  his  Father  with  His  heaven  to  earth,  but  which 
causes  him  to  be  drawn  upwards  by  the  Father  out  of  all  dis- 
tresses, sins,  and  evils,  into  heaven. 

But  this  is  the  order  of  the  spiritual  life  and  of  prayer :  first 
of  all,  man  must  bear  in  his  heart  the  cause  of  God,  then  the 
concerns  of  his  own  life  and  heart  in  God.  If  he  merely,  or 
first  and  chiefly,  directs  his  regards  to  himself,  then  he  loses 
God,  or  shrivels  his  sense  of  God  into  Pietism.  In  this  case  he 
is  moi'e  conscious  of  his  own  devoutness  than  of  his  God.  But 
were  he  to  lose  himself  in  God,  and  not  also  apprehend  his  own 
life  in  God,  then  would  he  not  recognise  God  with  a  pure,  child- 
VOL.  II.  2D 


418  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

like  feeling,  as  the  Father  who  loves  and  protects  His  child ;  he 
would  give  himself  up  as  a  Pantheist  to  the  illusion  of  a  Deity 
absorbing  his  life,  or  at  all  events  allow  his  life  to  dissolve  in 
Mysticism.  In  the  life  of  a  healthy  piety,  man  apprehends  God  in 
himself  and  himself  in  God,  by  the  Eternal  Spirit  which  is  given 
him  in  Christ ;  but  he  puts  the  life  of  God  before  his  own  life,  for 
by  the  beholding  of  God  in  Christ  must  his  own  life  be  glorified. 

The  Father  Himself  is  the  true  heaven  of  all  heavens  ;  He 
therefore  must  come  upon  earth,  in  order  that  earth  may  become 
heaven.  The  faith  of  the  child  of  God  sees  Him  coming  ;  but 
he  also  sees  what  is  disposed  to  obstruct  His  advent,  and  stands 
ready  to  meet  it  with  dark  threatenings,  though  powerless. 
Therefore  the  most  ardent  longing  is  unfolded,  and  hastens  its 
flight  towards  Him.  It  calls  to  the  Father  that  He  would  come 
with  His  heaven,  in  the  three  first  great  petitions.  God  is  indeed 
on  earth  already,  as  in  heaven,  with  His  essential  presence  and 
superintendence,  but  not  in  the  knowledge  and  acknowledgment 
of  men — not  Avith  His  name^  The  essence  of  God  cannot  be 
desecrated,  but  His  name  may  be  desecrated ;  just  as  the  sun 
itself  cannot  be  darkened,  but  the  clear  image  of  the  sun  in  the 
earthly  water-mirror,  since  it  is  broken  and  vanishes  when  the 
wind  agitates  the  stream  and  obscures  its  clearness  by  the  mud 
of  its  bed.  In  the  turbid  religions  of  earth  the  name  of  God  is 
desecrated.  In  the  true  religion,  which  in  its  concentration  is 
one  with  the  person  of- Christ,  the  reflection  of  God's  glory,  the 
express  image  of  His  essence,  this  name  must  become  glorified 
to  humanity,  that  it  may  confess  to  the  Heaven  of  heavens, 
Halloioed  he  Thy  name  ! 

But  in  proportion  as  humanity  acknowledges  and  hallows  this 
name  in  the  reception  of  the  right  knowledge  of  God  through 
.Christ,  this  heaven  lowers  itself  to  earth.  The  kingdom  of  God 
which  is  in  the  heart  of  Christ  is  luifolded  in  the  life  of  a  holy 
community  in  which  the  perfect  kingdom  of  God  is  exhibited — a 
kingdom  in  which  the  domain,  the  laws,  the  Ruler,  and  His  admi- 
nistration, make  up  together  one  spiritual  life,  in  which  the  King 
has  His  throne  in  every  heart,  and  every  heart  has  in  its  King 
its  most  glorious  inheritance.  This  kingdom  is  in  progress,  but 
is  confronted  by  the  resistance  of  a  kingdoni  of  darkness.  God 
must  prepare  its  way,  and  the  Christian  will  prepare  its  way  in 
God.     '  Thy  Mngdom  come  ! ' 


THE  SKRMONS  ON  THE  MOUNT.  419 

But  if  heaven  descends  to  earth,  then  must  earth  become 
heaven.  How  will  it  become  heaven?  Not  by  satisfaction 
being  given  to  the  millions  of  morbid  human  desires  and  all  the 
false  aspirations  of  sinful  human  hearts,  which  would  be  doing 
the  will  of  the  world :  by  having  everj^thing  removed  which 
strives  against  and  withstands  the  will  of  God,  so  that  every 
heart  is  offered  to  Him,  all  life  becomes  subject  to  Him.  Thus 
will  the  earth  become  a  beautiful  heaven  when  humanity  in  its 
life  shall  be  entirely  one  with  the  life  of  God's  Spirit,  lliy  will 
he  done,  as  in  heaven  so  on  earth  I 

Thus  the  Christian  in  praying  has  given  glory  to  God. 
The  name  of  God  has  so  cast  its  rays  upon  him,  that  he  has  for- 
gotten his  own  name ;  the  kingdom  of  God  has  overwhelmed 
him  with  its  fulness,  and  humbled  him,  so  that  his  own  glory 
has  become  nothing ;  the  will  of  God  has  seized,  him  like  the 
glowing  last  day,  and  has  consumed  him  as  a  burnt-offering  with 
the  innermost  part  of  his  own  life — his  self-will.  Thus  he  has 
given  God  His  due,  but  he  himself  seems  vanished  from  the 
scene.  The  world  itself  appears  a  sacred  pile  of  ashes  under 
this  devom-ing  fire  of  the  will  of  God,  seizing  and  penetrating 
all  things.  Yet  the  God  of  the  Christian  does  not  consume 
his  sacrifices,  but  transforms  them,  by  consuming  the  evil  in 
them.  Thus  then  the  believer  comes  forth  purified  from  the 
divine  fire,  and  now  brings  his  own  concerns  to  God.  In  the 
three  first  petitions,  zeal  was  perfected  for  the  honour  of  God, 
for  the  heavenly  name  of  the  Father,  for  the  kingdom  of  the 
Son,  for  the  perfected  will  of  the  Holy  Spirit.  In  the  four  last 
petitions,  on  the  other  hand,  the  blessedness  of  the  Christian  is 
completed  which  proceeds  from  the  view  of  this  honour  done  to 
God,  the  higher  world-life  of  men  wherein  they  stand  before 
God  as  eternal  individuals.  Three  is  the  number  of  the  Spirit ; 
four  is  the  number  of  the  world-life.  The  man  who  rightly 
sinks  himself  in  God,  finds  himself  again  in  Him  as  a  God- 
loved  child,  ^vith  his  whole  life  borne  and  sustained  by  Him  by 
means  of  his  daily  bread.  Daily  bread  appears  to  him  as  the 
noble  central  point  in  that  great  operation  of  God's  hand  which 
always  preserves  him.  But  what  preserves  and  animates  him  ? 
The  whole  divine  agency  appears  to  him  as  daily  bread,  a 
single  agency  in  all,  whatever  ])romotes  his  outer  and  inner  life. 
It  is  not,  therefore,  simply  earthly  bread,  such  as  a  mortal  father 


420  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

provides  for  his  mortal  child,  that  is  here  spoken  of,  but  the 
bread  of  God  with  which  the  eternal  Father  daily  nourishes 
the  life  of  His  eternal  child  and  satisfies  his  heart,  as  this  bread 
consists  of  bread  and  wine,  light  and  air,  men  and  solitude,  friend- 
ship and  love,  God's  word  and  light,  according  to  the  varying 
needs  of  every  soul.  For  the  Christian  daily  bread  becomes  a 
nourishment  of  the  spirit  by  thanksgiving,  and  the  nourish- 
ment of  the  spirit  becomes  daily  bread  by  the  intensity  of  the 
enjoyment ;  the  two  always  becoming  more  one  by  the  unity  of 
his  outer  and  inner  life.^  And  in  this  spirit  he  feels  all  his 
own  peculiar  wants,  he  understands  human  necessity,  and  the 
divine  provision  for  his  trusting  brethren,  and  the  morbid  in- 
digence of  the  starving  world.  But  with  a  bold  soaring  of  filial 
confidence  he  sets  himself  free  from  all  the  infinite  anxiety 
of  his  own  heart  and  of  the  world  by  taking  refuge  with 
the  Father.  Our  Bread — the  essential  (or  what  corresponds 
to  our  nature  as  the  essential  nourishment  of  life),  the  super- 
substantial,  the  bread  of  heaven,  the  bread  of  men  and  Chris- 
tians^— give  us  to-day.  Thus  first  of  all  his  present  time  is  glo- 
rified. 

But  in  the  next  place,  not  the  future  but  the  past  troubles 
him.  The  Christian  cares  first  of  all  for  yesterday,  then  for 
to-morrow.  It  is  true  he  stands,  in  general,  already  in  faith  in 
the  atonement ;  of  the  blottino;  out  of  his  transgressions  he  is 
assured,  and  absolved  from  the  sentence  of  final  condemnation. 
But  he.  well  knows  that  he  has  been  infinitely  indebted  to  God 
with  his  sins  and  shortcomings,  and  will  ever  be  indebted,  and 
with  him  all  his  brethren.^  His  own  past  casts  a  dark  shadow 
over  his  life.  The  longer  he  stands  before  God,  with  so  much 
greater  force  all  his  own  debt  affects  him  ;  the  debts  also  of  his 

1  Comp.  Stier,  i.  227. 

^'  So  probably  may  the  obscure  word  iTriovaiog  be  explained:  what 
corresponds  to  our  nature,  with  a  special  reference  to  the  super-  sub- 
stantial, therefore  to  the  subjective,  to  the  ideal  bread  of  heaven ; — an 
exposition  which,  after  the  example  of  Jerome,  is  plainly  given  by  Zwingli 
in  his  comment  on  Matthew,  p.  236  :  '  Dum  vero  corpora  nostra  ali- 
mento  quotidiano  cibat,  non  satis  esse  putemns ;  sed  animum  iutendamus 
altius  et  epiusion,  hoc  est  super-substantialem  petamus,  plus  de  anim^e 
cibo  quam  corporis  soUiciti.'  On  the  various  intei'pretations,  see  Tholuck, 
p.  341.  ' 

3  Stier,  231. 


THE  SERMONS  ON  THE  MOUNT.  421 

brethren  press  upon  liim  as  well  as  his  own  sins.^  And  even  the 
sins  by  which  his  brethren  had  injured  him,  he  now  feels  as  his 
own  trouble  before  God.  The  spirit  of  reconciliation  in  its 
unity  with  the  s])irit  of  reconcilableness  agitates  his  soul,  and 
his  readiness  to  forgive  his  neighbour  is  to  him  a  sign  of  the 
grace  which  will  forgive  him  much  more.  On  this  point  it 
cannot  be  supposed  that  '  our  reconcilableness  gives  a  measure 
for  the  divine,'  still  less  that  it  can  be  a  meritorious  means  of 
obtaining  it.  But  reconciliation  is  reconciliation  once  for  all ; 
it  is  a  spirit  moving  in  every  direction.  If  the  offerer  of  the 
petition  does  not  find  the  moving  of  the  spirit  of  reconcilableness 
in  his  own  breast,  he  cannot  comfort  himself  with  the  divine 
reconciliation.  What,  {hen,  he  feels  and  performs  in  this 
respect  is  to  him  a  sacramental  sign  of  the  great  reconciliation 
iu  God.  Thus  he  lays  down  forgiveness  for  his  neighbour, 
which  his  neighbour  perhaps  cannot  yet  understand,  on  the 
altar  of  God.  He  really  pledges  himself  iu  the  most  solemn 
manner  to  forgive  all  offenders,  as  he  feels  that  he  needs  for- 
giveness; so  that  his  prayer  would  be  an  imprecation  on  his 
own  life,  if  it  were  not  the  most  certain  dedication  of  it  in 
commemoration  of  the  general  atonement.  He  therefore  seeks 
the  transformation  of  his  whole  past,  and  of  the  past  of  all 
men,  through  grace.  Forgive  us  our  debts  as  ice  forgive  our 
debtors  ! 

And  now  he  turns  confidently  to  the  future,  with  heavenly 
composure,  but  also  with  the  holiest  earnestness.  His  heart 
still  trembles  at  the  recollection,  how  a  thousand  times  he  has 
grievously  transgressed  through  light-mindedness.  He  now 
knows  the  whole  danger  of  the  past,  and  has  an  impression  that 
the  path  of  his  future  will  be  haunted  by  the  spirits  of  darkness. 
It  has  become  evident  to  him  that  man  tempts  God  a  thousand 
times  by  his  pride,  and  that,  according  to  God's  justice,  the 
temptation  which  he  has  practised  must  be  abandoned,  if  he  is 
to  be  humbled.    He  sees  that,  according  to  the  everlasting  right, 

1  If  it  is  remarked  that  Christ  could  only  communicate  this  petition 
to  His  disciples  didactically,  but  could  not  offer  it  Himself  (compare  Tho- 
luck,  p.  353),  yet  it  must  not  be  overlooked  that  no  one  could  feel  as 
He  did  the  sins  of  humanity,  by  means  of  the  human  sympathy  in  His 
heart,  and  pray  for  their  forgiveness  as  the  debt  of  the  universal  family  of 


422  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

most  men  under  the  effect  of  the  old  curse-destiny  enter  a 
tragical  course  in  some  peculiar  sentence  of  temptation,  or  even 
of  death ;  thereby  they  come  to  the  real  redemption  from  the 
curse  which  oppresses  their  life.  And  in  the  life  of  the  Lord,  the 
certainty  makes  him  tremble  that  they  might  be  led  into  such 
courses  in  the  deepest  temptation,  not  merely  for  themselves, 
but  also  for  others,  since  in  the  tragical  or  retributive  leading  of 
Providence,  everywhere  men  with  men — the  most  innocent  with 
the  most  guilty — are  swallowed  up  in  one  catastrophe.  But  it 
is  for  him  a  most  awful  phenomenon,  that  many  men  mar  again 
their  tragical  course  to  redemption  in  the  catastrophe,  and  so 
get  another  fall  under  great  temptation,  and  plunge  into  deeper 
ruin.  This  danger,  which  threatens  his  own  life  and  that  of  all 
his  associates,  terrifies  him;  It  cannot  indeed  surprise  a  Chris- 
tian, that  throughout  his  whole  life  he  should  meet  with  a  suc- 
cession of  temptations ;  and  this  general  character  of  his  pilgrim- 
age he  cannot  wish  altered,  since  only  thus  he  fights  out  the  battle 
of  his  life  so  as  to  test  it.  But  he  knows  that  the  most  incon- 
siderable temptation  would  be  his  ruin,  unless  he  took  refuge  in 
God.  And  what  might  be  the  issue  if  all  the  destructive  mate- 
rials of  temptation,  if  all  the  powers  of  darkness,  were  permitted 
in  a  concentrated  position  to  attack  him  in  all  his  weakness, 
and  completely  to  agitate  and  imperil  him  ?  He  knows  not  what 
he  may  unconsciously  have  been  guilty  of  in  this  respect,  or  what 
may  impend  over  him  on  account  of  others.  But  the  mere  possi- 
bility horrifies  him,  as  the  prospect  of  the  crucifixion  agonized 
the  Lord  in  Gethsemane.  And  so,  in  sympathy  with  that  future 
agony  of  his  Lord,  and  from  regard  to  thousands  of  his  brethren 
who  all  in  some  way  or  other  are  in  peril,  and  to  the  millions 
who  still  recklessly  rush  onwards  into  darkness,  an  irrepressible 
sense  of  his  own  and  all  human  weakness  rises  within  him,  and 
he  entreats  God,  Impel  us  not  thither;  do  not,  hi  retribution,^ 
carry  us  away  into  temptation  ! 

A  profound  sense  of  the  justice  of  God,  which  plunges 
sinners  who  tempt  God  into  critical  situations,  catastrophes, 
and  judgments,  is  expressed  in  this  entreaty.  Hurry  us  not  away 


^  fA-vt  ildiviyx-vii  vji^xg  s'lg  has  at  all  events  this  mea.ning,  as  not  only  the 
expression  and  the  thought  in  itself  leads  to  it,  but  also  the  antithetical 
clause  eshAa  piiaai  iifioi;. 


THE  SERMONS  ON  THE  MOUNT.  423 

into  temptation !  After  this  prayer,  a  profound  sense  of  the 
mercy  of  God  can  discharge  itself  in  the  petition/  Rather  bear 
us  itpward  to  Thyself  in  redemption  from  evil." 

He  lias  confessed  all  his  weakness  to  God,  and  entrusted 
Him  with  his  whole  temporal  future.  He  has  become  assured,  in 
his  weakness,  of  God's  redeeming  omnipotence,  and  of  its  victory 
which  annihilates  the  domination  of  all  the  powers  of  darkness. 
Over  the  evil  one,  and  over  evil  and  all  the  consequences  of 
evil — all  ills,  over  distress  and  death,  his  joy  in  God  now  soars 
aloft,  fie  knows  that  all  present  ills,  are  to  be  changed  into 
angels  of  redemption,  and  that  with  the  last  ill,  death,  full  re- 
demption must  come.  Therefore  now,  with  eagle's  wings,  his 
hope  flies  to  meet  the  coming  redeeming  Lord  above  all  the 
troubles  of  time,  and  transports  him  in  spirit  to  His  own  heaven. 
And  in  this  hope  he  embraces  also  the  whole  still  threatened 
and  oppressed  community,  the  entire  suffering  humanity,  in  its 
misery,  supported  by  the  promise  of  Christ,  '  And  I,  when  I  am 
lifted  up  from  the  earth,  will  draw  all  men  unto  Me '  (John  xii. 
32).  And,  rejoicing  in  spirit,  he  sees  how  redeeming  Omnipotence 
carries  upwards  the  w^hole  heavenly  humanity  from  the  distress 
and  anguish  of  the  old  earth  and  the  bonds  of  darkness,  from 
death  and  the  flames  of  judgment,  in  triumph.  In  this  antici- 
pation of  blessedness  he  utters  his  last  petition.^  Thus  the  entire 
present  and  past,  with  the  temporal  and  eternal  future  of  the 
Christian,  obtain  through  the  prayer  a  heavenly  transfiguration. 

^  The  greatness  and  clearness  of  this  antithesis  is  decisive  for  regarding  the 
two  clauses  as  distinct  petitions,  though  in  the  winged  course  of  the  prayer 
they  are  joined  by  the  d'h'Kot.  into  a  living  unity.  Wc  reckon  therefore, 
with  Augustin,  seven  petitions.  The  reckoning  of  six  petitions,  which  has 
been  customary,  after  Chrysostom,  in  the  Reformed  Church,  and  among  the 
Arminians  and  Socinians  (see  Tholuck,  jjp.  327  and  363),  overlooks  the 
great  difference  and  progress  which  exist  between  the  thought  of  the  sixth 
and  that  of  the  seventh  petition. 

^  fivoi^oii,  '  properly,  to  draw  a  person,  namely,  out  of  danger ;  hence,  in 
the  current  use  of  the  word,  to  draw  or  snatch  out  of  danger,  i.e.,  to  rescue, 
to  save.' — Passow. 

*  According  to  the  whole  connection  of  the  petition,  the  expression  eexo 
rov  ■KQunpou  can  in  fact  refer  only  to  the  whole  sphere  of  vupxafAoi,  of 
temptations,  as  Tholuck  remarks,  p.  3G4  ;  so  that  the  word  is  here  construed 
as  neuter,  and  denotes  the  sum-total  of  all  evil,  moral  and  physical.  See 
Stier,  i.  235. 


424  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

The  prayer  here  loses  itself  in  a  solemn  silence  which  in  its 
nature  is  an  inexpressible  act  of  adoration,  a  glorification  of  God 
resounding  through  the  life.  The  doxology  which  has  been 
added  later^  to  the  Lord's  Prayer,  translates  this  blessed  silence 
into  words  which  may  be  regarded  as  its  correct  interpretation. 
The  words  of  this  doxology  express  that  the  fulness  of  God,  that 
His  majesty,  is  the  basis,  the  soul,  and  the  aim  of  the  prayer. 

The  essence  of  this  majesty  of  God  spreads  itself  out  in  a 
threefold  manner  on  the  deep  foundation  of  His  eternity.  The 
world  is  His  kingdom,  for  He  rules  over  it  with  absolute  con- 
trol ;  and  thus  everything  which  the  Christian  implores  must 
proceed  from  His  fulness  and  His  appointment.  The  world  is 
His  work,  for  with  absolute  power  He  establishes  and  sustains 
the  world ;  therefore  the  petitioner  stands  in  the  contemplation 
of  His  power.  His  very  prayer  is  an  effect  of  it,  and  all  which 
is  asked  for  must  be  obtained  by  its  operation.  Lastly,  the  world 
is  the  theatre  of  His  honour,  for  with  absolute  clearness  He 
reveals  Himself  in  the  world,  and  through  it  in  its  constantly 
increasing  transfiguration,  and  all  prayers,  as  well  as  all  the  ful- 
filments of  all  prayers,  tend  to  His  glory.  Finally,  the  Amen  is 
the  seal  of  the  prayer,  in  which  the  Spirit  of  God  harmonizes 
with  man,  and  the  spirit  of  man  xyith  God;  it  is  the* announce- 
ment of  the  fulfilment  of  the  prayer,  and  therefore  a  prophecy 
of  the  world's  transformation.^ 

The  Evangelist  Matthew  appends  to  the  prayer  a  comment 
on  the  fifth  petition  :  '  For  if  y^e  forgive  men  their  trespasses, 
your  heavenly  Father  will  also  forgive  you :  but  if  ye  forgive 
not  men  their  trespasses,  neithcF  will  your  Father  forgive  your 
trespasses'  (vi.  14,  15).  We  learn  from  the  Evangelist  Mark 
(xi.  25)  the  true  relation  of  this  explanatory  remark  to  Christ's 
doctrine  concerning  prayer.     Christ  urged  in  that  connection, 

^  The  doxology  is  not  only  wanting  in  the  parallel  passage  in  Luke, 
but  also  in  the  principal  Greek  manuscripts  as  well  as  in  the  tradition  of 
the  oldest  Latin  fathers.  See  Tholuck,  p.  365.  It  is  no  doubt  of  later 
origin,  and  added  for  liturgical  use.  In  the  Const.  Apos.  vii.  24,  it  appears 
in  its  first  form,  on  aov  'iariu  yj  (ia.ai'hiioe,  iig  uiuvctg'  '  Afi.iiv.  Olshausen,  i.  217. 
For  its  biblical  materials  a  reference  has  been  made  to  1  Chron.  xxix.  11. 
We  may  find  the  germ  of  this  liturgical  amplification  in  2  Tim.  iv.  18, 
which  Stier  considers  as  a  sign  of  the  originality  of  the  words. 

2  See  Stier,  i.  240.  '  Whenever  the  Amen  of  the  prayer  is  uttered,  it 
anticipates  the  great  universal  Amen  of  all  creation.' 


THE  SERMONS  ON  THE  MOUNT.  425 

that  the  disciples  before  every  prayer,  just  as  before  every  sacri- 
fice, under  the  enhghtening,  purifying  effects  of  God's  presence, 
should  call  to  mind  the  ill-will  which  might  be  in  their  heart 
against  any  offender,  and  effect  a  reconciliation  in  their  hearts 
with  him,  that  the  curse  of  hypocrisy  might  not  fall  on  their 
prayer.  They  were  bound  to  make  it  clear  to  the  last  that  the 
spirit  of  the  need  of  reconciliation  before  God  was  identical 
with  the  spirit  of  reconcilableness  towards  their  neighbour,  and 
to  recognise  in  the  absence  of  the  one,  the  absence  of  the  other, 
and  in  the  presence  of  the  one,  the  presence  of  the  other. 

The  Lord  next  proceeds  to  give  a  representation  of  the  third 
positive  corruption  of  religious  life.  It  shows  itself  first  in  leo-al, 
then  in  hypocritical  fasts,  and  in  works  of  worldly-mindedness 
which  proceed  from  the  operation  of  worldly  sorrow  and  a  false 
renunciation  of  the  world.  The  hypocrites  put  on  dismal  looks 
at  their  fasts  ;  they  disfigure  their  countenances,  exchange  cheer- 
fulness for  gloom,  to  make  a  show  before  other  people ;  their 
renunciation  of  the  world  is  therefore  in  itself  false ;  it  is,  in 
fact,  a  hankering  after  the  praise  of  the  world.  But  the  abste- 
miousness of  a  Christian,  when  he  finds  it  needful  for  the  disci- 
pline of  his  outer  and  the  furtherance  of  his  inner  life,  ought 
to  be  a  festival  of  his  soul,  and  to  proceed  from  the  elevation  of 
his  soul  above  the  lower  necessities  of  the  world ;  therefore  he 
ought  to  fast  with  anointed  head  and  fresh-washed  countenance, 
with  cheerful  appearance  and  demeanour.^  His  painful  free 
renunciation  remains  a  mystery  to  the  world,  but  it  is  manifest 
in  a  rich  recompense  from  God.  What  the  Spirit  of  God  takes 
from  him,  it  gives  him  back  a  hundredfold.  From  the  pain  of 
his  renunciations,  his  higher  life  acquires  fresh  vigour. 

Upon  this  follows  a  longer  warning  against  avarice  and 
worldly  anxiety,  the  connection  of  which  with  what  goes  before 
has  been  mistaken  by  many  persons.^  And  yet  it  might  be  un- 
derstood by  a  glance  at  the  conduct  of  the  Pharisees,  which  the 
Loi'd  had  described.     These  men  were,  on  the  one  hand,  persons 

^  Compare  Stier,  i.  243.  '  The  Lord  unsparingly  condemns  all  affecta- 
tion in  its  minutest  form,  and  counsels  His  disciples,  in  order  that  they  may 
more  securely  avoid  this  danger,  to  adopt  as  defence  against  it,  where  they 
have  only  to  do  with  themselves  in  the  sight  of  their  Father  in  secret,  a  cer- 
tain directly  opposite  dissimulation  of  face.' 

2  Strauss,  i.  601 ;  Tholuck,  p.  376. 


426  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

who  fasted  with  a  sad  countenance ;  and  on  the  other  hand,  such 
as  were  greedy  of  gain,  amassing  riches,  and  even  devouring 
widows'  houses.^  Therefore  in  their  hearts  that  fasting  and  this 
avariciousness  must  have  a  most  intimate  connection,  or  form  a 
decided  polarity.  The  history  of  monastic  life  is  also  an  impor- 
tant voucher  for  the  deep-lying  connection  of  these  passages.  In 
it  are  seen  the  intensely  dismal  looks  of  a  pseudo-Christian  un- 
worldliness ;  in  the  enormous  accumulation  of  wealth  and  pro- 
perty in  monastic  institutions,  the  other  pole  is  shown  of  the 
same  perverse  tendency.  Discontent  with  the  world  (  WeitgroU) 
always  turns  into  eager  desire  after  the  world  (Weltgier),  since 
from  the  first  it  is  animated  and  excited  by  a  hidden  germ  of  it. 
And  when  the  monastic  spirit  has  once  realized  its  worldly  greed, 
it  is  then  pre-eminently  a  collector  of  '  treasures  upon  earth ;'  it 
appropriates  a  dead  estate,  and  lays  upon  it  its  oppressive  dead 
hand  ^  (Mortmain)  ;  while  the  merchant,  the  banker,  and  every 
man  engaged  in  secular  concerns,  does  not,  at  all  events,  collect 
his  treasures  so  absolutely  for  himself  as  to  withdraw  them  en- 
tirely from  the  general  social  system.  But  if  we  see  in  the  Ser- 
mon on  the  IVIount  a  confidential  discourse,  in  which  Christ 
communicates  to  His  disciples  the  main  outlines  of  His  doctrine 
and  of  His  kingdom  in  opposition  to  the  pharisaical  system,  we 
shall  understand  how  strongly  He  charged  upon  them  as  a  sin 
this  amassing  of  treasure,  and  how  this  crimination  itself  might 
arise  from  a  presentiment  of  the  corruption  which,  in  future 
times,  the  monkish  and  hierarchical  covetousness  would  bring, 
into  the  Church.  He  has  warned  His  own  people,  particularly 
in  relation  to  their  apostolic  mission  in  the  world,  with  peculiar 
earnestness,  of  this  tendency  to  suffocate  men  professing  to  re- 
nounce the  world  by  dead  monastic  property, — the  Protestant 
Church,  by  immense  endowments, — the  ecclesiastical  office,  by 
the  management  of  small  or  perhaps  gigantic  and  princely  pas- 
toral possessions,  and  altogether  by  striving  after  secular  wealth. 
The  treasures  which  are  accumulated  on  earth  impercep- 
tibly escape  from  their  foolish  collector ;  they  are  consumed  or 
taken  away  from  him  by  moth,  rust,^  and  thieves ;  therefore,  by 

'  Matt,  xxiii.  14.  ^  Manus  mortua — The  freedom  from  taxes,  etc. 

2  It  is  doubtful  whether  the  word  fipuaig  is  not  to  be  taken  in  the  more 
general  sense  of  eating,  gnawing;  although  gold  and  silver  in  a  literal  sense 
do  not  rust,  yet  in  a  higher  sense  they  may  rust  for  their  possessors. 


THE  SERMONS  ON  THE  MOUNT.  427 

the  vegeto-animal,  by  the  chemical,  and  hy  tlic  moral  principle 
of  destruction  in  the  lower  transitory  world,  or,  on  the  one  hand, 
because  by  the  lapse  of  time  the  property  wears  itself  out  and 
becomes  valueless,  and,  on  the  other  hand,  by  worldly  fraud,  it 
is  soon  snatched  away  from  the  possessor.  But  the  treasures  in 
heaven  are  beyond  the  reach  of  the  destroyers ;  these  are  what 
men  ought  to  acquire.  The  treasure  should  correspond  to  the 
heart  in  the  wants  of  its  eternity ;  it  must  therefore  be  a  treasure 
embracing  eternity — the  divine  life  itself.  For  by  the  treasure 
the  heart  is  polarized,  it  is  in  the  treasure  by  its  aims  and  desires. 
The  heart  reposes,  therefore,  in  the  eternity  of  heaven  when  its 
treasure  is  in  heaven ;  on  the  contrary,  it  always  suffers  the 
death-pang  of  transitoriness  when  it  has  its  treasure  on  earth,  in 
earthly  things.  But  how  can  it  come  to  pass  that  the  heart  of 
an  immortal  being  cleaves  to  the  transitory  earth  ?  By  the  de- 
ceit of  the  inner  eye,  the  sight  of  the  spirit.  Just  as  the  eye  of 
the  body  is  light,  the  organ  of  light  in  affinity  to  the  sun,  enlight- 
ening the  body,  the  individual  sunlight  of  the  body,^  transporting 
the  body  into  the  light  of  the  world ;  so  is  the  judgment  of  the 
spirit  the  inner  light  which  mediates  to  the  soul  the  light  of  God's 
eternal  world,  the  knowledge  of  its  ideality  and  holiness,  or  of 
the  eternal  relations,  rules,  and  laws  of  its  being.  If  now  the 
eye  is  simply  in  close  junction^  with  the  soul,  animated  by  the 
spirit  and  consciously  directed  to  its  proper  object,  then  the 
whole  body  is  luminous ;  it  occupies  its  right  place.  But  when 
the  eye  by  inward  thoughtlessness  has  lost  its  power  of  percej)- 
tion,  and  by  a  distracting  vagrancy,  so  to  speak,  is  become  evil 
and  false,  the  whole  body  is  awfully  darkened,  it  stands  in  night, 
and  becomes  a  night-piece  for  others  to  contemplate.  But  this 
blindness  of  the  spirit  has  a  dreadful  result.  When  the  inner 
eye,  the  discernment  of  the  soul,  the  understanding,  becomes 
double-sighted  and  confused  by  the  divided  state  of  the  heart, 
and  thus  a  darkening  power  for  the  soul,  how  great  then  must 
be  the  darkness  of  all  nature  and  the  world  in  which  the  soul 
finds  itself  involved,  not  merely  the  sphere  of  its  inclinations 
and  desires,  but  also  its  experiences,  means,  and  objects !     The 

1  Tholuck,  p.  377. 

2  u.ir'hw;.  The  opposite,  ttoj/h^oV,  appears  to  me  to  correspond  to  this 
word  and  its  meaning,  and  to  denote  a  condition  in  which  the  eye  deceives 
by  seeing  double. 


428  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

whole  of  God's  world  becomes  a  midnight  for  one  thus  darkened, 
so  that,  groping  in  the  dark,  he  seizes  on  the  perishable  as  if  it 
were  the  imperishable.  It  is  true,  the  covetous  man  does  not 
imagine  that  he  is  doing  homage  only  to  the  earthly,  but  he 
wishes  to  connect  the  two,  the  service  of  God  and  the  service  of 
Mammon.^  But  he  cannot  persist  in  this  divided  allegiance, 
but  must  neglect,  hate,  and  despise  one  of  the  two  masters,  and 
that  will  be  the  lawful  one.  The  servant  of  Mammon  is  there- 
fore, as  such,  necessarily  a  despiser  of  God.  After  this  solemn 
declaration,  Christ  lays  open  the  fatal  source  of  covetousness, 
which  consists  in  heathenish  anxiety.  With  the  most  glorious 
expressions  of  filial  confidence.  He  dissuades  from  giving  way  to 
a  baleful  anxiety.  But  this  anxiety  is  a  distinct,  over-hasty,  ir- 
regular, conjectural  brooding  over  the  possible  necessities  of  the 
future,  by  which  the  heart  is  disturbed  in  its  distinct  obligatory 
consideration  of  the  requirements  of  the  present,  since  its  aims 
are  divided.^  Anxiety  reckons  falsely,  for  it  is  founded  on  a 
false  estimate  of  life.  In  order  to  unlearn  the  pernicious  reckon- 
ing of  anxiety,  men  must  reckon  correctly  according  to  the 
thoughts  of  God ;  they  must  reckon  in  the  following  manner  : 
He  who  gives  life  that  is  so  valuable,  will  also  give  the  nourish- 
ment for  it  that  is  less  valuable ;  He  who  gives  the  body,  will 
provide  the  clothing  that  is  less  important ;  He  who  feeds  the 
fowls  of  heaven  that  live  in  the  open  air  of  heaven,  that  neither 
sow  nor  reap,  will  provide  food  for  His  human  family,  who  yet, 
with  all  their  anxiety,  cannot  add  to  the  essential  measure  of 
their  life,  in  any  of  its  relations,  so  much  as  a  cubit  ;^  He  who 
so  gloriously  adorns  the  lilies  that  grow  wild  in  the  fields,  that 
neither  toil  nor  spin,  will  much  rather  clothe  men ;  He  who  so 
urgently  holds  out  to  man  the  kingdom  of  God  and  His  right- 
eousness as  the  highest  object,  will  give  in  addition  to  him,  as  he 
may  need,  all  lesser  things  which  vanish  in  the  comparison. 
And  as  a  man  is  certain  of  his  existence  to-day,  in  its  full,  clear, 
sharp  reality,  with  all  the  troubles  of  the  day,  so  ought  he  still 
more  to  commit  himself  confidently  to  God  for  the  morrow, 

^  On  the  meaning  of  this  word,  see  above,  p.  215. 

^  '  As  the  etymology  of  ^ipi(Ava.v  expresses  it.' — Tholuck,  p.  384. 

3  7]'Ai!ciot  probably  here  denotes  neither  age  nor  stature,  but  the  full  un- 
folding in  the  nature  of  the  individual  in  every  relation ;  his  matured 
temporal  appearance  in  general. 


THE  SERMONS  ON  THE  MOUNT.  429 

wliicli  rests  entirely  in  the  bosom  of  His  providence,  and  the 
troubles  of  which  he  cannot  and  should  not  know.  A  man  must 
expect  that  the  following  day  will  take  care  of  its  own,  and  will 
bring  with  it  its  peculiar  earthly  troubles  and  its  peculiar  heavenly 
aids.  Thus  he  should  reckon  according  to  truth  with  the  un- 
limited cheerfulness  of  trust  in  God,  and  not  gloomily  accord- 
ing to  an  erroneous  fancy,  as  the  heathen  are  wont  to  reckon, 
because  for  them  there  is  no  treasure  in  heaven.  But  it  ought 
to  be  the  first  care  of  the  present  day  to  seek  first  after  the  king- 
dom, and  most  decidedly  to  seek  after  the  righteousness  of  this 
kingdom.  Let  the  Christian  thus  seek  to  live  according  to 
righteousness,  and  it  will  be  found  that  in  doing  so  he  provides 
for  all  the  affairs  of  life,  and  that  he  will  receive  all  the  good 
things  of  life  according  to  his  need. 

Along  with  the  obscuration  of  man's  vital  energy  towards 
God,  which  shows  itself  in  anxiety,  is  ever  more  developed  the 
last  corruption  of  religious  life  in  pharisaical  righteousness, 
since  on  the  one  side  it  unfolds  a  fanaticism  which"  always  judges 
harshly  of  others,  while  on  the  other  side  it  falls  into  an  increas- 
ing carnal  administration  and  waste  of  holy  things.  And  as 
that  monastic  disposition  has  a  polarized  connection  with  anxious 
woi'ldliness,  so  also  this  judicial  fanaticism  is  connected  with  this 
desecration  of  holy  things.^ 

The  Lord  opens  His  representation  of  that  propensity  to 
judge  with  the  dehortation,  'Judge  not,  that  ye  be  not  judged!' 
God  always  lets  man,  in  His  administration,  experience  the  conse- 
quences of  his  own  principles,  of  his  own  doings.^  As  he  judges, 
is  he  judged ;  therefore,  for  example,  the  Jew  who  has  always 
condemned  the  heathen  as  a  child  of  darkness,  has  been  covered 
through  all  ages  of  the  Church  with  the  ban  of  contempt,  and 
is  now  regarded  by  the  converted  heathen  as  an  unenlightened 
half-heathen.  And  as  a  man  attributes  goodness  to  others,  is  it 
measured  to  him  ;  therefore,  for  example,  the  secret  order  which 
has  made  Christian  toleration  from  the  first  its  watchword,  has 
always  enjoyed  a  decided  toleration  in  the  modern  European 
States.  But  this  is  the  way  with  the  fanatic:  ho  sees  the  splinter 
in  his  brother's  eye,  and  is  not  aware  of  the  beam  in  his  own  eye. 

'  The  connection  also  here  is  by  no  means  wanting. 
"  In  God's  moral  government,  the  unrighteous  blow  which  I  aim  at 
another  falls  back  upon  myself.     Compare  Tholuck,  397. 


430  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

In  the  little  faults  of  liis  brother  which  bedim  his  eye,  he  sees  a 
dangerous  hurt,  he  calls  upon  him  to  submit  to  his  rude  attempt 
at  curing  it,  while  he  himself  is  in  a  far  worse  state  of  blindness. 
And  this  blindness  is  shown  in  the  profanation  and  waste  of 
sacred  things.  He  gives  what  is  holy,  the  priestly  food,  the 
sacrificial  meat,^  to  the  dogs ;  for  example,  the  assurance  of  the 
forgiveness  of  sins,  the  Gospel,  absolution  to  the  most  impure 
men, — he  deals  out  what  is  holy  without  regulating  it  by  the  con- 
ditions of  the  law,  of  church  discipline,  and  of  repentance.  He 
throws  pearls,  as  if  they  were  acorns,^  before  swine ;  before  the 
most  brutish,  the  most  stupid  men,  sunk  in  sensuality,  he  casts 
the  most  precious  pearls — perhaps  the  honourable  distinctions  of 
orthodoxy,  good  churchmanship,  and  a  title  to  heaven,  or  the 
communication  of  the  most  glorious  mysteries  of  the  kingdom 
of  heaven  and  of  Christian  experience ;  he  distributes,  therefore, 
Christ's  noble  treasures  without  protecting  these  goods  by  the  in- 
strumentality of  the  Spirit,  of  instruction,  and  of  consecration.^ 
But  when  the  adherents  of  pharisaical  righteousness  have 
gone  such  lengths,  they  have  made  the  whole  descent  from  the 
pure  heights  of  the  law  to  the  very  abyss  of  corrupt  injunc- 
tions. And  now  judgment  begins  to  break  forth  fearfully.  The  ^ 
impure  spirits  and  profligates,  as  scoffers  at  religion,  tread  the 
wasted  treasures  under  their  feet;  at  last  they  turn  round  malig- 
nantly upon  their  unspiritual  and  unintelligent  leaders,  they 
make  a  revolution  (arpa(j)evr€<i),  and  in  the  fanaticism  of  un- 
belief they  tear  in  pieces  the  depraved  servants  of  the  sanctuary. 
Just  as  the  disciples  of  Jesus,  in  their  mountain-ascent  along  the 
path  of  true  righteousness,  come  at  last  by  the  inner  ways  of  the 
spirit  to  the  bright  height  of  Clu'ist,  to  the  company  of  the 
prophets,  to  the  vision  of  God;  so  these,  in  their  descent  to  the 
valley  along  the  way  of  false  righteousness,  in  dead  outward 
observances,  at  last  reach  the  abyss  among  brutalized  men,  where 
the  ruin  of  their  disordered  nature  is  completed.  "^ 

'  So  Tholuck  (p.  405)  explains  oiyiov  after  Herm.  vou  der  Hardt. 

2  Tholuck  has  ingeniously  remarked  on  the  external  resemblance  between 
pearls  and  acorns. 

3  '  Dogs  and  swine  were  often  classed  together  in  antiquity  as  unclean 
beasts.' — Tholuck,  j).  401.  Dogs  and  swine  taken  together  may  represent 
what  is  savage  and  wild  in  common  human  nature— the  dogs,  more  especi- 
ally the  untrustworthy-servile,  the  swine,  the  stupidly  obstinate  and  savage. 


THE  SERMONS  ON  THE  MOUNT.  A?>1 

After  tlie  Lord  in  these  two  divisions  of  His  discourse  had 
pointed  out  the  great  equalization  which  takes  place  in  His  king- 
dom, in  the  third  part  He  gives  instructions  how  to  avoid  the 
false  way,  and  to  proceed  in  the  true  way. 

The  first  condition  is  a  most  decided  striving  of  the  spirit 
after  true  righteousness,  especially  in  prayer.  His  disciples 
were  to  attain  the  right  mark  by  asking,  by  seeking,  by  knock- 
ing; that  is,  by  a  progressive,  continually  more  distinct,  more 
urgent,  and  more  humble  craving  for  eternal  righteousness  with 
God.  They  could  not  possibly  seek  this  righteousness  with  God 
in  vain.  Christ  so  expresses  Himself  on  this  subject,  that  we 
feel  He  could  not  sufficiently  inculcate  it  on  His  disciples.  It 
is  invariably  so.  He  means  to  say :  he  who  asks  receives,  he  who 
seeks  finds,  to  him  that  knocks  it  will  be  opened,  as  a  rule,  be- 
cause these  strivers  follow  an  intei'nal  motive ;  but  how  much 
more  does  this  hold  good  in  the  striving  of  human  souls  upwards ! 
This  certainty  the  Lord  illustrates  by  a  comparison.  No  father 
would  meet  the  request  of  his  child  with  trickery,  and  hand  him 
a  stone  for  bread,  a  serpent  for  a  fish ;  he  gives  him  the  good 
thing  that  he  needs.  So  fatherhood  does  credit  to  itself  among 
sinful  men.  How  much  moi'e  must  the  child  on  earth  be  certain 
that  his  Father  in  heaven  will  not  disregard  his  holy  importunity  ! 

Then  follows  the  exhortation  :  '  Therefore  all  things  whatso- 
ever ye  would  that  men  should  do  to  you,  do  }'e  even  so  to  them.'  ^ 
These  words  appear  not  to  stand  in  the  right  connection  with 
the  following.  But  this  appearance  is  deceptive.  It  arises 
from  this,  that  the  exhortation  forms  a  section  by  itself,  and  that 
its  relation  to  the  rest  is  so  little  developed.  But  it  sketches  the 
secoiid  means  of  attaining  true  righteousness,  that  it  consists  in 
right  conduct  towards  men  ;  while  the  first  section  represented 
the  first  means,  in  right  conduct  towards  God.  Hence  the  forni 
of  transition  is  explained,  '  All  things  therefore^  (vavTa  ovv). 
What  man  seeks  with  God,  that  he  finds  Avith  Him.     And  so  he 

1  On  the  relation  of  this  maxim  to  similar  expressions  in  heathen  and 
philosophical  writings,  compare  Thol'uck,  p.  412.  Moreover,  this  precept  of 
Christ  is  not  so  merely  formal  that  every  one  can  bring  into  it  whatever  he 
likes,  and  consequently  the  meaning  would  depend  on  the  character  of  the 
person  addressed.  Whoever  is  induced  to  regulate  his  expectations  on  the 
part  of  mankind  by  his  performances  towards  it,  will  be  induced  to  abjure 
selfishness  {Er/oismus),  and  to  live  for  mankind. 


432  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

will  at  last  find  with  men  what  he  expects  from  them,  if  he 
trusts  them,  and  therefore  «,ttests  and  proves  it.  He  trusts  God 
for  divine  things,  and  seeks  them  with  Him  in  a  divine  life 
through  religion  as  a  petitioner.  He  is  to  trust  men  for  human 
things,  and  must  accordingly  seek  them  with  them  by  evincing 
to  them  the  pure  human  of  humanity.  He  is  to  seek  the  peace 
of  God  by  praying,  and  the  peace  of  his  neighbour  by  bringing 
his  peace  to.  his  neighbour.  In  the  former  case  he  must  feel 
himself  within  the  heart  of  God  by  the  feeling  of  his  own  need ; 
in  the  latter,  within  the  heart  of  his  neighbour,  by  the  feeling  of 
his  own  wishes.  If  a  man  makes  it  the  law  of  his  life  to  hold 
himself  in  living  unity  with  his  fellow-men,  to  transport  himself 
everywhere  into  their  situation,  to  feel  and  advocate  their  inter- 
ests in  his  heart,  then  he  is  under  the  attraction  and  on  the  path 
of  that  love  in  which  the  law  and  the  prophets  have  originated 
on  their  human  side,  from  which  they  set  out,  and  in  which  they 
meet. 

True  human  noble-mindedness  of  this  kind  always  stands  in 
intimate  communion  with  that  thirsting  after  holiness  which  is 
manifested  in  importunate  prayer.  Thus  is  Christian  endeavour 
constituted  in  its  polarity. 

We  are  next  taught  the  polarity  of  Christian  avoidance,  the 
two  means  of  right  negative  conduct,  of  right  precaution  against 
the  destructive  path  of  error. 

The  first  rule  is,  that  we  do  not  allow  ourselves  to  be  carried 
away  by  the  immen&e  sympathetic  attraction  of  the  erring  mul- 
titude, who  are  running  to  destruction  through  the  wide  gate 
and  on  the  broad  way,  but  that  we  keep  ourselves  free  from  that 
demoniac  sympathy,  and,  sober-minded,  free,  and  independent, 
proceed  to  life  with  the  comparatively  small  company  through 
the  strait  gate  on  the  narrow  way.  The  figurative  exhortation 
of  the  Lord  is  founded  on  the  spectacle  of  the  egress  from  a 
city.  The  main  body  of  the  people  go  out  by  the  principal  gate 
on  the  broad  highway,  and  bear  away  with  them  whatever  is 
not  independent.  The  wise,  the  independent  man,  finds  a  very 
small  door  in  the  wall  which  leads  him  by  a  difficult  steep  path 
to  the  heights  where  he  finds  the  true  enjoyment  of  life.^  As 
we   are  here  first  of  all  put  on  our  guard  against  the  mighty 

1  The  door  certainly  stands  at  the  head  of  the  way,  and  marks  the  deci- 
sion^ while  the  way  marks  the  carrying  out  the  decision. 


THE  SERMONS  ON  THE  MOUNT.  433 

seductive  influence  which  proceeds  from  the  great  crowds  of  the 
erring,  so  also  by  the  second  rule  we  are  put  on  our  guard  against 
the  company  of  false  prophets,  small,  but  operating  with  demo- 
niacal powers.  We  may  be  easily  deceived  by  them,  since  they 
come  in  sheep's  clothing ;  since  they  present  themselves  with  the 
appearance  of  a  correct  creed  and  Christian  zeal  as  members  of 
the  Church,  while  inwardly  they  are  ravening  wolves,  actuated 
by  a  selfishness  {Egoismus)  which  could  sacrifice  the  whole  Church 
to  its  interests,  and  propagate  principles  which  must  destroy  it, 
as  the  irruption  of  wolves  destroys  the  flock.  But  the  Lord 
gives  a  palpable  mark  by  which  they  may  be  known,  namely, 
their  fruits.  Men  do  not  gather  grapes  of  thorns,  nor  figs^  of 
thistles;  but  as  the  plant,  as  the  tree,  so  is  the  fruit.  Thus, 
therefore,  were  the  disciples  to  judge  of  the  tree  by  the  fruits, 
by  the  practice ;  that  is,  in  this  case  especially,  by  the  preten- 
sions, doctrines,  projects,  and  institutions  of  the  false  prophets, 
they  were  to  judge  of  their  character  as  well  as  of  the  purity  of 
their  knowledge.  They  were  to  judge  by  the  sour,  biting  fruit 
of  the  sloe,  by  the  unrefreshing,  harsh  dogma,  of  the  thorn ; 
by  the  tenaciously,  bur-like  clinging,  the  obtrusive  proselyte- 
making,  of  the  thistle.  But  deceptive  marks  might  be  con- 
founded with  the  undeceptive.  On  this  point  Christ  lays  down 
the  distinction  :  '  Not  every  one  that  saitli  unto  Me,  Lord  !  Lord ! 
shall  enter  into  the  kingdom  of  heaven,  but  he  that  doeth  the 
will  of  My  Father  which  is  in  heaven.'  Only  the  most  preju- 
diced aversion  to  the  genuine  confession  of  Christ  can  adopt  the 
interpretation,  that  Christ  Himself  intended  here  to  depreciate 
such  a  confession.  But  the  mere  confession  is  not  an  infallible 
sign ;  and  if  it  becomes  formal  and  garrulous,  if  a  man  is  lavish 
with  his  expressions  of  homage,  Lord  !  Lord  !  he  makes  himself 
suspected,  and  forces  observers  to  examine  more  narrowly  how  far 
the  will  of  the  Father  in  heaven  is  fulfilled  by  him.  In  truth, 
it  is  possible  for  a  man  to  prophesy  formally  or  with  reference 
to  the  cause  of  Christ,  to  express  in  glowing  language  Christian 
sentiments  and  feelings,  or  on  the  other  hand  to  cast  out  demons, 
to  correct  morbid  states  of  mind  in  individual  cases,  or  in  num- 

^  '  'AKKvdoii  or  oiKotvdoi,  is  the  generic  term  for  all  thorn-plants,  the  best 
of  which  is  the  buckthorn  nos,  which  bears  small  black  bcrrias  similar  to 
those  of  the  vine ;  the  rpiiioXoi  have  a  flower  which  might  be  likened  to  a 
fig.'— Tholuck,  426. 

VOL.  II.  2  E 


434  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

bers,  by  impassioned  energetic  words,  and  to  perform  other 
works  of  power,  without  his  having  really  entered  into  com- 
munion with  Christ's  life,  or  made  a  decided  surrender  of  him- 
self to  Him.  And  many  such  ardent  but  impure  operations  will 
in  the  day  of  retribution  be  placed  in  the  right  light ;  Christ  will 
declare  to  pretentious  prophets  and  wonder-workers  of  this  sort, 
'  I  know  you  not !  Depart  from  Me,  ye  who  are  prompted  by 
lawlessness  as  your  calling.' 

The  discourse  delivered  on  the  mountain-summit  closes  with 
a  parabolic  address,  which  depicts  the  decided  opposition  that 
exists  between  the  true  hearers  of  Christ's  sayings  who  fulfil 
them,  and  the  light-minded  who  let  them  slip.  This  practical 
declaration,  suited  to  the  popular  intelligence,  formed  probably 
the  close  of  the  plateau-discourse  which  Jesus  addressed  to  the 
assembled  multitude,  and  which  we  now  have  to  consider. 
•^  The  Lord  now  quitted  with  His  disciples  the  lofty  moun 
tain  solitude  where  He  had  communicated  to  tJiem  the  first 
principles  of  His  doctrine  and  of  His  kingdom,  and  returned  to 
the  multitude  who  were  waiting  for  Him  on  a  plateau  of  the 
mountain-slope.  In  this  circle  also  He  wished  to  announce  the 
equalizing  principles  of  the  kingdom  of  heaven,  and  for  that  reason 
delivered  an  address  which  repeated  the  former  discourse  in  a 
modified  form,  adapted  to  a  popular  audience.  The  fundamental 
thought  of  the  spiritual  jubilee  stands  out  in  this  discourse  more 
forcibly  than  in  the  former.  His  auditory  rejiresents  to  Him  the 
ancient  community,  with  its  inversion  of  all  the  eternal  relations 
of  right  in  temporal  as  well  as  in  spiritual  things.  But  in  the 
spiritual  foreground  He  finds  His  disciples  in  the  poor,  the 
hungry,  the  mourning,  the  despised,  as  they  form  the  contrast 
to  the  rich,  the  full,  those  that  laugh,  those  that  men  speak  well 
of,  who  might  also  be  then  present.  But  of  the  outwardly 
afflicted  as  such  He  does  not  speak,  but  of  men  who,  for  His 
name's  sake,  were  hated,  reviled,  and  excommunicated,  specially 
for  the  Son  of  man's  sake,  after  whom  they  called  themselves 
(Luke  vi.  22).  In  this  one  suffering  for  Christ's  sake,  that 
threefold  suffering  has  its  climax  which  the  Lord  pronounces 
blessed,  as  in  the  Sermon  on  the  Mount.  The  seven  beatitudes 
find  their  unity  in  the  eighth,  which  is  identical  with  the  ninth. 
That  Christ  could  not  bless  the  outwardly  poor  abstractly  con- 
sidered, even  not  in  the  apprehension  of  our  Evangelists,  must 


THE  SERMONS  OX  THE  MOUNT.  435 

of  itself  be  iinJcrstood  as  reasonable.  Or,  oii^lit  He  then  to 
have  seen  the  M'eeping  in  those  that  were  actually  defiling  their 
faces  with  tears,  and  given  them  the  consolation  that  a  future 
hearty  laughing  in  a  literal  sense  would  be  tiieir  blessedness  ? 
There  are,  to  be  sure,  critics  who  are  on  the  look-out  for  such 
absurdities.  But,  on  the  other  hand,  Christ  did  not  mean  ex- 
clusively and  simply,  spiritually  poor,  hungry,  and  mourning. 
There  are,  indeed,  spiritually  poor  persons  who  are  outwardly 
rich  and  temporally  poor,  who  stand  before  God  in  the  self- 
deception  of  internal  riches  :  both  classes  at  once  find  them- 
selves placed  here,  if  we  attribute  a  divine  spirit  to  the  discourse 
of  Jesus,  or  to  the  account  of  the  Evangelists ;  namely,  the  out- 
wardly rich  find  themselves  among  the  poor,  and  the  outwardly 
poor  among  the  rich  of  the  Gospel.  But  there  is  also  a  region 
where  this  dualism  vanishes,  where  the  inward  want  coincides 
with  the  outward,  the  inward  sorrow  with  the  outward  unhappi- 
ness,  a  region  of  holy  unhappiness  that  will  lead  to  the  highest 
salvation,  and  this  is  the  preparatory  school — the  seminary  of 
Ciiristianity.  To  this  seminary  of  His  disciples,  in  which  the 
earlier  agency  of  the  unsearchable  God,  who  breaks  the  hearts 
of  His  chosen  ones,  had  prepared  the  way  for  the  new  work  of 
the  compassionate  Redeemer,  who  was  to  heal  just  such  hearts, 
Jesus  turns  Himself ;  and  He  knew  that  they  immediately  under- 
stood Him,  since  they  had  already  eaten  their  bread  in  the 
tears  of  divine  mourning,  and  were  ripe  for  the  Gospel.  An 
Ebionitish  poor  man,  who  fancies  that  his  poverty  in  this  world 
gives  him  a  right  to  the  riches  of  the  future  world,  is  a  spi- 
ritually proud  beggar ;  such  an  one  cannot  be  here  intended. 
Nor  the  carnally-minded  poor  of  any  kind  whatever,  who  are 
rich  in  resentment,  envy,  covetousness,  and  generally  in  the  in- 
dulgence of  their  passions.  But  where  distress  of  whatever  kind 
is  transformed  into  calm,  gentle,  pure  longing  before  the  throne 
of  the  divine  fulness  ;  Avhere  want  does  not  produce  rapacity, 
but  has  for  its  effect  pure  hunger,  the  painful  feeling  of  desti- 
tution, inward  and  outward  ;  where  the  weeper  drops  a  true, 
genuine  human  tear,  in  which  the  eternal  Sun  is  reflected  and 
transforms  it  into  a  pearl, — there  is  Christ  ready  with  the  Gospel : 
and  that  such  sufferers  are  ripe  for  Him  is  shown  by  this,  that 
they  willingly  receive  Him,  adhere  firmly  to  Him,  and  allow  all 
men  to  hate,  cast  out,  and  reject  them,  for  His  name's  sake. 


436  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

They  are  blessed  together,  and  are  now  to  know,  experience,  and 
enjoy  it  from  the  lips  of  Christ.  And  as  their  distress  was 
greatly  hallowed,  so  also  is  their  blessedness  :  to  these  poor  is 
promised  the  kingdom  of  God,^ — to  these  hungry  ones,  fulness 
or  satisfaction, — to  those  that  weep,  laughter.^  In  truth,  although 
isolated,  they  are  driven  out  from  the  world,  under  the  heaviest 
burdens  of  the  cross,  into  the  night  of  shame  and  death  for 
Christ's  sake  :  it  is  they  who  immediately  exult  with  heavenly 
delight,  who  already  begin  here  the  choral  dance  of  a  blessed 
community  enclosed  in  God,  and  yonder,  in  the  new  world, 
celebrate  the  great  jubilee  with  their  associates,  the  prophets  of 
the  kingdom  of  God,  who  before  them  had  experienced  the 
same  destiny.  But  opposite  to  them  stand  the  fortunate  ones 
of  ancient  time,  who  occupy  a  lower  place  by  the  equalization 
of  the  spiritual  jubilee ; — obtuse  rich  men,  outwardly  and  in- 
wardly at  ease,  comfortable  in  their  superabundance,  who  enjoyed 
their  comfort,  and  have  changed  it  into  discomfort ;  the  over- 
filled, whose  hunger  reappears  in  a  demoniacal  surfeit ;  laughers, 
from  whose  merry  jubilee  already  sounds  forth  the  woe  of  an 
endless  discord.  These  men  form  the  class  of  those  who  are 
praised  by  all  the  world,  the  celebrities  of  the  day,  who  are  at 
once  conceivable  to  the  extremest  superficiality  of  the  worldly 
mind,  and  are  intelligible  from  a  distance  ;  they  are  the  heroes 
of  the  hour,  celebrated  as  were  formerly  the  false  prophets, 
whose  names  are  known  no  longer. 

In  these  men  Christ  does  not  find  His  seminary,  and  the 
woe  which  He  pronounces  upon  them  is  the  authentication  of  a 
fact ;  it  is  one  with  their  situation  itself,  a  progressive  inward 
and  outward  world  of  endless  woe. 

Yet  His  disciples  are  not  to  stand  proudly  aloof  from  that 
circle.  In  these  relations  they  must  rather  show  that  they  are 
Christians.  Hence  the  Lord  now  proceeds  to  deliver  exhorta- 
tions which  express  the  high  demonstrations  of  love,  particulai'ly 
in  the  love  of  enemies,  which  the  Christian  spirit  can  render, 
and  ought  to  render. 

These  exhortations  the  Lord  has  not  here  connected  with  an 
express  criticism  on  the  pharisaic  maxims,  for  the  people  at  large 
were  not  yet  ripe  to  bear  such  an  exposure.  But  a  tacit  criti- 
cism lies  in  the  very  words  themselves.  First  of  all,  the  Lord 
'  Compare  Ps.  cxxvi. 


THE  SKRMOXS  ON  THE  MOUNT.  437 

gives  directions  for  right  conduct  in  love.  Love  conquers  all 
enmity,  since  it  encounters  its  evil  weapons  with  the  weapons  of 
light.  It  meets  enmity  in  general  as  energetic  love  ;  and  in 
particular,  deeds  of  hatred  with  deeds  of  beneficence,  and  so  on. 
Then  follow  directions  how  men  are  to  endure,  to  exercise  pa- 
tience in  love.  The  fundamental  law  is  this  :  in  the  Christian 
spirit  of  glory  a  divine  power  of  endurance  is  to  be  unfolded, 
which  rises  above  and  puts  to  shame  all  the  persecuting  power 
of  hatred.  The  two  first  directions  we  are  also  taught  in  the 
former  discourse ;  the  third,  '  Of  him  that  taketh  away  thy 
goods,  ask  them  not  again,'  will  indeed  establish  a  Christian  law 
of  superannuation  which  must  put  an  end  to  the  innumerable 
contentions  which  proceed  from  lawful  protestations  against 
inveterate  and  ancient  wrongs  in  political,  ecclesiastical,  and  civil 
relations.  Then  follows  the  establishment  of  lofty  precepts  by 
the  canon,  '  As  ye  would  that  men  should  do  to  you,  do  ye  also 
to  them  likewise.'  But  if  a  man  knows  himself,  he  must  find 
that,  after  all,  he  expects  and  requires  from  his  neighbour  those 
high  proofs  of  Christian  love ;  consequently  he  ought  to  render 
them.  In  this  -way,  he  must  prove  himself  to  be  a  child  of  the 
Divine  Spirit.  For  the  canon,  that  we  love  those  that  love  us, 
already  exists  in  the  natural  constitution  of  man.  '  What  thank 
have  ye  T  the  Lord  asks, — what  gain,  what  spiritual  victory,  what 
blessing  of  God,  is  there  in  such  a  love  which  is  to  be  found 
even  among  sinners,  the  servants  of  sin  ?  He  does  not  here 
hold  up  the  publicans  as  an  example  ;  perhaps  less  out  of  regard 
to  the  presence  of  publicans  among  His  hearers,  than  to  the 
popular  odium  against  them.  Sinners  also,  He  says,  do  good  to 
those  who  do  good  to  them,  and  lend  to  those  who  return  the 
loan.  On  such  grounds,  therefore,  they  would  always  find  them- 
selves in  the  kingdom  of  natural  selfishness,  not  in  that  kingdom 
of  love  in  which  man  overcomes  himself. 

When  a  man  enters  this  kingdom,  when  his  love  begins  to 
embrace  his  enemy,  and  his  lending  begins  to  change  itself  into 
a  free  gift,  into  a  permanent  benefit,  then  he  becomes  like  God, 
who  evinces  His  goodness  even  to  the  unthankful  and  to  the 
evil,  and  his  reward  is  great.  It  is  his  satisfaction  that  he  has 
favour  (x«/3t'?)  fi'om  God.  He  will  then  find  the  highest  blessed- 
ness in  being  one  with  God  in  His  world-embracing  love.  His 
chief  characteristic  is  mercy,  as  the  Father  is  merciful.     Ho 


438  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

judges  not :  he  judges  not  the  individual ;  and  judges  not  abso- 
lutely. He  condemns  not ;  he  establishes  no  tribunal  of  con- 
demnation in  his  zeal  for  what  is  holy.  He  leaves  judging  to 
the  judges  and  tribunals  appointed  by  God,  and  condemnation 
to  the  Judge  of  the  world,  whose  justice  is  ever  identical  with 
His  mercy.  But  not  only  in  what  he  avoids,  but  in  what  he 
does,  he  evinces  this  mercy.  He  forgives,  he  cheerfully  ab- 
solves, when  he  is  injured  in  his  personality,  and  has  anything 
to  absolve.  He  gives  :  he  gives  to  his  neighbour  whenever  he 
has  something  to  bestow,  cheerfully  in  the  most  abundant  raea- 
sSure;  and  so  everything  comes  back  to  him  marvellously, — the 
absolution  as  well  as  the  gift ;  and  full  measured  returns  fall  into 
his  bosom,  '  pressed  down,  shaken  together,  and  running  over.' 

Upon  this  the  Lord  closes  His  plateau-discourse  with  corre- 
sponding parables.  The  first  shows  so  plainly  with  what  caution 
He  treated  the  people  on  account  of  their  submissive  relation  to 
the  Pharisees  :  '  Can  the  blind  lead  the  bhnd  ?  Shall  they  not 
both  fall  into  the  ditch?'  That  befell  the  Jews  under  the 
guidance  of  the  Pharisees  and  scribes,  and  the  latter  with  the 
former.  At  the  destruction  of  Jerusalem,  they  fell  together 
into  the  ditch  of  an  unheard-of  ignominy  and  misery,  into  the 
foulest,  deepest  quagmire  of  the  world.  Without  doubt  Christ 
had  these  blind  ones  in  His  eye.  For  '  the  disciple  is  not  above 
his  master,'  He  adds.  If  he  is  perfect,  he  is  exactly  as  his  mas- 
ter ;  the  disciples  of  the  Pharisees  are  Pharisees  themselves. 
The  same  subject  is  continued  in  the  second  parable.  The  pha- 
risaic  spirit  is  precisely  that  judicial  spirit  which  always  busies 
itself  with  the  splinter  in  his  brother's  eye,  while  he  never  de- 
tects the  beam  in  his  own  eye.  The  third  parable  treats  of  the 
tree,  how  it  must  be  known  by  its  fruit.  As  the  tree  bears  the 
fruit  which  is  peculiar  to  it  from  its  own  sap  and  pith,  so  man 
brings  forth  the  fruit  of  his  life  from  his  heart ;  it  comes  forth 
in  the  words  of  his  mouth  from  the  overflow  (TrepiWef/ia),  the 
over-pressure  or  spiritual  productiveness,  of  his  heart.  And 
these  ever  acrid  words  of  the  Pharisees  and  scribes — these  fault- 
findings, and  provisoes,  and  maxims,  and  conditions,  and  curses 
— are  they  not  as  distasteful  as  the  sloes  on  the  thorn-bush  ? 
Who  would  take  these  fruits  for  the  proper  life-fruit  of  they 
theocracy — for  the  figs,  the  choice  traveller's  food — for  the  grapes 
that  cheer  the  heart  of  man  in  the  kingdom  of  love  ?     The  Lord 


THE  SERMONS  ON  THE  MOUNT.  439 

now  impresses  on  the  people,  that  if  they  wouhl  call  Ilim  Lord  I 
Lord  !  tliey  must  also  keep  His  words ;  in  this  way  tiiey  must 
decide  for  Him. 

This  is  enforced  in  the  parabolic  words  with  which  Matthew's 
Sermon  on  the  Mount  is  concluded,  which  exhibit  the  contrast 
of  the  Avise  man  who  built  his  house  upon  a  rock,  and  of  the 
foolish  man  who  built  his  house  upon  the  sand. 

This  prophetic  parable  is  fulfilled  evexywhere  in  individual 
life,  in  the  contrast  between  the  true  believer  and  the  pseudo- 
believer  or  unbeliever.  But  it  is  fulfilled  on  the  large  scale  in 
the  contrast  between  the  carnal  and  the  spiritual  Church,  into 
which  Israel  was  divided  in  reference  to  the  words  of  Jesus  ;  and 
without  doubt  Jesus  consciously  pointed  here  to  the  unfolding 
of  this  world-historical  contrast.  The  true  disciples  of  Jesus  are 
represented  by  the  wise  man.  They  have  dug  deep,  in  order  to 
lay  the  foundation  of  their  house.  They  have  laid  it  in  the 
depths  of  bearing  the  cross  and  renunciation  of  the  world,  on  the 
solid  rock  of  God's  faithfulness  and  Christ's  conflict  and  victory. 
And  the  great  world-storm  has  come  Avith  winds  and  torrents  of 
rain,  and  in  beating  on  the  house  has  proved  its  stability  :  it  is 
firmly  fixed,  a  strong  fortress.  On  the  contrary,  the  foolish 
man  built  his  house  on  a  loose  unstable  soil,  on  sand.  Thus 
built  the  carnal  community  in  Israel :  they  also  heard  the  say- 
ings of  Christ,  but  kept  them  not.  It  was  rendered  evident  by 
the  critical  storm  that  their  house  had  no  foundation.  When 
the  great  world-storm  beat  upon  it,  and  shook  its  foundation, 
immediately  it  fell ;  and  the  fall  of  that  house  was  great,  a 
world-appalling  event. 

Just  as  this  similitude  was  fulfilled  in  the  contrast  of  the 
spiritual  and  the  carnal  Israel,  so  must  its  fulfilment  everywhere 
be  repeated,  where  the  contrast  of  a  spiritual  and  a  secularized 
church  comes  to  maturity.  But  the  similitude  is  fulfilled  gene- 
rally by  individuals,  either  on  its  joyful  or  its  dreadful  side. 

It  is  perhaps  difficult  to  ascertain  how  far,  by  evangelical 
tradition,  shorter  passages  have  been  transferred  from  the  dis- 
course in  ^latthew's  Gospel  to  that  in  Luke's,  or  inversely.  The 
possibility  of  such  transferences  is  shown  by  the  passages  in  which 
the  second  discourse  agrees  verbally  wuth  the  first.  But  it  is  not 
to  be  overlooked,  that  not  only  has  the  second  the  peculiar  colour- 
ing of  Luke's  mode  of  compiling  and  exhibiting  the  Gospel  his- 


440  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

toiy,  but  that  it  also  forms  a  complete  unity — the  unity,  too,  of 
a  discourse  which  perfectly  corresponds  with  its  object.  It  is 
evidently  a  discourse  to  the  people,  in  which  the  references  to 
the  Pharisees  and  publicans,  as  they  are  found  in  the  former 
discourse,  are  with  the  highest  wisdom  couched  in  more  general 
terms,  as  was  suited  to  the  spiritual  standpoint  of  the  people,  with- 
out giving  up  a  particle  of  the  truth.  The  disciples  of  Jesus, 
therefore,  received  with  the  twofold  discourse  of  the  Lord  at 
the  same  time  a  living  specimen  of  His  heavenly  wisdom  in  teach- 
ing, which  is  one  with  the  highest  courage  of  the  preacher,  and 
which  they  so  much  needed  in  after  times. 

The  discourse  of  Jesus  also  here  again  made  a  powerful 
impression  on  the  people ;  for  He  taught  them  as  one  who  had 
authority  (the  living  power  of  teaching),  and  not  as  the  scribes. 

Having  ended  His  discourse.  He  quitted  the  last  declivity  of 
the  mountain,  and  the  people  streamed  after  Him.  We  cast  a 
glance  back  at  the  consecrated  height,  and  inquire  what  point 
it  might  have  been  which  the  Lord  thus  rendered  illustrious. 
The  Latin  tradition  has  designated  the  'Horns  of  Hattin, 
between  Mount  Tabor  and  Tiberias,  as  the  Mount  of  Beati- 
tudes.' In  respect  of  its  position  and  configuration,  this  moun- 
tain may  well  represent  the  site  of  both  discourses.  It  lies  in  a 
south-westerly  direction  about  two  German  miles  from  Caper- 
naum. As  Jesus  was  now  engaged  in  travelling  through 
Galilee,  He  might  easily  come  to  this  precise  point  on  His  way 
back  to  Capernaum.  Jn  its  form,  the  mountain  is  a  low  ridge 
or  saddle  with  two  points  or  horns.  The  mental  contemplation 
of  that  evangelical  mountain-scene  might  easily  trtinsfer  the 
confidential  discourse  of  Jesus  to  one  of  those  points,  and  the 
public  discourse  to  a  grassy  spot  on  the  mountain-ridge.'^     But 

1  '  The  road  passes  down  to  Hattin  on  the  west  of  the  Tell ;  as  we  ap- 
proached, we  turned  off  from  the  path  towards  the  right,  in  order  to  ascend 
the  eastern  horn.  As  seen  on  this  side,  the  Tell  or  mountain  is  merely  a 
low  ridge  some  30  or  40  feet  in  height,  and  not  10  minutes  in  length  from 
E.  to  W.  At  its  eastern  end  is  an  elevated  point  or  horn,  perhaps  60  feet 
above  the  plain,  and  at  the  western  end  another,  not  so  high  ;  these  give  to 
the  ridge  at  a  distance  the  appearance  of  a  saddle,  and  are  called  Kurun 
Hattin,  "  Horns  of  Hattin."  But  the  singularity  of  this  ridge  is,  that  on 
reaching  the  top,  you  find  that  it  lies  along  the  very  border  of  the  great 
southern  plain,  where  this  latter  sinks  off  at  once  by  a  precipitous  offset 
to  the  lower  plain  of  Hattin,  from  which  the  northern  side  of  the  Tell  rises 


THE  SERMONS  OX  THE  MOUNT.  441 

Robinson  has  plainly  shown  that  there  is  no  evidence  to  support 
this  tradition,  which  is  found  only  in  the  Latin  Church.  Tiie  first 
written  notice  of  it  is  by  Brocardus,  in  the  thirteenth  century, 
who  also  mentions  the  same  mountain  as  the  scene  of  the  feed- 
ing of  the  five  thousand  ;  which  only  renders  it  more  obscure. 
Yet  there  are  no  positive  reasons  against  the  supposition  that 
this  mountain  was  the  hallowed  site  where  the  two  discourses 
were  delivered.  It  would,  indeed,  be  remarkable  in  the  highest 
degree,  if  exactly  on  this  spot  Jesus  had  uttered  the  words, 
'  Blessed  are  the  meek,  for  they  shall  inherit  the  earth  (or 
land),' — the  same  spot,  namely,  where  the  power  of  the  Chris- 
tian Crusaders  was  broken  by  a  terrible  defeat  inflicted  upon 
them  by  the  Sultan  Saladin,  in  the  battle  of  Hattin,  on  the  fifth 
of  July,  A.D.  1187,  so  that  in  consequence  of  it  they  lost  the 
Holy  Land.  Exactly  at  the  last  moment  the  combatants  re- 
treated to  the  summit  of  Mount  Hattin ;  and  here  they  were 
overpowered  by  the  Saracens,  after  they  had  a  short  time  before 
assembled  round  the  cross.^ 

At  all  events,  in  this  very  district  so  many  great  battles,  re- 
nowned in  the  history  of  the  world,  were  fought,  where  Christ 
pronounced  His  true  disciples  blessed,  as  the  meek,  the  merciful, 
and  the  peacemakers. 

Neander  supposes,  without  sufficient  reason,  that  Jesus  de- 
livered this  discourse  on  His  return  from  one  of  His  journeys  to 
the  feasts.  And  eveti  then  it  is  not  sufficiently  accounted  for, 
when  he  supposes  that  the  mountain  was  in  the  vicinity  of 
Capernaum,  and  that  Jesus,  after  passing  a  night  on  the  moun- 
tain, and  had  given  another  discourse  in  the  morning,  returned 
thence  to  Capernaum.  We  might  suppose  this,  according  to 
Matthew's  representation,  though  even  Matthew  places  the 
healing  of  a  leper  between  the  Sermon  on  the  Mount  and  the 
entrance  of  Jesus  into  Capernaum.  But  this  incident  is  fully 
narrated  by  the  other  Evangelists,  in  a  manner  which  we  cannot 
fail  to  perceive  is  a  complementary  representation, 
very  steeply,  not  much  less  than  400  feet.  .  .  .  The  summit  of  the  eastern 
horn  is  a  little  circular  plain,  and  the  top  of  the  lower  ridge  between  the 
two  horns  is  also  flattened  to  a  plain.  The  whole  mountain  is  of  limestone.' 
—Robinson,  ii.  370. 

1  '  What  a  battle-field  round  about  this  mountain  of  Beatitudes  and 
about  Nazareth !  '—K.  v.  Raumer,  Palest,  pp.  37,  41.  In  1799  Bonaparte 
with  3000  men  defeated  25,000  Turks  in  the  plain  of  Jczrecl. 


442  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

On  the  way  back  from  that  Gahlean  mountain,  Jesus  (ac- 
cording to  Luke  V.  12)  came  to  one  of  the  cities  which  He 
intended  to  visit,  and,  though  in  its  immediate  vicinity,  was 
sohcited  by  a  leper  that  He  would  heal  him.  The  man  was 
full  of  leprosy  (7r\7jpr]<;  XeVpo.?),  and  according  to  the  law  dare 
not  come  near  Him ;  he  therefore  cried  to  Him  for  relief  from  a 
distance,  but  then  ran  and  fell  on  his  knees  before  Him,  ex- 
claiming, 'Lord,  if  Thou  wilt.  Thou  canst  make  me  clean!' 
And  Jesus  had  compassion  upon  him,  and  His  compassion  im- 
pelled Him  to  put  out  His  hand  and  touch  him  with  the  kingly 
word,  '  I  will, — be  thou  clean  !'  And  as  He  spoke,  the  leprosy 
was  seen  to  depart  from  him.  The  white  appearance  of  the 
leprosy  broke  out  upon  him,  the  sign  of  heahng  (Lev.  xiii.,  xiv.). 
The  man  was  cleansed ;  but  Jesus  in  the  fervour  of  His  com- 
passion had  touched  him,  before  he  Avas  cleansed;  and  this 
might  be  interpreted,  according  to  the  Levitical  statute,  as  having 
defiled  Himself.  He  ventured  to  take  upon  Himself  this  appear- 
ance; for  thus  He  appeared  to  defile  Himself  on  the  great  scale 
with  sinful  humanity  by  coming  into  the  most  intimate  contact 
with  it  until  it  brought  Him  to  death,  while  in  fact  He  sanctified 
humanity  by  this  communion.  But  because  it  might  appear 
that  He  had  become  unclean  according  to  the  statute,  while  the 
leper  had  become  pure,  he  must  withdraw  from  Him.  He  sent 
him  away  from  Himself  with  a  strong  emotion,^  since  He 
charged  him  to  take  care  that  he  told  no  man  ^  how  he  had 
been  healed,  but  to  go  and  show  himself  to  the  priest,  and  bring 
the  offering  of  purification  ordained  by  Moses,  in  order  to  obtain 
the  legal  attestation  to  his  restored  purity.^  But  the  man 
violated  the  command  when  he  left  Him,  and  announced  in  the 
city  what  had  happened  to  him.    He   proclaimed  it  far  and 

*  firihivl  y^YiOiv^  Mark  i.  44.  On  the  different  occasions  of  similar  pro- 
hibitions, see  Olshausen.  Olshausen  thinks  that  in  this  instance  the  injunc- 
tion had  merely  a  pedagogical  significance  for  the  cured  leper,  '  since  the 
healing  was  wrought  in  the  presence  of  many.'  But  the  connection  seems 
rather  to  indicate  that  the  act  of  heahng  was  not  wrought  in  the  presence 
of  many. 

*  See  Lev.  xiii.  The  expression  dg  i/.»pTvpiov  uvroig  is  so  to  be  understood 
that  the  purified  person,  by  the  offering  which  he  brought  after  his  recogni- 
tion on  the  part  of  the  priest,  obtained  from  the  priesthood  a  legal  attesta- 
tion of  his  purity. 


THE  SERMONS  ON  THE  MOUNT.  443 

wide ;  probably  he  also  mentioned  his  having  been  touched  by 
Jesus.  The  consequence  of  this  publication  of  the  cure  \Yas, 
that  the  Lord  could  no  longer  carry  out  His  intention  of  going 
freely  and  publicly  into  that^  city,  since  He  felt  Himself 
bound  to  spare  the  legal  spirit  of  the  people.  In  order,  there- 
fore, to  occasion  no  disturbance  in  the  social  relations  of  the 
city  by  the  Levitical  scruples  which  the  law  of  purification 
brought  with  it.  He  turned  back  and  sought  a  desert  place, 
perhaps  in  order  to  perforin  a  sort  of  Levitical  quarantine,  not 
according  to  the  spirit  of  the  law,  but  according  to  the  interpre- 
tation which  might  be  put  upon  it  by  Levitical  casuists.  He 
devoted  this  time  to  solitary  prayer.  But  while  Pie  on  His  part 
paid  respect  to  the  morbid  legal  spirit  of  the  people,  the  spirit 
of  His  evangelical  freedom  continued  to  operate  among  them, 
among  whom  the  narrative  of  the  leper,  of  the  miraculous  cure 
he  had  experienced,  was  spread  abroad.  This  was  shown  by 
the  result,  that  the  sufferers  did  not  trouble  themselves  about 
the  circumstance  of  His  having  touched  the  leper,  but  thronged 
to  Him  from  all  quarters  to  seek  His  aid. 

Thus  the  period  of  the  retirement  of  Jesus  passed  away, 
and  He  returned  back  to  Capernaum. 


1.  In  the  above  representation  I  believe  that  I  have  satis- 
factorily explained  the  original  difference  of  the  two  Sermons 
on  the  jSIount  in  connection  with  their  remarkable  affinity. 
This  affinity  is  accounted  for,  (1)  from  the  fact,  that  the  an- 
nouncement of  the  year  of  the  spiritual  jubilee  is  at  the  basis  of 
the  two  discourses;  (2)  from  the  inducement  Jesus  had  to  com- 
municate to  His  disciples  in  a  more  restricted  sense,  as  well  as 
to  the  wider  circle  of  disciples,  the  main  outlines  of  His  king- 
dom in  a  similar  form  as  far  as  possible ;  (3)  from  the  blending 
of  some  elements  of  the  second  discourse,  particularly  the  con- 
clusion, with  the  first,  which  takes  place  in  ^Matthew's  account. 
That  original  difference,  on  the  other  hand,  is  explained  from 
the  necessity  which  influenced  the  Lord,  in  the  discourse  to  the 
people,  to  have  regard  not  only  to  the  pharisaic  clement  in  the 
larger  circle  of  disciples,  but  also  to  the  judaizing  hearers  who 
were  more  estranged  from  His  own  spirit ;  and  it  is  proved  on 


444  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

this  supposition  by  the  fact,  that  the  discourses,  as  pure,  com- 
pact, organic  structures,  exactly  correspond  to  these  definite 
different  objects.  We  see,  therefore,  in  this  relation  of  the 
affinity  and  diversity  of  the  two  discourses,  not  the  repetitions  of 
a  'poverty-struck'  speaker,  but  the  management  of  the  most 
richly  furnished  and  skilful  master-spirit,  to  whom  it  might 
appear  quite  suitable  to  pour  forth  the  fulness  of  His  spirit  in 
reiterated  allied  forms  of  speech,  since  He  could  not  have  the 
interest  of  a  common  speaker,  to  veil  the  proper  measure  of  the 
actual  amount  of  thought  in  its  contractedness  by  the  act  of 
rhetorical  transformation. 

2.  That  a  view  of  the  world  so  inadequate,  paltry,  and  ex- 
ternal as  the  Ebionitish — of  which  the  leading  tenet  was,  that 
whoever  had  his  position  in  this  life  would  go  destitute  into  the 
next,  but  whoever  renounced  earthly  riches  would  thereby 
acquire  heavenly  treasures — must  be  foreign  not  only  to  Chris- 
tianity, but  to  Judaism,  and  therefore  likewise  to  the  transition 
from  Judaism  to  Christianity,  ought  to  occur  at  once  to  every 
one  who  possesses  some  familiarity  with  the  New  and  Old  Tes- 
taments. The  true  Israelite  could  not  adopt  this  tenet,  since  lie 
regarded  himself  as  the  son  of  Abraham,  his  opulent  and  yet 
pious  ancestor,  not  only  in  a  bodily  but  in  a  spiritual  respect,  and 
since  he  held  sacred  the  promises  of  temporal  blessings  which 
were  given  so  abundantly  to  the  pious  in  the  Old  Testament. 
But  Christianity  could  still  less  begin  its  course  with  so  paltry 
and  preposterous  a  maxim,  since  from  the  first  it  came  forward  in 
diametric  opposition  to  all  sanctimonious  performances,  penances, 
monkish  austerities,  and  misanthropic  renunciation  of  the  world, 
as  meritorious  in  God's  sight,  and  immediately  numbered  not 
only  the  poor  but  the  rich  among  its  professors.  How  an  ele- 
ment so  heterogeneous,  originating  in  a  totally  different  view  of 
the  world,  could  find  its  way  into  the  centre  of  the  transition  of 
one  religion  into  the  other,  is  simply  inconceivable.  But,  from 
the  first,  Ebionitism  showed  itself  to  be  a  barren  border-land  of 
expiring  Judaism  and  Jewish  Christianity,  in  which  the  theo- 
cratic religious  feeling  was  mingled,  as  in  the  kindred  Essenism, 
with  the  elements  of  a  dualistic  and  pantheistic  heathenish  view 
of  the  world  and  asceticism.  It  has  been  also  attempted  to  find 
in  the  Apostle  James  traces  of  that  supposed  Ebionitism  which 
some  have  fancied  they  have  discovered  in  the  second  Sermon 


Till-:  SERMONS  OX  THE  MOUNT.  445 

on  the  Mount  especially.  But  tins  supposition  is  contradicted 
by  the  passage  in  Jas.  i.  10.  Here  the  fact  is  recognised,  that 
the  same  person  may  be  a  Christian  and  a  rich  man  ;  and  such 
an  one  is  not  exhorted  to  throw  away  his  riches,  but  to  humble 
himself  in  spirit  and  to  be  rightly  conscious  of  the  transitoriness 
of  these  outward  possessions.  It  is  evident,  moreover,  from  the 
passage  in  chap.  ii.  1,  etc.,  that  in  the  Christian  societies  to  which 
James  wrote,  there  was  danger  of  giving  preference  to  the  non- 
professing  rich  men  who  entered  their  assembly,  and  of  slighting 
the  poor,  which  would  not  have  been  the  case  had  these  societies 
adopted  Ebionitish  views.  Or  would  any  one  suppose  James 
agreed  in  his  view  of  the  world  with  those  societies  whom  yet  he 
corrected  ?  But  when  he  inveighs  against  that  sinful  preference 
of  the  rich  to  the  poor,  it  is  throughout  in  an  ethical,  never  in  a 
superstitious  tone.  He  never  i-eproaches  the  rich  for  being  rich, 
but  that  they  are  in  general  opposers  of  Christianity  (ii.  7) — 
that  they  placed  their  trust  in  riches — that  they  defrauded  the 
labourers — that  they  wasted  in  luxury  what  belonged  to  the  poor, 
but  oppressed  and  despised  the  pious  (v.  1).  A  similar  '  Ebi- 
onitism'  to  this  of  James  often  lets  its  voice  be  heard  again  in 
our  times,  though  in  general  it  does  not  appear  with  a  religious 
and  moral  purity  of  spirit  -like  that  of  James ;  and  very  soon  the 
second  Sermon  on  the  Mount,  like  the  Epistle  of  James,  might 
easily  come  into  special  honour,  although  grievously  misinter- 
preted and  abused.  But  this  is  evident,  that  the  criticism  in 
question,  with  the  protection  with  which  it  has  favoured  the  rich 
man  in  the  parable,  as  generally  with  its  hunting  out  Ebionitism 
in  the  New  Testament,  has  already  perceptibly  fallen  behind  the 
progress  of  the  spirit  of  the  age.  Compare  on  this  point  the 
admirable  remarks  of  Schliemann,  die  Clementinen,  etc.,  p.  377. 
Also  the  general  proof,  that  it  has  been  charged  most  unjustly 
on  the  ancient  Church,  and  from  the  beginning  was  regarded 
in  the  Church  as  heresy,  p.  409,  etc. 

3.  As  to  the  relation  of  the  parallel  passages  which  occur  to 
the  first  Sermon  on  the  ^Nlount  in  Matthew,  in  the  second  in 
Luke,  and  here  and  there  in  the  latter,  as  well  as  in  Mark,  the 
apparent  confusion  in  which,  to  some,  they  are  involved  (see 
Strauss,  i.  614),  is  in  part  explained  by  the  foregoing  remarks, 
and  indeed  (i.)  by  the  diiference  pointed  out  in  the  two  dis- 
courses, to  which  (ii.)   the  circumstance  is  owing,  that  Luke 


446  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

could  introduce  In  other  places  those  exhortations  of  Jesus  which 
belonged  especially  to  the  disciples.  This  is  particularly  the 
case  with  the  Lord's  Prayer,  Luke  xi.  1-4;  with  the  exhortation 
to  prayer,  9-13 ;  with  the  parable,  vers.  34—36  ;  as  well  as  with 
the  warning  against  heathenish  anxiety,  xii.  22-31.  It  is.  In- 
deed, very  conceivable  that  several  of  the  sentences  of  the  first 
Sermon  on  the  Mount  which  recur  in  the  other  Evangelists, 
were  repeated  by  the  Lord  in  other  connections ;  as,  for  example, 
the  sayings  in  Mark  ix.  50;  Luke  xii.  34,  xiii.  24;  xvi.  13, 17, 
and  18.  But  single  passages  might  also  be  first  brought  by  the 
Evangelist  into  another  connection;  as,  for  example,  Luke  xii.  58. 
As  to  the  passages  in  question,  particularly  in  relation  to  Strauss 
(I.  606)  and  Schneckenburger  (Beitrage,  p.  58),  it  will  be  seen 
how  far  this  connection,  even  in  a  spiritual  relation,  can  be 
marked  as  insufficient,  or  be  placed  partially  under  the  category 
of  'lexical  connection.' 

4.  The  Sermon  on  the  Mount,  as  the  pure,  spiritual,  funda- 
mental law  of  the  New  Testament  kingdom  of  God,  may  be 
compared  with  other  forms  of  religious  and  moral  legislation. 
The  comparison  of  this  new  form  of  the  eternal  law  with  the 
Mosaic,  as  well  as  with  the  pharlsaic  maxims,  lies  In  the  repre- 
sentation of  it,  therefore  in  the  sermon  Itself.  It  appears, 
namely,  as  a  harmonious  development  of  the  former  (not  as  a 
correction  of  It,  which  would  be  altogether  against  Christ's 
express  declaration)  ;  as  a  cutting,  decided  antagonism  against 
the  latter.  On  the  relatioii  of  the  statements  of  the  Sermon 
on  the  Mount  to  heathen  morals,  Tholuck  has  adduced  many 
illustrations  in  his  excellent  Commentary.  Stier,  In  his  Words 
of  the  Lord  Jesus  i.  172,  has  made  some  striking  remarks  on 
the  false  application  of  the  Sermon  on  the  Mount  to  political 
relations ;  as,  for  example,  by  the  Quakers  and  other  sects,  and 
more  lately  In  the  evangelical  Church,  in  reference  to  the  poli- 
tical law  of  marriage. 

5.  It  has  been  a  controversy  of  long  standing,  how  far  the 
Loi'd's  Prayer  Is  an  original  creation  of  Jesus,  or  a  composition 
from  materials  already  known.  Tholuck  has  discussed  this 
question  at  length  In  his  Commentary,  under  the  title  of 
'  Sources  from  which  the  Lord's  Prayer  may  have  been  derived,' 
p.  322.  According  to  Herder,  Richter,  Rhode,  and  others,  the 
prayer  must  have  been  taken  from  the  Zendavesta.     This  hy- 


THE  SERMONS  ON  THE  MOUNT.  447 

pothesis  is  regarded  by  Tholuck  as  exploded.  It  belongs,  in- 
deed, originally  to  the  category  of  those  hypotheses  in  which  the 
difference  of  national  mental  character  in  the  ancient  world, 
and  especially  the  characteristic  differences  of  the  religious 
systems,  was  utterly  misunderstood.  The  case  is  different  as  to 
the  derivation  of  this  prayer  from  the  old  Jewish  and  rabbinical 
prayers  of  tiie  synagogue.  Tholuck  himself  remarks  that  the 
collections  of  prayers,  of  which  the  Jews  still  make  use  (called 
"iiTnD)j  contain  striking  prayers,  borrowed  both  in  thought  and 
expression  from  the  Old  Testament.  '  And  why  might  not  the 
Saviour  have  collected  and  combined  the  best  petitions  of  those 
well-known  prayers'  (p.  323)  ?  But  he  finds,  in  conclusion,  that 
only  similarities  can  be  pointed  out,  which  give  no  ground  for 
supposing  '  that  the  Lord's  Prayer  originated  from  the  rabbinical 
prayers.'  Von  Ammon,  in  his  Histonj  of  the  Life  of  Jesus 
(GeschicJde  cles  Lehens  Jesu  ii.  76),  I'everts  to  these  similarities 
very  fully.  The  address,  Fatlier  in  Heaven,  he  says,  is  frequently 
found  in  the  Mishna.  But  it  has  been  justly  remarked  that 
Christ  needed  not  to  take  this  address  from  the  Mishna.  As  to 
the  first  petition,  it  is  noticed  that  in  the  Kaddish,  one  of  the 
oldest  morning  prayers  of  the  ancient  synagogue,  it  is  said,  May 
Thy  name  he  highly  exalted  and  honoured  (hallowed).  As  to  the 
second  petition,  the  Kaddish  has  again  n^ma^D  yhiy^  regnare 
faciat  regnum  suum,  followed  by  the  words.  May  His  redemption 
bloom ;  may  the  Messiah  appear.  Manifestly  the  first  petition  in 
the  Lord's  Prayer  is  reduced  from  an  indefinite  feeling  to  a 
clearly  defined  thought,  and  the  second  is  essentially  altered. 
This  represents  the  kingdom  of  God  as  one  still  coming ;  the 
Jew,  in  his  prayer,  assumes  that  it  is  one  already  existing.  Tlie 
sentences  adduced  in  reference  to  the  third  petition — Let  His 
name  he  glorified  on  earth  as  it  is  glorifed  in  heaven;  and  fnlfl 
Thy  will  above  in  heaven,  and  give  Thy  worshippers  rest  of 
spirit  on  earth — are  manifestly  veiy  different  from  the  third 
petition.  The  analogy  to  the  fourth  petition  taken  from  the 
Gemara  is  very  interesting.  Thy  people  Israel  need  much,  but 
their  insight  is  little.  Therefore,  may  it  please  Thee,  0  God,  to 
give  to  every  individual  what  he  needs  for  life,  and  as  much  to 
every  body  as  is  necessary  for  it.  These  words  may  certainly  bo 
applied  to  the  exposition  of  the  fourth  petition.  Had  the  Lord 
already  found  this  formula,  it  might  be  said  that  the  fourth 


448  PUBLIC  MANIFESTATION  OF  CHRIST  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

petition  bore  the  same  relation  to  it  as  a  finished  creation  to 
a  world  in  process  of  formation.  For  the  fifth  petition  the 
author  has  only  quoted  this  sentence  from  the  Mishna :  May  God 
blot  the  sins  against  his  neighbour  only  when  the  transgressor  has 
reconciled  himself  with  his  neighbour ;  also  the  petition  from  a 
Jewish  liturgy  of  an  undetermined  date,  Forgive  us,  0  Father, 
for  all  have  sinned.  As  to  the  sixth  and  seventh  petitions  it  is 
said,  '  In  the  seventh  and  tenth  petitions  of  the  eighteen  bless- 
ings, the  subject  spoken  of  is  expressly  the  many  afflictions  and 
scatterings  of  the  Jews  in  their  dispersion,  and  then  the  hope  of 
their  near  redemption,  when  the  trumpet  shall  sound  to  bring 
them  back  to  their  own  land.'  This  manifestly  presents  no 
definite  analogy.  Also  an  ascription  of  praise  similar  to  the 
doxology  is  found,  according  to  the  author,  '  not  only  in  other 
Jewish  prayers,  but  also  in  the  eighteen  blessings.'  He  looks 
upon  this  as  a  reason  why  the  critical  examination  respecting 
the  doxology  in  Matthew  should  not  be  considered  as  finally 
settled.  In  the  relation  of  the  prayer  of  Jesus  to  the  rabbinical 
similarities  adduced,  we  see  at  least  the  common  participation  of 
the  two  forms  in  a  theocratic  religion.  Moreover,  the  Lord's 
Prayer  is  related  to  these  similarities,  in  their  scattered  state, 
as  a  piece  of  pure  gold  to  a  piece  of  ore  containing  gold  but 
in  very  small  quantities.  We  cannot  here  speak  of  a  mere 
collection,  nor  of  a  mere  composition,  nor  indeed  of  a  mere 
reproduction.  For,  apart  from  the  scattered  state  of  these 
similarities,  definite  parallels  are  altogether  wanting  to  some 
petitions,  and  even  the  more  definite  analogies  are  here  found 
in  a  new  form.  But  we  see  from  the  comparison  that  the 
fundamental  thoughts  of  the  ancient  Jewish  devotion  are  con- 
centrated in  the  purest  gold  form  in  the  devotions  of  Jesus, 
Avhile  in  the  rabbinical  synagogues  they  are  lost  in  discursive 
expressions,  so  that  the  Lord's  Prayer  is  exactly  related  to 
these  similarities  as  Christianity  itself  in  general  is  related  to 
Talmudism. 

6.  '  Legally,  fasting  among  the  Jews  on  the  great  festival  of 
Atonement  was  from  evening  to  evening  (Lev.  xvi.  29),  and 
traditionally  {Taanit.  iii.  §  8)  in  autumn,  when  the  rainy  season 
had  not  begun  and  the  sowino;  seemed  in  danger.  But  since 
the  conservatives  (Stabilitatsmdnner)  or  rigorists  held  it  to  be 
meritorious,  they  fasted  twice  (Luke  xviii.  12),  or  even  four 


THE  SERMONS  ON  THE  MOUNT.  449 

times  in  the  week  (Taanit.  c.  iv.  §  3);  they  appeared  in  the 
synagogue  neghgently  dressed,  pale,  and  gloomy,  in  order  to 
make  the  meritoriousness  of  their  maceration  visible  to  every 
one.' — Von  Ammon,  p.  81. 

7.  On  the. disease  of  leprosy,  compare  the  article  relating  to 
it  in  Winer's  B.  W.  B.  8.  Since  the  bad  tree,  hevhpov  aairpov 
(ver.  17),  had  been  already  chax'acterizcd  by  thorns  and  thistles 
as  plants  -which  belong  to  that  class,  we  cannot  understand  by  it 
either  a  tree  that  bears  no  fruit,  or  an  old  half-dead  tree  which 
often  bears  good  fruit,  but  rather  a  degenerate  or  wild-growing 
tree.  See  V.  Ammon,  ii.  103.  According  to  this,  the  expression 
is  significant,  and  testifies  that  Christ  recognised  a  depravation 
in  nature  (corresponding  to  the  ethical  evil  in  the  world)  which 
showed  itself  specially  in  the  nature  of  thorns  and  thistles. 


END  OF  VOLUME  II. 


VOL.  II. 


lAY  AND  GIBB,  PEINTERS,  EDINnilKOH. 


Just  published,  in  Tu:o  Volumes  8vo,  price  21s. 

ittctriatorial  60t)erctjgntg: 

THE  MYSTERY  OP  CHRIST  AND  THE  REVELA- 
TION OF  THE  OLD  AND  NEW  TESTAMENTS. 

By  GEORCE  steward. 

'  A  higher  theme  Theology  has  not  to  offer  to  the  ambition  or  the  loyalty  of 
the  Christian  student,  and  Mr  Steward  has  pursued  his  task  in  the  spirit  of 
a  devoted  subject  and  reverent  worshipper  of  that  Lord  Christ  whose  Sove- 
reignty is  the  basis  of  all  the  relations  of  redeemed  man  to  God.  .  .  . 
We  advise  the  reader  to  study  this  treatise, — not  so  much  for  its  christological 
criticism  or  learning,  not  so  much  for  its  original  views  of  old  truth,  not 
simply  for  its  doctrinal  teaching ;  but  for  the  sake  of  that  lofty,  sustained, 
and  dignified  divinity  with  which  it  rebukes  the  flippancy  of  the  present 
time.  We  recommend  it  also  for  its  reverent  submission  to  the  Word  of 
God  ;  for  the  vigour  with  which  it  traces  the  one  glorious  truth  through  all 
the  institutions  and  teachings  of  Scripture  ;  and  for  its  incidental  but  per- 
vading exhibition  of  the  internal  evidences  of  the  Book  of  revealed  truth.' — 
Wesleyan  Methodist  Magazine. 

'  A  very  important  contribution  to  theological  literature,  and  we  wish 
it  abundant  success.' — Journal  of  Sacred  Literature. 

'  A  large  and  exhaustive  work ;  in  plan  and  execution,  it  is  such  as  to 
command  our  respect.' — Christian  Remembrancer. 

'  Anything  more  massive,  comprehensive,  and  thoroughly  theological, 
we  cannot  name.  .  .  .  We  dismiss  the  book  with  grateful  admiration 
of  the  author,  who  has  achieved  a  noble  triumph  on  behalf  of  the  cause  he 
loves. ' —  Ch  ristia  n  Witn  ess. 

'  The  subject  is  treated  throughout  with  great  originaUty  and  beauty, 
and  almost  every  page  betrays  the  hand  of  a  master.  .  .  .  The  work 
exhibits  throughout  the  consecration  of  a  really  great  intellect,  an  exuberant 
imagination,  and  a  devout  heart,  to  the  praise  of  the  Redeemer.' — London 
Quarterly  Review. 

'  A  work  of  profound  theological  conception,  fitted  to  be  a  treasure  to 
any  man  giving  himself  to  a  real  study  of  the  Bible.' — British  Quarterly 
Review. 

'  A  work  of  undoubted  originality  and  power.  In  the  true  sense,  it 
is  reverent  toward  Scripture,  drawing  its  inspiration  therefrom.  There  is 
an  unusual  combination  of  imaginative  power  with  sober  and  weighty 
thinking  disclosed — a  combination  of  great  value  to  a  truth-seeker  and 
truth-teller.  We  may  add,  that  the  book  has  the  glow  of  warmth  as  well 
as  of  brilliance  throughout.' — Daily  Review. 


EDINBURGH  :  T.  &  T.  CLARK.  LONDON :  HAMILTON  &  CO. 


NEW  PUBLICATIONS. 


BIBnCAI  COMMESTAET  OS  THE  PEITATETJCH. 

By  Dr  C.  F.  Keil  and  F.  Delitzsch.     Translated  from  the  German  by 
Eev.  James  Martin,  B.A.     Vol.  I.     bvo,  10s.  6d. 


A  CRITICAL  AO  EXEaETICAL  COMMEITART  01  THE 
BOOK  OE  &EIESIS. 

WITH  A  NEW  TRANSLATION.    By  James  G.  Murphy,  LL.D.,  T.C.D., 

Professor  of  Hebrew,  Belfast.  1  Vol.  8vo,  10s.  6d. 
'  This  is  emphatically  a  great  work.  The  subject  is  great,  and  so  is  the 
execution.  It  bears  a  considerable  resemblance  to  our  German  authorship  ; 
there  is  the  same  minuteness,  fulness,  erudition,  and  elaboration.  Without 
professing  to  be  a  reply  to  those  infidel  publications  which  have  within  the 
last  few  years  been  showered  abroad  upon  the  public  mind,  it  supplies,  to 
aU  intents  and  purposes,  that  which  is  sufficient  to  dispose  of  them.  The 
volume  is  much  fitted  to  be  of  use  to  the  private  student,  heads  of  families, 
Sunday-school  teachers,  and  ministers  of  religion.  It  is  exhaustive  of  the 
Great  Book  on  which  it  rests,  and  is  to  be  viewed  as  every  way  a  most  valu- 
able contribution  to  our  biblical  literature.' — Christian  Witness. 


SACRIEICIAL  WORSHIP  OE  THE  OLD  TESTAMEIT. 

By  J.  H.  Kurtz,  D.D.,  Professor  of  Theology  at  Dorpat.  Translated  by 
James  Martin,  B.A.,  Nottingham.  1  vol.  8vo,  10s.  6d. 
'  The  appearance  of  this  book  will  gratify  multitudes.  It  brings  a  state 
of  high  culture  and  extensive  knowledge  to  bear  with  the  utmost  force  on 
the  greatest  subject  that  ever  came  before  the  eye  of  the  public' — British 
Standard. 


THE  TTPOLO&T  OE  SCEIPTTJEE 

VIEWED  IN  CONNECTION  WITH  THE  WHOLE  SERIES  OF  THE 
DIVINE  DISPENSATIONS.      By  Patrick  Fairbairn,  D.D.,  Prin- 
cipal and  Professor  of  Divinity  in  the  Free  Church  College,  Glasgow. 
Fourth  Edition,  greatly  enlarged  and  improved.     2  vols.  8vo,  21s. 
'  The  demand  for  a  fourth  edition  of  these  volumes  is  eminently  creditable 
to  the  author,  who  produced  a  work  so  fresh  and  comprehensive,  so  learned 
and  sensible,  so  sound  in  its  theology,  and  so  full  of  practical  religious 
feeling In  the  present  edition  the  author  points  out  two  new  por- 
tions of  the  work  ;  a  chapter  on  recent  speculations  respecting  the  relation 
of  God's  work  in  creation  to  the  destined  incarnation  of  the  Son ;  and  a 
statement  of  the  relation  of  the  Mosaic  sin-offerings  to  transgressions  of  a 
moral  kind To  both  volumes  there  are  attached  valuable  appen- 
dices, and  the  usefulness  of  the  work  is  enhanced  by  an  index,  as  well  as  a 
good  analytical  table  of  contents.' — British  and  For.  Evang.  Review. 


EDINBURGH:  T.  &  T.  CLARK,     LONDON:  HAMILTON  &  CO. 


' 

Date  Due 

B&si  ii 

fl4     . 

-^--:»-.. 

^